~ex.6 vie

MF y \ Ree

“Omnes res create sunt diving sapientix et potentie testes, divitia felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu donitas Oreatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Harum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;

4 veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs. :

‘Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

oS Te ee Ah oo ye The sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the N ymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1838,

CONTENTS OF VOL. II.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

NUMBER 7.

aw Page

I. On some Jurassic Mollu8ea from Arabia. By R. Buiien

paWrON, P.G.S., and G. C. Crick, Assoc.R.S.M., F.G.S, (Plates

eee oo oo oi kw SORE eich coo oes

II. Descriptions of Two new Cyprinodontid Fishes from West

Piemeeoy CA, HOULENGER, FLR.S, 2, oc... ase cede sccueecds 29

_ Ul. Description of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus Synodontis

from South Cameroon, By G. A. Bouneneur, F.R.S........... 30

TV. Onanew Genus of Snakes from Brazil. By G. A. Bout NGER,

MI ol cy vate Che ws bole acs vic che cusecscceuces. 31

V. Description of a new Newt. By G. A. Bounenger, F.RB.S.

NEG 5 4 Ss PRT 5 sous be vole e's eae a Bias dig d'w'e'g ites 32

VI. Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands. By Atrrep O.

RP erential. Z5, (Plated .) yy) ies, eek ew ende ceece athe oer

VII. A Synopsis of the Sharks of the Family Sgualide. B

PMID ceg ts on ef sche ce cn beeen ecwestcauecccie 7° 89

VII, Rhynchotal Notes—No. XLIV. (coneluded). By W. L

OS Ie Pr ge by cage 57

IX. On Trichoniscordes albidus (Budde-Lund) and T. sarsi,

Patience (nom. nov.). By ALEXANDER PaTIENcE. (Plate VI.)., 84

X. Four new Amazonian Monkeys. By Otprrenp THomas.,.. 88

XI. The Psammomys of the Alluvial Soil of the Nile Delta. By

RETR GEN Sp els Phe kee ee Lk dude cea cee n'y 08

_ XII. Descriptions of Three new Snakes from Africa, By G. A.

BOULENGER, I'.R.S. ......, PRM ree ete etait eT ee ee FERN Foe pack

133407

iv CONTENTS,

Page

XIII. New African Phlebotomic Diptera in the British Museum

os atural History).—Part HI. Tabanide (continued). By Ernest

U. AUSTEN 0.20000 4saes boise bo tq Sere © aisle bn een 94

XIV. Remarks on the Hymenopterous Genus Tiéphia. By

Row anp E, TurnuR, ¥.Z.S., F.E.S; )).., 5.0.0) ae LO

New Books:—Economic Ornithology: 1. Food Habits of the

Grosbeaks. 2. Birds that eat Scale-Insects.—British Museum

Guides: 1. A Guide to the Exhibited Series of Insects.

2. Guide to the Gallery of Fishes.—C. B. Wizson. North-

American Parasitic Copepods belonging to the Family

Caligide: Parts 3 & 4. A Revision of the Pandarine and

Cecrogin® 0. dans ise sins te oes bdden eon Vane . 182—134

The Genotype of Cidaris, by F. A. Bather; Note on the Squirrel-

Genus “ Zetis,” by Oldfield Thomas ..............00.- 134, 136

NUMBER 8.

XV. On riew Species of Histeride and Notices of others. By

G. Laws Ee LSei ten: 04d od 0a 6 aie Dil de oe er 137

XVI. The Hybrid between the Bream and the Rudd (Abramis

brama X Leuciscus erythrophthalmus). By O. Tatr Reean, M.A.

(Plates VIES-VELE) ont ae oss aw as Ce .. 162

XVII. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.O.L,, in the

Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :—

IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J.

Burchell in Brazil, 1825-1830, By J. C. Movtton,

of Magdalen College, Oxford’. /7,:,. ee 165

XVIII. A Case of Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole, or Indian Red

Dog (Cuon dukhunensis). By R. I. Pococs, F.L.S. , F.Z.S., Super-

intendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens ..,..... ec 196

XIX. Notes on the Coleopterous Genera Horia, Fab., and Cissites,

Latr., and a List of the described Species. By GC. J. GaHan, M.A.. 199

XX. Contributions towards a Revision of the Genus. Lomanotus.

By NarHanter Coue@an, M.RLA, 14.37.0077, . 205

XXI. List of Batrachia and Reptilia collected in N orthern Mat

beleland. By E. C. Couns, F.Z.S,

nicole) eels = tree ee bv tshed gee LG

XXII. Descriptions of anew Frog and a new Snake from F ormosa.

By G. A. Boutungmr, FBS, «00... 0.0 eeceases ss 921

XXIII. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Cichlosoma from

Tampico, with Notes on some other Fishes from Mexico and the

Caribbean Sea. By C. Tare Ruean, M.A, ...........,..,..... 229

Proceedings of the Geological Society

CONTENTS. Ve

NUMBER 9.

Page

XXIV. A Preliminary Revision of the Irish Char. By C. Tarr

Nahi race Rie i eet eee Va Ee ety ee cen das 225

, XXV. A Collection of Bats from Formosa. By AvuausTa

ARNBACK-CHRISTIE-LINDE, Zootomical Institute, University of

MES Arr ee Ie wits A win EA SA« 6 Mo TieOgeo Gs Mrp1e Latah oy 0 235

XXVI. Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Capt. E. L.

Rhoades in Lake Nyassa. By G. A. Boutenaer, F.R.S,........ 238

XX VII. Description of a new Snake from Yunnan. ByG. A.

BovuLtenaeEr, F.R.S. ..... NR a ria tat hIN Os athe tat na ee se 244

_ XXVIII. On some new Species and Subspecies of Birds from

Upper Burma. By Major H. H. HaminaTon .........2...0000 ab,

XXIX. Notes on the Forficwlaria,x—XTIJ. A Revision of the

Brachylabhide (Isolabide). By Matcotm Burr, B.A., F.ES.,

BE oe ATL i RS © ie rane a 246

XXX. Descriptions of new African Heterocera. By Grorce T.

Pe ABER, ETS FAB) i itte sy acne corstee cs ee doves. 255

XXXI. A new Freshwater Polyzoon from S. Africa. By Ienrna

TM coc 20 Pyh aoe et, eisai ae sie a fF He dee ee scl n 4ow Sime 264

XXXII. New African Phlebotomic Diptera in the British Museum

(Natural History).—Part IV. Tabanide (continued). By Ernst

Ree Tl AN ciao tor w ole cocina Em Hide ashi ayetihn's 0 Ae + ofa ee 274

XXXIII. On Mammals from the Malay Peninsula and Islands.

REED THOMAS (0AMBRrL ic. s ce esis ed bdeccsversecc 301

XXXIV. A new Jerboa from China. By OLpFIELD THomas .. 307

NUMBER 10.

XXXV. Rhynchotal Notes—No. XLV. By W. L. Distant .. 809

XXXVI. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XX. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, University of Colorado

XXXVII. Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand Coleo-

Demy DI SIOL) I ROUMGL MOS, hols is tse led deiddedademecces 384

XXXVIII. New African Phlebotomic Diptera in the British

Museum (Natural History).—Part V. Tubanide (continued). By

Re a TRON 12.11, ak elaldied RMR ele ofa s gd ieee as 002

XXXIX. Descriptions of Three new COyprinoid Fishes from

Yunnan, collected by Mr. John Graham. ByC. Tare Ruean, M.A. 856

XL. Description of a new Loricariid Fish of the Genus Pleco-

stomus from Argentina. By C,Targe Ruaan, M.A. ............ 308

XLI. Descriptions of new Fishes from Lake Candidius, Formosa, —

collected by Dr. A. Moltrecht. By C.Tarz Rrean, MLA. ...... wb,

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XLII. Twenty new Forms of Pteropus. By Knup ANDERSEN.. 361

XLIII. New Bats and Rodents in the British Museum. By Oxp-

FIELD ‘THOMAS «1... ss> sia's din vise eee BPAPIE Ohi. 870

XLIV. A new Fruit-Bat from Sierra Leone. By OLpFreLp

THOMAS et Ak) ele: 64a aie 4p seb tal do ade tel eee ar CL eee ik De Piers. Soe a ar 3875

XLV. On the Dentition of the Diastema in some Fossil Reptiles

referred to the Gomphodontia, from the Upper Karroo Rocks of

Cape Colony. By H. G, Srexuy, F.R.S., F.G.S., King’s College,

London ..... ee ae cie's ech Gold pet ene oem die sane Golo

XLVI. Notes on the Forficularia.—XIV. A Revision of the

Pygidicranine. By Maucoimm Burr, B.A., F.E.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

EL oe ee PUTER SON dus COR

Contributions towards a Revision of the Genus Lomanotus: a Post-

script, by Ny Colgan; M.RiliAi ‘it isa. J. .bee ee cove. 592

NUMBER 11..

XLVI. On the Forms of Squirrel hitherto classed under Se. jin-

laysont, Horsf. By R. C. Wrove@aron ::)).. 5.0) eee 393

XLVIII. On a new Type of Stridulating-organ in Mygalomorph

Spiders, with the Description of a new Genus and Species belonging

to the Suborder. By A. S, Himsr’:...24)...) ae eee svaoteg Wee

XLIX. Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera.

By Major T.“ Brown, F.B.S)) 000050... ssa wees. ee 405

L. On the Animals of Genera and Species of Mascarene Land-

Mollusca belonging to the Family Zonitide, collected by Monsieur

HK, Dupont. By Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Ausren, F.R.S. &e.

FP lates AX eX yes cus tae dae fie bile ela §alkEv 0 6.9 ea oe 429

LI. Descriptions of some Rhynchota from Ruwenzori. By W. L.

DISTANT 4), \ip'5 ovine as 09's os haa s aoe. eet gel ee ey Sle

LI. A Synopsis of the Fishes of the Subfamily Salangine. By

C. TATE Regan, MA. oo8 0.6 ob cas de sees bee 444

LUI. The Systematic Position of Stylophorus caudatus. By C. .

Tart REGAN, MIA. o. suativue ped tins Sauce eee atoy ae 447

LIV. Description of a new Species of Charaves from the Came-

roons, West Africa. By Hersert Drucn, F.L.S. &e. .......... 449

LV. Preliminary Descriptions of Two new Species of Myonycteris,

By Kup ANDERSEN’: |. 5) ai eeiaiss cine als ce aie eee o 1s ae

LVI. A new Rodent-Mole from North-western Rhodesia. By

FED. CB UBB oe hyo +8 wis» wid. + ohn spelbusieieed fe einen bonis ae an nanan 45]

LVU. A new Tree-Kangaroo from British New Guinea. By

OLDPURLD (VOM AB! ra s'sics «4 v3 Grek eRe Rate oa (i .ead6 6

CONTENTS, Vil

Page

LVIII. A new Species of the Mascarene Genus Eliurus. By

SPimeienD DHOMAS ||.) 2 ss .)isca vate vss Ae On gn ae 453

LIX. A new Generic Name for an Orectolobid Shark. By C.

PUMEGAN MAS 6) Het ae. bea Laer Sree ene x cpl , 454

LX. A Collection of Freshwater Fishes made bye. OF CE,

Underwood in Costa Rica. By C. Tarts Rucan, M.A. ..... (cobs 455

New Books :—Heredity. By J. Arraur Tuomson.—A Book of

Birds. By W, P. Pyorart, A.L.S., F.Z.S.—Casry, Tuos. L,

A Revision of the Tenebrionid Subfamily Contiontine. —

C. Hovarp, Docteur de Sciences, Lauréat de l'Institut. Les

Zoocécidies d'Europe et du Bassin de la Méditerranée. Deserip-

tion des Galles. Tome premier. Cryptogames, Gymnospermes,

Monocotylédones, Dicotylédones ..........see00ecee, 464—467

Generic Names of Polycheet Worms that have been preoccupied and

remain unreplaced, by Robert T. Leiper, M.B., F.Z.S., Helmin-

thologist to the London School of Tropical Medicine ....,,,, 468

NUMBER 12.

Pex Descriptions of new Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo.

Pt Pe BE THUNE-BAKER, FLUAS., PeZ8e 00). elo vcs ce cece s 469

LXII, A Revision of the British and Irish Fishes of the Genus

Peer DY OW TATE REGAN, MiAo ia cy es ck csv cecevaces 482

LXIII. A new Squirrel from Burmah. By R.C. Wroveuton.. 491

LXIV. Diagnoses of new Fishes from the Upper Zambesi. By

G. A. BouLencsr, F.R.S. ......... Oe ae PEN, ee BER AUT EER te 492

LXV. A new Pogonomys presented to the British Museum by

Sir William Ingram. By OLDFIFLD THOMAS ....... ccc cues: 495

LXVI. A new Akodon from Tierra dél Fuego. By OxpFreLp

EMA Fo. Se ase e OE a ok Ahi wll ey, Nae 2 496

LXVII. The Squirrels described as Sciurus steerti from Balabac

erameainwen.. By OLDPIRLD THOMAS ........ccceccecvcntcren 498

LXVIII. Note on the Copepod Genus Oithona. By G. P.

Farran, Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction,

eM SEMEN RTS OIT Ee. loss 55s os we aw ALK Cac os ns cakes 1b,

LXIX. On Two new Genera of Recent Pharetronid Sponges.

By hh. Kingparrice, (Plates XIII-XV.) oo... ccc cee eens 503

LXX. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles discovered

by Mr. M. G. Palmer in South-western Colombia. By G. A.

PIERS dys es dies ok sae Lavi ate basse Soe Een 516

LXXI. Agamide and Iguande, By A,GiyruEr, F\R.S, &e. ., 523

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

LXXII. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XXX. _ By Prof. M‘Iyrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. (Plates

AIL. & ATT, 2.) » 9:5 oe ay poem gigs say isin! oopieia le ts ge ream 524

LXXITI. On a.Collection of Bats from Yola, Northern Nigeria,

collected by Mr. G. W. Webster. By Guy Doruman, B.A....... 545

Proceedings of the Geological Society .....5....+) +5 suuenene 547

Index 9 20.0 © 6 0, 0, C8 ee@erceeves secs base deesa4 coy ee 548

PLATES IN VOL. II.

PiaTE I,

sRE | Jurassic Mollusea from Arabia.

III.

IV. Molge macrosoma.

V. Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands.

VI. Trichoniscoides albidus and T, sarsi.

Hybrid ee the Bream and the Rudd,

ea Mascarene Land-Mollusca.

ae Species of Stylarioides and Brada.

X11.

eo Recent Pharetronid Sponges.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES. }

Bote etendic eres. a per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circim vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Eel. 1.

No. 7. JULY 1908.

1.—On some Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. By R.

BULLEN Newton, F.G.S., and G. C. Crick, Assoc.R.5.M.,

‘F.G.S.

[Plates I.-III. }

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT.

Tue fossils described in this communication, and which have

been presented to the British Museum, were collected by

Major H. S. Hazelgrove, of the Indian Army, from localities

situated in South-western Arabia—Nobat Dakim and Dihala

districts, the former about 50 miles north of Aden and

the latter about double that distance also north of Aden,

According to the letter and sketch-map accompanying the

specimens, those from ‘‘ Nobat” were obtained about 7 miles

from that. place in a basaltic region and are in a very dark

grey limestone ; the “ Dihala”’ fossils, found in a light fawn-

coloured rock, were discovered about 15 miles to the north-

east of that locality, “at the tops of the small cultivated

valleys which run up between the low spurs on which thes

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii, 1

2 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

villages of Al-Kura and Samma stand,” and apparently

beneath the ‘ Deccan Trap ” series, which rise to a height of

about 3500 feet.

PELECYPODA anp GASTROPODA.

By R. Butten Newron.

Among the ‘specimens from Dihala are examples of

Farallelodon egertonianus, a species of the Arciform-Pelecy-

ods, which has been recorded from the Himalayas (Niti and

Spiti) and also from Somaliland, and Nucula cuneiformis,

previously found at both Spiti and Cutch, a closely related

form to the European N. cecilia, Orbigny (=. ornati of

Quenstedt), of Callovian and Oxford Clay horizons.

Only one of the “ Nobat”’ fossils is capable of determina-

tion. I refer to the natural limestone cast of a Merinea,

which shows strong affinities to NV. desvoidyi of. Orbigny,

belonging to the European Corallian (Sequanian) Series.

These specimens are of interest not only from the fact that

they enable us to announce for the first time the presence of

a Jurassic fauna in Arabia, but also because they present a

facies which connects them with the Bihin Limestone fauna

of Somaliland and that of the Spiti Shales of Northern

India, although, before pronouncing upon their probable

geological age, it will be necessary to briefly consider what is

known concerning the horizon of those two remote deposits.

The Bihin Limestone.—From a paleontological point of

view the first notice of the Bihin Limestone of Somaliland is

to be found in “ A Note on the Geology of Somaliland,”

published in the ‘Geological Magazine’ for 1896, p. 290,

by Dr. J. W. Gregory *, who gives a list of fossils found at

Bihin, 15 miles from Berbera, which were determined by

Messrs. G. C. Crick, F. A. Bather, and myself, including

Belemnites subhastatus, Zieten, Parallelodon egertonianus,

Stoliczka, Khynchonella edwardst, Chapuis & Dewalque, and

Rhynchonella subtetrahedra of Davidson, the presence of

which appeared to be of such value that the age of this lime-

stone was regarded as Bathonian.

In futher papers of the same journal, and immediately

following Dr. Gregory’s account, Mr. Crick and myself gave

detailed notices of the fossils submitted to us, the Parallelodon

egertonianus being referred to (pp. 294-296) as originally

occurring in Northern Indian in company with several well-

known Huropean Jurassic Mollusca determined by Stolicaka

* References to the literature, when not included in the text, will be

* found further on in the paper under “ Bibliography.”

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 3

and regarded by that author as belonging to Quenstedt’s

« Brown Jura’”’ or the ‘ Dogger,” evidence which was con-

sidered at the time in favour of the Bihin Limestone being

recognized as of Bathonian age. Mr. Crick’s remarks,

however (pp. 296-298), on Belemnites subhastatus favoured

the Callovian age for this limestone, since that Cephalopod

was said to be characteristic of the macrocephalus-zone of

Germany.

At a later period, during the discussion on a paper by

Dr. Gregory ‘‘On the Geology and Fossil Corals and

KEchinids of Somaliland,” read before the Geological Society,

Mr. G. C. Crick stated that ihe Cephalopoda from the Bihin

Limestone ‘‘ appeared to indicate the presence of an horizon

somewhat younger than Bathonian” (Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc. 1900, vol. lvi. p. 45).

Since the Bihin Limestone fossils were described, further

specimens in the British Museum have been examined from

the same beds, although.no published account of them has yet

been issued. Among these the following provisional deter-

minations are now made :—WNerinea cf. elatior, Orbigny, a

Corallian species represented by some narrow elongate natural

casts; Volsella (= Modiola) subangustissima, Dacqué, a form

found in the Kimeridgian of Western Somaliland (Atschabo) ;

Pholadomya cf. carinata, Goldfuss, originally described from

the Callovian of the Sarthe region of France, and which has

in more modern years been recognized by Douvillé as part of

the Jurassic (Sequanian) fauna of Choa to the south of

Abyssinia; Ceromya cf, striata, Orbigny sp. (=obovata,

Roemer, and inflata, Agassiz), belonging to Corallian and

Kimeridgian times, a species recorded by G. Miiller as

occurring in the Kimeridgian of German East Africa ; and

Terebratula subsella, Leymerie, ranging from Corallian to

Kimeridgian, although perhaps more characteristic of the

former period, is known from the Kimeridgian of German

Somaliland through the researches of Dr. Dacqué, and ac-

cording to Prof. Douvillé it also occurs in the Jurassic rocks

of Choa to the south of Abyssinia.

The Spitt Shales—The palwontology of the Spiti deposits

of the Northern Himalaya appears to have been first made

known to us by Captain J. D. Herbert in 1831, who gave an

account, with a plate of figures, of a number of fossils that

had ‘been collected in those beds by Dr. Gerard. This was

followed in 1833 by a further notice of the same collection

written by the Rev. R. Everest, accompanied by two plates

of fossils.

Thirty years afterwards the Gerard ee was again

4 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

studied, and this time by the late Dr. H. F. Blanford, who

recognized in part an Upper Oolitic character of the species,

which he considered were identical with, or closely allied to,

forms characteristic of the Oxford Clay.

Dr. Oppel was the next student of this fauna, especially in

connection with the Cephalopoda. He noted Ammonites

macrocephalus as one of the characteristic species, and he

therefore regarded the beds as of Callovian age and equivalent

to the Kelloways-rock series of Europe.

Then followed Dr. Stoliczka’s memoir *, dealing in part with

the same subject, in which is enumerated the characteristic

fossils of the Spiti Shales, with some remarks as to their

horizonal value, as follows:— “ The characteristic fossils are

Ammonites macrocephalus, parkinsont, curvicosta, liparus,

triplicatus, and biplex ; Astarte major and unilateralis, Nu-

cula cuneiformis, Trigonia costata, &c.

‘Without entering at present on the questions of separate

zones, I believe the best equivalent of these beds is Quen-

stedt’s Brown Jura, or now usually called Dogger, comprising

a great number of so-called formations, clays, limestones,

sandstones, shales, &c., which have in England, France,

Germany, &c. only local value. The Himalayan Jura

approaches in many respects in the character of its fossils to

the Russian. It is a mistaken opinion to regard certain beds

which contain Planulati-Ammonites as Upper Jura. The

Spiti Shales have been treated in this manner because they

abound in ‘ Planulati.’ But all those we do find, Ammo-

nites curvicosta, braikenridgit, triplicatus, and the Kimeridgian

form of Am. biplex, all these species are not Upper but

Middle Jurassic; even if we could abstract all the rest of the

fossils. Trigonia costata proves nothing, as it goes through

many strata without essential alteration; similarly the

Avicula inequivalvis. The Cutch Deposits are equally not of

Upper but of Middle Jurassic age, and have a great number

of species identical with the Oolite inférteur of Bayeux and

Montreuil Bellay.”

These early determinations of the Spiti fossils have been

subjected to considerable revision in recent years, and

especially so in connection with the Cephalopoda, which have

been more closely studied than the other groups of Mollusca.

The latest published views as to the age of the Spiti Shales

appear in a monograph by Dr. Carl Diener on the geology of

the Central Himalayan region, where the lower beds containing

Belemnites gerardi are regarded as Upper Jurassic and

* Stoliczka, Mem. Geol, Sury. India, 1865, vol. v. part 1, p. 189.

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 5

included in his division of the “ Chidamu Beds.” The same

author states that Professor Victor Uhlig agrees with this

correlation, besides thinking it probable that the Chidamu

Beds are Kimeridgian *.

It should also be mentioned here that Professor Uhlig is

now engaged in examining and reporting upon The Fauna

of the Spiti Shales,” descriptions of the Ammonite species

having already been published; and we await with interest

the completion of that work, which should finally settle all

disputes as to the stratigraphical values of those northern

Indian deposits.

Age of the Arabian Mollusca.—In considering the geolo-

gical age of Major Hazelgrove’s fossils from Arabia it would

seem that there is every evidence to prove that they belong

to a higher horizon than the Bathonian. The Parallelodon

egertonianus, as previously mentioned, shows some similarity

with a Kimeridgian form from German East Africa, Then,

again, the Nucula cuneiformis, which is characteristic of

Indian Jurassic deposits, exhibits besides some marked

affinities with Quenstedt’s N. ornati, occurring in the Ox-

fordian of Germany and England. The Nerinea-cast also

appears to possess certain characters which would connect it

with the Corallian period. From such comparisons it is

reasonable to assume that this fauna should be recognized as

originating somewhere between the Oxfordian and Kime-

ridgian, in which case the Corallian (or Sequanian) would

represent its rightful period in the Jurassic series.

Every detail of research made in connection with the

present enquiry tends to indicate that these Arabian lime-

stones may be correlated with the Jurassic rocks of Bihin and

probably other districts of Hastern Africa, as well as with

those occurring on the Tibetan side of the Himalayas—the

Niti Pass neighbourhood north of Kumaun and the Spiti

district N.N.E. of Simla—and with certain rocks in the

Cutch province of Western India. Similar Jurassic regions

are also known in Persia, Baluchistan, and Madagascar.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES.

PELECYPODA.

Genus PARALLELODON, Meek and Worthen.

Parallelodon egertonianus, Stoliczka. (PI. I. figs. 1-4.)

Arca, J. D. Herbert, Gleanings in Science, 1831, vol. iii. pl. xvii. fig. 6,

p. 272.

* These opinions are reproduced and adopted in Professor A. de

Lapparent’s ‘ Traité de Géologie,’ 1906, edition 5, p. 1255,

6 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

Arca, Kiverest, Asiatic Researches, 1833, vol. xviii. pt. 2, pl. ii. fig. 27,

. 114,

Citas virgata, Blanford, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1863, p. 186;

Blanford and Salter, Paleontology of Niti, Northern Himalaya,

1865, p. 103; non J. de C. Sowerby, 1840,

Macrodon egertonianum, Stoliczka, Mem, Geol. Surv. India, 1865, vol. v.

pl. viii. fig. 7, p. 89.

Parallelodon egertomanus, R. B. Newton, Geological Magazine, 1896,

pp. 294-296.

From Stoliczka’s diagnosis we understand this species

to be an obliquely elongate shell, convex, narrow, and

with radiating coste ; the coste are fewer and consequently

wider apart towards the anterior margin and nearly obsolete

posteriorly ; concentric strize unequal, undulating, sometimes

lamellose. These characters are mostly well expressed in

the valves from Arabia now referred to this species, although

the posterior radiating coste are more apparent than in

Indian examples, a fact which is probably due to better

preservation. ,

Rather more than eleven years ago I recognized this

species among the Bihin Limestone fossils of Somaliland, and

I then referred to a peculiarity of ornamentation seen only on

the right valve, which had not previously been noticed, viz.

the presence of intermittent ribbing between the primary

radial coste, a structure which I also observed at the same

time in some of the original Indian specimens in the British

Museum collected by the late Sir Richard Strachey, and

which is further observable in the valves from Arabia. I

now find the same sculpture in J. de C. Sowerby’s Cucullea

virgata from the Cutch Jurassic, a species which has already

been mistaken for egertonianus, although it represents a shell

of very different contour, being more or less quadrate and,

moreover, furnished with almost central umbones, and alto-

gether lacking the obliquity of the Spiti form.

Very similar sculpture is present on the left valve of

Cucullea lasti, described by G. Miiller (in Bornhardt, ‘Deutsch.

Ost-Afrika,’ 1900, vol. vii. pl. xvii. figs. 1, 2, p. 533) from

the Kimeridgian of German East Africa; but that form has

also more central umbones, less oblique radial coste, and

rather more inflated valves.

This egertonianus is also quite distinct from Dr, Dacqué’s

Macrodon rufe * from the Kimeridgian of Western Somali-

land (Atschabo and Harro Rufa), as pointed out by that

author, who further regards his species as showing a greater

* “Beitrige zur Geologie des Somalilandes,” Beitr. Palaontologie

Geologie Oesterr.-Ungarns Orients, 1905, vol. xvii. pl. xv. figs, 4-6, pp. 137,

138.

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 7

resemblance to Arca (Cucullea?) jonest of Tate * from the

Uitenhage beds of South Africa.

Like the Indian and African specimens, the Arabian

examples are sometimes a good deal crushed, although two of

the largest left valves exhibit their natural convexity. The

valves also vary in size, the largest having a height of 30 mm.

and a length of 54 mm.

The ligament area in most examples is not preserved, but

a sectioned left valve shows a fairly deep concavity beneath

the umbo, but unfortunately without surface structure ; this

same specimen exhibits evidence of the elongate horizontal

teeth at the posterior end of hinge-line, which serve to indicate

the generic position of this species.

Loc. Near Dihala.

Genus Nucua, Lamarck.

Nucula cunetformis, J. de C. Sowerby.

(Pl. I. figs. 5-7.)

Modiola, J. D. Herbert, Gleanings in Science, 1831, vol, iii. pl. xvil.

fig. 5, p. 272; Everest, Asiatic Researches, 1833, vol. Xvi. pt. 2,

fio, 28, p. 114. a

Nucula, J. de C. Sowerby, Asiatic Researches, 1833, vol, xviil. pt. 2,

5 278.

Necula? cuneiformis, J. de C. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. London,

1840, ser. 2, vol. v. pl. xxii. fig. 4, p. 328.

Nucula cuneiformis, H. F. Blanford, Journ, Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1863,

vol, xxxii. p. 135.

Nucula cuneiformis, Stolicaka, Mem. Geol. Surv. India, 1866, vol. v.

p- 90.

Among the Arabian specimens are some inflated examples

of a Nucula which show so great a resemblance to WV. cunet

formis from the Jurassic rocks of Spiti and Cutch that I am

unable to separate them from that species. wie

In Sowerby’s original description of the shell it is stated

to be ‘transversely elongate-elliptical, gibbose, smooth ;

beaks ¢ close to the anterior extremity, small, incurved.”’

Unfortunately the type of the species is missing from

Capt. C. W. Grant’s collection of Cutch fossils in the Geolo-

gical Society’s Museum, although I am enabled to institute

a comparison, as there happens to be an example of this shell

(determined by myself) in the Rev. J. F. Blake’s collection

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1867, vol. xxiii. pl. ix. fig. 9, p. 161.

+ It may be here mentioned that Nucula is one of the few genera

which has posteriorly directed umbones (opisthogyrous) ; therefore the

position of the “beaks” should be referred to as posterior, and not

anterior.

8 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick WA some

of fossils from that area of India, now in the British Museum.

The late Dr. H. F. Blanford recognized some distorted

specimens from the Himalayan Jurassies, previously figured

by Herbert and Everest as Modiola and by J. de C. Sowerby

as NVucula, as forms of the N.? cunedformis, an opinion which

was subsequently confirmed by Stoliezka in his memoir

dealing with the Spiti Shales of the North-western Himalaya.

The Arabian shells show distortion through pressure as

characterize most of the Spiti examples; their valves are of

similar size and ornamentation, just as inflated, possessing in-

curved posterior umbones, the surface of posterior end being

abruptly truncated and mostly occupied by a wide lunule.

The characteristic dentition of the genus has been displayed

by the rubbing down of the dorsal surface of one of the

specimens.

The Cutch specimen used for comparison exhibits rather

more roundness of contour, although the slightly angulate

appearance of the Arabian valves is probably more or less

due to the pressure to which they have been partially subjected

during the period of fossilization.

Accompanying the specimens of Mucula cunetformis are

some very depressed valves which have probably undergone

lateral pressure, making it possible that they belong to the

same species ; a rubbed down surface of one of these valves

exhibits the characteristic nuculoid dentition.

Among European shells this species is closely related to

Nucula ornati of Quenstedt (‘ Handbuch Petrefactenkunde,’

1852, pl. xhv. fig. 7, p. 528) from Kelloways Rock and

Oxford Clay horizons, a form subsequently recognized by

Albert Oppel as Nueula cecilia of Orbigny (‘Prodrome Pal].

Strat.’ 1849, vol. i. p. 3389; ‘Die Juraformation,’ 1857,

p- 565) of Callovian age. The same form has also been

figured under the name of JN. ornata, Quenstedt, from the

Oxford Clay of Weymouth, in Robert Damon’s ‘ Geology of

Weymouth,’ 1888, pl. ii. figs. 6-8), the types of which are in

the British Museum.

Loc. Near Dihala.

GASTROPODA.

Genus TrocHus, Linneus.

Trochus arabiensis, sp.n. (Pl. I. figs. 8, 9.)

Description.—Shell conical, smooth, and with subobtuse

apex; with five depressed, narrowly sutured, slightly turreted

whorls on nearly the same plane, which are more or less

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. | 9

concave on the upper surface, the last having a sharply

carinated periphery; base inflated and doubtfully umbilicate ;

aperture apparently subcircular ; sculpture comprising fine,

closely arranged, regular spiral striations both on the upper

and basal surfaces, crossed by oblique lines of growth which

are strongest and most evident at the base; lower margin of

whorls obscurely. tubercled.

Dimensions.—Height=22, diameter=18 mm.

The two specimens now described somewhat resemble the

genus Amberleya, though not so prominently turreted as

most known forms of that genus, and of much less decorative

sculpture than usually obtains. I know of no form of

Jurassic Trochide similarly ornamented. About twelve of

the regular spiral lines can be counted on the surface of the

penultimate and body-whorl (where they are best seen), and

there are slight indications of tubercles on the periphery,

although the specimens are somewhat worn and coated in

places with the light-coloured matrix.

The base is fairly ventricose, but whether there is an

umbilication or not is very uncertain, as the hard limestone

covers up this part of the basal region. »

The form is of interest to record as it accompanies the

shells found in the light-coloured limestone, and unques-

tionably forms part of the same fauna, although its relation-

ship to other species has not been traced. ‘There is, however,

a slight similarity of structure to a form figured by Dr, Dacqué

(Trochus sp. indet.) from the Kimeridgian of Somaliland

(Atschabo), but without specimens for actual examination a

more accurate comparison is not possible (pl. xvi. fig. 8,

p. 142 of Dacqué’s memoir, quoted in the list of literature),

although a peripheral keel is present on the lower whorl.

Loc. Near Dihala.

Genus Nrerin@A, Defrance.

Nerinea cf. desvoidy?, Orbigny. (PI. I. fig. 10.)

Nerinea desvoidy?, Orbigny, Prodrome Paléontologie Stratigraphique,

1850, vol. ii. p. 4; Pal. Frangaise, Terr. Jurassiques, Gastéropodes,

1850, pl. celxi. p. 107.

Nerinea gose, Contejean, Kimméridien de Montbéliard, 1859, pl. vii.

fig. 1, p. 231; (pars) Thurman and Etallon, Lethewa Bruntrutana,

1864, pl. vii. fig. 38, p.98, non Romer.

Nerinea desvoidyi, P. de Loriol, Mon. Paléont. Géol. Etages Sup.

Jurassique, Mém. Soc. Linn. Normandie, 1872, vol. xy. pl. vi.

figs. 2-5, p. 81; Blake and Hudleston, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc,

1877, vol. xxxili. p. 266,

This specimen is a natural cast of a large fragment of

10 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

Nerina, and regarded as having close affinities with WN. des-

votdyt from the Corallian (Sequanian) rocks of France. It

measures 125 mm. in length and consists of rather more than

six whorls of greater width than height, each one showing an

oblique central depression which is parallel with a well-

marked suture. The general form is narrow and elongate,

the whorls very gradually enlarging with age, and appearing

to exactly correspond with P. de Loriol’s figures of a cast

from Normandy (pl. vi. figs. 8, 4) which exhibits a similar

rate of increase in the volutions and the same obliquity at

the median depression. A small patch of original shell-

structure is still to be seen on the basal whorl, although not

included in our illustration, showing some obscure lines of

growth, which, however, are less sinuous than those depicted

by Orbigny in his original figure.

The present specimen shows also considerable resemblance

to Rémer’s JV. gose, as interpreted by Goldfuss (‘ Petrefacta

Germaniz,’ 1844, vol. iil. pl. clxxv. fig. 9, p. 41), from the

German Portlandian ; but the whorls appear to be higher and

the suture more oblique.

A very similar cast of this genus has been figured and

described by Coquand under the name of N. pauli from the

Lower Cretaceous (Barremian) deposits of the Province of

Constantine in Northern Africa (‘ Géologie et Paléontologie

Constantine,’ 1862, pl. iv. fig. 3), but it is capable of separa-

tion from the present form by its taller volutions and their

more deeply excavated sides.

Messrs. J. F. Blake and W. H. Hudleston acknowledge

this species in the Corallian strata of Weymouth.

‘he blackish limestone containing this specimen has also

produced a few casts of naticoid and bivalve shells; but

these are of no scientific importance, as their determination

is quite impossible.

Loc. Near Nobat.

CEPHALOPODA.

By G. C. CRICK.

As has already been explained, Major Hazelgrove’s collec-

tion was obtained at two localities n S.W. Arabia—(1) in

the neighbourhood of Nobat Dakim, about 50 miles north of

Aden, and (2) trom the neighbourhood of the villages of Al-

Kura and Samma, to the N.E. of Dihala, about 100 miles

N. of Aden. Ina letter accompanying the specimens Major

Hazelgrove writes :—“‘ I have marked the seven dark speci-

mens ‘Nobat,’ though | found them about seven miles trom

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia, 11

that place, at the end of a long valley which runs north from

Nobat Dakim. All the remaining fossils were found at the

tops of the small cultivated valleys which run up between the

low spurs on which the villages of Al-Kura and Samma

stand; and there were several more neighbouring valleys of

the same sort, with fossils in them in similar situations.”

According to the sketch-map accompanying the specimens,

the fossils marked “‘ Nobat” were found between layers of

basalt on the western side of Jebel Manif (2500 feet), about

7 miles N.N.E. from Nobat Dakim. The villages of Al-Kura

and Samma, near which the remaining fossils were found

beneath Deccan trap, are at a distance of about 15 miles N.E.

of Dihala.

Only one Cephalopod (the Belemnite) is labelled ‘ Nobat.”

It is, however, to be observed that the small portions of

matrix still adhering to this specimen agree perfectly with

the matrix of the fossils from near Dihala, whilst its state of

preservation differs entirely from that of the other specimens

labelled ‘* Nobat.”

The Cephalopoda comprise two Nautili, five Ammonites,

and one Belemnite. A perfectly flat and smooth internal

cast, about 40 mm. in diameter, without any indication what-

ever of sutures, is possibly the remains of an Ammonite.

The Nautili and Ammonites are contained in a light fawn-

coloured limestone ; they are all very much crushed, and in

no single instance is it possible to make out a suture-line.

Portions of matrix on the Belemnite indicate that that also

was obtained from similar rocks.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES.

A. NAUTILOIDEA.

Genus NAvutTiLus, Breyn.

Nautilus cf. hewagonus, J. de C. Sowerby.

Cin lagi licen Zn)

1826. Nautilus hexagonus, J. de C. Sowerby, Min. Conch. vol. vi. p. 55,

1, dxxix. fig. 2. (Kor references, see A. H. Foord, Cat. Foss. Ceph.

Brit, Mus. pt. 2, 1891, pp. 2385-236.)

Using the name in a broad sense, the genus Nautilus is

represented by two examples, about 90 and 95 mm. in

diameter respectively. Both are doubtless referable to the

same species, but are so very much crushed that their original

dimensions cannot now be ascertained. The shell appears

to have been rather inflated and rapidly expanding, and

12 Messrs. R. B. Newton an7Z G. C. Crick on some

to have had its greatest thickness at the margin of the

umbilicus. This seems to have been relatively small and may

possibly have been closed, but unfortunately it is obscured

in both specimens. ‘The sides are flattened and convergent

and their outer half is slightly concave; the periphery is

flattened, is about one-half the width of the sides, where the

shell has a diameter of about 90 mm., and has subangular

margins, and in one specimen there is a shallow longitudinal

groove almost close to the margin. The whole surface is

ornamented with rather coarse lines of growth, which in

crossing the whorl pass from the umbilical margin across the

lateral area in a slightly backward direction, and with a

feeble orad-concave curve at about the middle of this area as

far as the subangular peripheral margin, where they turn

rather abruptly backward, so as to form a relatively deep

hyponomic sinus on the periphery. The position of the

siphuncle is not seen, and the septa are not shown.

In its crushed condition, showing only the ornaments of

the test, and neither the position of.the siphuncle nor the

form of the suture, its identification is rendered extremely

difficult.

The Arabian fossil bears much resemblance to Nautilus

hexagonus, described by J. de C. Sowerby * from the Calca-

reous grit of Shotover, Oxfordshire, and of Abingdon, Berk-

shire ¢, &c., the ornaments of the test corresponding exactly

with those shown in Sowerby’s figure; but the Arabian

species appears to have had relatively a narrower periphery.

The specimen from near Charee, in Cutch, that J. de C.

Sowerby { referred with a query to that species because it

differed ‘‘in having a smaller umbilicus and in being more

rounded,” is referred to WVauttlus calloviensis, Oppel §, by

Waagen ||, who states that in Cutch it is found in beds asso-

ciated with Macrocephalites macrocephalus. From the Upper

Jurassic rocks of Mombasa in Hast Africa Beyrich § records

a fragmentary specimen as being allied to Nautilus heaagonus.

* J. de C. Sowerby, Min. Conch. vol. vi. p. 55 (1826), pl. dxxix. fig, 2.

+ The species has also been recorded in rocks ranging from the Stones-

field Slate (Great Oolite, Bathonian) up to the Kimeridge Clay (see A. H.

Foord, Cat. Foss. Ceph. Brit. Mus. pt. 2, 1891, pp. 285-286), but it is

very doubtful if all these records refer to Sowerby’s species.

t{ J. de C. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc.’ [2] vol. v. pt. 2, 1840, p. 329,

pl. xxiii. fig. 4, expl. of plate (unpaged). ‘This specimen is now in the

Museum of the Geological Society of London.

§ A. Oppel, ‘ Die Juraformation,’ 1856-8, p. 547 (1857).

|| W. Waagen, ‘Jurassic Fauna of Kutch’ (Pal. Indica), vol. i. Cepha-

lopoda, pt. 1, 1873, p. 18, pl. iii. figs. 2 a, b,

q H. E. Beyrich, “ Ueber Hildebrandt’s geologische Sammlungen yon

Mombassa,” Monatsber. d. k. Preussischen Akad. d. Wissenschaften zu

Berlin, 1878, pp. 767-775.

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 13

In its general form the Arabian species possibly closely

resembled the form which Dacqué * has described (as Nauti-

lus ennianus) from Somaliland from beds which he regards as

of Kimeridgian age. The Somaliland fossil has a similar

subangular- margined periphery, but its ornaments are

unknown.

The concave peripheral area of Nautilus giganteus—a

species sometimes regarded + as a synonym of J. de C.

Sowerby’s Nautilus hewagonus—described by d’?Orbigny t

from the Lower Oxfordian, but recorded § also from beds of

Lower Kimeridgian age, seems to distinguish that species

from both the Arabian and Somaliland forms.

Of the species recorded from the Jurassic rocks of Cutch,

the Arabian form may be compared with both Nautilus

kumagunensis, Waagen ||, and Nautilus wandaensis, Waagen ;

from the former, however, it seems to be distinguished by its

coarser lines of growth and apparently more robust form, and

from the latter by its probably narrower and more sharply

defined periphery. On the whole, however, it seems to come

nearer the latter, but unfortunately in that species the test,

which is very well shown in the present specimens, is incom-

pletely known. Nautilus kumagunensis occurs in the upper

region of the macrocephalus-beds, whilst N. wandaensis occurs

in the Dhosa QOolite in association with Aspidoceras per-

armatum. Nautilus wandaensis has also been recorded, in

association with Perisphinctes, Macrocephalites, indeterminable

fragments of Belemnites, and a new species of Rhynchonella,

from Mtaru in German Kast Africa, from rocks regarded as

of the same age as the Dhosa Oolite ** of Cutch.

The flat, sharply-defined periphery, with its subangular

margins and feeble longitudinal sulcus near the margin, the

slight depression of the outer part of the lateral area, and the

direction of the lines of growth in the Arabian example

* E. Dacqué, Beitr. zur Palaont. u. Geol. Oesterr.-Ungarns, &c.,

Bd. xvii. Hett 3 & 4, p. 144, pl. xvii. fig. 5.

+ See A. H. Foord, Cat. Foss. Ceph. Brit. Mus. pt. 2, 1891, pp. 235-

236.

t A. D. @Orbigny, Pal. Frang., Terr. jurass. vol. i, 1842, p. 163,

Coxe v.

§ A. Etallon, “ Lethea Bruntrutana, &c.,” pt. 1 (Neue Denkschriften

der allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die gesammten Natur-

wissenschaften, Bd. xviii.), 1861, p. 74, pl. i. fig. 2.

|| W. Waagen, ‘Jurassic Fauna of Kutch’ (Pal. Indica), vol. i.

Cephalopoda, pt. 1, 1878, p. 19, pl. ili. fizs. 1 a, db.

q W. Waagen, op. cit. pt. 1, 1873, p. 17, pl. iv. figs. 3a, 6.

** A. Tornquist, ‘‘ Fragmente einer Oxfordfauna von Mtaru im Deutsch-

Ostafrika, nach dem von Dr. Stuhlmann gesammelten Material,” Jahrb.

Hamburgischen Wissensch. Austalten, Jahrg. x. (1892), p. 281.

14 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

suggest a comparison with Retowski’s genus Tithonoceras*,

which was founded upon a new species J’. zittelit from the

Tithonian of the Crimea, but the depression of the outer

portion of the lateral area and the longitudinal sulcus on the

periphery near its margin are not nearly so distinct as in that

genus, and there is an absence of any depression along the

median lineof the periphery—in fact, in the Arabian specimens

the periphery is feebly convex, whilst in the genus T?thono-

ceras it is rather concave.

The Arabian species appears to be intermediate between

such a form as Nautilus hexagonus and the genus Tthono-

ceras, and probably finds a near ally in Dacqué’s Nautilus

ennianus from the Kimeridgian rocks of Atschabo in

Somaliland.

Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma,

about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala.

B. AMMONOIDEA.

Genus PERISPHINCTES, Waagen.

With one possible exception, the Ammonites in the collec-

tion are referable to the genus Perisphinctes. All are more

or less imperfectly preserved, but, though very much crushed,

portions of the test are usually present. In no case, however,

is it possible to see the suture-line. ‘I'he condition of the

specimens, therefore, renders the identification of the species

particularly difficult.

Perisphinctes cf. torquatus (J. de O. Sowerby).

(Pl. TIL tgs. ane

1840. Ammonites torquatus, J. de C. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. [2]

vol. v. pt. 2, p. 719, pl. 1xi. tig. 12 & expl.

1863. ? Ammonites torquatus, J. de C. Sowerby ; H. F. Blanford, Journ.

Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxii, no. 2, p. 180, pl. 111. figs. 6, 6 a, 7,

t apes ;

21865. Ammonites torquatus, J. de C. Sowerby; H. F’. Blanford, in

J. W. Salter and H. F. Blanford, Paleont. Niti, p. 80.

1875. Perisphinctes torguatus (J. de C. Sowerby) ; W. Waagen, Ju-

rassic Fauna of Kutch (Pal. Indica), vol. i. Cephalopoda, pt. 4, p. 191,

1. liv.

1808. Perisphinctes torquatus (J. de C, Sowerby); J. v. Siemiradzki,

Paleontographica, Bd. xlv. p. 263.

The best-preserved Ammonite in the collection was

partially exposed on the surface of a small slab of limestone.

* O. Retowski, “Die tithonisehen Ablagerungen von Theodosia,”

Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 1893, no. 2 & 3, p. 222.

+ O. Retowski, op. cit, p. 223, p . xul, figs. 2 a, 0. ¢

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 15

By careful development it has been possible to almost com-

pletely expose the lateral area and a portion of the periphery

(Pl. III. figs. la, 6). In its crushed state the fossil has the

following dimensions :—diameter of outer whorl 92 mm. (1) * ;

height of outer whorl 30 (0°326); width of umbilicus about

39 (0°42) ; the thickness of the whorl being indeterminable.

There are 42 or 43 principal ribs in the outer whorl; each,

after traversing the narrow umbilical wall of the whorl,

passes forward in crossing the lateral area and bifurcates at

about the middle of this area into two equally strong ribs,

which cross the periphery without any interruption in an

orad-convex curve. Occasionally, but very rarely, there is a

principal rib which does not bifurcate. There is no trace of

the suture-line.

The fossil is most probably referable to J. de C. Sowerby’s

Ammonites torquatus. ‘The type-specimen, which came from

the ** Desert N.E. of Cutch ’’ +, has the following measure-

ments :—diameter of shell 64°5 mm.f (1); height of outer

whorl 21°5 (0°33); thickness of outer whorl 23 (0°35), and

width of umbilicus 28 (0:43). The outer whorl bears 41

principal ribs. Thus it will be seen that both in measure-

ments and ornaments the Arabian shell approaches very

closely the Cutch form. In his work on the Jurassic Cepha-

lopoda of Cutch, Waagen§ figures only a large completely

septate example, and states that all the specimens in the

Museum of the Geological Survey of India came from “ the

coarse red iron-sandstone of the Katrol range, that is, from

the middle region of the Katrol Group.” It is stated to be

one of the commonest Ammonites of the Katrol Group ||.

The ornaments of the Arabian fossil agree very closely with

those of the larger of the two specimens (figs. 6, 6a) from

the Spiti Valley figured by H. F. Blanford {], and referred by

him with a query to Sowerby’s species. Unfortunately

neither the suture-line nor the form of the transverse section

is available for comparison in the Arabian fossil. The

* The numbers in parentheses accompanying the dimensions measured

in millimetres indicate the proportion of each of them to the whole

diameter taken as unity.

+ Op. cit. p. 719. The specimen is now in the Museum of the Geolo-

gical Society of London.

t The specimen is 68 mm. in diameter, but owing to the imperiection

of its anterior end its dimensions can be best taken at a diameter of

64°5 mm.

§ W. Waagen, op. cit. pt. 2, 1875, p. 191, pl. liv.

|| R. D. Oldhanz, Manual Geol. India, 1893, p. 222.

q] H. F. Blanford, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxii. 1863, p, 130,

pl. iil. figs. 6, 6a, 7, 7 a, 8.

16 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

absence of these same characters prevents a full comparison

with the Niti examples, which H. F. Blanford referred to

Ammonites torquatus* and A. biplext, two forms very

closely allied, if not identical, the only characters by which

that author distinguished the two forms being the thicker and

more depressed whorls of the former, accompanied by a slight

notching of the ribs in the median line of the periphery. He

did not figure A. torquatus, but figured two examples as

A. biplex. Of these, the specimen depicted in pl. xi. fig. 1 a t

more closely resembles the Arabian form, especially in the

coarseness and direction of its ornaments, but being a more

widely umbilicated shell, its outer whorl bears a greater

number (55) of principal ribs than that of the Arabian fossil.

Compared with Waagen’s figure § of Perisphinctes martelli,

Oppel, from the Kuntkote Sandstone, the measurements of

which agree fairly well with those of the Arabian specimen,

the latter possessed coarser and more curved ornaments, and

apparently had ‘more inflated sides than the Indian form;

further, the bifurcation of the ribs appears to have been nearer

the margin of the periphery in the Indian than in the Arabian

form.

Another Indian form with which the Arabian specimen

may be compared is Waagen’s Perisphinctes virguloides ||,

but compared with Waagen’s figure (pl. xlix. figs. 1a, 1 8)

the Arabian fossil is more narrowly umbilicated and its ribs

are less numerous per whorl and more forwardly-directed in

crossing the lateral area. In Cutch, Waagen’s species is

restricted to the Kuntkote Sandstone. The Arabian fossil

agrees still more closely with Pavlow’s figure of a specimen,

which he refers to Waagen’s species, from the zone of

Aspidoceras acanthicum from the Kast of Russia .

It also closely resembles de Loriol’s figure** of Perisphinctes

eupalus (d’Orbigny) from the zone of Oppelia tenuilobata of

Oberbuchsitten (Soleure) ; its relative dimensions are about

* H. F. Blanford, in J. W. Salter and H. F. Blanford, Paleont. Niti,

1865, p. 80.

t tf F. Blanford, op. cit. p. 79, pl. xi. figs. 1 a,b, ¢, pl. xii. figs. 1 a, b, ¢,

} Now in British Museum collection, register no. C, 5033.

§ W. Waagen, op. cit. pt. 4, 1875, pl. lv. figs. 3 a, b.

|| W. Waagen, op. cit. pt. 4, 1875, p, 203, pl. xlvii. figs, 4a, b, pl. xlix,

fies, l a, b.

‘q A. Pavlow, “Les Ammonites de la zone & Aspidoceras acanthicum

de l’est de la Russie,” Mém. Com. Géol. St. Pétersbourg, vol. ii. no, 3,

1886, pp. 28 & 85, pl. vii. figs. 3 a, b.

** P, de Loriol, “ Monographie paléontologique des couches de la zone

a Ammonites tenuilobatus (Badener Schichten) d’Oberbuchsitten et de

Wengen (Soleure),” pt. i. 1881 (Mém. S.c. Pal. Suisse, vol. Vil.J, DLs we

figs. 2, 2a.

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 17

the same, so far as they can be compared with the Arabian

specimen, although the measurements of the figure do not

quite agree with the dimensions given by de Loriol (p. 16) * ;

but its ornaments appear to be somewhat finer and fewer,

de Loriol’s example having 47 principal ribs in the outer

whorl, whereas the Arabian fossil has only 42 or 43.

This specimen, then, seems to find its nearest ally in

Perisphinctes torquatus, which occurs in the Katrol Group

in Cutch in beds which are referred to by SiemiradzkiT as

Lower Kimeridgian ; at Niti and Spiti in the Himalaya;

and, according to Siemiradzki, also in the zone of Oppelia

tenuilobata in Poland, and probably also in Swabia.

A crushed specimen, about 34 mm. in diameter, exposed

on the surface of a small piece of limestone, appears to be

referable to this same species.

Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma,

about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala.

Perisphinctes cf. subdolus, Fontannes.

(Pl. II. fig. 3.)

1879. Perisphinctes subdolus, F. Fontannes, Deseription des Ammonites

des caleaires du Chateau de Crussol, Ardéche (Zones a Oppelia tenur-

lobata et Waagenia beckeri), p. 61, pl. ix. fig. 3.

1898. Perisphinctes subdolus, F. Fontannes ; J. y. Siemiradzki, Palzeon-

tographica, Bd. xly. Lief. 2 & 3, p. 153.

Another species of the genus Perisphinctes, represented by

the crushed half of a specimen of about 83 mm. in diameter

and with the inner whorls obscured by matrix, bears some

resemblance in the character of its ribbing to Perisphinctes

subdolus, Fontannes, a rather common species in the zone of

Oppelia tenuilobata of Crussol (Ardéche) ; but it appears to

have been a more widely umbilicated shell with relatively

narrower (7. e. less high) whorls, for the diameter of its

umbilicus at about its greatest diameter (=1) appears to be

* The measurements given by de Loriolare:—greatest diameter 78 mm. ;

width [height] of last whorl, in proportion to the diameter, 0°37 ; thick-

ness of last whorl, in proportion to the diameter, 0°34 ; diameter [width |

of umbilicus, in proportion to the diameter, 0°37. From these dimensions

it would appear that the width [height] of the last whorl and the diameter

of the umbilicus were equal, but such is not the case in de Loriol’s figure.

Our dimensions of the figure are:—greatest diameter 79°5 mm. (1) ;

height of last whorl 27 (0°34) ; thickness of last whorl 28 (0°35) ; width

of umbilicus 33°5 (0°42).

+ J. y. Siemiradzki, ‘ Paleeontographica,’ Band xlv. Lief, 4 & 5, 1898,

264, A. de Lapparent divides the Katrol group into two parts, and

regards the Lower part as of Sequanian age and the Upper as of Kime-

ridgian age (‘ Traité de Géologie,’ dth ed. 1906, vol. 11, pp. 1243 & 1255).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8 Vol. it. 2

18 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

about 42 mm. (0°50) and the height of the outer whorl about

25 mm. (0°30), whereas these proportions in an example

of Fontannes’s species of 81 mm. in diameter are given as

0:45 and 0°31 respectively.

Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma,

about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala.

Perisphinctes cf. abadiensts, Choffat.

(Pl. III. fig. 2.)

1898. Perisphinctes abadiensis, P. Choffat, Faune jurass. Portugal,

Cephalopodes, 1ére sér., Ammonites du Lusitanien &c. p. 46, pl. xviii.

figs. 1, 2.

1898. Perisphinctes abadiensis, P. Choffat; J. v. Siemiradzki, Paleeonto-

graphica, Bd. xly. Lief. 4 & 5, p. 164.

The crushed remains of an example of about 100 mm. in

diameter, exhibiting only a portion of the outer whorl, the

inner whorls being obscured by matrix, seems to agree very

well with Dacqué’s figure * of a specimen, from rocks of

- Kimeridgian age in Somaliland, that he compares with

Choffat’s species from Portugal ¢. Siemiradzkif{ records the

species also from Poland.

It bears also considerable resemblance to de Loriol’s figure §

of Perisphinctes polygyratus (Reinecke) from the zone of

Oppelia tenuilobata of Oberbuchsitten (Soleure).

Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma,

about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala.

Perisphinctes cf. pottingert, J. de C. Sowerby, sp.

(Pl. III. figs. 3a, 6.)

1840. Ammonites pottingeri, J. de C. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. [2]

vol. v. p. 719, pl. lxi. fig. 10 & expl. of figure.

1875. Perisphinctes pottingeri (J. de C. Sowerby); W. Waagen, Ju-

rassic Fauna of Kutch, vol. i. Cephalopoda, pt. 4, p. 183, pl. hi.

fies. la, 6.

1894. Perisphinctes pottingeri (J. de C. Sowerby) ; K. Futterer, Zeitschr.

Deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xlvi. p. 7, pl. 1. fig. 2.

1898. Perisphinctes pottingeri (J. de C. Sowerby) ; J. v. Siemiradzki,

Paleontographica, Bd. xlv. Lief. 2 & 3, p. 10/7.

A fragment of a whorl about 32 mm. long exhibits rather

* E. Dacqué, Beitr. zur Palaont. u. Geol., Oesterr.-Ung. &c. Bd. xvii.

Heft 3 & 4, 1905, p. 148, pl. xv. figs. 15 a, 6.

+ Paul Choffat, doc. cit.

t J. v. Siemiradzki, doc. cat.

§ P. de Loriol, ‘Monographie paléontologique des couches de la zone _

4 Ammonites tenuilobatus (Badener Schichten) d’Oberbuchsitten et de

Wengen (Soleure),” pt. i. 1881 (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. vii.), pl. vi.

fig. 4.

Jurassic Mollusca from, Arabia, — 19

coarse ribs, showing a definite bifurcation on the lateral

area into two equally coarse ribs which pass without inter-

ruption over the peripheral area. Unfortunately the specimen

is so imperfect that it does not exhibit the whole height of

the whorl, and it is so crushed that it does not show the

original shape of the transverse section of the whorl. The

ornaments appear to be relatively coarser than those of the

other examples of Perisphinctes in the collection ; the cha-

racter of the bifurcation of the ribs is also slightly different,

there being in this fragment a slight thickening at the point

of bifurcation. ‘The ribbing, in fact, agrees very closely with

that of the earliest portion of the outer whorl of Sowerby’s

type specimen of Perisphinctes pottingeri, with which we have

compared it. Sowerby’s type specimen came from the

* Desert N.E. of Cutch.” According to Waagen, this

species and the closely allied but more coarsely ornamented

form Perisphinctes katrolensis * are in Cutch very common

in the coarse iron-sandstone of the Katrol range that corre-

sponds to about the middle of the Katrol Group. Dr. Waagen

regarded the Cephalopoda of this group as corresponding to

those of the Kimeridgian and Upper Oxfordian beds of

Europe. The group is divided into two parts, of which

de Lapparent regards the Lower as of Sequanian and the

Upper as of Kimeridgian age f.

Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma,

about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala.

Genus OPPELIA, Waagen. |

Oppelia? sp. (Pl. III. fig. 4.)

The flattened remains of a smooth minutely umbilicated

shell about 39 mm. in diameter are probably referable to the

genus Oppelia, but the fossil is too imperfect to be specifically

determined.

Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma,

about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala.

C. BELEMNOIDEA.

Genus BELEMNITES, Lister.

Belemnites cf. hastatus, H. D. de Blainville.

(Pl. If. figs. 1a, 5, c.)

1827. Belemnites hastatus, H. D. de Blainville, Mém. sur les Bélemn.

p- 71, pl. i. fig. 4, pl. il. fig. 4, pl. v. fig. 3.

* W. Waagen, op. cit. p. 4, 1875, p. 184, pl. lili. "

+ A. de Tehent, : Traité de Géologie,’ 5th ed. 1906, vol. ii. pp. 1243

1255.

& ae

20 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

1842. Belemnites hastatus (pars), Blainville; A. D. d’Orbigny, Pal.

Frang., Terr. jurass. vol. i. p. 121, pl. xviii.

1848. Belemnites semthastatus rotundus, F. A. Quenstedt, Cephalo-

poden, P: 440, pl. xxix. fig. 8.

1857. Belemnites hastatus, Blainville; A. Oppel, Juraformation, p. 546.

1870. Belemnites hastatus, Blainville; J. Phillips, Brit. Belemnitides

(Mon. Pal. Soc.), pt. 5, p. 111, pl. xxviii. figs. 67-70.

1873, Belemnites cf. hastatus, Blainville ; W. Waagen, Jurassic Fauna

of Kutch, vol. i. Cephalopoda, pt. 1, p. 11.

1876. Belemnites hastatus, Blainville; E. Fayre, Description des

Fossiles du terrain oxfordien des Alpes Fribourgeoiseés (Mém. Soc.

Pal. Suisse, vol. ili.), p. 17, pl. i. figs. la, 6, ¢, 2, 3.

This genus is represented by a single specimen, apparently

a portion of the posterior part of the guard. ‘The fragment is

feebly depressed and slightly hastate ; it is truncated at each

end, and at the anterior end there is no indication of the

alveolus. The specimen is 64 mm. long; the ventro-dorsal

and transverse diameters of the anterior end are 11 mm. and

12°75 mm. respectively, the corresponding diameters of the

posterior end being 11 mm. and 12 mm. respectively. ‘The

dorsal and ventral surfaces are nearly parallel throughout the

greater part of the length of the specimen, and it is only at a

short distance from the posterior end of the fossil that they

show any tendency to converge. In either a dorsal or ventral

aspect the specimen is feebly hastate, and has its greatest

width (15 mm.) at about 22 mm. from the posterior end. A

ventral groove extends over the whole length of the specimen,

being sharply defined at the anterior end and becoming wider

and shallower towards the posterior extremity; the dorso-

lateral area is slightly flattened and exhibits somewhat

obscurely two dovaoclatartt lines. ‘The fossil seems to have

formed part of a rather elongated guard, since it exhibits no

trace of the alveolus at its anterior end.

The fossil appears to belong to the Hastatt-group (= Hibo-

lithes, Montfort *), and to be nearly allied to Belemnites

hastatus Tt, but the guard is less fusiform and the ventral

groove reached uearer the apex than in most examples of that

species. But the extent of the ventral groove varies in

examples which have been referred to this species. Thus

Favre { has referred to this species an example from the

Oxfordian of the Alps of Fribourg in which the ventral groove

* D. de Montfort, Conchyl. Syst. vol. i. 1808, p. 386. Zittel includes

this section in Belemnopsis, Bayle, which he regards as a subgenus of

Belemmtes (Grundziige d. Paleont. 1895, p. 441; 2te Aufl. 1903, p. 475).

+ D. de Montfort, loc. cit. See also H. D. de Blainville, Mém. sur les

Bélemn, 1827, p. 71, pl. i. fig. 4, pl. ii. fig. 4, pl, v. fig, 3.

} E, Favre, Description des tossiles du terrain oxfordien des Alpes

Fribourgeoises (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. iii. 1876), pl.i, figs. 1 a, , c.

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 21

extends to within a short distance of the posterior end of the

guard; the Arabian specimen agrees very well with the

median portion of such a form, but its ventral groove is

relatively narrower. Belemnites hastatus is widely distributed

and attains its maximum development in the zone of Pelto-

ceras biarmatum (Lower Oxfordian). In England the species

occurs throughout the Oxford Clay, and has also been recorded

from the Calcareous Grit *. Besides occurring in Europe,

fragments comparable with this species have been recorded

from Cutch f from the portions of the Charee group ranging

from the zone of Retneckia anceps through the zone of

Peltoceras athleta up into the zone of Aspidoceras perarmatum,

7. e. from the Lower Oxfordian up into the Corallian. The

species has also been recorded from the Jurassic rocks of

Hermon f.

The specimen bears considerable resemblance to Belemnites

persicus, Weithofer §, from the Upper Jurassic (tenuclobatus-

beds) of North-west Persia, but the transverse section of that

species is more nearly circular.

The hastate and depressed character of the fossil seems to

ally it also to Etallon’s Belemnites astartinus ||. The extent

of the ventral groove, however, differs very much in the

figured examples which have been referred to this species,

Thus in Etallon’s type specimen from the Astartian of the

Bernese Jura the groove extends over about two-thirds of

the length of the guard ; in an example figured by de Loriol {

from the beds of the zone of Ammonites tenuilobatus of Baden

(Argovia) it extends over about one-half the length of the

guard ; in anexample figured by the same author ** from the

same horizon at Oberbuchsitten (Soleure) the groove is

almost entirely confined to the anterior third of the guard,

* J. Phillips, op. ei. pt. 5, 1870, p. 112.

+ W. Waagen, Jurassic Fauna of Kutch (Pal. Indica), vol. i. The

Cephalopoda, Introduction.

{ Fritz Noetling, ‘Der Jura am Hermon,’ 1887, p. 88, pl. v. fig. 10.

§ K. A. Weithofer, Sitzungsber. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch., Wien,

math.-naturw. Cl., Bd. xcviii. Heft 8-10, 1890, p. 757, pl. i. fig. 4.

|| A. Etallon, Lethea Bruntrutana &c. pt. i. (Neue Denkschriften der

allzemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die gesammten Natur-

wissenschaften, Bd. xviii.), 1861, p. 74, pl. i. fig. 1.

q P. de Loriol, Monographie paléontologique des couches de la zone a

Ammonites tenuilobatus (Badener Schichten) de Baden (Argovie), pt. i.

1876 (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. iii.), p. 12, pl. i. figs. 14 & 15.

** P. de Loriol, Monographie paléontologique des couches de la zone

Ammonites tenuilobatus (Badener Schichten) d’Oberbuchsitten et de

Wangen (Soleure), pt. i, 1881 (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. vil), p. 7,

pl. i. fig. 5.

22 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

whilst in a specimen figured also by de Loriol* from the

Upper Rauracian of the Bernese Jura the groove extends over

about one-half the length of the guard. Further, there are

differences in the amount of tapering of the anterior part of

the guard, none of the examples mentioned above tapering

so rapidly as Htallon’s type-specimen. Belemnites astartinus

does not appear to have usually attained such a large size as

the Arabian fossil, the only figured example of that species

at all comparable with the present specimen being that figured

by de Loriol from the zone of Ammonites tenuilobatus at

Oberbuchsitten (Soleure), but that tapers anteriorly more

rapidly and has a considerably shorter groove.

It is neither so fusiform, so depressed, nor so widely grooved

as the example figured by Quenstedt (‘ Die Cephalopoden,’

1849, pl. xxix. figs. 14a-c) as Belemnites hastatus depressus

(= Belemnites calloviensis, Oppel ft). Compared with the

form figured as Belemnites subhastatus by Waagen from the

Jurassic rocks of Cutch, in which species Waagen includes

the Cutch specimen figured by J. de C. Sowerby ¢ as Belem-

nites canaliculatus ?, and afterwards renamed by d’Orbigny §

Belemnites grantanus, the Arabian specimen appears to be

part of a more elongated guard and to have possessed a

much narrower ventral groove. Waagen|| records Belem-

nites subhastatus as being not very common in the Cutch

Jura, where it is apparently restricted to the beds with

Macrocephalites macrocephalus. :

The Arabian specimen is more depressed, more hastate, and

provided with a narrower ventral groove than Waagen’s

Belemnites kuntkotensis 4], which, according to that author,

ranges in Cutch through the Katrol and Oomia groups, or,

in other words, from the Upper Oxford to about Lower

Tithonian beds; whilst it appears to have been more elon-

gated and more depressed than that authors Belemnites

katrolensis **, a species which in Cutch is characteristic of the

* P. de Loriol, Etude sur les mollusques du rauracien supérieur du

Jura ego Suppl. 1, 1895 (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. xxii.), p. 5,

l,i. fig. 1.

f Tt in raner ‘Die Juraformation,’ 1856-8, p. 5646 (1857). See also W.

Waagen, Jurassic Fauna of Kutch (Pal. Indica), vol. i. The Cephalo-

poda, pt. 1, 1878, p. 14, pl. il. figs. 4 a—d.

t J. de C. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. [2] vol. vy. pt. 2, 1840, pl. xxiii.

-fig. 2 & expl.

§ A.d’Orbigny, Prod. de Paléont. 1850, vol. 1. p. 326.

|| W. Waagen, Jurassic Fauna of Kutch (Pal. Indica), vol. i. The —

Cephalopoda, pt. 1, 1873, p. 15. ,

4] W. Waagen, zdzd. pt. 1, 1873, p. 3, pl. i. figs. 3 af.

** W. Waagen, zd. pt. 1, 1875, p. 7, pl. 11. figs. 7, 8, 9.

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 23

Katrol group, although according to Waagen it seems to pass:

up into the Oomia group.

Compared with Belemnites tanganensis, which Futterer *

described from Tanga, in German East Africa, from rocks of

Oxfordian age, the Arabian specimen appears to have

belonged to a stouter and relatively more elongated guard,

with a narrower ventral groove than that species, and similar

differences are recognizable on comparison with the Belemnite

fragments described by the present writer ¢ from Bihin in

Somaliland.

Loc. The specimen is labelled ‘“ Nobat,” indicating, as

stated by Major Hazelgrove in his letter accompanying the

collection, that it was found about 7 miles from that place, at

the end of a long valley which runs due north from Nobat

Dakim. It is to be observed, however, that its mode of

preservation is unlike that of the rest of the fossils similarly

labelled, and that some fragments of matrix adhering to the

specimen are identical with the matrix of the fossils from

the N.H. of Dihala, and differ entirely from the matrix of the

other Nobat specimens.

CONCLUSIONS.

From the foregoing descriptions it will be seen that these

Arabian Jurassic Cephalopoda are allied, on the one hand, to

such forms as occur in the Katrol Group of Cutch, the Upper

Jurassic rocks of Niti and Spiti in the Himalaya, and the

Upper Jurassic rocks of Somaliland; and, on the other hand,

to forms occurring in the zone of Oppelia tenuilobata in

Central Europe.

The Katrol Group in Cutch consists of two parts. Ac-

cording to Waagen tf the lower portion—the Kuntkote Sand-

stone—is the equivalent of the Upper Oxfordian beds of

Central Europe, and probably represents the zones of Pelto-

ceras bimammatum above and of Peltoceras transversarium

below. ‘The upper part—the Katrol sandstone and shales—

comprises a complex group of strata several hundred feet

in thickness, and may therefore, as Waagen pointed out,

represent more than one paleontological horizon. The Katrol

sandstone is well marked off both from the beds above as well

as from the beds below, for, according to Waagen, only one

* K. Futterer, Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xlvi. (1894) p. 30,

pl. v. figs. 2, 2a-c, 3, 3 a-Cc.

+ G. C. Crick, Geol. Mag. [4] vol. iii. (1896) pp. 296-8.

t W. Waagen, ‘ Jurassic Fauna of Kutch, vol. i. The Cephalopoda,

Introduction and pp. 2380-282.

94 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on sone

species of Cephalopoda (Belemnites kuntkotensis) reappears

in the bed from the Kuntkote Sandstone below, and not a

single species passes from this bed into the higher beds—the

Oomia group. Waagen recognized only four Huropean

species in the Katrol Sandstone, all of which belong to the

beds with Aspidoceras acanthicum. Hence he considered

the Katrol Sandstone to be of Kimeridgian age and to be the

equivalent of the zones of ‘“‘Perisphinctes”? mutabilis and

Oppelia tenurlobata, a view generally adopted by subsequent

writers *,

De Lapparent } refers the lower part of the Katrol Group

to the Sequanian and the upper part to the Kimeridgian.

The fossiliferous deposits in the neighbourhood of the

villages of Al-Kura and Samma, to the north-east of Dihala,

are certainly of Upper Jurassic age, and are most probably

homotaxial with the upper part of the Katrol Group in Outch

and with the zone of Oppelia tenuilobata, or the beds with

Aspidoceras acanthicum, in Europe.

In his article on the “ Jurassique” in the ‘ Grande Encyclo-

pédie’ (vol. xxi. 1895, pp. 8322-331) Prof. Dr. E. Haug gives

(p. 330) a map—after Neumayr and the more recent works of

Nikitin, Rothpletz, and Hyatt—showing the distribution of sea

and land during Upper Jurassic times. A Central Mediterra-

nean sea is represented extending from the northern part of

India on the east, over the western part of Asia, and almost

the whole of Europe, as far as Central America on the west.

From this sea a gult—termed the Hthiopian gulf—is indicated,

extending from the neighbourhood of Cutch and the southern

part of Baluchistan in a south-westerly direction, terminating

at the south between Madagascar and Africa. This excludes

the whole of Arabia, but includes on the west Somaliland, a

portion of Abyssinia, and the eastern coast of Africa as far

south as the south of Madagascar, and on the east the north-

western part of Madagascar.

The present discovery by Major Hazelgrove shows that the

northern part of this gulf should include also the south-west

part of Arabia.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. By R. Butten Newton.

A. ON THE PALZONTOLOGY OF ARABIA.

At present our knowledge of the sedimentary formations of

* See H. B. Medlicott and W. T. Blanford, Manual Geol. India

2nd ed. (by R. D. Oldham), 1893, pp. 217 et segg.; J. W. Gregory,

‘Jurassic Fauna of Cutch,’ vol. ii. pt. 2, The Corals, 1900, p. 2, ‘

+ o de Lapparent, ‘ Traité de déologie, o° éd. 1906 vol. ii. pp, 1243

& 12665,

Jurassic Molluscu from Arabia. 25

Arabia appears to be limited to the rocks of Arabia Petrea

in the noith, mostly the Sinai neighbourhood, where Carboni-

ferous, Cretaceous, and ‘Tertiary beds have been distinguished

by their fossils, due to the researches of J. W. Salter, Ralph

Tate, Rothpletz, Duncan, Fourtan, &c. Cretaceous fossils

are also known from Ras Fartak and Ras Sharwen on the

south coast, which were first referred to by Dr. H. J. Carter

and subsequently recognized by Dr. P. M. Duncan as of

Cenomanian age; while the ‘l'ertiary rocks, mostly of

Lutetian or Middle Eocene age, are to be found in the neigh-

bourbood of Muskat (Ras Ghissa &c.) in the south-eastern

corner of the country, which were originally recorded by the

late Dr. H. J. Carter, and more recently referred to by

Mr. G. C. Crick and myself.

NorTHERN ARABIA: ARABIA PETRmA (Sinai district).

Barron, T. The Topography and Geology of the Peninsula of Sinai

(Western Portion). Cairo, 1907. [Paleontology by R. B.

Newton. |

BavERMAN, H. Note on a Geological Reconnaissance made in Arabia

Petreea in the Spring of 1868. Quart.- Journ. Geol, Soc. 1869,

vol, xxv. pl. i. (map and sections), pp. 17-88.

Duncan, P. M. A Description of some Echinodermata from the

Cretaceous Rocks of Sinai. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1867,

vol. xxiii. pp. 88-40, ieee

—. Note on the Echinodermata, Bivalve Mollusca, and some other

Fossil Species from the Cretaceous Rocks of Sinai. Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. 1869, vol. xxv. pp. 44-46.

Fourrav, R. La Cote Ouest du Sinai. Bull. Soc. Khédiviale géo-

graphie (Le Caire), 1898, sér. 5, no. 1.

Gregory, J. W. Fossil Corals from Eastern Egypt, Abu Roash, and

_ Sinai. Geol. Mag. 1906, pls. vi., vii., pp. 50-58, 110-118.

—. Fossil Echinoidea from Sinai and Egypt. Geol. Mag. 1906,

pls. x., x1., pp. 216-227, 246-255.

Houuanp, F. W. Notes on the Geology of Sinai. Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc, 1866, vol. xxii. pp. 401-403. [Nummulitic limestone

referred to, Lxogyra, and stem of fossil plant. ]

Huti, Epwarp. Memoir on the Geology and Geography of Arabia

Petreea, Palestine, and adjoining Districts. 1886.

Hume, W.F. The Topography and Geology of the Peninsula of

Sinai (South-eastern portion), Cairo, 1906. [Paleontology by

R. B. Newton, &c. ]

Jones, Ruprrt. Note on some Specimens of Nummulitic Rocks

from Arabia and Egypt. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1869, vol. xxv.

. 38.

Reeds R. B. Linthia oblonga (Orbigny) from Sinai. Geol. Mag.

1904, pl. xv. pp. 441-446.

RotTupriErz, A. Stratigraphisches von der Sinaihalbinsel. Neues

Jahrb. 1893, Briefl. Mittheil. pp. 102-104. [Carboniferous, Ceno-

manian, possibly Turonian, Senonian, Eocene, and sarees

SaLTER, J..W. On a true Coal-Plant (Lepidodendron) from Sinai.

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1868, vol. xxiv. p. 509,

26 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some

SCHELLWIEN, Ernst. Ueber eine angebliche Kohlenkalk-Fauna aus

der aegyptisch-arabischen Wiiste. Zeitsch. Deutsch. geol. Ges.

1894, vol. xlvi. pp. 68-78, pl. vii. {Brachiopoda. ]

ScHWEINFURTH, G. Sur une récente Exploration géologique de

er eae Bull. Instit. Egyptien, 1888, sér. 2, no. 8,

pp. 146-162.

Tie RaupH. On the Age of the Nubian Sandstone. Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. 1871, vol. xxvii. pp. 404-406.

WattHer, J. Ueber eine Kohlenkalk-Fauna aus der agyptische-

arabischen Wiste. Zeitsch. Deutsch. geol. Ges. 1890, vol. xlii.

pls. xxlli.-xxvili. pp. 419-449.

Sourn-Eastern ARABIA: Muskat District (Ras Ghissa &c.).

Carter, H. J. Memoir on the Geology of the South-east Coast of

Arabia. [Reprinted, with alterations and additions, from the

Journ. Bombay Branch R. Asiatic Soc. 1852, vol. iv.] Geological

Papers on Western India &c. 1857, pp. 551-627,

Crick, G. C. Ona Dibranchiate Cephalopod, Styracoteuthis orientalis,

n. gen, and n. sp., from the Eocene of Arabia. Proc. Malac. Soe.

London, 1904, vol. vi. pp. 274-278, figures.

Newron, R. B. The Tertiary Fossils of Somaliland, as represented

in the British Museum (Natural History). Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc. 1905, vol. lxi. p. 158. [Refers to Tertiary fossils from Ras.

Ghissa. |

SouTHERN ARABIA (Ras Fartak &c.).

Carter, H. J. Memoir on the Geology of the South-east Coast of

Arabia &c. [as before quoted ].

Duncan, P. M. A Description of the Echinodermata from the Strata

on the South-eastern coast of Arabia, and at Bagh on the Ner-

budda, in the Collection of the Geological Society. Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. 1865, vol. xxi. pp. 349-363. [Cretaceous (Cenomanian). }

B. ON THE JURASSIC PALHONTOLOGY OF INDIA AND

RELATED REGIONS.

INDIA.

BianForp, H. F. On Dr. Gerard’s Collection of Fossils from the

Spiti Valley in the Asiatic Society’s Museum. Journ. Asiatic Soc.

Bengal, 1863, vol. xxxii. pls. i-iv. pp. 124-188.

Diener, Cart, Geologischen Expedition in den Central-Himalaya

Denksch. k. Akad. Wiss. [ Wien] 1895, vol. xii. p. 587.

Everest, Rev. R. Memorandum on the Fossil Shells discovered in

the Himalayan Mountains. Asiatic Researches (Calcutta), 1833,

vol. xviii. pls. i. & ii. pp. 107-114.

Herpert, J.D. On the Organic Remains found in the Himalaya

[Spiti Valley]. Gleanings in Science (Calcutta), 1831, vol. ui.

pl. xvii. pp. 265-272. :

Nixirin, 8. Notes sur les dépéts jurassiques de Himalaya et de l’Asie

centrale. Bull. Com. Géol. St. Pétersbourg, 1889, vol. viii.

no. 8, pl. villi. pp. 53-86. | ;

Norriine, F. Baluchistan and N.W. Frontier of India.—Part I. The

Fauna of the Kellaways of Mazar Drik. Pal. Indica, 1896, ser. 16,

vol. i. pls. i.-xili. pp. 1-22.

Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 27

Oprrt, A. Ueber ostindische Fossilreste aus den secundiiren Ablager-

ungen von Spiti und Guari-Khorsum in Tibet. Palaontologische

Mittheilungen, 1863, part 4, p. 268.

SALTER and BranForp. Paleontology of Niti in the Northern

Himalaya: being Descriptions and Figures of the Paleozoic and

Secondary Fossils collected by Colonel Richard Strachey, R.E.

1865.

SowErRBy, J.pEC. List of Himalayan Fossil Shells. Asiatic Re-

searches (Calcutta), 1833, vol. xviii. p. 278.

——. [Description of the Cutch Fossils discovered by Capt. C. W.

Grant.] Trans. Geol. Soc. London, 1840, ser. 2, vol. v. p. 827 and

explanation of plates (not paged).

StoxiczKa, F, Geological Sections across the Himalayan Mountains,

from Wang-tu-bridge on the River Sutlej to Sungdo on the Indus:

with an Account of the Formations in Spiti, accompanied by a

Revision of all known Fossils from that District. Mem. Geol,

Surv. India, 1865, vol. v. part 1.

Uutie, Victor. The Fauna of the Spiti Shales. Pal. Indica, 1903,

ser. xv. vol. iv. pp. 182, pls. i—xvili.

Waaaen, W. Jurassic Fauna of Kutch: The Cephalopoda. Pal.

Indica, 1875, vol. i. Introduction. [Correlation Table of Strata.]

PERSIA.

Bogpanowitcu, Cu. Notes sur la Géologie de l'Asie centrale. De-

scription de quelques dépéts sédimentaires de la contrée Trans-

caspienne et d’une partie de la Perse septentrionale, 1889, pls. i.-

viii.

Borne, G. von DEM. Der Jura am Ostufer des Urmiasees, 1891.

[Inaugural-Dissertation Thesis.] Pls. i-v.; pp. 1-28.

WeIrHOFER, K, A. Ueber Jura und Kreide aus dem nordwestlichen

Persien, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wiss. [Wien] 1890, vol. xcviii.

part 1, pls. i., ii., pp. 756-773, .

EASTERN AFRICA.

Crick, G.C. Note on some Fragments of Belemnites from Somali-

land. Geol. Mag. 1896, pp. 296-298.

Dacqué, E. Beitrage zur Geologie des Somalilandes.—Part 2. Oberer

Jura. Beitr. Palaont. Geologie Oesterreich-Ungarns, 1904,

vol. xvil. pls. xv.-xviii. pp. 119-159. .

Dovuvitt£, H. Examen des fossiles rapportés du Choa [south of

Abyssinia] par M. Aubry. Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 1886, sér, 3,

vol. xiv. pl. xii. pp. 223-241.

Furrrrer, K. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Jura in Ost-Afrika,

Zeitsch. Deutsch. geo]. Ges. 1894, vol. xlvi. pls. i—vi. pp. 1-49.

Miruer, G. Versteinerungen des Jura und der Kreide. In Born-

hardt’s ‘ Deutsch-Ost-A frika,’ 1900, vol. vii. pp. 514-540,

Newron, R. B. On the Occurrence of an Indian Jurassic Shell,

Parallelodon egertonianus, in Somaliland, Eastern Africa. Geolo-

gical Mag. 1896, pp. 294-296.

Tornquisr, A. Fragmente einer Oxfordfauna von Mtaru in Deutsch-

Ostafrika. Jahrb, Hamburgischen Wiss. Anstalten, 1893, pls. i-

iii. pp. 265-288, |

28 On some Jurassic Jollusca from Arabia.

MADAGASCAR.

LeMorne, P. Etudes Géologiques dans le nord de Madagascar, 1906,

pp. 146, 147. 8vo, Paris.

Newton, R. B. Notes on Fossils from Madagascar &c. Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. 1889, vol. xlv. p. 334.

——. Ona Collection of Fossils from Madagascar obtained by the

Rey. R. Baron. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1895, vol. li. pls. ii. &

lil. pp. 72-82. [Contains list of all the recognized fossils from

Madagascar. |

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats I,

Parallelodon egertontanus, Stoliczka, sp. (Page 5.)

Fig. 1. External lateral view of a left valve. |

Fig. 2. Interior of the left valve of another specimen, showing partial

dental characters.

Fig. 3. Magnified view of external surface-structure.

Fig. 4, Dorsal aspect of a smaller specimen with both valves.

Nucula cunerformis, J. de C. Sowerby. (P. 7.)

Fig. 5. Dorsal view of specimen with both valves.

Fig. 6, Internal section of another specimen with both valves, showing

dentition.

Fig. 7. Posterior end of another form with both valves, showing the

wide lunule, x 2.

Trochus arabiensis, sp.n. (P. 8.)

Figs. 8, 9. Views of separate specimens, fig. 9 being more inflated at

the base.

Nerinea cf. desvordyi, Orbigny. (P. 9.)

Fig. 10, Natural cast, showing the median excavation of the whorls.

PuatTE II,

Fig. 1. Belemnites cf. hastatua, Blainville. 1 a, ventral aspect, exhibiting

the narrow ventral groove, widening out and becoming shal-

lower at the posterior end; 14, view of anterior end of the

same specimen; 1 ¢, view of posterior end of the same. The

specimen is labelled “ Nobat.” (BP. 19.)

Fig. 2. Nautilus cf. hexagonus, J. de C. Sowerby. Lateral aspect,

showing subangular margin of periphery and the growth-lines

of the test. Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma,

15 miles N.E, of Dihala. (P. 11.)

Fig. 3. Perisphinctes cf. subdolus, F. Fontannes. Lateral aspect of

specimen, the inner whorls of which are obscured by matrix.

Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles N.E. of

Dihala. (P. 17.)

Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.8. Vol I. Pll

Highley del.et lith.

ARABIAN JURASSIC PELECYPODA & GASTROPODA.

y Nat. Hist: S. 8. Vol. I. PUI.

Ann. &.

ARABIAN JURASSIC CEPHALOPODA.

Ann. & Maq. Nat. Hist. §.8.Vol. 1 PLL

SETA

Highley delet hth

ARABIAN JURASSIC CEPHALOPODA

On Two new Fishes from West Africa. 29

Prats III.

Fig. 1. Perisphinctes cf. torquatus, J. de C. Sowerby, sp. 1a, lateral

aspect ; 10, a portion of the periphery at the point marked

with acrossinla. Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma,

15 miles N.E. of Dihala. (P. 14.)

Fig. 2. Perisphinctes cf. abadiensis, P. Choffat. Lateral aspect of exserted

portion of fossil, the rest being obscured by matrix. Near

the cache of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles N.E. of Dihala.

fie LS.

Fig. 3. Perisphinctes cf. pottingert, J. de OC. Sowerby, sp. 38a, lateral

aspect of fragment; 3, peripheral view of the same. Near

the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles N.E. of Dihala.

cPe18:

Fig. 4. Oppelia? % A smooth internal cast probably referable to this

enus. Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles

Y.-H. of Dihala. (P. 19.)

Note.—Except where notified, the figures on these Plates are drawn

of the natural size.

II.—Descriptions of Two new Cyprinodontid Fishes from

West Africa. By G. A. BouLENGER, F’.R.S.

Fundulus arnold.

Depth of body 43 to 54 times in total length, length of

head 3 to 34 times. Snout a little shorter than eye, the

diameter of which is 33 times in length of head; lower jaw

projecting beyond upper; interorbital width 2 length of head.

Dorsal 15-16, originating slightly in advance of anal, above

tenth or eleventh scale of lateral line, and at equal distance

from eye and from root of caudal ; longest (posterior) ray

quite as long as head in males, shorter in females. Anal

15-17, similar to dorsal. Pectoral about 2 length of head.

Caudal rounded in females, with upper and lower rays pro-

duced in males. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep.

Seales 25-27 in longitudinal series, 20-22 round body; an

interrupted series of lateral line pits. Pale olive, spotted or

dotted with crimson on the head, body, and vertical fins.

According to Mr. Arnold’s coloured sketches, the male has a

blackish band along the upper part of the dorsal and anal

fins.

Tota] length 45 mm.

Several specimens were presented to the British Museum

by Mr. J. P. Arnold, of Hamburg; this fish, which he kept

in his aquarium, formed part of an interesting series brought

EEA cigs eas

30 On a new Silurid Fish from South Cameroon.

over alive from the mouths of the Niger. F. arnoldi is

allied to F. bivittatus, Lonnb., and F. loennbergit, Blgr., but

differs from both in the more numerous anal rays.

Haplochilus liberiensis.

Depth of body 53 to 6 times in total Jength, length of head

4 times. Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter of

which is 33 times in length of head; lower jaw projecting

a little beyond upper ; interorbital width half length of head.

Dorsal 11, originating above fourth or fifth ray of anal and

sixteenth scale of lateral line, and at equal distance from bead

and from root of caudal. Anal15-16. Pectoral about 2 length

of head. Caudal rounded, nearly as long as head. Caudal

peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales 33 in longitudinal

series, 20 round body; an interrupted series of lateral line

pits. Yellowish to dark olive, with darker blotches ; dorsal

and anal fins with small blackish spots.

Total length 36 mm.

‘Two female specimens from Monrovia, Liberia, presented

by Mr. Arnold. hs

This species is very closely allied to H. cameronensis,

Blgr., differing in the more anterior position of the dorsal

fin.

I1l.—Deseription of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus Syno-

dontis from South Cameroon. By G. A. BouLENGER,

F.R.S.

Synodontis pardalis.

Depth of body 43 to 43 times in total length, length of

head 34 to 33 times. Head 12 times as long as broad, granu-

late above ; snout obtusely pointed, 14 to 12 times as long

as postocular part of head; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 44

to 5 times in length of head, 1? to 21 times in interorbital

width ; premaxillary teeth forming a short and broad band ;

movable mandibular teeth about half diameter of eye, 15 to

20 in number; maxillary barbel not distinctly margined,

extending to anterior third of pectoral spine; mandibular

barbels with tubercular branches, outer twice as long as inner

and half as long as head. Gill-openings not extending

downwards beyond root of pectoral spine. Occipito-nuchal

shield granulate like the occiput, obtusely tectiform, a little

On-a new Genus of Snakes from Brazil. 31

longer than broad, with posterior processes truncate. Humeral

process granulate, not keeled, little longer than broad, obtusely

pointed, extending nearly as far back as occipito-nuchal

process. Skin without villosities. Dorsal I 7; spine as

long as head, feebly curved, striated, serrated behind. Adi-

pose dorsal as long as or a little shorter than its distance

from rayed dorsal. Anal IV 7. Pectoral spine strongly

serrated on both sides. Caudal fin deeply notched, crescentic.

Caudal peduncle about as long as deep. Pale brown above,

white beneath; head with numerous small round dark brown

spots ; body with large round dark brown spots, the ground-

colour between them forming a light network ; fins white,

with more or less regular black bands, 5 to 7 across dorsal, 3

or 4 across ventral and anal, 7 to 11 on caudal.

Total length 200 mm.

Mr. G. L. Bates obtained several specimens of this hand-

some fish at a waterfall of the Libi River, near the Ja River

(Congo System), into which it flows.

1V.—On a new Genus of Snakes from Brazil.

By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

AMONG some snakes from Brazil, submitted to me for identi-

fication by Dr. Vital Brazil, Director of the Serumtherapic

Institute of 8. Paulo, I was highly pleased to find a large

_ Specimen which represents a species which has hitherto

escaped attention. In its physiognomy, head-shields, vertical

pupil, and dentition it agrees with the genus Oxyrhopus,

differing, however, in the scaling of the body, the scales

being in 25 rows, those of the vertebral row distinctly

enlarged. After some hesitation, I have decided not to place

the snake in the genus Oxyrhopus, but to propose for it a

new genus, which may be called Rhachidelus.

Lthachidelus brazil.

Eye moderately large, its diameter equal to its distance

from the oral border and ? the length of the snout, which is

rounded, rather strongly depressed, and scarcely projecting.

Rostral once and two-thirds as broad as deep, the portion

visible from above measuring one-third its distance from the

frontal; internasals nearly as long as broad, two-thirds the

length of the przfrontals; frontal pentagonal, as long as

32 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Newt.

broad, twice as broad as the supraocular, as long as its

distance from the rostral, a little shorter than the parietals ;

nostril large, between two nasals; loreal longer than deep ;

one preocular, not reaching upper surface of head; two post-

oculars ; temporals 83+4; eight upper labials, fourth and

fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields, which are larger than the posterior.

Scales smooth, with distinct paired apical pits, in 25 rows,

those of the median row enlarged and nearly as long as

broad. Ventrals 184; anal entire; subcaudals 80, the last

28 paired, the rest single. Dark brown above, strongly

iridescent, with very indistinct traces of darker cross-bars ;

dark brown beneath, with small irregular yellowish blotches.

Total length 1320 mm.; tail 310.

A single male specimen from near the city of Sio Paulo.

V.— Description of a new Newt.

By G. A. Boutenaer, F.R.S.

[Plate IV.]

Molge macrosoma, sp. n.

Body cylindrical, much elongate, 43 times as long as the

head; distance between the limbs 24 times the distance

between the end of the snout and the fore limb. Tail shorter

than head and body, compressed, with dorsal and ventral

crests, the muscular part thick. Head once and ? as long as

broad, moderately depressed, its depth once and ¢ in its

width ; snout short, rounded ; eyes small; no labial lobes ;

a ligamentous fronto-squamosal arch. Palatine teeth forming

two nearly straight series, parallel and well separated from

each other in front, feebly divergent behind, not extending

forwards beyond the line of the choane. Limbs widely

separated when pressed against the body. ‘Third finger much

longer than second; third toe slightly longer than fourth.

Skin feebly warty; no dorsal crest or vertebral groove; a

strong gular fold; no parotoids ; no large pores on the head

and sides. Uniform black, except the tips of the toes, the

cloacal lips, and the lower edge of the tail, which are yellow.

mm.

Total lengths v5 vs<cp ass 01 bine cgoeotane 175

From snout fo vent. 2... 6.45 ose eee 93

Gength of head “i vaave ee eee 17

Width of head! i888 2h ee eee 13

Fore lamb w e-sc../ostaiee' bs +5) od oe 27

Hind dimb *. ..°. . .4 esos toe eae ee 27

BLS Cas n a ahah or pele e sass PRES ES SO 82

WANOSORODVIN aADIOW

‘UY, Ja‘Tap useay'e

AIT DABS ISU TON Oey py

eS a

On Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands. 33

The unique specimen, a female, was brought alive to

Capt. Flower at Cairo five years ago by Ismail Bey Chakir,

and has now been sent to me by the former with the remark

that it may possibly be of European origin, the Bey having

bought the newt from a dealer in Vienna. But it is quite

distinct from any European newt, being more nearly related

to Molge crocata (Newrergus crocatus, Cope, Molge strauchi,

Stdr.) from Asia Minor, and unquestionably represents an

undescribed species.

The specimen has been presented by Capt. Flower to the

British Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Moige macrosoma, female, natural size, with enlarged view of palate.

eee ho Fe

VI.—Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands.

By AuFrep O. WALKER, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Plate V.]

ON the return of the National Antarctic Expedition to New

Zealand in March 1904 the Aucklands were used as a

rendezvous for the vessels of which it was composed. During

the stay of the ‘ Discovery’ Mr. Hodgson took the oppor-

tunity of makfhg a collection of Amphipoda, with the results

given below. The arrangement is that of Mr. Stebbing in

‘ Das Tierreich.’

Fam. Lysianasside.

Genus Lysranassa ?, M.-Edw.

A single female or young specimen, length 4:5 mm.,

remarkable for the structure of the third uropods: these are

small and have the peduncle elevated near the middle in a

subtriangular ridge; the outer ramus is very small, with a

terminal joint, the inner rudimentary. The telson is square,

entire, concave, and curved upwards, with a spine at each of

the free angles. In other respects, as far as can be judged

without dissection, the animal is a Lys¢anassa.

Fam. Pontogeneiide.

Genus ATYLOIDES, Stebbing.

Atyloides aucklandicus, sp. n. (PI. V. figs. 1, 2.)

Laurie Harbour: two specimens and the anterior half of a

maller one.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. ii. 3

34 Mr. A. O. Walker on Amphipoda

Third pleon-segment with the hind epimeral margin

convex; posterior angle produced in a small tooth, above

which is a minute denticle.

Hyes irregularly oval, oblique, large, and dark.

Antenna 1 rather longer than 2, about half as long as the

body; appendage 1-jointed, shorter than the first joint of the

flagellum.

Antenna 2: peduncle rather longer than that of antenna 1 ;

second joint shorter than third.

Maxilla 1: inner plate with 7 sete, diminishing in length

downwards.

First gnathopods: side-plates wide-oblong, with rounded

angles, not distally widened, the front margin slightly

concave ; second joint subequal to the hand, strong; wrist

subequal to the hand in length and width, triangular, not

cup-shaped, very setose behind ; hand oval, palm undefined,

with setiferous ridges on both margins. Dactylus about one-

third as long as the hind margin.

In the young specimen the wrist is only one-third as long

and half as wide as the hand, not much produced behind ;

the hand is wide-oval, the palm distinctly defined by an

obtuse angle and a group of strong spines and as long as the

hind margin. Dactylus slender, as long as the palm.

The second gnathopods are like the first, but larger.

Pereopods 3-5 with second joint wide-oval, faintly serrate

behind.

Telson about as long as the sixth pleon-segment, rather

longer than the width at the base, cleft fully two-thirds of

its length, ends of divisions rounded, slightly dehiscent; an

upright spine near the middle of the outer margin and

another near the end.

Length 10 mm.

Distinguished by the form of the gnathopods and telson.

The difference between the former in old and young is

remarkable; the specimens agree in other respects, and

appear to have been taken together, but unfortunately the

whole pleon is wanting in the small specimen. |

Paramera austrina (Bate), var.

Terror Cove, Port Ross, 16/3/04. One female, with ova;

length 7°5 mm.

Differs from the forms described in the ‘Challenger’

Report under the names of Atyloides australis (Miers) and

A. assimilis, Stebbing, in the third pleon-segment, which

has the hind epimeral margin forming a semicircle with the

- from the Auckland Islands. a5

lower margin without teeth, and the telson which is not much

longer than wide at the base and cleft for one-third of its

length with the ends of the divisions rounded.

Genus AUCKLANDIA, nov.

Antenna 1 shorter than antenna 2, with short accessory

flagellum.

Gnathopods dissimilar.

Otherwise as Paramera.

Aucklandia enderbyi, sp. n. (Pl. V. figs. 3, 4.)

Enderby I., 19/3/04. One female with ova; length

0 mm.

Head without rostrum. Ocular lobe rounded. yes large,

dark, long-reniform. Pleon-segment 3: postero-lateral angle

obtuse, hind and lower margins straight.

, Antenna 1: flagellum long and slender, the first joint as

long as the next three, the following joints increasing in

length successively ; accessory appendage one-jointed, half

as long as the first joint of the flagellum, subconical, with two

long terminal sete.

Antenna 2: peduncle considerably longer than that of

antenna 1, second and third joints subequal ; flagellum more

slender than in antenna 1.

Gnathopod 1: side-plate oblong, rounded below, width

two-thirds of length, rather coneave in front. Limb robust,

second joint about as long as fifth and sixth united and as

_wide as the fifth ; fourth prominent, with convex hind margin;

wrist rather longer than the hand, with setiferous ridges on

the hind margin; hand widening abruptly below the palm,

which is rectangularly transverse and defined by a spinous

prominence, outside of which is a scabrous border extending

some distance down the hind margin. Finger short, barely

reaching the prominence. :

Gnathopod 2: more than one-third longer than gnath. 1 ;

second joint subequal to the next three and as wide as the

fifth ; this is subequal to the hand in length and width;

hand narrow-oblong, more than twice as long as wide, with

fascicles of pectinate sete on the hind margin; palm obliquely

transverse, defined asin gnath. 1, but the prominence smaller.

Finger as in gnath, 1.

Pergeopod 2: side-plate almost as wide as deep; about

half of the hind margin excavate ; second joint narrow.

Pereopods 38-5: second joints wide-oval, obscurely serrate

behind,

36 Mr. A. O. Walker on Amphipoda

Uropod 1: peduncle nearly twice as long as the subequal

rami.

Uropod 2: outer ramus shorter than inner, which is shorter

than the peduncle.

Uropod 3 extending much beyond 2 ; rami subequal, longer

than the peduncle, spiniferous.

Telson not much longer than the width at the base, cleft.

two-thirds of its length, ends of divisions rounded, dehiscent.

Characterized by the structure of the gnathopods.

Fam. Talitride.

Genus ORCHESTIA. r

Orchestia aucklandie, Sp. Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus.

p. 17, pl. 1.4, 3.

Enderby I., 19/3/04. Many males and females.

Segments of the perzon smooth, without transverse ridges.

Hind epimeral margin of the third pleon-segment straight ;

obtusely serrate, with spinules between the teeth ; hind angle

right, a little produced backwards.

Eyes round-oval, the longer diameter subequal to that of

the base of ant. 2.

Ant. 1 not quite reaching the end of the penultimate joint

of the peduncle of ant. 2; flagellum in the male with 4 sub-

equal joints, in the female 3-jointed, the first the longest.

Ant. 2: last joint of peduncle the longest ; flagellum rather —

longer than the peduncle, 18-jointed in both sexes. |

Gnathopod 1, g : side-plate narrowed and rounded below.

Wrist twice as long as the hand, both joints with a prominent

pellucid process; that on the hand forming the palm and

furnished with a row of small spines. Finger reaching a little

beyond the process. In the female the limb is similar, but

slighter, and the pellucid processes much less prominent.

Gnathopod 2, @ : wrist short, not produced behind; hand

almost as wide as long; palm transverse, rather oblique, in

one specimen slightly convex in the middle, in another with

a distinct concavity near the base of the finger, spinulose and

defined by a strong tooth, hind margin subequal to the

palm. Finger nearly straight, extending beyond the tooth.

Gnathopod 2, 9: wrist longer than the hand, a pellucid

process on both, that of the hand with a double row of spines

on the upper part and a single row at the base of the dactylus,

which does not reach the end of the process,

‘Perzeopod 1 longer than 2; in both the second joints are

about twice as wide as the fourth; dactylus divided by a

false joint, the proximal part constricted,

from the Auckland Islands. 37

Pereopod 3 almost reaching the end of the fifth joint of

per. 4; second joint wide-oval, obscurely serrate and rounded

behind.

Perzopod 4 shorter than 5 which has the second joint

angulate and slightly serrate behind, fourth and fifth joints

not enlarged in male.

All the limbs are sparsely covered with short spines,

Velson spoon-shaped, slightly truncate, with spinous

margins,

Length of male 20 mm. ; female 15 mm.

This species is treated in the ‘‘Tierreich’ as identical with

QO. serrulata, Dana, which is described as having the pereeon-

segment “encircled by a raised ridge,” and gnathopod 1 in

the female as having the sixth joint “slightly narrower at

apex than base.” In Spence Bate’s description this limb is

said to differ from the male “ in being longer and slighter,”

and his figure agrees with the specimen described in having

the sixth joint distinctly wider at the apex; the animal is

said to be “very smooth.” But for the absence of the

expansion of the fourth and fifth joints in perazopod 5 of the

male (and it is by no means certain that the specimens

examined were sexually adult) this species might well be

referred to O. gammarellus, Pallas [= O. littorea (Mont.) ].

Genus HYA.e, Rathke.

Hyale trigonochir *, sp.n. (PI. V. figs. 5-7.)

Enderby I., east of Bay. Many males ; four females.

Perseon-segments subequal ; pleon-segments diminishing

in length successively, the third with hind margin rather

concave and obscurely crenate, lower margin rather convex,

angle subacute. First four side-plates as deep as the

segments. Head longer than firstsegment. Eyes moderate,

oblong, widening below.

Male.—Antenna 1 reaching a little beyond the end of the

peduncle of ant. 2, about as long as the head; flagellum

longer than peduncle, 12-jointed.

Antenna 2 reaches almost to the third body-segment, third

joint the longest ; peduncle and first fifteen joints of flagellum

densely setose beneath ; flagellum almost twice as long as

the peduncle, 20-jointed. |

Gnathopod 1: side-plate about as wide as long, widening

and rounded below. Second joint very stout; wrist more

than half as long as the hand and two-thirds of the width of

* In allusion to the triangular hand of gnathopod 1 in the male.

38 On Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands.

its base, the front and hind margins subparallel, the latter

with a spinous tubercle; hand subtriangular, palm very

oblique, straight, setose and spinous, and defined by two

stout spines; hind margin about one-fourth as long as the

palm, with which it forms a rounded and setose angle.

Dactylus very stout, about two-thirds as long as the palm.

Gnathopod 2: side-plate suborbicular. Second joint longer

than third and fourth united; wrist very small, not produced

behind; hand obpyriform, the width near the base nearly

three-fourths of the length ; palm undefined; hind margin

almost straight, but swollen and rounded at the base, densely

setose. Dactylus about half as long as the hind margin.

Female (with ova).—Antenna 1 reaching the end of the

fourth joint of the flagellum of ant. 2; flagellum 12-jointed.

Gnathopod 1: side-plate rounded below, with a prominent —

tooth on the upper part of the hind margin. Second joint

stout, rather longer than the next two; wrist less than half.

as large as the hand, the hind margin slightly produced ; _

hand subovoid, front margin very convex, about twice as long |

as the hind; palm oblique, shorter than the hind margin.

Dactylus as long as the palm.

Gnathopod 2: side-plate and whole limb like gnathopod 1,

but rather larger.

Pereopod 2: second joint narrow, fourth twice as wide as —

the fifth. Branchial vesicle wide-ovate.

}

Perzeopod 5: second joint as wide as long, fourth and fifth :

joints widening distally and terminated by a fringe of spines.

Uropod 8: ramus subequal to peduncle, 3 or 4 distal spines

on each.

Telson divided to the base; divisions quadrate, with

rounded angles.

Length of male 20 mm. ; female 12 mm.

The form of gnathopod 1 in the male is the most salient

character.

Genus ALLORCHESTES, Dana.

Allorchestes novizealandie, Dana.

Enderby I., 19/3/04. Two males; length 12 mm.

It is difficult to see why Prof. Della Valle (and, doubtless

following him, Mr. G. M. Thompson *) should have referred

this species to Hyale prevostit, M.-Edw. The structure of

the wrist in gnathopod 2, 4, proves it to be an Allorchestes,

# Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1898, vol. xxxi. pp. 197-207.

Anin.& Mag. Nat. Hist..8.8.Vol.. Il. PLY.

.O.Walker del.

@d.Green ith.

On the Sharks of the Family Squalide. 39

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fg. 1. Atyloides aucklandicus, sp.n. First gnathopod.

4g. 2. Ditto, young. First gnathopod.

fig. 3. Aucklandia enderbyi, sp.n. First gnathopod.

fig. 4. Ditto, Second gnathopod.

Fig. 5. Hyale trigonochir, sp. n. First gnathopod, male.

vg. 6. Ditto. Second gnathopod, male.

fig. 7. Ditto, Second gnathopod, female,

— VILL—A Synopsis of the Sharks of the Family Squalide.

By C. Tate Reaan, M.A.

THE Squalide may be diagnosed as sharks without an anal

fin, with five or six gill-openings on each side, the last in

front of the base of the pectoral fin, which is normally shaped,

and with the mouth inferior.

Fourteen genera may be recognized.

Synopsis of the Genera.

JI. Snout normal, not produced into a saw-like rostrum. (Squaline.)

A. Mouth crescentic.

Jtach dorsal fin preceded by a spine ............ 1. Centroscyllium.

oe a a 2. Eehinorhinus.

B. Mouth transverse, but little arched, with a straight oblique

groove on each side,

1. Mouth rather small; body trihedral, the flat lower surface

margined on each side by a strong dermal fold; dorsal fin-

EEMMFCRON GS o i, onic sc ssiy & aiain'e ens d. Oxynotus.

2. Mouth wide; body elongate, subcylindrical.

a. Each dorsal fin preceded by a spine, which may project or

may be small and concealed.

Teeth in the upper jaw erect, tricuspid or penta-

cuspid; lower teeth oblique, unicuspid, with

points strongly deflected laterally .......... 4, Spinax.

Teeth in both jaws oblique, unicuspid, with points

strongly deflected laterally ...:........00-: 5, Squalus.

Upper teeth erect, lanceolate, two-rooted; lower

teeth erect, triangular ........ Pun owes es 6. Scymnodon.

Upper teeth erect, lanceolate, two-rooted ; lower

teeth oblique, with points deflected laterally.. 7. Centroscymnus,

Upper teeth erect or somewhat oblique, triangular,

with quadrate bases ; lower teeth oblique, with

points deflected laterally ..........0eeeeees 8 Centrophorus.

40 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

b. Dorsal fin-spines vestigial or absent; teeth in the upper jaw

erect, unicuspid, lanceolate or narrow triangular.

a. Caudal fin elongate; teeth in the lower jaw erect, tri-.

angular, finely serrated.......... 9, Scymnorhinus.

8. Caudal fin short and deep; lower teeth not serrated.

*, Lower teeth oblique, with points strongly deflected

laterally ; dorsal fins subequal in length, the first far

in advance of the pelvics ...... 10. Somniosus.

**, Lower teeth erect, triangular.

Dorsal fins subequal in length, the first very slightly

in advance of the pelvics ...... sna sng iere 11. Lszstius.

Second dorsal fin much longer than the first, which i

is not far in advance of the pelvics.......... 12, Euprotomicrus.

II. Snout produced into a flat blade, armed with a series of teeth on

each side; no fin-spines. (Pristiophorine.)

Five gill-openings on each side; rostral teeth not

BOrTAted isis aso ob.66 «45s «sod 13, Pristiophorus.

Six gill-openingss on each side ; larger rostral teeth

with serrated posterior edges ............¢. 14, Pliotrema.

1. CENTROSCYLLIUM.

Centroscyllium, Mull. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 191 (1841).

Paracentroscylium, Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. 1889, p. 379,

Teeth small, compressed, tricuspid or pentacuspid ; mouth

wide, arched. Hach dorsal fin preceded by a spine ; first

dorsal well in advance of the pelvics. Dermal denticles small,

scattered, each with stellate base and a short, erect, pointed

cusp.

Three or more species from deep water in the Atlantic and

Indo-Pacific.

Synopsis of the Species.

I, Upper lobe of caudal truncated posteriorly ; lower edge of the fin

with a distinct posterior notch.

Origin of pectoral much nearer to end of snout than to

origin of pelvice 2)... 4 'ise47>+0 +s sie nn 1. fabricit.

Origin of pectoral equidistant from end of snout and origin

Of POlViCs ans, sso were Ue ne ooo sae eee LORE,

II. Upper lobe of caudal produced and pointed posteriorly ; lower edge

of the fin without distinct posterior notch ........ 3. ornatum,

1. Centroseyllium fabrici?.

Spinax fabricii, Reinhardt, Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Forh. iii. 1828, p. 16.

Centroscylium fabric, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 191 (1841);

Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 449 (1865); Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 425

(1870); Goode & Bean, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxii. 1896, p. 11;

Collett, Rep. Norweg. Fish. Inv. ii. no. 3, p. 25 (1905).

P Ca ta granulosum, Ginth. ‘Challenger’ Deep-sea Fish. p. 7

(1880).

? Centroscyllium ritteri, Jord, & Fowler, Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi.

1908, p. 685, fig. 6,

Sharks of the Family Squalide. 41

Pectoral not quite reaching the vertical from the first

dorsal spine, which is 4 as long as the second.

fab. Atlantic and North Pacific, in deep water.

In the British Museum two specimens of 720 and 750 mm.

in total length from the North Atlantic. With these I have

compared the type of C. granulosum, a specimen of 270 mm.

from the Falklands, and it appears to me to belong to the

same species. ‘The description and figure of C. ritteri from

Japan lead me to believe that this species also may be a

synonym of C, fabrici, from which it is said to differ in the

shorter pectoral fin and more slender caudal peduncle.

2. Centroscyllium nigrum.

Centroscyllium nigrum, Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxiv. 1899,

p. 28, pls. 1., iv., & v.

Centroscyllium ruscosum, Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903,

p- 681, fig. 230 (1905).

Closely allied to C. fabricit, but the first dorsal spine is 2

the length of the second, the pectoral extends to or beyond

the vertical from the first dorsal spine and its origin is equi-

distant from the tip of snout and the origin of the pelvics.

Deep water of the Pacific (385 to 555 fath.). Off Tropical

America (Garman) ; off Hawaii (Gilbert).

3. Centroscyllium ornatum.

Paracentroscyllium ornatum, Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv.

1889, p. 879.

Centroscyllium ornatum, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, lxv. 1896,

p- 308, and Cat. Ind. Deep-sea Fish. p. 14 (1899), and Ill. Zool. ‘ In-

vestigator’ Fishes, pl. viil. fig. 2, and pl. xxxy. fig. 1.

Very similar to C. nigrum, but the terminal part of the

caudal fin is more produced and the lower edge has no distinct

posterior notch.

Deep water of the Indian Ocean (285 to 690 fath.).

In the British Museum a specimen of 125 mm., one of the

types of the species.

2, ECHINORHINUS.

Echinorhinus, Blainy. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1816, p. 121.

Goniodus, Agass. Poiss, Foss. iii. p. 183 (1886).

This genus resembles Centroscyllium and differs from other

Squalidee in the form of the mouth and structure of the

dermal denticles. It differs from Centroscyllium in the

dentition, each tooth having the middle cusp very strongly

42 Mr. G. T. Regan on the

developed and with the point deflected laterally, in the

absence of fin-spines, and in the posterior position of the

dorsal fins, the first above the pelvics.

A single species.

1. Echinorhinus spinosus.

Squalus spinosus, Gmelin, Linn, Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1500 (1788).

Echinorhinus spinosus, Blainv. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1816, p. 121; Mull.

& Henle, Plagiost. p. 96, pl. lx. (1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 459

(1865) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 428 (1870) ; Parker, Trans. N. Z.

Inst. xvi. 1884, p. 280; McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict. pl. exliv. (1888) ;

Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, p. 58.

Echinorhinus obesus, Smith, Ill, Zool. 8. Afr., Fish. pl. i. (18388).

Hab. From the North Atlantic and the Mediterranean to

South Africa, Australia, and New Zealand.

In the British Museum four specimens, the largest nearly

3000 mm. in total length.

3. OXYNOTUS.

Oxynotus, Rafin. Indic. Ittiol. Sicil. p. 45 (1810).

Centrina, Cuy. Régne Anim, ii. p. 180 (1817).

Body rather deep, trihedral; mouth rather narrow, trans-

verse ; upper teeth subconical, forming a group in front of

the jaw ; lower teeth erect, triangular, finely serrated ; dorsal

fins large, each with a spine.

A single species.

1. Oxynotus centrina.

Squalus centrina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. ed. 10, p. 288 (1758), and ed. 12,

p. 398 (1766).

Oxynotus centrina, Rafin. Indic. Ittiol. Sicil. p. 46 (1810) ; Duméril,

Elasmobr. p. 444 (1865) ; Goode & Bean, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. —

xxii. 1896, p. 15, fig. 21.

Centrina salviani, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii, p. 185 (1826) ; Mill. & Henle,

Plagiost. p. 87 (1841) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 417 (1870).

Hab. Mediterranean and neighbouring parts of the Atlantic.

In the British Museum eight specimens, 220 to 720 mm.

in total length. 3

Centrina bruniensis (Ogilby, Rec. Austral. Mus. i. 1894

p. 62), from Tasmania, appears to be identical with O. cen-

trina, from which it is said to differ in the larger fins. This

is due, however, to the small size of the specimen described.

Sharks of the Family Squalide. 43

4, SPINAX,

Spinax, Cuv. Réegne Anim. p. 129 (1817).

Acanthidium, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 91.

Seven species.

Synopsis of the Species.

I, Dermal denticles close-set, irregularly arranged.

A. Pelvic fins much nearer to caudal than to base of pectoral.

1. Each dermal denticle with one or more slender spines.

Length of head to pectoral fin nearly twice its greatest

ated ciate su njen ei itcele' ¢ vw dec bn slew die ay 1. niger.

Length of head to pectoral fin 13 its greatest breadth .. 2. pessler?,

2. Each dermal denticle with a small tubercle .. 3. pustdlus.

B. Pelvic fins scarcely nearer to caudal than to base of pectoral.

4, hillianus.

II, Dermal denticles arranged in longitudinal series, at least on the

tail.

A. Length of base of first dorsal (without the spine) not less than

+ of the distance from the sécond.

Each dermal denticle with a rather stout spine..,..... 5. princeps.

Each dermal denticle with a rather slender spine.,.... 6. granulosus.

B. Length of base of first dorsal (without the spine) not more than

_4of the distance from the second; dermal denticles forming

undulating longitudinal series, except on the abdomen.

7. lucifer.

1. Spinax niger.

Squalus spinax, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 283 (1758), and ed. 12,

p. 898 (1766).

? Ltmopterus aculeatus, Rafin, Caratt. p. 14 (1810) *,

Spinax niger, Bonap. Faun. Ital., Pesc. (1835) ; Mull. & Henle, Plagiost.

p- 86 (1841) ; Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 441 (1865) ; Ginth. Cat. Fish.

vill. p. 424 (1870); Moreau, Poiss. de France, i. p. 348, fig. 59 (1881).

Etmopterus spinax, Carlos de Braganca, Res. Iny. ‘ Amelia,’ ii. p. 61,

pl. 11. fig. 1 (1904).

Hab. Atlantic coasts of Kurope ; Mediterranean.

In the British Museum eighteen specimens, 170 to 430 mm.

in total length, from depths ranging down to 365 fathoms,

2. Spinax pesslere.

Kimopterus pesslert, Lonnberg, Hamburg. Magelheens. Sammelreis.,

Fische, p. 5, fig. 1.

Hab. Magellan.

* Rafinesque’s description and figure of ZLtmopterus aculeatus are

evidently very inaccurate, but perhaps agree better with Spinax niger

than with any other shark known from the Mediterranean ; however, this

is scarcely sufficient reason for using Etmopterus instead of Spinax.

44 Mr. C. 'T. Regan on the

3. Spinax pusillus.

Acanthidium pusillum, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 91.

Spinax pusilus, Gunth, Cat. Fish. viii. p. 425 (1870); Vaill. ‘ Travail-

leur’ et ‘ Talisman’ Poiss. p. 72 (1888).

Etmopterus pusillus, Carlos de Braganca, Res. Inv. ‘Amelia,’ ii. p. 65,

pl. i. fig. 2 (1904).

Etmopterus frontimaculatus, Pietschmann, Anz, Ak, Wien, 1907, p. 395.

Hab. Mediterranean and neighbouring parts of the At-

lantic’; Japan.

In the British Museum fourteen specimens (including two

from Misaki, Japan), 190 to 300 mm. in total length, from

depths ranging down to 343 fathoms.

4, Spinax hillianus.

Spinax hilkanus, Poey, Mem. Cuba, ii. p. 340 (1861).

Etmopterus pusillus, Goode & Bean, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxii.

1896, p. 10, pl. ii. fig. 5.

Etmopterus spinax, Garm. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxvi. 1899, p. 27.

Hab. West Indies (Cuba; St. Christopher, 208 fathoms).

Goode and Bean’s figure shows the pelvic fins nearly equi-

distant from the base of the pectoral and the lower caudal

lobe ; according to Garman the dermal denticles are spinate.

5. Spinax princeps.

Etmopterus princeps, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1904, no. 9,

p- 3; and Rep. Norweg. Fish. ii, no. 8, p. 29, pl. i. figs, 1, 2 (1905).

Hab. Near the Faroe Islands, in deep water (750 to 1100

métres).

Apparently closely allied to S. granulosus, but the dermal

denticles with shorter and stronger spines,

6. Spinax granulosus.

Spinax granulosus, Gunth. ‘Challenger’ Deep-sea Fish. p. 19, pl. ii.

fig. C (1880).

Ltmopterus villosus, Gilb. Bull. U.S, Fish. Comm. 1908, p. 580, pl. Ixvi.

(1905).

Pacific, in deep water (Chile, 120 fathoms; Hawaii, 222

to 498 fathoms).

In the British Museum the type, a specimen of 255 mm.

From the description and figure the type of 4. villosus

appears to differ only in features due to its smaller size

(170 mm.), z. e. head a little longer, interspace between the

dorsal fins a little shorter, &c. Similar differences may be

seen in S. niger.

Sharks of the Family Squalide. 45

7. Spinax lucifer.

Etmopterus lucifer, Jord, & Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxv. 1902,

p- 79; Jord. & Fowler, zb¢d. xxvi. 1903, p. 634, fig. 5.

Hab. Japan.

In the British Museum four specimens, 280 to 320 mm. in

total length.

5. SQUALUS.

Squalus (part.), Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 233 (1758).

Squalus, Rafin, Caratt. p. 13 (1810).

Acanthorhinus, Blainv. Journ. Phys. 1816, p. 263.

Acanthias, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 131 (1826).

Entorychirus, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 496.

Hight species.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Dorsal fin-spines without grooves or ridges; lower lobe of caudal

fin without posterior notch; snout obtusely or acutely pointed.

(Squalus. ) ‘

A. Nasal valves simple, triangular; back and sides with scattered

rounded or oblong pale spots, which may disappear in large

specimens.

1, Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending to the vertical from

first dorsal spine, or a little beyond.

Przoral length of snout not greater than the distance

from eye to first gill-opening ..............e00: 1. fernandinus.

Preoral length of snout greater than the distance from

eye to first gill-opening ..........seeeees cceee 2 acanthias.

2. Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending to below the middle of

Semon fines tee ea ie facade. ce 6s SUCKlie.

B. Nasal valves more or less distinctly bilobed; no spots on the

body.

1, Free edge of pectoral fin straight or slightly emarginate, poste-

rior angle not acutely pointed.

Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending to below the

middle or posterior part of the base of the first

EE sales phx 104 «isin giciy, veiw Opto ve car > 4, mitsukurw.

Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending to the vertical

from the posterior end of base of first dorsal fin .. 5. blatnvillid.

Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending well beyond

the posterior end of base of first dorsal fin ...... 6. acutipinnis.

2. Free edge of pectoral fin distinctly emarginate; posterior angle ~

acutely pointed ...........0. ta itr gore 7. megalops.

II, Each dorsal fin-spine with a prominent anterior ridge with a groove

on each side of it; lower lobe of caudal fin with a posterior notch ;

snout rounded ; posterior angle of pectoral fin considerably pro-

duced and acutely pointed. (Hntoryehirus.) .. 8. uyatus.

46 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

1. Squalus fernandinus.

Squalus fernandinus, Molina, Hist. Chil. p. 393 (1788).

Acanthias vulgaris (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. viil. p. 418 (1870).

Acanthias lebrunt, Vaill. Miss. Sci. Cap Horn, Poiss. p. 13, pl. i. fig. 2

(1891).

Very closely allied to S. acanthias, but with a shorter

snout, the preeoral length equal to or less than the distance

from eye to first gill-opening, the preeocular length equal to

the distance from anterior edge of eye to spiracle (more in

S. acanthias, except in young examples). Dorsal fin-spines

higher and spots on the body larger than in S. acanthias.

Hab. Southern Australia and T'asmania; New Zealand ;

Chile and Patagonia.

In the British Museum three specimens, 550 to 800 mm.

in total length, from Tasmania, appear to belong to the

species described and figured by Vaillant from Magellan.

Records of S. acanthias from New Zealand doubtless refer to

this species.

2. Squalus acanthias.

Squalus acanthias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. ed. 10, p. 233 (1758), and ed. 12,

p. 897 (1766); Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896,

. 54, ,

wie acanthias, Cuvy. Régne Anim. ii. p. 180 (1817); Bonap. Faun.

Ital., Pesc. fasc. 8 (1834).

Acanthas vulgaris, Risso, Kur, Mérid. iii. p. 181 (1826); Mull. &

Henle, Plagiost.-p. 83 (1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 437 (1865) ;

Giinth, Cat, Fish. viii. p. 418 (1870).

Acanthias americanus, Storer, Mem, Amer. Ac. ii. 1846, p. 506.

Hab. Atlantic coasts of Kurope and North America, south-

ward to the Mediterranean and to Cuba.

In the British Museum twenty-one specimens, measuring

up to 600 mm. in total length.

3. Squalus sucklit.

Spinax sucklit, Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1854, p. 196,

Squalus sucklit, Jord. & Everm, Bull. U.S, Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, p. 54,

Pectoral fins conspicuously longer and dorsal fin-spines

shorter than in 8, acanthias,

Hab. Pacific coast of North America, southward to

California.

In the British Museum two specimens, 700 and 860 mm.

in total length,

Sharks of the Family Squalide. 47

4, Squalus mitsukurit,

Acanthias vulgaris (non Risso), Schleg. Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 304,

pl. exxxy. (1845).

Squalus mitsukuri, Jord. & Snyd. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1903,

p- 629, fig. 38; Gilb. Bull. U.S. Fish, Comm. 1908, p. 580 (1905).

Hab. China; Japan; Hawaii.

In the British Museum two specimens, 290 and 470 mm.

in total length.

5. Squalus blainvilli.

Acanthias blainvillit, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 138, pl. iii. fig. 6 (1827) ;

Mill. & Henle, Plagiost, p. 84 (1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p, 438

(1865).

Spinax blainvillii, Bonap. Faun. Ital., Pesc. (1884).

Acanthias blainvillii (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 419 (1870).

Hab. Mediterranean ; Portugal.

In the British Museum five specimens, 230 to 540 mm. in

_ total length.

6. Squalus acutipinnis.

Squalus blainvillic (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish, viii. p. 419 (1870).

Squalus acutipinnis, Regan, Ann. Natal Mus. ii. 1908, p. 248, pl. xxxvii.

flab. South Africa; Mauritius.

In the British Museum four specimens, 190 to 560 mm. in

total length, including the type of the species.

7. Squalus megalops.

Acanthias blainvillit (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 419 (1870).

Acanthias megalops, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8S. Wales, vi. 1881,

p. 367.

Squalus megalops, Waite, Rec. Austral, Mus. iv. 1901, p. 33, pl. iv.

fig. 2.

Hab. Southern Australia ; Tasmania.

| In the British Museum five specimens, 400 to 530 mm. in

' total length.

A stuffed specimen of 900 mm. from Juan Fernandez

‘ evidently represents the Spenax fernandezianus of Guichenot

_ (Gay, Hist. Chile, Zool. ii. p. 365 (1848); Acanthias fernan-

dezianus, Philippi, An. Univ. Chile, Ixxi. 1887, p. 559, pl. iv.

fig. 3). This Chilian species may, perhaps, be different from

S. megalops, but I am unable to give any distinctive cha-

racters. Ribeiro has described a Squalus from Rio Janeiro

as S. blainvillad (Arch. Mus. Rio Janeiro, xiv. 1907, p. 168) ;

this may be S. fernandezianus.

48 Mr. OC, T. Regan on the

8. Squalus uyatus.

Squalus wyatus, Rafin. Caratt. p. 18, pl. xiv. fig. 2 (1810).

Spinax uyatus, a2 Faun. Ital., Pesc. (1834).

Acanthias uyatus, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 85 (1841); Duméril,

Elasmobr. p. 439 (1865) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish, viil. p. 419 (1870).

Hab. Mediterranean; Madeira. 7

In the British Museum two specimens, 330 and 340 mm.

in total length.

This species is very distinct from others of the genus, but

is a true Squalus, and cannot be placed in Centrophorus, as

has been recently suggested by Garman (Bull. Mus. Comp.

Zool. xlvi. 1906, p. 204).

6. SCYMNODON.

Sceymnodon, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1864, p. 263.

Zameus, Jord. & Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1903, p. 633.

1. Scymnodon ringens.

Scymnodon ringens, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 263,

fig. 5.

Centrophorus ringens, Giinth, Cat. Fish. vill. p. 423 (1870) ; Sim, Ann.

Scot. N. H. 1902, p. 13.

Dermal denticles small, each with from two to four parallel

keels. Preoral length of snout 2 of the distance from eye to

first gill-opening. Length of base of first dorsal (without the

spine) about 4 of the distance from the second.

Hab. Atlantic coasts of Europe, in deep water.

In the British Museum two specimens, 900 and 1000 mm.

in total length.

2. Scymnodon squamulosus.

Centrophorus squamulosus, Giinth. ‘ Challenger’ Deep-sea Fishes, p. 5,

pl. ii. fig. B (1887).

Zameus squamulosus, Jord. & Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1903,

p. 688.

Dermal denticles very small, each with a strong median

keel and sometimes a pair of short lateral keels. Preoral

length of snout the distance from eye to first gill-opening.

Length of base of first dorsal (without the spine) less than §

the distance from the second. °

Hab. Japan, in deep water.

In the British Museum one specimen, type of the species,

650 mm. in total length.

Sharks of the Family Squalide. 49

7. CENTROSCYMNUS.

Centroscymnus, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p, 263.

Synopsis of the Species.

I, Anterior labial grooves moderate, each about as long as its distance

from the middle of the upper jaw ; nostrils oblique.

Dorsal spines well developed and strongly projecting. 1. macracanthus.

Dorsal spines short, slightly projecting; dermal

ORE OM NOU CATIMALE sce ce cee ccees 2. caclolepis,

Dorsal spines scarcely projecting ; dermal denticles on

head and on anterior part of body, except the

MMMM URICHMINALG sf. '4 scars oi wl pe es eee ee 3. owstont.

Dorsal spines not projecting, hidden beneath the

skin ; dermal denticles on head and on anterior

part of body, except the sides, tricarinate...... 4, cryptacanthus.

| IL, Anterior labial grooves long, each about twice as long as its dis-

tance from the middle of the upper jaw; nostrils slightly oblique.

5. obscurus.

IJ. Anterior labial grooves very long, separated by a narrow inter-

space; nostrils transverse....°....... ei pee 6. crepdater,

1. Centroscymnus macracanthus.

Centroscymnus macracanthus, Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xviii.

1906, p. 436,

Hab. Magellan.

In the British Museum one specimen, 640 mm. in total

length, type of the species.

2. Centroscymnus celolepis.

Centroscymnus ceelolepis, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,

p. 263, fig. 4; Vaill. ‘Travailleur’ et ‘Talisman’ Poiss. p. 63, pl. i.

fig. 1 (1888).

| Hab. North Atlantic, in deep water.

In the British Museum five specimens, 250 to 1000 mm. in

ptal length.

3. Centroscymnus owstont.

Centroscymnus owstonit, Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xlvi. 1906,

p. 207.

‘fia. Japan. : ‘

4, Centroscymnus ery ptacanthus.

Centrophorus coelolepis (non Bocage & Capello), Giinth, Cat, Fish. vii,

p. 428 (1870).

nn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. it. 4

50 | Mr. GC. T. Regan on the

Centroscymnus cclolepis, Goode & Bean, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool, xxii,

1896, p. 14, pl. iv. fig. 18 (1896). ys

Centroscymnus cryptacanthus, Regan, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi.

1906, p. 487.

Hab. Madeira.

In the British Museum one specimen, 700 mm. in total

length, type of the species.

5. Centroscymnus obscurus.

Centroscymnus obscurus, Vaill. * Travailleur’ et ‘Talisman ’ Poiss. p. 67,

pl. ii. fig. 2 (1888).

Hab. Coast of Soudan, 1400 to 1435 metres.

6. Centroscymnus creptdater.

Centrophorus crepidater, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 262,

fig. 3; Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 421 (1870).

Centrophorus rossi, Aleock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. 1898, p. 143,

and Ill. Zool. ‘ Investigator) Fishes, pl. xxvi. fig. 3 (1899).

Hab. Atlantic and Indian Oceans.

In the British Museum one specimen, 750 mm. in total

length.

8, CENTROPHORUS.

Centrophorus, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 88 (1838).

Lepidorhinus, Bonap. Nuov. Ann. Sci. Bologna, ii. 1838, p. 207.

Machephilus, Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 713.

Deania, Jord. & Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxv. 1902, p. 80.

Thirteen species, all found at considerable depths.

Synopsis of the Spectres. ©

I. Posterior angle of pectoral fin not or but slightly produced.

A, Eye equidistant from end of snout and last gill-opening ; derms

denticles tricuspid.

1. Dorsal fins subequal or the second the shorter.

Pectoral, when laid back, extending } the distance

from its base to the vertical from first dorsal

SPINe ececoceesstesteee cs) 02) = eee 1. Aystricosus.

Pectoral, when laid back, extending more than 3 the

distance from its base to the vertical from first

dorsal spine .....seceeeeessceteenceseteee® 2. calceus.

9. Second dorsal a little longer than the first . 3. rostratus. :

* B. Eye nearer to end of snout than to last gill-opening.

1. Dermal denticles leaf-shaped, with serrated edges, each wits

strong median keel and sometimes a weaker keel at ea

lateral edge.

Length of base of second dorsal (without the spine)

2 that of the first (without the spine), which is :

1 the interspace between the twWO' 40500 8s aur 4, dumerilt, :

Sharks of the Family Squalide. oF

Length of base of second dorsal (without the spine)

i that of the first (without the spine), which is

+ to 3 the interspace between the two ........ 5. squamosus.

2. Dermal denticles tricuspid and tricarinate; second dorsal a

little shorter than the first.

head (to first gill-opening) .............0.005 6. foliaceus,

of head (to first gill-opening) ................ 7. stetndachner?,

3. Dermal denticles pluricarinate .......... 8. acus.

I]. Posterior angle of pectoral fin considerably produced and acutely

pointed.

A. Distance from mouth to nostrils 14 that from nostrils to end of

snout.

1. Spine of second dorsal 3 to 3 exposed.

sength of base of second dorsal (without-the spine)

that of the first (without the spine), which is

the interspace between the two .............. 9. lusitanicus.

sength of base of second dorsal (without the spine)

that of the first (without the spine), which is

to 3 the interspace between the two.......... 10. granulosus.

sength of base of second dorsal (without the spine

that of the first (without the spine), which i

the interspace between the two .............. ll. bragance.

2. Spine of second dorsal 4 exposed ; length of base of first dorsal

(? without the spine) 2 the distanc@from the second.

12. tessellatus.

B. Distance from mouth to nostrils more than twice that from

nostrils to end of snout; length of base of first dorsal (without

the spine) ¢ the distance from the second.. 13. moluccensis.

1. Centrophorus hystricosus.

Acanthidium hystricosum, Garm. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xlvi. 1906,

p. 206.

Hab. Japan.

2. Centrophorus calceus,

| Aoanthidtium calceum, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 92.

Cen ophorus calceus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 423 (1870); Vaill,

| ‘Travailleur’ et ‘Talisman ’ Poiss. p. 71, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1888) ; Collett,

Rep. Norweg. Fish. ii. p. 21 (1905). :

, Jentrophorus creprdalius, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,

\ p- 262, fig. 2.

e- aia eglantina, Jord. & Snyd. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxv. 1902, p. 80;

Jord. & Fowler, zb¢d. xxvi. 1903, p. 632, fig.

? Acanthidium aciculatum, Garm. Buil. Mus. Comp. Zool. xlvi. 1906,

p- 207. 48

52 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

Hab. Atlantic coasts of Europe ; Japan.

In the British Museum eleven specimens, measuring up to

950 mm. in total length.

The species is very variable, and the fins are larger in the

oung than in the adult. In three specimens from Portugal

of about 260 mm. the base of the second dorsal (without the

spine) varies from 3 to 7%y of that of the first dorsal (without

the spine), which is contained from less than 13 to more than

12 times in the distance between the dorsals. I am unable

to separate specifically from these a Japanese specimen of

380 mm. received as Deania eglantina. In adult specimens

the base of the first dorsal (without the spine) is about 3 th

interspace between the dorsals.

3. Centrophorus rostratus.

Acanthidium rostratum, Garm. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xlvi. 1906

p. 206.

Hab. Japan.

4, Centrophorus dumeril.

Machephilus dumerili, Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 713.

Centrophorus dumerili, Giinth, Cat. Fish. viii. p. 422 (1870).

Centrophorus squamosus, Vaill, ‘ Trayailleur’ et ‘Talisman’ Poiss. p. 6!

pl. iii. fig. 2 (1888).

Hab. Madeira.

In the British Mustum one specimen, 1000 mm. in tota

length, type of the species.

I am unable to recognize any character in dentition or 1

structure of the dermal denticles by which this species ma

be distinguished from C. sqguamosus. I cannot therefor

accept Vaillant’s opinion, based on examination of a head i1

the Paris Museum, which appears to be part of the typ

specimen of C. squamosus, that this species rather than th

next is the true Centrophorus squamosus.

5. Centrophorus squamosus.

Squalus squamosus, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1502 (1788).

Centrophorus squamosus, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 90, pl. xxx)

(1888); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 448 (1865) ; Ginth. Cat. Fish. y

p- 422 (1870) ; Holt & Calderwood, Trans. R. Dublin Soe. (2

1895, p. 378, pl. xiii. fig. 1; Jensen, Vidd. Medd. 1899, p. t

pl. iii.; Collett, Rep. Norweg. Fish. ii. p. 19 (1905). ;

Hab. North Atlantic and Mediterranean. ae

In the British Museum three specimens, 1120 to 1350 m

in total length.

Sharks of the Family Squalide. | 53

6. Centrophorus foliaceus.

kine Sohaceus, Giinth. ‘ Challenger ’ Deep-sea Fish. p, 5, pl. ii.

g. A.

Hab. Japan.

In the British Museum two specimens, 355 and 415 mm.

n total length, including the type of the species.

7. Centrophorus steindachneri.

Centrophorus steindachneri, Pietschmann, Anz. Ak. Wien, 1907, p. 394.

Hab. Japan.

8. Centrophorus acus.

Centrophorus acus, Garm. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xlvi. 1906, p. 204.

Hab. Japan. :

_This species appears to be very similar to C. granulosus,

iffering in having the inner angles of the pectorals only

ightly produced.

9. Centrophorus lusitanicus. ©

Centrophorus lusitanicus, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,

p- 260, fig. 1; Giinth, Cat. Fish. viii. p. 421 (1870).

Hab. Coast of Portugal.

In the British Museum one specimen, 750 mm. in total

agth.

10. Centrophorus granulosus.

Squalus granulosus, Schneid. Bloch’s Syst. Ichth, p. 185 (1801). Pe

Centrophorus granulosus, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 89, pl. xxxiii,

(1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 447 (1865) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii.

p. 420 (1870).

Hab. Mediterranean and neighbouring parts of the Atlantic.

In the British Museum four specimens, 430 to 1050 mm.

total length.

11. Centrophorus bragance.

‘ntrophorus bragance, Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xviii, 1906,

p. 438

7-~~ Coast of Portugal.

u the British Museum two specimens, 440 and 460 mm.

otal length, types of the species.

54 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

12. Centrophorus tessellatus.

Centrophorus tessellatus, Garm. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xlvi. 1906,

p- 205.

Hab. Japan.

13. Centrophorus moluccensis.

Centrophorus moluccensis, Bleck. Act. Soc. Sc. Indo-Neerl. viii., Am-

boyna, p. 8; Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 421 (1870).

Hab. Amboyna.

In the British Museum one specimen, 210 mm. in tota

length, type of the species.

9, ScyMNORHINUS.

Scymnorhinus, Bonap. Cat. Pesce. Europ. p. 16 (1836).

Dalatias *, Gray, Chondropt. p. 75 (1851).

This genus differs from Scymnodon in the absence of fin-

spines and in having the lower teeth finely serrated. ©

A single species.

Scymnorhinus lichia.

Squalus licha, Bonnaterre, Encycl. Ichth. p. 12 (1788).

Scymnus lichia, Cuv. Regne Anim. ed. 1, p. 180 (1817); Mill. & Henl

Plagiost. -p. 92 (1841) ; Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 452 (1860) ; Giintl

Cat. Fish. viii. p. 425 (1870).

Dalatias lichia, Gray, Chondropt. p. 75 (1851); Jord. & Fowler, Pro:

U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1908, p. 687.

Hab. Mediterranean and neighbouring parts of the A’

lantic; Japan.

In the British Museum nine specimens, 520 to 1280 mr

in total length, including one from Japan.

10. SOMNIOSUS.

Somniosus, Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Philad. 1818, p. 222.

Lemargus, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 93 (1838).

‘Two species. :

}

1. Somniosus microcephalus.

Squalus microcephalus, Schneid. Bloch’s Syst. Ichth. p. 135 (1801)

Squalus borealis, Scoresby, Arct. Reg. i. p. 538, pl. xv. figs.3 & 4(1"

* Dalatias sparophagus, described and figured by Rafinesque, |

robably either Scymnorhinus lichia or Somniosus rostratus. Dala:

iiss Etmopterus, may be regarded as a nomen nudum.

am a ‘a tt ttt ’

}

Sharks of the Family Squalide. 59

Lemargus borealis, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 93 (1841); Dumeril,

Elasmobr. p. 455, pl. v. figs. 1 & 2 (1865); Giinth. Cat. Fish, viii.

p- 426 (1870).

Somniosus microcephalus, Jord, & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvil.

eae p. 57; Jord. & Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1908,

p. 638.

First dorsal equidistant from the bases of the pectoral and

pelvic fins.

Hab. Arctic seas, southward to Japan, Oregon, Cape Cod,

and Irance.

In the British Museum three specimens, 1800 to 4500 mm.

in total length.

2. Somniosus rostratus.

Scymnus rostratus, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 188, fig. 7 (1826).

Lemargus rostratus, Canestrini, Mem. Accad, Sc. Torin. xxi, 1865,

p. 364, pl. ii. fig. ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. vill. p. 427 (1870); Helbing,

Noy. Act. Acad. Germ. lxxxii. 1904, p. 330.

First dorsal nearer to the base of the pectoral than to that

of the pelvic fins; body more elongate than in S. micro-

cephalus.

Hab. Mediterranean.

In the British Museum one specimen, 800 mm. in total

length.

11. IsIsTius.

Tsistius, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 264.

A single species.

1. Isistius brasiliensis.

Scymnus brasiliensis, Quoy & Gaim, Voy. ‘Uranie,’ Zool. p. 198 (1824) ;

Miill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 92 (1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 453

1865).

eee brasiliensis, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad, 1864, p. 264; Gunth. Cat.

Fish. viii. p. 429 (1870) ; Garm, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxiv. 1899,

p. 34, pl. i. fig. 1.

Leius ferox, Kner, Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxiv. 1865, p. 10, pl. iv. fig. 2.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.

In the British Museum four specimens, 150 to 230 mm. in

total length.

12, EupRoroMicrus.

Euprotomicrus, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 264,

\ A single species.

{

56 On the Sharks of the Family Squalide.

1. Euprotomicrus bispinatus.

Scymnus bispinatus, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. ‘ Uranie,’ Zool. p. 197, pl. xliv.

fies. 1 & 2 (1824),

Seymnus (Lemargus) labordii, Mull. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 94 (1841).

Lemargus labordu, Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 457 (1865).

Euprotomicrus labordit, Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 428 (1870) ; Cunning-

ham, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 782.

Luprotomicrus hyalinus, Eigenm, Proc. Cal. Ac. (2) iii. 1890, p. 35..

Hab. Indo-Pacific.

In the British Museum three specimens, 200 to 220 mm. in

total length.

13, PRISTIOPHORUS.

Pristiophorus, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 97 (1841).

The form of the rostrum and the arrangement of the rostral

teeth change considerably during growth. In the young the

snout is relatively much shorter and broader than in the adult

and is armed with movable teeth ; those of the lateral series

are of equal size and correspond to the principal teeth of the

adult, the smaller intermediate teeth not having been deve- '

loped. The barbels are proportionately longer and are

inserted more posteriorly in young specimens.

‘Three species.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Barbel a little nearer to tip of snout than to nostril (in the adult),

or a little nearer the nostril (in the young)...... 1. cirratus.

II. Barbel much nearer to nostril than to tip of snout.

Breadth of snout at its base 3} in its length (in a speci-

men of 1000 mm.) ; barbel, when laid back, reaching |

nostril (adult) or mouth (young) ....... eS ae 2. nudipinas.

Breadth of snout 3? in its length (in a specimen of

700 mm.); barbel, when laid back, not reaching

NOSITU see cee ete Leese ewee ey 5 py bien nn 3. japonicus.

1. Pristiophorus cirratus.

Pristis serratus, Latham, Trans, Linn. Soc. ii. 1794, p. 281, pl. xxvi.

Pristiophorus serratus, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 98 (1841); Du-

méril, Elasmobr. p. 461 (1865) ; Giinth. Oat. Fish. viii. p. 432 (1870) ;

Jaekel, Arch, f. Nat, 1891, p. 465.

flab. New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania. - |

In the British Museum six specimens, 300 to 1200 mm. in

total length. |

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 57

2. Pristiophorus nudipinnis.

Pristiophorus nudipinnis, Giinth. Cat. Fish, viii. p. 432 (1870) ; McCoy,

Prodr. Zool. Vict. vi. 1881, p. 24, pl. lvi. fig. 2.

Pristiophorus owenti, Giinth. 1. e.

Hab. Victoria and ‘l'asmania.

In the British Museum two specimens, types of the species

and of P. owendi respectively, 1000 and 330 mm. in total

length.

3. Pristiophorus japonicus.

Pristiophorus cirratus (non Latham), Schleg. Faun. Japon., Poiss.

p. 805, pl. exxxvii, (1850),

Pristiophorus japonicus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 483 (1870) ; Jord. &

Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1903, p. 639.

flab. Japan.

In the British Museum two specimens, 600 and 700 mm.

in total length, including the type of the species.

14, PLIOTREMA.

Pliotrema, Regan, Ann, Natal Mus. i. 1906, p. 1.

A single species.

1. Pliotrema warrent.

Plotrema warrent, Regan, Ann. Natal Mus. i. 1906, p. 1, pl. i.

Hiab. South Africa.

In the British Museum two specimens, 730 and 810 mm.

in total length, including the type of the species.

bey

mi)

—~ [.—Rhynchotal Notes.—XLIV. (concluded from vol. i.

4 p- 531). By W. L. Distant.

; \

HomMopreERa.

Fam. Jassidee.

Subfam. VerrrgonreLrinaz.

rae Genus PRoprEress.

_/ \petes, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 797 (1851).

iS P. compressa, Walk.

ead large, conical, with a longitudinal furrow, not

ed: abdomen compressed towards the base: fore shanks

ing towards the tips” (Walker).

58 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Vertex about as long as breadth between eyes, somewhat

flattened and anteriorly deflected, apical margin broad and

truncate, centrally longitudinally sulcate for its entire length ;

face broad, centrally flattened and slightly foveately de-

pressed, the margins shortly, strongly, transversely carinate ;

pronotum quadrangular, as long as broad at base, slightly nar-

rowed before the posterior angle, the lateral margins almost

straight; scutellum considerably longer than broad, posteriorly

acuminate, transversely impressed before apical area, which is

gibbous, cordate, the extreme apex slender ; tegmina narrow,

subhyaline, the costal margin concavely sinuate before apical

area, a transverse discal vein at about one third from base,

four apical cells, three ante-apical cells (on one tegmen of

the type the middle ante-apical cell possesses three trans-

verse veins, in the other tegmen these are absent) ; anterior

tibize somewhat broadly compressed and foliaceous, sulcate

above; abdomen compressed towards the base.

Allied to Lissoscarta, Stal, from which it differs by the

longer and sulcated vertex, the flattened (not convex) face,

the much more dilated anterior tibiz, &c.

Propetes compressa.

Propetes compressa, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 797 (1851).

Tettigonia compressa, Sign. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (8) iii. p. 516, pl. xxi.

fie, 9 (1855).

Hab. Amazons.

Genus DIEDROCEPHALA.

Diedrocephala, Spin. Mem. Mat. Fis. Soc. Ital, Sci. xxv. p. 9

(1852); Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 78 (1869) ; Ball, Proc. low

Sci. viii. p. 63 (1901).

Type, D. variegata, Fabr.

Stal (supra) has clearly defined this genus from the s

characters of the type—‘‘ Capite sulco instructo ; tegmi

apice truncatis vel sinuato-truncatis.”’

Diedrocephala ignifer.

Ciccus ignifer, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 804 (1851).

Vertex much longer than breadth between the eyes

lateral margins oblique, very slightly sinuate, narrow

apex, which is truncately rounded, strongly centrally 1

tudinally sulcate.

Hab. Colombia.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 59

Diedrocephala cleora, sp. n.

Vertex and pronotum black; pronotum with a large white

spot, the posterior half of which is a little wider and more or

less convex behind, this spot commences on anterior margin,

reaching or passing the middle of disk; scutellum white, a

large triangular spot at each basal angle, narrowly connected

on basal margin, black; body beneath and lees greyish

white ; tegmina purplish, a large semicircular spot on middle

of claval suture, a rounded spot near claval apex, and the

costal area much more or less angularly widened interiorly,

white, apex black, preceded and margined with a transverse

ochraceous spot; vertex flat, about as long as breadth

between eyes, subangularly anteriorly produced, centrally,

obscurely, Jongitudinally, linearly sulcate, the margins

distinctly reflexed ; face with the disk longitudinally flat-

tened, the lateral areas transversely ridged; scutellum trans-

versely impressed near middle.

Long., incl. tegm., 93-103-mm.

Hab. Ecuador ; Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to D. flavoguttata, Latr.

Diedrocephala estella, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum black; vertex with

narrow lateral and apical margins and a central linear spot

at apex ochraceous; lateral margins of pronotum very

narrowly and obscurely paler ; head beneath, sternum, and

legs pale ochraceous ; apices of the tarsi black ; abdomen

beneath dark ochraceous, the connexivum testaceous ; teg-

mina purplish black, the apical area sanguineous, with its

posterior margin black, and a small pale ochraceous costal

spot at its inner margin ; inner claval margin narrowly paler

or castaneous.

Var.—Body beneath paler and more greyish; apical area

of tegmina pale brownish ochraceous, not sanguineous.

Vertex broad, about as long as breadth between eyes, sub-

conically rounded anteriorly, centrally longitudinally sulcate ;

face centrally longitudinally flattened, the lateral areas

transversely striate; pronotum very finely transversely

~ > wrinkled im some specimens on its anterior area, a short pale

f /

‘a

‘udinal line; apices of tegmina subtruncately rounded.

ig., incl. tegm., 9 mm.

D. Ecuador : Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

ied to D. notanda, Fowl., but with the vertex more

led and much less angulate ‘anteriorly ; ; colour-markings

e tegmina different.

60 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Diedrocephala zea, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum black ; basal two-thirds

of pronotum pale stramineous ; head beneath, sternum, and

legs pale stramineous ; face (excluding a spot before clypeus)

black ; anterior and intermediate tibize and the apices of the

tarsi black ; abdomen mutilated in typical specimen ; teg-

mina black, with two broad, transverse, very pale stramineous

fascie, one before and the other beyond middle; vertex a

little longer than breadth between eyes, the disk concave,

centrally longitudinally linearly sulcate, subangularly rounded

anteriorly ;- face centrally broadly flattened, the lateral areas

transversely striate; pronotum very finely transversely

wrinkled.

Long., incl. tegm., 14 mm.

Hab, Ecuador; Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

In structure allied to D. prestantior, Fowl.

Diedrocephala mitra, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum stramineous; lateral

margins of vertex, ocelli, anterior, posterior, and lateral

margins of pronotum, and apex of scutellum castaneous or

piceous brown; head beneath, sternum, and legs ochraceous ;

abdomen beneath reddish ochraceous; base and lateral

margins of face black; apices of first and second joints of

posterior tarsi reddish ; tegmina castaneous, with three large

stramineous spots, the first elongate in basal area of clavus,

sometimes apically enlarged inwardly, the second subsemi-

circular near apex of clavus, extending from claval suture to

about middle of tegmen, the third smaller, paler, and more

or less angulate in apical area; vertex long and angularly

produced, its margins oblique, its apex truncately rounded,

much longer than breadth between eyes, finely, centrally,

longitudinally, linearly sulcate ; the lateral margins reflexed,

the apex subspattflate ; face broadly centrally flattened, the

lateral areas transversely striate ; pronotum finely trans-

versely wrinkled; scutellum finely transversely impressed

before apical area. ,

Long., incl. tegm., 12 mm.

Hab. Ecuador; Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

Genus DRA#CULACEPHALA.

Dreculacephala, Ball, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. viii. p. 66 (1901).

Type, D. mollipes, Say.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 61

Dreculacephala mollipes.

Tettigonia mollipes, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. vi. p. 312 (1831) ;

Fowl. (part.) Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch, Hom, ii. p. 278, t. XViil.

fig. 15 (1900).

Diedrocephala mollipes, Van Duz. Trans, Am. Ent. Soc. xxi. p. 278

(1894).

Dreculacephala mollipes, Proc. lowa Acad. Sci. viii. p. 67, t. vil. fig. 1

(1901).

Tettigonia antica, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 771 (1851).

Tettigonia minor, Walk. loc. cit. p. 772; Van Duz. Ent. News, v. p. 156

(1894).

Tettigonia producta, Walk. loc. cit.; Van Duz. loc, cit.

Tettigonia acuta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 773; Van Duz. loc. crt.

Fowler, in following Signoret, has included T. ¢nnotata,

Walk., with the above species. The unique type of 7. inno-

tata, however, is now headless, and therefore of questionable

identity.

Dreculacephala septemguttata.

Tettigonia 7-guttata, Walk. List Hom. iii, p. 773 (1851); Sign. Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) ii. p. 727, t. xxi. fig. 15 (1854). ,

Diedrocephala septemguttata, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 233 (1858) ;

Van Duz. Ent. News, v. p. 156 (1894) ; id. Trans. Am. Ent, Soc. xxi.

p. 280 (1894).

Dreculacephala mollipes, var. 7-guttata, Ball, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.

viii. p. 68 (1901).

Dreculacephala angulifera.

Tettigonia angulifera, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 771 (1851) ; Sign. (part.)

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (8) ii. p. 727, t. xxi. fig. 14 (1854).

Diedrocephala angulifera, Van Duz. Ent. News, v. p. 156 (1894) ; id.

Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxi. p. 279 (1894).

iso), mollipes (part.), Fowl. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. i. p. 278

900).

Dreculacephala angulifera, Ball, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. viii. p. 69,

t. vii. fig. 4 (1901).

Signoret included the 7. antica, Walk., as a synonym of

this species instead of D. mollipes, Say, and Fowler treated

angulifera as=mollipes.

Genus HELOCcHARA.

Helochara, Fitch, Hom. N.Y.State Cab. p. 56 (1851) ; Ball, Proc. low

Acad, Sci. viii. p. 62 (1901).

Type, H. communis, Fitch.

62 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Helochara communis.

Helochara communis, Fitch, Hom. N.Y. State Cab. p. 56 (1851); Van

Duz. (part.) Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxi. p. 280 (1894); Ball (part.),

Proc. Lowa Acad. Sci. vill. p. 62, t. vi. fig. 1 (1901).

Tettigonia similis, Walk. List Hom, iii. p. 769 (1851).

The type of T. similis, Walk., conclusively proves that it is

a synonym of H. communis, Fitch, while the type of 7. her-

bida, Walk., equally shows that it has no affinity with this

species. Signoret was perfectly correct in his identification

of these species. Walker mixed up the unlocalized type of

his T. herbida with specimens of his following species,

T. similis= H. communis, while his descriptions are faulty, he

apparently having confused his descriptions as well as his

specimens. The types, however, settle the question, as they

did when Signoret long ago examined them (cf. remarks

under Kolla herbida, ‘ Annals,’ 1908, vol. 1. p. 530).

Under the name 7. mollipes there is a specimen of

H. communis collected at Ventanas, Mexico, by Forrer.

Genus ONCOMETOPIA.

Oncometopia, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 60 (1869).

Proconia, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 571 (1843), nec Lep. & Serv.

Type, O. undata, Fabr.

Oncometopia fuscipennis.

Oncometopia fuscipenns, Fowl. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom, ii.

p. 239, t. xiv. fig. 16 (1899).

Oncometopia aspernea, Bredd., MS.

Fowler’s figure, as compared with his type, is unsatis-

factory; the colour of the tegmina and the margins of the

abdomen are altogether misleading, as can be seen by a

comparison with his description. Breddin’s specimens are

from Ecuador.

Oncometopia batesi, sp. n.

Vertex castaneous, with an oblique ochraceous ovate spot

on each side of the apical margin (these spots are connected

and concolorous with the face beneath) ; pronotum ochra-

ceous, anterior margin (broadly) and posterior margin

(narrowly) castaneous, the first sinuate behind; scutellum

castaneous, with a discal piceous quadrate spot and a small

obscure spot of the same colour near each basal angle, apical

area ochraceous ; abdomen above black, the lateral margins

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 63

and apex ochraceous ; face, body beneath, and legs ochra-

ceous ; tegmina with about basal half purplish brown, here

and there tinged with violaceous, apical half extending

inwardly and occupying apex of clavus pale yellowish white,

a cretaceous white spot (inconstant) on costal margin near

apex of the darker coloration ; vertex deflected, as long as

breadth between eyes, broadly rounded anteriorly; face

broad, centrally, longitudinally, smoothly subdepressed, the

lateral areas transversely striate; anterior tibie sulcate ;

pronotum (excluding anterior marginal area) finely rugulose

and coarsely punctate.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 138 mm.; exp. tegm. 26 mm.

Hab. Amazons (Bates, Brit. Mus.).

Oncometopia insignis, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum lilacinous; a small trans-

verse central spot near apex of vertex, the margins of the

| ocelli, narrow anterior and posterior margins of pronotum

and two oblique spots on‘its anterior area proceeding from

behind the eyes, and anterior margin (angulated posteriorly)

and apex of scutellum, black ; abdomen above black, large

marginal spots, apical segmental margin and anal appendage

hlacinous ; body beneath black; more than basal halves of

face and cheeks, lateral areas of sternum, large lateral mar-

ginal spots to abdomen, posterior segmental margins, and a

large spot on each side of apical segment, lilacinous ; legs

lilacinous, bases of femora, apices of tibie, and the tarsi

more or less piceous ; tegmina lilacinous, minutely spotted

with greyish, apex (posteriorly widened inwardly to apex of

clavus) very pale ochraceous, preceded by a transverse fuscous

fascia not extending through the lower apical cell; wings

hyaline, the veins, apex, and posterior margin fuscous ;

vertex as long as breadth between eyes, broadly rounded in

front, a very short central incised line at base ; face centrally

broadly longitudinally subdepressed and reticulately wrinkled,

the lateral areas transversely striate, anterior tibiz sulcate ;

pronotum (excluding anterior marginal area) transversely

wrinkled, on anterior area two small central foveate

depressions.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 2] mm.

Hab. Rio Grande do Sul (Lhering, Brit. Mus.).

To be placed near O. personata, Sign.

Oncometopia hamleti, sp. n.

Vertex ochraceous, with irregular black linear markings

64 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

which enclose six ochraceous spots—two quadrate and cen-

tral, one large and irregular before each eye, and one smaller

on each side of apical margin ; eyes black, with ochraceous

basal margins ; pronotum ochraceous, an oblique spot on

each lateral area, and an angulate spot behind each eye,

three spots in transverse series near middle, a central spot at

base, and very narrow basal margin black, some irregular

linear purplish markings on disk and near margins ; scutel-

lum ochraceous, with black markings enclosing two central

spots and one near each basal angle; abdomen above piceous

brown, margins of the segments black, lateral marginal spots

and the anal appendage pale ochraceous ; face, body beneath,

and legs ochraceous ; face with black markings enclosing a

basal roundish spot ; apex of clypeus, central spot to sternum,

abdominal segmental markings, and apices of tibiz and tarsi

black ; tegmina pale yellowish grey, somewhat closely

covered with small purplish circular rings, a black spot on

disk before middle, another near apex of clavus, and a third

nearly crossing tegmina at about one-third from apex, these

black spots are largely broken up by paler ones, apical area

posteriorly extending to apex of clavus pale ochraceous, with

a posterior and a marginal fuscous spot, and preceded by a

short central black line; wings pale fuliginous, the veins

darker, the disk more or less hyaline; vertex about as long

as breadth between eyes, broadly rounded in front; face

broadly, centrally, longitudinalty smooth, the lateral areas

transversely striate ; anterior tibize sulcate ; pronotum some-

what foveately depressed on each lateral area.

Var.— Tegmina with the ground-colour pale carmine-red,

not yellowish grey, but with the markings similar.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm,

Hab. Brazil; Constancia and Tejuca (Hamlet Clark, Brit.

Mus.) ; Therseopolis (Brit. Mus.) ; Larges (Coll. Dist.).

Oncometopia venosula, sp. n.

Oncometopia venosula, Bredd., MS.

Body black or piceous black ; an elongate spot on the

lateral margins of scutellum, lateral margins of the abdomen

above, and abdomen beneath (excluding apex) brownish

ochraceous ; tegmina dark purplish black to the commence-

ment of the anteapical cells, remaining area and apex of

clavus palely infuscate, the veins black, and inwardly suffused

with pale purplish ; wings hyaline, the veins black, about

basal third dark fuscous, extreme posterior and apical mar-

gins fuscous ; vertex about as long as breadth between eyes,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 65

broadly rounded anteriorly, a fine central longitudinal in-

cised line on its basal area; pronotum finely wrinkled, more

or less foveately depressed on lateral areas ; face centrally

longitudinally broadly granulose, the lateral areas strongly

transversely striate.

Var. a.—Abdomen wholly black or piceous black.

Var. b.— Vertex, pronotum, scutellum, apex of abdomen

_ above, and body beneath and legs ochraceous.

) Long., excl. tegm., 124 mm.; exp. tegm. 24-27 mm.

Hab. Ecuador; Archidona (Haensch, Brit. Mus.) ; Bolivia

| (Steinbach, Brit. Mus.); Peru (Brit. Mus.).

I have fixed as type the specimen received as Breddin’s

co-type, and named O. venosula, an apparently MS. name.

Oncometopia virescens, sp. 0.

Vertex, scutellum, abdomen above, body beneath, and

legs ochraceous ; pronotum and a spot at each basal angle of

scutellum olivaceous green; apex of face and the clypeus

black ; tegmina dull olivaceous as far as the apical area and

obliquely truncately terminating a little before the transverse

veins defining the apical cells, between its outer margin and

the transverse veins defining the anteapical cells the colour is

darker and more purplish, apical area (extending inwardly

o apex of clavus) pale ochraceous; wings pale fuliginous,

the disk hyaline, and the extreme basal area piceous ; vertex

smooth, as long as breadth between eyes, its apical margin

subtruncate ; face broadly longitudinally centrally flattened

and finely granulose, the lateral areas transversely striate ;

pronotum finely wrinkled, foveately depressed on each lateral

rea; scutellum a little depressed near middle and with a

ubapical dark spot.

Var.—Abdomen above black, the lateral margins spotted

ith ochraceous ; scutellum without the spots at basal angles.

Long., excl. tegm., 14 mm.; exp. tegm. 27 mm.

| Hab. Peru (Brit. Mus.).

The varietal form is represented by an unlocalized specimen

from the “ Fry Collection” now in the British Museum, and

Ai probably from Southern Brazil.

Oncometopia brasiliensis, sp. i.

Vertex ochraceous, the lateral and basal areas very pale

eastaneous ; pronotum castaneous, mottled with ochraceous,

which colour is more pronounced on its anterior area;

scutellum ochraceous, its basal margin castaneous ; abdomeu

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 5

66 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

above black, the apex and lateral margins ochraceous ; body

beneath and legs ochraceous ; tegmina castaneous, mottled

with ochraceous, this dark coloration extending to a little

before the basal transverse veins of the apical cells, the larger

of the ochraceous mottlings are costal and macular, very :

distinct on clavus and forming a spot above apex of clavus,

apical area extending inwardly to claval apex, ochraceous ; —

vertex about as long as breadth between eyes, somewhat

truncately rounded anteriorly; pronotum finely wrinkled,

strongly foveately depressed on each lateral area; scutellum

transversely linearly impressed behind middle; face broadly,

centrally, longitudinally flattened and finely granulose, the

apical areas transversely striate.

Long., excl. tegm., 14 mm.; exp. tegm. 27 mm.

Hab. Brazil (Brit. Mus.).

The specimen from which this species is described was

presented by the late Mr. Wm. Wilson Saunders, and was

probably procured by one of his South-American collectors.

te oe —el

Oncometopsa capito, sp. n.

Vertex lilacinous, two small central oblique spots near

apex and an annulation to each ocellus, which is obliquely

connected with the lateral margin and longitudinally with

the basal margin, black, eyes ochraceous ; pronotum black,

the posterior half thickly and finely mottled with greyish

the anterior half more sparingly but more largely mottled

with ochraceous ; scutellum lilacinous, a short longitudina

line enclosing basal angles, a short central transverse im

pression and the apex black; abdomen above black, latera

marginal spots, posterior margin of apical segment, and ana

segment (excluding hase) lilacinous ; body beneath lilacinous

three small spots on basal margin of face, central apical are

of face and clypeus, disk of sternum, and segmental margin

and central spots to abdomen black; legs ochraceous, tibi

somewhat lilacinous; tegmina dull dark brownish, thickl

irrorated with small pale ochraceous or greenish spots, th

apical area extending inwardly to claval apex ochraceous ;

wings hyaline, the veins black, apex and posterior margir

fuliginous ; vertex as long as breadth between eyes, trun

cately rounded in front, foveately depressed before eyes ;

face centrally broadly longitudinally depressed and finely

granulose, lateral margins transversely carinate ; pronotum

foveately depressed on each lateral area.

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 19 mm.

Hab. South Brazil; Therseopolis (Brit. Mus.); Larges

(Coll. Dist.). : z

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 67

Oncometopia tomentosa, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum brownish ochraceous,

the vertex, anterior area of pronotum, and scutellum more

or less pale violaceously tomentose ; abdomen above bluish

' black, the segmental margins brownish, the lateral and apical

margins greyishly tomentose; body beneath and _ legs

/ brownish ochraceous and more or less thickly greyishly

| tomentose; tegmina very pale testaceous, somewhat thickly

sprinkled with small greyish dots, more prominently so on

costal and claval areas, the apical cells ochraceous and

practically unspotted; wings fuliginous, the veins black ;

vertex shorter than breadth between eyes, truncately rounded

in front, medially a little depressed ; face centrally broadly

flattened where it is finely granulose and with a faint central

longitudinal line, lateral areas strongly transversely striate,

the sides of the face and cheeks thickly greyishly tomentose ;

pronotum coarsely punctate and wrinkled; anterior tibize

| sulcate.

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm. ; exp. tegm. 20 mm.

ffab. Ecuador ; Chimbo (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

| Oncometopia fowleri, sp. n.

| Lettigoma speculifera, Sign. (nec Walk.) Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) ii.

|p. 483, t. xvii. fig. 1 (1854),

Oncometopia speculifera, Fowl. Biol. Centr-Am., Rhynch. Hom. ii,

p. 233, t. xiv. fig. 25 (1899).

Hab. Mexico.

Walker’s unlocalized species is a much larger insect,

ifferently spotted on the vertex and pronotum; face longer

md more deflected before clypeus than in O. fowleri, its

gasal half black, apical half castaneous, and the lateral

sarinate areas ochraceous.

Oncometopia peruviensis, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum ochraceous ; vertex with

two central spots in longitudinal sequence, which are de-

‘ lineated by black margins, the apical one rounded, the basal

spot angulate, oblique black striz on lateral apical areas ;

pronotum with reticulate castaneous lines delineating spots,

of which one on each lateral area and one central are

rounded, and between these on each side is a long sub-

quadrate spot almost divided by a transverse castaneous

line; scutellum with castaneous lines and shadings on basal

half delineating a small spot at each hasal angle, a transverse

spot at base immediately followed by two oblique spots, and

an angulate spot occupying the apical area; abdomen above

testaceous ; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous; apical

area of face and the clypeus shining black, clypeus with an

ochraceous spot on each side of base; lateral areas of seg-

mental margins blackish or the whole ventral surface pale

concolorous ; tegmina castaneous, the veins and a number of |

irregular spots ochraceous, the spots irregular in shape and

size, but not extending to the apical cells, which are dull

ochraceous and unspotted ; wings pale bronzy, the apical and

posterior margins infuscate ; vertex as long as breadth be-

tween eyes, broadly rounded in front, a short incised longi-

tudinal line at base ; face broadly centrally longitudinally,

flattened, finely and obscurely granulose, the lateral area

transversely striate ; pronotum almost smooth, neither

punctate nor striate; anterior tibiz sulcate.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 134 mm.; exp. tegm. 26 mm.

Hab. Peru (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

68 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Oncometopia personata.

Tettigonia personata, Sign. Ann, Soc, Ent. Fr. (8) ii. p. 864, t. xii. fig. 1

(1854).

Aulacizes magnifrons, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 238 (1858).

Hab. Brazil.

Genus STICTOSCARTA.

Stictoscarta, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 61 (1869).

Type, S. sulcicollis, Germ.

Stictoscarta marcia, sp. n.

Vertex dull ochraceous, cruciformly banded with black

the central longitudinal line broadened apically and basally

the transverse line immediately in front of the ocelli ; pro-

notum ochraceous, a central longitudinal line, a narro

irregular transverse fascia near anterior margin, a waved

transverse fascia on basal area (sometimes continued t¢

base), and a longitudinal line on each lateral area connecting.

the two transverse fascie, castaneous ; scutellum greenish —

ochraceous, with two large spots at basal angles which are

narrowly fused on basal margin and again transversely

connected near middle, black; abdomen above testaceous ;

body beneath pale ochraceous; face mottled with piceous ;

clypeus castaneous ; legs more or less brownish; tegmina

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 69

dull ochraceous, sparingly and irregularly suffused with

castaneous brown, the veins also of that colour; wings pale

bronzy, the veins darker ; vertex considerably shorter than

breadth between eyes, anteriorly rounded, centrally foveately

depressed at apex, and with a central longitudinal incised

line; clypeus strongly angularly elevated ; pronotum about

or almost twice as long as scutellum, finely rugulose and

very coarsely punctate, the basal margin somewhat strongly

sinuate, lateral margins moderately oblique, the pronotum

narrowing anteriorly.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 173 mm.; exp. tegm. 35 mm.

Hab. Amazons ; Nanta (Brit. Mus.) ; Ecuador; Cuenca

\(Brit. Mus.).

'Stictoscarta linearis.

Aulacizes linearis, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 791 (1851).

Tettigonia atomaria, Sign. (part.) Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, (3) iii, p. 57 (1855),

Signoret placed linearis, Walk., and atomaria, Walk., as

synonyms and under the latter name. This is incorrect.

A. atomaria, Walk.,=adspersa, Fabr., and is a Celopola.

Genus AMBLYDISCA.

Amblydisca, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 61 (1869); Fowl. (part.), Biol.

Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom. i. p. 209 (1898).

Type, A. rubriventris, Sign.

Amblydisca ezba, sp. nu.

Piceous brown, finely mottled with ochraceous ; vertex

with the lateral and apical margins ochraceous ; lateral

margins of pronotum narrowly dull ochraceous; scutellum

with two large piceous spots, one at each basal angle, the

apical area dull ochraceous ; body beneath and legs fuscous.

brown ; face and central ridge to clypeus dull ochraceous ;

abdominal segmental margins and base of anal segment

black ; tegmina piceous or fuscous brown, crossed before

middle by an oblique series of three small ochraceous spots

and beyond middle by a more obscure curved series of similar

spots, all these spots more or less margined with black ;

wings blackish; vertex about as long as breadth between

eyes, apically narrowed, upturned, broadly foveately de-

pressed, rounded in front; pronotum scarcely longer than

scutellum, rugulose, obscurely punctate, anteriorly narrowed,

the lateral margins oblique, the disk with three obscure

70 Mr, W. L. Distant on Homoptera. ©

longitudinal ridges, the lateral areas foveately depressed, |

basal margin moderately sinuate; clypeus angularly elevated.

Long., incl. tegm., 16 mm.

Hab. Ecuador ; Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

A species allied to A. coriacea, Stal, but differing by the :

longer and upturned vertex.

Amblydisca cirta, sp. n.

Vertex pale dull ochraceous, with a broad, central, longi- |

tudinal, piceous fascia, which is broadest between the ocelli _

and narrows to apex; pronotum pale yellowish, sparingly |

darkly punctate, two transverse piceous lines on anterior area:

which laterally broaden into spots behind the inner margins

of eyes, a central longitudinal line and a curved longitudinal!

line on each lateral area, all centrally connected with an

undulating transverse line, testaceous; scutellum black, with

three large pale ochraceous spots in central longitudinal |

series ; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous, abdomen |

beneath with a violaceous hue ; face with the central depres-

sion piceous, transversely connected by the same colour with ,

the lateral margins before middle ; clypeus (excluding base).

and large spots to prosternum purplish black ; tegmina'

purplish, largely suffused with ochraceous, veins ochraceous,

outside clavus the ochraceous suffusions exhibit more or less

distinctly four irregular transverse macular fascize, apical

cells distinctly paler; vertex considerably shorter than:

breadth between eyes, anteriorly obtusely angulate, centrally |

foveately depressed on apical area; face broadly centrally |

flattened and slightly depressed, lateral areas transversely ,

striate; clypeus centrally angularly elevated ; pronotum

about as long as scutellum, the basal margin strongly cen-

trally angularly sinuate, somewhat densely coarsely punc-

tate, anteriorly narrowed, the lateral margins oblique ;

tegmina coarsely punctate, the claval area more densely so.

Long., incl. tegm., 9 154 mm,

Hab. Ecuador ; Cuenca (Brit. Mus.).

Amblydisca luridescens. x

Aulacizes luridescens, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p, 240 (1858).

Hab. Venezuela.

Amblydisca amida, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum castaneous; abdomen

ubove ochraceous ; body beneath and legs castaneous brown,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 71

more or less greyishly tomentose; clypeus with a golden-

yellow spot on each lateral area, this spot is very distinct in

some specimens and almost obsolete in others; tegmina

pale castaneous brown, the apical cells ochraceous, claval

area (excluding apex) and a large, broad, longitudinal, fasciate

spot above clavus, which is interrupted near base, greyish

white, thickly and minutely speckled with pale castaneous

brown (in some specimens these pale areas are fused) ; three

pale greyish-white spots before apex, two placed one above

the other and the larger and more oblique beyond them ;

wings pale bronzy brown, the apical area darker ; vertex

about as long as breadth between eyes, centrally, broadly,

longitudinally foveately impressed, more narrowly rounded

jat apex ; face broadly longitudinally flattened and slightly

depressed, the lateral areas transversely striate; clypeus

centrally angularly elevated; pronotum about as long as

scutellum, posterior margin centrally angularly sinuate,

anteriorly narrowing, the lateral margins oblique, distinctly

somewhat thickly punctate. -

Long., excl. tegm., 9 113 mm.; exp. tegm. 20 mm.

Hab. Ecuador; Cachabé and Paramba (Rosenberg, Brit.

Mus.).

Amblydisca ofella, sp. B.

Vertex ochraceous, the basal angles more or less purplish ;

pronotum and scutellum castaneous; abdomen above more

or less testaceous, the margins of the segments a little darker ;

body beneath pale brownish ochraceous ; face pale ochra-

ceous ; apex of the central raised angulation to clypeus and

the tibiz and tarsi black; femora castaneous; tegmina dull

ochraceous, the apical margin narrowly black, costal and

posterior claval margins very narrowly piceous, disk above

clavus with small greyish-white spots ; wings pale bronzy ;

vertex short, broad, shorter than breadth between eyes, trun-

cately rounded at apex, broadly foveately impressed on disk,

a little hollowed and outwardly ridged before eyes; pronotum.

about as long as scutellum, the sides moderately anteriorly

‘narrowed, transversely grooved near anterior margin ; face

centrally broadly longitudinally flattened, lateral areas trans-

versely ridged ; tegmina in male elongate, normal in female,

short and broad. . .

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 15, ¢ 16 mm.; exp. tegm., ¢ 35,

29 28 mm.

Hab. Bolivia; Toungas de la Paz. (Brit. Mus.); Peru;

Chandramayo and R. Toro (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to A. superciliaris, Jacobi.

72 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

ABANA, gen. nov.

Vertex as long as breadth between eyes, anteriorly nar-

rowed, apically obtusely rounded, centrally longitudinally |

depressed ; face long, globose, the base angularly produced,

centrally, broadly, longitudinally flattened, the lateral areas :

transversely striate; clypeus centrally angularly elevated ; }

pronotum nearly twice as long as scutellum, convex, ante-—

riorly narrowed, lateral margins oblique, anterior margin

convexly rounded, posterior margin concayely sinuate;

scutellum posteriorly acute; tegmina not longer than abdo- |

men, in female not covering the anal appendage ; anterior

tibize sulcate:

Allied to Stictoscarta, but differing by the angularly pro-

duced vertex, the more elongate face, longly produced anal

appendage in female, &c, .

Type, 4. dives, Walk.

Amblydisca gigas, Fowl., belongs to this genus.

Abana dives.

Aulacizes dives, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 791 (1851).

Vertex ochraceous, basal margin angularly widened on,

each side and thus enclosing the ocelli, black or bluists

black ; pronotum dark castaneous, more piceous, and some4

times shaded with bluish on anterior marginal area, a broad

transverse ochraceous fascia crossing middle, sometimes

centrally interrupted ; scutellum piceous; abdomen above |

dark indigo-blue; body beneath ochraceous ; apical area of,

face, cheeks, clypeus, disk and a sublateral fascia on each.

side of mesosternum, and the segmental margins bluish black

or castaneous ; legs castaneous, anterior and intermediate

femora beneath more or less flavescent ; tegmina castaneous,

the veins margined with minute greyish speckles; wings

fuscous brown, the veins darker, sometimes distinctly paler |

on basal area. |

Structural characters as in generic diagnosis. |

Var, a.—Pronotum uniformly castaneous, the transverse’

pale fascia absent.

Long., excl. tegm., 16 mm.; exp. tegm. 83 mm.

Hab, Colombia; Cali (Brit. Mus.). Ecuador ; Cachabé

and Paramba (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

Considerable confusion has attached to this species ;

Signoret (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (8) i. p. 672, 1858) has placed —

it as a synonym of 7. cerulescens, Fabr., and given the,

habitat as “N. Hollande.” He has also figured (t. xxi.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 73

fig. 16) the species of Fabricius, which is quite distinct from

Walker’s species and evidently belongs to another genus.

Signoret also mentions that it is contained in the “ Coll.

Banks” under the name of ce@ruleopennis, Fabr. The

| Banksian Collection in the British Museum contains no such

species, and Fabricius described both his ceruleopennis and

cerulescens as “Dom. de Billardiere.” Walker’s type is

unlocalized, but is certainly Neotropical, as proved by other

specimens.

Abana tissa, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum dark castaneous 3 abdo-

men above bluish black; body beneath and legs castaneous ;

\ cheeks, inner area of prosternum, disks and lateral margins

of meso- and metasterna, and the margins to the abdominal

segments beneath flavescent ; tegmina castaneous, with three

short longitudinal flavescent fascize on disk above the claval

Suture ; wings pale fuscous, the veins black; vertex as long

us breadth between eyes, obtusely rounded in front, ante-

riorly narrowed, apically centrally foveately depressed and

with a central longitudinal incised line on basal area; face

elongate, centrally broadly longitudinally flattened and

obscurely striate, a short central ridge at the base, lateral

areas transversely striate; clypeus centrally angularly

elevated; pronotum coarsely granulose; scutellum trans-

versely laterally striate on apical area, where it is also

centrally depressed ; tegmina more or less strongly granulose

at margins of the veins, more coarsely so on claval area.

Long., excl. tegm., 18 mm. ; exp. tegm. 32 mm.

Hab, Ecuador ; Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

Abana drusilla, sp. nu.

Vertex greyish, the basal margin angularly enlarged on

each side and almost enclosing the ocelli, black; pronotum

and scutellum ochraceous, the former a little narrowly

piceous on anterior margin; body beneath pale greyish or

| flavescent ; face (excluding about basal half) and clypeus

umber-brown ; inner margins of cheeks, disk of sternum,

curved longitudinal fascie to lateral areas of meso- and

metasterna, and broad segmental margins to abdomen

beneath, black or piceous black; legs yellowish; tegmina

ochraceous, on nearly apical half piceous between the veins ;

vertex about as long as breadth between eyes, centrally

slightly longitudinally depressed; face centrally broadly

flattened and finely longitudinally striate, the lateral areas

74 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

somewhat finely transversely striate; clypeus obtusely

centrally angularly elevated ; tezmina somewhat regularly

granulose at margins of veins.

Long., incl. tegm., 2 20 mim.

fab, Kcuador ; Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

Genus [email protected].

Calopola, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. pp. 61 & 65 (1869).

Type, C. adspersa, Fabr.

Colopola adspersa.

Cicada adspersa, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 61. 2 (1803).

Aulacizes atomaria, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 792 (1851).

Tetitgonia atomaria, Sign. (part.) Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) il, p. 57

(1855),

Celopola adspersa, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 65 (1869):

{

Celopola canaliculata.

Cicada canaliculata, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 63. 8 (1803).

Aulacizes viridivitta, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 794 ( 1851).

Lettigonia canaliculata, Sign. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (8) iii. p. 280 (1855).

Aulacizes triplaga, Walk, Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 100 (1858

Calopola canalculata, Stal, Uem. Fabr. ii. p. 66 (1869).

~hk

Signoret’s figure (t. xii. fig. 5, 1855) is not typical.

Genus AULACIZES.

Aulacizes, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 571 (1848).

Type, A. quadripunctata, Germ.

Aulacizes phalesia, sp. n.

Vertex and pronotum stramineous; an arcuate line at base |

of vertex, a transverse fasciate subanterior line to pronotum, |

and the basal margin of same castaneous; scutellum casta- |

neous; abdomen above sanguineous ; head beneath, sternum,

and legs pale ochraceous; abdomen beneath dull sanguineous ; )

clypeus usually more or less piceous; tegmina subhyaline, —

talc-like, the veins and apical margin yellowish green,

extreme base, a transverse line near base, a transverse fasciate

line beyond middle, and a broad subapical margin which

posteriorly extends inward to apex of clavus, dark purplish ;

wings pale bronzy, the veins purplish, extreme base san-

guineous ; vertex shorter than breadth between eyes, cen-

trally longitudinally foveately depressed, the apex truncately

rounded ; face broadly longitudinally flattened and depressed,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 75

the lateral areas strongly transversely striate; pronotum

| strongly transversely striate, little more than half as long

_as broad at base, slightly narrowing anteriorly, the lateral

| margius moderately oblique. ,

_ Var.—Tegmina without the transverse lines, and the sub-

_ apical marginal fascia much narrowed.

- Long., excl. tegm., 10} mm. ; exp. tegm. 23 mm.

Hab. Colombia (Brit. Mus.). Bolivia; Toungas de la

Paz (Brit. Mus.).

Aulacizes cleasa, sp. u.

) Vertex and pronotum pale greyish stramineous, the first

| with a small central spot at apex and the oceili black, the

latter with the basal margin, a central longitudinal fascia

not reaching anterior margin, and a short transverse line on

yeach side before middle dark purplish ; scutellum stra-

‘mineous; abdomen above reddish ochraceous, its apex

stramineous; body beneath and legs pale flavescent, abdomen

beneath dark shining stramineous; tarsi ochraceous, the

claws piceous ; tegmina pale brownish testaceous, with five

large dark shining stramineous spots, the three smaller near

base, one near middle above clavus, and the fifth subapical,

the apical cells dull hyaline; wings hyaline, the veins and

apical area pale brownish ; vertex almost as long as breadth

between eyes, centrally, longitudinally, somewhat narrowly

impressed, its apex subtruncately rounded; face broadly,

centrally, longitudinally depressed, the lateral areas trans-

versely striate, the basal margin a little sinuate, the central

black spot above visible beneath ; pronotum strongly trans-

versely striate, more than half as long as broad at base.

Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 21 mm.

Hab. Bolivia (J. Steinbach, Brit. Mus.).

Aulacizes emilia, sp. nu.

, Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum shining black ; margins

/ of eyes and three transverse spots on each lateral area of the

J pronotum pale ochraceous or stramineous; head beneath and

sternum black; legs and abdvmen beneath sanguineous ;

apex of abdomen and anal appendage black ; rostrum ochia-

ceous ; tegmina pale bronzy brown, much marked and spotted

with pale ochraceous or stramineous, these markings are as

follows :—the greater part of inner claval area, above clavus

a marginal series of irregular spots, and a large transverse

spot before apex; vertex elongate, longer than breadth

between eyes, from a little above ocelli broadly longitudinally

76 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

foveate, narrowed in front of eyes and subconically rounded

at apex; face elongate, subglobose, broadly longitudinally

flattened on disk, the lateral areas finely transversely striate, _

near base shortly, distinctly, foveately depressed ; pronotum —

scarcely longer than vertex, closely transversely striate, the

lateral margins nearly straight, somewhat obscurely trans-

versely impressed behind eyes; scutellum slightly gibbous at |

base, broadly, strongly, transversely depressed near middle.

Long., incl. tegm., 9 13 mm.

Hab. Bolivia; Toungas de la Paz (Brit. Mus.).

Aulacizes alalia, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum black ; vertex with some

greyish linear spots between eyes and ocelli; pronotum with .

transverse series of irregular, macular, virescent lines from |

a little beyond base to apex ; abdomen above sanguineous, the ?

apex more or less black ; head beneath and sternum black, ;

legs and abdomen beneath sanguineous, the anal segment |

black ; tegmina brownish testaceous, thickly sprinkled with

small pale annulations, a large pale stramineous spot at |

base ; wings hyaline, the veins piceous, the apex and outer

margin fuscous ; vertex elongate, longer than breadth be- |

tween eyes, broadly foveately depressed for half its apical |

length, a central incised longitudinal line on basal area 3h

face elongate, profoundly foveate at base, after which it is)

centrally, broadly, longitudinally flattened, the lateral areas

finely transversely striate; pronotum scarcely longer than

vertex, Closely transversely striate ; scutellum broadly trans-_

versely depressed a little behind middle. }

Long., excl. tegm., 10-12 mm.; exp. tegm. 19-21 mm.

Hab. Bolivia ; Toungas de la Paz (Brit. Mus.).

By the elongate vertex and slender form allied to the

preceding species, A. emilia. |

Aulacizes maculata.

Aulacizes maculata, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 798 (1851).

Aulacizes terminalis, Walk. loc. cit.

Pettigoma afinis, Sign. Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. (8) iii. p, 227 (1855).

Avulacizes affinis, Fowl. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom. ii. p- 217.

(1899),

Signoret having placed a number of distinct genera under

Lettigonia was thus led to treat as preoccupied many specific

names. The 4, maculata, Walk., is not preoccupied in

Aulacizes. ‘The Ciccus maculatus, Walk., to which Signoret

refers belongs to the genus <Acrocampsa, Stal, and= A,

pallipes, Fabry,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. ie

‘| Aulacizes insistans.

Proconia insistans, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 232 (1858).

Aulacizes obtusa, Walk. loc. ett. p. 239.

‘Hab. Rio Janeiro.

1 Aulacizes annuligera.

: Proconia annuligera, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 232 (1858).

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

} Aulacizes conspersa.

’

Aulacizes conspersa, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 792 (1851).

Var. Proconia persistans, Walk, loc. cit., Suppl. p. 231 (1858).

Hab, Rio Janeiro.

MareEBA, gen. nov.

Vertex broad, robusf, as long as breadth between eyes and

_as long as the pronotum, centrally longitudinally depressed,

a distinct foveation near each ocellus, subconically produced

in front, narrowing from eyes to apex; face elongate, longi-

tudinally broadly flattened and depressed from near base to

‘elypeus ; clypeus scarcely or not elevated; pronotum rugu-

lose and coarsely punctate, the basal margin somewhat

prominently concavely sinuate in front of scutellum, nar-

rowing from base to apex, the lateral margins oblique ;

scutellum subtriangular, its apex slenderly acutely produced ;

tegmina short and broad, scarcely longer than abdomen, their

apices rounded ; legs somewhat short and robust, the anterior

tibiee sulcate.

Type, M. eresia, Dist.

Allied to Aulacizes, and including the Aulacizes insignior,

Fowl. The figure of the latter species in the ‘ Biologia’ is

structurally inexact, being much too elongate ; it represents

the tegmina as being nearly twice as long as the vertex,

pronotum, and scutellum taken together, whereas in the

unique type they are only about one-fourth longer.

te eee —_

Mareba eresia, sp. n.

Above brownish ochraceous ; body beneath somewhat pale

ochraceous; central longitudinal disk of the face black ;

legs piceous, apices of the femora castaneous, posterior tibire

ochraceous ; more than apical third of the tegmina piceous

black, with small obscure ochraceous spots, the apical

78 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

margin narrowly ochraceous ; vertex and face as described in

generic diagnosis ; pronotum finely rugulose and coarsely |

punctate ; tegmina coarsely thickly punctate, less so but

much more wrinkled on the black apical area; tegmina |

scarcely one-fourth longer than the vertex, pronotum, and i

scutellum taken together.

Long., incl. tegm., 15 mm.

Hab, Ecuador; Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

TELETUSA, gen. noy.

Vertex shorter than breadth between eyes, broad, the apex

subtruncate, centrally, broadly, longitudinally foveate from \

apex almost to basal margin, ocelli near base, closer to eyes

than to each other; face somewhat long and rounded, the /

disk broadly centrally depressed, moderately foveate, lateral |

areas strongly transversely striate; clypeus at right angles

with the face, slightly compressed ; pronotum longer than )

vertex, arched, the lateral margins sinuate but almost |

parallel, posterior margin a little sinuate before scutellum, ||

posterior angles slightly rounded and inwardly posteriorly

oblique ; scutellum about as long as pronotum, its apical |

area (sometimes as in type) adorned with tufts of long hairs ; /

legs of moderate length, the anterior tibiz broadly dilated |

and broadly sulcate, posterior tibize somewhat longly spinu- |

lose; tegmina somewhat longly passing the apex of the

abdomen, a little valvate behind apex of clavus, posterior |

costal area with four or five transverse veins, apparently

inconstant in number. |

Type, 7. paraguayensis, Dist. i

By the structure of the head allied to Aulacizes, but widely |

differing by the dilated anterior tibiz, the transversely veined |,

posterior portion of the costal area, &c.

a. Apical area of the scutellum adorned with tufts of long hairs.

Teletusa paraguayensis, sp. n.

Vertex dull brownish ochraceous, anterior margin broad-

ened at the lateral angles, shining black, the central foveation

piceous at base; pronotum and scutellum piceous brown, the

latter with the apical area adorned with tufts of long black

hairs and margined on each side with a metanotal fasciate

stramineous spot; abdomen above dull black, the margins

of the last two segments obscurely stramineous ; body _be-

neath and legs black ; central area of the face and an apical

annulation to the posterior tibize brownish ochraceous, anal

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 79

segment dark castaneous; tegmina bronzy brown, a narrow

transverse fascia near base above claval area and a broad

,transverse fascia before apex subhyaline ; wings subhyaline,

the veins piceous, structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 9mm.; exp. tegm. 20 mm.

\ Hab. Paraguay; San Bernardino (K. Fiebrig, Brit. Mus.).

b. Apical area of the scutellum not hirsute.

;

Teletusa peruviensis, sp. n.

} Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum black, sparingly finely

pilose; asmall spot on vertex near each ocellus and lateral

margins and two small transverse spots near anterior margin

of pronotum stramineous ; apical area of scutellum margined

n each side with a metanotal fasciate stramineous spot ;

bdomen above black, a transverse stramineous spot on the

bog margins of second segment, the posterior margins of

the last two segments obscurely narrowly stramineous ; head

peneath, sternum, and ‘legs black; a lateral longitudinal

ee on each side of face, a broad subapical annulation to

rhe intermediate and posterior tibia, and the abdomen

beneath stramineous, the latter with some large spots on the

connexivum, and the anterior margin of the third segment,

lack, in many specimens the abdomen beneath is black, with

nly the two basal segments stramineous ; tegmina with the

asal half pale brownish, the apical half subhyaline, all the

veins piceous ; wings hyaline, with the veins piceous ; anterior

aD broadly dilated and broadly sulcate.

| Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm.; exp. tegm. 18 mm,

_ Hab. Peru (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

Teletusa neotropicalis, sp. n.

( Vertex black, ocelli very narrowly margined with ochra-

ceous ; pronotum testaceous, the lateral margins narrowly

stramineous, the anterior margin broadly black and con-

taining two transverse stramineous spots; scutellum black,

its apical area margined on each side with a metanotal

. fasciate testaceous spot; head beneath, sternum, and legs

‘black : a lateral longitudinal fascia on each side of face,

posterior margin of prosternum, a broad subapical annulation

to intermediate and posterior tibize, and the abdomen beneath

_Stramineous, the latter strongly marked with black on the

posterior half and on the connexivum ; tegmina with more

than the basal half ochraceous, remaining area subhyaline,

with the veins piceous, near middle the costal area is more

80 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

or less suffused with piceous; anterior tibize broadly dilate

and broadly sulcate.

Long., incl. tegm., ¢ 10 mm.

Hab. Peru (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

Genus DicHRoPHLEPS.

Dichrophleps, St&l, Hem, Fabr. ii. p. 62 (1869).

Type, D. aurea, Fabr.

Dichrophleps aurea.

Cicada aurea, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 63. 10 (1803).

Proconia cingulifera, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 99 (1858).

Genus HoMALODISCA.

Homalodisca, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 63 (1869).

Type, H. triquetra, Fabr.

Homalodisca triquetra.

Cicada triquetra, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 63 (1803).

Homalodisca triquetra, Ball, Iowa Acad. Sci. viii. p. 47, t. ii. fig. 1

(1901).

To the synonymy given by Ball (supra), add:

Proconia evcludens, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 98 (1858).

This carries the distribution of the species as far south as

Venezuela.

Genus PHERODES.

Pherodes, Fowl. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom. ii. p. 225 (1899).

Type, P. fammeicolor, Fowl.

Pherodes sagittarius.

Ciccus sagittarius, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 245 (1858).

Hab. Amazons.

Genus AcRocAMpPsA.

Acrocampsa, Stal, Hem, Fabr. ii. p. 66 (1869),

Type, A. pallipes, Fabr.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 81

Acrocampsa dorsivitta.

Ciccus dorsivitta, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 802 (1851).

Tettigonia dorsivittata, Sign. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) ili. p. 517 (1855).

The figure given by Signoret (t. xxi. fig. 10) represents a

species with the apices of the tegmina rounded ; in Walker’s

Bpecies they are truncate.

_ Proconia excavata, Lep. & Serv. Encycl. Méth. x. p. 611 (1825).

Crccus rufifacies, Walk. List Hom. ili. p. 802 (1851).

, Ciccus intermedius, Walk. loc. cit. p. 803.

Ciccus cinctipes, Walk. loc. cit.

Tetiigonia excavata, Sign, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (8) iii. p. 518 (1855),

excl. C. fulvofasciatus, Gray, and C. pervirgatus, Am. & Serv.

ah)

l Genus Ciccvs.

Ciccus, Latr. Régn, Anim. ed. ii, v. p. 221 (1829).

it Type, C. latreillei, Dist.

b Latreille gave as type for this genus the C. adspersa, Fabr.

Ciccus was afterwards more fully described by Amyot and

srville, who employed the same species for type, and this

las figured by the latter writers and also by Blanchard.

jhis species, however, is not the C. adspersa, Fabr., which

sts been accurately fixed by Stal, and is the type of his

‘nus Ce@lopola. The species thus erroneously identified

Pquires a new name.

bias latreillei, n. nom.

| Ciccus adspersa, Latr. (nec Fabr.) Régn. Anim. ed. ii. y. p. 221 (1829).

FiTettigonia adspersa, Burm. (nec Fabr.) Handb. Ent. ii. 1, p. 119 (1839) ;

¢ Blanch. Hist. Nat. Ins. iii, p. 192, t. xiv. fig. 6 (1840); Sign. (part.)*

, Ann, Soe, Ent. Fr. (3) iii. p. 767, t. xxiii. fig, 2 (1855).

i Genus DisstosteMMa.

( Diestostemma, Amy. & Serv, Hist. Hém. p. 572 (1848).

} Type, D. albipennis, Fabr.

Diestostemma biolleyi, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum pale brownish ochra-

ceous ; abdomen above pale ochraceous ; body beneath and

* Signoret includes the C. obliquus, Walk, as a synonym, which

seems to be a distinct species.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 6

82 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

legs pale brownish ochraceous; central disks of face and |

clypeus very pale ochraceous ; tegmina with the costal area,

the veins to corium, and the posterior margin of clavus

castaneous brown, the corium greyish, claval area very pale

ochraceous, the margin of tegmen beyond apex of clavus)|

piceous brown; wings hyaline; vertex about as long asif

breadth between eyes, obliquely narrowed to apex, discally/}

flattened and almost smooth, depressed before ocelli, the |

lateral margins obscurely wrinkled, ocelli near eyes; face

centrally, broadly, longitudinally flattened, a little foveately)}

depressed, a more distinct central basal foveation, lateral}

areas transversely striate; pronotum about as long as vertex,

rugulose, the anterior margin more rugose, the anterio

margins very narrowly black, posterior margin strongly

sinuate before scutellum; tegmina with the costal are

granulose, the claval area thickly wrinkled and finely granu!

lose, corium very finely granulose, its dark veins ver

prominent.

Long., excl. tegm., 16 mm. ; exp. tegm. 82 mm. JY

Hab. Costa Rica; Cervantes, Atl. slopes and San José

(P. Biolley, Coll. Dist.). Panama; Chiriqui (Brit. Mus.). |

: |

Diestostemma ptolyca, sp. n.

Vertex pale ochraceous, its base more or less testaceov]

brown; pronotum testaceous brown, its basal margin pal

ochraceous ; scutellum greyish, with testaceous-brown spot

on disk and basal margin; head beneath, sternum, an

legs stramineous, the abdomen beneath more val

tegmina greyish white, posterior claval and tegminal maj}

gins (narrowly) and an undulating subcostal line befos|

middle chocolate-brown ; vertex about as long as bread:

between eyes, obliquely narrowed to apex, which is su

conically rounded, a little flattened and depressed befo;

ocelli, the lateral margins obscurely wrinkled; face centrali

longitudinally, broadly flattened and depressed, distinct

roundly foveate at centre of base, lateral areas strong]

transversely striate; clypeus with a subcentral transvers ‘

impression ; pronotum about as long as the vertex, rugulose,

the anterior margin more rugose, posterior margin strongly

sinuate before scutellum ; tegmina very finely wrinkled and

punctate.

Long., incl. tegm., 18 mm.

Hab. South Brazil ; Theresopolis (Brit. Mus.).

——-

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 83

Diestostemma stesilea, sp. n.

Vertex sanguineous, a large pale greyish spot near middle

of each lateral margin.and a much larger and more ochra-

ceous-grey spot at base; pronotum obscure ochraceous, a

ycentral longitudinal carinate line and a broad sublateral

fascia on each side sanguineous; scutellum sanguineous

{(imperfectly seen in type) ; abdomen above, body beneath,

and legs pale ochraceous; face and clypeus sanguineous, the

{pale lateral spot on each side of vertex above continued and

distinct on each side of face; vertex about as long as breadth

between eyes, moderately narrowed to apex, which is rounded,

focelli near eyes ; pronotum a little longer than vertex, rugu-

jose, and in. places coarsely granulose, a distinct transverse

npression before anterior margin, strongly sinuate before

Iscutellum ; face broadly longitudinally flattened and de-

'oressed, roundly foveate at centre of base, the lateral areas

‘transversely striate ; tegmina greyish, with a pale flavescent

ftint, with a central, longitudinal, much waved, brownish line,

wery finely wrinkled and punctate, posterior claval and teg-

Peanal margins narrowly brownish; wings greyish, subhyaline.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 154 mm; exp. tegm. 384 mm.

} Hab. Bolivia (Brit. Mus.).

£ i Genus Proconta.

Proconia, St.-Farg. & Serv. Ene, Méth. x. p- 610 (1825),

Germaria, Lap. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. i. p. 222 (1832).

! Zyzza, Kirk. Entomologist, xxxiii. p. 243 (1900),

\ Type, P. marmorata, Fabr.

| The type given by St.-Farg. & Serv. for Proconia was

®. cristata, Fabr.; that given by Laporte for Germaria was

- cucullata. As will be seen by the following synonymy,

both these species are synonyms of C. marmorata, Fabr.,

and the two genera must also therefore be synonymous.

Kirkaldy’s proposed new name constitutes another synonym.

Proconia marmorata.

Cicada marmorata, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 61. 1 ( 1803).

Cicuda cristata, Fabr. loc. cit. p. 62. 4.

Germaria cucullata, Lap. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, i. p. 223 (1832),

Tettagonia marmorata, Sign. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) iii, p- 765 (1855).

Germaria dorsierista, Walk. Ins, Saund. p. 97 (1858).

Germaria marmorata, Stal, Hem. Faby. ii. p. 59 (1869),

Zyzea cucullata, Kirk. Entomologist, xxxiii. p. 243 (1900).

84 Mr. A. Patience on i

Genus Zyzz0GETON.

Zyzxogeton, Bredd. Soc. Entomol. xvi. p. 178 (1902).

Type, Z. haenschi, Bredd. h

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum dark purplish brown; «2

large triangular longitudinal fascia to vertex (broader at

apex and narrower at base) pale ochraceous ; pronotum with

two spots on disk between the lateral angles and one oni

each lateral area ochraceous ; abdomen above, body beneath,

and legs chocolate-brown, basal margin of face ochraceous |;

tegmina pale olivaceous green, inner and costal margins

(narrowly), apical margin (broadly), apex of claval ares,

and a discal spot before apex dark purplish brown ; win/‘s

fuscous brown; vertex about half the length of pronotum,

centrally, broadly, foveately impressed, apically subtruncate’,

ocelli much nearer to eyes than to each other; face

centrally, longitudinally, broadly foveate, the lateral areas

transversely striate ; clypeus compressed, centrally angular]

elevated; pronotum rugulose and punctate, the lateral angle

broadly, obliquely, obtusely, angularly elevated, anterior

margin ridged, basal margin strongly angularly sinuate

before scutellum, lateral margins oblique, very slighty

sinuate ; scutellum with the apical area finely transverse’y

wrinkled ; corium distinctly and somewhat thickly punctate.

Long., excl. tegm., 18 mm. ; exp. tegm. 38 mm.; exp.

pronot. angl. 6 mm.

Hab. Colombia (R. Dagua, Brit. Mus.). Ecuador; ne

Zyzzogeton mazaria, sp. ni.

ramba and Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.). Peru (Brit.

Mus.).

}

1X.—On Trichoniscoides albidus (Budde-Lund) and T. surgi,

Patience (nom. nov.). By ALEXANDER PATIENCE.

{Plate VI.]

Fam. Trichoniscide.

Gen. TRICHONISCOIDES, G. O. Sars.

I FIRST met with the species Zrzchoniscoides albidus (Budde-

Lund) in company with Trichoniscus pygmaeus, G. O. Sars,

and 7’ stebbingt, Patience, in a field near Alexandra Park,

Glasgow, in the autumn of 1906. Some time afterwards I

Trichoniscoides albidus and T. sarsi.

corded the species as new to the Scottish fauna*. There

vere no males in the few specimens I then took, but in April

o}f 1907 I came across a somewhat extensive colony of the

species, containing many males, at Gourock, on the Firth of

(Hyde. A careful examination of some male specimens

s ‘howed some important differences in the structure of the

fisvst and second pairs of pleopoda and the seventh perzeopod

compared with the figures of these organs given by

Pfrofessor G. O. Sars in his great work ‘The Crustacea of

Nlorway’t under the name of Trichoniscoides albidus

( ;Budde-Lund).

Dr. Budde-Lund very kindly sent me the drawings he had

mjade of the first and second pairs of pleopoda of the male of

ila species, and they virtually agreed with the structure of

thiese organs in the specimens I had under examination.

Mioreover, both Canon Norman and Professor Sars were good

e:10ugh to send me Norwegian specimens of Zrichoniscoddes

fc'r comparison with the Scottish examples. I dissected a

njamber of males, and found that the organs I have already

referred to had been most faithfully represented by Sars, and

t. ese specimens were therefore specifically distinct from those

I ‘iad found in Scotland, which latter I have but little hesi-

taf-ion in referring to Budde-Lund’s species. I have therefore

me pleasure of naming the former 7’. sarsi, in compliment to

th'e distinguished Norwegian carcinologist.

‘The two species resemble each other in the general form

of| the body, but differ in the following important points of

shiyucture :-—

T. albidus.

First pair of pleopoda of male.

T. sarst.

The opercular plate is ‘large,

quadrangular, abruptly contracted

at the tip, and prolonged to a seti-

form ciliated lash curved outwards,

and accompanied inside by another

much smaller seta.” The outer

lash is gracefully curved and is not

constricted at the middle.

The outer corner of znmner ramus

is only slightly produced and is

bluntly rounded at the tip.

The opercular plate is broadly

triangular, the outside margin

being gently curved towards the

tip, which is prolonged to two seti-

form ciliated lashes of equal size.

Each lash is curved outwards, is

constricted at about half its length,

and then abruptly bent downwards.

The outer margin is crenulated and

there springs a cilium from each

crenulation.

The outer corner of inner plate is

greatly produced, being about 4 of

the total length, and is acutely

rounded at the tip.

* Glas. Nat. Hist. Soc. 25th June, 1907.

+ ‘Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. ii. Isopoda, pl. Ixxiii. p. 165.

86 Mr. A. Patience on

T. sarsi. T. albidus.

Second pair of pleopoda of male.

The terminal joint of inner ra- The terminal joint of inner ra/+

mus forms a narrow folded plate | mus is comparatively much nar=

about twice the length of first joint, | rower, more prolonged, being abo

and terminates in a corkscrew-like | three times the length of first,

point. contracted at a little beyond th

middle of joint, and is then pro-

duced to a straight Lge icone

point,

First pair of pleopoda of female.

The inner ramus appears to be:

comparatively larger, while the

outer ramus is erenulated on thie

inner margin.

Seventh perzopod of male. ;

The meral joint is produced at

the base on the inner side to a

small dentiform prominence.

The meral joint has no denti-

form prominence,

(

The flagellum is composed 6f

three articulations, the middle joj, ¢

being the longest. ; ti

Antenne.

The flagellum is composed of

four articulations.

{

The type of coloration in 7. albidus is not unlike that of

Trichoniscus pustllus (Brandt). The lighter patches on the

back are of a golden-yellow colour, while the rest of the back,

the legs, and the antenne are diffused with light reddish

brown. ‘The specific name, as Sars long ago pointed out, is

somewhat inappropriate. It is only specimens which have

been preserved in alcohol or formalin that show a whi

colour. In the latter preservative, specimens lose their

pigment in a very few days. ‘The specific name has evi-

dently misled the authors of ‘The British Woodlice’ *, for

they state (p. 25), ‘ From the first its white colour will serve

to differentiate it.” .

The young, however, of J. albtdus on leaving the femal

are pure white, with the exception of the eye, which has a

brilliant ruby tint. Shortly afterwards a diffuse light reddish

pigment is found on the back, forming slight ramifications on

each side of the segments.

I think there can be little doubt as to the specific distinct-

ness of 7’. sarsi, and my opinion upon this point has been

endorsed by those two eminent carcinologists, Professor

G. O. Sars and Professor Malcolm Laurie, F.L.S8., to whom

* ‘The British Woodlice,’ London, 1906.

‘TD

Trichoniscoides albidus and T. sarsi. 87

I submitted the matter. In forty-eight male specimens of

T. albidus and seven male specimens of T. sarsi which I

carefully dissected and examined the form and structure of

\the first and second pairs of pleopoda were constant, with one

‘exception, in 7’, albtdus, where the rzght opercular plate of

ithe first pair of pleopoda was abnormal, only to the extent,

Jhowever, of having three equal-sized lashes instead of the

jusual two. The structure of the seventh pereopod of the

male in both species I also found to be constant in the above

‘number of specimens examined.

Quite recently my friend Mr. R. S. Bagnall, F.E.S.,

Winlaton-on-Tyne, submitted to me for examination a

number of specimens of 7’. albidus taken in the Kew Gardens,

\London, and at Newcastle-on-Tyne respectively. All the

males exhibited, in the organs under consideration, the same

ind of structure as was found in the Scottish examples. Of

the other British species of the Trichoniscidee which I have

wxamined, e. g. Trichoniscus pygmaeus, G. O. Sars, 7’, steb-

bingt, Patience, T’. spinosus, Patience, and Haplophthalmus

danicus, Budde-Lund, I have found the structure of the first

eae second pairs of pleopoda of the male to be virtually

‘constant in each species.

_ Occurrence. I have met with T. albédus in many localities

Es the Clyde faunal area, from Stonebyres Falls, near Lanark,

o as far south as Largs, on the Ayrshire coast, and in one

jor two places in fairly extensive colonies, It may be inter-

_jesting to note that I have rarely found it far away from the

\river-bank or the sea-beach line. On the south bank of the

xiver Clyde, opposite Bowling, where I found it associated

with Haplophthalmus mengii (Zaddach) and Trichoniscus

pygmeus, G. O. Sars, the stones under which it lives are

(almost lapped by the water at high tide, and on Hailie shore

to the south of Largs it is within splash of the waves. It

also occurs in the Island of Bute, being one of the species I

found in Dr. Marshall’s garden at Battery Place, Rothesay.

On the eastern side of the Firth of Clyde, from Ashton to

Fairlie, there are many green patches fringing the shore

just close to high-water mark, and there I have found the

following members of the Trichoniscide to be not un-

common :—Zrichoniscus pusillus (Brandt), J’. pusillus, var.

violaceus, T'. pygmaeus, G. O. Sars, T. roseus (Koch), and

Haplophthalmus danicus, Budde-Lund. Apart from the

English localities mentioned above, T. albidus has also been

taken at Eton and Sunderland *.

* ‘The British Woodlice,’ p. 26.

&8 Mr. O. Thomas on Your new

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VL

fg. 1. First pair of pleopoda of male of 7. albidus.

Fg, 2. Ditto ditto of 7. sarsz.

fig. 3, Second pair of pleopoda of male of 7. albidus. }

Fig. 4. Ditto ditto of 7. sarsz. L

Fig. 5. Seventh perseopod of 7. albidus. F

fag. 6. Ditto of T. sarsz. /

fg. 7. Extremity of last peduncular joint and flagellum of 7. albidus. |

Note.—Figures 2, 4, and 6 have been drawn from specimens sent to me

by Professor Sars.

X.—Four new Amazonian Monkeys. !

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Callicebus remulus, sp. n. \

Allied to €. donacophilus, but with light crown and

blackish tail. |

General colour above of the grizzled greyish brown found

in C. donacophilus and ornatus. Crown clearer grey, th

frontal region almost white. Under surface and inner sidé

of limbs to wrists and ankles bright clear rufous, not the

muddy brownish rufous of C. donacophilus. Hands and feet

white—that is, the greyish white called “white” in these

monkeys ; about the same as in C. ornatus. Front surface of

forearms greyish brown like body, the rufous not passing

round the wrist, but on the hind limbs the grey-brown

narrows at the ankles, the rufous of their inner surfac

showing dorsally on the hallucal side; this tendency is

carried further in C. ornatus, where the rufous passes righ

round the wrists and ankles. Tail blackish throughout, th

hairs dull yellowish for their basal, hidden, portion, ther

broadly black, with inconspicuous coppery or rufous tips; at

the extreme end of the tail the hairs are wholly dull yellowish

or drab. :

Skull very much as in C. donacophilus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 285 mm.; tail 420; hind foot 82.

Skull: greatest length 59; basal length 43; interorbital

space 6°3 ; premolar-molar series 14:7.

Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazon.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 76. 6.19.1. Collected

by Mr. Wickham.

Anw.& Mag. Nat.Hist. 8.8 Voll PUL.

‘

Mew: Patience. del. J.Green lith.

Amazonian Monkeys. 89

| This monkey seems to be a modification of C. donaco-

bhilus in the direction of the highly ornamented C. ornatus,

but its blackened tail is different from either. It had been

previously referred to the former species, but the good series

of that animal recently received from Bolivia has enabled me

-o correct the mistake.

| Callicebus hoffmannst, sp. n.

A greyish species with light yellowish underside and

’ Yhoary hands and feet.

General colour of body above about as in C. donacophilus,

greyish brown with a subdued undertone of rufous, most

rnarked on the loins. Crown grizzled grey, nearly as in

C’. egeria. Cheeks, whole of under surface, and inner side of

limbs light yellowish or pale buffy, very different from the

sitrong rufous of these parts in the allied species. Arms and

legs grizzled grey like the crown, without brown or rufous

saffusion. Hands and feet blackish grizzled with white, the

result being a hoary slate-grey. ‘Tail black throughout, the

hiairs scarcely paler at their bases.

Anterior nares large, widely open, evenly rounded.

| Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

/ Head and body 375 mm.; tail 440 ; hind foot 91.

) Skull: greatest length 65; nasal opening 7°8x6°8; pre-

molar-molar series 15,

| Hab. Urucurituba, Santarem.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 8.5.9.11. Collected 13th

February, 1906, by W. Hoffmanns, after whom I have named

the species.

\ This species is widely different from any hitherto described,

as its hoary slaty-grey hands and feet are quite unlike the

red, black, or whitish feet found in other species. C. cine-

yascens, Spix, would appear to have similar feet, but its

under surface is also grey, and not yellowish. The tail of

C. hoffmannsi also is even more completely black than that

of C. remulus, most of the allied species of the genus having

this member either reddish or whitish. Nor has any pre-

viously known species of the genus a similarly coloured

under surface.

Callicebus egeria, sp. 0.

General coloration quite as in C. cupreus, but the crown of

the head, instead of being distinctly more fulvous or ferru-

ginous than the back, is less so, being a clear grizzled grey,

90 On Four new Amazonian Monkeys.

without even the suffusion of rufous which occurs in both

species on the back.

Skull distinguished by its extremely narrow interorbital

space and nasal opening, which is decidedly less broad than

high, the converse being the case in C. cupreus. {

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :— .

Head and body 330 mm. ; tail 430 ; hind foot 84.

Skull: greatest. length 63 ; interorbital breadth 5 ; mas-

toid breadth 37; nasal opening 6°5x5; length of upper

premolar-molar series 15:3.

Hab. Teffé, Middle Amazons.

Type. Slightly immature male. B.M. no. 8. 5. 9. 10.)

Collected 7th June, 1906, by W. Hoffmanns. Another)

specimen from the same place collected by Mr. H. W. Bates,

The Museum specimens of C. cupreus, coming from thx»

Upper Pastasa R., the Ucayali, and the Jurua, all agree in

having the crown of the head distinctly more fulvous ojr.

reddish than the back, and this agrees with the description

by Spix of his cupreus (type-locality Peruvian Amazons),

while the Ucayali specimens (collected by Bartlett neaje

Sarayacu) may be taken as topotypes of Geoffroy’s discolor,

usually and rightly considered as a synonym of Spix’s name,

On the other hand, the specimen obtained by Bates at:

Ega, often mentioned in literature as being C. cupreus,

essentially agrees in its greyer crown and narrow nares with,

that now again obtained in the same district by Mr. Hoffmanns..

In Mr. Hoffmanns’s collection there are two examples of

Callicebus caligatus, Wagn., from Humayta, Rio Madeira

some 200 miles further up the river than the type-locality

Borba. These specimens indicate that C. castaneoventris

Gray, may be distinguished from C. caligatus, with which 1

is usually synonymized, by its darker colour and broade

interorbital space.

Saimiri madetre, sp. n.

Near S. sciuwrea, but the fulvous of the limbs confined to

the hands and feet.

Back of the greyish fulvous characteristic of S. sciwrea.

Crown clear grey, of a bluer tone than in scvurea, owing to

the almost entire absence in it of a yellowish suffusion. Tore

limbs from shoulders to wrists clear bluish grey, not suffused

with yellowish, the fulvous of the hands not extending up

above the wrists (except just a little way along the outer

border), in marked contrast to S. sccwrea, in which the whole

}

On the Psammomys of the Nile Delta. 91

of the forearms are fulvous to the elbows. Hind limbs simi-

larly bluish grey to the ankles, the grey sharply defined at

; the hips and quite without the yellowish suffusion which in

_ S. seturea renders the thighs not markedly different from the

sides of the body. Under surface and inner side of limbs

| whitish, clearer, less yellow-suffused, and more sharply defined

\ than in seturea. Tail as usual, its underside whitish.

_ Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

_ Head and body 350 mm.; tail 41; hind foot 83.

__ Skull: greatest length 65; basal length 40; zygomatic

| breadth 42; breadth of brain-case 36; combined length of

|, upper premolars and molars 13:2,

| Hab, Humayta, Middle Rio Madeira, about 63° W

\ 7° 30'S.

i: Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8.5.9.6. Original num-

ber 36. Collected 17th August, 1906, by W. Hoffmanns.

Five specimens, adult and young.

{ This distinct species is readily recognizable by the marked

contrast of its bluish-grey crown, arms, and legs with the

‘yellowish dorsal colour, and especially by the non-extension

‘of the fulvous of the hands above the wrists, this colour

‘extending over the whole of the forearms in 8. sciurea.

_ &. boliviensis, found on the extreme upper waters of the

| same river-system, is like S. sciurea in these respects, its

| special character being its black crown.

pa The Psammomys of the Alluvial Soil of the Nile Delta.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS,

Tue dark fertile soil of the Lower Nile and its delta con-

trasting so markedly with that of the deserts on each side of

it, we might expect that certain of the local animals would

be modified in colour to suit it. There is little doubt

that this is the cause of the dark colour of the Cairo spiny

mouse (Acomys cahirinus), slaty-grey all over when other

members of the genus are more or less reddish or yellowish

above and white below, and I now find the same thing occurs

in Psammomys.

The genus ranges from Algeria and Tunis to Palestine,

and contains four or five species distinguished from each

other mainly by size and the development of their bullee.

All are of a sandy desert colour, including the Egyptian

Ps, obesus, of which the type locality is Alexandria, just on

92 On the Psammomys of the Nile Delta.

the borders of the western desert. We owe to the late

Dr. J. Anderson topotypical examples of this form.

Now Mr. M. J. Nicoll, of the Giza Zoological Gardens, has

sent a series of Psammomys from Damietta, on the dark |

alluvial soil, and these, while agreeing in other respects with

the Alexandrian species, are so uniformly darker that they

should evidently be recognized as a local subspecies, to which

I would assign the name

Psammomys obesus nicolli, subsp. n.

Proportions and essential characters as in Ps. obesus, but

the general colour above, instead of being sandy, fawn, or

buffy, quite dark, as dark as Ridgway’s “ hair-brown,” but not /

matching that or any other colour owing to its dull yellowish,

suffusion. Dorsal hairs all broadly tipped with black, partly;

hiding their buffy or drab subterminal bands. The crown of,

the head is particularly different from that of obesus, as the

hairs, buffy subterminally in both, are in the new form

broadly tipped with black. Below there is a similar darkening

of the general colour, the hairs being more or less tipped,

with blackish. ars, hands, and feet dull fawn. ‘Tail buffy,

on sides and below proximally, its upper surface with a

blackish line, of which the hairs lengthen terminally, with a \

well-marked crest and terminal black tuft, the black extending }

all round the distal third of the tail.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh by collector) :—

Head and body 178 mm. ; tail 149; hind foot 38 ; ear 14, |

Skull: greatest length 46°5; basilar length 38; greatest;

breadth 26°8. |

Hab. Damietta, N. Egypt. !

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 8.6.21.1. Collected 8 January, /

1908, and presented by Mr. M. J. Nicoll. Four specimens.

Mr. Nicoll saw considerable numbers of this animal, all of }

the same dark colour.

A similar instance of local blackening is given by Merriam *

in the case of certain of the mammals found on the black lava-

beds of the Little Colorado desert, the contrast in colour between

the specimens from the black soil and those of the desert

being such that full specific rank is given to an Onychomys

and a Perognathus, while a Citellus from the same place is

separated as a subspecies.

* N. American Fauna, No. 3, pp. 59-60 (1890).

<On Three new Snakes from Africa.

XII.— Descriptions of Three new Snakes from Afr

By G. A. Boutencsr, F.R.S.

Thrasops batesit.

About 30 small maxillary teeth followed by three large ones,

Rostral much broader than deep, visible from above ; inter-

nasals nearly as long as the prefrontals; frontal once and a

half as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end

of the snout, as long as or a little shorter than the parietals ;

loreal longer than deep; one pre- and three postoculars; a

single temporal; seven or eight upper labials, fourth and

fifth or fifth and sixth entering the eye, last as large as the

temporal; five or six lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields, which are as long as the posterior.

Scales smooth, in 13 rows. Ventrals 163-170; anal entire ;

ubcaudals 101-114. .Pale brown or pea-green above, with

small black spots and larger light spots forming irregular

cross-bands ; upper lip white, with the sutures between the

shields black ; lower parts white in front, brown or olive

behind, with scattered small black spots.

Total length 1800 mm. ; tail 350.

Described from one adult and two young specimens

obtained by Mr. G. L. Bates in South Cameroon (Efulen

and Akok, Kribi River district, and Ja River district).

HYPopToPHis, gen. nov. (Colubrid. opisthogl.).

Maxillary very short, with four teeth gradually increasing

in size and followed, after an interspace, by a pair of large

grooved fangs situated below the eye ; anterior mandibular

teeth slightly enlarged. Head small, not distinct from neck ;

snout much depressed and very prominent; rostral very

large, with obtuse horizontal edge, concave below ; eye very

small, with vertically elliptic pupil ; nostril in a semi-divided

nasal; no loreal; a preocular in contact with the nasal.

_ Body cylindrical ; scales smooth, without pits, in 15 rows;

ventrals rounded. ‘Tail short; subcaudals single.

Hypoptophis wilson.

Upper part of rostral as long as its distance from the

frontal; internasals shorter than the prefrontals; frontal as

long as broad, rather more than twice as broad as the supra-

ocular, which is small; two postoculars, in contact with the

anterior temporal; temporals 1+1; seven upper labials,

third and fourth entering the eye; four lower labials in

eontact with the anterior chin-shields, which are a little

longer than the posterior. Ventrals 118; anal entire ;

subcaudals 36, Uniform blackish brown.

Mr. E. E. Austen on new

length 560 mm. ; tail 100.

ingle female specimen from Inkongo, on the Sankuru

iver, in the Kassai Province of the Congo, presented b

Mr. H. Wilson.

Atractaspis watsonit.

Snout very short, feebly prominent. Portion of rostral

visible from above half as long as its distance from the

frontal; suture between the internasals shorter than that

between the prefrontals ; frontal as long as broad, longer

than its distance from the end of the snout, as long as the

parietals ; one pre- and one postocular; temporals small,

2+3,; six upper labials, third and fourth largest, fourth

bordering the eye; first lower labial in contact with its

follow behind the symphysial; three lower labials in contac

with the chin-shields. Scales in 29 rows, Ventrals 222

anal entire; subcaudals 29, mostly single (last 8 paired},

Uniform black.

Total length 570 mm. ; tail 45.

A single female specimen from Sokoto, Upper Niger,

presented by Mr. C. F. Watson.

XIII.—New African Phlebotomic Diptera inthe British Museu

(Natural History).— Part III. Tabanide (continued).

By Ernest E. Austen *.

TABANINAE.

Genus Hamatorora, Mg. (continued).

rae

Haematopota copemanii, sp. 0.

@ .—Length (15 specimens) 9°5 to 11 mm.; width of head,

2°6 to 2°8 mm. ; width of front at vertex 1 to 1°2 mm. ; length|

of wing 8°4 to 9°6 mm. |

Yellowish grey ; dorsum of thorax with four dark brown

longitudinal stripes, dorsum of abdomen with a broad longitu-

dinal dark brown stripe on each side of middle line, starting

from base and usually becoming attenuated or dying away

towards distal extremity, narrowly interrupted on hind margins

of segments ; frontal callus clove-brown t, sometimes lighter in

* For Parts I. and II. see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. i.

pp. 209-228 and 401-428.

+ For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgway, ‘A Nomen-

clature of Colors for Naturalists’ (Boston: Little, Brown, & Company,

1886).

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 95

middle; wings partly hyaline, with tips and a broad border to

hind margin, not quite reaching axillary incision, brown with

light markings ; front tibie dark brown, somewhat incrassate,

with an ill-defined pale band near base, middle and hind tibie

ochraceous-buff, without bands, but tips of middle tibie some-

times brownish.

Head: face, jowls, and central portion of front yellowish

grey, sides of front olive-grey ; frontal callus narrow, ex-

panding on each side and extending from eye to eye, upper

margin straight, produced into an upwardly directed triangle

in centre, no dark median spot below callus; lateral frontal

spots clove-brown or black, well-marked and conspicuous,

not in contact with eyes and each surrounded with a light

grey area when seen from above ; median frontal spot incon-

spicuous or absent; palpi fawn-coloured, terminal joint

moderately swollen, blunt at tip, clothed with short black

hair; first and second joints of antenne reddish fawn-

coloured, first joint not swollen or elongate, third joint dark

brown or reddish brown, lighter at base, narrow and elongate,

with upper and lower margins parallel, last three annuli

clove-brown, last annulus equal in length to the two pre-

ceding annuli taken together. Thorax: all four dark brown

stripes on dorsum often extending to hind margin, but ad-

median pair sometimes suddenly becoming faint at one-third

of the distance from transverse suture to hind margin ;

~ scutellum with a pair of sharply defined dark brown elongate

marks (continuations of the outer stripes on the main portion

‘of the mesonotum). Abdomen: dorsum and venter clothed

with short, appressed, pale chrome-yellow hairs; dark brown

stripes on dorsum converging. towards distal extremity, and

on seventh segment often in contact, each stripe composed

of a series of quadrate blotches (one on each segment), which

on the distal segments are usually represented only by their

inner and a portion of their posterior margins ; venter with

a brown median stripe; not sharply defined. Wings: basal

cells entirely, anal cell except distal extremity, hyaline ;

discal cell and basal two-thirds of first posterior cell only a

little less clear, without markings, or merely with a few

faint indications of darker transverse flecks ; marginal cell

as far as fork of third vein clear, except for more or less

indistinct traces of two or three interrupted or semi-inter-

rupted darker cross-bars ; outer half of rosette round fork

of third vein distinct, composed of detached light marks;

light sinuous mark in tip of wing below second longitu-

dinal vein sharply defined, as also its continuation in shape

of a series of detached, sometimes semi-oblique light marks

96 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

running across posterior cells parallel to hind margin;

remains of lower half of rosette round distal extremity of

discal cell and sometimes also those of lower half of rosette

round distal extremity of second basal cell visible above this

series of marks; anal angle, a rather broad streak across

axillary cell a little below the middle, and alula hyaline ;

stigma clove-brown, elongate, sharply defined and con-

spicuous. aliteres buff or cream-buff, knob seal-brown at

base above and below. Legs: femora dusky, greyish polli-

nose; tarsi dark brown, first joint of middle and hind pairs

except tip usually lighter (ochraceous buff).

North-western Rhodesia; type and a large number of

other specimens from the Kasempa District, January 1908

(District Commissioner E, A. Copeman). Mr. Copeman, in

whose honour I have much pleasure in naming this species,

when forwarding the specimens together with seven others

belonging to Hematopota pertinens, Austen, and two species

not yet determined, wrote that these flies are “ an awful pest

in the early rainy season; their bites cause irritation and

swelling, but I have not heard that they carry any known

disease-germs.”’

Hematopota copemanit belongs to a group of species, other

members of which are H. similis, Ricardo, H. unicolor, Ri-

cardo, H. denshamii, Austen, and H. laverani, Surcouf, and

to which H. pertinens, Austen, is somewhat more distantly

allied. From all of those mentioned the new species is

distinguished by the absence of the median spot below the

frontal callus. It agrees with H. similis and H. denshamii in -

the pattern of the wing-markings, but differs from both in

the lighter coloration of the pollinose covering of the body,

in the light area in the wings being more hyaline (therefore

presenting a greater contrast to the dark border, in which

the light markings are more sharply defined), and especially

in the basal cells being entirely hyaline. H. copemanii

differs from A. denshamii in the frontal callus being less

deep, and from H. similis in the palpi being more slender

and paler. From H. laverani (Congo Free State) H. cope-

manit is distinguished by the frontal callus ‘being slightly

shallower on each side of the middle line, the light area in

the wings and the light wing-markings being more hyaline,

the first and second costal cells being darker, and the

stigma being distinctly longer and darker. The colour of

the frontal callus and the much smaller first joint of the

antenna will suffice to distinguish H. copemanii from H. uni-

color, Ricardo.

African Phlebotomie Diptera. 97

Hematopota masseyi, sp. n.

2?.—Length (1 specimen) 8°5 mm.; width of head

-5 mm. ; width of front at vertex 1 mm.; length of wing

82 mm,

Grey ; dorsum of thorax French grey, with four olive-

coloured longitudinal stripes ; abdomen yellowish grey, dorsum

with a pair of quadrate dark brown blotches on each segment

commencing with second, partly obsolete on fourth segment and

almost obsolete on subsequent seyments, venter with a very

broad dark brown longitudinal stripe extending from base to

tip ; frontal callus shining black ; wings hyaline, except costal

cells and a light brown border, which contains light markings

and, commencing on costa about 1 mm. before end of second

vein, includes tip and extends nearly to anal angle; legs dark

brown, under side of hind femora pearl-grey, front tibia hardly

incrassate, with a very indistinct lighter band near base, middle

and hind tibie each with two more or less inconspicuous

reddish-brown bands.

Head: front, except vertex, silvery grey when viewed

from above, face and jowls yellowish grey, a clove-brown

elongate fleck on each side of face, running from lower inner

angle of eye to antenna; frontal callus of moderate depth,

extending from eye to eye, its upper margin straight in

middle, then curving downwards on each side, lower margin

with a wide median indentation; a narrow clove-brown

median fleck below eallus reaching to level of antenne ;

lateral frontal spots large, clove- brown, subtriangular, not in

contact with eyes, median frontal spot absent in typical

specimen ; palpi mouse-grey, terminal joint elongate, clothed

with short yellowish hairs intermixed with some blackish

ones ; first and second joints of antenne mouse-grey, third

joint wanting, first joint short, not incrassate, sparsely clothed

above with yellowish hairs. Thorax: dorsum sparsely clothed

with short yellowish hairs, inner pair of stripes terminating

beyond transverse suture at about one-third of distance

between latter and hind margin; a narrow stripe above base

of each wing and a spot at bottom of mesopleurz olive-

coloured ; scutellum unitorm grey, without spots. Abdomen

clothed with short appressed yellowish hairs; dark brown

blotches on dorsum not extending to hind margins of seg-

ments. Wings: both basal cells, marginal cell to a distance

of nearly 1:2 mm. beyond distal extremity of stigma, basal

half of anal cell, and anal angle hyaline; first submarginal

eell as far as fork of third vein, first posterior cell to about

Ann. d& Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. q

98 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

same level, and discal cell also hyaline, with exception of a

few faint darker clouds along the veins, and in case of discal

cell vestiges of two or three faint and interrupted darker

transverse markings ; light markings in ight brown border

of.tip and hind margin coarse, tending to become confluent ;

usual sinuous light mark near tip of wing clearly defined, in

contact above lower branch of third vein with remains of

outer portion of periphery of distal rosette; usual series of

oblique light markings running across posterior cells ; light

flecks on hind margin of wing in distal angles of axillary and

second and third posterior cells, faint vestiges of similar

flecks in distal angles of fourth and fifth posterior cells;

rather more than basal half of axillary cell hyaline, except a

faint darkish spot near proximal angle and a broad trans-

verse dark mark, which starts from middle of sixth longitudinal

vein and does not reach anal angle; appendix to fork of

third vein long; stigma long, clove-brown, conspicuous.

Halteres brownish, knob seal-brown at base above and below.

Legs: middle and hind tibiz clothed with short, appressed,

yellowish hair; first joint of middle and hind tarsi lighter at

base.

Congo Free State: Katanga District, valley of the Lualaba

River, between 9° and 10° 40’ S. lat., Jan. 1907 (Dr. A.

Yale Massey).

I have much pleasure in naming this prettily marked

species in honour of its discoverer, who, by his energy as a

collector while acting as Medical Officer to Tanganyika

Concessions, Ltd., considerably enriched the National Collec-

tion, and made many additions to our knowledge of the -

blood-sucking Diptera of the south-eastern corner of the

Congo Free State.

Hematopota masseyi belongs to the same group as the

foregoing species; it can be distinguished from all the

described species of this group by the large hyaline space in

the wing, next the costa and beyond the stigma.

Hematopvta divisapex, sp. n.

? .—Length (3 specimens) 8°25 to 9 mm.; width of head

3 to 3°25 mm. ; width of front at vertex 1 mm. to just over

1 mm.; length of wing 8 mm.

Brown ; thorax mummy-brown, with grey longitudinal stripes

on dorsum ; scutellum fawn-coloured, greyish pollinose ;

abdomen clove-brown, hind margins of segments cream-buff,

first and second segments ochraceous-buff on sides and beneath ;

frontal callus dark mummy-brown ; wings dark brown with light

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 99

markings and at distal extremity a conspicuous light cross-

band, which, starting from costa just beyond end of second

longitudinal vein, rejoins margin a little below middle of second

submarginal cell, and thus cuts off extreme tip of wing ; front

and hind legs clove-brown, middle legs seal-brown, front and

hind tibie each with a broad cream-coloured band at base,

clothed with silvery hair, middle tibie with two cream-buff

bands.

Head : front yellowish grey, its sides nearly parallel, face

and jowls smoke-grey ; frontal callus moderately deep, ex-

tending from eye to eye, its upper margin convex, lower

margin straight, close to base of antennz ;_ seal-brown

median spot below callus very small and inconspicuous,

divided ; lateral frontal spots rather small but conspicuous,

seal-brown, in contact with or narrowly separated from eyes,

median frontal spot inconspicuous or absent ; palpi cream-

buff, terminal joint rather small, tapering, clothed on outer

side with short black hairs, at base and below with yellowish

hair; first and second joints of antenne ochraceous-buff,

third joint wanting, first joint 0-6 mm. in length, but

very slightly incrassate, upper angle of second joint dark

brown, strongly produced, first and second joints. clothed

with black hair. Thorax: dorsum, including scutellum,

clothed with short yellowish hairs ; front and hind margins

and stripes smoke-grey, a narrow median stripe reaching

hind margin and a pair of broader admedian stripes, latter

terminating in a point just beyond transverse suture; hind

margin with usual crescentic grey mark on each side of

median stripe, with which crescentic marks are in contact ;

pectus, pleure, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey, clothed

with whitish hair; scutellum with a faint darker transverse

band close to base. Abdomen: dorsum with a faintly

indicated median grey longitudinal stripe, fourth and

following segments each with a pair of more or less distinct

small admedian grey spots, sides of segments greyish, clothed

like hind margins with yellowish hair; venter greyish

pollinose, clothed with short appressed yellowish hair.

Wings: usual three rosettes of light markings present,

although often more or less broken up into isolated spots ;

usual sinuous light mark near tip of wing represented by

cross-band described above, which broadens out below, and

is sometimes nearly straight, sometimes slightly sinuous ;

stigma distinct, dark seal-brown, with a more or less quad-

rate brown blotch below it, extending to third longitudinal

vein; a more or less quadrate light spot next costa at each

end of stigma, distal one sometimes with a dark dot in

100 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

centre ; hind margin with a series of large, conspicuous, tri-

angular light marks, which respectively occupy distal angles

of first, second, third, and fifth posterior cells; a similar but

smaller light mark in distal angle of axillary cell; basal half

of axillary cell hyaline, marked with a more or less distinct

brown spot near base, and more distally with a larger or

smaller offshoot from the brown colour in the second basal

cell; a series of small oblique light marks running across

posterior cells, often broken up into a pair of elongate dots

in each cell; discal cell with a pair of narrow transverse

light marks, sometimes interrupted, and in addition some-

times with alight spot at one or other extremity, or at both

extremities ; first. submarginal cell with a pair of light marks

at base; both basal cells hyaline at base, first basal cell with

a transverse light mark in middle, connected along second

longitudinal vein with another transverse light mark at

commencement of distal third, second basal cell with a

transverse light mark at end of basal third and a more

or less completely closed light loop close to distal extremity ;_

anal cell semihyaline at base, and with a transverse light

mark beyond middle; first and second costal cells and

extreme base of wing hyaline; alula hyaline, with a darker

centre. Halteres primrose-yellow, stalks straw-yellow.

Legs: front tibiz slightly incrassate; first joints of middle

and hind tarsi, except tips, cream-buff.

Congo Free State (Katanga District) : three specimens

(co-types) from Ruwe, Lualaba River, circa 11°S., 26° E.,

Feb. 1906 (Dr. A. Yale Massey).

The conspicuous light cross-band at the tip of the wing

will form a convenient guide to the identification of this

species. From Hematopota longa, Ricardo (Nyasaland and

East Africa Protectorates), and another species from

Nyasaland, at present undescribed, the wings of which also

exhibit an apical cross-band, H. divisapex is distinguished at

once by the fawn-coloured scutellum. H. sanguinaria,

Austen (North-western Rhodesia), in which the scutellum is

somewhat similar in coloration, has no light cross-band at

the tip of the wing, and owing to other characters also, such

as the coloration and marking of the legs, cannot be confused

with the present species.

Hematopota coronata, sp. 0.

¢.—Length (3 specimens) 10 to 10°75 mm.; width of

head 3:25 to 3°75 mm.; width of front at vertex 1°2 to

15 mm.; length of wing 7°5 to 3°75 mm.

African Phiebotomie Diptera. 101

Dark brown, with grey markings ; wings light brown, with

a broad bifurcate light cross-band at the apex, and exception-

ally well-marked rosettes. Frontal callus dark mummy-brown.

Scutellum smoke-grey at base and beneath, with broad dark

brown hind border. Abdomen seal-brown above, with sides,

hind borders of segments, and a median stripe and pair of

admedian spots on each segment smoke-grey. Legs clove-

brown or seal-brown, middle femora fawn-coloured or brownish

fawn-coloured, darker at tips; a broad band neat to base on

front and hind tibie, a more or less distinct narrow band on

distal half of hind tibia, three bands on middle tibia (including

one at extreme base), and first joints of middle and hind tarsi

except tips cream-coloured.

Head: front drab-grey, with an underlying brownish

tinge in central region, and a pair of brown admedian flecks

on vertex; face and jowls smoke-grey, upper part of face

yellowish grey, with a dark brown horizontal mark on each

side, running from lower inner margin of eye towards

antenna ; frontal callus relatively narrow or of only moderate

depth, extending from eye to eye, upper and lower margins

nearly straight or slightly undulate ; a seal-brown triangular

median spot extending from lower margin of callus to level

of upper margin of base of antennz; median as well as

lateral frontal spots conspicuous, clove-brown, lateral frontal

spots in contact with eyes when viewed from below, median

frontal spot situate on a grey mark like an inverted spear-

or arrow-head, base of which extends to vertex ; palpi

greyish buff, clothed with yellowish-white hair, intermixed

with minute black hairs on outer side of terminal joint,

which is of moderate size, not sharply pointed, but little

swollen at base, and slightly dusky on outer side towards

tip; first joint of antenne shining clove-brown, greyish buff

at base on inner side, elongate and strongly incrassate, with

a constriction before the tip, second joint ochraceous buff,

small, its upper angle but little produced, third joint dark

brown, buff at extreme base, narrow and elongate, last three

aunuli clove-brown. Thorax: pectus, pleure, and markings

on dorsum as in H. divisapex. Abdomen: dorsum with

sides and hind borders of segments clothed with pale yellow-

ish hair; grey hind border of first segment expanded in

middle, where it sometimes assumes a cream-buff tint;

median portion of front margin of second segment smoke-

grey; median stripe on second segment the broadest, in

shape of a forwardly-directed triangle with its, apex in

contact with front margin, median stripes on following

segments also sometimes expanded posteriorly ; venter

102 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

smoke-grey, dark greyish brown towards tip, hind margins

of segments lighter. Wings: usual three rosettes each

consisting of about three concentric series of light marks,

generally alternately expanding and contracting; rosette

round fork of third longitudinal vein with an upward

prolongation to costa, resulting in an elongate light mark

below latter at distal end of stigma; rosette round distal

extremities of basal cells abruptly truncated above by second

longitudinal vein, beyond which it does not extend, though

there is a subquadrate light mark at proximal end of stigma,

on and below first longitudinal vein; light marks across

bases of basal, anal, and axillary cells similar to those

forming half of- rosette round distal extremities of basal

cells, supposing this rosette to be bisected by a line at right

angles to longitudinal axis of wing; inner ramus of broad

light eross-band at apex of wing much narrower than cross-

band itself, and really consisting of the usual sinuous apical

streak ; it is continuous below with a series of large light

blotches along hind margin of wing, at distal extremities of

posterior and axillary cells; a light mark at tip of anal cell;

two proximal series of marks forming rosette round distal

extremities of basal cells with an extension across anal and

axillary cells down to hind margin; discal cell with three

more or less complete light streaks across each extremity,

the two proximal streaks usually more or less confluent ;

stigma dark seal-brown, rather short but conspicuous ; alula

infuscated, but with a pale edge. Halteres: knob clove-

brown, or clove-brown above and below, stalk cream-buff.

Legs: hind as well as front tibize incrassate, hind tibize with

fringe of black hair on outer side of dark portion ; narrow

pale band on distal half of hind tibiz sometimes well

marked, sometimes scarcely visible, faiut traces of a similar

second band in some cases distinguishable on front tibiee

also ; pale band at base of middle tibie very narrow, though

broader than seal-brown band following it.

Somaliland, June 1905 (Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman) :

three females of this speciex, taken in the Ogaden country,

Somaliland, between the Webi Shebeli and the Web, in

September 1901 (Dr. E. Brumpt), are in the Muséum

d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.

Hematopota coronata cannot well be confused with any of

its African congeners at present known to me. While in

the presence of a bifurcate light mark at the tip of the wing

it agrees with H. decora, Walk., and H. bullatifrons, Austen,

the sharply defined and very complete compound rosettes

(not to mention other characters) are sufficient to distinguish

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 103

it from the former of these species, just as the shape of the

frontal callus will prevent it from being mistaken for the

latter. H. ruficornis, Walk., from 8. Africa, which also has

a bifurcate light mark at the tip of the wing, has much more

diffuse rosettes, the first and third antennal joints of a very

different shape, and the pair of pale bands on the hind

tibia of equal width. ‘To judge from Loew’s figure of the

wing, H. duplicata, Lw. (Cape Colony), though resembling

H. coronata in the general appearance of the rosettes, is

distinguished by the outer branch of the apical cross-band or

sinuous mark being no wider than the inner, instead of

quite three times as broad.

Hematopota inornata, sp. n.

2 .—Length (8 specimens) 11°5 to 12°3 mm.; width of

head 4 to 4:2 mm.; width of front at vertex just over

1 mm.; length of wing 12 mm.

Mummy-brown, wings sepia-coloured, light markings faint.

—Frontal callus mummy-brown, or dark sepia; dorsum of

thorax with narrow yellowish grey stripes ; dorsum of abdomen

unicolorous, without spots, but with extreme hind margins of

segments chrome-yellow; front and hind femora and middle

and hind tibie and tarsi dark seal-brown, middle femora

chocolate-brown or russet-brown, darker at tips, front tibie

and tarsi clove-brown, a single band on front tibie close to

base, two bands on middle and hind tibie, first joint of middle

tarsi except tip and basal half of first joint of hind tarsi buff

or cream-buf, lower band on hind tibie less distinct and

narrower than upper.

Head: front, face, and jowls yellowish grey, face and

jowls clothed with pale yellowish hair, a large dark brown

roughly triangular median blotch on vertex, most distinct

when viewed from above or ata low angle from below;

frontal callus moderately deep, extending from eye to eye,

lower margin straight, upper margin convex or angulate ;

a conspicuous clove-brown median spot below callus; lateral

frontal spots dark seal-brown, conspicuous, in contact with

eyes, when viewed from above each surrounded by a buff-

yellow ring, median frontal spot distinct, in contact with

apex of vertical blotch ; pa/pi buff, terminal joint elongate,

blunt at tip, clothed on outer side with black and on under

side of base with yellowish hair, basal jot clothed with

yellowish hair; first and second joints of antenne ochraceous-

buff, clothed above and on outer side with short black hair,

first joint viewed from above expanding from base to middle,

104 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

then slightly contracting again, viewed from the side

expanding from base almost to tip, upper angle of second

joint moderately produced, third joint elongate and tapering,

dark brown, basal third dull ochraceous-rufous, last

three annuli clove-brown. Thorax: dorsum with usual

three stripes yellowish grey, median stripe very narrow,

admedian stripes interrupted beyond expansions behind

transverse suture, but with broader continuations projecting

forward from crescentic grey marks on high margin ; pectus,

pleurz, and sides of dorsum yellowish grey; tip of scutellum

smoke-grey. dddomen: second segment paler above; venter

yellowish grey, clothed with short appressed yellowish hair.

Wings: usual three rosettes distinct though faint, each

rosette consisting of a single series of marks; sinuous light

mark at apex very indistinct, sometimes almost obsolete,

extending from below tip of second longitudinal vein to

lower branch of third vein, but almost obliterated in second

submarginal cell, continued as a series of detached oblique

marks across posterior cells, faint light marks sometimes

present on hind margin in distal angles of some of the

posterior cells ; upper portion of rosette round fork of third

longitudinal vein extending to costa, sometimes appearing as

a small subquadrate light spot at distal end of stigma;

discal cell with two light marks across middle, but without

light marks at extremities ; rosette round tips of basal cells

incomplete above and below, its proximal border continued

into a zigzag mark running down to hind margin of wing ;

first basal cell with a transverse light mark just before

middle, second basal cell with a similar mark at end of basal

third ; axillary cell with a semicircular light mark cutting off

basal angle ; stigma mummy-brown or dark brown, elongate,

and clearly defined ; alula uniformly sepia-coloured. Halteres

cream-butf, knob brownish at base above and below. Legs :

front tibize scarcely incrassate, hind tibiz not incrassate.

Jganda: three specimens (co-types) from Buddu,

November 1902 (Dr. C. Christy). |

Hematopota inornata is most nearly allied to H. ugande,

Ricardo (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. .ser. 7, vol. xviii. 1906,

p- 105), another Uganda species, from which it may be

distinguished infer alia by the absence of a dark brown

median stripe on the abdomen, by the rosettes on the wings

not having lighter centres, and by the absence of a distinct

light mark below the costa at the proximal end of the

stigma. '

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 105

Hematopota malefica, sp. n.

? .—Length (2 specimens) 10 mm.; width of head 3°75

to 4 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm.; length of wing

10 mm.

Mummy-brown, thorax darker, wings dark brown.—Frontal

callus mummy-brown ; first joint of antenne incrassate,

cylindrical ; dorsum of thorax with three grey stripes of usual

type ; scutellum grey, with a pair of admedian dark brown

blotches at base ; hind margins of abdominal segments narrowly

greyish buf’, dorsum of fourth and following segments with a

pair of admedian yellowish grey spots at base; rosettes in

wings distinct, each consisting of a single series of light marks ;

legs as in foregoing species, but lower band on hind libie

sometimes obsolete or indistinct.

Head yellowish grey; frontal callus of moderate depth,

extending from eye to eye, lower margin straight, upper

margin rising to a slight angle in centre; a conspicuous

clove-brown median spot below callus; lateral frontal spots

dark seal-brown, conspicuous, in contact with eyes, median

frontal spot present but not very distinct, a narrow hight

grey median stripe extending from it to vertex, separating

two elongate brown blotches ; palpi cream-butf, clothed with

hair as in foregoing species, terminal joint elongate ; first

and second joints of antenne russet-brown, clothed with

black hair, upper angle of second joint strongly produced,

third joint dark brown, lighter at base, of moderate breadth

and tapering, last three annuli clove-brown. Thoraz:

pectus, pleure, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey. Abdomen:

greyish buff hind margin of dorsum of second segment

sometimes expanded into a median triangle ; venter greyish

buff, clothed with minute appressed yellowish hairs. Wings

as in foregoing species, but light markings, especially series

of oblique marks running across posterior cells, showing

a tendency to become broken up into spots; sinuous light

mark at apex sometimes more distinct, at least as regards

its upper portion; light mark at proximal end of stigma

distinct and extending to costa ; stigma dark mummy-brown,

strongly marked, shorter than in H, inornata. Halteres buff,

knob brown or brownish at base above and below.

Nyasaland Protectorate: type and one other specimen

from Zomba Plateau (Sir Alfred Sharpe, K.C.M.G., C.B.).

In coloration and facies the present species is very similar

to H. inornata, from which, apart from its considerably

smaller size, it may be distinguished by the first joint of the

antenne being uniformly swollen almost from the extreme

106 Mr. E. EH. Austen on new

base, instead of regularly expanding from the base towards

the tip, by the third joint being broader at the base and less

elongate, and by various differences in the wings, such as

the shorter stigma, more distinct light mark at the proximal

extremity of the latter, wider opening in the upper margin

of the distal rosette, and shorter appendix to the fork of the

third longitudinal vein. .

Hematopota mactans, sp. u.

9.—Length (8 specimens) 9°6 to 115 mm.; width of

head 8 to 3°6 mm.; width of front at vertex ] mm. to just

over 1 mm.; length of wing 8 to 9°3 mm.

Seal-brown to clove-brown; dorsum of thorax with smoke-

grey markings, scutellum, except a broad hind border (some-

times interrupted in middle line), smoke-grey; dorsum of

abdomen with hind margins of all segments and a median

stripe on second to sixth segments inclusive drab-grey or

smoke-grey, fourth and following segments each with a pair of

narrow elongate grey spots extending backwards from front

margin but not reaching hind margin; wings mouse-grey,

light markings milky, apical sinuous mark bifurcate, stigma

dark brown, very conspicuous ; legs clove-brown or seal-brown,

middle femora except tips lighter, a single band on front tibie,

two bands on middle and hind tibie, and basal half or two-

thirds of first joint of middle and hind tarsi cream or cream-

buff.

ie : front, face, and jowls smoke-grey, a narrow dark

brown or clove-brown interrupted cross-band on upper

part of face beneath antenne; frontal callus mummy-brown,

of median depth, extending from eye to eye, upper and lower

margins straight ; a small seal-brown A-shaped median mark

below callus; median as well as lateral frontal spots con-

spicuous, clove-brown, lateral spots in contact with eyes ;

some yellowish-white hairs below each lateral spot, curving

‘downwards over callus; pu/pi isabella-coloured, terminal

joint sometimes blackish towards tip on outer side, moderately

expanded at base, where it is clothed on outer side with

rather long pale yellowish lair, clothed elsewhere on outer

side with short black hairs ; antenne dark brown, first joint

greyish pollinose, paler on inner side at base, and sometimes

entirely or almost entirely ochraceous-buff, iucrassate

(elongate oval when viewed from above), with a well-marked

constriction before tip when viewed from outer side, second

joint with upper angle moderately produced, third joint of

moderate breadth, tapering but not markedly elongate, paler

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 107

at extreme base, last three annuli clove-brown. Thorax:

grey markings on dorsum of usual type, median stripe

narrow as far as transverse suture, broader behind, where it

appears as a process directed forwards from between inner

ends of grey crescentic marks on hind margin, admedian

stripes narrow, terminating on each side in a grey triangle

behind transverse suture; pectus, pleure, and sides of

dorsum smoke-grey. Abdomen: median stripe on dorsum

of second segment broader than that on other segments, in

the shape of a triangle with apex directed forwards, not or

scarcely reaching front margin ; sides of dorsum and venter

smoke-grey, clothed with short appressed silvery hairs,

ventral surface of third to seventh segments inclusive with a

broad clove-brown median blotch clothed with black hair,

the blotches together forming a median longitudinal stripe,

which is interrupted by the pale hind margins of the

segments. Wings: extreme base, first and second costal

cells, and third costal and marginal cells as far as commence-

ment of stigma milky ; rosette round distal extremities of

basal cells strongly marked though irregular, with a process

from its inner border extending as a zigzag light mark across

anal and axillary cells down to hind margin of wing ; a large

milky blotch occupying distal extremities of axillary and

anal cells; a light spot im extreme basal angle of axillary

cell, in front of which is an angulate light mark, with apex

of angle directed away trom base of wing; rosettes round

fork of third longitudinal vein and distal extremity of discal

cell smal] and often much broken up; against a light back-

ground base of upper branch of third vein appears infuscated ;

stigma rather short ; dark quadrate blotch below stigma not

diminishing in width until it reaches first posterior cell; at

distal end of stigma a small, more or less complete, semi-

quadrate milky loop or elongate curved mark next costa, its

proximal extremity continuous below with proximal border

of distal rosette ; outer ramus of apical sinuous mark some-

times very faintly marked; a series of larger or smaller,

more or less conspicuous milky blotches on hind margin,

occupying distal angles of first, second, third, and fifth

posterior ceils; usual series of detached oblique light marks

across posterior cells more or less confluent with marginal

blotches ; discal cell with proximal extremity, a transverse

mark at end of proximal third (sometimes connected with

proximal extremity), two small spots (sometimes connected)

at commencement of distal fourth, and in some cases a small

fleck beyond these milky; first basal cell with base and

a transverse mark just before middle, second basal cell with

108 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

base and a transverse mark at end of proximal third milky.

Halteres cream-coloured, knob sometimes brownish at base

above and below. Legs: front tibie slightly incrassate.

Mozambique, Nyasaland Protectorate, Uganda, Somali-

land: type from Wadelai, Nile Province, Uganda, 24. xi.

1904 (Captain E. D. W. Greig, I.M.S.) ; a second specimen

from Uganda (Captain Greiy) ; one specimen from Somali-

land (Th. Greenfield); two specimens from Katumbe,

N. Nyasa, Nyasaland Protectorate, 6. xu. 1906, and three

from Blantyre District, Nyasaland Protectorate, May 1905

(Dr. J. E. 8S. Old). Dr. Old’s field-note to one of his

specimens from Katumbe is as follows :—“ Caught biting

cattle: country swampy jungle, with very tall coarse reeds

and forest with low trees. Only game seen were bushbuck,

waterbuck, and warthog; old spoor of eland plentiful, as also

that of buffalo some months old.” Through the courtesy of

Mons. J. R. M. Surcouf, I have been enabled to examine a

series of specimens of this species in the collection of the

Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, including examples

from Mozambique, 1905 (G. Vasse), aud the bed of the

Dakato R., S. Harrar, Ogaden, Somaliland, June 1901

(Dr. E. Brumpt).

To judge from. Loew’s figure (‘ Dipteren-Fauna Sud-

afrika’s, 1860, taf. i. fig. 26), the pattern of the light

markings in the wing of H. recurrens, Lw., from Natal, is

similar to that exhibited by the present species, although in

the former case the rosettes are much less broken up.

The degree of affinity between H. meteorica, Corti (Somali-

land), and H. mactans cannot be determined without making

an examination of the type of the former, since the wing-

markings in this species have not been described or figured ;

it would appear from Corti’s description, however, that all

the tibie in HA. meteorica have two pale bands. From

H. pulchrithoraz, Austen, H. mactans can be distinguished,

apart from all other characters, by the much narrower basal

portion of the third joint of the antenne, as well as by the

absence of any trace of a second pale band on the front

tibie.

Hematopota stimulans, sp. n.

9—Length (4 specimens) 86 to 11 mm.; width of

head 8 to 8°5 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm. to just

over 1 mm.; length of wing 8°2 to 9°4 mm.

Dark brown; dorsum of thorax darker than abdomen, with

three narrow longitudinal stripes and usual pair of crescentic

marks on hind margin smoke-grey ; scutellum smoke-grey, with

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 109

a roughly triangular brown blotch on each side at base ; dorsum

of abdomen with hind borders of all segments, and on second

and following segments, as far as sixth segment inclusive, a

median stripe and pair of admedian spots drab-grey or smoke-

grey, seventh segment with spots but without median stripe ;

wings light sepia-coloured, light markings milky, sharply de-

fined though rather coarse, roseties well-marked, apical sinuous

mark indistinctly bifurcate ; legs clove-brown or dark seal-

brown, middle femora except tips lighter, a single band on

front tibie near base, two bands on middle and hind tibia, first

joint of middle and hind tarsi except tip, and bases of next

three joints buff or cream-buff, band on front tibie narrow.

Head yellowish grey ; frontal callus mummy-brown, narrow,

extending from eye to eye, partly divided in middle line by

a triangle of yellowish poltlinose ground-colour which descends

from front, upper margin of callus curved, extremities of

callus slightly tapering ; a distinct dark seal-brown median

spot below callus ; face with a more or less distinct dark

streak on each side, near lower inner margin of each eye,

and a very distinct small round black spot below each an-

tenna ; lateral frontal spots clove-brown, conspicuous, not in

contact with eyes, median frontal spot small or indistinct ;

palpi isabella-coloured, terminal joint rather narrow, elon-

gate, blunt at tip, clothed on outer side with black hair; first

joint of antenne brownish buff, scarcely swollen, clothed like

second joint with black hair, second joint ochraceous buff,

its upper angle moderately produced, third joint seal-brown,

lighter at base, moderately elongate, last three annuli clove-

brown. Thorax: three grey stripes on dorsum of usual

type, very slender and parallel to each other, median stripe

continuous or practically so, admedian stripes more or less

indistinct after triangular expansions beyond transverse

suture; pectus, pleure, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey.

Abdomen: dorsum with hind borders of segments clothed

with yellowish hairs, sides of segments smoke-grey; ventcr

smoke-grey, clothed with short, appressed, yellowish hairs,

a broad dark brown median stripe, interrupted on hind

borders of segments, extending from third or fourth segment

to tip. Wings: extreme base semi-hyaline; alula with a

pale border all round; in avillary cell, light loop round

proximal angle connected by a broad mark, along or close to

hind margin, with extremity of zigzag downward process from

proximal rosette ; apical sinuous mark broader at its upper

extremity, immediately below tip of second longitudinal

vein; beyond apical sinuous mark two more or less distinct

light spots in second submarginal cell just before tip of wing,

110 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

representing an incomplete outer branch of apical sinuous

mark; aseries of usually large and conspicuous light blotches

on hind margin in distal angles of all posterior cells (or all

except fourth posterior cell), with an additional blotch on

distal extremity of sixth longitudinal vein, occupying tips of

axillary and anal cells, and proximal marginal angle of fifth

posterior cell; usual series of detached oblique light marks

across posterior cells distinct ; central portion of middle and

distal rosettes usually occupied by a series of light spots,

surrounding distal extremity of discal cell and fork of third

longitudinal vein respectively ; stigma seal-brown, of mode-

rate length, at its proxima] extremity a conspicuous light

mark, formed by an upward extension from proximal rosette

to costa; discal cell with two transverse light marks, which

are sometimes approximate, in its median portion, and a

larger or smaller light spot or crescentic mark near its distal

extremity, sometimes also with a minute light fleck in its

proximal extremity ; markings of basal cells as in foregoing

species ; first costal cell and second costal cell as far as pale

mark before stigma lightly infuscated. Halteres cream-buff,

knob seal-brown at base above and below. Legs: front

tibize not or scarcely incrassate, pale band not broader than

broadest bands on middle and hind tibiew; middle tibiz

sometimes buff at extreme base.

Nyasaland Protectorate, 1907 (Dr. J. H. S. Old).

In facies and markings this species resembles the South

African Hematopota ruficornis, Walk., from which, however,

it can at once be distinguished by the much less deep frontal

callus, the narrowness of the band on the front tibiz, and

the dark stripe on the venter ; from the following species, to

which it is also similar in facies, H. stimulans may be distin-

guished, inter alia, by the shape of the frontal callus, the

presence of a distinct median stripe on the dorsum of the

majority of the abdominal segments and the smaller size of

the admedian spots, and above all by the broad hght bar

connecting the loop and zigzag mark in the axillary cell.

Hematopota insidiatriz, sp. n.

9.—Length (5 specimens) 8°4 to 10°5 mm.; width of

head 8 to 3°6 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 to 14 mm. ;

length of wing 8 to 9°6 mm.

Dark mummy-brown ; dorsum of thorax with narrow, longi-

tudinal, smoke-grey stripes, dorsum of abdomen with a double

series of large smoke-grey or drab-grey rounded spots ; thorax

and scutellum as in foregoing species ; dorsum of abdomen

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 111

with hind borders of segments drab-grey or greyish cream-

buff, second to sixth segments inclusive each with an ill-defined

smoke-grey median stripe, sometimes indistinct or obsolete on

segments after the second; wings light sepia-coloured, pale

markings similar in pattern to those in wings of foregoing

species but less coarse, and loop and ziyzag mark in axillary

cell not connected; legs as in foregoing species.

Head: front drab-grey, vertical region with a more or

less distinct sub-triangular brown mark on each side of

median line, which is occupied by a narrow grey stripe

running from median frontal spot to margin of occiput ;

face and jowls smoke-grey, area between lower inner margin

of eye and antenna on each side generally more or less dotted

with mummy-brown, or exhibiting commencement of a

horizontal dark brown streak, below each antenna a small

dark brown fleck, usually less conspicuous than in foregoing

species ; frontal callus mummy-brown, rather narrow from

above downwards, extending from eye to eye, upper margin

straight or nearly so, not indented in middle line; a well-

marked seal-brown median spot below callus; median as

well as lateral clove-brown frontal spots present, latter in

contact with or narrowly separated from eyes ; palpi as in

foregoing species, except that terminal joint on outer side,

in addition to its covering of black hair, is clothed, chiefly

at base and below, with pale yellowish hair; first and second

joints of antenne greyish fawn-coloured, clothed with black

hair, first joint slightly swollen on inner side, third joint

hazel or mummy-brown, moderately elongate, last three

annuli dark brown. dAddomen: admedian grey spots on

dorsal surface of first six segments, sometimes so large as to

be confluent and appear as a pair of broad admedian longi-

tudinal grey stripes; venter as in foregoing species, dark

median stripe extending from base to tip. Wings: light

markings sharply defined, except indistinct pale mark in

second submarginal cell, beyond apical sinuous mark ; light

blotches on hind margin smaller than in foregoing species,

and usually no light blotch in fourth posterior cell; stigma

and light mark before it as in previous species ; light mark-

ings in discal cell as in foregoing species. Halteres as in

foregoing species. Legs: front tibiz, in addition to pale

band near base, with some pale yellowish hairs in or below

middle, representing a rudimentary or vestigial second pale

band.

Nyasaland Protectorate: twenty-four miles from Blantyre,

22.1. 1905, 6.0 to 7.0 a.m. (Dr. J. H. S. Old). The collector’s

field-note to this species is the same as that to his specimens

TW Mr. E. E. Austen on new

of H. pertinens, Austen, taken at the same place and time :—

“Tn tall green reeds ; bit myself and native servant ; usually

silent and very sluggish.’

Hematopota insidiatrix closely resembles the foregoing

species (q. v. for distinctive characters).

Hematopota noxialis, sp. i.

9 —ILength (7 specimens) 8°6 to 11 mm.; width of head

3 to 3°83 mm.; width of front at vertex 1:2 to 1-4 mm. ;

length of wing 8 to 10 mm.

Dark brown; thorax with smoke-grey markings as in

H. stimulans; dorsum of abdomen with hind borders of seg-

ments greyish cream-buff, and two admedian rows of large

smoke-yrey spots, but with no median grey stripe ; wings pale

mouse-grey, the infuscation uniform throughout, light markings

faint though distinct, usual three rosettes and apical sinuous

mark present, each rosette composed almost entirely of a single

series of lines ; legs as in H. stimulans, except that pale band

on front tibie is much broader than bands on middle and hind

libie, and middle femora are not or scarcely darker at tips.

Head: front yellowish grey, face and jowls smoke-grey,

sometimes a brownish mark on each side of face running

inwards from lower inner margin of eye, but no conspicuous

dark spot or fleck below each antenna; /rontal callus

cinnamon- or raw umber-coloured, of moderate depth, ex-

tending from eye to eye, lower margin straight, upper margin

generally slightly concave on each side of middle line; dark

median spot below callus absent or very small; median as

well as lateral clove-brown frontal spots present, latter

usually not in contact with eyes; palpi as in H. insidiatria ;

first and second joints of antenne greyish cinnamon-coloured,

clothed with black hair, first joint short, more or less in-

crassate on inner side, third joint russet-brown, last three

annuli darker, sometimes clove-brown, basal portion of third

joint moderately elongate and tapering. Thorax: pectus,

pleure, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey. Abdomen: dorsum

with sides of segments smoke-grey, and admedian spots ex-

tending from second to seventh segments inclusive; venter

as in H. stimulans. Wings: light markings not coarse; no

light blotches along hind margin, but usual series of detached

oblique marks across posterior cells present ; loop and zigzag

mark in axillary cell not connected ; markings in discal cell

usually confined to two light marks across its median portion,

but occasionally a third light fleck faintly indicated near its

distal extremity ; stigma seal-brown, its proximal extremity

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 113

occupied by an upward prolongation from proximal rosette.

fTalteres as in H. stimulans.

Nyasaland Protectorate: type and five other specimens

from the Blantyre District, May 1905 (Dr. J. E. S. Old) ;

an additional specimen forwarded in 1905 by Major F. B.

Pearce, with the following note : “Especially virulent species:

complained of by natives as injuring, if not actually killing

their cattle.”

In facies, conspicuously spotted abdomen, and the faint

colour and markings of the wings, H. nowxialis agrees with

H. brunnescens, Ricardo, a species which is common in

Uganda, but also occurs in the Nyasaland Protectorate ; the

new species, however, is distinguished by the shape of the

antenne, and by the absence of a broad mummy-brown bar

between the eye and antenna on each side, and of a median

grey stripe on the dorsal surface of the abdominal segments.

From both H. stimulans and H. insidiatrizx the present species

is distinguished at once by the breadth of the pale band on

the front tibie; while it differs from H. malefica, apart

from the paleness of the wings and other characters, in the

wing-markings being much less broken up, the broader

front, much shorter first antennal joint, shallower frontal

callus, &c..

Hematopota furtiva, sp. n.

? .—Length (4 specimens) 9 to 9°'4 mm.; width of head

3 to 3°2 mm.; width of front at vertex just over 1 mm.;

length of wing 8 mm.

Dark olive-brown ; markings of dorsum of thorax and abdo-

men olive-grey, as in H. stimulans, Austen, though median

stripe on abdominal segments usually broader, and admedian

spots generally larger ; wings sepia-coloured, light markings

closely resembling those exhibited by the wings of H. stimulans,

except that loop and zigzag mark in axillary cell are not

connected ; legs as in H. stimulans, except that middle and

hind femora are paler (buff-coloured), that band on front tibie

is paler (cream-coloured) and slightly broader, and that distal

two-thirds of front tibie are distinctly swollen.

Head: frout yellowish grey, its sides nearly parallel, face

aud jowls smoke-grey ; frontal callus clove-brown or black,

about 0°5 mm. in depth, extending from eye to eye, upper

and lower margins straight or nearly so, though upper

margin sometimes apparently curves slightly downwards at

sides; a dark seal-brown median spot below and in contact

with callus; lateral frontal clove-brown spots rather small,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 8

114 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

not in contact with eyes, roughly triangular in shape, with

their apices pointing downwards and inwards, median frontal

spot small, but usually distinct; palpi greyish buff or

isabella-coloured, terminal joint elongate, blunt at tip, but

little expanded at base, clothed on outer side with black

hairs, pale hairs confined to under side of first and under

side of base of second joint; first and second joints of

antenne buff-yellow or orange-buff, clothed with black hair,

third joint ochraceous-buff, rather smail, terminal annulus

clove-brown, first joint of antenne not incrassate, though

its inner margin seen from above is slightly convex, third

joint narrow, but little wider at base. Thoraw: median grey

stripe on dorsum continuous, very narrow; pectus, pleure,

and sides of dorsum smoke-grey; scutellum smoke-grey,

with a more or less distinct dark brown blotch on each basal

angle. Abdomen : olive-grey spots on dorsum large, roughly

circular ; venter grey, with a broad clove-brown median

stripe except at base, hind margins of segments narrowly

cream-buff. Wings: apical sinuous mark usually somewhat

broader at its upper extremity, immediately below end of

second longitudinal vein, indistinctly bifurcate as in H. sti-

mulans, or at least the lower of the two light spots beyond

it present in the second submarginal cell; discal cell with

two transverse light marks, and also usually with a light

spot at or near each extremity; stigma similar to that

in wing of H. stimulans, but paler and slightly shorter.

Halteres as in H. stimulans.

Nyasaland Protectorate, 1907 (Dr. J. E. S. Old).

A fifth specimen from the Nyasaland Protectorate (Dr.

Old), probably taken at the same time and place as the

foregoing, differs from the typical form in having the frontal

callus slightly shallower, owing to its upper margin curving

downwards somewhat on each side; since mn other respects

the specimen agrees with the type it would seem reasonable

to suppose that the difference in the shape of the callus is an

individual one, and that the specimen really belongs to the

present species. Care is necessary to distinguish H. furtiva

from H. stimulans, which it closely resembles in facies, but

as distinctive characters in the case of the present species it

will suffice to note that the frontal callus is clove-brown or

black instead of mummy-brown, that it is considerably

deeper, does not as a rule taper towards the sides, and is not

partly divided in the middle line; that the third joint of the

antenne is ochraceous-buff instead of seal-brown (clove-

brown in the case of the last three annuli), and is also

rather small; and that in the wing the hght loop and zigzag

African Phiebotomic Diptera. 115

mark in the axillary cell are not connected by a light bar

running parallel to the margin of the anal angle.

Hematopota nociva, sp. n.

? .—Length (2 specimens) 8°4 to 8°8 mm. ; width of head

2°8 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm.; length of wing

75 mm.

Dark olive-brown or dark sepia-coloured, dorsum of thorax

and abdomen with smoke-grey or drab-grey markings, as in

H. furtiva, Austen; frontal callus raw umber-coloured or

mummy-brown, of moderate depth, extending from eye to

eye; antenne coloured as in H. furtiva, but first joint strongly

incrassate in middle; coloration and markings of wings and

legs as in H. furtiva, except that light wing-markings are

slightly less coarse, and that stigma is darker seal-brown and

somewhat longer ; front tibie, except basal third, incrassate.

Agreeing with H. furtiva, Austen, in practically every

respect, except as already indicated and as follows :—lateral

frontal spots larger; terminal joint of palpi clothed above

with rather long and fine brownish hair; first joint of

antenne seen from above strongly incrassate in middle (inner

margin strongly convex), tapering again towards tip.

Nyasaland Protectorate: one specimen (type) taken in

1907 (Dr. J. E. S. Old); a second specimen from Zomba

Plateau (Sir Alfred Sharpe, K.C.M.G., C.B.).

Hematopota nocens, sp. n.

9 .—Length (2 specimens) 8°6 mm. ; width of head 3 mm. ;

width of front at vertex 1°2 mm.; length of wing 8° to

8:6 mm.

Dark-brown ; dorsum of thorax with three practically entire

smoke-grey stripes ; dorsum of abdomen clothed with short

appressed pale yellow hairs, markings of dorsum as in

H. stimulans, Austen, but yellowish-grey and first segment

also with a pair of grey spots or blotches connected with basal

angles ; frontal callus clove-brown, extending from eye to eye,

and deeper towards each side; coloration and markings of

wings as in H. noxialis, Austen, except that light mark at

proximal end of stigma is somewhat more distinct ; legs as in

H. furtiva, Austen, except that pale band on front tibie is

somewhat less sharply marked, and that distal portion of front

tibie is scarcely or not at all swollen.

Head: front yellowish-grey, face and jowls smoke-grey,

a more or less distinct trace of a mummy-brown mark

between antenna and lower inner margin of ere on each

116 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

side ; frontal callus fairly deep on each side, narrowing

towards middle line, where it is distinctly constricted; dark

seal-brown median spot below callus present; lateral frontal

clove-brown spots small, widely separated from eyes, median

frontal spot very small or obsolete ; palpi isabella-coloured,

terminal joint moderately slender, thickly clothed on outerside

with black hairs, and with some pale yellowish hairs on under

side of basal half; antenne russet-brown, terminal annulus

of third joint darker, first joint somewhat short, slightly

swollen, with convex inner margin when viewed from

above, third joint only slightly expanded towards base.

Thorax: pleure, pectus, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey ;

scutellum smoke-grey, with a dark brown blotch on each side.

Abdomen : venter as in H. stimulans, Austen. Hailteres as in

HM. stimulans.

Nyasaland Protectorate, 1907 (Dr. J. EZ. S. Old).

Care is necessary in order not to confuse H. nocens with

one or other of the two foregoing species, to both of which

it presents a superficial resemblance, although from both it

may be distinguished by the finer and less complex light

markings of the wings; other points of difference from

H. furtiva are furnished by the shape of the frontal callus,

and the browner and more incrassate first joint of the

antenne ; from H. nociva the present species may further

be distinguished by the shape and coloration of the frontal

callus and first joint of the antenne; from H. nozialis,

Austen, which, as already stated, it closely resembles in the

coloration and markings of the wings, H. nocens may be

distinguished, inter alia, by the coloration and shape of the

frontal callus, and the presence of a median stripe on the

dorsum of all the abdominal segments except the first and

last.

XIV.—Remarks on the Hymenopterous Genus Tiphia.

By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

ASHMEAD (Canadian Entomologist, 1900 and 1903) forms a

family ‘liphide to include the genera Tiphia, Paratiphia,

Epomidiopteron, Pterombrus, and Engycystus. While agree-

ing with him as to the points distinguishing the group from

the true Scoliidz being of more than generic importance, I

do not think he is justified in making more than a subfamily

for it. J also differ from him in his remarks on Pterombrus

and Lngycystus. The differences which he gives between

Eymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 117

the two genera are not very important on his own showing,

and they certainly are not quite accurate ; the cubitus in the

hind wing of the male of Eingycystus rufiventris, Oress., can

iardly be said to be interstitial with the transverse median

nervure, though distinctly nearer to it than in Pteromhrus

confusus, Sm. The hind tibise of the female Pterombrus

enigmaticus, Sm., are serrate, though not strongly. As far

as I can see there is absolutely no justification for treating

Pterombrus and Engycystus as separate genera. Ashmead,

however, had not seen specimens of Pterombrus. He also

states that he has examined both sexes of E. rufiventris and

finds them true Tiphiids; but he makes absolutely no men-

tion of important points of difference. The intermediate

coxe of Pterombrus cenigmaticus 9° are contiguous, not

widely separated as in Tvphia; the radial cell is closed, and

there are three complete cubital cells; the antenne also are

very different. In the male the intermediate cox ure

almost, though not quite, contiguous, the neuration of the

fore wing resembles that of the female, and the aculeus of

the hypopygium is long and recurved as in Myzine, and very

much longer than in Tiphia. Ashmead gives as one of the

characters of his Tiphiide, “ pygidium in ¢ entire.” For

L¢phia this is correct, but in Pterombrus, though not deeply

slit as in Myzine, it certainly seems to me to be distinctly

emarginate in the middle of the apical margin. The points

in which an approach to Tiphia may be noticed are the

entire eyes and the development of the stigma. I only know

the female of EL. rufiventris by Fox’s figure and description,

which are quite sufficient to show the identity of the genus

with Pterombrus. In my opinion the male of Pterombrus is

distinctly nearer to Plesia than to Tiphia; whilst the female

.shows many important points of distinction from both.

Ashmead suggests that Engycystus is closely allied to Epomi-

diopteron, which he classes in his Tiphiide, as I think

rightly, in spite of the absence of a recurved spine on the

hypopygium of the male. But the difference between the

two genera is very great,and I gather from his remarks that

he had not seen specimens of Epomidiopteron.

In his classification of his family Cosilide in the same

paper, Ashmead also seems to me to fall into many mistakes,

probably for want of sufficient material. The intermediae

cox are not, as he states, contiguous, or nearly so, in the

females especially they are widely separated, though not

quite as widely as in Tiphia. He places Dimorphoptera in

his family Myzinide and Anthobosca in the ‘Thynnide,

though Anthobosca is really the male sex of both Callosila,

118 Mr. R. E. Turner oz the

Sauss., and Dimorphoptera, both of which I have treated im

former papers as synonyms of Cosila, sinking all three names

under Anthobosca. I follow Sicheland Saussure in regarding

the group as a link between Myzine and Scolia, though also

showing some affinities with the Thynnide. The other

genera placed by Ashmead in the Cosilidee seem to me to be

of very doubtful affinities, but I have not seem specimens of

Stierolomorpha, Dicrogenium, Nursea, or Isotiphia. Mauril-

lus, Sm., seems to me to be rightly placed by Smith in the

Pompilide, the mandibles being the only feature in which

it resembles the groups allied to Scolia. Fedtschenkia, like

Pterombrus, is a very distinct genus, which does not fall con-

veniently into any group, but is probably better placed as a

subfamily of the Mutillide, as is done by André. - I have

only seen the male, but Ashmead places it with the Cosilides

only because the female is winged. The male agrees with

Anthobosea in the total or almost complete absence of the

transverse depression between the first and second ventral

segments, a Tietariet by which Anthobosca may be at once

separated from Myzine or Tiphia, as well as in the unarmed

hypopygium. The former character is shared with many

of the Thynnide, especially in the female sex. Ashmead’s

key to the classification of his family Myzinide (‘ Canadian

Entomologist,’ 1903) is very confused, the characters for

the females being in several cases given under the heading

“males.” He is, however, probably correct in placing

Pecilotiphia, Cam., in the family.

Tiphia compressa, Sn.

?. The type is from China; Indian specimens have the

anterior wings fusco-violaceous, and the intermediate and

posterior femora and trochanters wholly ferruginous ; there:

is also an oblique carina on each side on the dorsal surface

of the median segment, reaching from the base, where it is

about as far from the outer of the central caring as that

is from the median carina, to within a short distance of the

apical angle of the segment; this carina is only faintly

indicated in the type.

3. Clypeus rather finely and closely punctured, shallowly

and broadly emarginate at the apex ; head shining, the front

closely and rather finely, the vertex and the space round the

ocelli very sparsely punctured; the scape finely and closely

punctured, with a few rather short, pale fulvous hairs beneath.

Pronotum shining, sparsely and rather finely punctured, the

posterior margin broadly smooth; the propleuree smooth and

Hymenopterous Genus Tiphia. LD

shining, the mesopleurae finely and rather sparsely punc-

tured. Mesonotum and scutellum rather sparsely punctured,

the tegule smooth and shining. Median segment short,

very broadly emarginate at the apex, subopaque, the median

carina reaching the apex, with one on each side of it, the

last two converging towards the apex, where they are sepa-

rated by a distance equal to about two-thirds of that which

separates them at the base; there is also a more obscure

carina on each side, rather less oblique than in the female,

and reaching the apical margin at a distance from the apical

angle equal to that by which the two outer carine of the

median series are separated from each other on the apical

margin, the space between the carine very finely rugulose ;

the surface of the posterior truncation slightly concave,

smooth and shining; the sides of the segment are coarsely

striated. Abdomen shining, the two basal segments and the

base of the third smooth, the apex of the third and the whole

of the remaining segments finely and closely punctured and

clothed at the sides with fulvous pubescence, the basal

segment with a deep, longitudinally-striated transverse sulcus

near the apex ; a similar but deeper sulcus at the base of the

second segment. ‘The transverse median nervure is received

very distinctly behind the transverse basal nervure; the

recurrent nervure is received near the apex of the second

cubital cell.

Black ; the mandibles at the apex, the palpi, the apex of

the femora, and the anterior tarsi fusco-ferruginous. Wings

very light fusco-hyaline, hyaline at the base; nervures

fuscous, the stigma black.

Length 7 mm.

Hab. Maymyo, Burma, 3000 ft. (Bingham), 3 ¢ wn cop. ;

Shillong, Assam, 6000 ft. (Turner).

T. clavinerva, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii.

p. 281, 1904, g, is extremely near to this species and may

prove to be a synonym, but as there are slight differences in

the sculpture and neuration it is better not to sink the name

until more specimens are available. The carina on the first

ventral segment is the same in both species. Z%phia robusta,

Cam., will probably prove to be a variety of the female ;

specimens from Lower Burma and Siam, which I refer to

compressa, are without the lateral dorsal carine on the

median segment and show only the three usual carine on

the middle.

Tiphia rufipes, Sm.

A specimen from Ceylon in the British Museum has the

120 Myr. R. E. Turner on the

legs and antenne black, the stigma is also black and rather

longer, and the nervures fuscous. Otherwise, except for the

rather longer and narrower shape of the stigma, it does not

seem to differ from the type. Specimens from Lower Burma

have the antenne and nervures dark, but the legs are red as

in the type. The species is easily distinguished by the very

large stigma, which is as large as in. many of the males of

the genus. The type apparently came from Northern India.

Liphia auripennis, Bingh.

Liphia auripennis, Bingh. Fauna Brit. India, Hym. i. p. 64 (1897), 2.

Tiphia curvinervis, Cam. Entomologist, p. 238 (1902), 2.

Liphia fulvinerva, Cam. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p. 286

(1904), 2.

Cameron states that fulvcnerva is quite distinct from auri-

pennts, but does not say how it differs, and I fail to find any

difference of specific importance.

Tiphia persica, sp. n.

¢. Clypeus short, truncate at the apex, sparsely punc~

tured, the apical margin smooth. Head shining, sparsely

punctured, very sparsely behind the ocelli ; scape finely and

closely punctured, with long golden hairs beneath ; the head

is rather large and strongly rounded posteriorly. Pronotum

deeply but rather sparsely punctured, broadly smooth and

shining posteriorly, the surface of the anterior truncation

finely and closely punctured; propleurze striated, very ob-

scurely at the summit, more strongly below; mesopleuree

sparsely punctured. Mesonotum almost smooth on the sides,

deeply punctured in the middle, the tegule smooth. Seutellum

sparsely, but deeply, punctured, the centre almost smooth ;

the postscutellum finely and sparsely punctured. Median

segment subopaque, finely rugulose, almost smooth and

shining near the apical angles, the three longitudinal carine

parallel and all reaching to the apex, the surface of the

posterior truncation shallowly punctured, the sides of the

segment closely striated. Abdomen closely and rather finely

punctured, more sparsely and deeply on the two basal seg-

ments, the four apical segments much more finely punctured

at the base than at the apex, all the segments narrowly

smooth on the apical margin, the epipygium coarsely punc-

tured-rugose in the middle. ‘The second recurrent nervure

is recelved by the second cubital cell at about two-thirds

from the base; the second transverse cubital nervure is

oblique, strongly curved outwards on the upper half,

Black, with white pubesence; the mandibles and the

Hymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 121

antennz beneath fuscous: the apex of the pygidium and the

spines of the tibie and tarsi testaceous brown. Wings very

pale flavo-hyaline, nervures and stigma dark ferruginous.

Length 13-16 mm.

flab. “ K. Sefid,’ S.W. Persia (Escalera).

Described from six specimens in the B. M.

Near 7’. auripennis, Bingh., but differs in the larger and

more rounded head and the more closely punctured abdomen,

also in the paler colour of the wings. Also near 7. fulvi-

pennis, Sm., but that species has a faint transverse carina on

the first abdominal segment.

‘

Tiphia himalayensis, Cam.

Tiphia himalayensis, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p. 282

(1904), 2. |

Tiphia fumipennis, Magr., var. a, Ann, Mus. Civ. Genova, (2%) xii,

p. 52 (1892) (nec Smith); Bingh. Fauna Brit. India, Hym. i. p. 58

(1897).

LT’. fumipennis, Sm., from Borneo has the median segment

much longer than in continental specimens and the epipygium

is punctured, not striated. Tiphia rothneyt, Cam. Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xi. p. 324 (1903), ¢, will probably

prove to be the same species as 1’. himalayensis, being dis-

tinguished only by the sculpture of the pleure, but until

more specimens are available it is better to keep them

separate. I have seen specimens of 7. himalayensis from

Sikkim and Assam and find considerable variation in the

development of the sculpture on the pro- and mesopleures,

but the sides of the median segment are striated in all

the specimens I have seen, not closely punctured as in

LT’. rothney?.

Liphia tibetana, sp. n.

2. Clypeus slightly produced and truncate at the apex,

finely and closely punctured, the apical margin smooth and

shining. Head sparsely, but rather deeply, punctured, with

very sparse grey pubescence; the scape shining, sparsely

punctured, with a few long grey hairs beneath. Pronotumn

very sparsely punctured, the posterior margin very broadly

smooth and shining, the propleuree smooth and_ shining,

delicately striated near the lower posterior angle; the meso-

pleure coarsely, but rather sparsely, punctured. Mesonotum

sparsely punctured, almost smooth on the sides, the tegule

smooth. Scutellum smooth, with a row of punctures at the

apex, the postscutellum almost smooth. Median segment

subopaque and finely aciculate, shining near the apical

1225 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

angles, the three longitudinal carine parallel, the median

one not nearly reaching the apex, the surface of the posterior

truncation shining and almost smooth, with a median carina

on the apical half and slightly concave, the sides of the

segment coarsely striated. Abdomen shining, sparsely and

shallowly punctured, most sparsely on the two basal

segments; the basal segment rather slender, rounded

anteriorly, the sides of the segments thinly clothed with

grey pubescence. Epipygium strongly punctured at the

base, the punctures confluent longitudinally, broadly smooth

at the apex. The second recurrent nervure is received close

to the middle of the second cubital cell.

Black ; the mandibles at the apex fusco-ferruginous ; the

apex of the pygidium and the spines of the tibia and tarsi

dark testaceous, the antenne beneath fuscous. Wings fusco-

hyaline, nervures dark brown.

Length 12 mm.

3. Clypeus finely and closely punctured, the extreme

apex smooth and shining and narrowly truncate, rather

closely covered with cinereous pubescence. Head finely

and closely punctured, most sparsely round the ocelli.

Pronotum finely and rather sparsely punctured, the posterior

margin very broadly smooth and shining ; the propleure

smooth and shining, the mesopleure shallowly and rather

closely punctured. Mesonotum sparsely, but deeply, punc-

tured ; scutellum and postscutellum sparsely punctured.

Median segment subopaque, punctured-rugulose, the three

longitudinal carine parallel, the median one not reaching

much more than halfway to the apex, the sides of the

segment striated. Abdomen shining, sparsely punctured,

most sparsely on the two basal segments; the basal seg-

ment long and slender, with a small tubercular prominence

on each side near the base, The radial cell extends beyond

the second cubital cell, which receives the second recurrent

nervure at the middle.

Black; the spines of the tibie and tarsi testaceous.

Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures black.

Length 8-9 mm.

Hab. Gyangtse, Tibet, 13,000 ft. (AZ. J. Walton).

Type in B. M. Described from 4 @ and 4 9.

Very near simlaensis, Cam., but the first abdominal seg-

ment is much more elongate in both sexes, it is more sparsely

punctured, and the shape of the anterior margin of the clypeus

is different in the male.

[ymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 123

Tiphia intrudens, Sm.

I can see no important distinctions in specimens of this

wide-ranging species from most distant localities ; females

of the Indian form of the species usually have the second

cubital cell rather longer, and the pubescence on the abdomen

in a pair taken by me in Assam (6000 ft.) is closer and of a

distinctly fulvous colour in both sexes.

Hab. Mysol (Wallace); Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Turner);

Burma; Assam (Bingham).

This is the only species of the genus known to occur in

Australia, The specimens from Queensland have the median

segment shorter in the female and the wings paler in both

sexes than in the typical form, clear hyaline in the male.

I propose the name 7. cntrudens, st. brevior, st. n., for the

Australian form. |

Tiphia annandalei, sp. n.

?. Clypeus truncate at the apex, closely punctured at the

base, the apex smooth and depressed. Head punctured, but

not very deeply or closely, the space round the base of the

antennge very minutely and closely punctured; the posterior

ocelli twice as far from the eyes as from each other. Scape

finely and closely punctured, with long pale fulvous hairs

beneath and a few shorter hairs above, the two basal joints

of the flagellum shining and sparsely punctured. Pronotum

closely punctured on the anterior third, the posterior two-

thirds smooth and shining; the anterior slope rather closely

punctured, smooth in the middle; the propleurse rather

deeply punctured at the margins, shining and almost smooth,

with very fine and almost obsolete striwx, a row of deep

punctures a little before the posterior margin; the meso-

pleurze shining and very sparsely punctured. Mesonotum

and scutellum very sparsely punctured, a curved row of deep

punctures close to the posterior angles of the scutellum, the

tegule subopaque, shining at the apex. Median segment

slightly convex, nearly as long as broad, subopaque and

finely aciculated, smooth and shining at the posterior angles,

the three longitudinal carine parallel and all reaching the

apex. Abdomen shining and punctured, the two basal

segments very sparsely, the third and fourth more closely at

the base, the four basal segments with a transverse row of

punctures before the apical margin; the fifth segment deeply

and closely punctured; the pygidium rugose at the base, the

apical halt with eight or nine broad but not very strongly

elevated longitudinal carine, those in the middle more

124 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

obscure ; the sides of the segments with long, sparse, grey

pubescence slightly tinged with fulvous. The first recurrent

nervure is slightly curved outwardly close to the top, the

second is oblique and is received beyond two-thirds from the

base of the second cubital cell,

Black ; the extreme apex of the pygidium and the spines

of the tibise and tarsi obscurely ferruginous. Wings fusco-

hyaline, tinted with yellow ; nervures black.

Length 20 mm., exp. 29 mm.

Hab. Semangko, Selangor, 3500 ft. (Annandale) ; October.

Nearest to 7. fulvinerva, Cam., from Northern India,

from which it differs in the puncturation of the head and

abdomen, in the colour of the wings and nervures, and the

absence of long fulvous hairs on the head and thorax. It is

also allied to 7. fumipennis, Sm., under which name it is

recorded by Colonel Bingham, Fascic. Malay., Zool. i. App.,

but differs markedly in the sculpture of the pygidium and

the greater breadth of the head.

Piphia clypealis, Cam. °

Tiphia clypealis, Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. xli. no. 4,

p. 47 (1897), ¢ (as 2).

Tiphia flavipennis, Bingh. Fauna Brit. India, Hym. i. p. 59 (1897),

3d P (nec Smith).

Tiphia quinquecarinata, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii, p. 288

(1904), 9

Bingham’s description of 7. flavipennis is taken from a ~

specimen from Borneo which differs from continental speci-

mens in the much longer median segment and the shape of

the anterior margin of the clypeus. Cameron describes

1, clypealis as a female, but the type in Rothney’s collection

is a male to which the description corresponds. Tiphia

lyrata, Magr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2*) ‘xin -per2og,

1892, 2, may prove to be a form of this species, but, as

Magretti regards it distinct from specimens identified by him

as I’. flavipennis which doubtless belong to the present

species, I preter not to treat the two forms as identical.

Liphia polycarinata, Magr.

Tiphia policarinata, Magr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2*) xii. p. 250

(1892), 9.

Tiphia_ conscia, Nurse, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xiv. p. 81

(1902), 9,

Liphia erythrocera, Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soe. xli.

" p. 60 (1897), 2 (?).

This is a wide-ranging species and will probably be found

Hymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 125

_ to spread over the whole of India and Burma. 7. erythro-

cera, Cam., from Masuri, has only three carine on the median

segment and may perhaps prove to be distinct, but as the

development of the intermediate carine shows a good deal of

variation, I think it will probably prove to be at most a local

variety.

Tiphia decrescens, Walker.

Tiphia decrescens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iv. p. 876 (1859)

d (as 2).

Tiphia nervosa, Nurse, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe. xiv. p. 81

(1902), ¢.

Tiphia sub 6 (levigata), Magr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2*) xii

p. 254 (1892), 3.

This will probably prove to be the male of 7. polycarinata

as Nurse suggests. Walker’s type is from Ceylon, and

agrees well with a specimen from Burma. The stigma is

almost black in the type of decrescens and ferruginous in

nervosa, but other specimens show intermediate gradations.

The stigma is said by Magretti to be small, but in specimens

I have seen it is rather large.

| Tiphia fulvicornis, sp. n.

¢. Clypeus narrowly truncate at the apex, finely punc-

tured at the base, broadly smooth at the apex. Head

shining, closely but not very deeply or coarsely punctured

on the front, more sparsely on the vertex and round the

ocelli. Antenne inserted twice as far from the eyes as from

each other ; the scape shining, finely and closely punctured

above, with pale fulvous hairs beneath, the second joint of

the flagellum very slightly longer than the first, the third

half as long again as the second. Pronotum rather sparsely

punctured, the posterior margin smooth, the propleuree smooth

and shining, very finely and obscurely longitudinally striated

on the lower margin ; mesopleurz rather sparsely punctured ;

scutellum shining, sparsely punctured, with a very fine,

obscure, longitudinal sulcus in the middle. Median segment

opaque, coriaceous, smooth and shining at the posterior

angles, rectangular, nearly half as broad again as long,

moderately convex in the middle, the lateral and posterior

margins slightly raised, forming fine caring ; the posterior

truncation almost vertical, shining and very finely aciculated ;

the three longitudinal carinz on the dorsal surface parallel,

not very near together, the median one not quite reaching

the apex. Abdomen shining, rather finely punctured, much

more sparsely on the two basal segments than on the others,

126 Mr. R. E. Turner.on the

the first segment broadly transversely depressed on the apical

margin, the epipygium very broadly rounded at the apex,

coarsely punctured, the punctures confluent longitudinally,

the apical margin broadly smooth. ‘The radial cell is entirely

open at the apex. The sides of the median segment are

obliquely striated.

Black ; with white pubescence on the legs and the sides

of the abdomen; the mandibles, the apex of the clypeus,

the apex of the scape, the first joint of the dagellum, the

tegule, the apex of the pygidium, and the spines of the tibia

and tarsi fusco-ferruginous; the flagellum from the second

joint orange. Wings dark fusco-violaceous, the posterior

pair paler and without the strong purple gloss; nervures

black.

Length 14 mm., exp. 23 mm.

Hab. Damaraland. |

Type in Oxford University Museum, ex coll. Saunders.

Tiphia monomatapa, sp. 0.

9. Clypeus finely and closely punctured at the base, the

apical margin transverse, broadly smooth and shining.

Scape closely and finely punctured, with long fulvous hairs

beneath, the first two joints of the flagellum and the apex of

the third shining, the remainder of the flagellum opaque and

very finely pubescent. Head closely and rather coarsely

punctured, more sparsely on the front below the anterior

ocellus. Pronotum closely and rather strongly punctured,

the posterior margin broadly smooth ; the propleuree pune-

tured anteriorly, almost smooth and shining at the margins

posteriorly ; the mesopleura closely and coarsely punctured.

Mesonotum very coarsely but sparsely punctured, the

scutellum more finely punctured. Median segment slightly

convex above, much broader than long, subopaque, ex-

ceedingly delicately punctured-striate, the posterior truncation

very slightly concave, the margins raised ; the dorsal surface

with the usual three longitudinal carine, the central carina

not quite reaching the apex, the two outer caring twice as

far apart at the base as at the apex; the sides of the segment

finely obliquely striated. Tegule very large, finely and

closely punctured, smooth at the extreme base and apex.

Abdomen rather strongly punctured, most sparsely on the

basal segment, most closely on the apical half of segments

3-5; the pygidium longitudinally rugose, the apex very

broadly finely punctured, with an obscure median carina.

Two cubital cells, the division of the first faintly indicated on

the radial nervure, the stigma very small.

Hymenopterous Genus 'Tiphia. 127

Black ; the mandibles, the scape of the antenne at the

apex, the flagellum more distinctly beneath than above, the

apex of the femora, the spines of the tibie and tarsi, and the

extreme apex of the pygidium fusco-ferruginous; thé

extreme apex of the pronotum, of the tegule, and of the

abdominal segments testaceous; the pubescence whitish.

Wings hyaline, very faintly tinged with yellowish brown,

most strongly in the radial cell; nervures fusco-ferruginous.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall);

February.

Near 7. natalensis, Sm., from which it may be distinguished

by the longer tegule, the smaller stigma, the sculpture of

the median segment, and the less marked constriction of the

apex of the first abdominal segment.

Tiphia scabrosa, Gerst.

Tiphia scabrosa, Gerst. Monatsber. kon. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 512

(1857), 2.

Tiphia rugosa, Sm. Deser. N. Sp. Hym. p. 185. n. 4 (1897), 2.

Hab. Inhambane (Peters) ; Zululand (Smith).

Tiphia abrupta, sp. n.

@. Clypeus very delicately punctured ; the head rather

coarsely, but not very closely punctured, least closely round

the ocelli. Pronotum rather coarsely and very closely

punctured, the posterior margin narrowly smooth and shining ;

the propleure finely striated, smooth and shining at the

summit ; the mesopleure closely, but not very coarsely

punctured ; mesonotum and scutellum punctured, the punc-

tures larger and more scattered than on the pronotum.

Median segment short and broad, opaque and finely rugulose,

the median carina reaching the apex, the two outer carine

rather far apart, converging slightly towards the apex, the

distance between them at the apex about three-quarters of

that at the base ; the sides of the segment obliquely striated.

Legule closely punctured, the extreme apex smooth and

shining. Abdomen shining, closely punctured, the two basal

segments a little more sparsely than the others, the basal

segment very abruptly truncate at the base, rather strongly

constricted at the apex, the apical margin of all the segments

very narrowly smooth. Epipygium longitudinally punctured

rugose, the apex broadly smooth and shining. ‘The stigma

is large and the radial cell very broad.

Black, with whitish pubescence ; the mandibles and the

128 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

intermediate tibiee dark fusco-ferruginous; the antenne,

anterior tibie and tarsi, intermediate tarsi, and the apex of

the pygidium dark ferruginous. Wings flavo-hyaline,

hhervures ferruginous, the stigma fuscous.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall) ;

December.

Very near 7’. pedestris, Gerst., but in that species the

abdomen is almost smooth; the colour is also different.

The present species has a fine transverse carina at the base

of the first abdominal segment above the anterior truncation,

which is not mentioned by Gerstaecker in his description of

T. pedestris.

Tiphia brevipennis, Luc.

Tiphia brevipennis, Luc. Explor. scient. de l’Algérie, iv. p. 285, pl. 15.

fig. 9 (1846), 2 (nec Cameron).

Pseudotiphia brevipennis, Ashm. Cam. Ent. xxxy, p. 6 (1903), 2.

Ashmead makes a new genus for this species and places it

in his family Myzinide, but without giving any reason for

the change. The shortened and useless wings and the

smaller eyes seem to be the only characters distinguishing

the species from Z?phia, and unless the male when discovered

also shows distinguishing features, which is not very pro-

bable, L do not consider the formation of a new genus

necessary, much less the removal into a different family.

Tiphia brevipennis, Cam. from Barrackpore is quite a different

species and will have to receive a new name, so I propose

the name Tiphia petri for that species.

Tiphia meridionalis, sp. n.

@. Head closely and rather deeply punctured, most

closely on the front, most sparsely round the ocelli; the

scape punctured, with long hairs beneath and a few shorter

hairs above, scarcely exceeding in length the second and

third joints of the flagellum combined. Pronotum rather

closely punctured anteriorly, the posterior half smooth and

shining, the face of the anterior truncation finely and rather

sparsely punctured; the propleuree smooth and shining at

the summit, striated below ; mesopleure rather strongly but

not very closely punctured ; mesonotum sparsely punctured,

most closely on the middle, the tegule smooth and shining,

the scutellum very sparsely punctured. Median segment

shining, very minutely punctured, nearly twice as broad as

long in the middle, a little depressed posteriorly before the

base of the truncation, the three caring parallel and rather

Hymenopterous Genus 'Tiphia. 129

far apart, the sides of the segment strongly striated. Abdo-

men shining, the two basal segments sparsely punctured, the

third and fourth more finely and closely punctured at the base,

sparsely at the apex, the fifth closely and rather finely punc-

tured, the epipygium punctured rugose at the base, the apical

half smooth. ‘The stigma is about twice as long as broad,

obliquely truncate at the apex, the lower margin straight,

not rounded.

Black ; the flagellum fusco-ferruginous, paler at the apex ;

the spines of the tibia fuscous, those of the tarsi paler; the

apex of the abdominal segments and of the pronotum very

narrowly pale testaceous, the apex of the pygidium narrowly

ferruginous. Wings hyaline, clouded in the radial cell,

nervures fusco-ferruginous, the stigma fuscous, Pubescence

whitish. Mandibles fusco-ferruginous.

Length 12 mm.

Hab. Argentina (Burmeister). Type in B. M.

Very near 7. azteca, Cam., from Mexico, but in that insect

the head is rather larger and broader, the posterior ocelli

nearer together, the scape of the antenne a little longer, and

the stigma much narrower. ‘The punctures in 1’. azieca are

larger and not so close.

Tiphia elongata, sp. n.

@. Clypeus finely punctured at the base, broadly smooth

and shining at the apex ; the apical margin shallowly and

rather widely emarginate in the middle. Front coarsely,

but not very closely’ punctured, the vertex and the space

round the ocelli shining and very sparsely punctured ; scape

shining, rather closely punctured, clothed beneath with long

fulvous hairs, the two basal joints of the flagellum shining,

the remainder covered with fine down. Pronotum sparsely

punctured at the base, the posterior margin broadly smooth

and shining, the propleuree smooth and shining above, very

finely striated below; the mesopleure shining and very

sparsely punctured. Mesonotum sparsely punctured, the

tegule finely punctured on the inner margin; scutellum and

postscutellum with a few scattered punctures. Median seg-

ment very long, much longer than broad, almost smooth, but

not highly polished; the three median carine nearly parallel,

the outer ones less than half as far again from each other at

the base as at the apex, the surface of the posterior trun-

cation irregularly rugulose, the sides of the segment finely

obliquely striated. Abdomen shining; the two basal seg-

ments almost entirely smooth, the first with a transverse row

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 9

130 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

of punctures before the apex and rounded anteriorly, the

second with a transverse, longitudinally striated groove at

the base ; the third sparsely and finely punctured at the base

and apex ; the fourth and fifth more closely punctured; the

epipygium coarsely punctured-rugose at the base, smooth and

shining at the apex. The first recurrent nervure is received

just before the middle of the first cubital cell, the second just

beyond the middle of the second cubital cell.

Black ; the mandibles, the apex of the pygidium, and the

spines of the tibiz and tarsi ferruginous brown; antenne

fusco-ferruginous beneath and at the extreme apex. Wings

hyaline, tinted with yellow, stigma and nervures ferruginous.

Length 9 mm., exp. 14 mm.

Hab. Theresopolis, 8. Brazil.

Type in B. M.

Tiphia jonesit, sp. n.

&. Clypeus finely and very closely punctured, the an-

terior margin truncate. Front finely and very closely

punctured, thinly clothed with long, pale, fulvous pubescence,

the space round the ocelli shining, sparsely and more coarsely

punctured ; the scape finely punctured, shining and clothed

beneath with rather long, pale fulvous pubescence. Pro-

notum finely and closely punctured, the posterior margin

rather narrowly smooth and shining; propleurz finely and

obscurely striated, smooth and shining at the top. Meso-

notum and scutellum shining and rather sparsely punctured ;

the median segment subopaque, with the usual three carine,

the two outer carine more than twice as far apart at the base

as at the apex ; finely punctured, aciculate near the lateral

margins, the sides of the segment closely striated ; the meso-

pleurze rather sparsely punctured. Abdomen closely punc-

tured, with sparse fulvous pubescence, the first segment rather

short, the apical half smooth and shining, with a transverse

row of fine punctures before the apex, the second segment

more sparsely punctured than the following one. Radial

cell short, the second eubital cell extending beyond it, the

second transverse cubital nervure strongly oblique and inter-

stitial with the oblique apical nervure of the radial cell. The

first recurrent nervure is received at the middle of the first

cubital cell, the second just beyond the middle of the second

cubital cell.

Black ; the pubescence on the sides grey, on the dorsal

surface very pale fulvous; the antenne beneath fusco-

ferruginous, the tarsi except the basal joint, and the spines

of the tibie and tarsi ferruginous. Wings hyaline, stigma

and nervures ferruginous.

Hymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 131

Length 7 mm.

Hab, Castro; Parana (2. Dukinfield Jones).

‘L'ype in B. M. Described from two specimens.

Tiphia flavipennis, Spin.

Liphia flavipennis, Spin. Ann. Soc. Entom., France, (1) x. p. 102

(1841), 2 (nec Smith).

Tiphia elegans, Cam. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hym. ii. p. 240 (1893), ¢ 2.

Tiplaa ochroptera, D, T, Cat. Hym. viii. 189 (1897).

I do not understand why Dalla Torre sinks Spinola’s

name, which has priority over Smith’s. As Smith’s name

has to sink, I propose 7’. borneensis tor that species. I regard

specimens from the continent of Asia which have been

referred to flavipennis as distinct.

Tiphia intricata, Sm.

Tiphia mtricata, Sm. Descr. N. Sp. Hym. p. 188. n. 13 (1879), ¢ @.

Liphia carmata, Cam. Biol. Centr.-Amer., pt. 112, Hym. 1. p. 245

(1893), 5 f-

Tiphia parallela, Sm.

Tiphia parallela, Sm. Descr. N. Sp. Hym. p. 185. n. 7 (1879), °.

Tiphia gaumeri, Cam. iol. Centr.-Amer., Hym. il. p. 244 (1893), 2.

Tiphia inornata, Say.

Tiphia inornata, Say, Keating’s Narrat. Exped. ii. App. p. 331 (1824).

? Liphia guatemalensis, Cam. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hym. li. p. 241

(1893).

The differences in sculpture seem to be too slight to be of

specific importance.

Genus Pa&crLoTIPHIA, Cam.

As I have before said, I agree with Ashmead in regarding

this genus as allied to Myzine rather than to Tiphia,

Although there are only two cubital cells as in Tiphia, the

second transverse cubital nervure seems to be missing, not

the first as in Tiphia. The female is unknown,

In spite of some differences in neuration, I am inclined to

think that the following species are nearly allied to this

genus: Methoca rugosa, Cam., in which there are two cubital

cells, and Myzine dimidiaticornis, Bingh., in which there are

three. They show many points in common, and are not well

placed in the genera to which the authors have assigned

them. “Lhe claws of MM. dimidiaticornis, however, are bifid,

not simple, which together with the difference in neuration

may be sufficient to form a new genus for it, but it is better

to wait till the female is known. The antenne of all three

species differ widely from those of Myzine, and the pronotum

is much longer.

132 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Economic Ornithology.

1. Food Habits of the Grosbeaks. U.S. Department of Agriculture,

Bull. 32, Washington Government Printing Office. 1908.

2. Birds that eat Scale-Insects. Reprint from Yearbook of

Department of Agriculture. 1906,

Tn the matter of economic ornithology we in England are disgrace-

fully behind the times; the Board of Agriculture seemingly prefers

to leave this matter to private enterprise, or to deal with the

matter in such a perfunctory manner as to be positively ridiculous,

making us the laughing-stock of the nations.

On the Continent and in the United States things are different.

In the United States, indeed, for many years past, the study of birds

in their relation to man has been vigorously prosecuted, and splendid

results have rewarded this zeal.

The two pamphlets now before us are most admirable examples

of their kind, and should be carefully studied by all who are inter-

ested in this matter.

The first on our list is by Mr. W. L. McAtee, an Assistant of the

Biological Survey, and it is a model of what such work should be.

The Author surveys the food eaten by five species of grosbeaks,

representing the genera Cardinalis, Pyrrhuloxia, Zamelodia, and

Guiraca, and giving for each species a most exhaustive account of

the animal and vegetable constituents of the food, supplemented by

illustrations of all the more important plants and insects and

excellent figures of the birds themselves.

It would be impossible in the space of a short review to give an

adequate account of the Author’s conclusions, but suffice it to say

that he has shown beyond cavil that these birds, which have been

condemned now by the farmer and now by the fruit-grower—some

species showing at certain times of the year a fondness for fruit

and some for grain,—are, on the whole, unquestionably extremely

valuable birds, devouring immense quantities of the seeds of certain

noxious weeds. The five species studied consume nine times more

weed-seed than grain and fruit, and nineteen times more injurious

than useful insects.

In his second paper on ‘ Birds that eat Scale-Insects’ the Author

first outlines the appalling damage done by these insects to orchards,

and then goes on to give a brief outline of the various species of

birds which prey more or less on these pests. No less than fifty-

seven species of birds have been found io eat scale-insects, and

nearly all are, as might be supposed, arboreal species. What

proportion these insects form of the total quantity of food eaten isa

matter which is yet under investigation, but it would seem that

some species eat large quantities thereof.

Bibliographical Notices. 138

British Museum Guides.

1. A Guide to the Exhibited Series of Insects. Price 1s. 1908.

2. Guide to the Gallery of Fishes. Price 1s. 1908.

London: Printed by Order of the Trustees of the British Museum.

As popular text-books of zoology the guide-books sold over the

counter of the Natural History Museum probably stand unrivalled,

tor they display a wealth of illustration which is truly marvellous,

while it is certain that in the matter of concentrated information

they hold an almost unique position.

The Guide to the Exhibited Series of Insects has been written by

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse, and this in itself is a sufficient guarantee of

sterling work.

After a brief introduction on the broad outlines of the structure

of insects, the Author proceeds to pass in review all the principal

orders and families into which this class is divided, illustrating his

remarks by brief sketches of the more remarkable species, their

lite-history and habits. When we remember that Mr. Waterhouse

has had to make this selection out of a possible 155,700 named

species, the magnitude of his task becomes dimly realizable. Inci-

dentally we may remark that the study collection now housed in

the Museum contains about 1,150,000 specimens !

The Guide to the Fish Gallery has been written by Dr. W. G.

Ridewood, and is in every way worthy of the great series of which

it forms a part. ‘he Author has devoted many years of study to

the fishes, and to him, it may be remarked, Sir E. Ray Lankester,

the late Director of the Museum, entrusted the rearrangement of

the specimens with which this Guide is concerned. During this

work Dr. Ridewood effected a marvellous transformation, and in the

pages of this little volume he briefly traces, for the benefit of the

visitor, all the more striking and interesting facts concerning the

specimens so beautifully displayed. But beside this he has contrived

to include a most helpful and concise account of the classification of

fishes and the more important features in their anatomy, at any

rate in so far as this bears upon their systematic position.

Those who have a mind, it may be remarked, to acquaint them-

selves with the last word in the classification of fishes may with

profit consult the pages of this Guide, for many new features have

been introduced into the systematic arrangement of this group

during the work of remodelling the Gallery. Many of the orders

and most of the subdivisions thereof which appear in this Guide

will be found to be new—that is to say, a more or less reshuffling

of the orders of other authors has taken place in order, if possible,

to express the phylogenetic relationships of the groups concerned

one to another, This, of course, will not meet with universal

approval, no system of classification ever does ; but it will certainly

stimulate further work, and thus serve a most useful purpose.

13t Miscellaneous.

C. B. Witson. North-American Parasitic Copepods belonging to the

Family Caligide.—Parts 3 & 4. A Revision of the Pandarine and

Cecropine. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, vol. xxxill. pp. 323-490,

plates xvil.-xlii. December 1907.

Tue parasitic Copepoda are a group of which the study is rendered

particularly difficult by the great changes which take place during

growth, by the remarkable and varied sexual dimorphism, and by

the absence, in recent years, of anything like a serious revision of

the group or of any considerable part of it. This last difficulty

Dr. Wilson has courageously set himself to remove in the series of

memoirs of which this is the latest. That his work will be of very

great value to future students cannot be doubted. The material

at his disposal is larger than in the case of most earlier writers ; he

has been able to examine and to identify the larval stages of a

number of species in the different subfamilies; the figures which

he gives are numerous, and, if somewhat inartistic and lacking

in detail, are clear and apparently accurate. It is much to be

regretted, however, that a little more trouble was not taken at the

outset to make quite clear the relation between the morphology of

the parasitic groups and that of the free-living forms. Dr. Wilson

recognizes “‘ twelve pairs of appendages, namely, two pairs of an-

tenn, one pair of mandibles, two pairs of maxille, two pairs of

maxillipeds, and five pairs of swimming-legs.” How this series of

appendages is to be compared with that of the typical free-swimming

Copepods we are not told, nor is it easy to guess. Wi.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Genotype of Cidaris.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History,

GrnrLemen,—Dr. H. I. Clark’s able advocacy of his views in the

June number of the ‘ Annals’ helps to make clear the precise

difference between us.

Except for a few advocates of pre-Linnean and non-binominal

names, we all agree to ascribe Cidaris to Leske. It follows by the

rules that the genotype must be one of the species assigned by

Teske himself to Czdaris. Being unable to discover on what

grounds other authors had selected C. papillata, I applied the rules,

and found these to lead to the same result. Rightly or wrongly,

Dr. Clark accepts no other of Leske’s species as a C2darvs at all, and

is therefore bound either to accept C. papillata or to reject the

generic name, Essentially he does accept it, and it is with the

next step that trouble begins.

We all agree that Leske’s sections I,, 11., and III. represent three

Miscellaneous. 135

distinct species. Which of them is to be regarded as the true

C. papillata? My application of the rules led me to decide on

no. Ill. Dr. Clark objects to my application, but arrives, like

every one else, at the same result. Now comes the divergence. I

maintain that if species no. III. is rightly called Oidaris papillata,

it must be the genotype. Dr. Clark rejects this obvious course and

fixes on no. II., which was first made a separate species by Lamarck

under the name Cidarites tribuloides. But a species unrecognized

as such by Leske cannot (by Internat. Code, Art. 30, II. e, a) be

the genotype of Leske’s own genus, unless, indeed, it prove after

all to be a synonym of CO. papillata, in whieh case it must take that

name.

Why does Dr. Clark refuse to take C. papillata s. str. as the

genotype? I accept his disclaimer of the reason I gave: “ because

Dorocidaris A. Ag. thus becomes a synonym of Cidaris,” and quote

his own words: “‘A. Agassiz in 1869 removed papillata s. str. to

Dorocidaris.” It would be more correct to say that in 1863 (Bull.

Mus. Comp. Zool. i. p. 17) A. Agassiz restricted ‘“Cidaris Klein” to

C. thouarsi, C. tribuloides, C. annulata, O. baculosa, and allied

species, and that he removed to Orthocidaris Ag. C. hystria, C. affinis,

and ‘ C. papillata Flem.,” but that, finding the name Orthocidaris

preoccupied by Cotteau, in 1869 he altered it to Dorocidaris. The

type of Dorocidaris was not fixed; but, since in the ‘ Revision of

the Echini’ Mr. Agassiz (p. 105) recognized that all the species he

had referred to it were synonyms of C. papillata Leske, it follows

that the genotype of Dorocidaris is Cidaris papillata Leske.

Whether the Crdaris of A. Agassiz, 1863 and 1872, can correctly

be regarded as equal to a restricted Cidaris Klein need not be

discussed ; it is, however, interesting to note that it was not claimed

as in any way representing Cidaris Leske—that position was

reserved for Dorocdaris. It follows, then, that from the beginning

Dorocidaris was a synonym of Cidaris Leske, and therefore those

who accept Cidaris Leske must reject Dorocidaris. In a word, you

cannot make Cidaris papillata s. lato the type of Cidaris, and

Cidaris papillata s. str. the type of Dorocidaris.

Mr. P. Thiéry has kindly pointed out to me that, in resuscitating

the name Gymnocidaris A. Ag., 1863, I overlooked the prior use of

the name by L. Agassiz (1838, ‘ Monogr. des Salenies,’ p. 3). This

name has been re-established by Mr. Lambert (see Zool. Record for

1900). Apparently, then, a name is still required for “*Oidaris Klein

restr. A. Ag.”

Two further criticisms made by Dr. Clark need consideration.

I said that J. KE. Gray (1825) fixed the genotype as C. imperialis

Lam. Dr. Clark says ‘‘ He simply mentions ” that species “ as an

example of Cidaris, in contrast to Diadema.” This is an extra-

ordinary representation of Gray’s action. The paper is a professedly

systematic paper by a revising systematist, being “An attempt to

divide the Echinida, or Sea Eggs, into natural Families.” It deals

with a large number of genera, many of them new, and even though

136 , Miscellaneous.

Gray did not use the expression “type,” except in his last para-

graph, we have only to compare it with other papers by Gray in

the same volume to see that the single species quoted were intended

by him as genotypes. If, then, Gray is put out of court by the rigid

application of the Code, @ fortiort must this be the case with Brandt

and others.

“Tt seems to” Dr. Clark ‘‘ absurd to suppose that Brandt (1835)

expected or intended that both his ‘Section A’ and ‘Section B’ of

Cidaris were to be called Phyllacanthus.” This is not quite what

I said. In the first place, Brandt did not mention a Section A

and Section B of Cidaris. He established Phyllacanthus as a new

subgenus of Cidaris (or Cidarites Lam., as he called it), and he said

in his diagnosis of Phyllacanthus that the ambulacra might be

straight or waved. He then divided Phyllacanthus into two

Sections: A, with ambulacra straight; B, with ambulacra waved.

Since the collection of Mertens contained only examples of one

species— CO. (Phyllacanthus) dubia—and since this came into

Section B, Brandt mentioned Section A in the footnote alone. The

type of Section A is undoubtedly Cidarites tribuloides Lam.; the

type of Section B was not fixed. From this it is not so clear to me

as it is to Dr. Clark that Brandt ‘selected dubia as the type of

Phyllacanthus.”

Having disallowed Gray and admitted that Brandt does not

“distinctly state that tribuloides is the type of Cidaris s. str.,”

Dr. Clark then falls back on elimination, and contends for stability

of nomenclature, more particularly the nomenclature established in

the ‘ Revision of the Echini. Mr. Alexander Agassiz, when he

penned the admirable chapter on ‘‘ Nomenclature” in that great

work, frankly stated (p. 13) that he did not intend to impose on

any one the names there adopted, often in defiance of the Codes,

It is rather too late now for his coadjutor to begin the attempt.

We all desire stability of nomenclature, but the best way of

attaining it is to see that the foundations are secure and the super-

structure in accord with the canons of the builder’s art.

F. A. Baruzr,

Natural History Museum,

London, 8. W.,

5th June, 1908.

Note on the Squirrel-Genus “ Zetis.” By Otprretp THomas,

I regret to find that in giving the name Zetts to the long-nosed

Oriental squirrels of the pernyi-rufigenis group (Journ. Bomba

Nat. Hist. Soc. xviii. p. 244, 1908) I overlooked the fact that Pére

Heude had already proposed for the genus the name Dremomys

(Mem. H. N. Empire Chinois, iv. pt. 2, p. 54, 1898). That name

must therefore be used for all the squirrels referred to Zetis in my

list, including the new Formosan species Dremomys owstoni.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 8. AUGUST 1908.

XV.—On new Species of Histeridze and Notices of others.

| By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

THis is the thirty-fourth paper on the Histeride in this

Magazine, and in these papers and in those published by me

elsewhere there are over 700 species described and about 55

genera established. Marseul described about 700 species and

founded 35 genera, so that his work and mine are nearly

equal as regards the number of species noticed ; but Marseul’s

work is of more value, owing to the large number of figures

given in his monograph. Marseul began his monograph

fifty-five years ago, and it is nineteen years since his last

paper was published ; in describing his species he generally

drew outlines of them, even when the drawings were not

published.

There are several new species of Z7ibalus noticed in the

present paper, the number now described being over 30, and

there are perhaps as many more nondescripts in collections, so

that ultimately the genus is likely to prove to be a large one.

At the date of the Munich Catalogue only 9 species were

known; three species occur in the European area, and the others

are African or Asian, Formerly Dr. G. H. Horn included

two American species in T’ribalus, but these are now referred

to Cerosternus and Stictostix ; the single species of the first

genus has, as already recorded (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi.

p- 213, 1885), an antenna with a solid club, and the species

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 10

138 Mr. G. Lewis on

of the second genus, also single, corresponds somewhat

curiously with several Australian forms.

It may be well to give the origins of two names lately

used for new genera. ‘The variolose surface-sculpture of

Sitalia severini, Lew., figured in 1900, suggested the name

for this Indian genus. The Hindu has made the disease

variola a member of his Pantheon, and under the name of

the goddess Sitalia pays it worship and honour, The name

of the genus Santalus was formed from Santal, a negro-like

aboriginal tribe of India; the species are all Oriental and the

area of their distribution limited, so far as is now known, to

India, Burma, and the Eastern Archipelago.

There are two remarkable instances in this family of the

geographical distribution of peculiar species which are

worthy of notice. In the genus Hololepta there are ten

species which have a conspicuous eurved or arched sulcus in

the propygidiim, and these species have a range from Japan

through India to South Africa, And in the genus Ana-

glymma there are nine species whose distribution extends

from the Malay Archipelago and India to Cape Colony, and

there is every likelihood that some species will ultimately be

found in the far East. All the species of both genera are

subcortical in their habits and in Central Africa are found on

both coasts. ;

In the Catalogue published in 1905 I did not give the

names of the Histeride known and described from the tertiary

sedimentary strata as fossils; but at the end of this paper I

give a list of them, compiled by Professor T’. D. A. Cockerell,

of the University of Colorado. I believe the list is complete

to date, and I have been courteously permitted to publish it.

Heer’s paper was published in 1864, before the inauguration

of the ‘ Zoological Record’; but one name in the list is dated

1888. Judging from the figures given of the fossilized

species, there appears to be in several of them a thoracic stria

which is continued along the base; in the existing species,

over 2300, this characteristic is only observed in three.

List of Spectes.

Hololepta enodipyga. Macrolister debellatus,

Teretrius africus. Hister maroccanus, Sch.

erythreeus. amplicollis, Er., 1840,=

Platysoma vagans, Lev. thoracicus, Payk., 1811.

Mendelius, gen. nov. vadatus, Lew.

lineipennis. —— arcatus.

Omalodes obliquistrius. lineisternus.

simplex. sulcimargo.

— chapade. — honestus.

new Species of Histeridee. 139

Hister bahiensis. Phelister (Hister) preecox, Zr.

planifrons. ( ) pusio, Hr.

Atholus malaysi. rectisternus.

Tribalus cavernicola, Lew. testudo.

—— puncticeps. fractistrius,

suturalis. —— pygidialis,

leevidorsis. colombie.

—— bicarinatus. —— rubricatus.

unistrius, —— carinistrius.

—-— semen, Lew. Phoxonotus suturalis.

Pachycreerus atratus.

FAfololepta enodipyga, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovata, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte bistriata ; pronoto

lateribus obsolete punctato, stria marginali antice anguste cana-

liculata ; elytris striis dorsalibus haud eppendiculatis pygidio

fere levi.

L. 7 mill. (absque mandibulis).

Oblong-oval, very flat, black and shining; the head smooth,

with two short bent frontal strie, labrum very, small and

bilobed, ¢@ mentum smooth and not carinate; the thorax

somewhat transverse, scarcely rounded off at ‘the base, but

distinctly so at the anterior angles, lateral stria complete and

anteriorly narrowly canaliculate, within it there is an obscure

narrow line of punctures, base feebly bisinuous; the elytra,

striae, 1 dorsal short, basal, but well marked, 2 very short,

there is no apical appendage ; ; the propygidium has a few

lateral punctures, but they do not extend to the apex; the

pygidium is seemingly smooth, but there is a fine and thinly

spread punctuation seen under the microscope; the pro-

sternum, keel wide at both ends, but somewhat constricted in

the middle; the anterior tibiz 4-dentate.

The species may be placed near HH. pygolissa, Mars., but

the thorax is not so much rounded off behind and the thoracic

lateral stria resembles that of Lioderma vieinum, Lec.

Fab. Pilcanoto, Peru.

I only know the male.

Teretrius africus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, subelongatus, brunneus, nitidus, undique punctatus,

antennis pedibusque concoloribus ; pronoto marginato; prosterno

bistriato, striis anticis conjunctis ; mesosterno ‘tmarginato ; tibiis

anticis 6-denticulatis, posticis 3-spinosis.

L. 12 mill.

Cylindrical, rather long, brown, and shining; the head,

punctures largest nearest the base; the thorax marginate

10*

140 Mr, G. Lewis on

behind the head and laterally, punctuation largest and clearest

near the base, the punctures along the base are evenly and

transversely placed, those behind the anterior angles are

closer and less distinct ; the elytra, punctuation most clear at

the base; the pygidia are evenly and not closely punctured ;

the prosternum is rather coarsely punctured, anterior lobe

marginate, keel is narrow and between the strie feebly

canaliculate, the strie gradually meet anteriorly, but they are

somewhat obscurely indicated owing to the punctuation; the

mesosternum is obtusely acuminate and margined narrowly,

surface and that of the metasternum is clearly but not closely

punctured ; the metasternum is striate laterally ; the anterior

tibie are 6-denticulate, posterior 3-spinose, the tarsal spine

being bifurcate.

The colour of this species somewhat resembles that of

T. pulex, Fairm., but pulex has a broad and flat prosternal

keel and its striz are parallel to each other and far apart and

the mesosternal marginal stria is distinctly farther from the

edge. These characters are noticed now for the first time.

Hab. Togoland, K. Africa.

Teretrius erythreus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, subelongatus, niger, nitidus, supra undique punctatus ;

prosterno bistriato, striis subparallelis, sparse punctato ; meso-

sterno stria marginali postice abbreviata; pedibus rufis, tibiis

anticis 7—8-denticulatis.

L, 24 mill.

Cylindrical, rather elongate, black and shining, evenly and

rather closely punctured above; the thorax, marginal stria

complete, fine behind the head and sinuous at the base; the

elytra, suture behind the scutellar region a little elevated and

the humeral smooth space is also somewhat raised; the

pygidia are evenly, not closely punctured; the prosternum,

strize not quite parallel, but widen out gradually and slightly

anteriorly, surface microscopically strigose, with a few large

shallow round punctures; the mesosternum somewhat acute

in the middle, marginal stria anteriorly complete but fine,

and it does not pass the coxe, so that there is a marked

interruption between it and the metasternal lateral stria, the

meso- and metasterna are sparingly punctured and the points

are smaller and not circular like those of the prosternum ;

the legs are reddish and the anterior tibiz are 7-8-denticulate.

In form this species most resembles 1’. latebricola, Lew.,

but it is somewhat less narrow.

Hab. Ghinda, Erythrea.

new Species of Histeride, 141

Platysoma vagans, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii.

p. 133 (1884).

The pygidium of this species is immarginate and convex ;_

the prosternum is marginate between the coxe and along

the base ; the mesosternal marginal stria is very strong and

is not connected at the suture with the metasternal lateral

stria. In these characters it agrees with P. lewisi, Mars., a

species occurring in China and Japan. I have lately seen

many examples from Sapporo, in Yezo.

MENDELIUS, gen. nov.

Body oblong, depressed, parallel at the sides, brown or

piceous ; head retractile, antennal funiculus gradually en-

larging to the club, club oval, frontal stria fine; thorax

rather broader than long, antennal fossa large, in the anterior

angle, deep and wholly open below, lateral stria sinuous and

leaving a wide interstice ; elytra 5-6-striate; propygidium

transverse ; pygidium marginate exteriorly or deeply foveo-

late ; prosternum finely marginate posteriorly, anterior lobe

rather wide ; mesosternum widely emarginate and bordered

by a stria; legs somewhat long and slender, anterior tibize

4—5-dentate, tarsal grooves short, shallow, and not curved,

tarsus rather short.

Type, Hblisia tenuipes, Lew.

I have established this genus on seeing two additional

species, one from Japan and one from India, which resemble

tenuipes, which, as I indicated before, could not well be left

permanently in Hblisia. The prosternal strize are similar to

those of Platysoma lewisit, Mars., and vagans, Lew., but the

tarsal grooves more nearly resemble those of a species of

Phelister.

Mendelius linetpennis, sp. n.

Oblongus, parallelus, depressus, piceus, nitidus; fronte concava, im-

punctata, stria leviter impressa; pronoto stria laterali valde

impressa ; elytris 6-striatis, 5 et suturali antice conjunctis ; pro-

sterno basi marginato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 4 mill.

Oblong, parallel at the sides, depressed, piceous and

shining; the head smooth, forehead concave, stria well

marked laterally, fine and bisinuous anteriorly ; the thorax,

surface faintly and sparingly punctured, marginal stria very

fine and complete, lateral stria deepest anteriorly, interstice

142 Mr. G. Lewis on

rather wide and widest at the base, fine and crenulate behind

the head but slightly broken behind the eyes, it is also con-

_ tinued but finely along the base close to the edge, on the disk

are two fovez, separated by nearly the width of the head ;

the elytra have two fine epipleural striz, 1-3 dorsal complete,

4 is a very little shortened at the base, 5 and sutural com-

plete and join anteriorly and apically the tips of both turn

outwards; the propygidium is narrow and transverse and

crossed in the middle by a line of irregular punctures; the

pygidium is impunctate and very largely excavated on

either side at the base; the prosternum has a marginal stria

Mendelius lineipennis.

round its base and the striw are produced just beyond the

coxe, but do not join; the mesosternum is widely emar-

ginate behind the prosternal keel and the marginal stria is

well marked and complete and continues laterally along the

metasternum ; the first abdominal segment also has a well-

marked lateral stria; the anterior tibie are 4-dentate.

The thoracic fovese, such as are noted above, are, in the

Histerides, sometimes (though rarely) only of individual, not

specific, character.

Hab, Nilgiri Hills, India (H. L. Andrewes, no. 747).

‘Type in the Andrewes’ Collection.

Omalodes obliquistrius, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte oblique striata, antice exca-

vata ; pronoto post oculos bipunctato ; propygidio grosse punctato,

L. 73 mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining; the head feebly punctu-

late, with two oblique strize commencing near the middle of

the eyes and joining anteriorly, behind the point of meeting

the forehead is excavated; the thorax, marginal stria strong

and complete, surface smooth, with a puncture behind either

new Species of Histeride. 143

eye and distant from the margin by one-third of the thoracic

length; the elytra, striz, inner humeral apical, dimidiate, and

curved, dorsal very fine, 1 apparently shortened at the base,

2 not traceable at the base or apex, 3 dimidiate and basal;

the propygidium is coarsely punctate, closely so at the sides,

more sparingly in the middle; the pygidium is evenly punc-

tate; the prosternum is without striae; the mesosternum,.

marginal stria is widely interrupted; the anterior tibice

4.dentate.

The frontal striz are a marked character in‘ this species ;

the thoracie punctures resemble those usually seen in O. lace-

ratus, Mars., but Marseul did not notice the punctures in his

description of his species, and rightly, as the punctures are

sometimes wanting.

Hab. Santa Fé, Bogota.

Omalodes simplex, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte puncticulata, stria

circulari antice vage interrupta; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3

dimidiata punctis continuata; propygidio pygidioque fortiter

punctatis ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 6 mill,

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head very

feebly impressed longitudinally, stria semcircular, vaguely

interrupted anteriorly, surface irregularly punctulate; the

thorax, stria complete, with a few small punctures behind the

anterior angle, behind the eyes away from the margin is

faintly seen a somewhat elongate impression (corresponding

to the punctures in O. obleguistrius), scutellar fovea well

marked ; the elytra, striz, outer humeral fine and clear from

before the middle to the apex, dorsal 1-2 complete, but com-

posed of points towards the apex, 3 basal and dimidiate but

traceable as fine points to the apex, 4-5 indicated by apical

points only, sutural consists of points which disappear beyond

the disk ; the propygidium is coarsely and not closely punc-

tate, points fewest on the disk, and without fovee; the

pygidium is more evenly punctate; the mesosternum,

marginal stria widely interrupted, suture well marked by a

straight stria.

Hab. Trinidad (Ellacombe).

Omalodes chapade, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria tenuiter im-

pressa retrorsum acuminata; pronoto levi; elytris humeris valde

144 Mr. G. Lewis on

prominulis, striis 1-3 integris crenatis; propygidio foveolato ;

1° ventrali abdominis segmento dense strigoso-punctato ; tibiis

anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 53 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head clearly

punctulate, frontal stria rather fine, complete, and retro-

flexed anteriorly, median area lightly impressed ; the thorax,

stria complete, disk microscopically punctulate, lateral mar-

gins clearly punctulate, scutellar fovea round and well

marked; the elytra, strie, outer humeral shortened at the

base, curved apically, inner humeral represented by a row of

fine points, 1-3 markedly complete, with somewhat crenulate

edges, 4-5 and sutural are vaguely shown by fine punctures,

behind the humeral angle there is a prominent boss and at

the apical edge of the elytra between the second and third

strize is a marked depression ; the propygidium is finely and

not closely punctulate, with two round very distinct fovee ;

the pygidium is finely and evenly punctulate; the sterna are

clearly punctulate, the mesosternal stria interrupted, and the

first segment of the abdomen is conspicuously and densely

strigose-punctate.

The above somewhat resembles O. pulvinatus, Er., but the

third dorsal stria is complete, the humeral angle very promi-

nent, and the first ventral segment densely sculptured.

Hab. Chapada, Brazil (1. H. Smith).

Macrolister debellatus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria integra,

antice recta; pronoto lateribus fulvo-ciliato, stria interna integra,

externa laterali margini proxima, post angulos a margine parum

distanti; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi minus abbreviata, 5

dimidiata, suturali arcuata ; propygidio pygidioque punctulatis.

L, 9-9} mill.

Oblong-oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head

smooth or microscopically punctulate, stria well marked and

anteriorly straight ; the thorax margined with a yellow pile,

external stria two-thirds the length of the thorax and hamate

behind the anterior angle, where it departs slightly from the

edge, internal complete behind the neck, markedly sinuous

laterally and somewhat distant from the edge; the elytra,

striz, inner humeral apical and passing the middle, dorsal

1-3 complete, 4 slightly abbreviated at the base, 5 less

marked and dimidiate, sutural is rather shorter than the

fourth and turns away from the suture at both ends; the

pygidia are finely punctulate, the points of both being larger

new Species of Histeridee. 145

and more distinct along their bases; the prosternum is not

striate; the mesosternum is emarginate and the marginal

stria complete ; the anterior tibiz are 3-dentate.

This species is very similar to M. pilicollis, Sch. It differs

by the form of the external thoracic stria, which is net close

to the edge behind the anterior angle, by the internal stria

being more sinuous laterally, and by the fine punctuation of

the pygidia.

Hab. Mombasa, E. Africa.

Mister maroccanus, Sch. Ent. Nachr. xiii. p. 353 (1887).

The above was described as a variety of H. amplicollis, Ev.,

but I think that it is a distinct species; it differs by the very

narrow interstice of the lateral thoracic stria and by the fine

surface-punctuation, which resembles that of ZH. grecus,

Brullé.

Lister amplicollis, Kr., 1840,=thoracicus, Payk., 1811,

n. Syn.

As no species resembling Paykull’s figure of thoracicus has

been found in America, I sent an example of amp/icollis to

Prof. Yngve Sjéstedt, who has compared it with Paykull’s

type of thoracicus, and he has found that it corresponds except

in a slight variance in the denticulations of the anterior tibie.

Paykull’s figure of thoracicus represents amplicollis very well,

and there has been evidently a case of mistaken locality. The

outer thoracic stria in the species is often complete, but I

selected one with a short stria to send to Stockholm, as it is

so figured in Paykull’s monograph.

Hister vadatus, Lewis, 1908.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria antice recta; pro-

noto bistriato; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 obsoleta, suturali

utrinque abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque punctatis; meso-

sterno stria marginali in medio interrupta; tibiis anticis 3-

dentatis, apicali dente immani.

oan,

Oval, convex, black and shining; the head, frontal stria

complete, straight anteriorly, and rounded off on either side ;

the thorax, marginal stria very fine, two lateral well-marked

and parallel to each other, the outer stria terminates behind

the eye, inner continued behind the head; the elytra, humeral

stria wanting, dorsal 1-4 complete, 5 indicated by a few apical

points, sutural abbreviated at both ends, the ends turn away

146 Mr. G. Lewis on

from the suture; the pygidia are clearly not closely punc-

tured with microscopical points in the interspaces ; the pro-

sternum, lobe marginate and impunctate ; the mesosternum

is feebly sinuous anteriorly and the marginal stria is inter-

rupted in the middle; the anterior tibie 3-dentate, apical —

tooth very large.

The above is similar to A. obesus, Fahr., and others by the

thorax being bistriate laterally and the terminal tooth of the

anterior tibia being very large.

fab, Meru,sat the River Ngare na nyuki, 22nd November,

1905.

fiister arcatus, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria tenuiter im-

pressa ; pronoto stria interna subintegra, externa nulla; elytris

striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi abbreviata, 5 obsoleta, suturali ultra

medium abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque modice punctatis ;

mesosterno antice arcuato, stria integra; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis.

L. 63-7 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head not

impressed, stria rather fine and complete, nearly straight

anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria interrupted behind the

head, outer lateral wanting, inner well-marked, shortened at

the base, sinuous in the middle, and continued, but finely,

behind the head; the elytra, strie, humeral both wanting,

1-3 complete, 4 shortened slightly at the base, 5 apical and

rudimentary, sutural reaches just beyond the middle and is a

little shortened behind; the pygidia are clearly but not

closely punctate, the apex of the pygidium is smooth ; the

prosternum, keel narrow between the coxe, anterior lobe some-

what pointed and marginate; the mesosternum is evenly

arched anteriorly and the marginal stria is rather strong,

crenate, and parallel to the edge, and does not quite join the

metasternal lateral stria; the anterior tibis are 3-dentate.

The form of the mesosternum is an important character ; it

is not truncate like that of Atholus corvinus, Germ., and I

have not included it in Thomson’s genus.

Hab. Nguelo, Usambara, E. Africa.

Mister lineisternus, sp. n.

Ovalis, subconvexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria antice biarcuata ;

pronoto stria interna pone oculos parum deflexa; elytris striis

1-3 integris, 4-5 brevissimis, suturali ultra medium abbreviata :

prosterno bistriato ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis.

L. 5 mill.

new Species of Wisteride. 147

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head feebly

impressed, stria strong and biarcuate; the thorax, stria ex-

ternal fine and shortened before the base and interrupted

behind the neck, internal also rather fine, feebly sinuous

laterally, and deflected behind the eye; the elytra, strie, inner

humeral well-marked, apical, and passing the middle, 1-3

dorsal complete and also strong, 4-5 apical and rudimentary,

sutural apical and just passing the middle; the pygidia are

clearly not dense nor coarsely punctured; the prosternum,

keel bistriate in the middle, the strie do notPeach the base

nor the suture behind the anterior lobe ; the mesosternum is

feebly emarginate, stria fine and complete; the anterior tibize

are 3-dentate, the apical tooth being slightly bifid. In one

example the fourth stria is dimidiate.

The chief distinguishing character of this species is the

bistriate prosternum ; otherwise it is very similar to H. nilo-

ticus, Mars. The frontal stria in niloticus is acuminate in the

middle, not biarcuate; semiplanus, zulu, Mars., with copro=

philus, Reiche, belong to the same group.

Hab. Mount Chivinda, Gazaland (Guy A. K. Marshall,

November 1901), and Usambara (Julius Weise, 1901).

Mister sulcimargo, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum conyexus, niger, nitidus; fronte haud impressa,

stria antice recta ; pronoto striis validis integris, intervallo levi ;

elytris striis humerali interna et 1-3 dorsalibus integris, 4 tenuis-

sima, 5 obsoleta, suturali ultra medium abbreviata; propygidio

pygidioque dense punctatis.

L. 7-73 mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head not

impressed, stria complete and straight anteriorly ; the thorax,

the two lateral striz are deep and complete and rather near

together, the interstices between the outer edge and the two

striz being nearly equal in breadth, inner stria widely sinuous

and continued but rather finely behind the neck and deflected

behind the eyes, outer lateral hamate anteriorly and ceasing

behind the angle; the elytra, striae, inner humeral and 1-3

dorsal complete, 4 very fine and sometimes traceable along

its whole length, 5 apical very short and punctiform, sutural

apical and just passing the middle; the pygidia are wholly

evenly and very densely punctate ; the prosternum, the ante-

rior lobe with two marginal strie ; the mesosternum is emar-

ginate, with a rather fine marginal stria following the contour

of the segment ; the anterior tibize are 3-dentate.

148 Mr. G. Lewis on

This species may be placed near H. vilis, Mars., and

scabripygus, Sch.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (Guy A. K. Marshall,

Nov. 1900).

It is a stercoraceous species.

Hister honestus, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; elytris rubris, macula

scutellari nigrag; fronte stria transversa arcuata; pronoto stria

laterali interna pone oculos deflexa; elytris striis dorsalibus

_ integris, 5-6 basi conjunctis; mesosterno antice sinuato; tibiis

anticis 3-dentatis,

L. 2% mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head, stria

complete and transversely bowed; the thorax, marginal stria

fine and complete, outer lateral touches the base and ceases

behind the eye, interstice between it and the inner lateral

rather wide and widest anteriorly, inner lateral complete,

sinuous before the base and deflected behind the eye; the

elytra somewhat obscurely reddish, with the scutellar region

and the disk blackish, striz, humeral short, bent, not touching

the base nor quite reaching the middle, dorsal 1-4 complete,

5-6 also complete and joining at the base; the pygidia

coarsely, clearly, and not closely punctured ; the prosternum

is microscopically strigous, anterior lobe strongly marginate,

keel without striz ; the mesosternum is feebly sinuous ante-

riorly and the marginal stria is somewhat crenate, very slightly

bent in the middle, and is not quite close to the edge.

This species is exceedingly similar to H. castus, Lew., but

the mesosternum is not arcuate in outline nor does the

marginal stria follow so closely to the edge. In honestus the

inner thoracic lateral stria is deflected behind the eye and the

outer stria reaches the base. In castus the outer stria is

usually shortened at the base and in some examples the fifth

dorsal stria is sometimes slightly broken.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (Guy A. K. Marshall,

January 1901).

Hister bahiensis, sp. n.

Ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria semicirculari; pro-

noto stria marginali post oculos interrupta, stria laterali interna

integra; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 et suturali dimidiatis, 5

brevissima ; propygidio utrinque foveolato; mesosterno in medio

sinuato, stria marginali tenuiter impressa ; tibiis anticis 5-denticu-

latis.

L. 6 mill.

new Species of Histeride. 149

Oval, convex, black and shining; the head obscurely punc-

tulate, frontal stria semicircular; the thorax, marginal stria

interrupted behind the head, outer lateral wanting, inner

complete, fine behind the head and rather irregularly im-

pressed Jaterally, behind the anterior angle there are a few

fine points ; the elytra, striz, inner humeral a little shortened

at the base, dorsal 1-3 complete, 4 and sutural equal and

nearly dimidiate, 5 very short and broken, apex slightly

transversely impressed ; the propygidium and pygidium are

evenly and rather closely punctured, the first has a distinct

but rather shallow fovea on either side; the prosternum,

anterior lobe margined, but the stria is only close to the edge

at the apex; the mesosternum is slightly sinuous anteriorly

and the marginal striais fine and complete ; the anterior tibize

are 5-denticulate.

This species may be placed near H. conductus, Mars.

Hab. Bahia (L. C. Reed).

ister planifrons, sp. n.

Ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte haud striata; pronoto

bistriato, striis amtice disjunctis; elytris stria subhumerali

sinuata, integra, striis 1-4 integris, 5 suturalique valde abbre-

viatis ; propygidio pygidioque parum dense punctulatis.

L. 5 mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining; the head without a

frontal stria, feebly punctulate and somewhat uneven, there

is a small fovea in the middle of the base, but it may not be

constant ; the thorax, marginal stria complete, outer lateral

hamate and ceasing behind the anterior angle, inner complete

except in being very slightly shortened at the base, scutellar

fovea linear ; elytra, striz, subhumeral complete and widely

sinuous in the middle, 1-4 complete, 2 sinuous in the middle,

4 and 5 joined at the apex, 5 and sutural very short; the

propygidium and the pygidium are evenly and rather closely

punctulate; the prosternum, keel finely punctulate; the

mesosternum emarginate, stria complete anteriorly but not

quite reaching the suture at the base ; the anterior tibia 5-6-

denticulate.

The absence of a frontal stria is a marked distinction in

this species ; hitherto H. planiceps, Lew., from Burma, was

unique in this respect, but one of the American species,

fractifrons, Cas., has a broken stria, showing a tendency to

lose it. In my example of fractifrons the fourth and fifth

dorsal strige are joined, but as Casey does not mention this, it

may be a varying character both in it and planifrons.

flab. Victoria, Vancouver Island (Wickham).

150 Mr. G. Lewis on

Atholus malayst, sp. n

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte obscure punctulata,

stria semicirculari; pronoto utrinque foveolato, stria laterali

interna basi abbreviata ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5-6 dimidiatis,

humerali brevi; mesosterno marginato; tibiis anticis multi-

denticulatis.

L. 4 mill.

Oval, little convex, black and shining; the head obscurely

punctulate, stria semicircular; the thorax, marginal stria

interrupted behind the head, outer lateral wanting, inner

abbreviated before the base, feebly crenate behind the neck,

within the stria behind the anterior angle is a shallow fovea ;

the elytra, humeral stria short and bent and near the middle,

1-4 dorsal complete, 5-6 nearly dimidiate, but the sutural is

slightly the longest; the pygidia are finely punctured with

minute points in the interspaces; the prosternum is micro-

scopically strigose, the anterior lobe has a strong lateral stria,

but the apex is not marginate; the mesosternum is widely

arched, with a fine crenate marginal stria, the sutural trans-

verse stria is straight and also crenate; the anterior tibize are

denticulate on the outer edge and the denticulations are con-

tinued round the angle to the tarsus.

This species somewhat resembles A. stlvicola and baberii,

Lew.

Hab. Malacca Peninsula.

Tribalus cavernicola, Lewis, 1908.

Ovalis, supra subdepressus, subseneus, nitidus ; fronte concava, supra

oculos elevata, fere levis; pronoto basi transversim impresso ;

elytris striis obsoletis; prosterno striis utrinque divergentibus ;

antennis pedibusque obscure brunneis,

L. 3 mill,

Oval, somewhat depressed above, brassy, shining ; the

head concave anteriorly, with lateral margins elevated, surface

almost impunctate; the thorax is evenly, finely, and rather

closely punctulate, marginal stria complete, along the middle

of the basal edge there is a narrow, transverse, rugose impres-

sion; the elytra, dorsal strie short, oblique, and ill-defined,

disk and the pygidia are also smooth; the prosternum, lobe

marginate, clearly punctured, and microscopically strigose,

strie divergent before and behind, keel lightly sculptured ;

the mesosternum, marginal stria very fine and interrupted

in,the middle, evenly, sparingly, and very minutely punctu-

new Species of Histeride. 151

late, transverse stria well-marked with sixteen crenellations ;

the antennz pale brown; legs obscurely brownish.

Similar in form and colour to 7. capensis, Payk., but the

surface-sculpture of Paykull’s species is densely punctulate.

Hab. Usambara: Tanga, in the Mkulumusi caves.

Tribalus puncticeps, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, supra convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte cum man-

dibulis punctulatis; pronoto irregulariter punctato, stria mar-

ginali integra; elytris stria suturali tenuiter impressa; tarsis

ferrugineis.

L. 2 mill.

Shortly oval, convex above, black and shining; the head,

also the clypeus and mandibles, markedly and somewhat

densely punctulate, forehead impressed; the thorax, marginal

stria complete and continued behind the neck, the disk very

finely and sparingly punctulate, laterally the points are larger

but not so densely set as those of the head, the scutellar

depression is transversely but not conspicuously punctured ;

the elytra, striz, outer humeral fine and complete, the sutural

very fine and not very distinct, abbreviated as usual in the

genus, and it scarcely diverges from the suture anteriorly ;

there are indications of other dorsal strie and the dorsal

punctuation is irregular with a tendency to run into double

longitudinal lines; the pygidia are much more finely and less

densely punctulate than the head; the prosternum, the ante-

rior lobe is distinctly punctured, the keel nearly smooth and

the lateral strize very slightly diverge at either end; the

mesosternum anteriorly immarginate, sutural stria finely

crenate and almost straight; the tarsi are ferruginous.

The punctuation of the head is a marked character in this

species.

Hab. Nilgiri Hills, 5000 feet (H. LZ. Andrewes).

Tribalus suturalis, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, parum convexus, piceus, subopacus ; fronte punctu-

lata haud impressa; pronoto lateribus sinuato; elytris striis

humeralibusintegris, dorsalibus inconspicuis, sutura post scutellum

subtuberculata.

L. 24 mill.

Shortly oval, little convex, piceous, and somewhat opaque;

the head closely punctulate, with a lateral stria before each

eye, forehead not impressed; the thorax sinuous along the

lateral edge, where it is obscurely reddish, the marginal stria

152 Mr. G. Lewis on

is widely interrupted behind the neck, surface much less

closely and less conspicuously punctured than the head and

the points vary in sizes which are intermixed; the elytra,

surface opaque by reason of a microscopical granulate sculp-

ture, punctuation in the scutellar region very minute, in other

parts similar to that of the thorax, behind the scutellum the

two edges of the suture are raised and form a small tubercle,

the two humeral strize are very fine but complete, 1 dorsal is

traceable as complete, 2 as dimidiate, 3 is basal, somewhat

oblique, and better defined than the two others ; the pygidia

are evenly, clearly, and somewhat closely punctulate; the

prosternum, the lateral strize feebly diverge at both ends; the

mesosternum is iinmarginate behind the keel and the sutural

stria is crenate with about twenty crenulations.

In its general facies this species resembles 7’. dort, Mars.

Hab. Palembang, Sumatra.

Tribalus levidorsis, sp. n.

Ovalis, supra convexus, brunneus, nitidus; fronte punctata; pro-

noto stria marginali integra, basi transversa punctata; elytris

levibus politis, stria suturali nulla; mesosterno stria marginali

late interrupta.

L. 13 mill.

Oval, convex above, brown and shining; the head im-

pressed anteriorly, somewhat elevated over the eyes, but

without an apparent stria, surface clearly but not closely

punctured ; the thorax, marginal stria well-marked, com-

plete, and minutely crenate behind the neck, at the base in

the scutellar region there is a conspicuous transverse band of

punctures ; the elytra, outer humeral stria fine and complete,

near the humeral angle is a short, rather obscure, oblique

stria, the others are wanting, surface and that of the thorax

is brightly polished and the thinly set punctures micro-

scopical ; the pygidia have a similar surface; the prosternum,

anterior lobe punctured, very narrowly marginate, keel bi-

striate, strie divergent slightly at both ends; the meso-

sternum, the marginal stria is interrupted behind the pro-

sternal keel, the transverse stria is slightly bent and consists

of about 16-17 crenulations ; anterior tibize gradually dilated

to the tarsal end.

There is no known Tribalus similar to this.

Hab. Montalvan, near Manila (2. Simon).

Tribalus bicarinatus, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, parum conyexus, undique grosse punctatus, niger,

new Species of Histeridee. 153

nitidus; fronte concava ; pronoto stria marginali integra ; elytris

striis 2 humeralibus integris, carinatis, ceteris nullis; prosterno

striis antice incurvatis.

L. vix 2 mill.

Shortly oval, rather convex, wholly punctured above and

beneath ; the forehead somewhat concave and raised over the

insertion of the antenna; the thorax, marginal stria com-

plete and rather obscurely crenate behind the neck ; the

elytra, punctuation a little sparse in the scutellar region, both

the humeral striae are complete and cariniform, dorsal striae

wanting, apices longitudinally strigose ; the pygidia are more

densely and more finely punctured than the elytra; the pro-

sternum, strix# bend inwards before the suture, anterior lobe

coarsely and rather roughly punctured, base of the keel less

closely punctured; the mesosternum, anterior edge quite

straight, transverse and narrow, sutural stria straight and a

little irregularly crenate.

The two humeral striz are a marked character for this

species.

Hab. Simla, N.W. India.

Tribalus unisirius, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, parum convexus, undique punctatus, niger, nitidus ;

fronte impressa; pronoto stria marginali integra; elytris striis

subhumerali externa integra, ceteris obsoletis ; propygidio

pygidioque dense punctulatis.

L. 2 mill.

Shortly oval, rather convex, wholly punctured above and

beneath; the forehead impressed and raised over the antenne ;

the thorax, stria complete and obsoletely crenate behind the

head ; the elytra, outer humeral stria complete and somewhat

cariniform, inner humeral is short and only just traceable in

the middle, the first and second dorsal strie (or what appa-

rently represents them) are traceable but very short, not

reaching the base nor the middle, the humeral area and the

outer part of each elytron is obscurely reddish; the pygidia

are densely and finely pointed; the prosternum, anterior lobe

coarsely not densely punctured, strize very slightly turned

inwards anteriorly, basal edge of the keel narrowly smooth ;

the mesosternum feebly sinuous anteriorly, transverse and

narrow, sutural stria straight and irregularly crenate.

flab. Kashia Hills, Anam.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. i

154 Mr. G. Lewis on

Tribalus semen, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 187

(1884).

Breviter ovatus, parum convexus, undique punctulatus, nigro-piceus,

subnitidus; fronte leviter impressa, supra oculos elevata; pro-

noto stria marginali integra; elytris stria humerali externa integra

haud carinata.

L. 2 mill.

Shortly oval, rather convex, rather finely and rather densely

punctured, with the elytra finely strigose except on the disk ;

the forehead is feebly impressed and somewhat elevated over

the eyes; the thorax, marginal stria complete and obscurely

crenate behind the neck; the elytra, outer humeral stria

complete, raised, but not carinate, and there are short traces

of two dorsal strie; the pygidia are finely and densely

punctulate; the prosternum, anterior lobe coarsely and some-

what rugosely punctured, keel less closely punctate, especially

at the base, the strie turn slightly inward anteriorly; the

mesosternum is not quite straight, being very slightly arcuate

behind the prosternal keel, punctured like the keel, and very

narrow and transverse, sutural stria rather widely and irregu-

larly crenate.

The original notice of this species gave insufficient cha-

racters; it may be placed near 7’. bicarinatus, unistrius, and

cyclonotus, Lew., but the last is a convex species; all are

Oriental.

Hab. Kiga, Japan.

Pachycrerus atratus, sp. 0.

Ovalis, supra parum convexus, niger, nitidus, punctulatus; fronte

tenuiter impressa; pronoto undique punctato, stria marginali

antice interrupta ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata, suturali

basi abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque grosse et dense punctatis ;

prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno stria marginali integra.

L. 3? mill.

Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head feebly

impressed anteriorly, rather closely and finely punctured, stria

complete but rather fine, especially in front; the thorax

wholly punctate, closely laterally, rather less closely on the

disk, marginal stria interrupted behind the head; the elytra,

strie, outer humeral fine and dimidiate, inner wanting, 1-4

dorsal complete, 5 dimidiate, sutural shortened before the

base, surface finely punctulate, with larger points along the

apical margins; the pygidia are densely and coarsely punc-

tured; the prosternum, keel bistriate, striz well-marked and

new Species of Histeride, il

rather near together, they join anteriorly and widen out

gradually to the base, but the interstice is narrow; the meso-

sternum is bisinuous and only moderately projecting in the

middle, marginal stria complete but not close to the edge, on

either side is an outer short bent stria, surface and that of the

metasternum and first abdominal segment are finely punctu-

late ; the anterior tibis are 5-denticulate.

This species may be placed near P. puncticollis, Lew., but

the two species are not very similar.

fab. Ghinda, Erythreea.

Phelister (Hister) precow, Er. Wiegm. Arch. i. p. 91 (1847).

“ Hf. ovalis, niger, nitidus, fronte impressa, prothorace marginato,

latera versus punctulato ; elytris rufo-piceis, fortiter striatis,

Striis interioribus duabus abbreviatis, tertia subintegra; ore,

antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis.

“ Long. 12 line.” per ts

Hab. Peru.

Phelister (Hister) pusio, Er. Wiegm. Avch. i. p. 91 (1847).

“ H. rotundatus, niger, nitidus, fronte impressa, prothorace immar-

ginato, latera versus punctulato ; elytris subtilissime punctulatis,

striis dorsalibus interioribus tribus abbreviatis, marginalibus

nullis ; antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis, pe

‘Long. 14-12 line.”

Hab. Peru.

Phelister rectisternus, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte impressa,

stria interrupta ; pronoto stria laterali integra, lateribus sparse

punctato; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 in medio interrupta,

suturali ultra medium abbreviata; propygidio distincte punctato ;

prosterno bistriato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L, 3} mill.

Shortly oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head

impressed anteriorly, stria very fine and broken in the

middle, each part being semicircular, surface microscopically

and sparingly punctulate; the thorax, lateral stria crenate

and somewhat distant from the edge, but continued close to

the margin behind the neck, closely within the stria there are

a dozen lateral punctures, surface punctulate like the head,

scutellar fovea small and circular ; the elytra, strie, outer

humeral short, fine, and apical, inner wanting, 1-2 dorsal

aS,

156 Mr. G. Lewis on

complete and not deeply impressed, 3 broken in the middle,

4—5 wanting, sutural apical very fine, parallel to the suture,

and just passing the middle; the propygidium coarsely and

rather closely punctate; the pygidium finely and sparsely

punctulate; the prosternum bistriate, stria bending slightly

from each other, not joined at either end, and are a little

shortened at the base; the mesosternum is straight anteriorly,

with the marginal stria fine and close to the edge, second

stria also fine, crenate, and feebly arched; the anterior tibiz

are 4-dentate and the apical tooth obtuse.

Hab. §. Catharina, Brazil.

Phelister testudo, sp. n.

Suborbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus, supra punctulatus; antennis

pedibusque rufis; elytris stria 1 basi abbreviata, striis 2-3 integris,

4 apicali brevissima, suturali dimidiata; prosterno parum lato,

punctato, striis haud conjunctis ; tibiis anticis 6-denticulatis.

L. 23 mill.

Nearly orbicular, convex, black and shining, surface punc-

tulate, antenne and legs rufous; the head finely punctulate,

frontal stria not continued anteriorly; the thorax is more

distinctly punctulate than the head, lateral stria complete,

with a minute fovea behind each eye close behind the stria,

scutellar fovea circular; the elytra, striz crenate, 1 abbrevi-

ated apically, 2-3 complete, 4 very short, apical, but not close

to the margin, sutural fine and nearly dimidiate, humeral

strie are wanting; the pygidia are almost smooth, the

punctuation being extremely fine; the prosternum, keel rather

wide, with the surface and that of the lobe distinctly punc-

tured, bistriate, striae not meeting at either end, and they

widen out a little posteriorly ; the mesosternum is bisinuous,

marginal stria complete and follows the outline of the edge,

the transverse or second stria is feebly arched anteriorly ; the

anterior tibies 6-denticulate.

Superficially this species resembles P. glob¢formis, Mars.,

but the greater width of the prosternal keel is a marked

distinction.

Hab. Parana (Donckier).

Phelister fractistrius, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum conyexus, brunneus, nitidus ; fronte impressa, stria

integra in medio retrorsum acuminata; pronoto stria laterali ad

oculos producta ; elytris striis 1-3 integra, 4 dimidiata, 5 brevi,

new Species of Histeride. 157

suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio grosse punctato; pygidio

apice levi; tibiis anticis 4-denticulatis.

L. 3 mill.

Oval, rather convex, brown and shining; the head im-

pressed anteriorly, microscopically punctured, stria fine and

acuminate in the middle; the thorax smooth, scutellar fovea

circular, marginal stria fine, complete, and widely sinuous

behind the neck, lateral stria well-marked and the interstice

is somewhat wide, it ceases behind the eye and it is distinctly

crenate near the anterior angles; the elytra, stria, humeral

apical and abbreviated before the middle, 1-3 dorsal complete,

4 not quite dimidiate, 5 somewhat shorter, sutural extends

just beyond the middle; the propygidium has rather large

shallow punctures, rathér closely set ; the pygidium is smooth

from the apex to the middle and punctured along the base ;

the prosternum is rather broad and without striz ; the meso-

sternum, marginal stria very fine and nearly straight anteriorly,

second stria is angulate on either side, very fine, and trans-

versely slightly bent; the anterior tibize are 4-denticulate.

Hab. Para, Brazil (H. H. Smith).

Phelister pygidials, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, piceus, nitidus; fronte haud impressa, stria

integra ; pronoto impunctato, stria laterali post oculos interrupta ;

elytris striis 1-3 subhumeralique integris, 4-5 dimidiatis, suturali

basi abbreviata; propygidio grosse punctato; pygidio circum

sulcato.

L, 22 mill.

Oval, rather convex, piceous, shining; the head smooth,

not impressed anteriorly, frontal stria well-marked, complete,

and semicircular; the thorax impunctate and without a

scutellar fovea, marginal stria fine and complete, lateral stria

also fine and broken behind the eye, the detached portion

behind the neck is crenate and turned backwards at both ends

(resembling that of P. friburgicus, Mars., but the turned ends

are longer); the elytra, stric, humeral fine and complete,

1-3 dorsal also complete, 4—5 apical and not quite dimidiate,

sutural shortened at the base about one-third; the pro-

pygidium is coarsely, not densely punctate ; the pygidium is

densely and finely punctulate, with some larger punctures

arranged transversely along its base, along the onter edge is a

remarkable narrow bordering furrow, which is deepest behind

the apex; the prosternum bistriate, strie equidistant laterally

and joined faintly at both ends; the mesosternum, marginal

158 Mr. G. Lewis on

stria nearly straight anteriorly, second stria widely arched ;

first segment of the abdomen bistriate laterally; the anterior

tibiz are 6-denticulate.

In the curious furrow in the pygidium there is a great

resemblance to those of Saprinus eneicollis, Mars., and other

South-American Saprint, but there is no other character to

connect them; the Saprinini seem to me to be wholly

disconnected from all the other groups.

Hab, Paraguay (Dr. Bohils).

Phelister colombia, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, elytris brunneis ; fronte impressa,

stria antice interrupta ; pronoto stria laterali post angulos arcuata ;

elytris striis 1-4 integris, 4 basi arcuata, 5 et suturali dimidiatis ;

propygidio sparse punctato; pygidio fere levi; prosterno bi-

striato, striis haud conjunctis ; tibiis anticis 6-7-denticulatis.

L, 23-22 mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining, elytra reddish brown,

colour somewhat obscure on the disk; the head, forehead

impressed, surface finely punctulate, stria interrupted ; the

thorax punctulate like the head, with five or six larger punc-

tures well within the lateral margin, marginal stria complete

and behind the head crenate, lateral stria hamate behind the

angle and ceasing behind the eye, scutellar fovea circular in

outline ; the elytra, strie 1-4 complete, fourth arehed at the

base but not quite reaching the suture, 5-6 equal, dimidiate,

and apical, outer humeral very fine, apical, and nearly

dimidiate; the propygidium somewhat irregularly and

sparsely punctured; the pygidium, punctuation very fine and

scarcely visible ; the prosternum is bistriate, strise not joining

at either end, but bend towards each other from the base ;

the mesosternum is markedly bisinuous, marginal stria com-

plete and crenate, the second stria is widely arched and also

crenate and prolonged laterally to the posterior coxe; the

legs are reddish and the anterior tibize 6—7-denticulate.

Hab. Pischindé, Colombia (W. F. H. Rosenberg).

Phelister rubricatus, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, elytris partim rufis ; fronte im-

pressa, stria antice interrupta; pronoto stria laterali post angulos

arcuata, basi minime abbreviata; elytris striis 1-5 integris,

suturali ultra medium abbreviata ; pygidio fere levi; tibiis anticis —

6-7-denticulatis,

L, 2-2} mill.

new Species of Histeridee. 159

Oval, convex, black and shining, outer margins of the

elytra red, at the base the colour reaches the third stria and

gradually widens out to the apex; the head is somewhat

irregularly, not densely punctured, forehead impressed, stria

interrupted anteriorly; the thorax, marginal stria complete

and crenulate and conspicuous behind the head, lateral stria

well-marked and arched behind the anterior angle and ceasing

behind the eye, and is shortened a little at the base, surface

irregularly punctured, points largest within the lateral margin ;

the elytra, dorsal strie 1-5 complete, fifth feebly hamate

at its basal end, sutural apical and abbreviated by one-

third, outer humeral short and apical, inner wanting; the

propygidium is evenly, not densely punctured; the pygidium

is nearly smooth, the punctuation being microscopical; the

prosternum is bistriate, the strize join at the base and are

nearly parallel along the keel and not therefore joining in

front; the mesosternum, marginal striz complete, crenate, and

are shortened before the coxe, the second stria is also arched

and crenate, but reaches the posterior coxe; the legs are

reddish brown.

The coloration of this species somewhat resembles that of

P. hemorrhous, Mars.

Hab. North America (Dane Co., Wis. 1899, and Eddy-

ville, Ja., H. F. Wickham).

Phelister carinistrius, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, brunneus, nitidus ; fronte stria integra antice fere

recta; pronoto basi utrinque obliqua distincte striata; elytris

striis cariniformibus, omnibus integris, 5 cum suturali basi juncta ;

tibiis anticis- 8—9-denticulatis.

L. 2-23 mill.

Oval, convex, brown and shining; the head sparsely and

finely punctulate, not impressed, stria slightly carinate, com-

lete, and widely transverse anteriorly ; the thorax punctulate

like the head, with a few larger punctures laterally, opposite

the fourth stria is a basal, oblique, carinate stria; the elytra,

humeral striz very fine and somewhat obscure, outer slightly

broken in the middle, inner shortened at both ends, dorsal all

complete and carinate, sutural and fifth join anteriorly, apical

border punctulate ; the propygidium finely and not closely

punctulate ; the pygidium almost smooth, points being very

fine; the prosternum, keel narrowed in front, strive joined

anteriorly and widening out to the base; the mesosternum,

strie marginal and transverse, both equally arched and

parallel to each other, and so continue down to the base of

the metasternum; the anterior tibize are 8-9-denticulate.

160 Mr. G. Lewis on

The oblique basal stria or carina on the thorax seems to

connect this species with P. plicicollis and subplicatus, Sch.

In P. carinistrius all the striz are more or less carinate.

Hab. Brazil.

Phoxonotus suturalis, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, piceus, nitidus ; fronte utrinque marginata; pro-

noto stria marginali integra, tuberculis 4 basi; elytris sutura 1-

tuberculata, stria 4° 3-tuberculata; prosterno lato bistriato, striis

antice divergentibus; mesosterno perspicue punctato, stria ad

suturam irregulariter impressa.

L. 4 mill.

Oval, convex, piceous, shining; the head striate on either

side, surface very finely punctured; the thorax, marginal

stria complete, but extremely fine behind the head, with four

transversely placed tubercles, the two inner ones being well-

marked ; the elytra, humeral striz carinate and complete,

1 dorsal apically shortened and somewhat indistinct at the

base, 2-3 basal and not well-defined, 4 represented by three

tubercles, the other striee are wanting, behind the scutellum

there is a sutural tubercle common to both the elytra, surface

finely and evenly but not closely punctured; the pygidia are

punctured like the dorsum; the prosternum, striz carinate

and gradually but widely diverge in front; the mesosternum

is marginate anteriorly, clearly but not closely punctured,

and the sutural transverse stria is fine and irregularly crenate ;

the tibiz resemble those of tuberculatus, Mars.

The sutural tubercle on the dorsum distinguishes this

species from the four others known. P, fryi, Lew., has a

sutural stria at the base of the mesosternum which is evenly

and finely crenulate ; lectus, Lew., has this stria faint and

very irregular, and in sutwralis it is irregular but clearly

defined. |

flab. Obidos, on the Amazon River.

List of Fossil Histeride from the Tertiary Strata.

Compiled by T. D. A. CockerELL, April 1908.

ITister emulus, Heer, Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wet. xvi. 60,

t. il. fig. 23 (1862).

“ H. breviter ovalis, niger, elytris fascia pallida transversa.”

Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene).

new Species of Histeridee. 161

flister antiquus, Heer, tom. cit. 58, t. iii. fir. 17 (1862).

“H. breviter ovalis, pronoto lateribus unistriato, elytris dorso

5-striatis.”

Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene).

Compared with H. unicolor, Fd.

Hister coprolithorum, Heer, tom. cit. 58, t. iii. fig. 19 (1862).

‘‘ H. subquadratus, deplanatus, elytris striis quatuor integris.”

Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene).

Hister marmoratus, Heer, tom. cit. 59, t. iii. fig. 21 (1862).

“fH, breviter ovalis, pronoto lateribus unistriato, lividus, elytris

nigro-maculatis, abdomine levigato.”

Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene).

flister maculigerus, Heer, tom. cit. 59, t. iii. fig. 22 (1862).

“H, breviter ovalis, elytris nigris, pallide fasciatis, abdomine punc-

tulato.”’

Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene).

Lister mastodontis, Heer, tom, cit. 57, t. iii. fig. 16 (1862).

Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene).

Said to be very like ZZ, major, L.; therefore probably a

Macrolister.

fister morosus, Heer, tom. cit. 60, t. iii, fig. 24 (1862).

“ H. unicolor, mandibulis rectis, pronoto antrorsum valde angustato,

utrinque unistriato.”

Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene).

Hister cadaverinus *, Schéberlin, Soc. Entom, iii. 42 (1888).

—Not Hoffm., 1803.

Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene).

* [This name may remain, as cadaverinus, Tfoffm., 1803, =cmpressus, F’.,

1801.—G. Lewis. }

162 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

Iister vetustus, Heer, Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wet. xvi. 58,

t. iii. fig. 18 (1862).

“FT, breviter ovalis, pronoto lateribus unistriato, elytra quinque-

striatis, stria suturali nulla.”

Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene).

Note.—Histeride have been reported from Baltic amber

and from the Miocene shales of Florissant, Colorado, but have

uot been deseribed. The Florissant specimens, collected by

Scudder, are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-

bridge, Massachusetts. Among the fossils collected by the

University of Colorado expeditions I have not as yet observed

any Histeride ; but very few of the Coleoptera have been

critically examined.—T. D. A. C.

XVI.— The Hybrid between the Bream and the Rudd (Abramis

brama x Leuciscus erythrophthalmus). By C. Tate

ReaGan, M.A.

[Plates VII. & VIII.]

For some time I have been trying to improve the series of

British freshwater fishes in the National Collection ; several

anglers and others have helped forward -this project by

sending char, pollan, vendace, &c., and I am especially

indebted to Major H. Trevelyan, from whom I have received

a number of fishes from Lough Erne, including several which

I regard as hybrids between the bream and the rudd (Abramis

brama xX Leuciscus erythrophthalmus). |

Smitt (‘Scandinavian Fishes,’ p. 782) has noted that the

rudd is fond of joining as an interloper in the spawning of

other fishes (roach, bleak, and white bream), with the result

that hybrids are produced. Little appears to be known

about the hybrid between the rudd and the common bream,

which is in every respect intermediate between the parent

species, as may be seen from the subjoined description.

Abramis brama X Leuciscus erythrophthalmus.

Pharyngeal teeth compressed, hooked, entire or more or

less crenate, In one or two series, 5—5 to 2.5—5.2%,

* 5—5 in one specimen, 1. 5—6.1 insix, 1.5—5. 2 in one, 2.5—5, 2

in one, of nine examined.

Hybrid between the Bream and the Rudd. 163

Depth of body 2} to 2% in the length, length of head 4} to 43.

Snout as long as or longer than the diameter of eye, which is

4+ to 54 in the length of head; interorbital width 24 to 24

in the length of head. Mouth oblique; jaws equal ante-

riorly or the lower the shorter; maxillary extending to below

the nostrils, or slightly beyond. Dorsal 11-13, with 8-10 *

branched rays ; base above the interspace between pelvic and

anal fins; free edge straight or concave; longest ray nearly

as long as the head. Anal 18-21, with 15 to 18 * branched

rays; free edge emarginate. Pectorals as arule not reaching

the pelvics, which do not usually extend to the vent.

Caudal forked, the lower lobe the longer. Lateral line

decurved, running at about 4 the height of the body in the

middle of the length ot the fish. 46 to 50 scales in the

lateral line, 93 to 103 in a transverse series from origin of

dorsal fin to lateral line, 34 to 53 between lateral line and

base of pelvic fin. Sides more or less silvery ; back darker ;

fins dark greyish.

Fourteen specimens in the British Museum measure from

230 to 340 mm. in total length (to the end of the middle

rays of the caudal fin). Nine of these have been sent from

Lough Erne during the last three years by Major ‘l'revelyan ;

three from Colebrooke, Upper Lough Erne, were received

from Sir Victor Brooke in 1871; one from Thetford was

presented by Dr. Gtinther in 1879; and one is a skin from

Yarrell’s collection.

According to Major Trevelyan, this hybrid is known to the

Lough Hrne fishermen by the name of “ white roach,” in

contradistinction to the *‘ red roach ” or “rudd.” ‘The largest

specimen sent by him (330 mm.) weighed 2 pounds, but he

has good reason to believe that specimens of 24 pounds

weight have been taken.

‘The comparative abundance of these fishes in Lough Erne

is rather remarkable, and it would be of interest if anything

could be ascertained as to their breeding, whether they are

fertile together, &c.

Those characters of the parent species and of the hybrid

which can be numerically expressed may be presented in

tabular form, thus :—

* Of fourteen specimens, twelve have 9 branched rays in the dorsal

fin, one has 8, and one 10. Four have 18, seven 17, two 16, and one 15

branched rays in the anal fin.

164 On the Hybrid between the Bream and the Rudd.

Bream. Hybrid. Rudd.

Pharyngeal teeth ...... 4-005. 5-—5d 5—d5to 2,.4—5.38 to

2.5—5.2 3.55.3

Branched rays in dorsal fin ...... (8)9(10) (8)9(10) 8-9 (10)

_ af anal: os iveeans 23-29 15-18 10-12

Scales in the lateral line ........ 49-57 46-50 39-44

», between origin of dorsal fin

and lateral line ........ 11-14 2-103 7-8

5» between lateral line and base

of pelviciin Sica se 6-7 33-53 3-4

Vertebrao* 2 a. Ste. os aecea araiee 43-45 42 37-39

Yarrell’s skin and the specimens from Colebrooke and

Thetford had been determined as Abramis biicca (white bream

or bream-flat), a species of which the exact distribution in

the British Isles is not yet satisfactorily made out, but which

does not seem to occur in Ireland. The white bream is in

many respects intermediate between the rudd and the bream,

but differs from the hybrid above described in the less oblique

mouth, larger eye, different pharyngeal dentition (teeth

usually 2.5—5. 2), different number of fin-rays (dorsal with

8 branched rays, anal with 19 to 24), and higher position of

the lateral line (at 2 or more of the height of the body im the

middle of the length of the fish). The number of scales in the

lateral line (45 to 50) is practically the same, but in a trans-

verse series there are often fewer above and more below the

lateral line (2 instead of 2a). }

The hybrid bream and rudd is also very similar to the

hybrid bream-flat and rudd, which differs from it in the same

way that the bream-flat does from the bream, « e. in the

smaller size (maximum length 250 mm.), the larger scales

(40 to 46 in the lateral line, 8 or 9 between origin of

dorsal fin and lateral line, 4 or 5 between lateral line and

base of pelvic fin), fewer fin-rays (dorsal usually with 8,

anal with 12 to 17 branched rays), and more numerous

pharyngeal teeth (3.6—5.3 to 2.5—5.2). The mouth

is less oblique and extends further back, whilst the lower

caudal lobe is scarcely longer than the upper. ‘The silvery

body, pale fins, and large eye also appear to be characteristic.

This hybrid (Abramis blicca x Leuciscus erythrophthalmus)

is represented by two specimens in the British Museum

(Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 233, 1868), and has been described

by a number of continental authors. atio’s detailed account

(Faun. Vert. Suisse, iv. p. 376, 1882) and Smitt’s descrip-

tion, accompanied by an excellent figure (‘Scandinavian

Fishes,’ p. 807, fig. 200, 1895), may be specially mentioned.

Although not uncommon on the Continent, this hybrid

Anim. & Mag. Nat.Hist.§.8.VolLH. PUVIL.

\\'

Sys

ANS

CARY

HYBRID BREAM AND RUDD.

Abreanis brama X Leucseaus erythrophthalmus.

Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist (8.8 Vol I Prawn

J.Green, imp.

HYBRID BREAM-FLAT AND RUDD.

Abramis blicea X Leuciscas erythrophthalmius.

’

; 4 : ‘

or,

, t

‘

7 rs

‘

’ wee

;

* ra A

pm 8

ae |

‘

‘ re :

be L

A a

PP an

: hay be

*o¢

’ ‘

; oN

; ;

2 nes

obovate. >

a i 2

31,

ied

' a

7 4

Tas

‘

’

7 ‘

4 @ 464

i ‘Ge

wh 2

<—

On Rhopalocera from Brazil. 165

does not appear to have been recognized in England. It

may perhaps be found in the midland and eastern counties

(Trent, Ouse, Cam, &c.), where the bream-flat is known to

occur.

It seems scarcely necessary to compare the hybrid bream

and rudd with the well-known bream and roach hybrid

(Abramis brama x Leuciscus rutilus), originally described

under the name Abramis buggenhagit, which is at once

distinguished by the more elongate body and the nearly

horizontal or slightly oblique mouth. Thompson’s record of

A. buggenhagu from near Belfast (Nat. Hist. Ireland, iv.

p. 187) evidently refers to one of the hybrid bream and rudd

described above.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE VII.

Abramis brama x Leuciscus erythrophthalmus.

PLATE VIII.

Abramis blicca x Leuciscus erythrophthalmus,

XVII.—The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L.,

in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum.

IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J.

Burchell in Brazil, 1825-1830. By J.C. Moutroy,

of Magdalen College, Oxford.

[Continued from ser. 8, vol. i. p. 42.]

VI. Neuer 7.

Mr. J. C. Mouton, of Magdalen College, Oxford, has at

my suggestion continued Miss Cora B. Sanders’s valuable

account of the Brazilian Rhopalocera in the Burchell Collec-

tion. In our attempts to solve the numerous difficulties

which have arisen I have had abundant evidence of the skill

and untiring care which he has devoted to this most important

and interesting work. i. B. Poutrton.

Tue following paper forms the continuation of the valuable

publications by Miss Cora B. Sanders, ending with No. V.

166 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopa’ocera

Brassolin, in ser. 8, vol. i. (Jan. 1908) Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. pp. 33-42. ‘The genera have been placed in the order

of Godman and Salvin’s Lepidoptera Rhopalocera in the

‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’ As on previous occasions,

much kind help has been afforded in the identification of

several specimens by Mr. F. A. Heron, of the British

Museum. ‘The species of the genus Anawa were kindly

determined for the Hope Department by Mr. Herbert Druce,

F.L.S.

The arrangement of numbers and dates is carefully ex-

plained in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xii. (April

1904) pp. 809, 310. The following additional statements

are quoted from ser. 8, vol. i. p. 34:—‘‘ Notes, other

than numbers and dates, written on labels attached to the

specimens are placed between inverted commas immediately

atter the numbers in heavy type, and immediately before the

locality.” “ When a specimen bears a number only, the

date, recovered from Burchell’s note-book, is placed between

square brackets. ‘a.’ and ‘p.’ associated with the date

stand for ‘ A.M.’ and ‘P.M,.’”

One or more specimens of each species have been compared

with the British Museum series, and in the case of any doubt

with the Godman-Salvin Collection also.

Westwood’s list of Burchell’s Nymphalide, which corre-

sponds to the subfamily Nymphalinz, contains 101 numbers.

All of these do not, however, refer to Nymphaline, as there

are four numbers (N. 47, N. 47*, N. 55, and N. 56) devoted

to two Danaine (Anosia erippus, Cr., and Tusttia gilippus,

Cr. (140-187), one (N. 39) to a Libythea, and two (N. 18

= 446-450, N. 20*=451) to two Brassolinee. On the other

hand, copies of the data of the following Nymphalinew have

been obtained from his list of “ Burchell’s Acrea, ete.”’ :—

The numbers A. 5, A. 6, A.7 refer to three species of Hresia,

A.11 to Victorina stelenes, Linn., A.15, A. 16 to two species

of Colenis, A. 19 to Metamorpha dido, Linn., A. 20, A. 22

to two species of Dione. The dates of the specimens under

four numbers of the list of Acraine &c. are very incomplete ;

but two small slips of paper in Westwood’s handwriting give

a full list of the dates which should have appeared under two

of these, namely Dione juno, Cram., and Metamorpha dido,

Linn. It seems probable that there were two other lists,

probably on slips of paper equally small, for the two remaining

species, Dione vanille, Linn., and Colenis julia, F., and

that these have since been lost. One date has been obtained

from Westwood’s list of Erycinide (E. 70, Phyciodes dicoma,

Hew.) and one from his list of Morphine (M. 21, Prepona

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 167

antimache, Hiibn.). Of the 101 numbers given, all are ac-

counted for except two, viz. N. 20 and N. 73, the former of

which mentions one specimen dated 21,2. 26, and the latter five

specimens dated 12.3. 26, 7.11.25, 973. 25. 10. 25 (two

specimens), 11. 2. 26. ‘his last number, N. 73, enclosed in

parentheses, is placed in the middle of the genus Catagramma,

and Westwood had written this name opposite the number,

but afterwards erased it. These six specimens are unfor-

tunately as yet untraced. Westwood’s list of Nymphaline

is written in a clerk’s handwriting, with notes as to names,

including in a few cases a rough description, in Westwood’s

manuscript.

All obscure localities have been defined with reference to

the map given in the Introduction to the Collections of W. J.

Burchell by Professor E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., in Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiii. pl. iii. J.C. Moutrton.

Oxford,

March 20th, 1908.

Protogonius druri?, Butl.

p. 2. 10. 27. =454. Lanboso to Bréjo. Between Rio

Corumba, near Cataldo, and Bomfim.

Westwood’s date agrees with the above, but he gives the

name Protogonius Hippona.

HHypna clytemnestra, Cram.

Bz. 188. I. [ 8.9. 25]. = 455. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Pa-

pilio. Along the Aqueduct.”

30. 10. 25. = 456. Minas Geraés. “(In the forest). On

the N.E. side of the arraial of Sao Jof&o de Népomucéna.”

7.11. 25. = 457. Minas Geraés.

24.12.25. = 468. Rio de Janeiro. “ Aqueduct (on the

first hill on the left).”

29.12.25. 2= 459, 460. Rio. ‘ Catombi—Bérra Ver-

mélha—and Rio Comprido.” Westwood’s list gives

another captured on this date.

14. 1.26. =461. Rio de Janeiro, “ Brought from and

collected in the Valley of Laranjeiros. Omnia insuper

plantas.” ,

26. 1. 26. 5= 462-466. Morro de Ladéira and Catomby.

“In a botanical and entomological excursion to the

Barra Vermelha, Morro de Ladeira, and Catombi.”

Westwood’s list gives another of this date.

27. 1. 26. 7= 467-473. Rio de Janeiro.

31. 1. 26. = 474. Rio de Janeiro, “ Valley of Catomby

168 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

and a high Mountain on the N.W. side of the Aqueduct.”

‘‘ All of this date were from off plants; mostly up the

Valley of Catumbi.”

7. 3. 26. 8= 475, 476, 477. Riode Janeiro. At Catombi.”

Bz.+ 7.3. 26. 2=478, 479. ” »

Westwood’s list gives five more captured on this date.

9. 3. 26. 5=480-484, Rio de Janeiro.

Westwood’s list gives two more captured on this date.

10. 3. 26. 5= 485-489. Rio de Janeiro.

12. 3. 26. = 490. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct.”

15. 3. 26. 2= 491, 492. Rio de Janeiro. “‘ Catombi, in

plantis.”

16. 3. 26. = 493. Rio de Janeiro. “In the upper part of

the valley of Catombi, and along the road thence to Rio

Comprido and Matto Porcos.”

19. 3. 26, 2= 494, 495, Rio de Janeiro. “In the valley

of Catombf.”

20. 3. 26. = 496, Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Carioca

' Aqueduct.” .

21.3. 26. = 497. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

1. 4. 26. = 498. Rio de Janeiro. ‘In the valley of

Catumbi.”

Bz.+ 1.4.26. = 499. Rio de Janeiro. ‘In the valley of

Catumbi.”

Bz. 3. 4. 26. = 500. Riode Janeiro, Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

Except for the additions mentioned above, Westwood’s

list agrees. The name Hypna Clytemnestra has been added

in his handwriting.

The possibilities of a mimetic association between this

species and Gynecia dirce, L., are noted under that species

(pp. 187, 188).

Anca halice, Godt.

Bz. 27.1. 26. go = 501, “** Catombi.”” Rio de Janeiro,

31. 1.26. ¢=502. Rio de Janeiro. (As 474.)

7. 3. 26. 3 ¢ =503, 504, 505. Rio de Janeiro. “At

Catombi.”’

10. 3. 26. 2 g = 506, 507. Rio de Janeiro.

Westwood’s list gives this as Paphia, a synonym of

Anca, and his dates agree.

Anca phidile, Hiibn.

14. 2. 26. ¢ = 508. Organ Mountains.

7.3.26, 9 = 509. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ At Catombf.”’

collected by W. J. Burchell tn Brazil. 169

Bz. 13. 3. 26. 6 =510. Rio de Janeiro.

Bz, 1.4. 26. 9 = 511. - - “Tn the valley

of Catumbi.”’

Bz.+ 25.8.27. ¢=512. Ollaria to Rio Pardo.

27. 8.27. ¢@=513. Retfro. Just north of Rio Pardo.

p. 24. 8.28. g¢=514, At Retiro. ‘ All caught hovering

and feeding on the excrement of some carnivorous

animal in the virgin forest at Retiro.” This is another

Retiro between Goyaz and Jeragud.

Westwood’s list mentions one more of this date, and

another individual captured 26. 1. 26, Rio de Janeiro.

Opposite these numbers also he wrote Paphia.

Anea amenophis, Feld.

Bz.+ p. 26.8. 27. =515. R. Pardo to Cubatdéo. “ Lepi-

doptera caught at the passage of the several streams

this day.” It should be noted that this Cubatdo is far

north of the place of the same name visited by Burchell

from 3. 12. 26 to 17. 1. 27.

Bz. p. 24. 8. 28. 2 = 516, 517. At Retiro. (As 514.)

p. 24. 8. 28. 2 = 518, 519. “ FS

Westwood’s list places this species, together with Anwa

a@nomais, Boisd., under the name Paphia, and mentions

seven specimens captured p. 24, 8. 27; this is doubtless a

copyist’s error for p. 24. 8. 28, of which date there are six

individuals, counting two of Anwa @nomais. It therefore

appears that one individual has since been lost, either of

A. amenophis or enomais,

Anea e@nomais, Boisd.

p. 24, 8. 28. 2 =520, 521. At Retiro. (As 514.)

See note on Anwa amenophis, Feld., above.

Anea otrere, Hiibn.

11. 2. 26. = 522. Organ Mountains—“ (in a walk to the

Ipé trees),”

The date in Westwood’s list agrees. This and the re-

maining species of Anca are given the generic name Paphia,

Anea arginussa, Hiibn.

Bz. p. 26. 8.27. = 5238. “In sylva in excr.” R, Pardo

to Cubatéo. (As 515.)

p. 26. 8. 27. = 524. “In silva in excrem.”’ R. Pardo to

Cubatéo. (As 515.) |

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i1. 12

170 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

p. 26. 8.27. = 525. “In sylva insuper excremen.” R.

Pardo to Cubatdo. (As 515.) |

A specimen = 526, with two English labels, p. 26. 8. 27.

“In silva in excrem.,” and a. 29. 8.27. Cérvo, north of

R. Pardo (a. 29. 8.27) or R. Pardo to Cubatéo (p. 26. 8. 27).

As below or as 515.

a. 29. 8. 27. 3 = 527, 528, 529. Cérvo. “In the forest

ascending the Morro de Batataes. Papilionides. In

this forest Butterflies literally swarmed and thousands

might have been caught in one day. I never saw such

abundance in my life before.”’

Bz.+ a. 29. 8. 27. = 580. Cérvo. As above.

Westwood’s list gives four individuals captured p. 26. 8.27

and six on a. 29. 8.27: probably the sixth individual of

a. 29. 8. 27 can be accounted for by specimen 588 of the

next species (A. appias), not otherwise referred to by West-

wood, while the fourth of p. 26. 8. 27 is obviously represented

by one of the labels on 526.

Anca appias, Hiibn.

Bz. 22.3. 26b. = 581. Rio de Janéiro. “Along the

[Carioca] Aqueduct, to the head of the Valley of Laran-

jeiros.” See note to Prepona amphimachus, no. 589.

Bz.+ 25. 8.27. = 582. Ollaria to Rio Pardo.

Bz. a. 29. 8. 27. = 5388. Cérvo. (As 527.)

Westwood’s list does not include this last specimen with

the others. It is probably entered under the last species,

and accounts for the missing specimen of this date.

Sitderone ide, Hiibn.

Bz. 221. I. (19. 9. 25]. = 584. Riode Janeiro. “ Papilio

(Colias). Caught in vicinity of Botafogo bay. Given

me by Mr. Heatherly.”

Westwood’s name and date agree.

Siderone (Zaretes) ellops, Linn.

p. 24. 8. 28. = 535. At Retiro. (As 514.)

Westwood’s date agrees.

The specimens stand under the name Paphia.

The series in the British Museum is placed under the

generic name Zaretes, but in the Godman-Salvin Collection

Siderone is retained. In their book this genus is divided

into Siderone A and Siderone B.

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil, 171

Cea acheronta, F.,=cadmus, Cram.

Bz.+ 808. I. 25. 10. 25. = 536. Minas Geraés,

“ Plapilio}. At Discoberto, near Jo&0 Pedro’s house.”

Bz.+ 16. 2.26. = 587. Organ Mountains.

Westwood’s list gives three more specimens, captured

4. 11. 25, 10. 11. 25, 10. 1. 26 (Rio de Janeiro and neigh-

bourhood), ;

Aganisthos orion, F.

Bz.+ 31. 10. 25. = 538. Minas Geraés. “On the road

between Nepomucena and Domingos Ferreira’s.”’

Westwood’s list includes three more specimens captured

10, 3. 26 Rio de Janeiro, 31. 8. 27 Veravinha, between Rio

Pardo and Rio Grande, 26. 1. 29 Porto Redl (Porto Na-

gionale). In his list Westwood gives Burchell’s number

1297 under this last date, and we may therefore conclude

that Burchell was speaking of A. orion in tie following

passage from his Brazilian note-book :—

“1297 Papilio. The nature of this seems carnivorous as it

frequently returned and settled on the skin of the Porco do

Matto.” Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., kindly informs me

that two forms of Peccary ( Tayassu tajacu and T. albirostris)

occur in the locality and that either might be called ‘ Porco

do Matto.”

Prepona amphimachus, F.

9. 3. 26. 2? = 539. Rio de Janeiro.

Westwood’s list places this species and Prepona pheri-

damas, Cram., under one number, N. 16, and includes another

individual captured 22. 38. 266. On this latter date Burchell

went “along the Aqueduct to the head of the Valley of

Laranjeiros,” and his Brazilian note-book on this date

reads :—‘‘ Along the Carioca Aqueduct. Those marked 6

were purchased from some negro-insect-catchers, who caught

them all in this spot, and almost all were alive when I

bought them.”

Prepona antimache, Hiibn.

1273. 4, 12. 28. = 540. Porto Redl [Nacionale]. ‘ Walk

to the Igarapé”; and his Brazilian note-book has the

following passage in reference to this number :—

*¢ Papilio—In the forests by the Iguapé *, hovering low

between the brushwood.”’ s

* The spelling differs in Burchell’s two note-books.

12*

172 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

Burchell gives a similar note on a specimen (406) of

Morpho achilles, L., caught 5 p. 7. 9. 28 between Jeragud and

Cavalcanti, a little south of Porto Redl. It reads thus:—

“ Papilio. This species hovers low among the brushwood in

shady deep forests and is not easy to catch.” The general

resemblance of the upperside of this Prepona and its congeners

to Morpho achilles, L., suggests a possible mimetic association

between the two, which is still further borne out by this note

of Burchell’s as to the similarity of their habits. The broad

iridescent blue band which is so characteristic of both is

probably the one conspicuous feature when they are on the

wing, and thus an enemy would be less likely to notice the

difference in size.

Westwood placed this date, without 7273, in his list of

Morphine, but corrected the mistake afterwards, writing

“an var. Nymph. 16”’, which refers to 589 and 541.

Prepona pheridamas, Cram.

Bz.+ 855. I. 24.10. 25. $ = 541. Minas Geraés. “Pap-

[ezo]. About Joiio Pedro’s, at Discoberto: at the

margin of the forest.”

See note on Prepona amphimachus, no. 589, This speci-

men bears two English labels as well as one Brazilian.

The underside of this specimen differs in a remarkable way

from that of any individual of the same species in either the

British Museum, Godman-Salvin, or Hope Collections. The

upperside is, however, identically the same, and the fact that

the closely related genus Charawes is extremely variable on

the underside also supports the conclusion that the specimen

is merely an interesting variety. ‘his view is endorsed by

Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., who has very kindly examined the

specimen. Being unrepresented in any of the above-men-

tioned collections, a brief description may be of interest :—

Underside. Reddish ochre, with centre rather lighter.

Fore wing: from base to apex of cell two patches of ground-

colour bordered externally by white margins, succeeded by a

thin, zigzag, dark brown line; a third patch follows this one,

bordered first by a thin brown line, then again by a white

edging, a combination which continues downwards to the —

first median nervule. Hind wing: central portion, ground-

colour mixed with white, giving a striolated appearance,

From junction of costa and hind margin to nearly halfway

along the second radial nervule a darker patch of ground-

colour joining hind margin and continuing to a point at end

of third median nervule. An ill-defined trace of band of

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 173

ground-colour bordered by thin zigzag brown line and white

edging starts from costa, losing itself in central portion at

median nervure. Between each nervule and in a line

parallel to the hind margin six ill-defined white spots; the

sixth, between the second and first median nervules, is

larger, not so white, and has a brown spot in the centre.

The remainder of the hind margin to anal angle is of the

lighter tint.

Compared with an average specimen presented by Godman

and Salvin to the Hope Collection the following are the

chief points of difference:—The whole ground-colour is a

greenish-ochre ; the brown lines, many of which are so

thin and indistinct in Burchell’s specimens, are much more

marked in the ordinary type; in the hind wing the band of

ground-colour is bounded by a dark line which is prolonged

beyond the third median nervule across the second and first

almost to anal angle, and followed by the white all the way.

The white spots of Burchell’s specimen are, however, hardly

traceable in the type. Again, the brown spot in discoidal

cell is far more strongly marked in both wings than in the

variety, in the hind wing of which it is, indeed, necessary to

use a lens to find any trace of this discocellular spot. Against

this, however, the brown spot in the lower part of the hind

wing is hardly traceable in the type. ‘The central portion: of

the hind wing is also less occupied by lighter colour, inasmuch

as the ground-colour from base and hind margin converges

more towards the centre than in this interesting variety.

Chlorippe agathina, Cram.

Bz.+ 2p. 5.5.29. § = 542. On the Rio Tocantins, north

of Porto Real (Nacionale). “ Red Clay-slate cliffs”,

at Sucuri.

Westwood’s list agrees. He gives the name as Apatura.

Chlorippe vacuna, Godt.

12. 3.26. g¢=548. Riode Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct.”

13. 3.26. ¢ = 544. fe

iagoaee. 9. = 540. ,

Against this last specimen Westwood wrote “Apatura ? ryt

and he had separated it as a different species under another

number.

a. 24. 8.28. d=546. At Retiro (between Goyaz and

Jeragué). “Allat the rivulet near the house at Retiro.”

Westwood’s list reads a. 24. 8. 27, which is obviously a

clerical error for this date. His dates otherwise agree. He

174 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

placed this species under the same number as 542, with the

generic name Apatura.

546 is very like the other 2 ¢ ¢ of Burchell’s series, but

differs from them and a series in the British Museum from

Brazil and Paraguay in this respect, namely, that the sub-

apical brown spots are much smaller and more separated.

There are no 9 2 in the Godman-Salvin Collection, but

the g gf in it agree with specimens 548, 544 mentioned

above.

Chlorippe laurentia, Godt.

a. 29. 8.27. 5 g = 547-551. Cérvo. (As 527.)

z.+ 30.8.27. @¢@= 552. Between Rio Pardo and Rio

Grinde. ‘Qu the road between Paciencia and Vera-

vinha.”’

Westwood’s list gives these under the name Apatura, and

his dates agree.

Chlorippe linda, Feld.,=plesaurina, Butl.

Bz.+ 25. 8.27. § = 553. Ollaria to Rio Pardo.

Ba.+ 12. 4.29. g = 554. Porto Real (Nacionale).

9.5.29. g = 555. Near Alcdntara on the Rio Tocantins,

S. of Carolina. ‘(See the view—with the boat.)”

Westwood’s list agrees, and he named these Apatura also.

Chlorippe linda, Drury, a mimic of Adelpha nea, Hew.

On the upperside this Chlorippe departs in both sexes from

the usual pattern and colouring of its genus, and assumes the

regular Adelpha pattern of white band, breaking into orange

in the fore wing, on a dark brown background. Of the

three specimens caught by Burchell, two were taken a little

south of Parad. These exactly resemble in pattern a single

specimen of Adelpha nea, Hew., also taken by him at Paré,

though three months later. The chief points to be noticed

are :—the shape of the orange band in the fore wing, which

is pinched in at the apex of the discoidal cell in nea, while in

finda the apical portion is separated by a narrow interval

from the rest of the band. The white band, however, con-

tinues downwards of exactly the same width and shape, and

the orange patch at anal angle in nea is reproduced in linda

by a rather narrower streak. The shape of the fore wing of

linda is rather less hooked than in the other species of

Chlorippe, thus following the straighter hind margin of the

Adelpha. We may thus safely conclude that Adelpha nea,

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 175

Hew., which possesses a typical Adelpha pattern, is the

model, and that Chlorippe linda, Drury, which departs so

much from the true Chlorippe pattern, is the mimic,

Another point worthy of notice is the prolonging of the white

band of the hind wing well into the fore wing in Burchell’s

third specimen of Chlorippe linda, caught (25. 8.27) two

years earlier a good deal further south near the Rio Pardo.

On this very date Burchell caught a specimen of Adelpha

nr, abia (no. 601), in which a noticeable feature is that the

white band is prolonged well into the fore wing. Although

this latter species is much smaller than Adelpha nea, it

seems possible that its presence in the south influences the

southern Chlorippe linda by drawing it away from its northern

model, Ade/pha nea, in this one characteristic.

It should be noted that the mimicry does not extend to the

undersides, which are very different.

Adelpha erotia, Hew., form of or species very near.

Bz. 9. 3. 26. = 556. Rio de Janeiro.

Westwood’s date agrees. He had named this Heterochroa

lerna. The generic name is a synonym of Adelpha, and is

used in the British Museum.

No. 556 appears to be nearest to two specimens from

British Guiana in the Godman-Salvin Collection, and it

resembles in a lesser degree a long series from S. Paulo,

Paraguay, &c. unnamed in the same collection. Burchell’s

specimen is perhaps the same as A. phylacides, Stdgr., from

the Upper Amazons, also in Godman-Salvin Collection. In ©

the British Museum the nearest approach to it is A. thesprotia,

Feld., which most resembles the Godman-Salvin specimens

from Paraguay.

Adelpha cocala, Cram.

31.1.26. = 557. Riode Janeiro. (As 474.)

Westwood’s date agrees. This he had named Heterochroa

Cocala, var.

Adelpha cytherea, Linn.

Bz. 191. I. [8. 9. 25]. = 558. Rio de Janeiro. “ Papilio.

Along the Aqueduct.”

4,11. 25. 2= 559, 560. Minas Geraés. At Francisco

Manoel’s. “Some tropeiros from the rancho seeing

me catching Papilionide, caught a few also for me. I

afterwards ascended the hill into the forest northward

of our Rancho and took insects, till wet through in a

176 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

thunder shower. Inthe evening caught some insects by

the candle.”’

24, 12.25. = 561. Rio de Janciro. “ Aqueduct (on the

first hill on the left).”

9. 3. 26. = 562. Rio de Janeiro.

10. 3. 26. = 568. ‘3

Bz. 12. 3. 26. 3= 564, 565, 566. Rio de Janeiro. “ Aque-

duct.” |

12. 3. 26. = 567. Rio de Janeiro. “ Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list adds another specimen captured on this

date.

13. 3. 26. = 568. Rio de Janeiro.

15. 3. 26. = 569. A ‘‘ Catombi, in plantis.”

18, 8. 26. 2= 570, 571. _,, “Along the Cariéca

Aqueduct.”

20. 3. 26. 2= 572, 573. _,, ‘Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

Be, 203) -26:0-=1b 14. eo “Along the (arioca

Aqueduct.”

21. 3. 26.0 01D. 5 ‘“‘ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

Bz. 21. 3. 26. = 576. wi “Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list adds another specimen captured on this

date.

Bz, 22. 3. 26. 2= 577, 578. Rio de Janeiro. Along the

Aqueduct, to the head of the Valley of Laranjeiros.

1,4. 26. = 579. Rio de Janeiro. ° “In the valley of

Catumbi.”’

3. 4. 26. 2= 580, 581. Rio de Janeiro. “Along the Ca-

rioca Aqueduct.”

7. 6.29. =582. Sta. Anna. (On the Rio Tocantins, be-

tween Baio and Pard4.)

Bz.+ 1.7.29. = 583. Paré; walk to the Caza de Pao.

1.7. 29. = 584.

Bz.+ 4.7.29. = 585. Pard, ‘ if

20. 9. 29. = 586. Pard. S.E: of S. Joze.

Westwood’s list of this species under the name Heterochroa

adds one more individual captured in Minas Geraés 7, 11, 25.

Except for the above additions his dates agree.

Adelpha mythra, Godt.,=zeba, Hew.

8. 2. 26. 2= 587, 588. Organ Mountains, “

the Cattle Pounds and the Milho Roea.)”

Westwood had written “‘ fleterochroa, same as N. fab

(In a ride to

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 177

opposite ‘ N. 53,” under which stands one of the two pre-

ceding specimens. On 588 he had written ‘‘Hee. Dionysa

Hewits? Ann.” .

11. 2, 26. 2= 589, 590. Organ Mountains. (In a walk to

the Ipé trees.)

Under “ N. 27” Westwood had written Heterochroa Mithra,

and his dates agree.

Adelpha syma, Godt.

~ 9. 2. 26. 4= 591-594. Organ Mountains. “ (By the river

Pacaqué.)”

11. 2. 26. = 595. Organ Mountains. (As 589.)

This date had been originally written in a clerk’s hand-

writing in Westwood’s list of Adelpha mithra, but corrected

to this species by Westwood himself.

12. 2. 26. = 596. Organ Mountains.

14. 2. 26. 2= 597, 598. Organ Mountains.

10, 2. 27. = 599. 8S. Pdulo. ‘ Along the great Rio road

for about 2 miles N.E.”

18. 6. 27. = 600. Vicinity of S. Pdulo.

Westwood’s name and dates agree.

Adelpha sp. near abia, Hew., and perhaps a form of

this species.

25. 8.27. =601. Ollarfa to Rio Pardo.

a. 29. 8. 27. = 602. Cérvo. (As 527.)

30. 10. 27. = 603. Sapezal to Conceic&o, near Goyaz.

Westwood’s list agrees, and the name WHeterochroa is

written opposite. ‘These forms resemble a series, unnamed,

in the British Museum. Compared with the Godman-Salvin

Collection they closely resemble some specimens placed under

Adelpha abia, Hew.

27. 8. 27. = 604. R. Pardo to Retfro.

a. 29. 8. 27. 4=605-608. Cérvo. (As 527.)

9.9.27. = 609. ‘Tenénté (just N. of the Rio Grande).

a. 24, 8.28. = 610. Retiro. “ All at the rivulet near the

house at Retiro.” (Between Goyaz and Jeragud.)

25. 8. 28. = 611. Retiro to Goyavéira. ‘On the road.”

Near Goyaz.

Westwood’s list adds another specimen captured p. 24. 8. 28

at Retiro. (As 514.) These he had named Heterochroa

Abia.

178 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

Adelpha gerona, Hew.

25. 8. 27. g¢ = 612. Ollarfa to Rio Pardo.

Westwood’s list gives this as Heterochroa Gerona, and his

date agrees.

This specimen has a wider white band than the single

specimen (¢') in the British Museum, which is Hewitson’s

type. There are none in the Godman-Salvin Collection.

Adelpha tphicla, Linn.

20. 3. 26. = 618. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

Bz.+ 3.4.26. = 614. % “¢ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

A Westwood’s label on this specimen bears the following

note :— Het. Iphicla Linn. Drury 1 pl. 14 var. Basilea Cr.

188.”

Bz.+ 24, 3.29. =615. Porto Redl (Porto Nagionale).

Manga.

Westwood’s name is Heterochroa Iphicla, and his dates

agree,

Adelpha lerna, Hew.

7.9.27. g=616. Cachoéira to Retiro. This is a third

Retiro, probably quite close to the Rio Grande, as in his

‘ Catalogus Geographicus’ the following entry is given

for the next day :—“ Cachoéira to Rio Grande.”

Westwood’s name is Heterochroa Lerna, and his date agrees,

Adelpha plesaure, Hiibn.

13. 3. 26. =617. Rio de Janeiro.

21. 3. 26. = 618, Rio de Janoiro. “Along the Carioca

Aqueduct,”

Westwood’s dates agree, and he had identified the genus

as Heterochroa.

Adelpha serpa, Boisd.

27. 1. 26. @ =619. Rio de Janeiro.

8. 2. 26. ¢ = 620. Organ Mountains. “In a ride to the

Cattle Pounds and the Milho Roga.”

Bz. 10. 3.26. g = 621. Rio de Janeiro.

20. 3. 26. 9 = 622, Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 179

Westwood’s list agrees, and he names the species Hetero-

chroa Serpa. His label on 620 bears the following note :—

“HH. Serpa Bdv. Iphiclus Cr. 188.”

Adelpha nea, Hew.

foe eee Oeol .. bard.

Westwood’s date agrees, and against this he had written

‘* Heterochroa Nea var.?” A note on the mimetic association

between this species and Chlorippe linda, Feld., is given

under that species on pages 174, 175.

Pyrrhogyra crameri, Auriv.

Bz.+ 22.4. 29. =624,. Porto Redl (Nacionale).

Westwood’s date and generic name agree.

Pyrrhogyra tipha, Linn.,=neerea, Linn.

Bz.+ 22.4. 29. = 625, Porto Redl (Nacionale).

22. 4. 29. 2= 626, 627. ” 3

Westwood’s date and generic name agree.

§ §

Timetes (Megalura) chiron, F.

Bz, 559. II. [19. 10. 25]. 2= 628, 629. Minas Geraés,

Pap{itio].”

Bz.+ 903. V. 25.10. 25. 4= 680-633. Minas Geraés.

“Plapilio]. At Discoberto, near Joo Pedro’s house.”

Westwood’s list adds another specimen of this date.

Bz.+ 996. I. 27. 10. 25. = 684. Minas Geraés. “ Pap

[iio]. At San Jofio de Nepomucéna and on the road

from Discoberto.”

28. 10. 25. 4= 685-638. Minas Geraés. “In the Forest

on the West and on the Hast side of 8. Joio de Népo-

mucéna.”’

Westwood’s list adds two more specimens captured on this

date.

29. 10. 25. 2= 689, 640. Minas Geraés. “In the forest

on the 8.K. side of S. Joao de Népomucéna.”

4.11. 25. 5= 641-645. Minas Geraés. (As 559.)

Bz. 12. 3. 26. = 646. Rio de Janeiro. “ Aqueduct.”

Bz. 16. 3. 26. = 647, Riode Janeiro. “In the upper part

of the valley of Catombi, and along the road thence to

Rio Comprido and Matto Porcos.”

Bz. 3. 4. 26. = 648, Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

180 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

Bz, 28. 11. 28. = 649. Porto Redl (Nacionale).

27. 5. 29. = 650. Arréyos; on the Rio ‘Tocantins, between

Itabéca and Baifo.

Westwood’s list omits one specimen dated 29. 10. 25, but

adds another with the date 24. 10.25. It is probable that

“24” has been accidentally written for “ 29.” Opposite this

species Westwood had written ‘* Zimetes Chiron, Fab. ;

Marius, Cram.”

Timetes (Megalura) coresia, Godt.

9. 2. 26. 2= 651, 652. Organ Mountains. (By the River

Pacaqué.)

Westwood’s date agrees, and he identified the species as

Timetes Coresia. On 651 he gives a label bearing the

words :—“ Timetes Coresia Godt., Zerynthia, Hb.”

Timetes (Marpesia) peleus, Sulz.

4.11. 25. 2= 6538, 654. Minas Geraés. (As 559.)

Westwood’s list gives another specimen captured on this

g p Pp

date.

p. 24. 8. 28. = 655. Retiro. (As 514.)

Westwood’s dates agree, and he names this Marpesia

Thetys, a synonym of peleus.

Amphirene (Sipreta) trayja, Hiibn.

27. 8.27. = 656. Retiro. (Just north of Rio Pardo.)

Westwood’s date agrees, and he gives the name as

“Minetra Trayga.”

Victorina stelenes, Linn.

Bz.+ a. 29. 8. 27. = 657. Cérvo. (As 527.)

Westwood’s date agrees, though this appears under his

list of Acreinz. Opposite the number he had written :—

“ Junonia? brown with green spots.”’

Cystineura apicalis, Stder., n. subsp. burchelli.

Bz. 23. 3. 28. § =658. Goyaz. Sitio of Zacharfa.

Westwood’s list makes this date to be 23. 4. 28.

Bz, 19. 9. 28. 9 = 659. *oSyly. Tucantins.” Riga

cantins.

Bz. 16. 2.29. 9 = 660. Porto Redl (Nacionale), “ Pa-

piliones (3) caught on the flowers of a Malva in the

back yard.”

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 181

Col. Prain informs me that no specimen of this Malva

exists in Burchell’s Herbarium at Kew.

Bz, 22. 3.29. 2? =661. Porto Redl (Nacionale).

24. 3.29. ¢ = 662. Porto Redl. Manga.

Westwood’s list agrees, except that it also includes 663.

This form is unrepresented in the British Museum and

Godman-Salvin Collection. It may be regarded as a northern

subspecies of C. apicalis, Stder., described as a South

Brazilian insect.

Cystineura apicalis, Stdgr.,n. subsp. burchell?.

Female (no. 661). Central ground-colour white, surrounded

by fuscous-brown margins; some dull orange in apical area

of fore wing. ore wing: from base towards apex a broad

_costal fuscous border covering discoidal cell; beyond end of

cell a white kidney-shaped spot, succeeded by apical fuscous

patch, which itself encloses diffused dull orange in the centre ;

from the fourth subcostal nervule and in the centre of the

orange patch a series of four internervular spots of fuscous

ground-colour, with white centres increasing in size towards

the last. Central portion of wing occupied by triangular patch

of white, widening from third median nervule to inner margin.

Two irregular, oblong, faint, white spots in discoidal cell

running into ground-colour, with very slight trace of a third

over the junction of the two. Hind margin with a border of

rather darker fuscous, slightly serrated on inner side. Cilia

white between nervules. Hind wing: subcostal band of

fore wing continued across base of hind wing, succeeded by

central patch of white. Hind-marginal band of fuscous rather

broader than in fore wing; the actual margin marked by a

darker line, preceded by an interrupted faint whitish line,

both following the serration of the wing. From centre of

inner margin to costa beyond middle a narrow, nearly

straight, fuscous band, which almost loses itself in the white

central patch at the second subcostal nervule, but continues

again, indistinctly and slightly narrower, from the first sub-

costal nervule. Cilia as in fore wing.

Underside dull-orange and white. ore wing: same band

from base towards apex as on upperside, dull orange instead

of fuscous, marked by similar (but better defined) irregular

white spots, and succeeded by rather larger kidney-shaped

white spot, which is enclosed in the apical orange patch. A

row of five white spots from costa between nervules to

second median nervule, their central portion white as on

upper surface, but better defined. Hind margin marked by

182 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

thin dark line, internally relieved by small indistinct white

lunules. Hind wing: dull orange patch at base in continua-

tion of band in fore wing. White central patch with dull

orange band from inner margin to costa, broken, however,

between first and second subcostal nervules. Hind-marginal

band of dull orange, broadening at centre and narrow again

at anal angle, more serrated than in fore wing and bounded

by darker thin line relieved internally by larger white

lunules.

Male (no. 662) differs slightly from the female in size,

being rather smaller and having rather more pointed fore

wings. Also the kidney-shaped white spot under the costa

in the fore wing is a little smaller. On the underside

the central patch of white in the fore wing is extended nearly

to the apex, leaving only a narrow border of ground-colour

lining the apex and hind margin. In the hind wing the dull

orange band is continuous instead of being broken between

first and second subcostal nervules as in female. In other

respects the markings of the male are the same as in the

female.

Type 3 of burchellt, specimen 662, and type ? , specimen

661, in Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford.

Distribution (based on the five specimens captured by

Burchell). From Goyaz northwards to Porto Real (Nagionale)

on the Rio Tocantins: the interior of Kastern Brazil.

These differ from the series of Cystineura apicalis, Stder.,

in the British Museum and in the Godman-Salvin Collec-

tions chiefly in the absence of a large apical patch of dull

orange in fore wing, which is characteristic of all specimens

in those collections.

In two specimens from Casa Branca, 8. Paulo, in the

Godman-Salvin Collection the fuscous band in the hind wing

is broader than in apicalis and is of equal width throughout.

In depth of colour it resembles the hind-marginal border.

The dull orange apical patch extends from the kidney-shaped

white spot below the costa to the first median nervule, leaving

a narrow serrated border to the hind margin. The white

spots on the underside are less marked than in burchelli.

In six from Chapada, also in the Godman-Salvin Collec-

tion, the fuscous band across the hind wing tapers towards

the costa as in durchell’, and in one individual is broken

between the first and second subcostal nervules.

‘T'wo specimens from Paraguay (captured 1904 and 1905)

in the British Museum have a more slate-coloured appear-

ance, which is even more accentuated in two very fine

specimens from Coroico, Bolivia, in the Godman-Salvin

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 183

Collection. With the aid of a lens it is at once seen that

this is due to a fine dusting of white scales on the fuscous

ground-colour. These seem to disappear in older specimens.

The above-mentioned two specimens from Paraguay havea

rather broader fuscous band in the hind wing, and in one

female from Santa Cruz, Upper Paraguay River, the white

in both wings is reduced to form two narrow bands.

Cystineura tocantina, Bates.

1316.17. 2. 29. = 663. Porto Redl (Nacionale). “ Feeding

on the flowers of the Waltheria bushes (v. H. 8632x).”

Col. Prain, F.R.S., kindly informs me that Burchell’s

“8632-2” is named Waltheria ferruginea?, St. Hil., in the

herbarium. Burchell’s botanical catalogue contains these

words :—“‘ 8682-2 Waltheria v. Cat. Entomol. Frutex

5-7-ped. ramosus. Corolla citrina, vel sulphurea.”’

Included under burchelli in Westwood’s list. His date

agrees,

This is unrepresented in the British Museum, but has been

compared with specimens in the Godman-Salvin Collection.

Didonis biblis, F.

Bz. 141, IIT. [16. 8. 25]. 2= 664, 665. Rio de Janeiro.

“ Papilio. Above the Teresa Convent; and on the

woody hilly [hills] along the Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list adds one more of this date.

4,11. 25. = 666. Minas Geraés. (As 559.)

6. 12. 25. = 667. Rio de Janeiro. On the Corcovado

Mountain. “In an excursion to the Summit of the

Corcovado by the road by the Convent of Sta. Theresa

and along the Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list adds another of this date.

31. 12. 25. 2= 668, 669. Rio de Janeiro. On the Corco-

vido Mountain, and in the Valley of Laranjéiras, ‘ Ex-

cursion to the summit of the Corcovado; from Catete

and up the valley of Laranjeiros.”’

10. 1. 26. 2= 670, 671. Rio de Janeiro. Prdia Grande

and §. Jo&io de Carahy. ‘At Praia Grande and

vicinity, and about 8. Jo&o de Carahy.”

26.1.26. =672. Riode Janeiro. Morro de Ladéira and

Catomby. ‘‘ In a botanical and entomological excursion

tothe Barra Vermelha, Morro de Ladera, and Catombi.”

Westwood adds another of this date.

27. 1. 26. = 673. Rio de Janeiro.

Westwood’s list adds two more specimens of this date.

184 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

7.3.26. = 674. “Catombi.” Rio de Janeiro. “ At

Catombf.”

7. 3. 26. = 675, Rio de Janeiro. “ At Catombf.”’

Bz. 7.3. 26. = 676. Another label attached to this speci-

men has the words :—“ Duplicate Lepidoptera, selected

from my Brazilian collection.” Rio de Janeiro. ‘ At

Catombi.”’

Bz. 9.3. 26. =677. Rio de Janeiro.

16. 3. 26. = 678. i (As 647.)

Bz. 16. 3, 26. = 679. 35 By

27. 8. 27. = 680. Retiro. Just north of Rio Pardo.

30. 10. 27. =681. Sapezal to Conceic&o; near Goyaz.

z. 25, 8. 28. = 682. Retiro to Goyavéira. ‘On the

road.’ This Retiro is east of Goyaz, and the place

mentioned on 514.

Westwood had written the name Brblis, and his list adds

three individuals captured :-—

14, 1. 26. Riode Janeiro. ‘ Brought from and collected

in the Valley of lLaranjeiros. Omnia insuper

plantas.”

19. 3. 26. Rio de Janeiro. ‘In the valley of Catombf.”

20. 3. 26. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Carioca Aque-

duct.”

Peridromia arethusa, Cram.

Bz. 194. I. [8. 9. 25]. = 6838, Rio de Janeiro. Along the

Aqueduct. ‘ Papilio. In sylva.”

1068. [3. 4. 26]. =684. Rio de Janeiro. Along the

Carioca Aqueduct. “ Papilio: totimque nigra supra

maculis ceruleis, subtus maculis rubris. This settles on

the sunny smooth trunks of trees.” [Other butterflies

bearing the same number are :— Papilio hectorides, Ksp.,

1; Papilio torquatus, Cr., subsp, polybius, Swains., 1.]

1243. 7.9. 28. 4= 685-688. Rio Maranhio to Fe Gudrda

Mor. Between Jeragué and Cavalcanti; near Rio Ma-

ranhao. “2 sp[ecies of] Papiliones caught against sunny

side of trunk of a large tree on bank of the Maranhfo.

Wings expanded flat against the trunk.”—“ 7243 conf.

Pap. arethusa’”’ [added later in pencil on blank page}.

The other species is Ageronita chloé, Stoll.

Bz.+ 12438. 7.9. 28. = 689. Rio Maranhio to Fe Guarda

Mor. As above.

Westwood’s list gives two more specimens captured on

this date. He gives the name “ Ang. Arete” to one of the

two numbers into which he had divided these specimens,

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 185

On 683 he had written “ Angerona Arete Bdy. Lucas. Are-

thusa Oram. 77 nec Arethusa Hb. Samml.”?

Opposite Burchell’s species of Pertdromia and Ageronia

Westwood has accidentally written for the latter name that

of the Geometrid genus Angerona.

Peridromia amphinome, Linn.

Bz, 351. I, (15. 10. 25]. = 690. Minas Geraés. “At the

Discobérto do Antonio Velho.” “ Pfapilio]. This

species and the following [Pertdromia feronia, Linn.]

settle on the smooth sunny bark of the trunks of large

trees, and when in their flight they meet another of

the same species they appear to fight, and at the same

time produce with their wings an extraordinary and loud

and quickly repeated crackling noise.”

The same fact was observed seven years later by Charles

Darwin, and recorded in his ‘Journal of Researches &e.,’

London, 1876, pp. 83, 34 (Rio de Janeiro, 1832) :—

“I was much surprised at the habits of Papilio feronia.

This butterfly is not uncommon, and generally frequents the

orange-groves. Although a high flier, yet it very frequently

alights on the trunks of trees. On these occasions its head is

invariably placed downwards ; and its wings are expanded in

a horizontal plane, instead of being folded vertically, as is

commonly the case. This is the only butterfly which I have

ever seen, that uses its legs for running. Not being aware of

this fact, the insect, more than once, as I cautiously approached

with my forceps, shuffled on one side just as the instrument

was on the point of closing, and thus escaped. But a far

more singular fact is the power which this species possesses

of making a noise. Several times when a pair, probably

male and female, were chasing each other in an irregular

course, they passed within a few yards of me; and I distinctly

heard a clicking noise, similar to that produced by a toothed

wheel passing under a spring catch. The noise was con-

tinued at short intervals, and could be distinguished at about

twenty yards’ distance: I am certain there is no error in

the observation.”

See also Lepidoptera Rhopalocera of the ‘ Biologia Centrali-

Americana,’ IF, D. Godman, F.R.S., and O. Salvin, F.R.S.,

vol. 1. pp. 267, 268.

12. 3. 26. = 691. Riode Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct.”

Bz. 20. 3. 26. 2= 692, 693. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the

Carioca Aqueduct.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 13

186 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

Westwood’s list agrees, and the name he gives in it is

Angerona Amphinome, Linn., which also appears in his

handwriting on 691. | )

Peridromia feronia, Linn.

Bz. 352. 1,[15.10.25]. =694, Minas Geraés. “P[apilio].”

At the Discobérto do Antonio Velho.

See Burchell’s note to no. 690, which refers equally to

this individual.

28. 10. 25. = 695. Minas Geraés. (As 635.)

29.12.25. = 696. Rio de Janeiro. Catombi, Barra

Vermélha, and Rio Comprido. |

10. 1. 26. = 697%. Rio de Janeiro. (As 670.)

14, 1. 26. = 698. ns “ Brought from and

collected in the Valley of Laranjeiros. Omnia insuper

plantas.”

27. 1. 26. = 699. Rio de Janeiro.

9. 3. 26. = 700. 7

10. a: 26. = 701. ”

B29. 3. 20g 4 Uae ass “ Catombi, in plantis.”

DBe16.3, 26. 400. mee (As 647.)

16. 3. 26. = 704. ‘ 3

22. 3. 26. = 705. “4 “ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct” ‘to the

head of the Valley

of Laranjeiros.”’

1.4. 26. = 706. ; “In the valley of

Catumbi.”

26. 9. 26. ='707. Sdntos. In a walk to the Chapel on

Montserrat. ‘These Papiliones very plentiful in the

woods. The whzte-spotted one settling on smooth bark

on sunny side of trees, with outspread wings close to

bark, and returning often to the same tree when

disturbed.”

1226. 16.4. 28. ='708. Goyaz. Morro de Cantagdllo.

“ Papilio. Settles with wings expanded against sunny

side of trunk of tree in forest. Same manners and

movements as its congeners.”

23. 6. 29. = 709. Para.

Westwood’s list agrees, and he gives the name Angerona

Feronia.

Peridromia epinome, Boisd.

28.10.27. ='710. 8S. Joaquim to Sapezdl. Between Meia

Ponte and Goyaz.

collected by W. J. Burchell tn Brazil. 187

Bz, a, 24. 8. 28. = 711. At Retiro. (See 514.) “ All at

the rivulet, near the house at Retiro,”

p. 24. 8. 28. 2= 712, 718. At Retiro. (As 514.)

Westwood’s list agrees, though he places this species with

the next under the name Angerona Ferentina.

Ageronia ferentina, Godt.

Bz. + 29.12. 25. ='714. On the Brazilian label is the

following :—“ Papiliones hujus generis insident in

truncis nudis apricis.” Rio de Janeiro, Catombi, Barra

Vermélha, and Rio Comprido.

14.1. 26. =715. Rio de Janeiro. (As 698.)

7.3.26. = ‘716. 4 “ At Catombf.”

eeaeos = (17: . * Aqueduct.”

Paton). 90. = 718... (As 647.)

3.4.26. = 719. 4, “Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

1, 2.30. = 720. Pard. In the forest S.S.E. of S. Jozé.

Westwood’s list agrees. On 720 he had written “ Ange-

rona Ferentina, Godt.”

Ageronia chloé, Stoll.

1243-2, 7. 9. 28. 3= 721-723. Rio Maranhio to Fe Gudrda

Mér. (As 685.)

Westwood’s list and name agree, except that he writes

the generic name as Angerona. On 722 he had written

“ Angerona Chloe, Stoll.”

Gynecia dirce, Linn.

10. 1. 26. 3= 724-726, Rio de Janeiro. (As 670.)

Westwood’s list gives another individual captured 7. 3. 26.

Rio de Janeiro. ‘At Catombf.” His name and dates

otherwise agree.

The general resemblance on the upper surface between this

species and Hypna clytemnestra, Cr., may prove to be of

mimetic significance. On comparing the data on Burchell’s

specimens the following facts are evident :—Between Sept. 8th,

1825, and April 3rd, 1826, Burchell captured 54 specimens

(by Westwood’s list, see pp. 167-168) of Hypna clytemnestra,

Cr., at Rio de Janeiro and its neighbourhood. Of these

46 can now be traced. In the same locality he took 4

specimens (of which we now possess 3) of Gynecia dirce, L.,

on the two dates Jan. 10th, 1826, and March 7th, 1826.

From Westwood’s list we gain still further evidence that the

188 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

two species are on the wing together; for he gives 10

specimens of H. elytemnestra caught March 7th, 1826, at

Catomby, and one of G. dirce on the very same day. Five

of the clytemnestra have unfortunately since been lost, as

well as this single dirce. ;

The pattern, which consists of a dark fuscous background

enlivened only by a broad yellow bar across the apex of the

fore wing, stands out in each case from that which is found

in the allied species. It is difficult, and perhaps impossible,

to determine which of the two forms has acted as model ;

but in the case of H. clytemnestra, the species of the closely

related genus Protogonius are invariably, although roughly,

mimetic. Thus Protogonius drurit mimics Heliconius narcea.

Hence it becomes probable that this propensity for mimicry

is extended to H. clytemnestra. Burchell’s specimens of

clytemnestra without exception exhibit three yellow spots just

beyond the subapical band of the fore wing; and these are

absent in dirce. However, on comparing a series of each in

the Hope Collection from Paraguay, I observed that the spots

were in some cases reduced in clytemnestra and corre-

spondingly present in dirce, as if the mimetic association

was stronger in that part of the country.

It must be further noted that this is only a case of upper-

side mimicry. The underside of clytemnestra is procrypti-

cally coloured, apparently for concealment among dead

leaves, while the bolder pattern of G. dirce is adapted for the

protective resemblance to tree-trunks on which it rests with

upright wings (H. W. Bates in Lepidoptera Rhopalocera

of the ¢ Biologia Centrali- Americana,’ F. D. Godman, F.R.S.,

and O. Salvin, F.R.S., vol. i. pp. 264-266).

Catagramma lyrophila, Hiibn.

Bz, 286. I, [13. 10. 25]. ='727. Minas Geraés. Paralifba.

‘‘Papil[to] affinis precedenti,” viz. Callicore clymena,

Cram.

Bz.+ 9172. I, 25.10. 25. = '728. Minas Geraés. Pl ap-

ilio|. At Discoberto, near Jo&o Pedro’s house.”

12. 2. 26. = 729. Organ Mountains.

A date given as 12. 26 (omitting the month) in West-

wood’s list has probably been accidentally substituted for

that of 729.

25. 8.27. = 730. Ollaria to Rio Pardo.

26. 8.27. =731. KR. Pardo to Cubatéo. (See 515.)

‘‘ Lepidoptera caught on the riverside at the ferry of the

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 189

Rio Pardo” (A.m.) or “at the passage of the several

streams this day ”’ (P.M.).

Bz. 27. 8. 28. = 782, Goiaveira. Between Goyaz and

Jeragué, “All these Lepidoptera were caught at the

ford of the rivulet at Goiabeira, at 5P.m.” This rivulet

is evidently one of the head waters of the Rio Tocantins.

Westwood’s list gives eight more additional specimens

captured on this date. His list also refers to the following

additional specimens, the dates of which have made it possible

to recover the accompanying data :—

564. I. (19. 10. 25.] Minas Geraés. “‘ Pap[ilio].”

4. 11. 25. 2 specimens. Minas Geraés. (As 559.)

10.11. 25. Minas Geraés.

31.1. 26. Rio de Janeiro. (As 474.)

9. 2.26. Organ Mountains. (By the river Pacaqué.)

9. 3. 26. Rio de Janeiro.

12. 3. 26. 3 “¢ Aqueduct.”

a. 24, 8.27. 2specimens. Ollaria, just S. of the Rio Pardo.

25. 8. 27. 5 specimens in addition to 780.

a. 26. 8.27. 3 specimens. R. Pardo to Cubatdéo. (See 515.)

‘‘ Lepidoptera caught on the river side at the ferry of

the Rio Pardo.”

27. 8. 27. R. Pardo to Retiro.

11.10.27. 2specimens. “To Férna” (from the south).

Between Meia Ponte and Bomfim.

Westwood noted these as belonging to the genus Cata-

gramma, and on 727 he had written “ Hydaspes. Drury iii.

pl. 15 Lyrephila Hb. Zutr. 397.” Burchell’s specimens of

yrophila correspond well with a long series in the Godman-

Salvin Collection from Rio de Janeiro, Minas Geraés,

Chapada, and Paraguay.

Catagramma latona, Butl.

10. 4. 28. 9 = 733. Goyaz. Camfnho de Carréira. “ All

caught in the Caminho da Carreira, beyond the Church

of Sta. Barbara. The whole road being woody.”

Westwood’s list places this in the series of Catagramma

sorana, Godt.

This specimen exactly resembles Butler’s type in the

Godman-Salvin Collection, but three specimens in the

British Museum labelled “ C. latona, Butl.,” differ in having

a narrower red subapical band.

190 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

Catagramma sorana, Godt.

a. 26. 8.27. = 7384. R. Pardo to Cubatéo. (See 515.)

** Lepidoptera caught on the river side at the ferry of

the Rio Pardo.”

Bz.+ p. 26. 8. 27. = 785. R. Pardo to Cubatéo. (See

515.) “Lepidoptera caught at the passage of the

several streams this day.”

Bz.+ 30. 8. 27. = 786. “On the road between Paciencia

and Veravinha.” (As 552.)

30. 8. 27. = 737. “On the road between Paciencia and

Veravinha.”’

Bz. a. 24, 8. 28. ='738. Retiro. (As 610.)

Westwood’s generic name agrees : his list also corresponds,

except for the inclusion of 783 and the accidental substitution

of two “a, 26. 8,27” for one of this date and one of

in 20. 0. thon

Catagramma selima, Guénée.

Bz.+ a, 26, 8.27. g = 739. R. Pardo to Cubatdéo. (As

134

9.9.27. ¢= 740. Tenénte. Close to Rio Grénde.

Bz.+ 24.10.27. 6= 741. Meiaponte to S. Joaqtim

(Joaq. Alves).

Westwood’s list adds another specimen captured on this

date.

a. 24, 8. 28. 3g = 742-744. Retiro. (As 610.)

27. 8. 28. § = 745. Goiaveira. (As 732.)

Westwood’s list adds five individuals, captured a. 24. 8. 27

at Ollaria, just 8. of R. Pardo, and omits the three captured

a. 24, 8. 28. The discrepancy may, perhaps, be accounted

for by the clerical substitution of “ 27” for “28” in the year

of the date, in which case two specimens are still missing.

His generic name agrees, and on 739 he had written “ Cyno-

sura 9 Hew. Ex. Lep. f. 22, 23.”

This species was compared with type in the British

Museum. In the Hewitson Collection it stood under C. cyno-

sura, Doubl. Hew. A series named C. astarte, Cr., in the

Godman-Salvin Collection is also very similar, except that

the markings on the undersides are rather heavier than in

Burchell’s specimens.

Catagramma cyllene, Dbl. & Hew.

Bz. 359. 1. [15. 10. 25]. = 746. Minas Geraés. “ Papilio.

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 191

At the Discobérto do Antonio Velho. Aff. 285.” By

this number Burchell refers to Callicore clymena, Cr.

Bz.+ 966. I. 26. 10.25. = 747. Minas Geraés. “ Pap

[to]. At Discoberto; near Joo Pedro’s house.”

Westwood’s list and generic name agree, except for an

obvious clerical error in the number of the last specimen,

which is given as 996. On 747 he had written “ C. Oyllene

Gen. D. L. Pl. 28 Pygas 9 teste Hew. Cat. Iconogr.”’

Catagramma pygas, Godt., f. thamyras, Mén.

28. 4. 28. = 748. Goyaz. ‘ Papiliones caught by C[ongo]

at the Carioca spring.” Congo was Burchell’s native

servant. ‘

Westwood’s list and generic name agree.

In the British Museum this is given as the thamyras,

Mén., form of C. pygas, Godt. Four similar specimens from

Chapada are unnamed in the Godman-Salvin Collection.

Catagramma pyracmon, Godt.

a. 26. 8. 27. 2 = 749, 750. R. Pardo to Cubatio. (As 784.)

Westwood’s list adds two more captured on this date, one

in the morning and the other in the afternoon.

Bz. 27. 8.27. = 751. Rio Pardo to Retfro.

Dinos zie = (02. is ”

Westwood’s list adds an individual captured 25. 8. 27,

Ollaria to Rio Pardo, and another with a. 29. 8. 27, Cervo.

(As 527.) He writes against this also the genus Catagramma.

Catagramma sp. near peristera, Hew.

3.3.28. = 758. Goyaz. ‘“ Caught in the town by the rio

Vermelho; by Clongo].”

Westwood’s date and generic name agree.

This specimen bears a Westwood’s label which is somewhat

difficult to interpret, but almost certainly reads thus :—

“‘ Obs.[erve] plaga sang. alar. post.; [or ?‘i” for “in’’]

forma diversaalar. post. An. sign. alb. necnon striola cerul.

marg. al. post.” It is obvious that “ ant.” should have been

written in place of one “post.,” probably the first. The

“ An” is probably intended for “ Ant.’ Before “An” is a

mark which may be Westwood’s monogram or, perhaps, an

erased letter.

This is probably a geographical subspecies of C. peristera,

and compared with a long series from Bolivia, the Lower

Amazon, New Granada, Ecuador, and HKastern Peru in the

192 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

Godman-Salvin Collection, exhibits the following differ-

ences :—(i.) the red patch in hind wing is narrower than in

the above-mentioned species ; (ii.) the blue on the margin at

anal angle is slightly more developed ; (iii.) the hind-wing

underside in Burchell’s specimens has the yellow submarginal —

line of the same width from costa to anal angle, while in the

Godman-Salvin series this yellow line is widest at its costal

end, and tapers off to the second median nervule, where it is

interrupted by a black-spot, and again by a second spot at

the first median nervule.

Catagramma pasithea, Hew.

24. 3.29. = 754. Porto Redl (Nacionale). Médnga.

(5. ?) 5. 29. = 755, Red Clay-slate cliffs [at Sucuri] on

the Rio Tocantins, north of Porto Redl (Nagionale)

Westwood’s dates and generic name agree.

In a series in the Godman-Salvin Collection from Peru,

the Upper Amazon, and Bolivia there is a thin blue sub-

marginal line in the hind wing which is absent in Burchell’s

specimens, while there is also more red developed on the

underside than in his specimens.

Callicore kolyma, Hew.

Bz. 28. 4. 28. ='756. Goyaz. (As 748.)

Westwood’s list gives two more individuals captured on

this date,

27. 8. 28. = 757. Goiaveira. (As 732.) |

Westwood’s list makes this last date 27. 8. 27 instead of

27. 8. 28. He also places this and the following species of

the genus Callcore among the Catagrammas. |

On the underside the red marking at the base of both wings

is much reduced in these two specimens, which correspond with

a series of ten, half from Chapada and half from New Granada,

in the Godman-Salvin Collection. But in ten from Ecuador

and two from Peru and the Upper Amazon the red is more

dominant. In the Hope Collection four specimens from

Ecuador have the light blue submarginal line developed all

along the hind margin; in one from the Upper Amazon it is

only present for half the distance from the costa to the anal

angle, while in these two Burchell specimens it is still

further reduced to a small streak across the apex. On the

underside this peculiarity is even more noticeable, the line

being reduced to two small blue dots in 756 and absent

altogether in 757, Furthermore, in a series of five from

S.H. Brazil in the Godman-Salvin Collection this line is only

partially developed. On the upperside in three of these there

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 193

is a well-marked red spot on the fore wing just beyond the

apex of the discoidal cell, which is much less developed in

Burchell’s specimens and in the remaining two of the

Godman-Salvin series of five.

Omitting the consideration of this last variable character

in §.H. Brazil, it appears that the development of the red

patch at the base and the blue line at the hind margin are

the chief characteristics of the western forms, and that both

become more reduced as we follow the species south-east-

wards, until, in extreme varieties, the blue line may be lost

altogether (as in 757). Furthermore, the five specimens

from New Granada indicate that a reduction of red similar to

that of the east also occurs to the north.

Callicore candrena, Godt.

27. 8. 27. 2 = 758, 759. Rio Pardo to Retfro.

Bz.+ 28. 8.27. = 760. “Retiro.” This locality on the

specimen is confirmed by the Brazilian Note-book and

the ‘ Catalogus Geographicus.’

Bz. 30. 8. 27. = 761. (As 552.) “On the road between

Paciencia and Veravinha.”

Bz. 27. 8. 28. = 762. Goiaveira. (As 732.)

27. 8. 28. = 763. iy ie

Westwood’s list agrees, but includes an additional specimen

captured on this last date, and another with the date

11. 2. 26. Organ Mountains (in a walk to the Ipé trees),

On 758 he had written “ Catagr. Candrena Hb., Zutr. 893,

894,”

Callicore janeira, Feld.

Bz.+ 12a. 4.5. 29. = 764, Funil; north of Porto Reél

(Nacionale).

This specimen does not bear any of the numbers of West-

wood’s list of Nymphaline, but it is probably referred to

under Callicore eluina, Hew.

Callicore clymena, Cram.

Bz, 285. IT, [13. 10. 25]. = 765. Minas Geraés, Para-

hiba. “ Papilio... (253). This latter number refers

to a missing specimen which Burchell considered identical

with 285. Opposite (253) he had written “Papilio ‘88.’

In open sunny places; very common about Ranchos

and in yards near houses. It is often very familiar.”

[Butterflies of this genus (Catagramma) are called 88’s

because of the markings on the undersides of the hind

wings. |

194 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera

Westwood’s list gives either one or two more of this date.

The neu? is indistinct.

Ase 13 = 766. Minas Geraés. (As 559.)

Wee list mentions three more captured on this

date.

2.3.29. = 767. Porto Redl (Nacionale).

In the Godman-Salvin Collection the name janezra is given

to the northern and eastern form; clymena (on the whole

rather more heavily marked on the underside and a deeper

blue on the hind-wing upper surface) to the south-west ;

while four specimens from Rio Grande and Sta. Catherina

(still further south), in which the blue at the apex of the fore

wing is greatly reduced, are unnamed. Specimens of both

clymena and eluina are grouped under N. 46 and also under

N. 72 of Westwood’s list. He gives the generic name

Catagramma to both numbers.

Callicore eluina, Hew.

Berea Oo. oh. ee 168. The Brazilian label has the words

‘on the road,” and upon the English label is “ iter

faciendo.” Between Jundiahy and Cupivary. North

of 8. Paulo. The ‘Catalogus Geographicus’ gives the

date “a.1.8.27” opposite the words “on road.”

This date is not mentioned by Westwood.

25. 8. 27. 32 = 769-800. Ollaria to Rio Pardo.

Bz.+ 25. 8. 27. 7 = 801-807. _,,

- Westwood’s list gives nine more individuals captured on

this date.

a. 26. 8. 27. 6 = 808-813. Rio PardotoCubatéo. (As 784.)

Bz.+ a, 26. 8.27, = 814. ;

Westwood’s list gives four more specimens of this date.

a, 28. 8.27. = 815.0 2At Retiro, Just north of Rio Pardo.

This date, including the “a,’’ is not mentioned by West-

wood, but possibly one of his ‘Aut additional specimens of the

preceding date may have been accidentally copied as the 26th

instead of the 28th.

28. 8. 27. 2 = 816, 817. “Retiro.” As above,

a. 29. 8. 27. 8 = 818-825. Cérvo. (As 527.)

Bz.a. 29.8.27. 3 = 826-828. _,, -

Westwood’s list gives six more specimens captured on this

date.

a. 24. 8. 28. = 829. Retiro. Between Goyaz and Jeragua.

‘¢ All at the rivulet near the house at Retiro.”

Bz, a. 24. 8. 28. = 830. Retiro. Between Goyaz and

Jeragud. ‘ All at the rivulet near the house at Retiro.”

The dates of both 829 and 830 are omitted by Westwood.

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 195

Bz. 27, 8. 28+ 25. 8. 27. = 831. Goiaveira (as 732), or

Ollaria to Rio Pardo.

_ This specimen evidently bears the labels of two specimens

captured at dates a year apart. The Brazilian label bears the

later date.

27. 8. 28. = 832. Goiaveira. (As 782.)

Westwood’s list gives three individuals captured 27. 8. 27.

As his list does not give any specimens dated 27. 8. 28 or

a. 24, 8. 28, it is possible that his 27. 8. 27 is a copyist’s

error for these omitted dates. One missing specimen of

25. 8. 27 may be represented by no. 881.

Westwood’s list also gives the following additional speci-

mens which are now unfortunately missing :—

354. I. [15. 10. 25]. “P[apilio]. Minas Geraés. At the

Discobérto do Antonio Velho.”

12. 8.26. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct.”

13. 3. 26.

19. 3. 26. i ‘In the valley of Catombf.”

3d. 4. 26. “3 “Along the Carioca Aqueduct.”

a. 29. 8.27. Cérvo. (As 527.)

30.10.27. 2 specimens. Sapezal to Conceicio; near

_ Goyaz.

28. 1. 28. Goyaz. Camfinho de Ferréiro.

28. 4.28. 10 specimens. Goyaz. “ Papiliones caught by

C[ongo]| at the Carioca spring.”

2.2. 29. 2specimens. Porto Redl (Nacionale), Western side

of River. ‘On the western side of the ‘l'ucantins.”’

10. 3. 29. Porto Redl. “ Lepidoptera began to appear more

numerous in the end of Feby, and since the beginning

of this month they appear abundant.”

24,3. 29. Porto Redl. Manga.

12. a. 4. 5, 29. This specimen is almost certainly ‘764.

The Godman-Salvin Collection contains only three speci-

mens of this species. On 772 Westwood had written “ Cat.

Eiluina Hew. Ex. B. f. 30.”

Hematera pyramus, F.

25. 8. 27. = 833. Ollarfa to Rio Pardo.

Westwood’s name and date agree; the remaining two

specimens come under the last number in his list of Nymph-

alinee, and are not named by him.

27. 8. 27. = 884. Rio Pardo to Retiro.

p. 8. 9. 27. = 885. Cachoéira to Rio Grénde. “At the

Rio Grande. Papiliones.”’

Westwood’s dates agree.

(‘To be continued. ]

196 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a Case of

XVITI.—A Case of Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole, or Indian

fied Dog (Cuon dukhunensis). By R. I. Pocock, F.L.S.,

¥.Z.S., Superintendent of the Zoological Society’s

Gardens.

WHEN discussing variation in the premolars of the Canidae,

Mr. Bateson * commented on the rarity of the occurrence of

a fifth premolar in the lower jaw, only three or four cases

being known to him. Two of these were quoted by Hensel f,

the skulls presenting the abnormality being those of wolves

showing two teeth between the canine and the second

premolar, one in the right mandible and the other in the left.

The other cases were those of domestic dogs, one presenting

five premolars on both sides of the lower jaw, the other

showing two alveoli where the first premolar should have

been.

Since the number of recorded instances is so small, it is of

interest, I think, to report the presence of a supernumerary

premolar in the right mandible of a specimen of an Indian

dhole (Cuon dukhunensis) that formerly lived in the Zoolo-

gical Gardens.

The dentition of the left mandible is normal and resembles

that of the mandibles of two other specimens imported at the

same time, except that the posterior cusp on pm’ is practically

absent and the roots of pm? are united. In the right mandible

also the cusp is absent and the roots of pm? are united. On

both sides pm* is single-rooted ; pm, as stated, has two large

coalesced roots set in a correspondingly large constricted

alveolus; pm° has two large somewhat A-shaped roots.

There is no difficulty in homologizing these three teeth on

the two sides, their size and the shapes of the crowns and

roots making their identity unmistakable. The supernumerary

tooth lies between pm? and pm and is not structurally quite

identical with either. Its crown is shorter than that of pm?,

and it has its posterior portion more widely rounded than is

that of pm’? or of pm®. Like pm? it has two distinct roots,

but these are gradually attenuated and separated by a much

narrower cleft.

On the left mandible with normal dentition the longitu-

dinal axes of the crowns of pm? and pm’ lie in the same line

as the axis of the jawbone; and these teeth are separated

from the adjacent teeth, pm' and pm’, and from each other by.

* Materials for the Study of Variation,’ p. 211 (1894).

+ Morph, Jahrb. vy. p. 548 (1879) ; also Bateson, p. 218. no. 281.

Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole. 197

distinct diastemata. This arrangement is disturbed on the

right side by the presence of the supernumerary tooth. The

axis of pm? is inclined slightly forwards and inwards, that of

pm’ slightly forwards and outwards, so that the two axes if

continued would cut one another at an obtuse angle of about

135°. The two teeth are separated by a comparatively wide

diastema, in which towards the inner side is wedged the

supernumerary tooth, the axis of which is longitudinal, not

oblique ; its crown slightly overlaps in front the posterior

portion of the crown of pm” and behind the anterior portion

of the crown of pm’, and touches them both. The area

between pm’ and pm*on the left side is practically the same

length as that on the right side, namely 20 mm.; but the sum

of the two teeth, pm* and pm’, on the left side is 17 mm., while

that of the corresponding teeth+the additional tooth on the

right side is about 19mm. The three teeth therefore are

spread over a rather larger area than the two premolars of

the left side, and this is gained by encroachment upon the

diastemata separating pm* and pm? and pm? and pm*. There

is no noticeable disparity in size between the normal pre-

molars of the right and left mandibles.

Apart from the interest of the occurrence of this abnormality

in the lower jaw, I am unable to find a parallel to it in the

many instances of abnormality in the premolar dentition of the

upper jaw in the Canide cited by Mr. Bateson. In most

cases, both in wild species and in domestic dogs, where

additional premolars are recorded there are two premolars

resembling the normal pm" between the canine and pm’,

Perhaps the nearest approach to the above-described variation

in Cuon dukhunensis is presented by the skull of a specimen

of the black-backed jackal (Canis mesomelas) (no. 228 of

Bateson), which showed on the right side a supernumerary

tooth inside the upper pm’, and closely resembling it, though

a little smaller. But, as has been stated, the supernumerary

tooth in this skull of Cuon dukhunensis differs both from pm?

and pm* in the shape and size of the crown and also of its

roots.

In this connection arises another interesting point. In the

skull of Cuon dukhunensis under discussion the roots of pm?

of the lower jaw are fused—or, to put it another way, not

divaricated, either on the right or the left side. But this

feature is, I think, abnormal in the genus, for I find that in

two other skulls of this species as well as in one of a Siberian

dhole (Cuon alpinus) the two roots of this tooth are quite

distinct from base to point and resemble not a little in shape

and direction the roots of pm* of all the dholes’ skulls

198 On Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole.

examined (see the annexed figure). Hence it will be under-

stood that the supernumerary lower premolar I have described,

although unlike pm? of the skull to which it belongs in having

its roots separated, resembles in this particular, at all events,

the lower pm? of two skulls belonging to the same species and

of one belonging to an allied species of the genus. The tooth

Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole (Cuon dukhunensis).

A. Anterior portion of lower jaw seen from above. pm, pm, pm’, first,

second, and third premolars of right and left sides ; x, supernu-

merary premolar of right side.

B. Second and third and supernumerary premolars of right side extracted,

may therefore be a slightly developed and slightly modified

repetition of pm’, retaining in the matter of its separated roots

the condition normal for the genus, which the genuine second

lower premolars of this particular skull have lost. At all

events, it does not appear to me to be justifiable to assume

that the tooth is not an additional pm? on the grounds of the

distinctness of its roots, although this conclusion would have

commended itself had the one skull alone been available for

examination.

On the Coleopterous Genera Horia and Cissites. 199

XIX.—WNotes on the Coleopterous Genera Horia, Fab., and

Cissites, Latr., and a List of the described Species. By

C. J. Gawan, M.A.

THE two genera of Meloide that form the subject of these

notes comprise altogether less than twenty known species,

and the genera themselves are very easily to be distinguished

from one another; yet the number of errors that have in one

way or another come to be associated with them is truly

astonishing. The chief of these errors have already been

discovered and corrected by others, but, unfortunately, atten-

tion was called to them in such a way that they have been

noticed either very inadequately or not at all in the ‘ Zoological

Record ’—an omission for which the Recorders are in no wise

to blame. They have been brought to my own knowledge

in an endeavour to determine the correct name to be given to

a species in a collection from Ruwenzori Mountain on which

I am now working, and will incidentally, perhaps, illustrate

the difficulties with which a systematist has to contend if he

wish to be accurate.

The species to which I have just referred obviously

belonged to the genus generally recognized as Cissites,

Latr.; but on reference to Kolbe’s very valuable paper of

1897 on the Coleoptera of East Africa, I there found (1) that

Cissites, Latr., was placed as a synonym of Horia, Fab., on

the ground that the same species, viz. Horta testacea, Fab.,

was the type of both genera, and (2) that a new generic name

(Synhoria) was proposed by Kolbe for the species (cepha-

lotes, maxillosa, maculata, &c.) that had hitherto been regarded

as constituting the genus Horia, Fab. This led me to further

inquiry. I found Kolbe quite right in stating that Hora

testacea was the type of the genus Horia, Fab. ; but this also

I found, that, contrary to the statement of Kolbe, which was

probably borrowed from Lacordaire, and contrary also to a

sbailar statement made and repeated by Latreille himself,

Floria testacea, Fab., is not the type of Cissites, Latr. The

type of this genus I found to be Cissites maculata (Swed.),

the Horta maculata of Olivier and Fabricius, one of the

species included hy Kolbe in his genus Synhoria. It does

not necessarily follow, however, that Synhoria should be

treated as a synonym of Cissites. Kolbe specified no type

for his genus; and if cephalotes, Oliv., the first species

mentioned by him, be taken as the type, it will be shown

that Synhoria, if not a distinct genus, is at least a very

200 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the

distinct subgenus of Cissites, distinct both structurally and

geographically. |

So far the result of my investigation was to show that for

over half a century the genera Horva and Cissites had been

interchanged in our collections and entomological works.

But a stranger discovery was to follow. I found that this

remarkable error had-already been discovered and published

by Professor Beauregard in his admirable treatise on ‘ Les

Insectes Vésicants,’ dated 1890. In dealing with the matter

the learned Professor himself fell into some trifling errors

(one of a somewhat amusing character), and made also one

very lamentable mistake—that of adopting knowingly in his

own work the very errors to which he had called attention.

From Latreille’s Hist. Nat. 1804 he quotes the following

passages to show what Latreille’s original conceptions of

the genera were :—“ L’ Horve testacée différe des autres espéces

par les proportions de la téte et du corselet qui sont plus

étroits que les élytres, ce caractére m’a engagé a former parmi

les Hories un nouveau genre celui des Cissites. Cette nou-

velle coupe serait composée de |’ Horta maculata d’Olivier et

de son Horta cephalotes. LL’ Horie testacée serait le type du

genre Horia.... On voit ainsi que les Hories a téte de la

largeur du corselet ou plus large, mes Cissites. . . .””

“‘T] ressort de ces phrases que Latreille donnait le nom

d’ Horta aux espéces a téte plus large ou égale en largeur au

corselet et celui de Cissites aux espéces a téte et corselet moins

large que les élytres.”

This exposition by M. Beauregard of Latreille’s phrases is,

of course, an absolute inversion of the facts, exactly what, 4

few lines further on, he charges Lacordaire with havig

made. ‘‘ Lacordaire,” he writes, ‘“réprit pour son compte

cette division en deux genres, mais par une singuliére erreir,

il intervertit les caractéres et assigna le nom de Horia aix

especes @ téte grande aussi large au moins que le prothori

et celui de Cissites aux espéces & téte médiocre plus étroite qe

le prothorax.”” |

The charge made against Lacordaire is just, but there is

this excuse for him: the same mistake was previously male

by Castelnau, and, as I find, originated with Latreille himsef,

who in 1807, three years after the first publication of lis

genus, assigned the characters and species of his own genis

Cissites to Horta, Fab., and vice versd. This mistake te

repeated in 1829; but in a work which came between—tie

article “‘ Horia”’ in the “nouvelle édit.” of the ‘Nouveau

Dictionnaire,’ which is signed O. and L.—the genera ae

constituted as they originally were in the first edition, arl,

Coleopterous Genera Horia and Cissites. 201

further, Horta maculata is definitely stated there to be the

type of the genus Cissztes.

It is interesting to note that although Lacordaire, in his

‘Genera,’ and Gemminger and Harold, in their ‘ Catalogue,’

wrongly construe the genera, the single reference in each

case 1s to one of those works of Latreille in which the genera

are correctly characterized.

But it is not alone in reference to the interpretation of the

genera that mistakes have occurred. There is scarcely a

single one of the older species, and not many, I fear, amongst

those more recently described, with which some mistake is

not associated. : .

To begin with: the Horda testacea; Fab., type of the genus

Horia, is not the species Fabricius thought it was, viz. the

| Lymexylon testaceum, Fab., of an earlier work, and will there-

fore require a new name if one cannot be found for it

amongst those since published, which is not improbable.

It may possibly be the species described by Fairmaire as

Cissites debyt ; it was clearly, I think, the latter species that

Aurivillius took to be testacea, Fab., aud which he differen-

tiated as such when describing his own species africanus.

There is, however, another species equally as common as

deby?, if not more common, in South India, and to this other

species, regarded by some authors as the true Horia testacea

of Fabricius, the characters given for africanus apply. In

the uncertainty therefore as to what species the type of the

genus Lorva really is, we must continue to call that type

fforia testacea, Kab. Fabricius specified no collection as

containing his type specimens. Cucujus clavipes, Fab., given

as a synonym by Fabricius, has nothing to do with it.

The type specimen (a female) of Lymeaylon testaceum,

Fab. (1781), is preserved in the Banksian cabinet of the

British Museum. It belongs to the genus Ciss¢tes, Latr., and

is without doubt an African species.

Hlorva cephalotes, Oliv., stated by its author to have come

from 8. America, and later placed by Fabricius as a synonym

of his maaillosa from the H. Indies, has since been shown by

Gerstaecker to be an African species quite distinct from

mawillosa. Described from a male, it is probably identical

with Cuissites testacea, Fab. .

Horia senegalensis, Casteln.—With regard to this species,

I have come independently to the same conclusion as De Borre

(1883), that it was made up of two distinct species, that

the so-described male was in reality the female of a species

belonging to the true Cissites, Latr., and that the female

belonged to a species of Horza scarcely, if at all, distinguish-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 14

202 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the

able from the Indian species known as testacea, Fab.,—that

it was, if I may so put it, testacea, Fab. (Lymeaylon), on the

male side and testacea, Fab. (Horia), on the female side.

Cissites macrognatha, Fairm. (Horia), from West Africa,

is probably also identical with testacea, Fab. It was described

from a male, but the author evidently assumed that the

so-called male of senegalensis, Casteln., with the characters of

which he compared it, was actually a male.

Four other African species referable to the genus Cissites

have been described, and it is possible that one or more of

these will turn out to be the same as testacea, Fab. In the

British Museum collection there are specimens from Cape

Colony that I cannot distinguish specifically from testacea.

They do not, however, agree exactly with the description of

hottentota given by Peringuey. I suspect, nevertheless, that

Peringuey’s species is the same.

As I have seen no specimens of C/ssites from East Africa,

I can express no opinion as to the validity of Kolbe’s species

Jischert. Gerstaecker considered a female specimen from

East Africa to belong to the species cephalotes, Oliv.

Only two species of Cissites from the Oriental Region have

been described—one the mazillosa of Fab., the other anguli-

ceps, Fairm.; and I strongly suspect that the second was

founded upon the female of the first.

The African and Oriental species of Cuissites possess in

common two characters of considerable importance which

distinguish them from the American species, and I propose

therefore to place them in a distinct subgenus, to which the

name Synhoria, Kolbe, may be applied, The distinguishing

characters are as follows :—

Eyes smooth and very glossy. The episterna of’ the meso-

_ thorax do not meet in front of the mesosternum or meet

Only 2b Pollbrp waite sue eee eee eg chess > en Cissites.

some length in front of the mesosternum ............ Synhoria.

Genus Horta,

Horia, Fab, Mant. Ins. i. p. 164 (1787) ; Latr. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat.

xxiv. p. 154 (1804); id. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. x. p. 364 (1804) ;

Oliv. et Latr. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. n. édit. xv. p. 291 (1817) ;

Kolbe, Deut. Ost-A frika, iv. Coleopt. p. 256 (1897); Champion, Suppl.

List Cantharide, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1899, p. 156.

Cissites, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. ii. p. 211 (1807) ; id. Cuvier, Régne

Anim. n. édit. v. p. 60 (1829) ; Casteln. Hist. Nat. ii. p. 280 (1840) ;

Lacord, Gen. Coléopt. v. p. 663 (1859) ; Gemm. et Har. Cat, p. 2130

(1870) ; Beauregard, Les Insectes Vésicants, pp. 416 & 486 (1890).

Coleopterous Genera Horia and Cissites. 203

Type of the genus, Horia testacea, Fab., 1787 (nec Ly-

mexylon testaceum, Fab., 1781).

1. HW. africana, Auriv. (Cissites) Ent. Tidskr. xi. p. 203

(1890). Congo.

P=senegalensis, 9 (nec ¢), Casteln. Hist. Nat. ii. p. 280 (1840).

P= testacea (Fab.), De Borre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1883, 0. R. pp. 136-

138.

2. H. debyi, Fairm. (Cissites) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxix.

C. R. p. 111 (1885). “ Sumatra,” Java, Borneo,

India, Ceylon, and Philippine Islands.

= testacea (Fab.), Auriv. J. c. supra.

3. H, testacea, Fab. Mant. Ins. i. p. 164 (1787).

“ Tranquebar.”’

Genus CISSITES.

Cissites, Latr. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxiv. p. 154 (1804); id. Hist.

Nat. Crust. et Ins. x. p. 364 (1804); id. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat.

nouvelle éd. xv. p. 291 (1817).

Horva, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. ii. p. 211 (1807) ; id. Cuvier, Régne

Anim. nouv. éd, v. p. 60 (1829) ; Casteln. Hist. Nat. ii. p. 280 (1840) ;

Lacord. Gen, Coléopt. v. p, 663 (1859); Gemm. & Har. Cat. p. 2180

(1870); Beauregard, Les Insectes Vésicants, pp. 414 & 485 (1890).

Synhoria, Kolbe, Deutsch Ost-Afrika, iv. Coleopt. p. 256 (1897) ;

Champion, Supplemental List Cantharide, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.

1899, p. 156.

Type of the genus, C. maculata, Swederus (Cucujus).

American Species (subgen. Cissttes proper).

1, C. apicalis, Perty (Horia), Del. Anim. p. 66, pl. xiii.

fig. 14 (1830). Brazil.

2. C. auriculata, Champ. (Horia) Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col.

imeayip.o12, pl. xvii. fig. 9. Central and North

America.

3. C. maculata, Swed. (Cucujus) Vetensk. Ac. Nya Handl.

1787, p. 199, pl. viii. fig. 8; Fabr. (Horta) Ent. Syst.

1, 2, p.90 (1792) ; Oliv. (Horia) Entom. iii. no. 53 dis,

p. 4, pl.i. tig. 1 (1795). Central and South America

and Antilles.

? Var, apicals, Perty, l. c. supra.

14*

204 On the Coleopterous Genera Horia and Cissites.

African and Oriental Species (subgen. Synhoria).

African Species.

. CO. cephalogona, Fairm. (Horta) Notes Leyd. Mus. x.

p. 269 (1888). Congo.

. C. cephalotes, Oliv. (Horta) Ent. iii. no. 53 bis, p. 5, pl. i.

fiz. 3 (1795); Gerst. (Horta), Decken’s Reisen in

Ost-Afrika, iv. 2, p. 205 (1873). Africa.

6. C. crouzett, Fairm. (Horta) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1894,

p. 829. Abyssinia.

7. C. fischert, Kolbe (Synhoria), Deut. Ost-Afrika, iv. Col.

p- 256 (1897). Victoria Nyanza.

8. C. hottentota, Pering. (Horia) Trans. 8. Afric. Phil. Soc.

iv. p. 184. South Africa.

9. C. macrognatha, Fairm. (Horia) Notes Leyd. Mus. ix.

p- 193 (1887). West Africa.

10. C. senegalensis, g (nec ¢), Casteln. (Horia) Hist. Nat.

li. p. 280 (1840). West Africa.

11. C. testacea, Fab. (Lymexylon) Sp. Ins. i. p. 256 (1781).

Africa.

? =cephalotes, Oliv. J. c. supra.

P=senegalensis, 3, Casteln. J. ¢. supra.

?=macrognatha, Fairm. 7. c. supra.

? = hottentota, Pering. J. c. supra.

Oriental Species.

12. C. anguliceps, Fairm. (Horia) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxix.

C. R. p. 111 (1885). Sumatra or Borneo.

13. C. mawillosa, Fab. (Horta) Syst. Eleuth. ii. p. 86 (1801).

“Sumatra,” Java, Borneo, Malay Penin., Burma,

Siam, and Philippine Islands.

P= anguliceps, Fairm, 1. c. supra.

Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 205

XX.— Contributions towards a Revision of the Genus

Lomanotus. By NATHANIEL CoLaAN, M.R.LA.

WHILE dredging off Bullock Harbour, Dublin Bay, on the

6th October, 1906, what seemed to be a fairly successful haul

was made in 10 fathoms low water. As there was a heavy

rolling sea on, and our small boat was much too lively to

permit of any careful sorting of the contents of the dredge,

the whole haul was emptied into a bucket of sea-water. On

landing soon after I observed floating near the surface of the

water in the bucket a prettily frilled, rosy orange-coloured

animal quite unfamiliar to me, yet obviously a nudibranch.

It was transferred to fresh sea-water in a glass jar, when it

immediately began to swim vigorously to and fro and up and

down, with a rapid, lashing, serpentine motion of its flexible

body, the thin foot-margins being drawn inwards and down-

wards $0 as to form a sharp keel favourable to quick and

graceful navigation. For a nudibranch it had a singularly

dashing manner. It darted rather than swam, as if it gave

way to fits of petulance whenever it found its motion impeded

by the translucent yet impenetrable walls of its prison. The

animal lived in captivity for a day and a half, so that I had

ample opportunity of observing it and drawing up the

following tolerably minute description :—

Length of living animal fully extended 12 inch. General

colour of upper surface translucent rosy orange, of the sides

paler, passing into whitish on the under surface, no distinct

colour spots or blotches being apparent anywhere. Body

elliptic-oblong, deep (not flat), gradually narrowed behind

into a very short and ill-defined tail. Foot with two slender

tentacular processes on each side in front, the anterior pair

usually carried in a recurved or hooked posture. Dorsal

tentacles or rhinophores two, bright yellow, club-shaped,

obliquely laminated, suddenly narrowed above into short,

blunt, cylindric-conic, smooth, white tips and rapidly retractile

within Jong sheaths. Margin of the right-hand sheath (as

one looks towards the head of the animal) divided into 4 (or

5?) irregular teeth or lobes, that of the shorter, left-hand

sheath, simple or at most sinuate. Along each side of the

back runs an erect, flexible, frilled process, the pleuropodiam

or pallial margin (Riickengebrdme of Bergh), waved into three

deep bays whose convexity points inwards towards the median

line of the animal. ‘The upper margin of this frill is cut into

not very numerous tooth-like, flattish, triangular segments

(branchial papille?) of unequal size, the longest occupying

206 Mr. N. Colgan— Contributions towards a

the centre of each bay. The pleuropodium declines suddenly

as it approaches the anterior extremity of the animal, yet

persists as a distinct ridge until it reaches to and effects a

junction with the base of the rhinophore-sheath ; towards the

posterior extremity it declines gradually, and becomes obso-

lete as it approaches the tail. The rosy orange of the body

takes a deeper tone in the pleuropodium, yet the tips of the

segments or papillae are not distinguished by any marked

difference of colour. The deep red viscera of the animal

sending off branches (hepatic lobes) on either side to the

pleuropodium are clearly visible through the pellucid tissues

of the back. The mandibles when treated with caustic potash

showed under a 34-inch objective a finely cross-hatched or

tessellated masticatory margin (Kaurand of Bergh). Under

the same power the general character of the radula with its

finely serrated teeth-margins was easily made out: unfor-

tunately before the examination of this exquisitely constructed

organ was completed it was lost by an explosive ebullition of

the potash in which it was being boiled over a lamp-flame.

On comparing this description and the dead animal with

Alder and Hancock’s Monograph, it became clear that my

capture belonged to the genus Humenis instituted by these

authors in 1845 and that it was structurally in close agree-

ment with the species H. marmoratus as described and figured

by them in that year. The genus Humenis having. been

founded by Alder and Hancock in ignorance of the fact that

an equivalent genus Lomanotus had been created by an

Italian scientist a year earlier, they subsequently abandoned

the name Lumenis in favour of Lomanotus. But close as was

the resemblance of the Dublin Bay Lomanotus to Lomanotus

(uments) marmoratus, the differences in colour, size, and

form were yet sufficient to raise doubts as to their identity.

In the Monograph the rhinophore-sheaths of LZ. marmoratus

are described as having simple margins, the pleuropodium is

represented as disconnected from the sheaths and continued

forward in advance of them, the animal is described as opaque

and marbled with dark brown and white, while its length is

given as little more than half an inch. It was obviously

necessary to make a close study of the literature of the genus

before venturing to decide whether the Bullock Lomanotus

might safely be assigned to any of the established species or

should be set down as nondescript.

The result of this study when made was to show the rarity

of most of the species of Lomanotus, the necessarily meagre

material on which some of the species had been founded, and

the unsatisfactory nature of many of the specific distinctions

Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 207

relied on. The following survey of the history of Lomanotus

will serve to illustrate these points, and will also, it is hoped,

furnish material for estimating the value of the revision of

the genus which it is the main object of this paper to propose.

In any case, this historical sketch can hardly fail to be useful

to students of Lomanotus, as giving them a rather full résumé

of the scattered and by no means easily accessible literature

on the subject.

1844.—Giovanni Battista Vérany, of Genoa, describes

in the August issue of the ‘ Revue Zoologique par la Société

Cuvierienne’ (tome vii, p. 803) anew genus of Nudibranch

Mollusca to which he gives the name Lomanotus. The

generic characters here published by Vérany are as follows :—

“‘ Corps allongé, cunéiforme, gastéropode; téte aussi large

que le corps, munie d’un voile frontal portant de chaque cété

de petits prolongements tentaculiformes; deux tentacles

dorsaux, retractiles, terminés en massue comme dans le Doris

et logés chacun dans une espéce d’étui caliciforme ; organes

de la respiration formés par deux membranes minces et

frangées, fixées de chaque cété entre la face dorsale de

Vanimal et les faces Jatérales ; orifices de l’anus et des organes

génitaux comme dans les T'ritonies.”

In the month following this first publication of ZLomanotus

Vérany introduces the new genus to the special notice of

Italian zoologists in a paper on the Nudibranchs of Liguoria

read by him at the Sixth Congress of Italian Scientists held

at Milan. In thereport of this Congress, published in Italian

at Milan in 1845 (‘ Atti della Sesta Riunione degli Scienziati

Italiani tenuta in Milano nel Settembre del 1844 ’), an abstract

is given of Vérany’s description of the new mollusc as read

before the Congress. Here the original French description

of the genus is improved on, notably as regards the branchial

processes (the pallial curtain, epipodial ridge, or pleuro-

podium, as it has been variously termed). ‘The branchia are

here said to be in the form of a fringe irregularly festooned

and toothed, attached longitudinally to the sides of the body

and to the sheaths or calyces (“con le branchie a frange

irregolarmente festonate e dentate attacate longitudinalmente

ai lati del corpo ed ai calici”’). The abstract concludes with

the statement that the species is dedicated to Prof. Gené

(‘La specie @ dedicata al Prof. Gené”). Vérany at the

meeting of the Congress in 1844 evidently described the

species no less than the genus, and he clearly intended that

the species should bear Gené’s name. As he did not, how-

ever, assign to the species, either at the Congress or in the

208 Mr. N. Colgan—Contributions towards a

published report of its proceedings, the Latin binomial Zoman-

otus genet, a strict compliance with nomenclature rules will

not permit of that name dating from 1845. It was not until

1846 that he definitely named the species LZ. gene.

1845.—Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock, in ignorance

of the existence of Vérany’s genus Lomanotus, found their

genus Humenis ona single specimen of a nudibranch } inch

long dredged in deep water near Berry Head, Torbay. The

generic characters of Humenis, as first published in the Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. for November 1845 (vol. xvi. p.311), are

substantially the same as those of Vérany’s Lomanotus. This

was acknowledged by Alder and Hancock in the section of

their famous ‘Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate

Mollusca’ which appeared in 1854, where they concede

precedence to Vérany’s name for the new genus. A full

specific description of the Berry Head nudibranch was

published along with the generic characters of Humenis, the

species being named /, marmorata. This was not only the

first species of the genus detected in the British Isles, but

was also the first anywhere named, described, and published

in strict conformity with nomenclature rules. The Mono-

graph gives coloured plates of EH. marmorata in which the

rhinophore-sheaths are shown with entire margins, while the

pleuropodium is represented as disconnected from the sheaths

and passing round their bases to the front of the animal.

The prevailing colour of the body is shown as brown marbled

with white. The following passage in the Monograph may

be taken as disclaiming perfect accuracy for either the

description or the figure of the animal:—“It was a little

injured and lived only a short time after being brought on

shore, so that we had no opportunity of observing its habits,

and the drawing and description are -consequently not so

perfect as we could have wished.”

1846.—Vérany, in a Guide to Genoa, published in that

city, gives a Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrates of the

Gulf of Genoa and Nice (‘ Catalogo degli Animali invertebrati

marini del Golfo di Genova e Nizza’). In this Catalogue

(pp. 24-25) appears for the first time a full description of the

species he had previously (at the Milan Congress) dedicated

to Prof. Gené. At the head of the description the animal is

named in Italian Lomanoto di Gené, but the omission to

supply in the text a valid Latin binomial is made good in

figure 6 of plate ii, at the end of the Catalogue, where the

name Lomanotus genei appears beneath a tolerably good out-

Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 209

line of the animal. A full rendering of the Italian description

is here given :—

Body elongate wedge-shaped, the back somewhat convex.

Branchie adhering anteriorly to two annulated caliciform

sheaths with a four-toothed aperture, the sheaths including

the two dorsal tentacles, which are club-shaped and furnished

with small, parallel, oblique lamin. Foot narrow, with an

anterior marginal groove. Aperture of the genital organs on

the right side and far forward, anus on the same side and

placed far backward. Colour intense wine-red, dotted with

white, variable by reason of its transparency, which allows

the internal parts of a darker red to show through. Length

60". Fished up rarely from a depth of 200-250 metres, in

consequence of which the animal is only obtained dead [or?

and ?] more or less imperfect, as it is very soft (“ onde non si

ottiene se non morto pitt o meno imperfetto, perché & molto

floscio’’),

In-this same year (1846) Alder and Hancock describe, in

the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for November (vol. xviii. p. 293),

a second species of their genus Humenis (afterwards acknow-

ledged by them to be equivalent to Lomanotus) from a single

specimen + inch long taken in from 3 to 4 fathoms in

Lamlash Bay. This species they name EL. flavida. The

colour of the body is yellow, with brown spots, the sheath-

margins are tubercled, and the pleuropodium is indistinct, its

place being marked, or, rather, suggested, by a line of small

papillee along each side of the body, marked off at intervals

by isolated larger papilla. In the sixth part of the Mono-

graph, which appeared in 1854, this species is figured and

named Lomanotus flavidus.

1860.— William Thompson describes, in the Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (ser. 3, vol. v. p. 50), a third British species of

Lomanotus, making, with Vérany’s L. genet, the fourth species

of the genus so far detected. ‘The description of this new

species, which he names L. portlandicus, is founded on two

specimens each 1? inch long dredged at Weymouth, one in

1855, the other in 1856. In colour this species differs from

the three previously described, the body being pellucid white,

tinged with brownish yellow on the back and pale orange-red

in front; the sheath-margins are divided into six finely

pointed filaments, and the pleuropodium commencing in front

of the sheath-bases continues “ behind the termination of the

tail.’ In the absence of any figure it is impossible to clear

up the obscurity of this description of the pleuropodium as

continuing behind the termination of the tail.

210 Mr. N. Colgan—Contributions towards a

1877.—Rev. A. M. Norman describes, in the Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 018), a fourth British species,

which he names LZ, hancocki. The description is drawn up

from a single specimen 24 inches long, dredged off Berry

Head, ‘Torbay, in 1875. In colour the animal is of a light

pinkish orange and very transparent, so that the internal

organs show clearly through the skin ; the rhinophores are

quite destitute of lamina and so short as scarcely to exceed

the sheaths, which latter terminate above in a calyx-shaped

expansion formed of five leaf-like points. It seems clear that

this description of the rhinophores was drawn up at a time

when they were fully retracted, their smooth tips alone being

visible above the sheath-margins. It is admitted that the

rhinophores were not dissected out in this case *,

1878 and 1883.—Dr. Rudolph Bergh, of Copenhagen,

makes an important contribution to our knowledge of the

genus in his well-known “ Beitriige zur Kentniss der Aeoli-

diaden ” (Verhandl. der zool.-botan. Gesellschaft in Wien,

1878, p. 553, and 1883, p. 66), in which he gives an ex-

haustive description with anatomical plates of ZL. genet,

founded on an examination of two specimens, one 1} inch

long dredged in the Bay of Naples and preserved in spirit,

the other a living specimen 14 inch long dredged in the

Adriatic near Trieste. In so far as they deal with obvious

features, both Vérany’s (1846) and Bergh’s descriptions agree

closely, the only differences being as to colour and degree of

opacity dependent on colour. While the wine-red of Vérany’s

animal allowed the dark red viscera to appear through the

body, the purple of Bergh’s concealed them (‘‘ Die Hingeweide

schimmerten nirgends hindurch”’).

1883.—At the meeting of the Academy of Physical and

Mathematical Sciences of Naples held on the 10th March

Signore 8. Trinchese reads a paper entitled “ Di una nuova

forma del genere Lomanotus e del suo sviluppo.” This paper,

which does not appear to have received, at least in the

British Isles, the consideration it merits, is published in the

‘Rendiconti’ of the Academy for 1883 (Anno xxii. pp. 92—

94), and gives not only a full description of the new Loma-

motus from a mature specimen, but also a most valuable

account of the development to maturity of a young individual

measuring scarcely 75 inch (2 mm.). Both specimens were

* See Garstang’s “Nudibranchiate Mollusca of Plymouth Sound,”

Journ. of Marine Biol. Assoc. of United Kingdom, vol. i.

Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 211

taken in the Bay of Naples at a depth of 40 métres in

association with the common hydroid Antennularia ramosa,

and the younger individual was kept alive in an aquarium

and nourished on the hydroid for the space of a month.

- Trinchese, struck by the peculiar aspect of the adult animal

+3 inch long (he speaks of it as ‘‘ singolarissimo”’), gives a

full description of its outer features, with some anatomical

details, and proposes for the new Lomanotus the name

L. eisigi. In its general features, as here described,

L. eisigit agrees very closely with Vérany’s ZL. genez, but the

peculiar caudal extension of its pleuropodium at once distin-

guishes it from Vérany’s and from all other previously

described species of the genus. The following is a close

rendering of the passage in which Trinchese describes the

pleuropodium of L. etsiga :—

On each side of the back is placed vertically a thick mem-

brane, which, beginning at the outward side of the base of

the rhinoplfore, ends near the apex of the tail. Here the

membrane of one side uniting with that of the other forms a

broad fin, which is the principal swimming-organ. ‘The

posterior margin of this fin is furnished with small triangular

papille. (“ Quivi la membrana di un lato unendosi a quella

dell’ altro forma una larga pinnache é I’ organo principale del

nuoto. Il margine posteriore di questa pinna é munita di

piccole papille triangolari.’’)

The margins of the rhinophore-sheaths are described as

having five unequal papillae, the body is transparent white.

marked with irregular opaque white blotches and red dots.

The tips of the papilla on the head, on the sheath-margins,

on the pleuropodium, and on the caudal fin are opaque white,

the upper third of their length being orange-yellow.

In the second section of his paper, entitled ‘‘ Descrizione

dell’ individuo in via di sviluppo,” Trinchese traces the

development of the young specimen which he nourished for a

month on the ccenosarc or living substance of Antennularia.

The importance of the observations here recorded and the

probability that ‘l'rinchese’s paper may have been overlooked

by students of the nudibranchs in this country will, perhaps,

justify the somewhat lengthy extracts from it now given.

At first, says Trinchese, this individual had a form so

different from that of the adult that I took it for a young

member of the family of the Holidide. From the anterior

margin of the head sprouted two short tentacles, and behind

these rose the two rhinophores, laminated for almost their

whole length and entirely destitute of sheath. On each side

of the back were fixed four conical papillae disposed in a

212 Mr. N. Colgan—Contributions towards a

longitudinal series. Hach papilla contained a well-developed

hepatic lobe, which extended almost to the apex of the

papilla. The body of the animal ended behind in a long and

depressed tail similar to that of the Eolidide. There was no

trace of a caudal fin.

The first modification which appeared in the form of the

animal was the lengthening of that portion of the body com-

prised between the first and the second of the dorsal papillee.

Next, the base of the first papilla swelled up, forming a semi-

lunar curved cushion with the concavity turned towards the

rhinophore. Little by little this cushion completely embraced

the rhinophore and increased in height until it enveloped the

lower two-thirds of that organ, and thus formed its sheath.

The upper third of the first dorsal papilla, whose lower two-

thirds had been transformed into the sheath, preserved its

shape and its orange-yellow colour and formed the posterior

papilla of the sheath-margin. ‘Then four other papille

sprouted out (“‘ spuntarono”’) from this sheath-margin.

Meanwhile that portion of the body lying between the

second and the third of the dorsal papilla and that between

the third and the fourth lengthened day by day, and at the

same time the bases of these papillae became depressed from

without inwards, and from the free margin of the depressed

part sprouted small papilla. Finally, the lower two-thirds

of each papilla were transformed into a triangular arched

membrane with the coneavity turned outwards. The upper

angle of this membrane was formed of the upper one-third of

the original papilla, which had retained its primitive form

and its yellow colour.

The membranes formed from the inferior region of the

primitive papillae of each side of the animal became fused

together, and at the same time there appeared at each side of

the tail a longitudinal eminence, a fold of the skin in con-

tinuation of the membranous base of the last papilla. These

folds grew in height and assumed a triangular form, and,

meeting near the apex of the tail, formed the caudal fin.

These facts, concludes Signore Trinchese, shed a vivid light

on the phylogeny of Lomanotus, and demonstrate its descent

from an ancestor having the form of an A#olid.

1889-1890.—Mr. W. Garstang, in a paper on the

Nudibranchiate Mollusca of Plymouth Sound, published in

vol. i. of the ‘Journal of the Marine Biological Association

of the United Kingdom,’ records two captures of Lomanotus

at Plymouth, one of three specimens ranging from # to 3

inch in length made in 1889, another of eight specimens

Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 213

ranging from $ to 4 inch made in the following year. These

specimens vary considerably in colour. Two of those

captured in 1889 are marbled brown like ZL. marmoratus, the

third and largest is much lighter in colour, a pale fawn tinged

with red, while the specimens taken in 1890 are “ pale trans-

lucent orange.” The sheath-margins of the rhinophores vary

too. They are simple in the smaller 1889 specimens, while

the larger one has “ five or six blunt prominences or tubercles.”

Of those captured in 1890, the larger specimens have sheath-

margins “produced into 4, 5, or 6 somewhat irregular _pro-

cesses of either simple papilla-like digitate or compressed

triangular form,” the smaller specimens have the sheath-

margins simple. From ‘a study of these specimens and of

the descriptions of the six species of the genus established by

Italian and British authors Mr. Garstang is led to reduce all

to a single species, to which he assigns Vérany’s name

L. genet. He considers that the form of the tentacle sheath-

margin may vary in this genus as it appears to vary in

the allied genus Tritonia, and attributes the absence of

Jobing in the margins of L. marmoratus to immaturity of the

specimen described by Alder and Hancock. Garstang is the

first to draw attention to the characteristic mode of swimming

of this species by a lashing of its body from side to side.

1892,.— Mr. F. W. Gamble describes, in the Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist., a nudibranch 4 inch long dredged in the preceding

year in Plymouth Sound. It resembles C. marmoratus in

colour, but the sheath-margins have five papilla. Having

kept this animal living for some weeks, he not only notes its

peculiar mode of swimming, but observes that the papille

both of the sheath-margins and of the pleuropodium are

capable of contraction and dilation. Following Garstang’s

lead, he names this specimen L. genet.

1896.—Mr. Gamble records, in the ‘Irish Naturalist?

(vol. v. p. 183), the finding in the previous year at Valentia

Harbour, 8.W. Ireland, of a stranded specimen of ZL. genet

2 inches long.

1900.—Mr.. W. I. Beaumont, in a Report on the Opistho-

-branchiate Mollusca of Valentia Harbour (Proc. R. I. Acad.

ser. 3, v. p. 842), rejects Mr. Gamble’s identification of the

large specimen found stranded in 1895 with Vérany’s L. gene?.

He places this Valentia specimen, as well as two other large

specimens he-had recently found at Plymouth, under Thomp-

son’s L. portlandicus, which he equates with Norman’s

214 Mr. N. Colgan—Contributions towards a

L. hancocki, but is unable to follow Garstang in uniting with

these the L. marmoratus of Alder and Hancock. He retains

this latter as a distinct species (though he hints that it may

be merely a colour-variety) ; he unites with it L. flavidus and

refers to it small specimens of a marbled brown Lomanotus

found on several occasions at Valentia Harbour, as well as

the Plymouth specimens named ZL. genei by Mr. Gamble in

1892 and the two smaller Plymouth specimens found by

Mr. Garstang in 1889. Having discussed Mr. Garstang’s

views as to the reduction of the six species of the genus to

one, he concludes that there are really two British species—

the large pellucid ZL. portlandicus and the small marbled

brown L. marmoratus, with which latter he combines

L. flavidus. But while conceding specific rank to LZ. marmo-

ratus, he abandons as accidental Alder and Hancock’s struc-

tural character drawn from the form of the sheath- margins,

and apparently bases its specific distinction solely on colour

and size. As he has not had access to the original descrip-

tions of either of the Mediterranean species, L. genei and

L. evsigu, he hesitates to combine them positively with one

or other of the two British species which he accepts, and

merely suggests that these Italian forms may be placed under

L. portlandicus.

1903.—Mr. G. P. Farran, in a paper on the Nudibran-

chiate Molluscs of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours, Co. Galway

(‘Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for 1901’),

records the finding of numerous specimens of Lomanotus in

Ballynakill Harbour in 1902. Of asmall brown form no less

than sixteen specimens were secured, the largest 2 em. (or,

say, # inch) long; of a larger, rich, clear reddish-coloured

form two specimens were taken, one 5°5 cm. the other 4 cm.

long. All of the specimens, large and small, had dentated

sheath-margins and were taken in quite shallow water from

1 to 4 fath. Following Mr. Beaumont’s lead Mr. Farran

refers the two large specimens to L. portlandicus and the

numerous smaller specimens to LZ. marmoratus.

With these West Galway records this rather lengthy

survey of the history of Lomanotus may conclude. Itremains

only to review the evidence which it offers for or against the

existence of six distinct species of the genus, and to state

concisely the conclusions which the evidence appears to

warrant.

If we take one of the species as standard, and compare with

Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 215

its description the original descriptions of the remaining

five, omitting most of the purely generic characters and

all specific characters derived from colour, the evidence will

present itself in its clearest form. None of the six species

is better suited for this purpose than ZL. genei, as none has

been more fully described from mature examples. Let this,

then, be taken as the standard, and the following table will

exhibit all the structural differences which can be adduced as

justifying the retention of the remaining five species. Vérany’s

character of the genus, drawn from the ‘ Revue Zoologique ’

of 1844 and the Acts of the Milan Congress of the same year,

published in 1845, is placed at the head of the table for

reference.

Lomanortus, Vérany (1844).

Body oblong, wedge-shaped ; head as wide as the body, furnished with

4 small tentaculiform prolongations ; dorsal tentacles 2, retractile, club-

shaped, laminate, each included in a calyciform sheath ; branchie formed

of 2 irregularly fringed and festooned membranes, attached longitudinally

one to each side of the dorsal surface and to the tentacle-sheath; anal and

genital orifices on the right side.

L. genei, Vérany.—Sheath-margins 4-lobed; pleuropodium reaching

almost to the tail on either side.

L. marmoratus (Alder & Hancock).—Sheath-margins entire ; pleuro-

podium not connected with the sheaths, but produced forwards in

front of them.

L, flavidus (Alder & Hancock).—Sheath-margins tubercled ; pleuro-

podium indistinct, its place marked by a marginal series of

unequal-sized papille.

L. portlandicus, W. Thompson.—Sheath-margins divided into six finely

pointed filaments; pleuropodium “ commencing in front of the base

of the sheaths and continuing behind the termination of the tail.”

L. hancocki, Norman.—Sheath-margins with 5 divisions; rhinophores

little longer than the sheaths, not laminated.

L. eisigit, Trinchese.—Pleuropodium continuous round the body from

sheath to sheath, its two lateral sections uniting at the apex of the

tail and forming there a fin-like swimming-organ.

At a first glance it would seem as if specific value might

fairly be conceded to the structural distinctions shown in this

table. But when we come to examine into their claims more

narrowly in the light of the facts brought out by the chrono-

logical survey just given, it will be seen that many of these

characters lack the necessary certainty and permanence. In

studying a group of soft-bodied animals such as the Nudi-

branch Mollusca, endowed, and often to a high degree, with

216 Mr. N. Colgan— Contributions towards a

the power of expanding and contracting their tissues and of

renewing lost or injured processes, it is only too easy to fall

into errors of observation even when dealing with mature and

perfect examples; it is extremely difficult to avoid such errors

when the material is immature and defective. I shall not be

wanting, then, in respect for the authors of the splendid

‘Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca’ if I

express the conviction that the peculiar structure of the

pleuropodium shown in their plate of Z. marmoratus is due

to an error of observation. Vérany, so early as 1845 (‘ Atti

della Sesta Riunione degli Scienziati Italiani’), mentions the

attachment of the pleuropodium to the rhinophore-sheath as

one of the characters of his genus Lomanotus, and subsequent

research has shown that this attachment is properly generic.

As for the form of the sheath-margins, this is too variable

to afford a satisfactory specific character. In the Bullock

specimen described at the opening of this paper, for instance,

the irregularity of one of the sheath-margins was such as to

make it a matter of uncertainty whether its lobes or tuber-

culated divisions should be taken as four or five in number

(the almost simple margin of the other sheath was probably

due to accidental loss of the appendages). Again, some of

Mr. Garstang’s specimens captured at Plymouth in 1890 had

the sheath-margins produced into four, five, or six irregular

processes, while of the larger specimen taken in the preceding

year he says that the sheath-margin had five or six blunt

prominences or tubercles, the precise number of tlie marginal

lobes being in this case apparently as hard to make out as in

the Bullock specimen. Not only does the number of divisions

in the sheath-margins vary, but, as Mr. Gamble has pointed

out, their form in the same individual is variable, since the

tubercular lobes are capable of contraction and dilation. It

seems clear, then, that L. marmoratus, described from a single

injured and apparently immature specimen, cannot be separated

as a species from Vérany’s L. genet by any certain structural

character.

The claims of ZL. flavidus to specific rank may be more

summarily dealt with. It is obviously an immature form of

Lomanotus in one of the early stages of growth described by

Trinchese in his paper on ZL. eisigit, the stage when the

rhinophore-sheath has just been formed, while the pleuro-

podium remains as yet undeveloped. It would be idle to

speculate as to what-final form might have been assumed by

this immature specimen of Alder and Hancock. It might

have grown into the likeness of Thompson’s L. portlandicus ;

Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 217

it might just as well have developed into -Trinchese’s

L. eisigit, and so it must be dismissed as dubious.

The obscurity in Thompson’s description of the pleuro-

podium in L. portlandicus has already been pointed out.

Whether the continuation of the pleuropodium “ behind the

termination of the tail” points to any peculiarity of structure

similar to the caudal fin of Trinchese’s species it is impossible

to decide in the absence of a figure. The form of the divisions

of its sheath-margin and the fact that they were six rather

than four or five in number are in themselves insufficient as

specific characters.

Apart from the number of divisions in its sheath-margin,

the fourth British species, b. hancock, is distinguished from

previously described species merely by the form of the

rhinophore, which is said to be non-laminate and scarcely

longer than the sheath. There can be little doubt that in

this case the rhinophores were examined when fully retracted,

so that the smooth tips alone were visible, and that a dissec-

tion, if it had been made, would have shown their upper

portions to possess the lamination characteristic of the genus.

On the whole, then, it appears that none of the structural

features relied on as distinguishing the British species,

L. marmoratus, L. portlandicus, and L. hancocki, from the

Mediterranean species, L. genet, possesses the necessary

certainty and constancy ; and since colour per se cannot afford

any valid specific character, the reduction to one of these four

species appears to be fully justified.

So far it is easy to follow Mr. Garstang in his proposed

fusion of the six species of Lomanotus. It is not possible,

however, to go farther with him and sink Trinchese’s L. etszgit.

The peculiar modification of its pleuropodium, whose character

and development are so well described by the Italian scientist,

fully entitles this form to specific rank and decisively forbids

its fusion with the others.

To sum up, it is submitted that the evidence adduced in

the historical survey just given warrants the reduction of the

six species of the genus to the two species set out below,

L. flavidus being dismissed as doubtful.

Lomanotus, Vérany, Revue Zoologique par la Société

Cuvierienne, tome vii. p. 803 (1844).

L. marmoratus, Alder and Hancock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

vol. xvi. p. 311 (1845).

L. genei, Vérany, Catal. degli Animali invert. marini del Golfo di

Genova e Nizza (1846).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 19

218 Mr. E. C. Chubb on Batrachia and <

L. portlandicus, Thompson, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. v.

p- 50 (1860). ‘

L. hancockt, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 518

(1877).

L, ersigit, Trinchese, Rendiconti dell? Accad. delle Scienze

fisic. e matemat. di Napoli, Anno xxii. pp. 92-94 (1883).

As the name of the oldest component of the group of species

here fused into one is clearly Alder and Hancock’s Z, marmo-

ratus, that name must take precedence of Vérany’s L. genei.

It is true that Vérany all but anticipated Alder and Haneock

in naming the first species of the genus when he dedicated to

Prof. Gené at the Milan Congress of 1844 the nudibranch on

which the genus was founded. But, however clear was his

intention, he did not definitely give effect to it until 1846,

when for the first time he assigned a Latin binomial to the

animal, 4

The genus Lomanotus has a range in latitude of some 194

degrees, from Naples to Whalsey Skerries in the Shetlands,

and a range in depth from 1 fathom in West Galway to

upwards of 135 fathoms in the Gulf of Genoa. The first of

the two species here accepted occupies in one or other of its

forms the whole range of the genus, while the second species,

LL. eisigit, so far as I can ascertain, is confined to the Bay of

Naples.

In conclusion, I wish to express my indebtedness to

Dr. Scharff and to Mr. A, R. Nichols, of the Dublin Natural

History Museum, as well as to Dr. Daydon Jackson, Secre-

tary of the Linnean Society, and to Mr. R. W. Scully, F.L.S.,

for kind assistance given me in tracing and obtaining

transcripts from some of the less accessible works here quoted

from.

XXI.—List of Batrachia and Reptilia collected in Northern

Matabeleland. By E. C. Cuuss, F.Z.S8.

THIS material was collected for the Rhodesia Museum during

November and the first week of December, 1907, while I

was on an expedition to the Kana River, about 200 miles

north of Bulawayo. A considerable amount of rain fell

towards the end of November, with the result that great

numbers of frogs and not a few tortoises made their

appearance.

Reptilia from Northern Matabeleland. 219

The altitude of the country traversed is between 4500 and

and 3500 feet.

My best thanks are due to Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S.,

‘who has kindly named most of the specimens.

BATRACHIA.

1. Bufo carens, A. Smith.

a. Kana River, 20th Nov., 1907.

2. Breviceps mossambicus, Peters.

a-d,. Near Gwamayaya River, 21st Nov., 1907.

This frog has a habit of retracting its head and limbs,

inflating itself, and uttering a sharp shrill cry when one

attempts to hit it. A creamy viscous fluid is exuded at the

same time on the back. In its inflated condition it may be

thrown or kicked about without any apparent injury.

3. Phrynomantis bifasciata, A. Smith.

a, b. Between Indabambi’s and Gonye’s, Shangani River,

28th Nov., 1907.

c, d. Gonda’s, Bubi River, 3rd Dec., 1908.

‘The markings in this species appear to vary in colour to

some extent, for in the two caught on 28th November they

were a bright vermilion, whereas those caught at Gonda’s on

8rd December were an orange colour. These colours rapidly

fade in spirit and the markings appear white.

4. Rana delalandii, D. & B.

a, Gwamayaya River, 13th Nov., 1907.

5. Rana adspersa, Bibr.

a. Swena’s, Gwamayaya River, 22nd Nov., 1907.

b, c. Near Inyati, 6th Dec., 1907.

a is a half-grown example, mottled green in colour, with a

white dorsal stripe. 6 and c are full-grown and were taken

from a pool where there must have been between one and

two hundred altogether.

6. Rana angolensis, Bocage.

a-c. Gwamayaya River, 13th Nov, 1907.

7. Rana mascareniensis, D. & B,

a, b, Swena’s, Gwamayaya River, 22nd Nov., 1907.

220 On Batrachia &e. from Northern Matabeleland.

8. Phrynobatrachus natalensis, A. Smith. -

a-q. Gwamayaya River, 13th Nov.; 1907.

y-w. Kana River, 20th Nov., 1907.

Those from the Gwamayaya River were caught in the

almost dried-up river-bed. The Kana River examples were

taken from a pool in which there were great numbers of them,

the noise made by them being almost deafening. It was not

continuous, for there were intervals of silence at times until

one commenced again, and then they all joined in together.

9. Cassina senegalensis, D. & B.

a. Kana River, 20th Nov., 1907.

6. Between Indabambi’s and Gonye’s, Shangani River,

29th Nov., 1907.

c. Gronda’s, Bubi River, 3rd Dec., 1907.

This frog makes a peculiar shrill noise; it occasionally

ascends trees, and was pointed out to me as a tree-frog.

REPTILIA.

CHELONIA.

10. Cinixys belliana, Gray.

a (young). Near Shangani River, Nov. 1907.

This young example agrees with the description and figure

of that named Homopus darlingi by Mr. Boulenger*,

but which he now considers to be simply a young specimen

of the present species tT. It possesses the normal five claws

on each of the fore limbs. |

Two full-grown examples were also found in pools near the

Shangani River, but, unfortunately, they were lost from the

waggon.

11. Sternotherus nigricans, Donnd.

a. Near Gwamayaya River, 22nd Nov., 1907.

b. Near Gwelo River, 24th Nov., 1907.

12. Testudo pardalis, Bell.

a. Near Gwamayaya River, 23rd Nov., 1907.

#* P. Z. S. 1902, ii. p. 15.

+P.Z.8.1

8. 1907, p. 482, footnote.

{

On a new Frog and anew Snake from Formosa, 221

) DACERTILIA.

13, Agama atricollis, A. Smith.

a. Kana River.

This was shot on the branch of a tree. It has a curious

habit of dodging one around the branch or trunk of the tree

upon which it may happen to be. As soon as the present

example saw me it ran round to the other side of the branch, ~

and only by getting my ‘ boy’ to approach from the opposite

side was I able to see it again and shoot it.

14. Varanus niloticus, L.

A half-grown monitor belonging to this species was shot

on the bank of a creek of the Shangani River. On another

occasion I watched one swimming in the water. It propelled

itself slowly by means of its tail, while the limbs were used

to keep its balance, in a similar manner to a person treading

water.

OPHIDIA.

15. Boodon lineatus, D. & B.

a. Gwamayaya River, 13th Nov., 1908.

Shot on the bank of the river.

16. Thelotornis kirtlandii, Hallow.

a. Swena’s, Gwamayaya River, 23rd Nov., 1907.

b. Near Gwamayaya River, 24th Nov., 1907.

Both shot on the ground away from water.

XXII.— Descriptions of a new Frog and a new Snake from

Formosa. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

Rhacophorus moltrechti.

Vomerine teeth in two strong, slightly oblique, transverse

series touching the inner front edge of the choane and sepa-

rated by an interspace less than the length of one of the

series. Head moderately depressed, a little broader than

long; snout rounded, slightly projecting beyond the lower

jaw ; canthus rostralis obtuse, loreal region deeply concave ;

nostril equally distant from eye and from end of snout ; inter-

orbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum

moderately distinct, two-thirds the diameter of the eye.

Vingers rather short, outer half webbed, the disks as large as

222 Mr. C. T. Regan on a

the tympanum. ‘Toes rather short, not fully webbed, the

disks a little smaller than those of the fingers; inner meta-

‘tarsal tubercle oval, flat. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

the posterior border of the eye; length of tibia not half length

of head and body. Skin smooth above, coarsely granular

beneath. Green above, white beneath ; axillar and lumbar

regions with large black spots ; sides of hind limbs bright

orange with large black spots ; interdigital membranes orange, —

spotted with black.

From snout to vent 45 mm,

Two female specimens from the Nanto district, Lake

Candidje, Central Formosa, from the collection of Dr. Arnold

~ Moltrecht.

Closely allied to R. schlegelit, Gthr.

Achalinus formosanus.

Head small, once and two-thirds as long as broad; rostral

small, broader than deep, not visible from above; suture

between the internasals a little shorter than that between the

preefrontals ; frontal slightly broader than long, three times

as broad as the supraocular, about half as long as the parietals ;

loreal nearly three times as long as deep; temporals 2+2,

the upper anterior in contact with the eye; three shields

bordering the parietals on each side; six upper labials, first

very small, fourth and fifth entering the eye, sixth much

elongate; two pairs of large chin-shields, immediately followed

by the ventrals. Scales unicarinate, in 27 rows. Ventrals

173; anal entire; subcaudals 64. Blackish above, the

outer scales pale in the centre; labial, ventra), and caudal

shields yellowish white, edged with blackish.

Total-length 860 mm. ; tail 140.

A single female specimen, obtained at Punkiho, Kagi

district, Central Formosa, by Dr. A. Moltrecht.

XXIII.—Deseription of a new Fish of the Genus Cichlosoma

from Tampico, with Notes on some other Fishes from Mexico

and the Caribbean Sea. By C. Tate Recan, M.A.

DuRING a recent visit of Sir Frederic Johnstone’s yacht

‘ Zenaida,’ R.Y.S8., to Mexico and the Caribbean Sea a number

of fishes were ‘obtained. Several were caught with rod —

and line by Laura, Countess of Wilton, who has presented

them to the British Museum, and others were collected by

Dr. P. R. Lowe.

Among them are examples of a little blenny, Enneanectes

new Fish from Tampico. 223

carminalis, Jord. & Gilb., a species hitherto known only from

Mazatlan, on the Pacific coast. These were captured by

Dr. Lowe at Swan Island, between Honduras and Grand

Cayman, and, so far as I can judge from comparison with

the published descriptions and figures, they do not seem to

differ from the Pacific coast form. The freshwater fishes

include a large specimen of Cichlosoma fenestratum, Giinth.,

from the R. Coaxacoalco, without cross-bars and with the

lateral band quite black, extending forward to the eye, and on

the sides occupying nearly the whole of the space below the

lateral line. From Tampico were obtained several examples

of Cichlosoma steindachneri, Jord. & Snyd., and two of a new

fish for which I propose the name |

Cichlosoma laure, sp. n.

Depth of body 13 in the length, length of head 3. Snout

as long as postorbital part of head, with straight oblique

profile. Diameter of eye 43 to 5 in the length of head, inter-

orbital width 23 to 2%. Depth of preorbital 14 to 12 the

diameter of eye. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary not ex-

tending to below the eye; fold of the lower lip not con-

tinuous ; upper jaw with about 36 teeth in the outer series,

gradually decreasing in size laterally ; lower jaw with the

anterior 8 or 10 teeth somewhat abruptly differentiated from

the smaller lateral teeth. Cheek with 5 or 6 series of scales.

7 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior branchial arch.

Scales 28 =%., 24 or 3 between lateral line and scaly sheath

at base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XV 11, com-

mencing above the opercular cleft, the spines increasing in

Jength to the fifth or sixth, thence subequal or slightly in-

creasing, the last $ the length of head; soft fin, when laid

back, extending about to the middle of caudal. Anal V 8-9.

Pectoral shorter than the head, not extending to above the

anal; outer ventral ray more or less produced, nearly or quite

reaching the origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal

peduncle 3 as long as deep. Olive-brown, with blue (tur-

quoise or ultramarine, according to Dr. Lowe’s notes) spots

on the head and body, one on each scale, the ground-colour

in places reduced to a dark reticulation; soft vertical fins

with similar spots.

Hab. ‘Tampico.

T'wo specimens, 190 and 230 mm. in total length. ~

The nearest ally of this species is C. macracanthum, Giinth.,

which is distinguished by the coloration, the shorter snout

and narrower preorbital, the somewhat different dentition,

the more numerous gill-rakers, and the longer pectoral fin,

224 Geological Soctety.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

April 15th, 1908.—Dr. J. J. Harris Teall, M.A., F.R.S.,

Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘Notes on the Geology of Burma.’

By Leonard V. Dalton, B.Sc., F.R.G.S.

The object of this paper is to present the results of geological

expeditions in the Irawadi Valley, carried out by the Author and

Mr. W. H. Dalton between 1904 and 1906, and to correlate these

observations with those made by previous writers, thus summarizing

present knowledge of the geology of Burma in general and of the

Tertiary System in particular. The classification of rocks arrived

at is shown in the following table :—

Furst.

NTHWACL Beries +i, cisis ive okeh were chinses pe ser atone 20,000 (?) Pliocene.

; yt {eg GPOUD! in. Sst, sna cateee ee eae 7500 Miocene.

Araken eres { teeesée GHOMp = 32 SL LE ree 8000 Eocene,

Cardita-Beds 3.....ich.scece sents Cretaceous.

Upper , Halobia-Limestone.........00 ss... Triassic.

Axial Series Shales atid: grits .¥...:t20s 0 bapeee (2)

Lower. Flaggy shales and sandstones. ...... (?)

The oldest rocks, not comprised in the above synopsis, include

representatives of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous

Systems, but little of their detailed geology is known. The

Cardita-Beds may be correlated with the Cretaceous of India.

The ‘Chin Shales’ of Dr. Neetling seem to form part of the Bassein

Group, of Eocene age, which is of much greater thickness than

hitherto supposed, and the group rests presumably more or less

conformably on the beds below. The fauna is chiefly shallow

marine in facies. These rocks flank the Arakan Group on both

sides and in the.south form the backbone of the range, where they

have been considerably metamorphosed. The Pegu Group probably

overlaps the preceding and is regarded as of Miocene age, although

the fauna has many relationships with that of the French Eocene.:

Incina globulosa is described as the first European Miocene species

recorded from Burma. Estuarine conditions came on towards the

close of Miocene time, and, in the estuary of the Pliocene precursor

of the Irawadi, anticlinal islands of partly-consolidated Miocene

materials were formed. Around, and eventually over these islands

a great thickness of fluviatile deposits was laid down, corresponding

to the Siwalik Beds of the Indian Peninsula. Finally, post-Pliocene

denudation and upheaval revealed the Miocene islands as inliers,

while the Irawadi has left its gravels in patches throughout the

region. A list of fossils is given, and the species new to Burma,

some of them new to science, are described.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 9. SEPTEMBER 1908.

XXIV.—A Preliminary Revision of the Irish Char.

By C. Tate Rea@an, M.A.

CHAR are Salmonoid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, which

differs from Salmo (salmon and trout) in having the vomerine

teeth present only as a group on the head of the bone,

which is raised and has a boat-shaped depression behind

it. Within the Arctic Circle and southwards to Iceland,

Hudson Bay, and the Kurile Islands migratory char are

found, which descend to the sea in the spring and towards

the Winter re-enter the rivers to spawn. In these high lati-

tudes also many of the lakes are inhabited by permanently

freshwater colonies, which have found the conditions of life

favourable enough to induce them to abandon their habit

of migrating to the sea, whilst in some cases they have

become land-locked, so that they could not now migrate

even if they wished to. Some of these freshwater colonies

differ sufficiently from the migratory parent species to be

recognized as distinct species or races ; thus in Iceland the

non-migratory Salvelinus nivalis may be distinguished from

the migratory S. alpinus.

Further south all the char are non-migratory and are

principally restricted to deep cold lakes ; on the Continent of

Europe they are found in the lakes of Scandinavia, Switzer-

land, and the Tyrol, and in the British Isles they occur in

Scotland, the Lake District, North Wales, and Ireland.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 16

226 | Mr. C. T. Regan—A Preliminary

There can be little doubt that when the temperature of the

Northern Hemisphere was lower, as during the glacial epoch,

migratory char were to be found much further south than at

the present day, and that the char of the British Isles, Scan-

dinavia, and Central Europe represent a number of lacustrine

colonies of one or a few migratory ancestral forms.

The char of each lake or each system of lakes have been

isolated for a considerable time and have become differen-

tiated to a greater or less extent; the study of the different

forms is one of great interest. I have for some time been

trying to get together a good series of the char of the British

Isles for the National Collection, but progress has been slow,

and it has seemed to me worth while to publish this pre-

liminary account of the Irish char in order to call attention

to the subject.

In 1841 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi.) Thompson gave an

interesting account of the Irish char, which he recorded from

lakes in Donegal, Galway, and Waterford, and also from

Lough Melvin in Fermanagh, Loughnabrack in Longford,

Lough Eaghish in Monaghan, and Lough Dan in Wicklow.

He described the char or “ freshwater herring” of Lough

Melvin, and noted some of its peculiarities, including the

difficulty of distinguishing the sexes from external characters,

writing ‘some of the largest finned are females.” He also

noted that in the lakes at the source of the River Lee in

Cork, not long before celebrated for their fine char, these fish

were apparently extinct in 1839. Similarly the char or

“ whiting ” of Lough Neagh, formerly abundant, was quite

extinct in 1837.

Fig. 1.

The extinct “ Whiting” of Lough Neagh,

An account of this last-named fish was contributed to

Dubourdieu’s * History of the County of Antrim,’ published

in 1812. ‘Lhe accompanying figure, although very inaccu-

rate, is perhaps sufficiently interesting for me to reproduce a

tracing, considerably reduced.

Revision of the Irish Char. 227

In 1862 and 1863 Dr. Giinther described the char of

Lough Melvin and Lough Eask as Salmo grayi and S. colii

respectively. Since that time no serious study of the Irish

char has been attempted, but most writers have agreed in

regarding all the char of the British Isles as forms of the

northern migratory 8. alpinus, L. If this be so, I have no

hesitation in saying that all char (S. fontinalis possibly ex-

cepted) must be included in §. alpinus, and I think it is

simpler to keep to the binomial nomenclature and to call the

Lough Melvin char Salvelinus gray? in preference to Salvelinus

alpinus grayt or Salvelinus alpinus, var. gray?. In either

case, whether we recognize only one species of char, Salve-

linus alpinus, or numerous species, S. gray?, S. colii, &c.,

the species is by no means equivalent to species such as

Esox lucius or Leuciscus rutilus, which have probably persisted

unchanged during the whole of the time that the evolution of

the Salvelint has been taking place.

The present revision is based on the specimens in the

British Museum and also on the collection of the Dublin

Museum, kindly sent to me on loan.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Snout conical, pointed; jaws equal anteriorly or the lower slightly

projecting ; lower jaw pointed; 18 or 14 gill-rakers on the lower

part of the anterior branchial arch ; interorbital region more or less

convex.

Teeth moderate; snout 14 as long as eye (in a specimen

of 280 mm.), less than interorbital width, which is

3 in the length of head; 186 scales in a longitudinal

MMI Boe nck: ae i csls s oy CS baal nos ad oe 1. scharffi.

Teeth, strong; snout 1} as long as eye (in a specimen

of 205 mm.), slightly more than interorbital width,

which is 33 in the length of head; 165 scales in a

SUPRIEM A COTIOS Os cess pislce ¢ naule cs ba aie sees 2. trevelyant,

II, Snout subconical, decurved ; jaws equal anteriorly, the lower more

or less pointed.

A. 12 to 16 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior branchial

arch ; interorbital region more or less convex, its width 3 (adult)

to 383 (young) in the length of head.

Depth of body 4 to 5 in the length; least depth of

caudal peduncle about 2? the length of head; pec-

toral fin extending 3 to 3? of the distance from its

base to the origin of pelvics; 188 to 168 scales in a

OAT EEOXIOS hy cg a cine sce vise ve ¢ olga ns cows 3. colt,

* The number of scales in a longitudinal series is counted above the

lateral line and does not include the scales covering the base of the caudal

fin. ‘The scales descend to the lateral line in regular oblique series and

are easily counted,

16#

228 Mr. ©. T. Regan—A Preliminary

Depth of body 33 to 4 in the length; least depth of

caudal peduncle 4 or nearly 3 the length of head;

pectoral fin extending 2 to , of the distance from

its base to the origin of pelvics; 128 to 162 scales

in a longitudinal series =. 05... 8 bes eave eee 4. gray.

B. 18 or 19 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior branchial

arch ; interorbital region flat, its width 32 (young) in the length

of head ; 160 scales in a longitudinal series.... 5. fimbriatus.

IIT. Snout obtuse, decurved ; lower jaw rounded anteriorly, shorter

than and included within the upper; 18 to 15 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch ; interorbital region flat, its width

33 to 32 in the length of head; 142 to 166 scalesin a longitudinal

SOTIOS. | roiwale wiw'bis 2 Sit wis aig i aie ee 6. obtusus.

1. Salvelinus scharffi, sp. n.

Depth of body 42 in the length, length of head 43. Snout

conical, pointed, 14 as long as eye, the diameter of which

is 5 in the length of head. Interorbital region slightly con-

vex, its width 3 in the length of head. Dentition moderate ;

lower jaw slightly projecting ; maxillary extending to below

the posterior margin of pupil or a little beyond, its length 22

to 2 in the length of head ; lower jaw pointed anteriorly, its

length 13 in the length of head. 10 branchiostegals. 13 or

14 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the longest

less than 2 the diameter of eye. 186 scales in a longitudinal

Fig. 2.

Saivelinus scharffi.

series. Dorsal 13, with 9 branched rays, its origin a little

nearer to the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest

ray 2 the length of head. Anal 12, with 8 branched rays.

Pectoral 2 the length of head, extending 4 of the distance

from its base to the base of pelvics. Least depth of caudal

peduncle nearly 2 in its length and a little more than 3 the

Revision of the Irish Char. 229

length of head. Silvery; back bluish grey ; dorsal, caudal,

and pectoral fins dusky ; pelvics and anal pale.

Hab. Lough Owel in Westmeath.

A single specimen, 280 mm. in total length.

This species differs from S. colii in having the scales

smaller, the snout more pointed, and the mouth more oblique

and smaller, the maxillary having the same relative length as

in specimens of S. coli of 200 mm.

I have named it after Dr. R. Scharff, to whom I am

indebted for the opportunity of describing it, in recognition

of the favours I have received from him during my work

on Irish fishes. ;

2. Salvelinus trevelyani, sp. n.

Depth of body 5 in the length, length of head 4. Snout

conical, pointed, considerably longer than eye, the diameter

of which is 5 in the length of head. Interorbital region

convex, its width 34 in the length of head. Dentition strong ;

cleft of mouth oblique; jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary

extending nearly to below the posterior margin of eye, its

length 24 in the length of head; lower jaw pointed anteriorly,

Fig. 3.

Salvelinus trevelyani.

its length 1} in the length of head. 9 or 10 branchiostegals.

14 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the longest

1 the diameter of eye. 165 scales in a longitudinal series.

Dorsal 13, with 9 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to

the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest ray a

little more than 2 the length of head. Anal 11, with 7

branched rays. Pectoral 4 the length of head, extending 3

of the distance from its base to the base of pelvics. Least

depth of caudal peduncle 2 in its length and 4 the length of

head. Scattered rounded spots on the sides ; fins dusky.

230 Mr. C. T. Regan—A Preliminary

Hab. Lough Finn in Donegal.

A single specimen (¢), 205 mm. in total length.

This species is closely allied to S. colt, differing in the

longer head, produced pointed snout, strong teeth, &e.

I have named it after the donor, Major H. Trevelyan, to

whom the British Museum is also indebted for a fine series

of the fishes of Lough Erne.

3. Salvelinus colit.

Salmo colit, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1863, p. 12, pl. ii., and Cat. Fish.

vi. p. 188 (1866); Day, Fish. Britain, p. 114, pl. exviil. fig. 2 (1884).

Depth of body 4 to 4# in the length, length of head 4} to

43, Snout subconical, with upper profile decurved ante-

riorly, as long as or a little longer than eye, the diameter of

which is 4} to 42 in the length of head. Interorbital region

slightly convex, its width 3 to 31 in the length of head.

Dentition feeble or moderate; jaws equal anteriorly; maxil-

lary extending to below the posterior margin of pupil or

beyond, its length 22 to 23 in the length of head; lower jaw

pointed anteriorly, its length 13 to 1? in the length of head.

8 to 12 branchiostegals. 13 to 16 gill-rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch, the longest about 2 the diameter of eye.

138 to 168 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 13-15,

with 9 or 10 branched rays, its origin nearer to the tip of

snout than the base of caudal, the longest ray 2 to # the

length of head. Anal 11-14, with 7 to 9 branched rays.

Pectoral 2 to % the length of head, extending from 4 to

nearly 2 of the distance from its base to the base of pelvics.

Least depth of caudal peduncle 14 to 2 in its length and

about # the length of head. 62 or 63 vertebre. Bluish

black above, silvery or orange below; sides with orange

spots ; fins dusky.

Hab. Lough Hske (Hask) in Donegal.

Here described from twelve examples, 170 to 210 mm. in

total length.

Char from Lough Derg in Donegal, Lough Conn in Mayo,

and Loughs Mask and Inagh in Galway are essentially

identical with the Lough Eske form.

A single example (¢) from Lough Derg, 200 mm. in

total length, has all the characters of the Lough Eske char.

‘wo examples (¢) from Lough Conn measure 290 and

230 mm. in total length. In each the dorsal fin has 9 and

the anal 8 branched rays. There are 154 to 160 scales in a

longitudinal series and 13 or 14 gill-rakers on the lower part

of the anterior arch.

Revision of the Irish Char. 231

Three char from Lough Mask, recently presented to the

British Museum by Alick Duncan, Esq. (2), and Godfrey

Allen, Esq. (1), measure 240 to 260 mm. in total length.

In them I count 8 or 9 branched rays in the dorsal fin, 7 or 8

in the anal, and 148 to 166 scales in a longitudinal series.

In one of them the vertebra: number 62. The gill-rakers are

rather shorter than in S. colii from other localities, the

longest measuring } the diameter of the eye.

In a single small specimen (9?) from Lough Inagh,

150 mm. in total length, I count 10 branched rays in the

dorsal fin, 7 in the anal, 1G0 scales in a longitudinal series,

and 14 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

The longest gill-rakers are nearly equal to } the diameter of

the eye.

4, Salvelinus grayt.

Salmo grayt, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 51, pl. vii., 1863, p. 12,

and Cat. Fish. vi. p. 136 (1866); Day, Fish. Britain, p. 114, pl. cxix.

fio. 1 (1884).

Depth of body 34 to 4 in the length, length of head 4 to 43.

Snout subconical, with upper profile decurved anteriorly,

longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4} to 5 in the

length of head. Interorbital region convex, its width 3 in

Fig. 4.

Salvelinus gray? (after Giinther).

the length of head. Dentition feeble; jaws equal anteriorly ;

maxillary extending nearly to below the posterior margin of

eye or a little beyond, its length 2} to 22 in the length of

head; lower jaw pointed anteriorly, its length 13 to 13 in

232 Mr. C. T. Regan—A Preliminary

the length of head. 9 to 12 branchiostegals. 12 to 15 gill-

rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the longest } to }

the diameter of eye. 128 to 162 scales in a longitudinal

series. Dorsal 12-15, with 8 to 10 branched rays, its origin

nearer to the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest

ray from # to as long as the head. Anal 11-14, with 7 to 9

branched rays. Pectoral $ to 14 the length of head, ex-

tending 2 to 5%, of the distance from its base to the base of

pelvics. Least depth of caudal peduncle 14 to 12 in its

length and 4 or nearly 4 the length of head. 5Y or 60

vertebra. Bluish black above, silvery below, sometimes

shaded with orange; back and sides sometimes with small

pale spots; fins dusky.

Hab. Lough Melvin in Fermanagh.

Here described from twenty-six examples, 210 to 260 mm.

in total length.

Of the sixteen specimens in the British Museum only one

is a female; this has the pectoral fin longer than the head.

D. Salvelinus fimbriatus, sp. n.

Depth of body 42 in the length, length of head 42.

Snout subconical, with upper profile decurved anteriorly, as

long as eye, the diameter of which is 4} in the length of

head. Interorbital region flat, its width 32 in the length of

head. Dentition moderate ; jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary

Fig. 5.

Salvelinus fimbriatus. Head from above and from the side.

extending to below the posterior margin of pupil, its length

2? in the length of head; lower jaw pointed anteriorly, its

length nearly 1% in the length of head. 10 branchiostegals.

18 or 19 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the

Revision of the Irish Char. 233

longest 4 the diameter of eye. 160 scales in a longitudinal

series. Dorsal 14, with 10 branched rays, its origin nearer to

the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest ray 2

the length of head. Anal 12, with 8 branched rays. Pectoral

# the length of head, extending nearly 3 of the distance

from its base to the base of pelvics. Least depth of caudal

peduncle 1# in its length and ? the length of head. Back

and sides brownish (in spirit); sides with rounded spots;

abdomen silvery; fins dusky.

Hab, Lough Coomasaharn in Kerry.

Here described from a single specimen (?) 155 mm. in

total length. ‘

This form resembles 8. coli’, but differs in the narrow, flat,

interorbital region and the numerous gill-rakers, the latter

feature suggesting the specific name.

6. Salvelinus obtusus, sp. n.

Depth of body 4 to 5 in the length, length of head 4} to 42.

Snout obtuse, with upper profile decurved throughout, not or

scarcely longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4} to 44 in

Salvelinus obtusus. Head from the side and from below.

the length of head. Interorbital region flat, its width 34 to

8 in the length of head. Dentition feeble or moderate ;

lower jaw a little shorter than and included within the upper ;

234. A Preliminary Revision of the Irish Char.

maxillary extending to below the middle, posterior part or

posterior margin of eye, its length 24 to 3 in the length of

head ; lower jaw rounded anteriorly, its length 12 to 1# in

the length of head. 9 to 12 branchiostegals. 12 to 15 gill-

rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the longest } to 2

the diameter of eye. 142 to 166 scales in a longitudinal

series. Dorsal 13-15, with 9 to 11 branched rays, its origin

a little nearer to the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the

longest ray 3 to ? the length of head. Anal 12 to 15, with

8 to 11 branched rays. Pectoral 3 to Z the length of head,

extending 4 to 3 of the distance from its base to the base of

pelvics, Least depth of caudal peduncle 1} to 1? in its

length and about 2 the length of head. 62 vertebre.

Brownish or purplish above, silvery or orange below; fins

dusky.

Hab. Lough Luggala in Wicklow.

Here described from fourteen examples, 140 to 200 mm. in

total length.

Char from Lough Dan in Wicklow and from Killarney

and Lough Acoose in Kerry are similar to the char of

Lough Luggala.

A single specimen (2) from Lough Dan measures 145 mm.

in total length ; it agrees entirely with the Lough Luggala

char. ‘There are 9 branched rays in both dorsal and anal,

164 scales in a longitudinal series, and 14 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch.

T'wo specimens (¢) from Lough Acoose measure 145 and

185 mm. in total length. They have 9 or 10 branched rays

in the dorsal and 8 in the anal fin, 148 and 152 scales in a

longitudinal series, and 14 or 15 gill-rakers on the lower part

of the anterior arch. ‘The caudal peduncle is 1? to 2 as long

as deep. ‘The larger specimen has the sides well spotted.

In a single example (¢) from Killarney, 210 mm. in

total length, the dorsal has 10 and the anal 9 branched rays.

There are 166 scales in a longitudinal series and 15 gill-

rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch, the longest

nearly $ the diameter of eye. ‘The pectoral finis § the length

of head and extends a little more than 3 of the distance from

its base to the origin of the pelvics. r

On Bats from Formosa. | 235

XXV.—A Collection of Bats from Formosa. By AUGUSTA

ArnBAcK-CurisTIE-LINDE, Zootomical Institute, University

of Stockholm.

TuE Zootomical Institute lately received from Mr. Hans

Sauter a collection of bats from Formosa which Professor

Leche submitted to me for identification.

As there are in this collection a new species of Myotis and

other bats but little known or not before recorded from this

island, I hope the following list will be of some interest.

Myotis tatwanensis, sp. n.

6 g,9 ¢. Takao, Anping, Tainan, Formosa; July,

September, October, 1906-1907.

Teeth—The upper incisors are almost equal in size. The

outer cusp of the bifid inner incisors is decidedly shorter than

the inner. pm’ (middle upper premolar) is small, but

distinctly visible from without, and situated in the tooth-row ;

p' and p’ are therefore quite separated.

In the lower jaw pm’ is reduced in size, but not internal to

the tooth-row.

Ear.—Inner margin of the ear-conch straight below,

faintly convex above, with a slight flattening below the tip.

Outer margin not very deeply emarginated, straight above,

terminating opposite the base of the inner margin in a lobe.

The tip of the ear is obtusely rounded. ars shorter than

the head; their extremities do not reach the end of the

muzzle when laid forwards.

Tragus straight, of about the same shape as in Myot?s

daubentonii; the inner margin straight, the outer faintly

convex; somewhat narrower towards the tip, which 1s

rounded and reaches the middle of the inner margin of the

ear-conch.

Colour (so far as can be determined from preserved

specimens).— Fur yellowish brown above, dark brown with

white extremities beneath. Interfemoral membrane and ears

light brown, wing-membrane dark brown.

Measurements.—Myotis taiwanensis is of about the same

size as M. adversus.

) 2.

mm. mm.

; Skull, total length to front of incisors ...... 15°5 y

Length; head and body ......++.20sep 000% 49

SMI R SIs sis wy 5 iso do vals gale eho 38 39

236 Mrs. A. Arnback-Christie-Linde on

d 2.

mm. mm.

Length, ear; outer margin’) oy)... <5. bm oie 16 a

, », greatest breadth.......4.....% 8

“ {ragus, OULCE MAIR - ss sss 4 eae 8 oe

4) MOTBOIT SS ee yes 65 57 See 40 41

Srd finger inetacarpus toh. . 640... .eeeeeane 54 36

As first phalanx ........... ayesha 12 13

* PAC ERSTE qin MN UP pee DIED: 9 10

4th finger, Wotacarpus ans sire kd oo ca ae 34 35

. Ist philank iG .waks hie kie ie meee 11 im

na 2nd. phalanx ’t ; 54 sess eure ek »'s oe

5th finger, metacarpus ; iia. 4.\. koa bea 33

“ Ist phalanx”... iceee sec eee ae 10

2nd phalanxs.. sa, ...e6 ae cee Ff

Thumb, with claw a..is.5 .55 68 be ee 8

Lower legics. 5. ss’ 5 fewe es autre ee 18

Foot, with claws‘. sivas ese vu toy kee Pee 11

Other external characters.—Last tail-vertebra projects

beyond the membrane. The wing-membrane is attached to

the ankle. Calcaneum very long, reaching about two-thirds

the distance from the ankle to the last tail-vertebra.

Claws rather long. ‘The interfemoral membrane forms an

acute angle in the centre of its margin behind.

A finities.—According to Dobson *, who in his Catalogue

has divided the genus Vespertilio (Myotis) into the two sub-

genera Leuconoé and Vespertilio, Myotis taiwanensts should

be referred to the former subgenus. Among hitherto known

species it seems to be nearest allied to M. adversus, as Dobson

has described it (7. ¢.), but differs from that species chiefly

with regard to the premolars, which agree with those of

M. dryas, a near ally of M. adversus and lately described by

K. Andersen +. -As regards the incisors, J/. taiwanensis

agrees with M. adversus and not with WM, dryas.

Hab. Island of Formosa (Taiwan).

This species and Myotis formosus are, so far as I know,

the only species of Myotes hitherto recorded from Formosa.

Pipistrellus abramus, Temm.

11 $,17 ¢. Takao, Anping, Kagi, Férmosa; May,

July, August, September, October, 1906-1907.

The collection contains both adult and young specimens,

varying somewhat in the colour of the fur, which may

* G. E. Dobson, ‘Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the British Museum’

(London, 1878). |

+ Knud Andersen, ‘ Annali d, Mus, Ciy. d. Storia naturale di Genova,’

ser, 3, vol. 111. (1907).

Bats from Formosa. 237

depend on their having been taken in different seasons.

Apart from this they agree with Dobson’s description.

Miniopterus schreibersi gaponiee, Thomas.

21 3,27 2. Tainan, Formosa; October 1906.

This genus has not before been recorded from Formosa.

The specimens in the collection agree best, as regards size

and colour, with Thomas’s* description of this species. I

will only remark that the length of head and body of these

specimens varies from 50 to 56 mm.

Rhinolophus monoceros, Andersen.

2 4. Kagi, Takao, Formosa; May, October, 1907.

Only one species of the genus Lhinolophus, R. monoceros,

represented by a single specimen, has hitherto been recorded

from Formosa. In his paper “ On Bats of the Genus Rhino-

lophus” + Andersen gives a short description of this specimen

(a not full-grown female), the only one known to him.

There are two Rhinolophi in the collection submitted to

me for determination; both of them are males. I have iden-

tified them as Rhinolophus monoceros, with which species the

connecting-process, the size, and the locality agree rather

closely.

The connecting-process is somewhat broader at the base

and not quite so slender in one specimen as in the other,

which entirely agrees with Andersen’s text-figure 22, ¢, p. 121

(I. c.) ; but as I cannot find any other notable difference, I

have not hesitated to refer it to the aforesaid species,

As the specimen described by Andersen is a female and

only a few measurements are given by him, [ hope the following

table will be of some use :—

Measurements (3 ad.).

mm,

WeRePATOUGENGe we Fe ceo aly. ec eye oe LG

» greatest breadth above antitragus. 11°5

Nose-leaves, total length ..........4. 10°5

PIDIMCHNOG, DICAUL Ui. csc cncaseecee. 6:5

Pe PROEREHIUE 2's) 2a Vols /f°& «ase ls ace ais nv eee « 36°5

3rd finger, metacarpuS......seeer.sses 26°5

A BBD DUDIANK 1! 2.4 tote + dae rare 11

ee 2nd phalank ./..Reesseeees 13

* Oldfield Thomas, “‘On Mammals from Japan,” Proc. Zool. Soc,

London, 1905, ii. p. 338.

{ Knud Andersen, Proc, Zool. Soc. London, 19085, ii. p. 181.

238 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

4th finger, metacarpus .............. 27

o let phatenx. 25 5. .f ei eee 9

. 2nd panlanx <b. ke ee 10

Sth finger, metacarpus.........00e.00% 27

[st PNROE.. oie ee Cie sae 9

;, BriGd pMalane Tks. the eke 10

POs Ho Bie a els Sup <n earlis Cae ee 18°5

Low leg ove pata wey rato ekte cae 16

FOG EE GtOne Ob alti aS paaro saree eee 7

XXVI.—Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Capt. E. L.

Tthoades in Lake Nyassa. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

A LARGE collection of fishes from Lake Nyassa, comprising

examples of thirty-four species, twelve of which are un-

described, has been presented by Capt. EH. L. Rhoades to the

British Museum. Most of the specimens are in an excellent

state of preservation, and their value is much enhanced by

coloured sketches made by Capt.' Rhoades himself from them

in the fresh condition, Thanks to this rich material, I hope

ere long to prepare for publication an illustrated account of

the fishes of Lake Nyassa. In the meanwhile I have drawn

up diagnoses of the new species.

Barbus rhoadesit.

D.IV8 A.TIL5. L, lat. 37-40. L, tr. 9%,

Depth of body 32 to 32 times in total length, length of

head 32 to 4 times. Snout rounded, 34 to 34 times in length

of head, eye 5 times, interorbital width 32 to 4 times ; width

of mouth 3 to 3% times in length of head; lips moderately

developed, interrupted on the chin; barbels 2 on each side,

anterior minute, posterior 4 to 4 diameter of eye. Last

simple ray of dorsal very strong, bony, not serrated, rigid

portion about 4 length of head. Ventrals immediately in

front of origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 12 to 12 times as

long as deep. 3 or 34 scales between lateral line and ventral,

16 or 18 round caudal peduncle. Olive to dark green above,

white beneath.

Six specimens, measuring 250 to 825 mm,

Fishes from Lake Nyassa. 239

Paratilapia chrysonota.

D. XV-XVI 9-11. A. TIT 9-11. Sc. 32-34 53.

iF 1. 21-27

12-18°

Depth of body 22 to 22 times in total length, length of

head 3 to 34 times. Hye 22 to 3 times in length of head, as

long as or longer than snout, as long as postocular part of

head; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye;

lower jaw not projecting ; teeth very small, in 3 or 4 series ;

2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek; 17 to 20 gill-rakers on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines increasing in

length to the last, which measures 2 to 3 length of head ;

soft dorsal and anal pointed. Pectoral as long as or a little

longer than head. Caudal fin feebly emarginate, feebly

sealed. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales

finely denticulate. Female brownish above and_ silvery

white beneath, with 3 black spots on each side; these spots

Jess distinct in males, which are much darker, with the top of

the head and back golden yellow, and the dorsal and anal

yellow, usually black at the base. ,

Numerous specimens, measuring 70 to 130 mm.

Closely allied to P. intermedia, Gthr.

Paratilapia rhoadesit.

D, XVI-XVII 12. A. IIT 10-11. Sc. 37-38 5%.

SiS tecry?

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total

length. Eye 5 to 52 times in length of head, 2 to 24 times

in length of snout; maxillary extending to between nostril

and eye; lower jaw not or but slightly projecting ; teeth in

4 or 5 series, outer largest ; 5 series of scales on the cheek ;

11 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines

equal from 8th or 9th, not quite } length of head. Pectoral

a little shorter than head. Caudal fin deeply emarginate and

densely scaled. Caudal peduncle 13 to 12 times as long as

deep. Scales finely denticulate. Dark green above, pale

green or silvery below, with 7 or 8 ill-defined darker vertical

bars on the body; fins edged with yellow.

Total length 360 mm. ‘Two specimens.

Closely allied to P. dimidiata, Gthr.

240 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Paratilapia compressiceps.

D, XV 12, A. TIT11. Sc. 355.9 ieee

Depth of body 8 times in total length, length of head 23

times. Head very strongly compressed; eye 53 times in

length of head, 2} times in length of snout; maxillary widely

separated from vertical of anterior border of eye; chin

pointed, projecting ; teeth in 3 series, outer large and widely

spaced; 4 series of scales on the cheek; 10 gill-rakers on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines increasing in

length to the last, which measures } length of head. Pec-

toral 2 length of head. Caudal fin truncate. Caudal

peduncle 13 times as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate.

Brownish above, silvery white beneath ; three dark bands on

each side, one along the upper outline of head and body, the

other above the upper lateral line, and a third from the

preorbital to the base of the caudal, passing through the eye.

A single specimen, 165 mm. long.

Allied to P. serranus, Hilg., and P. prognatha, Pellegr.

Paratilapia cerulea, :

D. XV1I13. A.TIT10. Se 38. 1.1.2.

Depth of body 4 times in total length, length of head 34

times. Hye 6 times in length of head, 24 times in length of

snout ; maxillary widely separated from vertical of anterior

border of eye; lower jaw slightly projecting; teeth in 4

series, outer large and widely spaced; 5 series of scales on

the cheek; 11 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which measures

$ length of head. Soft dorsal, anal, and ventrals much

produced, ending in a filament. Pectoral 2 length of head,

Caudal fin scaled, with deep crescentic emargination. Caudal

peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Scales finely denti-

culate. Blue or greenish blue, darker above; dorsal and

anal fins edged with orange, the former and the caudal with

small round brown spots edged with red.

A single specimen, measuring 255 mm.

Paratilapia esox.

D. XVUI-XIX 12-13. A. TIT 10-11. Se. 43-45 3,

L.1

niin kO=e.

Depth of body 43 to 5} times in total length, length of

Fishes from Lake Nyassa. 241

head 3 times. Head strongly compressed ; eye 7 to 8 times

in length of head, 34 to 4 times in length of snout ; maxillary

widely separated from vertical of anterior border of eye; chin

projecting ; teeth in two series, few, outer large and widely

spaced ; 5 or 6 series of scales on the cheek ; 15 or 16 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines weak,

increasing in length to the last, which measures } length of

head. Pectoral 4 length. of head. Caudal fin distinctly

emarginate, greater part scaled. Caudal peduncle 2 to 24

times as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate. Bright

silvery white, except on the base, which is dark green; fins

bluish grey, dorsal and anal edged with orange.

Total length 870 mm. Three specimens.

Allied to P. longiceps, Gthr.

Haplochromis venustus.

D. XVI 10-11. A.IIT10. Sc. 32-35. L. 1. SS.

Depth of body 24 to 2% times in total length, length of

head 3 times. Hye 4 to 44 times in length of head, about

twice in length of snout; maxillary extending to between

nostril and eye ; lower jaw not projecting; teeth in 4 to 6

series, outer largest, all conical or some of the outer bi-

cuspid; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; 11 or 12 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines in-

creasing in length to the last, which measures $ or a little

less than 3} length of head. Soft dorsal, anal, and ventrals

prolonged, acutely pointed. Pectoral as long as_ head.

Caudal fin truncate or slightly emarginate, scaled. Caudal

peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales finely denticulate.

Peacock-blue, with large deep-blue spots, dotted with red ;

top of head and a broad edge to the fins orange.

Total length 195 mm. Five specimens.

Closely allied to H. livingstonia (Hemichromis livingstonit,

Gthr.).

Tilapia auromarginata.

D. XVII-XVIII 11. A.IID10. Se. 33-35 555.

Le 1. 224,

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 34

to 34 times. Hye 34 to 4 times in length of head, 1} to 14

times in length of snout; maxillary extending to between

nostril and eye; lower jaw not projecting; teeth small, in 4

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. 1. 17

242 Mr. G, A. Boulenger on new

or 5 series; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; 15 or 16

gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines

increasing in length to the last, which measures a little less

than 4 length of head. Pectoral as long as head. Caudal

fin densely scaled, distinctly emarginate. Caudal peduncle

14 to 13 times as long as deep. Scales cycloid or very finely

denticulate. Dark blue above, bluish white beneath ; dorsal

and caudal with small round red spots; dorsal and anal edged

with bright yellow.

Three specimens, measuring 200-240 mm.

Closely allied to 7’. lateristriga, Gthr.

Tilapia tnornata.

D. XVI-XVII 11-12. A. TIT 9. Sc 6453s

Py ee

° “* 16-18°

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 to 34 times in

total length. Eye 22 to 3 times in length of head, as long as

or longer than snout ; maxillary extending to between nostril

and eye; lower jaw not projecting; teeth very small, in 3

series; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek; 15 or 16 gill-

rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines in-

creasing in length to the last, which measures a little less

than 4 length of head. Pectoral as long as head. Caudal

fin with crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle 12 times

as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate. Silvery, back

olive. 7

Total length 95 mm. ‘Two specimens.

Allied to T. kirku, Gthr.

Tilapia macrophthalma. |

D. XV-XVII 10-11.. A. III 8-9. Sc. 32-34 2.

23-29

‘be LE T3-17°

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total

length. Hye 2} times in length of head; snout with very

convex upper outline, diameter of eye; maxillary extending

to between nostril and eye; lower jaw not projecting; teeth

very small, in 2 series ; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek ;

11 or 12 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

spines increasing in length to the last, which measures about

1 length of head. Pectoral a little longer than head.

Caudal fin with crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle

Fishes from Lake Nyassa. - 243

12 to 14 times as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate.

Brownish above, silvery white beneath, uniform or with very

indistinct numerous darker vertical bars ; spinous dorsal with

a dark and light edge.

Total length 80 mm. Six specimens.

Allied to T. johnstonu, Gthr.

Tilapia brevis.

D.XV12. A.TIL9. Sc. 31-325. L.1. aS

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 23

times. Hye 2} times in length of head; snout with very

convex upper outline, 2 diameter of eye; maxillary extending

to below anterior border of eye; lower jaw not projecting ;

teeth very small, in 2 or 3 series; 3 series of scales on the

cheek; 8 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

spines increasing in length to the last, which measures about

4 length of head. Pectoral aslong as head. Caudal fin with

crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle as long as deep.

Scales finely denticulate. Silvery, back brownish; a dark

brown band on each side, from the nape to the root of the

tail; a dark brown opercular spot.

Total length 70 mm. ‘Two specimens.

Allied to 7. johnstoni?, Gthr.

CHILOTILAPIA, gen. nov.

Teeth in several rows, with obtuse or rounded crowns ;

maxillary exposed; lips thick. 3 anal spines.

Chilotilapia rhoadesii.

exXy 10ntvAs ILE9s: (Se. 34.4... L. 1. 5.

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 3

times. Snout short, upper profile descending abruptly ; eye

44 times in length of head; maxillary extending to below

nostril and eye; teeth in 5 irregular series, outer largest; 4

series of scales on the cheek ; 11 gill-rakers on lower part of

anterior arch. Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last,

which is a little less than 4 length of head. Pectoral as long

as head. Caudal fin densely scaled, feebly emarginate,

Caudal peduncle 14 times as long as deep. Scales finely

denticulate. Dark blue; dorsal and anal fins broadly edged

with orange.

Total length 220 mm. A single specimen.

244 On a new Snake from Yunnan.

XXVIT.—Deseription of a new Snake from Yunnan.

By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Troptdonotus johannis.

Kye rather small. Rostral not quite twice as broad as

deep, just visible from above; internasals as long as broad,

nearly as long as the prefrontals, much narrowed in front;

frontal once and one-third to once and a half as long as broad,

as long as its distance from the end of the snout, much

shorter than the parietals; loreal as long as deep or a little

longer than deep; one or two pre- and three or four post-

oculars; temporals 2+1 or 24+2; eight upper labials, third,

fourth, and fifth entering the eye; four or five lower labials

in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter

than the posterior. Scales in 19 rows, dorsals feebly or

faintly keeled, laterals smooth. Ventrals 165-170; anal

divided ; subcaudals 85-89. Olive-brown above, with more

or less distinct darker and lighter spots, the latter forming a

lateral series or an ill-defined lateral streak; a curved

yellowish streak may be present on each side of the nape;

sutures between the labials blackish ; ventrals and subcaudals

yellow, with the ends olive-grey and bearing large black spots

forming a lateral series.

Total length 910 mm.; tail 210.

Three specimens from Yunnan fu, received from the

Rev. John Graham.

Allied to 7. modestus, Gthr., and T. pleurotenia, Blgr.

The three species may be distinguished by the following

characters :—

Upper

labials, -Ventrals. Subcaudals,

Li, Modestus.. Gare an wh se 9 154-168 96-122

T. JORGHHNIB ELS GU se 8 165-170 85-89

LT, pleurot@nia .....04+ 8 148 66

XXVIII.--On some new Species and Subspecies of Birds

JSrom Upper Burma. By Major H. H. Hartineron,

DuRING two months’ leave spent in making a collecting-trip

in the Bhamo Hills, N.E. Burma, J was fortunate enough to

procure examples of many rare birds and _ their eggs, in-

cluding some Chinese species, which had not previously been

On new Birds from Upper Burma. 245

recorded from Burma. Amongst these are two apparently

new subspecies of Wren (Uroctchla); a Stachyrhidopsis,

which differs from the Chinese form 8. s¢nensis (Grant) in

having a longer stouter bill; and an apparently new

Flycatcher (Cyornis).

My thanks are due to Dr. Bowdler Sharpe and Mr. W.

Ogilvie-Grant, who have kindly assisted me in the identifi-

cation of my specimens, and to the latter for assisting me in

describing the following species, the types of which I have

presented to the British Museum (Natural History).

Stachyrhidopsis bhamoensts, sp. n.

Adult male. Resembles S. sinensis, Grant, in having the

light chestnut on the head confined to the crown and not

extending over the nape, but may be easily recognized by

its much larger and more massive bill. It differs in having

faint black shaft-streaks to the feathers of the forehead, the

throat less yellow, much the same colour as the breast,

which is a dull greyish-olive, and the sides of the head and

neck grey instead of yellowish.

Total length about 4°6 inches; exposed part of culmen 0°5 ;

wing 2°1; tail 2:2; tarsus 0°8.

Adult female. Similar to the male.

Hab. Sinlum-kaba, Bhamo District, Upper Burma.

Fairly common ; ten specimens were procured.

Cyornis whiter, sp. n.

Adult male. Most nearly allied to C. tickellie (Blyth), but

the general colour of the upperparts, including the wings and

tail, is more of a turquoise-grey-blue, and the feathers forming

the band across the forehead and the superciliary stripes, as

well as the least wing-coverts, are pale turquoise-blue; the

cheeks and sides of the face are slaty black, without any trace

of the blue wash which is so conspicuous in C. tickellice.

Total length about 5:2 inches; culmen 0°45; wing 2°8;

tail 2°4; tarsus 0°7.

Female (2). Two females, presumably of this species,

resemble those of C. rubeculoides (Vigors). One, however,

differs in having the right-hand middle tail-feather pale

turquoise-blue, like that of the male: there can be no

doubt that the sex of this bird was correctly ascertained,

for it was captured on its nest and, owing to its blue tail-

feather, carefully examined.

Total length about 5°1 inches; culmen 0°45; wing 2°7;

tail 2°4; tarsus 0°65.

246 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

Hab. Male, Watan, Bhamo District, 3rd April; female

(with blue tail-feather), Sinlum-kaba, Bhamo District,

27th April; second female, Mongwai, Bhamo District,

12th April. |

I propose calling this beautiful bird after Sir Herbert

Thirkell White, Lieutenant-Governor of Burma.

Urocichla kauriensis, sp. n.

Adult male. Very like U. reptata (Bingham), but the

chest and sides of the breast are of a more rufous-brown,

and the middle of breast and belly is distinctly spotted with

white.

Total length about 3°7 inches; culmen 0°53; wing 1:8;

tail 1:2 ; tarsus 0°75.

Iris dark red; bill dark horn-colour ; legs light brown.

Adult female. Similar to the male, but with the wings less

rufous and of a more olive-brown.

Hab. Watan, Bhamo District, Upper Burma.

The above-mentioned specimens were a pair and were shot

whilst building their nest. °

Urocichla sinlumensis, sp. n.

Adult male. Hasily distinguishable from U. reptata,

Bingham, and the above species (U. kauriensis) by having

the chin and throat mostly white, slightly mottled with

brownish ; the feathers of chest, sides of the breast, and flanks

of a more olive colour, conspicuously spotted with white and

tipped with black.

Total length about 4:1 inches; culmen 0°45; wing 1:9;

tail 1°9; tarsus 0°75.

Iris reddish-brown ; bill black ; legs brownish.

flab. Sinlum-kaba, Bhamo District, Upper Burma.

Fairly plentiful in the dense undergrowth near water.

XXIX.—WNotes on the Forficulariaa— XIII. A Revision of the

Brachylabidee (Isolabide). By Matcotm Burr, B.A.,

FES.) EF. G.B4 1 Aaa ee

Dourn (Stett. ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 292, 1864) proposed this

genus for the following species :—mauritanica, Lucas ; mart-

tima, Bon.; angulifera, Gerst.; chilensis, Blanch.; and

modesta, Géné—adistinguishing it from Forcinella (= Aniso-

labis) by the presence of lateral tubercles on the second and

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. Q47

third abdominal segments. This character is insufficient to

justify the separation of a genus, and accordingly Scudder

(Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. xviii. p. 290, 1876) sank Brachylabis,

as maritima is the type of Forcinella (= Anisolabis), from

which maurttanica cannot be generically separated. But

Scudder had not seen chilensts, Blanch., or he would have at

once recognized its difference from maritima, though he

knew and described under the genus Cylindrogaster the

species nigra, which is now known to bea true Brachylabis.

In 1883 de Bormans (Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. xxvil. p. 64)

separated Brachylabis, Dohrn, for chilensis, which he made

the type, and punctata, Dubr. Verhoeff did not know any of

the six described species of Brachylabis when he erected his

family Isolabide for his three genera Jsolabis, Ctenisolabis,

and Leptisolabis, all from the Ethiopian Region (SB. Ges.

naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1901, no. 1, p. 10) ; but three years later

(Arch. f. Naturg. 1904, Bd. i. p. 119) he noted the resem-

blance between the Isolabide and Brachylabis, though he

had not seen a single specimen of the latter. He doubted

the inclusion of B. chilensis in the Isolabide, but suggested

that B. bifoveolata was a true Isolabid.

A comparison of the generic characters shows that the two

genera are evidently allied, and a glance at the types in

Berlin removed all remaining doubt.

It now became necessary to examine the different species of

Brachylabis to see if it were possible to reorganize the

system and allocate the various species to the different

genera.

Fortunately I possess in my collection the following

species :—chilensis, Blanch., nigra, Scudder, malgacha, Burr,

punctata, Dubr., trom Java, as well as punctata, Bormans,

from Burmah, which is a distinct form.

By using Verhoeff’s arrangement of the Isolabide, it was

possible to allocate all these species to what appears to be

their true position; thus the riddle of the Isolabide, which

has puzzled dermapterists since 1902, is solved.

Table of Subfamilies and Genera.

1, Segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ margine

postico medio exciso, utrinque lobulo

triangulari instructum ; corpus fere cylin-

ERR ee ti pietd eee s oo ee ee os BRACHYLABIN 4,

2. Mesonotumelytris rudimentariis instruc-

ET iss ka kanes os 8 ons tite 1. Verhoeffia, g.n.

2.2. Mesonotum elytris rudimentariis nullis.

3. Mesonotum lateribus carinatis...... 2. Brachylabis, Dohrn

3.8. Mesonotum lateribus integris, inter- [(= Clenisolabis, Verh).

duin tumido-elevatis.

248 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

4. Antennarum segmento 3 elongato,

duplo longiori quam latiori .... 8. Zsolabis, Verh.

4.4, Antennarum segmento 3 globulari. 4. Leptisolabis, Verh.

1.1. Segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ margine

postico integro, truncato; corpus plus :

minus depressum ........ fe id) betehs PARISOLABINZ.

2, Abdomen ¢ 2 fortius dilatatum; seg-

mentum ultimum dorsale ¢ 9 valde

angustatum........... eee Sete 5. Parisolabis, Verh.

2.2. Abdomen ¢ vix dilatatum; segmen-

tum ultimum dorsale ¢ haud angus-

tatum, transversum ...........0.. 6. Pseudisolabis, g. n.

Subfamily I. Beacwyraziwz.

The genus Jsolabis, Verh., falling into the same subfamily

as Brachylabis, Dohrn, it is necessary to suppress the name

Isolabinze for the subfamily and to substitute that of

Brachylabine.

In the cylindrical form of the body, the few antennal

segments, the triangular head, large eyes, attenuated abdo-

men, excised last dorsal segment, and tapering, slender,

arched forceps, it is very well characterized. All the members

have a very distinctive appearance and cannot be confused

with any other group.

Genus I. VERHOEFFIA, nov.

Antenne segmento 3 longo, saltem duplo longiori quam latiori, 4

longiori quam latiori, 5 tertium longitudine subeequanti; meso-

notum lateribus haud carinatis, ad humeros ipsos obtuse tumido-

elevatis, elytris rudimentariis instructum, ceteris cum generibus

Lsolabide et Brachylabide congruet.

As Verhoeff, in characterizing the Isolabide, says “ Elytra

und Fliigel fehlen vollig,’’ I erect this new genus for Brachy-

labis gostedti, Borg (Ark. f. Zool. i. p. 568, Taf. xxvi.

fig. 2, 1904), from the Cameroons. Borg gives a good

figure, and the rudimentary elytra are plainly shown like

a Y-shaped suture on the mesonotum. Their form some-

what recalls that of the same organs in Karschiella, in which

the chief sign of elytra is a narrow excision in the posterior

border of the mesonotum. My friend Dr. Borelli, of Turin,

lias sent me a specimen from Fernando Po, and I have in

my own collection one labelled ‘* Cameroon.”

Genus IT. BRAcHYLABIS, Dohrn (sensu stricto).

Brachylabis, Dohrn (part.), Stett. ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 292 (1864); Borm.

Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. xxvii. p. 64 (1888) ; Kirby, Journ, Linn. Soe.

Zool. xxiii. p. 518 (1891) ; id. Cat. Orth. i. p. 18 (1904),

Ctenisolabis, Verhoetf SB. Ges. nat. Fr, Berlin, 1902, p. 11.

Mr. M. Burr—Wotes on the Forficularia. 249

Mesonotum with distinct sharp lateral keel on each side.

Third antennal segment a little longer than broad.

The above chaoacters, by which Verhoeff distinguishes his

genus Ctenisolabis, for the single species Ct. togoensi’s, are

common to B. chzlensis, Blanch., which is the type of Brachy-

labis. Consequently the former genus falls as a synonym.

Brachylabis in its true sense also includes B. nigra, Scudd. .

B. malgacha, Borm., B. caudelli, sp. n. (vide infra),

B. bifoveolata, Bol., and B. voeltzkow?, sp. n. (vide infra).

1, Pronotum longius quam: latius. (Antennarum

Pups mnflecassa ie 220A) elle, Se, 1. malgacha, Burr.

3, Statura gracili; genubus flavis: species

PEBUGOGGREEs ee artes sci cet ee, 2. voeltzkowit, sp. n.

3.3, Statura fortiori; genubusinfuscatis: species

americana meridionalis .........,.... 3. chilensis, Blanch,

3. Frons punctis impressis postice conflu-

entibus: species africana ............ 4, togoensis, Verh.

3.3, Frons punctis impressis haud confluenti-

bus: species peruviana.......... ose, O} nigra, Scudd.

2.2, Antennarum segmentum 3 duplo longius

quam latius: species asiatica,

3. Pedibus unicoloribus ; abdomen segmen-

tum 4 pliciferum ....... HE eee 6. b2foveolata, Bol.

3.3. Pedibus fulvo-annulatis; abdomen seemen-

tis 3 et 4 pliciferis......., veseeveeee 4 caudelli, sp. n.

1. Brachylabis malgacha, Burr.

Brachylabis malgacha, Burr, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1904, p. 292.

This species has a distinctive appearance; the feet are

slenderer and longer than in the other species, the antenne

are not so thick, and the keel of the mesonotum is more

obtuse. It is recorded from Madagascar and Diego Suarez.

2. Brachylabis voeltzkowt, sp. n.

Statura minori, graciliori; antenne 15 segmentis, apice fulyo-

annulate; pronotum valde longius quam latius; mesonotum

carinis acutis, paullo ante marginem posticum evanescentibus ;

femora tibiseque fusca, apice fulvo-annulata. ¢.

MONPRcoOrporis: . .+...+..: 2mm,

OLED DIS elas k's ce ws ee

250 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

Stature small and rather slender. Antenne with 15

segments: the twelfth is yellow in the type specimen, the

rest black ; the third segment is quite twice as long as broad,

the fourth shorter: the head is small and quite typical.

Pronotum about 13 times as long as broad, slightly broader

posteriorly than anteriorly ; median suture almost obsolete.

Mesonotum with lateral keels sharp, gently curved, obso-

lete just before reaching the posterior margin.

Metanotum strongly sinuate. posteriorly. Femora and

tibiz black, each with a yellow ring at the apex.

Abdomen slender, with distinct lateral tubercle on the

fourth segment only ; last dorsal segment typical, excavate,

and attenuate.

Forceps with branches remote at the base, cylindrical,

gently incurved, and crossing at the apex.

Nossi-Bé ( Voeltzkow).

The single male specimen which is my type is out of de

Bormans’s collection, and was labelled by him “ Brachylabis

punetata, Dubr.” It differs, of course, from the true punctata

in the generic characters, but has a strong resemblance to

Br. caudelli from Burmah, which de Bormans confused with

B. punctata. It differs from B. caudelli in the longer and

narrower pronotum and in the evanescence of the meso-

thoracic keels.

3. Brachylabis chilensis, Blanch.

The literature of this species is quoted by de Bormans and

Kirby. It is the largest of the genus and quite different in

appearance from £. nigra, the only other known American

species. It occurs in Chili, Ecuador, and Brazil, but does

not seem to be common.

4, Brachylabis togoensis, Verh.

Ctenisolabis togoensis, Verh. SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1902, p. 14.

‘This species is only known to me by Verhoeft’s description

and a sketch of the type. It is one of the smaller species

and appears to be allied to B. nigra.

5. Brachylabis nigra, Scudd.

Originally described as a Cylindrogaster, this is a true

Brachylabis. It is easy to recognize, as it is stouter and

smaller than the only other known American species,

B. chilensis, and has a characteristic greenish sheen; but

this is not always preserved in cabinet specimens.

It occurs in northern South America.

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. AG a |

6. Brachylabis bifoveolata, Bol.

eecuiabis bifoveolata, Bol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1897, p. 285, pl. x.

g. 1.

Bolivay’s description is brief but good, and so is his figure.

It differs from B. caudelli, the other Asiatic Species, in its

uniform reddish legs, in the more strongly convergent

keels of the mesonotum, and in the absence of the glandular

folds in the third abdominal segment.

{i Brachylabis caudelli, sp. n.

Antenne nigra, ante apicem pallido-annulate, segmento 3 duplo

longius quam latius, 5 quam.3 «que longo, fere cylindricis ; pro-

notum subquadratum, haud vel vix longius quam latius; meso-

notum carinis acutis leviter arcuatis; femora basi nigra, apice

pallida ; tibize fuscee, apice pallidiores ; forcipis bracchia ¢ basi

haud contigua. ¢ 9.

Long. corporis .... 11 mm. 12 mm.

me LOLcipise rs. Pace boy 5. yi

Small; colour, texture, form, and pubescence typical ;

antenne with 15 segments, with a pale ring before the apex ;

segments rather long, third is about twice as long as broad,

fourth more than half as long as third, fifth quite as long as -

third, if not a trifle longer; body almost cylindrical ; meso-

notum with the keels gently bowed at the shoulder and

gently converging posteriorly ; femora black, yellow at the

apex ; tibiz brownish yellow, paler towards the apex; tarsi

paler; abdomen typical, third and fourth segments with

strong lateral tubercles ; forceps stout at the base, not con-

tiguous in the male, contiguous in the female, rapidly

tapering, gently arched.

Burma, Tenasserim, and Pegu (Borm.).

Apparently common in Further India. This species was

confused by de Bormans with B. punctata, which is now

proved to be generically distinct; but there is, of course, a

strong family likeness throughout the Brachylabide. It is

most like B. voelizkow? in appearance.

8. ? Brachylabis geniculata, Montr.

Chelidura geniculata, Montrousier, Ann. Soc. L. Lyon, (n. s.) xi. p. 222

(1864),

Brachylabis geniculata, Borm. Tierreich, Forf. p. 54 (1900),

Montrousier’s description is insufficient, but de Bormans

22 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia.

gives a description, with an enquiry as to the sex. I havea

coloured sketch of a female by de Bormans which shows

distinct strazght keels on the mesonotum, so it must appa-

rently be referred to this genus. From this sketch it appears

that the third antennal segment is decidedly long.

It may be provisionally ranged in Brachylabis.

Genus III. Isouasts, Verh.

Isolabis, Verhoeff, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1902, p. 14.

In this genus there are no keels on the mesonotum, though

the sides are somewhat tumid; it thus differs from Brachy-

labis.

It differs from Leptisolabis in having the third antennal

segment double as long as broad. ‘he forceps ¢ are remote

at the base.

It contains at present a single species, J. brauwert, Verh.,

from Africa, which is only known to me from the description

and a sketch of the type.

Genus IV. LrEptisoLasis, Verh.

Leptisolabis, Verh. SB. Ges. naturf. Fr, Berlin, p. 12 (1902).

Brachylabis, Borm. (partim).

This genus agrees with Jsolabis in having no keels to the

mesonotum, but differs in having the third segment of the

antenne very short, only as long as broad. According to

Verhoeff, the two African species have the head on a slim

neck ; but I consider this an individual peculiarity dependent

on the position assumed by the organs on drying and analo-

gous to, and as valueless as, the crossing of the forceps at

the apex, which is as purely fortuitous as the position assumed

by the antenne or legs. The branches of the forceps are

near together at the base. In all known species the antennz

are ringed with white and the femora and tibize with yellow.

Table of Species.

1.. Pronotum parallelum > .0..<n0 ieee se ... 1. philetas, Burr.

1.1. Pronotum postice dilatatum.

2. Pronotum anteriori margine truncato:

ppecies javale, +5 1eee seme ee tet 5 2. punctata, Dubr.

2.2. Margo anterior pronoti in collem brevem

productus: species africane.

3. Metanotum paullo excavatum ...,.... 3. usambarana, Verh.

3.3. Metanotum fortiter excavatum ...... 4, theorie, Verh.

Mr. M. Burr—Wotes on the Forficularia. 253

1. Leptisolabis philetas, Burr.

Brachylabis philetas, Burr, J. Bombay N. H. Soe. xiv. p. 822, pl. B.

fig. 7 (1902).

The description and figure render this little species unmis-

takable; the transverse depression on the mesonotum is very

characteristic.

2. Leptisolabis punctata, Dubr.

Brachylabis punctata, Dubr; Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xiv. p- 357, fig., 2

(1879) ; id. Tierreich, Forf. p. 53 (1900) (partim) ; nec Borm. Ann.

Mus. Civ. Gen. (2) vi. p. 436 (1888) & loc, cit. xvi. p- 879 (1894),

If we exclude the Burmese specimen taken by Fea, de Bor-

mans’s remarks and notes apply to this species, It is quite

different from B. philetas, but it is impossible to discriminate

it accurately from the African species of Verhoeff without a

comparison of authentic specimens.

3. Leptisolabis usamburana, Verh., and

4. L. theoric, Verh.

Verhoeff suggests that the latter is a subspecies of the

former, which is very probable. Both are from German

Kast Africa, but it is unsatisfactory to discuss the species

without an examination of the type.

Subfamily I]. Parzsozazrva (Verh. Arch. f. N aturg. 1904,

p. 119).

Verhoeff separates this subfamily from the Isolabine by

the shining frons, which is thus distinct from the rest of the

head, without lines, but with the two impressed points. The

eyes are only moderately large, separated from the posterior

margin of the head by their own diameter; abdomen with a

lateral tubercle ; second tarsal segment half as long as the

third. Forceps of the male remote; tenth abdominal segment

truncate at the posterior margin.

Genus V. ParisoLasis, Verh.

This genus is monotypic, the only known species being

Partsolabis novee-zeelandie, Verh. (op. cit. p. 120).

Commander Walker has given me a male from New

Zealand which I attributed provisionally to this species, but

a glance at Verhoeff’s types, on the occasion of a flying visit

to the Berlin Museum, showed me that they are “not like

254 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

mine, brown, flat, and broad,” in the words of my rough

notes taken on the occasion. My specimen is black, not very

flat, and by no means broad. On carefully comparing it with

Verhoeff’s characterization of Parisolabis, I find that it differs

in important particulars, and accordingly am obliged to erect

a new genus.

Genus VI. PSEUDISOLABIS, gen. nov.

Corpus minute punctulatum, valde pubescens ; pars antica corporis

fere cylindrica ; abdomen sat depressum: antenne 15 segmentis,

3 cylindrico, duplo longiori quam latiori ; 4 et 5 brevibus, globu-

laribus ; ceteris cylindricis, sat brevibus: caput minus triangu-

lare; pronotum sublatius quam longius; mesonotum carinis

nullis: pedes graciles; tarsi longi, segmento 2 elongato: abdo-

men sat depressum, ante apicem subdilatatum, tuberculis late-

ralibus nullis, segmentis apicalibus lateribus convexis ; segmento

ultimo dorsali transverso, haud angustato, margine postico trun-

eato: forcipis bracchia basi remota, basi ipso triquetra, deinde

cylindrica, angusta. <6.

The whole body is finely punctulate and covered with a

close yellowish pubescence.

Antenne with 15 segments, the first long, strongly clavate ;

second minute, cylindrical; third cylindrical, long, but not

so long as the first; fourth minute and globular, not longer

than broad; fifth longer than fourth, a little longer than

broad; the rest gradually lengthening, but none equalling

the third in length, rather thick, cylindrical, but the joints

distinctly constricted.

Head not sharply triangular, rectangular posteriorly ; the

occiput punctulate and pubescent; the frons smooth and

tumid; the frontal impressions obsolete. _Pronotum sub-

quadrate, the anterior and posterior margins parallel and

truncate, slightly broader posteriorly than anteriorly and

broader than long, a trifle broader than the head; sides

straight, gently diverging posteriorly.

Mesonotum transverse, parallel, with no keels.

Metanotum broader than the mesonotum, the posterior

margin gently sinuate.

Prosternum about double as long as broad, parallel.

Mesosternum transverse, posterior margin truncate.

Metasternum transverse, the posterior margin truncate.

Femora rather thick, especially the anterior pair; tibize

and tarsi slender, second segment of latter rather long and

slender, about half as long as the third, the first about as

long as the second and third united.

Abdomen rather depressed, gently dilated about the apical

On new African Heterocera. 255

third and very slightly narrower at the apex itself; last

dorsal segment short, transverse, truncate posteriorly ; penulti-

mate ventral segment obtusely rounded ; last ventral segment

visible as a pair of triangular lobes just protruding.

Forceps remote at the base, triquetre at the base itself,

arcuate, tapering and short, ¢ ; @ unknown.

This genus differs from Parisolabés in being much less

depressed and less dilated, and the last dorsal segment is by

no means narrowed.

It approaches more nearly to Anisolabis than does Pariso-

labis, and represents the transition between the Brachylabide

and the Anisolabide.

In the form of the abdomen and last dorsal segment

Pseudisolabis approaches Anisolabis, but the antenne have

fewer segments, the second segment of the tarsi is longer, the

posterior margin of the metasternum is scarcely produced

between the posterior coxee, and the mesosternum is shorter,

relatively much broader, and truncate posteriorly.

1. Pseudisolabis walkeri, sp. n.

Statura mediocri: rufo-niger ; femoribus fulvo-nigris, tibiis tarsisque

nigris : forcipis bracchia basi valde remota, in tertia parte basali

triquetra, sat valida, sensim divergentia; dein subito incurva,

cylindrica, recta, attenuata, <.

Long. corporis’ (so. ok. 11°5 mm,

Pe MIAAOTCIDIG 3), Woh a $0 ate Bane ye.

Of medium size; deep reddish black ; femora yellowish

black, the tibiz and tarsi darker. Forceps triquetre and

gently diverging in the basal third, then rather abruptly bent

inwards, straight, cylindrical, tapering, anl converging. ¢.

New Zealand, Te Aroha, January 1902.

This interesting specimen was taken by Commander J. J.

Walker, R.N., M.A., F.E.S., who kindly gave it to me,

and I have the pleasure of dedicating it to him.

XXX.—Descriptions of new African Heterocera.

By Georce T. Beraune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

My measurements are taken by doubling the distance from the

centre of the thorax to the apex of the wing.

Eupterotide.

PARADRALLIA, gen. nov.

Palpi minute, hairy. Neuration: primaries with vein 2 from

256 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

a third below the lower angle, 3 and 4 from the angle, 5 from

directly above the middle of the cell ; 6, 7, 8, and 9 stalked ;

6 from close to the angle; 8 close to the apex, ending in the

apex; 9 from near the middle of 7; 10 absent ; 11 from the

cell near the upper angle and lying just above 9; 12 long,

three-quarters the length of the costa. Secondaries: vein 2

from about a third from the lower angle, 3 and 4 on a very

short stalk from the angle, 5 from above the middle of the

cell, 6 and 7 ona long stalk. Wings: primaries rapidly ex-

panding, subtriangular; costa nearly straight, slightly de-

pressed at apex; termen slightly arched: secondaries with

costa nearly straight; termen moderately arched, fullest

between veins 3 and 4.

Type, Paradrallia rhodesi, B-B.

Paradrallia rhodest, sp. n.

d. Palpi and head deep ochreous; thorax pale straw-

colour; abdomen deep ochreous. Both wings pale straw-

colour: primaries paler than the secondaries, and with a

black dot.in the middle of the discocellulars, preceded by a

small orange spot in the cell and followed by a similar small

spot just outside the cell; two orange spots in the fold placed

horizontally below the angle of vein 2: secondaries spotless.

EXxxpanse 34 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

Type in my collection.

Notodontidez.

Dinara acholt, sp. n.

9. Palpi smoke-brown ; head and thorax pale buff; patagia

pinkish grey, edged on the shoulder by pale fawn-colour ;

abdomen orange-brown, with anal segments pale ochreous

grey ; legs and breast smoky grey. Primaries below the cell

and vein 2 pale ochreous grey, yellowish in the fold, cell and

beyond below vein 6 pale pinkish brown, with two long, very

narrow, scimitar-shaped streaks, palely edged, in the cell ;

cell closed by a short scalloped dash palely edged; costa

brownish, streaked narrowly with ochreous between the veins ;

area between veins 6 and 9 pale ochreous, with veins darkly

outlined; termen with dark scallops finely edged with

ochreous: secondaries dark greyish, slightly ochreous at

extreme base.

Expanse 64 mm.

Hab. Patigo, Acholi Country.

Type in my collection.

new African Heterocera. 257

Osica verulama, sp. n.

6. Head, thorax, and primaries dirty chocolate-brown ; |

abdomen yellowish. Primaries with the veins slightly darker

than the ground-colour, cell closed by a dark fine curved dash ;

posterior line fine, dark-edged externally, finely somewhat

palely, strongly crenulate, followed by an internervular row

of dashes more or less crescentic in shape ; termen scalloped,

finely dark: secondaries uniform spotless yellowish cream-

colour, -

Expanse 48 mm.

Hab. Verulam, Natal.

‘Type in my collection.

Limacodida.

Thosea catori, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dull brownish. Primaries

dull madder-brown, with a pale slightly excurved postmedian

line, darkly and finely edged internally ; beyond this the area

is paler, with a fine dark excurved subterminal line; the whole

surface is finely speckled with pale grey, caused by largish

superimposed scales which are pale grey with dark tips:

secondaries uniform pale brownish.

Expanse 22 mm.

Hab. Northern Nigeria (above Lokoja).

Type in my collection.

Parasa smaragdina, sp. n.

3. Palpi deep cream-colour, laterally with a rusty patch ;

head greenish; antenne pale brown; thorax bright green ;

abdomen yellowish. Primary with basal and terminal areas

pale brown, all the rest of the wing bright greenish, invading

the terminal brown in two deep curves from vein 1 to 3 and

from below 5 to 7, and again in a lesser curve on the costa ;

fringes pale brown, intersected finely with dark brown at the

veins, and outer half darker also: secondaries pale clear

straw-colour, with a very defined narrow terminal darker

band of the ground-colour.

Expanse 27 mm.

Flab. Northern Nigeria, Lokoja district.

Type in my collection.

Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. it. 18

258 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

Lasiocampide.

Taragama rufarta, sp. n.

&. Palpi rufous below, with the extremities ot hairs tipped

with deep yellow, grey above; head and collar grey; an-

tenn rufous ; thorax rufous, with patagiz deep rusty red,

edged finely with grey ; abdomen rufous on the dorsum,

ventral surface grey. Primaries dark rufous grey, with a

small white basal spot, followed by an oblong spot or broad

dash of orange rusty red, intersected near its outer edge by

the fine white antemedian line, which line is nearly erect to

the cell, where it is interrupted, and is continued at the end

of the cell upwards in a slight curve to the costa. In the

male this line might be construed into an antemedian and

median line on account of the difference of the position of the

two parts, but the female insect shows it to be one, very

strongly angled outwards. Postmedian line fine, white,

strongly angled outwards in the fold to above vein 3, from

where it is angled and waved to the costa not far from the

apex; a small rusty orange-red patch at the end of the cell,

beyond which the wing is dark reddish brown to the post-

median line between vein 3 and the costa; fringes grey.

Secondaries uniform rufous brown, with pale grey fringes.

?. Like the male, but with the abdomen dirty creamy

grey, the primaries paler and redder, the white lines more

distinct, and a subterminal irregular row of obscure inter-

nervular red spots just outside white postmedian line:

secondaries pale pinkish buff, with an obscure, white, trans-

verse, oblique band.

Expanse, ¢ 42, 2 82 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

Types in my collection.

Near 7. polydora, Druce.

Metanastria jamesoni, sp. n.

d. Palpi very dark purplish brown, nearly blackish ; head

chocolate-brown ; antenne greyish brown, pectinations very

long, tapering gradually to the tip; thorax rich chocolate-

brown, with a small cream-coloured very short tuft on the

metathorax, so short as to appear little more than a spot ;

abdomen yellowish cream-colour, the breast and the whole

ventral] surface chocolate-brown. Primaries rich chocolate-

brown, with a somewhat pale, waved, oblique postmedial

line, the area on the basal side of this line being much darker

than that beyond; a whitish dot in the cell: secondaries

new African Heterocera. 259

yellowish cream-colour, tinged slightly but very indefinitely

with brownish near the outer margin.

?. Like the male, but much paler, the thorax, ventral

surface, and primaries being pale rusty brown instead of rich

chocolate ; the postmedial line, though obscure as in the

male, is broader and bisected, and there is an obscure trace of

a subterminal scalloped line in the primaries.

Expanse, ¢ 74, 2 101-102 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

Types in my collection. -

This species is near Md. cunedlinea.

Metanastria denticula, sp. n.

¢. Palpi rusty brown ; head and thorax pale fawn-grey ;

abdomen yellowish brown, ventral surface greyish. Pri-

maries pinkish grey, with a twin median oblique irregular

line of black subdentate marks, sometimes degenerating into

black points, the interior being dull grey; a similar oblique,

postmedian twin serrated line, the black points being only

visible on the internal one of the two lines: secondaries

yellowish straw-colour, tinged with pinkish beyond the median

area and becoming greyish in the terminal area.

Expanse 66 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

Type in my collection.

This species is near WM, honrathi, Dewitz.

Philotherma clara, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale cream-colour. Both

wings pale cream-colour, tinged slightly with pinkish: pri-

maries with a fine oblique dark antemedian line, and a dark

oblique postmedian line angled basewards just below the

costa, these two lines converging towards each other on the

Inner margin; a trace of a small dark spot in the cell:

secondaries markless.

Eixpanse 79 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

‘Type in my collection.

This species is near P. sordida, Auriv.

Gonometa drucet, sp. n.

g. Palpi, head, and antenne rufous brown; thorax purplish

brown; abdomen pale yellowish brown. Primaries dark

purplish brown, somewhat rusty on the veins near the cells;

18*

260 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

an obscure scalloped oblique postmedian pale pinkish line

to the costa near the apex, followed by a slightly excurved,

pale pinkish rusty irregular subterminal stripe, from which

to the termen the area is greyish ; fringes dark, intercepted

somewhat palely at the veins; area below vein 2 darker

purplish : secondaries purplish brownish grey, with the basal

and median areas below vein 6 whitish.

9. Just like the male.

Expanse, ¢ 70, 2 85 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

‘Types in my collection.

Near G. sophax, Druce.

Gonometa pallens, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax ochreous grey ; abdomen ochreous

cream-colour. Primary ochreous grey, with a broad waved

oblique median band and a broader oblique postmedian band,

definite on its interior edge, indefinite and somewhat sealloped

on its external edge, very broad at the tornal area, narrower

above vein 5; these two bands are nearly the same colour as

the wings, but slightly paler and smoother in texture, the

other part of the wing having a roughish surface: secondaries

yellowish straw-colour.

Expanse 96 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

‘l'ype in my collection.

Lymantridz.

RHODESANA, gen. nov.

Palpi in male very heavily scaled, smoothly above, but

thickly and coarsely below, so as to be somewhat brush-like,

and so thick as to almost hide the minute end segment, also

thickly scaled; the scaling in the female is less heavy and

the second segment proportionately rather longer than in the

male. Antenne with long pectinations, with cilia, and having

terminal spines ; in the female the pectinations are shorter,

antennal socket with a tuft of longish dense hairs below ;

head roughly scaled ; thorax with a thick tuft on the meso-

and on the metathorax; abdomen prominently tufted on the

three proximal segments ; legs in male very densely hairy,

less dense in female. Neuration: primaries with vein 2

from just beyond the middle of the cell, 3 before the lower

angle, 4 from the lower angle, 5 from above the angle, 6 from

the upper angle; 7, 8, 9, and 10 stalked, 9 given off from 10

new African Heterocera, 261

and anastomosing with 8 to form the areole, 7 from the end of

the areole: secondaries with 3 from below the angle, 4 from the

angle, 5 from above the angle, 6 and 7 from the upper angle.

Type, Rhodesana crenulata, B-B.

Rhodesana crenulata, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax chestnut-brown; abdomen fawn-

brown, with dark tufts. Primaries sepia-brown, with an

antemedian and a median costal patch of greyish and a similar

darker patch below the angle of vein 2; a rich deep velvety-

brown basal line to vein la; a similar-coloured irregular

median line to the inner margin, being a double line from the

costa to the lower margin of the cell, this line divides the

two greyish patches ; reniform very large, paler than ground,

more or less darkly edged; postmedian line dark velvety

brown, crenulate, produced outwards between veins 9 and 6 ;

a subterminal series of dark red-brown internervular dashes

between veins 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7 and 8; these dashes are re-

placed by small spots between veins 4—7, the series is roughly

parallel with the crenulate line, and is followed by a sub-

terminal fine dark line, interrupted at the veins and rather

irregular ; fringes pale fawn-brown, with darker internervular

intersections ; secondaries creamy grey, becoming brownish

in the postmedian and terminal areas.

@. Like the male in all particulars.

Eixpanse, ¢ 53, 2 74 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

Types in my collection.

Lelia ethiopica, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax ochreous, abdomen paler. Both

wings pale ochreous ; primaries with a small orange spot at

the upper angle of the end of the cell and a trace of a similar

small spot in the fold near its middle. No other marking at

all beyond these.

Eixpanse 30 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia; Uganda and Nigeria.

Type in my collection; specimens from Uganda and

Nigeria are in the National Collection.

Lelia marginepunctata, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax ochreous. Primaries pale ochreous,

with an obscure trace of an indefinite greyish oblique ante-

median band, and a more obscure trace of a similar oblique

262 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

postmedian band; a subterminal row of small internervular

distinct black spots: secondaries dirty ochreous, clearer

towards the termen.

Expanse 36 mm.

Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

Type in my collection.

Arctiide.

E/MINARIA, gen. nov.

Palpi minute, porrect; proboscis rudimentary. Neuration

primaries with vein 2 rising a little beyond the middle of the

cell, 3 from the lower angle, 4 and 5 from the same point

just above the angle ; 6, 7, and 10 from the upper angle ;

7, 8, and 9 stalked, 7 bent strongly downwards to the termen,

8 from midway between the cell and the apex, ending in the

apex, 9 from near the apex to the costa ; 11 from well before

the upper angle ; 7, 10, and 11 lie closely appressed to each

other: secondaries with vein 2 a third from the angle, 3 from

the angle, 4 and 5 from just above the angle, 6 and 7 from

the upper angle, 8 anastomosing for nearly half the cell.

Type, Eminaria nigropunetata, B-B.

Eminaria nigropunctata, sp. n.

¢. Palpi white, with black bases; head and thorax-white,

collar with two black dots, thorax with two black dots on the

patagia ; abdomen yellow, with fine black segmental divisions.

Primaries white, with a black basal point, followed by a

second below the cell, above it a fine black point on the costa,

followed by a small black spot midway along the costa and

another black point in front of the apex ; a small black spot

midway along vein 5 and another in the tornus which probably

forms one of a terminal series of internervular black spots,

the three near the apex being present also: secondaries trans-

lucent milky white, with a black point in the middle of the

discocellulars and a blackish-grey spot near the termen below

vein 2.

Eixpanse 50 mm.

fab. Patigo, Acholi Country, 4000 feet.

Lype in my collection.

Creatonotus spilleri, sp. n.

¢+ Palpi white, banded and tipped with blackish brown ;

frons white, with four black spots; head white ; antennze

brown ; thorax white, with two blackish-brown spots on the

new African Heterocera. 263

collar, one wedge-shaped brown spot on each patagium, one

similar wedge-shaped spot between the patagia, one smaller

spot in the centre and two on the metathorax ; abdomen

yellow, with a spot on the dorsum of the two proximal

segments. Primaries white, with a costal brown patch close

to the base, with a white spot on the costa, this patch is very

irregular ; a large very irregular median patch occupying

the median and postmedian areas and enclosing a large white

costal patch ; terminal area brown, most irregularly invaded

by the white ground, giving it a serrate outiine; this brown

area is connected with the postmedian area along vein 5,

which gives off two brown short waved dashes below and one

above it; below vein la are three spots, one near the base

and two smaller ones nearer the middle : secondaries creamy

translucent white, with a black dash closing the cell on the

underside showing indistinctly through; termen pale brown

to vein 2.

Expanse 44 mm.

Hab. Verulam, Natal.

Type in my collection.

Near marginalis, Walk.

Cosside.

Azygophleps albovittata, sp. n.

3. Palpi sooty grey ; frons and antennal tufts yellowish ;

vertex, thorax, and abdomen silvery greyish. Primaries pale

greyish, strongly and finely reticulated with blackish all over

except on the creamy-white expanding stripe occupying the

cell, and area beyond to the termen between veins 5 and 8:

secondaries creamy white. .

Expanse 36 mm.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Lokoja District; Ruenzori.

Type in my collection; other specimens in the National

Collection from Mount Ruenzori.

Arbelide.

CATARBELANA, gen. nov.

Palpi minute, upturned, hairy on first segment; thorax

with patagia erected into slight lateral tufts and a double

tuft on the metathorax ; antenne strongly bipectinate with

cilia. Neuration: primaries with cell, between the Mar-

shalliana and Catarbela type*, i. e. with the lower half of the

* Ent. Tids. 1901, pp. 126-128.

264. Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new

cell much less produced outwards than in the former genus,

but decidedly more than in the latter. Vein 2 from a little

beyond the middle of the cell, 3 from midway between 2 and

the lower angle, 4 from the angle, 5 from just above the

angle and so forming a short right angle with the disco-

cellular before receding basewards, 6 from below the upper

angle; 7, 8, and 9 stalked, 7 and 8 from about midway

between the angle and the termen, 9 from nearer the cell than

vein 8; 10 absent; 11 long, from the cell reaching nearly to

the apex: secondaries with 1 and 1a stalked for nearly half

the length of 1; lower part of cell and veins 2, 3, 4, 5 as in

Marshalliana ; vein 6 from well below the upper angle, 7

from the upper angle, 8 with a bar to the cell as shown in

the figure of the neuration of Metarbela umtaliana, Auriv.*,

T'ype, Catarbelana bassa, B-B.

This genus will come after Marshalliana, Auriv., but

before Catarbela, Auriv.

Catarbelana bassa, sp. n.

&. Head, thorax, abdomen, .and primaries uniform pale

brown. Primaries with fine dark reticulations all over the

wing, but with two prominent dark lines, viz. the postmedian

line and the subterminal, the former slightly excurved for

upper portion, but sharply incurved on the fold, the sub-

terminal line being nearly erect for the upper part to

vein 3, where it is angled outwards into the tornus about

vein 2 ; a dark basal dash on the inner margin to over a half,

rising in a short basal tuft: secondaries uniformly darker

brown than the primaries,

Exxpanse 34 mm,

Hab. N. Nigeria, Lokoja District.

‘l'ype in my collection.

XXXI.—A new Freshwater Polyzoon from S. Africa.

By Igerna’B. J. SOLAS.

A COLLECTION of freshwater organisms from the Valkenberg

Vlei, near Cape Town, was brought to me in October 1907

by Miss Stephens, who tells me that her collection is the first

which has been made in that Vlei. Thanks to her care in

daily supplying the organisms with fresh water during the

#* Ent. Tids. 1901, p. 197.

Freshwater Polyzoon from 8. Africa. 265

voyage to England, some of them were still alive when she

handed them over to me. The most noteworthy among

them was a colony of freshwater Polyzoa attached to a stem

of triangular section. It had produced numerous statoblasts,

some of which were still contained in the parent colony, while

others, and these were the greater number, were free and lay

at the bottom of the jar. A long process at each end ren-

dered the appearance of the statoblasts strikingly different

from the reproductive bodies of Polyzoa with which I was

familiar. 1 consequently showed them to Dr. Harmer, who

recognized them as probably belonging to a new species of

Lophopus allied to Lophopus carteri, Hyatt (= Lophopodella

sp., Rousselet).

Fig. 1.

Preset

/ RS >

a OOS Se

see atasses ses

ERTS seen

PRO

Se.

Te!

A single valve of a statoblast of Lophopus capensis. The artist has not

represented the air-cells quite correctly: they have the usual

hexagonal form.

Definition —The new species, which I propose to call

Lophopus capensis, is referred to the genus Lophopus on

account of its thick gelatinous ectocyst and of the form of its

statoblasts, which are elliptical and rendered pointed by the

266 Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new

possession at each end of a long process. This process affords

the most distinctive character of the species: it is expanded

at the base and beset on each side with a double row of

recurved hooks, which extend with the expanded base along

the edge of the statoblast (figs. 1, 2, and 8).

Owing to the scantiness of the material, which consists of

a single colony, it is not possible to give a fuller diagnosis,

but the following further facts may be added. On the outside

of the thick gelatinous ectocyst a number of unicellular alge

Fig, 2.

A statcblast of L. capensis, showing the splitting of the terminal

processes previous to germination.

are lodged. The colony was killed by the use of cocaine and

formaline. When the animals were being anesthetized a

counting was made of their tentacles. In one case there

were in all 57 (error certainly not more than 3), in another in

a less favourable position 70+ (probably about 74).

The average dimensions of the statoblasts are ‘8 x °64 mm.,

the length not including the length of the processes, each of

which measures °32 mm. The central capsule measured in

one case 0°52x 0°44 mm. ‘The process, which is flattened in

the same plane as the statoblast, is beset laterally with a

double row of recurved hooks on each side, and these hooks

extend to the edge of the expanded base of the process. ‘The

Freshwater Polyzoon from S. Africa. 267

processes split longitudinally in the plane in which the stato-

blast is flattened some time before the statoblast itself splits

into its constituent valves (fig. 3). By counting the number

of hooks on a given length of a process before it has split, and

afterwards, it is found that there were twice as many before

as after on a given length and that the distances between them

are half as great. It thus appears that the hooks themselves

do not split, but are arranged in a double row on each side,

which, when splitting occurs, becomes divided into a single

row on each side of each half of the process.

Fig. 3.

Three immature statoblasts of L. capensis,

Some immature statoblasts were sent by another collector

to Dr. Rousselet, who, on hearing that I was describing the

species, very kindly lent his preparation of them to me.

Among the immature statoblasts are some which have the

size and form of the central capsule. The terminal process is

added last of all, during the completion of the development of

the annulus (fig. 3).

Annandale (‘ Records of the Indian Museum,’ 1907, vol. i.

part ii. pp. 145-149) describes a new variety of Lophopus

268 Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new

lendenfeldi, var. himalayanus *, which apparently forms a link

between the present species and Lophopus crystallinus. In

this variety (i.) processes are present at the ends of some of

the statoblasts, but are absent from others; (ii.) the central

process is larger than the others, and bears, in addition to a

distal circle of minute, curved, blunt processes, others which

are arranged irregularly nearer the statoblast. It is easy to

see how, by an increase in size of the central process of a

statoblast like that of Lophopus lendenfeldi, var. himalayanus,

a statoblast such as we find in Lophopus capensis, sp. n.,

might have arisen.

It is interesting also to notice that Pectinatella davenporti,

a new species described by Oka, possesses a large number of

processes beset with recurved hooks, somewhat resembling

those of ZL. capensis, but differing from them chiefly in being

very minute. s

The fact that the statoblasts, although possessing a fairly

well-developed annulus, sink to the bottom, calls for some

attention; it may possibly explain the use of the hooks,

which by catching in foreign objects would serve to prevent

the statoblast from falling too far below the surface of the

water to less well oxygenated layers. 1 have seen as many

as six statoblasts linked into a chain by the interlocking of

their hooks, and on one occasion, when I carried some of the

statoblasts with me on a short railway journey, I found that

through the shaking of the train every one of the statoblasts

had become entangled in some floating green filamentous alga

in the water containing them, and they remained in that

position and hatched there. All the others which hatched in

my possession were kept in open glass dishes in water not as

much as 1 em. in depth, while those kept in a tall vessel in

water say 30 cm. deep did not hatch.

Braem, in discussing the germination of the statoblasts,

emphasizes the importance of a position near the surface of

the water for germination. He has shown that suspension of

respiration is necessary to render the contents of the stato-

blast capable of germination. In general this is brought

about by enclosure in ice. But the lack of oxygen in the

bottom-mud is so great that a sojourn there was equally

effective. In the case of Cristatella, he concludes, on indirect

evidence (viz. the fact that statoblasts are found in the

slimy bottom-mud), that the hooks, by catching in loose

weed which afterwards sinks to the bottom, are the cause of

* The name himalayanus is given to the new variety on p. 147, but in

the table on p. 148 it is called cndica, apparently by oversight.

Freshwater Polyzoon from S. Africa. 269

submersion of a great many of the statoblasts; the sunk

statoblasts having been rendered capable of germination by

deprivation of oxygen rise again, buoyed up by the annulus,

after the entangling weed has completely decayed, and

germinate at the surface. It would be interesting to know

whether there are any direct observations on this point and

whether all the statoblasts of Cristatella are equally buoyant.

We cannot, of course, argue from one case to another; the

conditions in a §.-African vlei are very different from those

which obtain in the waters in which Cristatella lives. But

it is worth while to note tle various functions which have

been attributed to the hooks.

Oka’s remarks on the annulus and hooks are specially

interesting in connexion with the present species. He lays

stress on the importance as distributing-organs of the hooks

on the statoblasts of Cristatella and of Pectinatella magnifica,

‘Cin which the annulus is but weakly developed and cannot

serve as more than a mere buoy,” contrasting this condition

with the extreme insignificance of the minute hooks of

Pectinatella gelatinosa, in which the annulus is very large

and shows curvature.

In Lophopus capensis, in which the annulus does not even

serve as a buoy, hooks would evidently have great importance

in more than one respect, and to this is no doubt due their

marked development.

These foregoing cases might suggest that in general an

inverse relation would be found to exist between the degree

of development of the annulus and of hooks; but this does

not prove to be supported by the facts. The relative dimen-

sions of the central capsule and the annulus in Plumatella

vesicularis, for example, which has no hooks, are, judging

from Braem’s figure, much the same as in Lophopus capensis,

the total amount of air-space being, if anything, smaller in

P. vesicular’s. But the thickness of the wall of the central

capsule of Lophopus capensis is noticeably greater than in

any other statoblast I have seen figured; and as chitin is

considerably heavier than water (sp. gr. 14), this may,

perhaps, be sufficient to account for the incapacity of the

statoblasts to float.

Apparently a period of cessation of respiration is not

necessary to render the statoblasts of Lophopus capensis

capable of germination, for those which I have been dealing

with had but newly escaped from the parent colony when

they came into my possession, and shortly afterwards the

greater number of them hatched.

On Nov. 5, 1907, I first noticed that one or two of the

270 Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new

statoblasts had germinated, and after that quite a number of

others did so. When germination occurs, or, rather, some

Fig. 4.

A young individual (B) shortly after germination in four positions,

Noy. 5-7, 1907. e, ectocyst ; f, thickened epithelium or foot.

Fig. 5.—A young individual which emerged from its valves.

Fig. 6.—Individual B: appearance of bud when first noticed on Nov. 25,

1907. Zeiss obj. A, eyepiece 3.

time before that, the process splits lengthwise into two, one

at each end of each valve, and each half then carries a single

Freshwater Polyzoon from 8. Africa. 271

row of hooks. After germination the float becomes much

paler in colour and more transparent, and sometimes, but not

always, the hooks drop off from the processes. When they

do so the appearance of the valves is considerably altered.

At first this changed appearance occasioned some doubt as

to whether a second species was not present, but daily inspec-

tion of individual statoblasts showed that the fact is as I

have just stated. Boiling the valves in weak caustic potash

also removes the hooks.

Bis. 7

if ay

Nov. 50

Four positions of the first bud, showing the accompanying degeneration

of the original polypide B. Zeiss obj. A, eyepiece 3. a, annulus;

6, bud; x, old individual.

The young individuals newly hatched from a statoblast

have the power of holding on to a solid substratum by means

of a thickened region of the ectoderm or foot (fig. 4). They

can thus offer considerable resistance to the sucking of a

pipette. They can also change their position relatively to

the valves. One individual (fig. 5) emerged from its valves,

remaining adherent to them only by its foot. An ectocyst is

shown in fig. 4, and was noticed in a number of other cases.

It is most probable that in those figures in which it is

272 Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new

omitted it was merely overlooked owing to its extreme trans-

parency at this early stage and to the fact that weeds had

not as yet settled upon it.

Three weeks after hatching (on Nov. 25) two individuals

were seen-to show signs of budding ; the parent was retracted,

and though I watched it constantly I never saw it expand its

tentacles again, though dilatation and contraction of the

body-wall occurred. The retracted tentacles of the parent

lost their outlines and became an opaque mass (fig. 7), and

when the young bud grew more active and expanded con-

siderably (Dec. 4), it was clear that the original polyp had

degenerated. The two individuals had reached this stage of

Young colony formed of descendants of individual B, Jan. 16, 1908.

Zeiss obj. A, eyepiece 2.

budding when I left them until Jan. 15, 1908. I then found

that one was dead, and the other had given rise to a colony

(individual B, fig. 4) of four polypides. ‘The valves of the

statoblast were still adherent to the young colony (fig. 8). An

ectocyst was present, but had to be looked for with great care

even after its presence was known, as it was so exceedingly

transparent and presumably of a refractive index not differing

much from that of water; its surface is deeply folded or

wrinkled in parts, as seen in fig.5. ‘The polypides fed actively,

and soon buds appeared. On Jan. 20 I most unfortunately

handled the colony with a pipette which had been used ina

Freshwater Polyzoon from &. Africa. 273

solution of weak caustic potash. This caused the ectocyst to

become opaque and swell up. On Jan. 22 I noticed that the

orifices in the ectocyst had been closed by this swelling and

the polypides were trying in vain to emerge. I consequently

removed with needles the caps of ectocyst which shut in each

of the four individuals, and all the four polypides then ex-

panded and fed on that day and on the thirteen days following

it. On Feb. 4 one individual had lost half of its lophophore,

and on the succeeding days the other individuals one by one

vanished. To what cause this disappearance was due I was

not able to determine. Individuals of Cyclops were present

in the water, but I removed these as soon as the first indi-

vidual was noticed to be imperfect.

A second batch of statoblasts hatched at the end of March

and beginning of April, but none of these lived long, probably

because the supply of minute green alge which came with

them from Africa had run out.

Rousselet comments on the small number of Polyzoa

known from African freshwaters, the total then being eight

species. Lophopus capensis is the ninth, and it is noticeable

that of nine species three would belong to Rousselet’s genus

Lophopodella if that genus were to stand. But, as Annan-

dale remarks, the chief character in which Lophopodella

differs from Lophopus is the presence of hooked processes at

the extremities of the statoblast ; and seeing that ZL. lenden-

feldi, var. himalayanus, possesses statoblasts some of which

bear hooked processes while others lack them, the importance

of this character in classification is weakened, and it can

hardly be regarded as of generic value. The species of

Lophopodella should therefore be included in Lophopus.

In conclusion, I wish to thank Dr. Harmer for much kind

help and interest.

Literature consulted.

Atiman. Monograph of Freshwater Polyzoa. Ray Society. 1856,

ANNANDALE. Records of the Indian Museum, 1907, vol. i. part ii.

pp. 145-149. R

Brarm. Bibliotheca Zoologica, 1890, Band ii. Heft 6.

Krarpreyin. Abhandl. naturw. Ver. Hamburg, xii. 1892,

Oxa. J. Coll. Sci. Japan, iv.

——. Annotat. Zool. Japon. vi. part 2. 1907.

RovssEtEt. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1907, p. 251.

Journ, Quekett Microsc. Club, 1904, p. 49.

Turpin. Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) Zool. vil. 1837.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 19

274 Mr, E. E. Austen on new

XXXII.—New African Phlebotomic Diptera in the British

Museum (Natural History).—Part IV. Tabanide (con-

tinued). By Ernest E. Austen *.

TABANINE.

Genus Hamaropora, Mg. (continued).

Hematopota puniens, sp. n.

? .—Length (1 specimen) 9°6 mm. ; width of head just over

3 mm.; width of front at vertex 1:2 mm.; length of wing

$4 mm.

Sepia-coloured ; dorsum of thorax with narrow light grey

stripes ; dorsum of abdomen with hind borders of all segments,

a narrow median stripe on each segment from second to sixth

inclusive, and two rows of admedian spots (conspicuously

elongate on seyments 2 to 6 inclusive) smoke-grey ; wings mouse-

grey t or drab, light markings well-defined when seen against a

dark background, usual three rosettes present, composed of

rather coarse markings, apical sinuous mark not bifurcate ; all

tibie with two pale bands, and also pale at extreme base.

Head smoke-grey, front mouse-grey except lateral margins

(which broaden out on vertex and also so as to include

lateral frontal spots) and a median pearl-grey stripe from

occipital margin to just beyond median frontal spot, around

which it expands in form of a spear-head; frontal callus

mummy-brown, of medium depth, extending from eye to

eye, its upper margin slightly concave on each side of

middle line, lower margin excavated above antennze ; a small

median seal-brown spot below callus, not descending to level

of base of antenne; clove-brown lateral frontal spots

obliquely elongate, not in contact with eyes, median frontal

spot small but distinct ; palpi isabella-coloured, terminal

joint elongate but blunt at tip, clothed on outer side with

minute black hairs and below with short whitish hairs ;

antenne light mummy-brown, first joint somewhat darker,

cylindrical and scarcely incrassate, third joint elongate,

hardly expanded at base, last three annuli missing. Thorax:

* For Parts I., II., and III. see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. i.

pp. 209-228 and 401-428, and ser. 8, vol. ii. pp. 94-116,

+ For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgeway, ‘A Nomen-

clature of Colors for Naturalists’ (Boston: Little, Brown, & Company,

1886).

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 275

dorsum with lateral borders, an entire narrow median longi-

tudinal stripe (slightly broader posteriorly), a pair of ad-

median stripes (interrupted beyond transverse suture), and a

short and broader stripe on each side, extending from upper

angle of preesutural depression to hind border and continued

round seutellum, light grey or pearl-grey ; usual crescentic

marks on hind border (continuations of admedian stripes)

divided or partially so; dorsum, including scutellum, clothed

with minute, appressed, deciduous, pale yellow hairs ;_ pleurz

and pectus light grey. Abdomen: dorsum of each segment

with a pair of smoke-grey admedian spots, those on second

and following segments’ not in contact with hind margin ;

venter grey, clothed with minute, appressed, pale yellowish

hairs, hind margin of third and following segments, and of

second segment except at sides, cream-coloured, a gradually

expanding clove-brown median stripe, interrupted on hind

margins of segments, starting on third segment and extending

to distal extremity. Wings very similar in coloration and

markings to those of H. insidiatrix, Austen, but pale

markings not quite so light in colour and slightly coarser,

and no trace of light fleck near distal margin of second sub-

marginal cell, beyond apical sinuous mark; stigma seal-

brown, conspicuous, of moderate length, with a distinct light

mark running up to costa at its proximal extremity; no

conspicuous dark blotch below stigma; discal cell with two

approximate transverse light marks (distal one divided) in its

middle portion, a large light spot in its distal third, and a

minute and indistinct light fleck near its proximal extre-

mity ; disconnected oblique light marks across posterior cells

divided or partly divided; a series of not very conspicuous

light blotches along hind margin, in distal angles of posterior

cells except fourth; some minute lght flecks near distal

extremity of anal cell; light markings in basal, anal, and

axillary cells of normal type, zigzag mark and light loop in

axillary cell conspicuous but not connected, light blotch on

sixth vein beyond zigzag mark of fairly large size aud distinct ;

alula with pale border. Halteres cream-buff, knob pale seal-

brown above and below. Legs: femora pale greyish choco-

late ; tibiee and middle and hind tarsi dark brown, extreme

bases of tibiz and pale bands on latter, as also basal half or

two-thirds of first joint of middle and hind tarsi, buff; front

tarsi clove-brown ; neither front nor hind tibiz incrassate.

Northern Nigeria: Little Koriga River, 18. vi. 1907

(J. Brand).

Hematopota puniens is very closely allied to H. abyssinica,

Surcouf, of which it may ultimately prove to be a local race ;

19*

276 Mr. E. BE. Austen on new

judging from a comparison of the type of H. puniens witha

co-type of H. abyssinica kindly presented by M. Surcout,

H. puniens is distinguished by coarser and more closely knit

wing-markings, a distinctly shorter stigma, at the proximal

extremity of which there is a more conspicuous pale mark,

and by the greater distinctness of the lower band on the

front tibie. From other species with similar abdominal

markings, such as H. mactans, Austen, H. stimulans, Austen,

and H. furtiva, Austen, and allied species, H. puniens may be

distinguished at once, inter alia, by there being no trace of a

bifurcation in the apical sinuous mark in the wing and by

the presence of two pale bands on the front tibie; the elon-

gate shape of the large admedian abdominal spots and the

narrowness of the median stripe on the abdominal segments

(even the stripe on the second segment is in no way expanded

towards the hind margin) afford further characters for the

recognition of this species. Among the specimens of

Hematopota from N. Nigeria, presented by Mr. Brand, is a

female from Garran Gabbus, July 1907, which is evidently

closely allied to H. puniens but apparently belongs to a

distinct species. The individual in question agrees with the

type of H. puniens in the markings on the tibie, but differs

in having the first joint of the antenne much more swollen,

as well as paler at the base and darker at the tip, in the

stigma being less complete, and in the presence of a light

streak beyond it along the costa; the specimen is in very

bad condition, and the abdomen (evidently owing to the

presence and decomposition of contained blood) is so distorted

that little can be seen of its markings, but there are traces

of elongate grey spots on the dorsum.

Hematopota sanguinaria, Austen.

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. i. May 1908, p. 417.)

Since this species was described, from a specimen from

Kasempa District, N.W. Rhodesia, three additional examples

have been received from N.H. Rhodesia, including 2 ? 9

from Luena District, 9. ix. 1904 (R. L. Harger),—one caught

at noon and the other taken by the donor on his own thumb

about 7.30 p.M.,—and 1 ? from the Kafulafuka River,

Kapopo District, Sept. 1904 (J. F. F. Johnson). This fresh

material agrees with the type ‘and paratypes in all respects

except size, the new specimens measuring 9°5 mm. instead of

8 to 8'6 mm. in length. |

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 277

Hematopota gracilis, sp. n.

@ —Length (1 specimen) 8°4 mm. ; width of head 2°4 mm.;

width of front at vertex 1 mm.; width of fourth segment of

abdomen 1°8 mm.; length of wing 7°4 mm.

Narrow-bodied species, without spots or median stripe on

abdomen or bands on tibie.—Frontal callus not extending from

eye to eye; dorsum of thorax dark greyish brown, with not

very distinct longitudinal grey stripes ; dorsum of abdomen

olive-brown, with a yellowish grey sheen, unicolorous ; wings

sepia-coloured, moderately dark, light markings distinct and

relatively simple, rosettes present and each composed for most

part of a single series of more or less disconnected marks,

apical sinuous mark slender, not bifurcate.

Head: face smoke-grey, front yellowish grey, vertical

region brownish; lateral frontal clove-brown spots moderately

large, conspicuous, not in contact with eyes, median frontal

spot wanting or indistinct; frontal callus bistre, rather

narrow from above downwards, rounded at extremities, which

are distinctly separated from eyes, somewhat triangular in

outline, upper margin rising to a point in middle line, lower

margin nearly parallel with upper on each side of middle

line; no dark median spot below callus ; palpi isabella-coloured,

terminal joint moderately expanded at base, tapering to a

point at distal extremity, clothed on outer side’ with rather

rough-looking black hair and on under side with a few

whitish hairs; antenne slender, first and second joints pale

ochraceous buff, third joint russet, last three annuli darker,

terminal annulus mummy-brown at tip, longer than two

preceding annuli taken together, first jomt of antenne not

incrassate, short, clothed with black hairs towards tip, upper

angle of second joint not produced, third joint elongate,

tapering, but little expanded at base. Thorax: dorsum

greyish in front, where there is a faint indication of com-

mencement of a very narrow median grey stripe, a pair of

broader admedian grey stripes also visible, but. dying away

about half-way between transverse suture and hind margin,

no distinct grey crescentic marks on latter ; pectus, pleuie,

and sides of dorsum smoke-grey ; scutellum of same colour

as dorsum. Abdomen: dorsum clothed with minute, ap-

pressed, buff-yellow hairs, no light hind borders to segments,

though extreme hind margins narrowly pale (cream-buff) ;

venter olive-grey or smoke-grey, clothed with minute ap-

pressed yellowish hairs, hind margins of segments narrowly

pale, an ill-defined dark median longitudinal stripe visible

when venter is viewed from certain angles, invisible from

278 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

others. Wings: apical sinuous mark commencing in distal

extremity of marginal cell, above end of second longitudinal

vein; immediately beyond stigma, which is dark brown,

long, complete, and well-marked, is a small and not very

distinct light mark, looking something like the figure 8 with

its upper half blurred ; no light mark running up to costa at

proximal end of stigma; series of detached oblique light

marks across posterior cells conspicuous ; no light spots on

hind margin, in distal angles of posterior cells; light marks

in basal cells of normal type ; zigzag mark and basal loop m

axillary cell present, but not connected, no light spot on siath

longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark; discal cell with two

widely separated transverse light marks (in one wing of type

also an indistinct light fleck in proximal extremity). Hal-

teres: stalk cream-buff, knob dark brown. Legs: femora

greyish fawn, tibie cinnamon-coloured, front and hind pairs

brown or brownish at tip, front tarsi dark brown, last joint

and tips of preceding joints of middle and hind tarsi brown,

first joint of middle tarsi except tip and basal half of first

joint of hind tarsi cream-buff, neither front nor hind tibie im

the slightest degree incrassate.

Northern Nigeria; Little Koriga River, 18. vu. 1907

(J. Brand).

I have little hesitation in regarding as conspecific with the

@ described above a single ¢ from Keffi, Nassarawa

Province, N. Nigeria, 16. ix. 1907, ‘in house” (Dr. R. F.

Williams). Assuming this belief to be correct, the ¢@ of

H. gracilis may be characterized as follows :—

fo .—Length (1 specimen) 8°8 mm.; width of head 3 mm. ;

width of fourth segmeut of abdomen 1°5 mm.; length of

wing 7°5 mm.

Thorax (including scutellum), wings, halteres, and legs as in

9 (femora somewhat darker), abdomen narrower (at least in

typical specimen), first four segments cinnamon-coloured, last

three segments olive-brown, dorsum with a yellowish grey

pollinose sheen when viewed at a low angle.

Head: terminal joint of palpi bluntly cylindrical-ovate,

mouse-grey, clothed with fine blackish brown hair; first joint

of antenne short, slightly incrassate, buff-coloured, second

joint likewise buff, third joint extremely slender, scarcely

wider at base, ochraceous buff, usual patch of minute black

hairs conspicuous just beyond base on upper side, distal

extremity of terminal annulus dark brown. Adédomen :

dorsum slightly darker at. base of first and towards hind

margin of fourth segment, clothed throughout with blackish

mingled with pale yellow hairs ; venter clothed with minute,

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 279

appressed, yellowish hairs, its coloration similar to that of

dorsum, but first two and distal portion of third and fourth

segments, as well as sides of fourth segment, somewhat more

infuscated. Wings: in discal cell of right wing of typical

specimen proximal transverse light mark is connected with a

light spot of some size in proximal extremity of cell, which

is absent in left wing.

Hematopota gracilis is not closely allied to any of its

African congeners at present known to me: apart from the

wing-markings, the shape and coloration of the antennz and

frontal callus, the coloration of the legs, and the non-incras-

sate front tibize will at once serve to distinguish it from

H. lacessens, Austen, a smaller and darker species which also

occurs in Northern Nigeria.

Hematopota coronata, Austen.

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. 1. July 1908,

p. 100.— Somaliland.)

¢.—lLength (1 specimen) 10°6 mm.; width of head

3°6 mm.; length of wing 8:2 mm.

Sepia-coloured, with smoke-grey or drab-grey markings ;

apart from secondary sexual characters, agreeing in all essen-

tial respects with 2; spots on dorsum of fifth and sixth

abdominal segments somewhat more elongate.

Head: frontal triangle with an elongate clove-brown

median mark, extending from base of antenne half-way

towards junction of eyes, with a small, shining, dark mummy-

brown spot on each side of its upper extremity ; an ill-defined

brownish area on each side of base of antenne ; palpt coloured

asin 2, terminal joint clothed with fine yellowish hairs,

cylindrical-ovate, distal extremity somewhat elongate ; an-

tenne (especially first joimt, which is somewhat more incras-

sate) shorter than in ?.

Haithalhim, near Aden, Arabia, 20. 11. 1895 (Lt.-Col.

Yerbury).

The occurrence of this Somaliland species in the Arabian

portion of the Hast-African Sub-Region of the Hthiopian

Region is, of course, in no way surprising, since other and

better-known African Diptera, such as Tabanus biguttatus,

Wied., and a tsetse-fly (Glossina tachinoides, Westw.) are

found on the eastern shore of the Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb.

Hematopota tenuis, sp. n.

9 Length (2 specimens) 82 to 8°4 mm.; width of head

(2 specimens) 2°4 mm.; width of front at vertex (2 speci-

280 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

mens) 1 mm.; maximum width of thorax (3 specimens)

1:8 mm.; width of base of abdomen (3 specimens), measured

across hind margin of first segment, 2 mm. to just over 2 mm. ;

width of base of sixth segment of abdomen (1 specimen)

1:4 mm.; length of wing (3 specimens) 7°2 to 7°5 mm.

Narrower than H. gracilis.—Sepia-coloured, with isabella-

coloured or yellowish grey markings ; dorsum of thorax with

usual three longitudinal stripes, either entire or fused together

from a potnt about one-third of distance between transverse

suture and hind margin, admedian stripes prolonged into usual

crescentic marks on latter ; dorsum of abdomen with yellowish

grey or smoke-grey hind border to each segment, a more or less

distinct and similarly coloured narrow median stripe on each

segment from second to sixth inclusive, and second and following

segments each with a pair of more or less distinct smoke-grey

or yellowish grey admedian spots, sometimes obsolete or nearly

so on second and third segments, elongate on following segments ;

wings sepia-coloured, moderately dark, light markings distinct,

sharply defined, and rather coarse, rosettes present, apical

sinuous mark not bifurcate, but a light fleck beyond it on wing-

margin in second submarginal cell ; femora and tibie mummy-

brown, femora except tips lighter, front iibie with a single

indistinctly marked pale band at base, then darker brown, middle

and hind tibie with two pale bands. .

Head: front yellowish brown, lighter at sides, with a dar

brown blotch on vertex on each side of median line; face and

jowls yellowish grey, face with a clove-brown fleck on each

side, in contact with lower inner margin of eye and slightly

below level of antennz, and with a small clove-brown spot

below each antenna; lateral frontal clove-brown spots large,

conspicuous, more or less obliquely elongate, narrowly in

contact with eyes, median frontal spot small, inconspicuous ;

frontal callus clove-brown, of moderate depth, extending

from eye to eye, upper margin slightly concave on each side

of median line or practically straight, lower margin excavated

above antenne; a small clove-brown spot present in middle

line below callus, with which it is in contact; palpi isabella-

coloured, terminal joint moderately elongate, slightly ex-

panded at base and rather blunt at tip, sparsely clothed on

outer side with short black hairs; antenne russet-brown,

third joint slightly darker, last- three annuli mummy-brown,

noticeably flattened from side to side and blunt at tip, first

joint of antenne somewhat elongate and slightly incrassate

when viewed from above, clothed with short, rough, black

hairs, upper angle of second joint not produced, third joint

narrow, scarcely expanded beyond base. TVhorax: dorsum

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 281

clothed with minute, appressed, deciduous, pale yellow hairs ;

pectus, pleur, and sides of dorsum yellowish grey ; scutel-

lum yellowish grey, with a sepia-coloured blotch on each

side of middle line, starting from base, but not reaching

lateral or hind border. Abdomen: dorsum clothed with

minute, appressed, yellowish hairs; second segment with a

transversely elongate smoke-grey blotch on anterior border,

extending on each side of middle line to a distance half-way

or less between middle line and lateral margin of segment ;

median stripe on second segment sometimes slightly expanded

posteriorly ; venter clothed with minute, appressed hairs,

somewhat paler than those on dorsum, hind margins of

segments smoke-grey, segments elsewhere either mouse-grey,

with a more or less ill-defined, brownish, longitudinal median

stripe, or dark brown, and, in case of first four segments,

grey on sides. Wings: a series of sometimes large and

conspicuous, sometimes more or less indistinct light blotches

on hind margin in distal marginal angles of all posterior

cells, followed by an elongate light blotch occupying distal

angles of axillary and anal cells, and proximal marginal

angle of fifth posterior cell; series of detached oblique light

marks across posterior cells distinct, and usually connected

with marginal blotches; light marks in basal cells of normal

type; zigzag mark across anal and axillary cells and hight

loop surrounding proximal angle of axillary cell clearly

defined, and connected by a less distinct pale border running

along or close to anal angle; light blotch present on sixth

longitudinal vein, beyond zigzag mark ; rosettes compound,

that is with centres formed by more or less detached hght

spots ; sometimes a small and more or less indistinct light

fieck on or close to upper branch of third vein, beyond apical

sinuous mark, appareutly representing, with light fleck on

distal border of second submarginal cell, last vestiges of an

outer ramus of apical sinuous mark, which has disappeared ;

discal cell with two rather widely separated transverse light

marks, and a larger or smaller light spot close to its distal

extremity ; stigma well marked, dark brown or bistre, its

proximal extremity cream-bult, and a sharply defined small

light semicircular mark (upward extension from distal rosette)

immediately beyond its distal extremity, next costa. Halteres

cream-bufi or cream-coloured, knob seal-brown at base above

and below. Legs: front and hind tibiz slightly incrassate,

pale bands on hind tibiz rather indistinct; front tarsi dark

brown, first three joints sometimes paler at base, first four

joints of middle and hind tarsi buff with dark brown tips,

last joint of middle and hind tarsi dark brown.

282 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

Uganda: type and two other specimens from the Nile

Province, 1906 (the late Dr. W. A. Densham). With these

flies the Museum received from the same collector and

locality a damaged ? Hematopota, which, though presenting

a superficial resemblance to H. tenuis, it seems advisable for

the present to regard as belonging to a distinct species.

The specimen, which is devoid of antenne and front legs,

and cannot therefore be described in detail, differs from the

three examples of H. tenuis as follows: Dimensions of body

larger (length 9:2 mm. instead of 8°2 to 84 mm.) ; palpi

smaller ; abdominal spots larger and much more conspicuous,

sharply defined and distinct on second and third as well as

following segments; dark median stripe on venter more

sharply defined ; wings paler, light markings in discal cell

and portion of first posterior cell above it different (trans-

verse marks fused together or in contact), no light fleck on

wing-margin beyond apical sinuous mark. The donor’s

field-note attached to this specimen, but probably meant to

apply also to the three examples of H. tenuis, is as follows :—

“ Found generally throughout the Province; occurs only in

small numbers; frequently bites natives.”

Apart from the species represented by the fourth specimen

referred to above, if it be indeed distinct, HZ. tenuis is dis-

tinguishable by its unusually narrow and elongate shape

from all of its African congeners at present known to me.

From Hematopota fusca, Austen, which also occurs in

Uganda, it is further distinguished, iter alia, by its paler

coloration, conspicuously striped thorax, only slightly in-

crassate first antennal joint, and more fully marked wings.

Hematopota insatiabilis, sp. nu.

@ .—Length (4 specimens) 68 to 8'4mm. ; width of head

2°8 to just over 8 mm.; width of front at vertex just under

to just over 1 mm.; length of wing 6°5 to 7°38 mm.

Stoutly built species, with conspicuous transverse liyht streak

close to apex of wing.—Dorsum of thorax dark hrown, with

usual three stripes smoke-grey, more or less indistinct eacept

in front; dorsum of abdomen mummy-brown to dark brown,

hind borders of segments greyish buff, third and following

segments sometimes each with a pair of yellowish grey admedian

‘spots in contact with front margin; wings sepia-coloured,

fairly dark, light markings sharply defined, rosettes and oblique

marks across posterior cells largely broken up into dots ; legs

clove-brown, middle femora lighter except at tip, front tibiae and

tarsi black, front tibie with a single broad white or cream-

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 993

coloured band at base, middle and hind tibie each with two

cream-buff bands.

Head: front mouse-grey, narrowly lighter grey at sides

and round lateral frontal spots, of only moderate width, its

sides parallel or nearly so, a dark brown subtriangular patch

sometimes visible on vertex, not extending to eyes and in-

completely divided by a narrow light grey median stripe;

face and jowls smoke-grey, a more or less well-marked dark

brown area between base of each antenna and eye on same

side, and a dark brown streak extending inwards from lower

inner margin of each eye, below level of antenne; lateral

frontal spots black, large, and conspicuous, in contact with

eyes and almost descending to frontal callus, median frontal

spot inconspicuous or obsolete; frontal callus clove-brown,

deep or moderately deep, extending from eye to eye, upper

margin straight or slightly curved, lower margin excavated

above base of antenne, a conspicuous quadrate median black

spot in contact with lower margin of callus, and descending

to level of upper margin of base of antennz ; palpi isabella-

coloured, terminal joint elongate, clothed on outer side with

black mixed with pale yellowish hairs ; antenne clove-brown,

first joint lighter on inner side and below, elongate and

incrassate, truncate elliptical when viewed from above, upper

angle of second joint produced, third joint somewhat paler

especially on inner side, elongate and but little expanded at

distal extremity of basal third, last three annuli deep clove-

brown or black, conspicuously flattened from side to side.

Thoraz: dorsum (including scutellum) clothed with shining

pale yellow deciduous hair, usual grey crescentic marks

visible on hind border; pectus and pleure smoke-grey ;

scutellum smoke-grey pollinose, with dark brown blotch on

each side of middle line at base. Abdomen: dorsum with

hind borders and lateral margins of segments clothed with

pale yellowish hairs, elsewhere clothed with minute black

hairs ; venter clothed with minute, appressed, pale yellowish

hairs, ochraceous buff, fourth (or fifth) and following seg-

_ ment) brownish to dark brown, hind borders of segments

cream-buff or cream-coloured. Wings: usual three rosettes

present, but partially altered in appearance owing to distal

and median rosette, and distal half of proximal one, being

largely broken up into dots; apical sinuous mark transformed

into a transverse light marking, conspicuous and fairly broad,

especially below, running from beneath end of second longi-

tudinal vein to margin of wing in middle and lower half of

second submarginal cell; hind margin with series of more

or less conspicuous; larger or smaller light blotches in distal

284 Mr. E. E. Austen on new -

marginal angles of posterior cells (sometimes wanting in first

and fourth posterior cells), a larger or smaller light blotch

also occupying distal angle of axillary cell and sometimes

extending into distal angle of anal and proximal marginal

angle of fifth posterior cell; basal cells with markings of

normal type; anal cell with zigzag mark and basal loop

conspicuous and with a more or less distinct connection

running along anal angle; a light spot, sometimes divided

into two, on sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark;

discal cell in middle third with two transverse light marks,

each usually divided into two spots, also with larger or

smaller light spot in proximal angle, and sometimes with

similar spot or transverse mark near distal extremity ; stigma

well marked, dark mummy-brown, its proximal extremity

cream-buff; marginal cell with small light loop enclosing

dark centre immediately beyond distal extremity of stigma.

Halteres: knob cream-buff, slightly brownish at base above

and below, stalk cream-coloured. Legs: front tibiz in-

crassate, hind tibiz not swollen: proximal two-thirds of

first joint of middle and hind tarsi cream-buff.

Nyasaland Protectorate: two specimens (co-types) from

the Zomba Plateau (Six Alfred Sharpe, K.C.M.G., C.B.);

a third specimen from Kasungu Mt., Nyika, 4. iii. 1896

(Captain Richard Crawshay); a fourth example of this

species (which I have been enabled to examine by the

courtesy of Lt.-Colonel Manders, R.A.M.C.) from the

Aufiri River, Nyasaland Protectorate, 10. xii. 1907 (Captain

Hallam Hardy, R.A.M.C.), is in the collection of the Royal

Army Medical Corps College, Millbank, S.W.

In the markings of its wings, especially as regards the

shape aud direction of the apical sinuous mark, Hematopota

insatiabilis closely resembles H. divisapex, Austen, the co-

types of which are from the Katanga District of the Congo

Kree State; the new species, however, may be distinguished

from the latter by the dark and much more swollen first

joint of the antennz, and by its hind tibiz having two pale

bands, instead of only a single pale band at the base.

Hematopota taciturna, sp. n.

? .—Length (1 specimen) 9°5 mm. ; width of head 8mm. ;

width of front at vertex 1 mm.; length of wing 8:2 mm.

Dark sepia-coloured ; frontal callus deep, clove-brown and

prominent ; antenne clove-brown, first joint strongly inerassate ;

dorsum of thorax with usual three longitudinal stripes smoke-

grey; dorsum of abdomen with hind border of each segment

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 285

except last and a pair of admedian spots on each segment except

jirst sinoke-grey, second segment also with a smoke-grey median

stripe starting from hind border and scarcely reaching front

margin, third and following segments except last each with

more or less distinct though incomplete smoke-grey median

stripe ; wings sepia-coloured, fairly dark, light markings

sharply defined, usual three rosettes present, apical sinuous

mark bifurcate ; legs seal-brown to clove-brown, front tibie with

a narrow pale band close to base, middle tibie with two pale

bands, hind tibie with a narrow pale band near base and appa-

rently with a similar band on distal third.

Head: front mouse-grey, with a narrow lighter edging

round lateral frontal spots and on extreme lateral margins,

vertex with clove-brown subtriangular median blotch, not

extending to lateral margins and divided in widdle line by

narrow light grey stripe running upwards from median

frontal spot; face and jowls light grey, a conspicuous clove-

brown band extending from lower inner margin of each eye

to base of antenna ; lateral frontal spots clove-brown, con-

spicuous, narrowly separated from eyes, median frontal spot

small and inconspicuous ; frontal callus extending from eye

to eye, its upper margin concave on each side of middle line;

a small clove-brown spot in middle line below callus; basal

jot of palpi dark mouse-grey (terminal joint wanting in

type) ; first joint of antenne elliptical-oval when viewed

from above, upper angle of second joint not prominent (third

joint wanting intype). Thorax: dorsum with median longi-

tudinal stripe complete, admedian stripes obsolete a little

way beyond transverse suture, usual crescentic marks on

hind margin distinct, smoke-grey ; pectus, pleursx, sides of

dorsum, and a broad hind border to scutellum smoke-grey.

Abdomen: dorsum with lateral borders of first five segments

smoke-grey, deepest on sides of first segment and progres-

sively diminishing in depth; venter (except last segment,

which is clove-brown) mouse-grey, with broad clove-brown

median stripe, interrupted on hind margins of second and

following segments, which are narrowly cream-buff. Wings :

outer ramus of apical sinuous mark starting from costa in

first submarginal cell, beyond end of second longitudinal

vein, and meeting margin of wing again a little above lower

branch of third longitudinal vein, rather broad below ; Inner

ramus of apical sinuous mark commencing in first submar-

ginal cell and extending only a short distance below upper

branch of third longitudinal vein; in type a row of light

blotches along hind margin, in distal marginal angles of all

posterior cells, and an additional light blotch in distal angle

286 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

of axillary cell; usual series of oblique marks across poste-

rior cells partly broken up into spots; markings in basal

cells of normal type; a large light blotch on sixth longitu-

dinal vein, beyond zigzag mark; light loop in basal angle of

axillary cell large and well-marked, but not connected with

zigzag mark, which, in case of type, becomes indistinct before

reaching hind margin; discal cell with two transverse light

marks (the distal one interrupted) across median third, a

minute light fleck in proximal angle, and a large and con-

spicuous transversely elongate light mark close to distal

extremity ; stigma well-marked and conspicuous, dark

mummy-brown, an ill-defined cream-buff blotch next costa

at its proximal extremity, and, in case of type, an elongate

curved light mark (upper portion of distal rosette) imme-

diately beyond its distal end; dark sepia-coloured quadrate

blotch below stigma extending to third longitudinal vein

without contracting in width, and conspicuous when wing is

viewed against a dark background. AHalteres: knob sepia-

coloured, stalk-cream-buff. Legs: front tibiz slightly in-

crassate; basal half or rather more of first joint of middle

tarsi, like bands on middle tibiz, cream-buff; hind tarsi of

type missing.

Anglo-Egyptian Sudan: Blue Nile, 1905 (received from

Dr. Andrew Balfour).

Hematopota taciturna resembles H. mactans, Austen, to a

certain extent in the abdominal markings, as also in the

apical sinuous mark in the wing being bifurcate, although,

in the case of the type of H. taciturna at any rate, the distal

ramus is not so close to the tip of the wing: the new species

can be distinguished from H. mactans by its darker wings,

in which, especially in the basal half, the hight markings are

less extensive, by its much deeper and darker frontal callus,

darker antenne, and much narrower and less conspicuous

pale bands at the base of the front and hind tibie.

Hematopota hirsutitarsus, sp. n.

9 .—Length (1 specimen) 9 mm. ; width of head 3 mm. ;

width of front at vertex 1 mm.; length of wing 8°6 mm.

Dorsum of thorax dark sepia, with usual grey markings ;

dorsum of abdomen dark mummy-brown on second and third

segments, elsewhere dark sepia, hind margins of second and

following segmenis yellowish grey, sixth segment with pair of

small yellowish grey admedian spots on basal half, in typical

specimen faint indications of similar spots on three preceding

segments ; wings sepia, fairly dark, light markings sharply

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 287

defined and conspicuous, usual three rosettes present, centres of

proximal and middle rosettes filled out with light blotches ;

front legs clove-brown, middle and hind legs seal-brown, front

and hind tibie each with a single pale band, middle tibie with

two pale*bands and extreme base also pale, front tarsi unusually

hairy belou: and at tips of joints, front tibie with a series of

Jine but prominent and conspicuous hairs at regular intervals on

outer margin.

Head: front mouse-grey, its sides diverging very slightly

below, extreme lateral margins, a subquadrate fleck on each

side of vertex, a ring surrounding median frontal spot, and a

narrow median stripe, running upwards from latter to vertex

and dividing usual vertical subtriangular dark brown blotch,

light grey ; face and jowls smoke-grey, upper part of sides of

face somewhat speckled with brown, and a small dark brown

fleck extending inwards from lower inner margin of each eye ;

lateral frontal clove-brown spots oval, large and conspicuous,

narrowly separated from eyes, median frontal spot incon-

spicuous or obsolete; frontal callus dark sepia, of only

moderate depth, extending from eye to eye, upper margin

convex, lower margin excavated above each antenna ; no dark

median spot below callus; pulpi drab-grey, terminal joint

somewhat stout, tapering to tip but not elongate, clothed on

outer side with black mixed on basal half with yellowish

hairs, and on upper and under side of basal half with longer

yellowish hairs ; first and second joints of antenne mummy-

brown, first joint slightly greyish pollinose, somewhat elon-

gate, stout and cylindrical but not incrassate, upper angle of

second joint moderately produced (third joint wanting in

type). Zhorax: dorsum with median grey stripe narrow in

front, broader behind, interrupted in middle, admedian stripes

disappearing as usual beyond expansion behind transverse

suture, usual grey crescentic marks present on hind margin ;

pectus, pleure, sides of dorsum, and hind border of scutellum

smoke-grey, disc of scutellum dark sepia; dorsum (including

scutellum) clothed with minute, deciduous, appressed,

shining, yellowish white hairs. Abdomen: dorsum with

lateral margins of first four segments grey, sides and hind

borders of segments clothed with pale yellowish or whitish

yellow hairs, dorsum elsewhere clothed with dark brown or

blackish hairs; venter without dark longitudinal median

stripe, first two segments smoke-grey, third and fourth

segments mouse-grey, last three segments dark brown and

clothed for most part with blackish hair, second, third, and

fourth segments of venter clothed with minute, appressed,

pale yellowish hair, hind margins of second and following

288 Mr. B. E. Austen on new

segments except last narrowly yellowish grey. Wings:

apical sinuous mark in type somewhat coarse and widely

interrupted in second submarginal cell, in middle of distal

margin of which (2. e. on wing-margin) there is an ill-defined

light blotch; a series of light blotches on hind margin of

wing, in distal marginal angles of first, second, third, and

fifth posterior cells, while a fifth light blotch covers tip of

sixth longitudinal vein (in type blotches in distal marginal

angles of third and fifth posterior cells larger than remainder,

blotch in distal marginal angle of fifth posterior cell espe-

cially large and conspicuous) ; usual series of oblique light

marks across posterior cells, some of them continuous with

marginal blotches ; middle rosette well developed, proximal

rosette especially conspicuous, owing to its central area being

filled out with lhght blotches; discal cell in type with a

nearly unbroken light area occupying proximal third, and

two semi-interrupted hght marks at distal extremity ;

markings of basal cells normal in character, proximal as well

as distal extremities of these cells occupied with light

markings; in axillary cell zigzag mark and basal loop con-

nected by an unusually broad light band running round

margin of anal angle; alula light, with dark centre; stigma

mummy-brown, well developed and elongate, a well-marked

subquadrate light blotch connecting costa and proximal

rosette at proximal extremity of stigma, and a conspicuous

light loop (upper portion of distal rosette) in marginal cell

beyond distal extremity of stigma; below stigmaasubquadrate

area of dark colour extending undiminished in width to

below third longitudinal vein. Halteres: knob dark sepia,

stalk cream-coloured. Legs: pale bands on tibiz and basal

half or rather more of first joints of middle and hind tarsi

buff; band on hind tibia narrower than that on front tibia,

latter band not very broad ; front tibize incrassate, hind tibize

stouter than middle tibize ; middle and hind tibize clothed

with appressed pale yellowish hairs; front tarsi with long,

blackish, fine, curling or curved hairs beneath, and long

straight hairs at tip of each joint on each side and also

above.

Angola: Benguella, June 1905 (Dr. F. Creighton Wellman).

The unusual hairiness of the under side of the front tarsi,

in conjunction with the sharply defined hight wing-markings

(which, when the wings are viewed against a dark back-

ground, contrast strongly with the ground-colour), and the

presence of only a single pale band on the hind tibie, affords

a convenient means for the recognition of this species.

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 289

Hematopota pallidimarginata, sp. u.

9¢.—Length (10 specimens) 6 to 9:2 mm.; width of

head 2 to 3 mm.; width of front at vertex just under | to

1:2 mm.; length of wing 6°4 to 9°25 mm.

Dark brown or clove-brown species, with conspicuous pale

hind margins to the abdominal segments and dark brown

strongly marked wings.—Dorsum of thorax with usual grey

longitudinal stripes ; light markings in wings clearly defined

and rather coarse, usual three rosettes present, apical sinuous

mark in some specimens distinctly bifurcate, but outer ramus

often reduced to one or two ill-defined light spots ; legs dark

brown to clove-brown, femora greyish clove-brown, tibie with

dull cinnamon-coloured bands, often indistinct, especially on

front tibie, latter with a single narrow and more or less ill-

defined band close to base, middle and hind tibie each with

two bands.

Head: front rather broad, dark brown, its sides diverging

below, in well-preserved specimens extreme lateral margins

and an edging surrounding lateral frontal spots light grey, a

darker brown partly divided median blotch sometimes

distinguishable on flattened upper border of vertex ; face

and jowls light grey, area between lower inner margin of eye

and antenna on each side more or less brownish or speckled

with brown; frontal callus dark sepia, moderately deep,

especially on each side, extending from eye to eye, but upper

lateral angles rounded off, upper margin more or less exca-

vated on each side of middle line, lower margin excavated

above antenne; a small clove-brown spot often but not

always distinguishable in middle line below callus and above

antenne ; lateral frontal spots usually large, conspicuous,

clove-brown, and in contact with eyes, sometimes trans-

versely elongate, median frontal spot apparently wanting ;

palpi isabella-coloured or mouse-grey, clothed on outer side

with black or blackish hair, terminal joint moderately

elongate ; first and second joints of antenne Vandyke-brown,

first joint short and not incrassate, slightly greyish pollinose,

upper angle of second joint moderately produced, third joint

clove-brown, slightly lighter at extreme base, basal portion

but little expanded, of nearly uniform depth and barely half

as deep again as last three annuli, latter short and deep,

conspicuously flattened from side to side, terminal annulus

blunt at tip, scarcely as long as two preceding annuli taken

together. Vhorax: dorsum with extremely slender yellowish

grey median stripe, which reaches hind margin, and a con-

tmuation of which is sometimes visible on scutellum ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 20

290 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

admedian stripes light grey, interrupted before reaching

transverse suture and disappearing altogether after usual

triangular expansions behind latter; crescentic marks on

hind margin of dorsum light grey, conspicuous, their inner

limbs broad ; on each side of dorsum are following additional

light grey markings—a blotch on humeral callus and another

immediately behind it, a fleck behind presutural depression,

another above postalar callus, and a spot at side of base of

scutellum (these light grey thoracic markings are more or

less indistinguishable in the case of rubbed specimens) ;

scutellum sometimes with a median yellowish grey longitu-

dinal mark, expanding posteriorly; pectus and _ pleure

mouse-grey. Abdomen: hind borders of segments of venter

as well as of dorsum smoke-grey or yellowish grey, on dorsum

of second and two or three following segments hind border

sometimes broadening into a somewhat triangular expansion

in middle, lateral margins of first four segments often

occupied by an expansion of the grey hind borders; venter

somewhat greyish pollinose, clothed with minute, appressed,

yellowish hairs ; in one specimen in the Museum series third

and three following segments each exhibit on dorsum a pair

of more or less distinct grey admedian spots and also an

indication of a grey median stripe. Wings: hind margin

usually with a series of light blotches in distal marginal

angles of posterior cells, blotch in distal marginal angle of

fourth posterior cell generally smaller than others or absent

altogether ; a larger or smaller light blotch also present in

distal extremity of axillary cell, and sometimes extending

into proximal marginal angle of fifth posterior cell ; oblique

marks across posterior cells and markings in basal, anal, and

axillary cells all of normal type, a larger or smaller double

spot on sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark, latter

not connected with basal loop in axillary cell; discal cell

usually with two transverse light marks in middle third

(more distal of two sometimes interrupted), and a small and

often scarcely visible light fleck near distal extremity ;

stigma dark brown, well defined, and moderately elongate,

beneath it a well defined dark brown blotch, which tapers

downwards until it meets discal cell; pale fleck next costa at

proximal end of stigma very small and inconspicuous, but

light loop (upper extremity of distal rosette) in marginal

cell beyond stigma well developed. Halteres: knob dark

brown above and below, stalk and periphery of knob cream-

buff. Legs: middle and hind tibie not, front tibiee very

slightly or scarcely incrassate; basal two-thirds or three-

African Phlebotomie Diptera. 291

fourths of first joint of middle and hind tarsi dull ochraceous

buff, first joint of front tarsi sometimes faintly lighter

(chestnut) at base.

Angola: type and five other specimens from either

Bailundo or Kwanjulula, November to December 1904

(Dr. F. Creighton Wellman) ; two additional specimens from

Bailundo, April 1905, “taken at a point about 175 miles

south-west of the most easterly locality at which the previous

examples of this species were found” (Dr. F. C. Wellman) ;

two specimens from Benguella, June 1905 (Dr. F. C. Well-

man). Concerning the first series met with the collector’s

field-note is as follows:—“ About 70 specimens taken in

small plains covered with tall grass, 230 to 310 miles from

coast. Sluggish.”” The ten specimens of this species just

enumerated exhibit a somewhat remarkable range in size;

since one of the examples taken in April is considerably

smaller than the rest of Dr. Wellman’s series, while those

collected in November and December are:larger than the

others, there may perhaps be some seasonal explanation of

the phenomenon.

Hematopota pallidimarginata is not closely allied to any

other species at present known to me, and its general dark

coloration, combined with the conspicuously banded abdo-

men and inconspicuously banded tibiz, should enable it to

be recognized without difficulty.

Hematopota desidiosa, sp. n.

? .—Length (1 specimen) 8 mm.; width of head 2°5 mm. ;

width of front at vertex 1 mm.; length of wing 8:25 mm.

Dark sepia ; dorsum of thorax with usual three light grey

or smoke-grey longitudinal stripes ; dorsum of abdomen with

extreme hind margins of all segments narrowly cream-coloured,

second and following segments each with a pair of ill-defined

yellowish grey spots, which are widely separated and on several

segments more or less confluent with the yellowish grey lateral

borders ; wings mouse-grey, light markings distinct and sharply

defined, usual three rosettes present, apical sinuous mark, at

least in typical specimen, unusually widely separated from distal

rosette; legs dark brown, femora greyish pollinose, middle

femora greyish cinnamon, a single ill-defined band close to base

of front tibie and two ill-defined bands on middle and hind

tibia respectively cinnamon.

Head: front mouse-grey, extreme lateral margins and a

narrow border surrounding each lateral frontal spot light

20*

292 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

yellowish grey, vertex with a light grey spot on each side ;

face and jowls light grey, area between lower inner margin

of eye and antenna on each side speckled with brown ; lateral

frontal spots clove-brown, conspicuous, narrowly separated

from eyes, median frontal spot fairly distinct ; frontal callus

clove-brown, of moderate depth, extending from eye to eye,

upper margin somewhat convex, lower margin slightly ex-

cavated above antenne; a small triangular clove-brown

median spot below callus; palpi isabella-coloured, terminal

jomt small and tapering, clothed on outer side with rough

black hair and on under side of basal half with whitish hair ;

antenne russet-brown, terminal joint darker on outer side,

its last three annuli clove-brown, first joint greyish pollinose,

small and short, scarcely incrassate though its inner margin

convex when viewed from above, upper angle of second

joint not produced, third joint not conspicuously elongate,

basal half of its basal portion but httle expanded, last

annulus about equal in length to two preceding annuli taken

together. Thorax: markings on dorsum difficult to dis-

tinguish in type, but all three longitudinal stripes apparently

entire, usual expansion of admedian stripes immediately

behind transverse suture scarcely noticeable, crescentic

marks on hind margin faintly indicated, yellowish grey;

pectus, pleurz, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey ; scutellum

with light grey area on each side, at base of lateral border.

Abdomen: dorsum pearl-grey on sides of first two segments ;

yellowish grey spots on dorsum scarcely visible when viewed

directly from above, most distinct when regarded at a low

angle from behind ; from certain angles dorsum appears

entirely yellowish grey pollinose ; dorsum clothed as regards

its median area with minute appressed brownish, and towards

sides with yellowish hairs ; venter mouse-grey, clothed with

minute appressed yellowish hairs, extreme hind margins of

second and following segments narrowly cream-coloured.

Wings: apical sinuous mark widely interrupted in second

submarginal cell; hind margin in type with a series of light

flecks, situated respectively in distal marginal angles of second

and third posterior cells, and in both marginal angles of fifth

posterior cell; in typical specimen there is also a small light

fleck in distal extremity of axillary cell, and a scareely visible

one in distal marginal angle of fourth posterior cell; some

of usual oblique markings across posterior cells interrupted

or partly interrupted ; light markings in basal, anal, and

axillary cells normal, a very small light fleck on sixth longi-

tudinal vein beyond zigzag mark, latter in case of type

indistinctly connected with basal loop in axillary cell by a

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 293

partly incomplete light border to anal angle; discal cell with

two transverse light marks (the more distal one interrupted)

across middle third, and a small and rather indistinct light

fleck close to distal extremity ; stigma mummy-brown, well

marked and elongate, dark blotch below it not darker than

ground-colour; at proximal end of stigma a distinct light

mark (process from proximal rosette) running up to costa,

and a small light loop (upper extremity of distal rosette) in

marginal cell immediately beyond stigma. Halteres: stalk

cream-coloured, knob dark sepia. Legs: front tibiw scarcely,

middle and hind tibiz not incrassate; basal half or three-

fourths of first joint and extreme base of second and third

joints of middle and hind tarsi cinnamon.

Angola: Benguella, November—December 1904, from the

same locality as the following species (Dr. F. Creighton

Wellman).

Hlematopota desidiosa is a dusky, although not very dark

species, without conspicuous markings on* the body ; the

coloration of the antennz, simple apical sinuous mark in

the wing, widely separated from the distal rosette, and

obscurely banded tibize will help to distinguish it.

Hematopota molesta, sp. n.

? .—Length (3 specimens) 8°25 to9°5 mm.; width of head

2°25 to 2°5 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm. ; length

of wing 7°4 to 7°83 mm.

Dorsum of thorax dark olive-brown, with sides and usual

three longitudinal stripes grey ; dorsum of abdomen olive-

brown, sides of segments more or less olive-grey, third and

following segments each usually with a pair of more or less

distinct though not sharply defined yellowish grey or grey

admedian spots, often fused or partially fused with the grey

lateral borders, of which they form an extension towards the

middle line ; wings sepia, ight markings with a faint yellowish

tinge, usual three rosettes present, rather coarse and sometimes

largely fused together, apical sinuous mark slender, not bifur-

cate; legs dark brown, bands on tibie often hardly distinguish-

able, front tibie slightly lighter (mummy-brown) close to base,

but scarcely banded, middle and hind tibie each with a pair of

dull cinnamon bands, sometimes obsolete or nearly so in case

of hind tibie.

Head : front olive-grey, an olive-brown roughly triangular

spot on vertex on each side of middle line, face and jowls

light grey; lateral frontal clove-brown spots conspicuous,

narrowly separated from eyes, median frontal spot fairly

294 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

well marked; frontal callus clove-brown, rather narrow

from above downwards, extending from eye to eye, upper

margin nearly straight, lower margin excavated above

antennz; a small and not very conspicuous seal-brown spot

in middle line below callus; palpi smoke-grey or drab, ter-

minal joint fairly stout, clothed on outer side with rather

rough-looking blackish hair, sometimes, especially below,

interspersed with yellowish hair; antenne dark brown, first

joint greyish pollinose, short and slightly swollen, its

inner margin convex ; second joint with upper angle some-

what produced, third joint with basal portion but little

expanded, tapering towards tip, terminal annulus equal in

length to two preceding annuli taken together. Thoraz:

longitudinal grey stripes on dorsum not very conspicuous,

median stripe apparently entire, admedian stripes expanding

beyond transverse suture and then disappearing ; pectus,

pleure, and crescentic marks on hind margin of dorsum

smoke-grey ; dorsum of thorax and abdomen clothed with

minute, appressed, deciduous, straw-yellow hairs. Abdomen:

extreme hind margins of segments of dorsum, except last or

last two, sometimes narrowly cream-buff ; olive-brown area

of dorsum sometimes reduced, to a narrow median longi-

tudinal stripe, remainder of each segment being yellowish

grey; venter clothed like dorsum with adpressed straw-

yellow hairs, yellowish grey, with more or less conspicuous

dark olive-brown longitudinal stripe. Wéings: usual series

of oblique marks across posterior cells distinct; lght

markings at each extremity of both basal cells coarse;

divided light spot on sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag

mark variable in size, sometimes large, sometimes scarcely

visible ; in axillary cell zigzag mark and basal loop coarse,

former curving obliquely towards latter and sometimes

joining it ; discal cell with a coarse transverse light mark

at each extremity of middle third, and an additional light

mark close to each end, these marks often more or less fused

together ; stigma sepia, elongate and very conspicuous; a

small light fleck next costa in apex of second costal cell

above proximal extremity of stigma, not connected with

proximal rosette; a more or less well-marked light loop,

sometimes almost a complete circle, in marginal cell beyond

distal extremity of stigma; alula for most part pale, some-

times slightly infuscated towards centre. Halteres cream-

buff, knob seal-brown at base above and below. Legs: front

tibiz slightly incrassate distally, middle and hind tibiz not

incrassate ; basal two-thirds or three-fourths of first joint of

middle and hind tarsi, and extreme base of second and third

joints of hind tarsi, dull cinnamon or buff.

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 295

Angola: three specimens (co-types) from Benguella,

November—December 1904 (Dr. F. Creighton Wellman).

The collector writes with reference to this species:— Six

specimens taken in thick bush, 125 miles from coast.”

Hematopota molesta is not closely allied to any other

species at present known to me. From H. inflaticornis,

Austen (the original series of which was taken by Dr.

Creighton Wellman in Bihé, Angola, 175 miles further

from the coast, at about the same time as the specimens of

H. molesta, and to which the latter presents a certain slight

resemblance owing to the abdominal markings), the new

Species may at once be distinguished, inter alia, by the much

narrower head and narrower abdomen, much smaller, shorter,

and less swollen first joint of the antenna, darker wings,

much larger and more conspicuous stigma, and obscurely

banded tibiz.

Hematopota virgatipennis, sp. n.

?.—Length (3 specimens) 10°25 to 12 mm.; width of

head 2°6 to 3 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 to 1-4 mm. ;

width across base of second segment of abdomen 2°25 to

2°6 mm. ; width across base of seventh segment of abdomen

1 to 1°25 mm.; length of wing 8°5 to 9°5 mm.

Elongate species, with tapering abdomen, and a conspicuous

pale longitudinal streak in middle of wing.— Dorsum of thorax

dark olive-brown, with usual three longitudinal stripes olive-

grey or yellowish grey ; dorsum of abdomen yellowish grey,

second and two following segments each with a pair of very

conspicuous, backwardly directed, admedian dark sepia blotches ;

wings sepia, usual three rosettes present, but partly obscured

by the pale longitudinal streak, which extends from either base

or distal extremity of first basal cell to apical sinuous mark,

where latter meets lower branch of third longitudinal vein ;

legs pale mummy-brown to cinnamon, front tibie with a single

more or less indistinct pale band close to base, middle and hind

tibie each with two pale bands.

Head: front dark brown, lateral borders (which expand

on vertex), a ring surrounding each lateral frontal spot, and

a median stripe extending from median frontal spot to

occiput yellowish grey or olive-grey ; face and jowls light

grey, a more or less distinct small dark spot below each

antenna and sometimes indications of a horizontal dark

brown streak between lower inner margin of eye and antenna

on each side; lateral frontal clove-brown spots large, con-

spicuous, not in contact with eyes, median frontal spot small

but distinct ; frontal callus mummy-brown in centre, dark

sepia at sides, of moderate depth or somewhat narrow from

296 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

above downwards, extending from eye to eye, upper margin

raised into an angle in middle, somewhat concave on each side

of median line, lower margin very close to antenne, above

which it is excavated ; a small but distinct clove-brown spot

in middle line below callus ; eyes in life with four horizontal

dark bands ; palpi ochraceous buff or sometimes isabella-

coloured, terminal joint elongate, but not attenuate, clothed

on outer side with short black hairs ; antenne russet-brown,

last three annuli of Jast joint dark brown or clove-brown,

first jomt short and small, not incrassate, upper angle of

second joint not produced, third joint narrow, scarcely wider

at base. Thorax: dorsum with median grey stripe narrow

and entire, admedian stripes interrupted or more or less

indistinct after usual expansion behind transverse suture,

crescentic marks on hind margin present; pectus, pleure,

and sides of dorsum yellowish grey or smoke-grey, a more or

less distinct horizontal dark brown streak on dorso-humeral

region immediately above dorso-pleural suture ; scutellum

yellowish grey or olive-grey, on dorsum with a pair of ad-

median olive-brown blotches, distal extremities of which

extend on tohind margin. Abdomen : median area of dorsum

of first segment except hind margin olive-brown ; dark sepla

blotches on second, third, and fourth segments somewhat

tapering, not reaching hind margins, with their bases resting

on front margins of segments and their inner borders slightly

curved, so that on each segment there is a narrow, elongate,

yellowish grey median triangle with its base resting on hind

inargin ; fifth and sixth segments each with a pair of similar

but less distinct dark sepia admedian blotches ; on seventh

segment the blotches, if present, are fused together, so that

dorsum of this segment then appears almost wholly dark

sepia; on fifth and following segments each dark sepia blotch

is usually marked with a more or less distinct yellowish grey

fleck ; venter yellowish grey, with a more or less distinct dark

brown longitudinal median stripe, extreme hind margins of

segments for most part paler (cream-buff). Wings: pale

longitudinal streak occupies first posterior cell with exception

of distal portion, it is very sharply defined and is limited

above by third longitudinal vein, from about level of

distal extremity of discal cell onwards its lower margin

diverges from fourth longitudinal vein; first basal cell also

either entirely or almost entirely pale, second basal cell with

coarse double light marking at each extremity, the two pairs

of markings sometimes connected by a light bar immediately

below fourth longitudinal vein; apical sinuous mark small

and inconspicuous, interrupted on upper branch: of third

African Phleb.tomie Diptera. 297

longitudinal vein, portion of apical mark between second

longitudinal and upper branch of third longitudinal vein

further from apex of wing than lower portion ; usual series

of oblique marks across posterior cells small and incon-

spicuous, sometimes more or less broken up into spots; faint

traces of light blotches sometimes visible on hind margin,

in marginal angles of certain posterior cells ; light blotch on

sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark usually large and

conspicuous ; light loop at base of axillary cell and zigzag

mark connected along sixth longitudinal vein by a broad light

bar, proximal extremity of which extends across anal cell to

fifth longitudinal vein ; discal cell with a coarse curved light

mark at proximal and two transverse light marks (sometimes

joined into a roughly shaped ring) at distal extremity ;

costal cells pale ochraceous buff; stigma mummy-brown, of

moderate length, its proximal extremity ochraceous buff;

marginal cell beyond stigma with a well-marked light loop,

in addition to which there is a transverse light mark near

distal extremity of marginal cell; alula with a dark centre

surrounded by apale border. Halteres cream-buff or cream-

coloured, knob sometimes brownish at base above and below.

Legs: tibiz not incrassate ; tarsi dark brown towards tips,

first joint of middle and hind tarsi except tip cream-buff.

Angola: type and two other specimens from Benguella,

November—December 1904, “four specimens in thin bush ”

(Dr. F. Creighton Wellman).

This well-marked species is readily distinguishable by its

wing-markings from any of its congeners at present known

to me ; the narrow tapering abdomen, with the conspicuous

dark brown blotches on the dorsum, also serves to give the

species a distinctive character.

Hematopota hostilis, sp. n.

¢ —Length (2 specimens) 8°3mm.; width of head 2°5 to

2°6 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm. to Just over 1 mm.;

length of wing 8:25 mm.

Basal portion of third joint of antenne ochraceous rufous ;

dorsum of thorax olive, usual three longitudinal stripes

yellowish grey, indistinct ; dorsum of abdomen yellowish grey,

without distinct spots, hind margins of segments paler, second

and following segments each with an olive-brown area in

middle, which, except in case of last segment, is more or less

distinctly divided by a yellowish grey median longitudinal

stripe ; wings pale sepia, light markings of normal type and

clearly defined ; legs cinnamon, front tibie sometimes with a

Saint indication of a pale band on basal third, middle and hind

298 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

tibie each with two pale bands, which may be so faint as to be

indistinguishable.

- Head: front mouse-grey, extreme lateral margins, a ring

surrounding each lateral frontal spot, and sometimes a

narrow median stripe running up to vertex from median

frontal spot yellowish grey or light grey; face and jowls

smoke-grey, space between antenna and lower inner margin

of eye on each side more or less speckled with dark brown

or with a more or less distinct dark brown horizontal streak ;

clove-brown lateral frontal spots of small or moderate size,

not in contact with eyes, median frontal spot small and

inconspicuous or obsolete ; frontal callus tawny olive to dark

sepia, rather narrow from above downwards, extending from

eye to eye, but upper angles sometimes rounded off, upper

and lower margins straight or nearly so; a small and incon-

spicuous Vandyke-brown spot in middle line below callus ;

palpi isabella-coloured, terminal joint moderately stout,

clothed on outer side with black hairs; first and second joints

of antenne pale cinnamon, first joint short and small, not or

scarcely incrassate, greyish pollinose and clothed with black

hairs above, upper angle of second joint very slightly pro-

duced, basal portion of third joint of moderate breadth,

tapering but not markedly elongate, last three annuli darker,

terminal annulus clove-brown, two preceding annuli burnt-

umber coloured. Thorax: dorsum (including scutellum)

clothed with short, yellowish, deciduous hairs ; pectus and

pleuree smoke-grey or drab-grey ; scutellum with hind border

and an ill-defined median stripe yellowish grey. Abdomen:

dorsum clothed with short, appressed, pale buff-yellow hairs ;

olive-brown area in middle of second segment much broader

than corresponding areas on subsequent segments, on which,

however, an offshoot from median area extends outwards

_parallel with and in front of hind margin; venter yellowish

grey pollinose, hairy covering as on dorsum, hind margins

of ségments except first cream-buff, traces of an ill-defined

dark median longitudinal stripe, interrupted on hind borders

of segments, sometimes distinguishable. Wings: usual three

rosettes present, their outlines sometimes consisting of very

fine lines, each rosette, apart from two or three light flecks

towards centre, and in case of proximal rosette three light

blotches occupying base of first submarginal and first poste-

rior cells and apex of first basal cell respectively, composed

of a single series of markings; apical sinuous mark simple

and apparently obsolescent, widely interrupted in second

submarginal cell ; usual series of oblique marks across poste-

rior cells distinct, marks in first three posterior cells each

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 299

divided into two spots; hind margin with more or less

distinct light blotches in distal marginal angles of second,

third, and fifth posterior cells, and sometimes with additional

light blotches in proximal marginal angle of fifth posterior

cell and elsewhere ; light blotch on sixth longitudinal vein

beyond zigzag mark obsolete or very small and indistinct ;

in axillary cell zigzag mark and basal light loop not con-

nected ; light markings in basal cells of normal type; discal

cell with two transverse light marks across middle third and

a third light fleck (sometimes very small) near distal extre-

mity ; stigma of moderate length, pale mummy-brown, its

proximal extremity tawny olive, but no distinct light mark

running up from proximal rosette to costa; marginal cell

with a well-defined oval light loop at distal end of stigma.

Halteres: knob seal-brown, outer margin cream-buff, stalk

cream-coloured. Legs: neither front nor hind tibize in-

crassate; front tarsi, tips of front tibiae and of joints of

middle and hind tarsi mummy-brown, basal two-thirds of

first joint of middle and hind tarsi tawny olive.

Angola: type and one other specimen from the vicinity of

the Keve River, Benguella, November—December 1904

(received from Dr. F. Creighton Wellman).

Hematopota hostilis must not be confused with H. drevi-

cornis, Austen, the typical series of which was also obtained

by Dr. Creighton Wellman in Benguella, and to which it

presents some slight resemblance; the new species may be

distinguished, inter alia, by the longer and more slender

antennee, the absence of spots on the abdomen, and the much

greater fineness of the wing-markings, which are also more

restricted in extent.

Hematopota tenuicrus, sp. n.

? .—Length (1 specimen) 7°5 mm. ; width of head just

over 2 mm.; width of front at vertex 0°38 mm.; length of

wing 7 mm.

Mummy-brown, abdomen dark brown; on dorsum of thorax

the sides and three conspicuous parallel longitudinal stripes

yellowish grey ; dorsum of abdomen with hind margin and sides

of each segment yellowish pollinose; wings sepia, light

markinys distinct and rather fine, usual three rosettes present,

a broad dull light curved transverse streak close to tip of wing

beyond apical sinuous mark, and a series of large dull light

blotches on hind margin (in distal marginal angles of all poste-

rior cells and at distal extremity of axillary cell) ; legs light

mummy-brown, tibie without bands and not incrassate.

Head: front light mummy-brown, with usual darker

300 On new African Phlebotomic Diptera.

quadrate blotch on vertex divided by narrow median grey .

stripe and not extending to sides, extreme lateral margins of

front and an area next eye below each lateral frontal spot

light grey; face and jowls smoke-grey, a dark seal-brown

elongate mark on upper part of face between eye and an-

tenna on each side, but not in contact with eye; clove-

brown lateral frontal spots distinct, ovate, extending down-

wards and inwards, almost reaching frontal callus below and

ahove each in contact with eye by means of a narrow hori-

zontal pedicel, median frontal spot wanting in case of type; _

frontal callus tawny olive, rather narrow from above down-

wards, extending from eye to eye, but upper angles rounded

off, upper margin nearly straight, lower margin excavated

above autenne; a small seal-brown spot or double spot in

middle line below callus ; palpi brownish isabella-coloured,

terminal joint moderately elongate but rather blunt at tip,

clothed on outer side with black hairs ; first joint of antenne

cinnamon, greyish pollinose, very short, distinctly incrassate

when viewed from above, second joint somewhat paler, its

upper angle not conspicuously produced, third joint wanting

in case of type. Thorax: three stripes on dorsum entire and

parallel instead of converging, posteriorly, median stripe

behind transverse suture much narrower than admedian

stripes, usual crescentic marks on hind margin indistin-

guishable in type; pleure yellowish grey; scutellum with

median stripe and a patch at base on each side yellowish

grey. Abdomen: dorsum with a pair of orange-buff pollinose

admedian spots on third and each following segment, in

eontact with hind margin and tending to become fused with

lateral yellowish pollinose patches; venter with posterior

angles and extreme hind margins of segments yellowish

pollinose. Wings: rosettes simple, their borders not broken

up into spots; discal cell in type with a transverse light

mark at end of proximal and another at commencement of

distal third, and also with a small and duller light fleck at each

extremity; in axillary cell zigzag mark and basal loop not

distinctly connected, light blotch on sixth longitudinal vein

beyond zigzag mark almost or quite obsolete ; usual series of

oblique light marks across posterior cells sharply defined ;

light marks in basal cells of normal type; stigma mummy-

brown, long, and well marked, no ight mark running up to

costa at its proximal extremity; usual light loop (upper

portion of distal rosette) in marginal cell beyond stigma in

case of type represented merely by two small light flecks.

Halteres: knob Vandyke-brown, stalk cream-buff. Legs:

middle and hind tarsi pale cinnamon.

Mammals from the Malay Peninsula and Islands. 301

Northern Nigeria: Akwatcha, Bassa Province, June 1906

(PraG. J. Pirie).

Although on a cursory inspection Hematopota tenuicrus

might possibly be mistaken for a pale form of H. lacessens,

Austen, which also occurs in Northern Nigeria, it is, apart

from other characters, easily distinguishable owing to the

non-incrassate front tibie ; the fact that the thoracic stripes

remain parallel instead of, as is usually the case, converging

posteriorly will also serve as a means of distinguishing the

present species.

- XXXIII.—On Mammals from the Malay Peninsula and

Islands. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS,

Tue British Museum owes to Mr. Herbert C. Robinson, of

Selangor, a further fine collection of Malayan mammals,

mostly collected by him during an exploration of the high

ground separating the States of Selangor and Pahang.

During their determination I have made the following notes,

both on them and on other Malayan mammals in the Museum

collection.

Symphalangus syndactylus continentis, subsp. n.

While the Siamang is common in Sumatra, it is rare on the

Malay Peninsula, and but few specimens have ever been sent

home for examination. One was received from Mr. Robinson

in 1906 and is referred to in Mr. Bonhote’s account of the

Mammals of the Gunong Tahan Expedition*, and now

another comes from the Semangko Pass, Selangor-Pahang

Boundary. Both are fine old males, and have afforded me

a good opportunity of comparing the Malay form with that

found in the Island of Sumatra. The result is that the

Malay form proves to beslightly different from the Sumatran

one, and may be diagnosed as follows :—

External characters quite as in true syndactylus, except

that the size, in agreement with the skulls, will no doubt

rove to be rather less.

Skull smaller and more lightly built than in syndactylus,

Face lower, the orbits smaller and rather less heavily ridged.

Muzzle markedly less projecting when viewed from above.

Nasal opening decidedly narrower. Tooth-row shorter.

Mandible slenderer, its height below the molars less than in

“syndactylus.

* Journ. Fed. Mal, States Mus, ili. p. 1 (1908).

302 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 846 mm.; hind foot 164; ear 34.

Skull *: greatest length 127 ; basal length 93°5; condylo-

basal length 103 ; zygomatic breadth 89; nasal opening

21x14; external orbital breadth 71:5 ; intertemporal breadth

43°5; mastoid breadth 77; front o£ canine to back of m*

41:2.

Fab. Malay Peninsula. Type from the Semangko Pass,

Selangor-Pahang Boundary; alt. 3000’.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 8.7.20.1. Original number

564. Collected 26 January, 1908, by Mr. H. C. Robinson.

GALEOPTERUS.

The receipt of a fine series of the Javan Galeopterus

presented to the Museum by Mr. W. E. Balston, the loan of

the typical skull of G. undatus, Wagner, from the Munich

Museum, and the receipt of the Malay Galeopteri from

Mr. Robinson have afforded me the opportunity of re-examin-

ing the members of this genus occurring in the Malay

Peninsula, Java, and Borneo.

In the first place, I find that the Javan species, which I

provisionally called G. undatus in my previous paper, may

bear the name of G. variegatus, Geotf., on the ground that

although no definite locality was given in the original

description, nor in that by Desmarest in 1820, yet the animal

was so distinctly stated to be from Java in Geoffroy’s 1829

paper that, in the absence of any discordant character, this

may be accepted as fixing the type locality. The fact that

such fixing was done by the original author himself may be

taken as indicating that he had received evidence as to the

locality of his species, or even that he had found out the true

locality of his original type specimen.

Under these circumstances I propose to accept the name of

G. variegatus for the Javan species.

In a general way this species is characterized by its com-

paratively dark colour, large size, large teeth, and the almost

entire absence of sexual difference in size. ‘The skulls before

me are ten in number, all fully adult, besides some young

ones, and they are all remarkably uniform in size, 75-76 mm.

in condylo-basal length, this range including seven males

and the largest female; while one female is only 72 mm. in

* These measures may be compared with those of an adult male skull

of syndactylus given by Mr. Miller, Smiths. Misc. Coll. xly. p. 70 (1903),

remembering that Mr. Miller’s “ basal length” is what is now known as

condylo-basal length, and his “ basilar length ” as basal length,

the Malay Peninsula and Islands. 303

length. In other species the female averages markedly

larger than the male, but here we have the smallest specimen

of the female sex.

With regard to G. undatus, of which the type skull has been

courteously lent me by the authorities of the Munich Museum,

I find that it cannot be referred to G. variegatus, as it is still

larger, being the largest Galeopterus skull on record, with a

condylo-basal length of no less than 82°5 mm. Its exact

locality remains to be discovered.

Then with regard to the smaller smaller-toothed Malayan

and Bornean forms, I am still unable to find any difference

between the latter and a specimen from the Natuna Islands,

representing G. natune, Mill. Possibly G. gracilis, Mill.,

from Sirhassen will also prove to be the same.

But the additional material from the Malay Peninsula

indicates that the form found there is constantly larger, and

since no name appears to be applicable to it, I wouid suggest

that of

Galeopterus peninsula, sp. n.

General colour in the grey phase pale, as in Sumatran and

Bornean specimens, decidedly paler than in G. variegatus.

Skull, while smaller than in G. undatus, variegatus, and

temminckit, averaging decidedly larger than in the Bornean

and Natuna forms, and with the same marked sexual

difference in favour of the female.

Dimensions of the male (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 345 mm.; tail 271 ; hind foot 65; ear 21.

The measurements of the typical female were not taken.

Skulls :— 3. Q (type).

mm. mm.

Condylo-basal length .............. 68 72°5

A 0200s 46 50°4

Interorbital breadth ...........005 182 22'3

Breadth of brain-case .............. 26 25°7

MB ERIIONTENG Five cs ee ee eens 33 35'5

Length of upper tooth-row ........ 30°5 37

meeopper Molars .,....+-ss0.% 10°2 Ths

Hab. Malay Peninsula. Type from the Semangko Pass,

Selangor-Pahang Boundary.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 8. 7.20.10. Original

number 632. Collected 23 February, 1908, by H. C.

Robinson. Presented by the Selangor Museum.

Sciuropterus genibarbis, Horsf.

On extracting the skull of the type specimen of this species,

from Java, I find that it is by no means quite like those in

304 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from

the Museum collection from the Malay Peninsula and Borneo,

each of these latter having distinctive characters of their

own. The true S. gentbarbis has long narrow nasals, a very

narrow interorbital region, and a much narrower palate than

any of the other specimens in the Museum.

Externally all are closely similar, though the type is so

faded that the Javan form may possess colour-characters

which will only be perceptible on fresh specimens. . By the

skulls, however, the two following races may be dis-

tinguished :—

Sciuropterus genibarbis malaccanus, subsp. n.

Size and other essential characters as in true S. genzbarbis,

but the nasals markedly shorter and broader, the teeth heavier,

and the palate broader.

General colour above rich chestnut, greyer on the head and

fore-quarters. Under surface clay-colour. ‘T’ail dark brown

above, more rufous below.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (stretched) ; tail 190 mm. ; hind foot 30.

Skull: basilar” length (c.) 82°5; greatest breadth 25;

nasals, length 10, greatest breadth 6°4, breadth posteriorly

4-2; breadth of brain-case 18°7; palatilar length 17°3 ;

breadth of palate outside m’ 9°3; length of upper tooth-series

exclusive of p* 7°4.

fab. Malacca.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 60.5.4. 83. Collected by

Dr. T. Cantor. Presented by the Hast India Company.

‘Two specimens.

The broad short nasals are the most marked characteristic

of this form.

Sciuropterus genibarbis borneoensis, subsp. n.

Like true genibarbis in the shape of the nasals, but the

interorbital region and palate broad, as in malaccanus,

markedly broader than in the Javan form.

Colour as in malaccanus, or (as, for example, in the type)

rather paler, the posterior dorsal colour approaching Ridgway’s

‘‘ vinaceous cinnamon.”

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 190 mm.; tail 160 ; hind foot 32.

Skull: basilar length (c.) 32; greatest breadth 24°8;

nasals, length 9°4, greatest breadth 4°6, posterior breadth

3°53; interorbital breadth 8; breadth of brain-case 19;

palatilar length 17°3; breadth of palate inclusive of m* 9°5;

length of upper tooth-series exclusive of p” 7°6,

the Malay Peninsula and Islands. 305

flab. Northern Borneo. Type from the Bakong River,

Baram, E. Sarawak.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 99.12.9.35. Collected

¢ May, 1893, and presented by Dr. Charles Hose. Four

Bornean specimens examined,

Sciuropterus (Hylopetes) belone, sp. n.

Most closely allied to S. aurantiacus and S. spadiceus.

Colour as in all the members of the sagztta group, blackish slaty

above, broadly washed with fulvous on the head and back ; the

under surface white to the bases of the hairs anteriorly and

down the middle line of the belly, grey-based with buffy tips

on the sides of the belly and inner sides of the hind limbs.

Tail dark brown above and below, its middle layer buffy ;

the midrib below buffy proximally, dark brown terminally ;

the tail is about as long as in aurantiacus, longer than in

spadiceus.

Skull very similar to that of S. aurantiacus, of which the

type is now in the British Museum, but with the nasals

longer and more narrowed behind, the teeth broader, and the

bulle less inflated vertically, but longer Horizontally. As

compared with that of S. spadiceus, the nasals do not project

backwards beyond the frontal processes of the premaxille,

and the teeth are very markedly broader.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 138 mm.; tail136; hind foot 26 ; ear 22.

Skull: greatest length 35; basilar length 27:5; greatest

breadth 22°3 ; nasals 10:2; palatilar length 15°6; horizontal

length of bulla 10°2; length of upper tooth-series exclusive

of p® 6°8.

Hab. Pulo Terutau, Straits of Malacca.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 8.7. 20.61. Original number

523. Collected 1 December, 1907. Presented by the

Selangor Museum.

This will probably prove to be the small Flying Squirrel

of the whole of the Malay Peninsula, but as yet members of

this group are so rare that but few localities are represented.

Its two nearest allies are S. spadiceus from Arakan and

S. aurantiacus from Banka, but it differs from the former

by its longer tail and broader teeth, and from the latter by

its narrower nasals and differently shaped bulle. The re-

maining members of the group—S. sagitta, Linn. (8. lepidus,

Horsf.), from Java, S. everetti, Thos., from the Natunas,

and S. harrisoni, Stone, from Borneo—are all larger than

S. belone.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. u. 21

306 Mammals from the Malay Peninsula and Islands.

Sciurus robinsoni alacris, subsp. n.

Very like S. robinsoni, Bonh.*, in all essential respects, but

the crown is suffused with buffy, owing to the presence of buffy

subterminal rings on the hairs, the fore-back is almost as

buffy as the hind-back, and the under surface is sharply

defined white or creamy white instead of the buff or cream-

buff, darkening almost to ochraceous buff on the inner side of

the hind legs, characteristic of typical robinsont. The upper

surface is therefore more buffy, and the under surface less so

than in the older-known form.

In the skull the bulle (one specimen only perfect) are

rather larger than in the type of robinsond, and the incisors

(of all four specimens) are a little more markedly thrown

forward (less vertical), and their front surface is yellow

instead of reddish orange.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 105 mm. ; tail 92; hind foot 30; ear 12.

Skull: greatest length 34; basilar length 26; greatest

breadth 20; upper tooth-series 6-2.

Hab. of type. Semangko Pass, Selangor - Pahang

Boundary ; alt. 3000’. Other specimens from Cheras and

Ginting Bidei, Selangor. :

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8. 7. 20, 43. Original

number 613. Collected 24 February, 1908, by Mr. Herbert

C. Robinson, and presented by the Selangor Museum.

Four specimens examined.

This would appear to be a more southern race of S. robin-

sont, which was discovered in 1901 by Mr. Robinson on

Bukit Besar, a mountain on the Jalor-Nawnchik Boundary.

Laria insignis jalorens’s, Bonh.

Two forms of insignis were described from the Malay

Peninsula almost simultaneously by Bonhote ¢ and Miller t;

the one (jalorensis) greyish and the other (peninsula) a

bright and comparatively fulvous animal.

Whether these are seasonal phases of one form, or are

local races inhabiting respectively the high ground ( jalorensis)

and the low (pentnsulw), the material available is not

sufficient to show.

The four adult specimens now received from the Semangko

Pass, killed in February, are all of the true Jjalorensis type.

* Fasciculi Malayenses, Zool. i. p. 24 (1903).

+ Funambulus insignis jalorensis, Bonhote, Fase. Malay., Zool. i. p. 25

(July 1903).

{ Funambulus peninsula, Miller, Smiths, Misc. Coll. xly. p. 25

(November 1903).

A new Jerboa from China. 307

XXXIV.—A new Jerboa from China.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

HITHERTO the only Jerboa known from China has been the

five-toed Allactaga mongolica, Radde (A. annulata, M.-EKdw.),

and it has therefore been with much interest that I have

examined a three-toed species from Shensi, recently pre-

sented to the National Museum by Mr. A. de C. Sowerby.

It proves to be a distinct form allied to Dipus sagitta, Pall.,

and may be characterized as follows :—

D)ipus sowerbyt, sp. n.

Size considerably greater than in D. sagitta and its close

ally D. deasyt, B. Ham. General colour sandy buff varying

towards fawn, more or less- darkened along the dorsal area.

White lines on rump well defined, prominent. Head and

ears like body. Outer side of legs, from knees to ankles,

rich buffy, contrasting markedly with the pure white of

their inner surfaces. Fore limbs, whole of under surface, and

hind feet pure white, the long hairs under the toes slightly

suffused with buffy ; a narrow line under heel blackish.

‘Tail buffy or pale fawn above, white below; the terminal

half-inch white, the blackish band preceding it about three

quarters of an inch in length.

Skull comparatively stout and. heavy, its muzzle parti-

cularly broad, broader in proportion to the brain-case than in

the other species. Thus the breadth of the muzzle halfway

along the nasals is quite half the least interorbital breadth,

considerably less than half in D. deasy7t and sagitta. Bulle

larger than in J. deasy?, but of course not approaching their

development in the genus Jaculus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 116 mm.,; tail 169; hind foot 65; ear 22.

Skull: greatest length 34:5; basilar length 25°8 ; greatest

breadth 22; nasals 12°5; breadth of muzzle 5:2; inter-

orbital breadth 10; breadth of brain-case 18°3; palatilar

length 16°7 ; palatal foramina 5°7 x 3; length of upper tooth-

row (molars only) 5:5. .

flab. Yu-lin-fu, Shensi, China. Alt. 4000’.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8. 7.31.2. Original number

1790. Collected 29 April, 1908, and presented by Mr.

Arthur de C. Sowerby. Two specimens.

Of the two specimens, both taken the same day, the

younger, curiously enough, is much the brighter of the two,

being nearly as bright a buffy as D. sagitta, while the older

specimen (the type) is more drabby in tone.

308 A new Jerboa from China.

The discovery of this Jerboa extends very greatly the

known range of the three-toed Jerboas, which had hitherto

not been recorded east of Central Asia.

This animal, with its close allies D. sagitta and D. deasyi,

is clearly distinct generically from the other three-toed

Jerboas, and in finding a name to use for it I have had to

examine the generic nomenclature of the group with such

care and completeness as to enable me to claim the position

of “ first reviser”’ in the selection of types for certain of the

generic names.

The genera in question, with their characters and types,

would appear to be as follows :—

Jacu.vus, Erxl., 1777. Type Jaculus jaculus (Mus jaculus, Linn.), the

smaller Egyptian Jerboa.

Three hind toes. Three cheek-teeth only.

Type selected by tautonymy, “ Mus jaculus” being placed as a

synonym of Jaculus orientalis.

Dipvs, Zimm. * Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 354 (1780). Type Dipus sagitta

(Mus sagitta, Pall.).

Three hind toes. Four upper cheek-teeth.

The other species being exotic and otherwise unsuitable, the type of

this name has obviously to be either Mus jaculus, Pallas (mec Linn.),

the five-toed Russian Jerboa, or M. sagitta, Pall., the small three-toed

species. Both elimination and expediency indicate that the latter should

he selected as the type.

ALLACTAGA, F. Cuy. P.Z, S, 1836, p. 141. Type Mus jaculus, Pall.

Five-toed Jerboa.

Scirtopopa, Brandt, Bull. Ac. Pétersb. ii. p. 212 (1844). Type Dipus

mauritanicus, Duv. (equal or closely allied to Jaculus gerboa, Oliy.,

the large Egyptian Jerboa),

HALTICcus, id. ¢. c. p. 213. Type Dipus halticus, Hl.

Hatomys, id. t. c. p. 215. Type Dipus mauritanicus, Duy.

None of Brandt’s names standing for valid groups there is no need to

explain in detail my selections of their respective types.

The other names in the group do not need any special

examination.

Dipus, with its type D. sagitta, is therefore the proper

name for the genus to which D. sowerbyi belongs. This

genus is readily distinguishable from Jaculus both by the

persistence of the small upper premolar, absent in Jaculus,

and by the much less development of the bullz, which do

not surpass the occiput posteriorly. The molars also are

slightly more complex.

* Zimmermann quotes Schreber’s plates 228 and 229, and if these were

really already published the name should date from them, but it would not

alter the conclusions here come to. Sherborn puts down their date of

publication as 1782, two years later than Zimmermann’s book.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

No. 10. OCTOBER 1908.

XXXV.—Rhynchotal Notes—XLV. By W. L. Distant.

HoMoprTmreERA.

Fam. Cercopide.

Ethiopian Genera and Species.

Tux Ethiopian Cercopidze are now becoming much better

known to entomologists. Since Walker first described many

species and Stal laid the foundation of the study in his

‘Hemiptera Africana,’ recent workers have paid considerable

attention to the family. Among these contributors may be

mentioned Schouteden, who described and enumerated a

number of species principally from the Congo region (1901),

and Jacobi, who did the same for the fauna of North-east

Africa (1904). lLethierry, Karsch, Melichar, and the present

writer have also, from time to time, added to the list. The

British Museum contained a considerable quantity of

unworked material, of which the collection made by Neave

in North-west Rhodesia is particularly important, and that

made by Escalera in the Cameroon district of West Africa

has filled many lacune in the National Collection.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 22

310 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. ,

Subfam. 4A?zropyorinz.

Genus Pryexvus.

Ptyelus, St.-Farg. & Serv. Ene. Méth. x. p. 608 (1825).

Type, P. flavescens, Fabr.

Ptyelus combinatus, sp. n.

Body, legs, and tegmina black; a large central discal spot

to vertex, a broad transverse fascia to pronotum situate a

little-before middle, head beneath (excluding extreme basal

margin of face, which is widened into a spot between face

and eyes, and the posterior margins of clypeus), and a large

lateral spot near each anterior coxa, ochraceous or stra-

mineous ; wings pale fuliginous, with darker shadings;

vertex short, broad, about half as long as breadth between

the eyes, convexly rounded in front; face rather broadly

centrally longitudinally flattened for more than half its

length, the lateral areas transversely striate; rostrum

reaching the intermediate cox; posterior tibiz with two

prominent spines, the one nearer base smallest ; tegmina

very thickly, finely, and obscurely punctate, more piceous

than black, the posterior claval margin distinctly black.

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 80 mm.

Hab. Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to P. flavescens, Fabr., by the short, broad, and

convexly rounded vertex; by the fuliginous shading of the

wings allied to P. grossus, Fabr.

Ptyelus escalerat, sp. nu.

Body, legs, and tegmina pale ochraceous ; four small

spots at base of vertex in transverse series and two central |

spots before them, two central spots near anterior margin of

pronotum, basal joints of antenne, a small spot near anterior

coxe, apex of rostrum, a broad annulation to anterior tibie,

anterior and intermediate tarsi, and all the tarsal claws,

black ; tegmina with a small black discal spot before middle

somewhat surrounded by a small cluster of testaceous suffu-

sions ; wings pale grey hyaline, concolorous, without darker

suffusions ; vertex about half the length of breadth between

eyes, subangularly produced in front; face rather broadly,

longitudinally, centrally flattened for more than half its

length, the lateral areas transversely striate, rostrum reaching

the intermediate cox; pronotum very thickly and finely

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 311

punctate, with a central longitudinal carinate line which

terminates near anterior margin in a slight foveation.

Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm. ; exp. tegm. 32.mm.

Hab. Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to P. grossus, Fabr., but with the vertex a little

more angulate anteriorly, while from all the varieties of the

Fabrician species it differs by the pale unicolorous wings.

Genus Poopuitus.

Poophilus, St&l, Hem. Afr, iv. p. 72 (1866).

Type, P. actuosus, Stal.

Poophilus adustus *.

Piyelus adustus, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 710 (1851).

Vy,

' Hab. Congo, Sierra Leone.

Poophilus obscurus.

Piyelus obscurus, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 707 (1851).

Aphrophora obscura, Germ., MS.

Hab. §S. Africa.

Genus SEPULLIA.

Sepullia, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 79 (1866).

Type, S. murray1, Sign.

Sepullia murray?.

Clastoptera murrayi, Sign. in Thoms, Arch. Ent. ii, p. 333 (1858).

Sepulia murrayt, Stal, Hem, Afr. iv. p. 80 (1866).

Var—Head, pronotum, and tegmina stramineous, the

latter with the veins, apical margin, and confluent spots on

apical area black ; scutellum black ; body beneath and legs

as in the typical form.

- I possess both the black typical form and variety from

Calabar, where they were collected by the late Mr.

Rutherford.

Genus HEemMIAPrERUS.

Hemaapterus, Jacobi, Zool. Jahrb, xix. p. 777 (1904),

Type, H. decurtatus, Jacobi.

* The P. congolensis, Schout., which I have not seen, may be con-

specific with this species.

312 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Hemiapterus fasciatus, sp. n.

Body above black ; vertex in front of eyes, a central trans-

verse fascia to pronotum, and a broader transverse fascia

crossing tegmina at apex of scutellum and narrowing towards

costal margin, greyish white ; body beneath and legs black

or piceous; face greyish white, the apex and transverse sub-

striate lines black or piceous; disk of sternum ochraceous,

bases of femora and the posterior tarsi ochraceous; rostrum

passing the intermediate coxe, and excluding base, ochra-

ceous ; vertex a little shorter than pronotum, obtusely angu-

larly produced, the ocelli a little nearer to each other than to

eyes ; vertex, pronotum, and scutellum finely wrinkled and

granulose ; scutellum slightly longer than broad; tegmina

strongly convex, deflected on each side; face convex ; posterior

tibize with two spines.

Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm.

Hab. Cameroons (Hscalera, Byit. Mus.).

Hemiapterus variegatus, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum black or piceous; vertex

in front of eyes pale obscure ochraceous ; pronotum with a

transverse greyish fascia; body beneath and legs piceous

brown; face and cheeks stramineous, basal margin of face

black, its disk with transverse substriate piceous-brown

lines; sternum pale ochraceous ; tegmina piceous brown, a

narrow curved transverse fascia before middle and some

spots on apical area greyish white; vertex shorter than pro-

notum, obtusely angularly produced in frout; ocelli slightly

nearer to each other than to eyes ; pronotum with an obscure

central, discal, longitudinal impressed line ; vertex, pronotum,

and scutellum finely wrinkled and granulose; scutellum

slightly longer than broad; tegmina convex, deflected on

each side; face moderately convex ; clypeus with a central

longitudinal ridge ; posterior tibie with two spines.

Long., incl. tegm., 43 mm.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Jas. Foxcroft, Brit. Mus.).

Subfam. Czrcorr Zz.

Genus BAanpusIA.

Bandusia, St&], Hem. Afr. iv. p. 62 (1866).

Type, B. rubicunda, Walk.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 313

Bandusia innotata.

Monecphora innotata, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 87 (1858).

Hab. W.C. Africa.

Bandusia apicalis.

Literna? apicalis, Hagl. Géfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1899, no. 2, p. 51.

Hab. Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.).

AMBERANA, gen. Nov.

Vertex of head broader than long, obtusely angularly

produced in front of eyes; face broadly longitudinally

centrally sulcately impressed, the margins of this area ridged ;

pronotum almost as long as broad, convex, the anterior

lateral margins straightly oblique to head, the posterior

lateral margins oblique to basal angles of scutellum, anterior

margin transversely straight, posterior margin only mode-

rately concavely sinuate; scutellum longer than broad,

discally foveately impressed ; rostrum reaching the inter-

mediate cox ; posterior tibize with a prominent spine before

apex; tegmina long, narrow, three times as long as broad,

apices rounded, the apical area transversely veined ; wings

shorter than tegmina, a little more than twice as long as

broad.

Type, A. elongata, Dist.

By the sulcately impressed face allied to Literna, Stal,

from which, among other characters, it may be at once

separated by the narrow elongated tegmina.

Amberana elongata, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, scutellum, head beneath, prosternum,.

and legs black ; posterior legs with the femora and bases of

tibize ochraceous ; abdomen above and beneath sanguineous ;

meso- and metasterna testaceous or reddish ochraceous ;

tegmina black, a large elongate basal spot in clavus, a sub-

costal rounded spot above its apex, and a large transverse

spot before apical area, golden yellow; wings very pale

fuliginous ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., excl. tegm., 85 mm. ; exp. tegm. 25 mm.

Hab. Madagascar ; Mt. Amber (Brit, Mus.).

314 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

DavrPHINA, gen. nov.

Vertex of head a little broader than long, narrowing to

apex, which is broadly subangularly rounded; ocelli some-

what contiguous, much nearer to each other than to eyes ; face

broad, broadly longitudinally sulcately impressed, the margins

of this area ridged; pronotum almost twice as broad as

long, the lateral angles subprominent and subangulate, the

anterior lateral margins slightly rounded and obliquely

directed to head, the posterior lateral margins obliquely

sinuate to basal angles of scutellum, posterior margin con-

cavely sinuate; scutellum longer than broad, discally

foveately impressed ; rostrum reaching the intermediate

coxe; posterior tibie with a strong spine before apex ;

tegmina but a little more than twice as long as broad, their

apices rounded, transversely veined on apical area; wings a

little shorter than tegmina, more than twice as long as broad.

Type, D. lemuria, Dist.

By the sulcately impressed face allied to Literna, Stal, but

differing by the shape and size of the pronotum, &c.

Dauphina lemuria, sp. n.

Head and scutellum black; pronotum ochraceous, its

anterior margin (broadly) and posterior margin (narrowly)

black ; abdomen above, body beneath, and legs sanguineous ;

face, anterior and intermediate tibiz and tarsi, and apices

of the posterior tibiz and the tarsi black; lateral angles of

the prosternum ochraceous, inwardly narrowly black; teg-

mina with less than basal half ochraceous, outwardly margined

with a transverse black fascia inwardly continued on claval

suture but not reaching base, base of posterior claval margin

also black, the costal area sanguineous ; beyond this ochra-

ceous area the colour is pale brownish ochraceous, with the

apical margin broadly black; wings very pale fuliginous, the

basal area and posterior and apical margins fuscous ; vertex

foveate on each lateral area at inner margins of eyes ; pro-

notum thickly finely obscurely punctate, with - several

foveations in the anterior black area; rostrum sanguineous,

its apex black and reaching the intermediate cox; posterior,

tibiz with a single robust spine at about one-third before

apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm.

Hab, Madagascar; Fort Dauphin (M. J. Cloisel, Brit.

Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 315

Genus TRIECPHORA.

Triecphora, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 561 (1843); Dist. Insect.

Transvaal. pt. ix. p. 225 (1908).

Tomaspis, Stal (nec Amy. & Serv.), Hem. Afr. iv. p. 56 (1866).

Type, T. sanguinolenta, Scop.*

Triecphora nyasse.

Tomaspis nyass@, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 177; Waterh.

Aid Ident. Ens. t. xxiv, (1880-2).

Tomaspis mirabilis, Schout. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xlv. p. 118 (1902).

Hab. E. Africa.

Triecphora picturata, sp. n.

Head (including face), scutellum, pro- and mesosterna,

and legs black; posterior femora testaceous; pronotum

stramineous, the anterior and anterior-lateral margins black ;

abdomen above and beneath pale testaceous, the anal

segment black; metasternum stramineous. or pale testa-

ceous; tegmina black, nearly basal half (excluding broad

costal margin) and a large discal spot on apical area stra-

mineous, in some specimens the latter spot ochraceous ;

wings pale fuliginous; vertex broadly foveately apically

impressed ; pronotum very finely wrinkled, posterior tibize

with two strong spines, one near base, the other near middle ;

face centrally longitudinally carinate.

Long., excl. tegm., 64-7 mm.; exp. tegm. 19 mm.

Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; Kambove, Katanga (Neave, Brit.

Mus.).

Triecphora daltoni, sp. n.

Body and legs black; an elongate spot at each lateral

angle of the scutellum, margins of the abdominal segments

(very prominent above and much more obscure beneath), and

coxal spots sanguineous ; tegmina black, a short basal sub-

costal longitudinal streak and the apical third testaceous ;

wings very pale fuliginous, subhyaline, piceous at base and

fuscous at apical margin; vertex with a basal central longi-

tudinal ridge, on each side of which is a broad central longi-

tudinal foveation ; pronotum rugosely punctate; face very

* This species has usually been ascribed to Linnzus, but Maurice

Royer has recently (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1906, p. 297) shown that Linnzeus

included three species under that name and that the species is definitely

fixed by Scopoli (Ent. Carn. p. 112, fig. 830, 1763).

316 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

prominent and centrally longitudinally ridged, greyishly

transversely striate on each lateral area; rostrum about

reaching the intermediate coxe ; abdomen beneath densely

shortly greyishly pilose ; posterior tibiz with a single strong

spine about one-third before apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 23 mm.

fab. West Africa (Dalton, Brit. Mus.).

Triecphora johanne, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs pale

castaneous brown, abdomen above brownish ochraceous, apex

of scutellum pale ochraceous ; tegmina black, crossed by two

transverse greyish fasciz, the broadest near base, the nar-

rower at about one-third before apex ; wings pale fuliginous ;

head foveately impressed on each lateral area at inner side

of eyes; pronotum very finely wrinkled and punctate,

roundly subfoveately impressed on each side near anterior

margin and behind eyes; face angulate and very strongly

centrally longitudinally ridged; posterior femora with one

strong spine at about one-third before apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 24 mm.

Hab. Comoro Islands ; Johanna (Bewsher, Brit. Mus.).

This 1s the specimen referred to by Dr. Butler (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 41, 1879) as an apparently new

species of Phymatostetha, contained in a small collection of

Arachnida from the island of Johanna. It has been reset,

and is now in perfect condition.

Triecphora karschi, sp. n.

Tomaspis binotata, Karsch (nee Dist.), Stett. ent. Zeit. 1894, p. 114,

t. ii. fig. 8.

Karsch probably intended to ascribe this species to my

T. conspicua rather than to T. binotata, with which it has

little in common. From 7. conspicua it differs by havin

the abdomen above black, not sanguineous or dull reddish ;

the legs black ; tegmina with a small red spot nearer to apex

than the much larger spot in conspicwa. Structurally it is

distinct by the formation of the face, which is not “ robustly

and convexly tumid” as in conspicua, but smaller, com-

pressed, and with a very distinct central longitudinal ridge

extending about halfway from base.

flab. West Africa; Barombi (fide Karsch) ; Cameroons

(Lscalera, Brit. Mus.) ; Calabar (Rutherford, Coll. Dist.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 317

Genus Locris.

Loeris, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 57 (1866).

Type, L. rubra, Fabr.

Locris auripennis, sp. n.

Head above, pronotum, and scutellum orange-yellow ;

more than basal half of head, pronotum with a broad sub-

anterior fascia not reaching lateral margins, and a broad

basal fascia not reaching the posterior lateral angles, black ;

scutellum with four small basal black spots, one at each

basal angle and two (strongly foveate) between them ; abdo-

men above black, the segmental margins carmine-red ; body

beneath and legs black ; basal margin and central fascia to

face (the latter reaching to about middle), lateral areas of

prosternum (containing a black spot), apices of femora,

tibize, and tarsi orange-yellow, bases and apices of tibiz and

apices of tarsi black; metasternum more or less sanguineous ;

tegmina golden yellow, with two small black marginal spots,

one at apex of clavus, the other above it at costal margin ;

wings shining fuliginous, the basal area and apex blackish,

extreme base sanguineous; pronotum rugosely punctate,

more so on posterior half, with a central carinate line not

reaching anterior margin ; face compressed, centrally longi-

tudinally carinate ; posterior tibie with a strong spine at

about one-third from apex ; tegmina nearly three times as

long as broad.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 25-254 mm.

Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove (Neave, Brit.

Mus.).

Allied to L. erythromela, Walk., but a larger insect ;

colour of tegmina different, base of clavus concolorous, not

black, small foveate spots at base of scutellum, &c. The.

British Museum possesses a long series of this species.

Locris katangensis, sp. n.

Head black, a narrow ochraceous marginal spot in front

of each eye, face and clypeus black, the narrow ochraceous

spots above visible beneath on each side of base; pronotum

black, anterior and lateral margins connected with a central

transverse fascia, ochraceous; scutellum ochraceous, with

four small blackish obscure spots at base, the two central

spots foveate; abdomen above carmine-red, the lateral

margins black; body beneath and legs black, the tibiz

318 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

(excluding bases and apices) sanguineous; metasternum

more or less sanguineous, lateral margins of prosternum

ochraceous ; tegmina brownish ochraceous, bases of costal

and outer claval margins pale ochraceous ; wings fuliginous,

the basal and apical areas darker, extreme base sanguineous ;

pronotum coarsely punctate, posteriorly moderately rugose ;

face moderately compressed, outwardly convex, with a central

longitudinal carinate line ; posterior: tibize with a prominent

spine beyond middle.

Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. tegm. 23 mm.

Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; Kambove, Katanga (Neave, Brit.

Mus.).

Apparently somewhat allied to ZL. vestagans, Jacobi.

Locris spectabils, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; head with a spot

on each lateral margin in front of eyes and the anterior,

lateral, and posterior margins of pronotum ochraceous;

abdomen above brownish ochraceous, the lateral margins

macularly black ; body beneath black ; the ochraceous spots

to margins of head above visible on each side of face ; lateral

margins of prosternum ochraceous; legs pale testaceous,

anterior femora streaked above, intermediate and posterior

femora (excluding apices), apices of tibie, and the tarsi

black ; margins of the abdominal segments beneath testa-

ceous ; tegmina very pale ochraceous, their apices roseate ;

wings hyaline, a prominent black basal spot and the apical

and posterior margins fuscous ; pronotum punctate, slightly

rugose, with a central longitudinal carinate line neither

reaching the anterior nor posterior margins ; face sub-

globose, not prominently compressed, centrally longitudinally

carinate, outwardly convex; tegmina densely finely punc-

tate ; posterior tibie with a prominent spine at about one-

third from apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 24 mm.

Hab. N.W. Rhodesia ; Lualaba R. (Neave, Brit. Mus.),

Locris antinorit, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ;

a marginal spot on each side of head in front of eyes, anterior

and anterior-lateral margins of pronotum, a small spot near

apex of scutellum, a marginal spot between face and eyes,

and segmental margins to abdomen beneath, ochraceous ;

abdomen above sanguineous, the segmental margins paler,

and with a marginal series of large black segmental spots on

_ « \,

a ig ’

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 319

each side ; tegmina black; costal area from base to near

apex, where it is obliquely deflected inwardly, apical margin,

posterior claval margin, and some obscure macular discal

suffusions pale testaceous; wings pale fuliginous, subhyaline,

basal area and apical margin piceous, extreme base san-

guineous ; pronotum coarsely punctate and_ posteriorly

rugose, a fine central carinate longitudinal line not reaching

posterior margin ; face with a central longitudinal carinate

line; posterior tibiz with a moderately strong spine at

about one-third from apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 24 mm.

Hab. Abyssinia; Shoa (Antinori, Atkins. Coll., Brit.

Mus.).

Locris areata.

Monecphora areata, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 675 (1851).

Var.—Agreeing with typical LZ. areata, but tegmina with

nearly basal half of claval area continued upward in an

oblique fascia to near costal margin, pale ochraceous, this

ochraceous marking more or less margined with black spots

which vary in number and intensity in different specimens.

Note.—In typical specimens of L. areata there are

generally obsolete indications of the ochraceous basal

coloration.

The variety above described is represented in the British

Museum by specimens from Zanzibar, Tanganyika, and

EK. Witu in Brit. E. Africa.

Locris incarnata.

Monecphora incarnata, Walk. List Hom. iil. p. 677 (1851).

Locris distant, Schout. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xlv. p. 120 (1901).

This species is found in the Transvaal, a habitat which

may, perhaps, represent the “ Interior of South Africa,” as

given by Walker.

Var.— Many of the veins and a spot near ce tall margin in

the apical area of the tegmina ochraceous.

Hab, Angola (Brit. Mus ).

Var. angolensis.

All the sanguineous coloration replaced by ochraceous.

Hab. Angola (Brit. Mus.).

320 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Locris apicalis, sp. n.

Head black, the apical margin from in front of eyes san-

guineous ; pronotum sanguineous, a broad transverse ante-

rior fascia not reaching the lateral margins and a transverse

subbasal fascia medially interrupted, black ; scutellum black ;

abdomen above sanguineous, with a marginal segmental

series of black spots on each side; body beneath and legs

black; a central longitudinal fascia to face, the clypeus,

lateral margins of prosternum, anterior femora (excluding

base), apices of intermediate and posterior femora, the tibiz

and narrow segmental ventral margins, sanguineous, abdo-

minal apical segment sanguineous, with a black spot on each

side; tegmina sanguineous, the apical area black between

the veins, some of which are flavescent ; wings very pale

fuliginous, subbyaline, darker at basal area and on inner

membranal margin, extreme base sanguineous ; pronotum

punctate, not rugose ; face compressed, moderately centrally

longitudinally carinate; posterior tibie with a prominent

spine at about one-third from apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm. ;, exp. tegm. 22 mm.

Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove (Neave, Brit.

Mus.).

Allied to LZ, incarnata, Walk.

Locris rhodesiana, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; a lateral spot on

head in front of eyes and lateral and posterior margins of

pronotum sanguineous ; abdomen above sanguineous, shaded

with black, especially near base and apex ; body beneath and

legs blackish, apices of the femora, and the whole of the

tibize sanguineous ; tegmina with the basal third sanguineous,

remaining area creamy-white, darkening to pale ochraceous

between the veins on apical area, a large black oblique spot

commencing on costal margin of apical area, and the apical

marginal area irregularly spotted with piceous; wings

hyaline, about basal third and the apical margin piceous,

extreme base sanguineous; face globose; pronotum coarsely

punctate but not rugose, tegmina with the veins very

prominent, and the surface between them foveately depressed

except on basal third. '

Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm.; exp. tegm. 18 mm.

flab. N.E. Rhodesia; W. of Medona (D. Macdonald,

Brit. Mus.).

Allied to L. concinna, Dist., from Damaraland.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 321

Locris hindei, sp. n,

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath black; a

marginal spot in front of each eye and narrow lateral and

posterior margins to pronotum sanguineous; abdomen above

sanguineous, the base and some transverse fasciz black ;

femora black, their apices and the whole of the tibiz san-

guineous ; tarsi black, with their bases sanguineous ; the

ventral segmental margins and the base of anal segment

sanguineous ; tegmina with about basal third sanguincous,

followed by a central transverse stramineous fascia, remaining

area to apex fuscous, where the veins are sanguineous or

stramineous ; wings very pale fuliginous, hyaline, the base

and apical margin fuscous ; pronotum punctate, not rugose ;

tegmina densely and finely punctate, the veins on the apical

area prominently thickened ; face compressed, rounded in

front, not angularly prominent nor centrally carinate ; poste-

rior tibize with a moderately strong spine at about one-third

from apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm. ; exp. tegm. 17 mm.

Hab. Brit, E. Africa; Machakos (S. ZL. Hinde, Brit.

Mus.).

Locris neavet, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath black ; head

above with three marginal spots (one at apex and one in

front of each eye), a central longitudinal fascia to face,

clypeus, lateral and anterior margins to pronotum and a

central longitudinal fascia extending from base to middle,

Sanguineous ; abdomen above purplish red, the segmental

margins paler; legs sanguineous, bases of femora, apices of

tibiz, and the tarsi black ; tegmina with basal third san-

guineous, containing a fuscous streak on inner claval margin ;

this is followed by a central transverse stramineous fascia

much broadened on costal margin, remaining area to apex

black ; wings pale fuliginous, extreme base sanguineous ;

pronotum punctate, not rugose; tegmina densely finely

punctate ; face compressed, rounded, not angularly promi-

nent nor centrally carinate; posterior tibiz with a strong

spine at about one-third from apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. tegm. 19 mm.

Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove (Neave, Brit.

Mus.).

Locris kambovensis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ;

head with a testaceous marginal spot in front of each eye ;

Bs) bk a

322 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

bases and apices of cox, extreme bases and apices of femora,

abdomen above and base of abdomen beneath, dull san-

guineous; connexivum black; tegmina stramineous, with

castaneous suffusions which may be described as a short

linear basal longitudinal line, upper claval margin (excluding

base), a broad central longitudinal streak on apical half of

clavus, a broad transverse fascia commencing near middle of

costal margin and at middle of tegmen deflected and con-

tinued in two longitudinal fascize to apical area, which is

also castaneous, with its apical margin black; wings very

pale fuliginous and hyaline, base and apex fuscous, extreme

base dull sanguineous; pronotum punctate, not rugose;

tegmina densely finely punctate, the veins in apical area

raised and prominent ; face much compressed and angularly

prominent, centrally strongly carinate ; posterior tibise with

a strong spine at about one-third from apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 7-74 mm. ; exp. tegm. 20 mm.

fab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove and Lualaba R.

(Neave, Brit. Mus.).

Locris chersdnesia, sp. n.

Head above, pronotum, scutellum, face, and lateral margins

of prosternum golden yellow; abdomen above sanguineous; -

body beneath and legs sanguineous, face and prosternum

golden yellow; eyes, mesosternum, base of abdomen beneath,

coxal spots, and anterior and intermediate tarsi black;

tegmina golden yellow, a large roseate spot near middle of

costal area deflected to near middle of tegmen and then

continued in two longitudinal fasciz to apical area, which is

also roseate ; wings very pale fuliginous, subhyaline, basal

area blackish; pronotum punctate, not rugose; face com-

pressed, strongly centrally longitudinally carinate, laterally

finely transversely striate ; posterior tibiz armed with a long

spine at about two-thirds from base.

Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm. ; exp. tegm. 21 mm.

Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove (Neave, Brit.

Mus.),

Locris enea, sp. n.

Body pale bronzy ochraceous ; margins of the metanotum,

meso- and metasterna, abdomen beneath and legs black ;

anterior femora and anal abdominal segment bronzy ochra-

ceous ; tegmina brassy yellow, the apical and inner margins

narrowly fuscous; wings very pale fuliginous, subhyaline,

basal area infuscate ; pronotum punctate, but not rugose, and

Descriptions and Records of Bees. 323

with a distinct central longitudinal carinate line; lateral

areas of the abdomen above macularly black ; face mode-

rately compressed, medially centrally longitudinally carinate,

the lateral areas finely transversely striate ; posterior tibice

with a strong spine at about one-third from apex.

Var.—With the legs bronzy ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm. ; exp. tegm. 19 mm.

Hab. Tanganyika (Brit. Mus.). Transvaal; Waterval-

Onder (Ross, Coll. Dist.).

Locris submarginata, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ;

coxal spots and apices of femora sanguineous; abdomen

above sanguineous, the lateral margins and apex black ;

tegmina testaceous red, a curved fascia before apical area,

some large spots in the cells of apical area, and the

apical margin, which is strongly subdentately produced

inwardly, black; wings very pale fuliginous, subhyaline,

basal area piceous, extreme base sanguineous ; pronotum

punctate, not rugose ; face compressed, strongly centrally

longitudinally carinate ; posterior tibiz with a strong spine

at about one-third from apex ; tegmina densely finely punc-

tate, the veins on apical area moderately prominent.

Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. teem. 22 mm.

fab. N.W. Rhodesia; Lualaba R. (Neave, Brit. Mus.).

eens oer er iit a

XXXVI—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XX.

By 'T. D. A. CockERELL, University of Colorado.

Anthophora melfordt, sp. n.

Represented by the head, thorax, and first abdominal

segment, with the mouth-parts extended and the wings well

preserved. Black ; wings dusky hyaline, with black or very

dark brown nervures. Head almost 4 mm. long, and the same

in width; thorax about 5 mm. long and broad; anterior wing

just over 8 mm. long; extended mouth-parts about 44 mm.

- Legs robust, hairy; claws deeply cleft, the outer tooth much

longer than the inner ; anterior basitarsus with a lateral fringe

of long hair, of which the first hairs are longest and the others

successively shorter; middle tibial spur stout, very finely and

minutely pectinate, like the hind spur of Centris (from the

324 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

position of the leg the one spur visible appears to be on the

middle tibia of the left side, but from the pectination of the

spur I suspect that it is really the right posterior leg twisted

under the body); hair of legs dark fuscous ; tongue with

copious long hair, and extending more than 1360 w beyond

maxillee ; maxillee extending about 3230 mw beyond head ;

width of mouth-parts at base (where they leave the head)

about 1020 p. |

Venation normal both in anterior and posterior wings

(including the very oblique t.-m. of the latter), except that the

first r. n. reaches the second s.m. near the beginning of its

last third instead of at the middle. The following wing-

measurements are In pp :—

Length of marginal cello: cy n.5).. sas + anise 1750

ts first discoidal cell)... .. 5+. % s4b ase 2600

First t.-c. to insertion of firstr.n........... 0416 cee

Insertion of first r. n. to second t.-c. ....-....-08-. 255

Third Simv-on‘marginal;}. 1s. .glnt 2.4 ee 408

Lower side of third.€.m, <... si. . 54s ses ee 510

Length of third.s.m. in middle ..........0.-+.e0. 645

Marginal cell beyond third s.m. (eageeured along its

y “lower margin) 5... ..<4566anuen en sao 4 ee

The b. n. meets t.-m., the upper part of which is bowed

outwardly.

Hab, Florissant; fossil in the Miocene shales, Station 13 B

(Melford Smith, 1908).

This is the first genuine fossil Anthophora; the A. effossa,

Heyden, from Rott, exhibited no wings, and cannot be re-

ferred with certainty to any particular genus.

Calyptapis florissantensis, Ckll., 1906.

This genus and species were based on an imperfect specimen

obtained by Scudder, and were referred to the Hucerine

Anthophoride. A very good example collected in the

Miocene shales at Florissant in 1908 (Station 13 B, W. P.

Cockerell) enables me to determine that it is in fact a member

of the Bombide very close to Bombus in most respects, but

differing in the form of the third submarginal cell and in the

somewhat less specialized second submarginal.

It is stout-bodied, with hairy legs, quite as in Bombus;

head and thorax black; abdomen rather pale reddish, the

junctions of the segments marked by moderately broad light

bands; the abdomen is not noticeably hairy. The ‘hind

basitarsus is flattened and quadrate, broadly emarginate

Records of Bees. 325

apically, and with hairy margins; its dimensions in m are:

(1) length 1530, (2) breadth at base 1105, (3) breadth at

apex 900. Claws bifid, with the inner tooth much the

smaller and shorter, precisely-as in Bombus.

Wings clear, with pale nervures ; length of anterior wing

about 83 mm.

Length of body about 15 mm.

_ The following measurements of the anterior wing are

in bs :—

Length of marginal cell ..... 5 Sore Meg hae Pee Beet 2380

Depth i SRR ac degen A chs nce CMa “ataas ee he 595

Length (obliquely) of first submarginal .......... 1020

s Gr BOCONG PUUMUGIFINAL. Ooi sciis cs .e ste as se»: 765

2 of third SIT ne here ima ee ata 1020

Second submarginal on marginal ............. ... 340

Third A Giclee ld goer eR eC 510

Second submarginal on first discoidal .,..... ners 391

ie bp Pit teee aes Oke Worn otk 459

Third ; 3 PEROT haa We one < 867

Height of third submarginal in middle............ 425

Insertion of second r. n. to appendicular nervure at

OE SON ae Seale ey ne ay ae Ye ae as 170

Length of first discoidal cell (obliquely) .......... 2312

3 of transverso-medial nervure.......,..006: 255

Width of second discoidal cell at apex ............ 765

Length of basal nervure ...,..--.senesevees eee 1836

The transverso-medial is vertical except at its upper end,

where it bends basad and actually meets the basal. This

band is easily overlooked, giving the impression that the

nervure ends a short distance apicad of the basal.

In the above table of measurements the first and third sub-

marginals appear of equal length ; but if measured in the

same manner, 7. e. from the middle of the basal to the middle

of the apical side, the third is much the longer.

The new specimen is on a slab with various leaves ; a leaf

of Fagus longifolia (Lix.) is less than an inch from the bee,

and a leaflet of Weinmannia phenacophylla, Ckll., is equally

close.

This species is of great interest to me, because I have just

been studying the ancestors of the Bombide in Baltic amber

of Oligocene age. The amber materials, kindly loaned from

the Museum at Konigsberg through Dr. A. Tornquist, throw

a flood of light on the subject, including as they do numerous

genera and species in a wonderful state of preservation.

The following is a list of the fossil Bombiform bees ; the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, u. 23

326 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

descriptions of those from amber will be published at

Konigsberg :— .

(A) Small compact bees about 8 to 9 mm. long, often with metallic

colours. All from Baltic amber.

(a) Second t.-c. absent; b. n. going basad of t.-m.; stigma well

developed.

1. Sophrobombus fatalis. Representing a side branch of the primitive

Bombidee, not leading to anything modern.

(0) Three submarginal cells, as usual; b. n. meeting t.-m.

(i.) Stigma distinct, but short.

2. Chaleobombus martialis. Third s.m. very broad (4604) above. Meso-

thorax, scutellum, and vertex dull black; prothorax, tubercles, and

legs coppery red.

3. Chaleobombus hirsutus. Head and thorax with long pale hair; wings

reddish fuliginous.

4, Chalcobombus humils. Abdomen with a sericeous lustre and a

decided green tint, the hind margins of the segments broadly

reddish.

(ii.) Stigma obsolete ; third submarginal cell produced apically.

5. Protobombus mmdecisus. Wings rather light fuliginous, with a very

dark fuliginous cloud at end of marginal cell.

(B) About the size and build of the honey-bee (Apis), but with the

eyes naked ; stigma very small; b. n. meeting t.-m.; hind tibice

with a single short sharp spur. Species from amber.

6. Llectrapis meliponoides. Showing characters transitional to Apis, but

not a direct ancestor of that genus.

(a) Length about 11 or 12 mm.; head and thorax very hairy; b. n.

going basad (170 ») of t.-m.; malar space obsolete. From

amber.

7. Electrapis (?) tornguistt. This is the most Bombus-like of the amber-

bees.

(0) Length about 15 mm.; b.n. meeting t.-m., but bending at upper

end to do so. Florissant (Miocene).

8. Calyptapis florissantensis.

The Bombide thus appear to have originated in Europe,

but to have reached America as early as the Miocene. Apis,

though widespread in the Old World, apparently never

reached America until brought over by man.

The only known fossil Apis, in any true sense, is Apis

henshawi, Ck\l., from Rott, Prussia (Upper Oligocene). In

this species, however, the b. n. almost meets the t.-m., so it

has been regarded as forming a distinct subgenus, Synapis.

The character is one which allies it with the ancient Bombidee.

Apis adamitica, Heer, from Oeningen (Upper Miocene), is

Records of Bees. 327

perhaps related to Synapis (it certainly is not a typical Apis),

but it is so imperfectly preserved and described that its

affinities are doubtful. ,

The Meliponine bees, now so abundant in the tropics of

both hemispheres, are only known in the fossil state by a

Single species, Meliponorytes succini, Tosi, from Sicilian

amber (Middle Miocene). In this insect the first submarginal

cell is complete and well-defined, but the others are absent.

The general scheme of relationships will be about thus :—

Mopern. Bombus, Psithyrus, Apis. aN Trigona,

Miocuns. Calyptapis. Meliponorytes,

Ouiaocenge Chalcobombus. Synani 0/86

Protobombus, a ak y/ x

Sophrobombus,

EKocmnr (no fossils known),

Although Bombus and Psithyrus ave thus derived from

Calyptapis in the diagram, this must not be taken too literally,

as meaning that they are of American origin. Calyptapis

very probably occurred in both hemispheres, as Bombus does

to-day, or was represented in Europe and Asia by allied

genera, from which Bombus might equally well be derived *.

* It would even be possible to use Calyptapis as an argument in favour

of the Old-World origin of Bombus. It is recognized that nearly all

328 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Various species ascribed to Bombus have been described from

the Oligocene and Miocene of Europe, but they require

reinvestigation. Buttel-Reepen (Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin,

1906, p. 163) has given a scheme of evolution of the

Bombide &c. differing somewhat from the above. He was

not, of course, acquainted with the numerous new amber

genera, and he took too seriously some of the generic refer-

ences of the older authors.

Andrena hypolitha, sp. n.

? .—Length about 10 mm.

Head broader than long (width of head 22 mm., breadth

between eyes in middle of face about 1700 mw); head and

thorax black; legs ferruginous, tibie and tarsi hairy, claws —

bifid. Length of anterior wing not over 6 mm.; nervures

and stigma pale ferruginous. Abdomen oval, about 54 mm.

long and slightly over 34 broad (no doubt broadened some-

what by flattening); colour of abdomen light ferruginous, —

with four broad dark ferruginous bands, the first very broadly

interrupted, the margins of the bands are suffused and

ill-defined.

Stigma large; lower section of basal nervure straight

except at its lower end, which is abruptly bent; second s.m.

receiving first r.n. beyond the middle; first discoidal cell

very long and narrow, possibly a little narrower than normal

by distortion ; third t.-c. with a strong double curve ; end of

marginal cell obliterated, but its probable total length less

than 1700 w. ‘Transverso-medial of hind wings almost

vertical, the lower end a little more basad.

The following measurements of the anterior wing are

In i—

Second submarginal cell on marginal.............. 238

Third ¥ ¥ {baila oi eae a ee 272

Depth of apremal coll: i)... aedee oe etlee wee 340

(at 850 » beyond end of stigma it is 204)

Length of stipe ss. ctvsk aleve anaes kine oe 850

(stigma on marginal cell 391)

Depth of stigma: 3.54.02 ee’. SE oe ee Paras 221

Length of first submarginal cell (obliquely) ........ 935

“ - Bs », on first discoidal (not

allowing for gentle double curve) ..,......... 800

modern insect-genera are older than the Miocene; hence if Bombus

already existed it would probably be in the Old World, and Calyptapis

would represent an earlier type segregated in America, to be exterminated

later by the invasion of Bombus,

Records of Bees. 329

mecoud s,m: on first discoidal’,..<...cpueee dso ganue 289

rf i eS ee eer er cs ti 102

Length of third submarginal cell ............0+.. 578

a TEP tRIOORU MOM ee se. wid eves os oe diets 1700

Upper section of basal nervure ...........e0eeees 272

Lower _,, 3 " (not allowing for

Ce AMC Hacdiciirid cele fee doce seventies 748

In the hind wing the t.-m. is 170 w long and the distance

from the t.-m. to the cubital is 714.

Differs from A. sepulta and A. clavula by having the

second s.m. much broader above and various details of the

venation. From A. clavula it also differs in the form of the

abdomen.

Hab. Miocene shales of Florissant, Station 13 B (1908).

Stelis seneciophila, sp. n.

¢ .— Length about 74 mm.

Brilliant dark shining blue, with black pubescence ; punc-

tures on head and thorax strong and dense, but well separated

on front; punctures on abdomen somewhat smaller and more

separated, but extremely dense on the apical two segments ;

tegulee and legs dark blue. Wings nearly clear, but the apex

greyish and a grey shade in marginal cell; second r.n. going

beyond end of second t.-c.

Closely related to S. montana, Cresson, but smaller and

more slender, with no green tints, and with clearer, not

brownish, wings. The first r. n. joins the second s.m, as far

from its base as half the length of the first t.-c., or nearly

that ; in montana it is nearer to the base of the cell, or even

sometimes meets the t.-c. The last two joints of the labial

palpi are conspicuously more slender than in montana.

Hab. Florissant, Colorado, at flowers of Senecio cymbalari-

oides, June 29, 1908 (S. A. Rohwer).

S. montana also occurs at Florissant, and is variable in

size and colour (the largest ? is 10} mm. long), but always

readily distinguishable trom S. seneciophila.

Dioxys rohwert, sp. n.

$ .—Length about 65 mm.

Black, densely punctured, with white pubescence ; abdomen

with the usual white hair-bands; hind margin of sixth

segment ferruginous; tibial spurs bright ferruginous ; hair

on inner side of tarsi yellowish; tegule with a large ferru-

ginous spot. Wings dusky hyaline, upper half of marginal

cell faintly clouded. Eyes pale greenish.

330 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

The smallest American species of the genus; nearest to

D. martit, Ckll., from which it differs by the much smaller

size, very much finer punctures, more delicate thoracic spine,

and the much smaller (almost rudimentary) subapical lateral

spines of abdomen. Whe flagellum is only faintly reddish

beneath.

Hab. Troublesome, Colorado, alt. 7345 ft., June 9, 1908

(S. A. Rohwer).

Osmia brunert, Ckll., go.

At Troublesome, Colorado, June 8 and 9, 1908, Mr. 8. A.

Rohwer took both sexes of this species.

he male is about 8 mm. long, short and compact like the ~

female, with the most brilliant colours. Clypeus a splendid

purple; sides of face largely green; vertex blue and purple ;

cheeks green; thorax (including tegule) yellowish green,

bluer at sides ; abdomen brilliant green, bluer at sides and

apex ; legs blue-green, but tibise black or nearly on one side

hair of thorax above and occiput white without any admixture

ot black; hair of vertex and clypeus black, but that of sides

of face white; apical segments of abdomen with black hair ;

sixth segment with a distinct notch, seventh bidentate.

In my table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug. 1907, p. 123,

it runs to O. bennette@, trom which it is easily distinguished

by the black hair of the clypeus, the shape of the abdomen, &c.

Osmia gaudiosa, Ckll.

3.—Florissant, Colorado, at flowers of Mertensia lanceo-

lata, June 19, 1908 (S. A. Rohwer).

‘The specimen has the abdomen more shiny than that of the

type, but I believe there is only one species.

LNandrena nothocalaidis, Okll.

Troublesome, Colorado, at flowers of Wothocalais cuspidata,

June 9, many females (S. A. Rohwer).

Previously known only from Boulder.

Andrena pyrrhacita, Ckll., var. mosina nov.

¢ .—Hair of face and front almost entirely black ; clypeus

finely punctured, with a very distinct smooth median line ;

much black hair at sides of metathorax ; hair of thorax above

Records of Bees. 331

pale, as in type, of abdomen (except at base and apex) sub-

appressed and very bright orange-fulvous ; hair of abdomen

beneath and at extreme sides practically all black.

Hab. Troublesome, Colorado, at flowers of Saliv, June 8,

1908 (S. A. Rohwer).

The characters of this variety make it resemble the Huro-

pean A. fulva. The size and form and small clypeal punc-

tures readily separate it from A. hited. ‘The varietal name is

from a Malay word for red. Mr. Rohwer also took Andrena

erythrogastra (Ashm.) at Troublesome on flowers of Salix,

Sphecodes sulcatulus, Ckll.

A female from Troublesome, Colorado, June 9, 1908 (S. A.

Rohwer), is smaller than the type and lacks the median

groove on first abdominal segment, but is evidently con-

specific. ‘The species is noticeable for its shining thorax.

Titusella pronitens, Ckll.

The females were found commonly at Florissant this year,

visiting the flowers of Senecio cymbalarioides during the

latter part of June.

A second species of this genus is Tvtusella cubiceps (He-

riades cubiceps, Cresson) from Nevada; distinguished by its

white ventral scopa and clear wings.

Bombomelecta pacifica (Cresson).

Florissant, Colorado, June 12, at flowers of Ribes, 1 ¢

(S. A. Rohwer).

The B. fulvida, common at Boulder, seems to be only a

race of pacifica, as Cresson held.

Melissodes martini hitet, subsp. n.

2 .—Differing from M. martint, Ckil. (from New Mexico),

by the total absence of black hair on thorax above, the

presence of black hairs on vertex (occasionally martina has a

few), the soot-coloured hair on middle basitarsus, and the

hind basitarsus with the hair on its inner side ferruginous at

base, but otherwise dark fuscous. ‘lhe abdominal hair-bands,

as in martini, are pure white.

In my tables in Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 1906, if placed with

the species having the hair on hind basitarsus ferruginous, 1t

332 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

runs to A. thelypodii, Ckll., to which it is closely allied,

differing conspicuously, however, in the colour of the pubes-

cence. If placed with the species having the hair on hind

basitarsus fuscous, it runs to JZ. blake’, Ckll., which differs

greatly in the colour of the abdominal pubescence, and is not

especially related. The eyes of hitei are light green.

fab, Pueblo, Colorado, Aug. 17, 1907 (G. M. Mite).

The Melissodes of the martini-thelypodti series do not visit

Compositee (so far as our records show); those of the blaked-

mize series are visitors of Composite.

Tetralonia chrysobotrye, sp. n.

? .—Length about 15 mm. ; anterior wing 9 mm.

Abdomen with very conspicuous entire pale bands on

segments 3 and 4; on 1 and 2 the hair is mouse-colour, but

the band on 2 is whitish posteriorly at the sides; on the fitth

segment the broad apical band has the middle third dark

reddish fuscous and the lateral thirds brownish white; hind

basitarsi with the hair on inner side bright ferruginous and

on the outer golden ; small joints of tarsi ferruginous.

In my table in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 1906, this runs to

1’. speciosa or cordleyt, the bind spur not being at all hooked.

Compared with speciosa it is considerably smaller, with much

darker tegula, and the bands on abdominal segments 2 and 3

practically straight, not undulating laterally as in speciosa.

Compared with 7’. cordleyi it is narrower, and the hair

on the fifth abdominal segment is quite differently coloured.

Compared with 1. frater aragalli it is easily known by the

narrower and much whiter bands on segments 3 and 4.

These bands, however, are yellowish white, not greyish as in

T. anne.

g.—Hair of thorax above yellowish white or very pale

yellow ; clypeus, labrum, and small supraclypeal mark pale

lemon-yellow ; yellow of clypeus squarely notched at sides;

mandibles with a very minute light basal spot ; second abdo-

minal segment covered with pale hair, except the apical

margin, where it is black; tarsi ferruginous, normal, hind

basitarsus a little longer than the other joints together.

In my tables runs to 7. frater (Cresson), having the meso-

thorax dull and the hind spurnormal. Compared with frater

(a Cressonian cotype) it differs by the longer (much longer

than wide) third antennal joint, the lighter yellow of the

clypeus, the broader face, and the better-defined (though

narrow) bands on segments 3 to 5. The fourth and fifth

Records of Bees. 333

segments, except for the bands, are shining black, with short

black hair. The last ventral segment has a median sulcus

and a little groove or channel on each side, the latter being

curved and ending abruptly posteriorly. The yellow of the

clypeus approaches the orbital margin much more closely

than in 7. atriventris, but not so closely as in J. edwardsit

vagabunda. ‘The second s.m., is broad, and receives the first

r.n. no great distance beyond the middle. The third t.-c. is

bent almost to a right angle.

Hab. Boulder, Colorado, May 2, 1908 (Glenn M. Hite).

Both sexes were taken at flowers of Ribes or Chrysobotrya

odorata (Wendl.) ; the Ribes longiflorum of Rydberg’s ‘ Flora

of Colorado.’

NoMIA.

A critical examination of various specimens of Noma,

supposed to be N. foaw, D. T. (punctata, Fox), shows that

several species have been confused. Fox, in his original

description, evidently confuses two or more species, and I

have found it difficult to determine which ought to be called

the true foai. He cites (Entom. News, 1893, p. 135)

specimens from Denver, Colorado (Beales), Vega S. José,

New Mexico (Townsend), and Big Stone City, S. Dakota

(Aldrich). He does not state which is the type locality, but

I consider myself at liberty to select the New Mexico species

as true fox, a course which may be justified by the fact

that it has been frequently referred to in my writings as such,

whereas the other forms have not, I think, been alluded to

since H'ox’s paper appeared. Another reason is that Fox

classes as a variety the very strongly punctured form, which

must, I suppose, be the northern species here separated; on

the other hand, however, he says the tarsi of the female are

typically testaceous, which does not accord with what I here

eall fovi. ‘Lhe last character is very likely to be variable

and is not nearly so important as the difference in sculpture.

The species of the foait group may be separated thus :—

Males.

Abdominal (tegumentary) bands somewhat

broader, suffused with emerald-green ; second

abdominal segment with a strong basal trans-

verse groove; punctures of fourth segment

minute and close. (El Rito, N. M., Aug. 5,

Townsend; Santa Fé, N. M., July, Chil. ;

COnmonm mew Mexico.) ......0ssseceere N. fori, D. T,

334 Major T. Broun on new

Abdominal bands somewhat narrower, suffused

with turquoise-blue; second segment flat,

with no transverse depression, fourth (except

at base) with large punctures; abdomen

generally with very large and distinct punc-

tures. (Boulder, Colorado, one, July 6, 1908,

picked up on the pavement, struggling with

a worker Pogonomyrmex occidentalis, Cress.,

I. D. A. Cockerell ; one, July 14, Paul M.

Deni)’ 25 he sti Pah aa nee NV. universitatis, sp. n.

State.) (55 sia tick pl ere eee ae ‘Vo aus chee NV. melanderi, Ckll.

Smaller; lateral hind margins of first abdominal

segment not green or blue ............ yyy

punctures ; mesothorax closely punctured.

(Las Cruces, N. M., Sept. 5, Townsend;

Rincon, N. M., Sept. 14, Chil.) .......... N. fort, D. T.

tures, irregular in size and irregularly

spaced ; punctures of third abdominal seg-

ment minute, much smaller than in fori.

(Mesilla Valley, N. M., toward Organ Mts.,

end of September, Ch&ll,,C0 4.) .......... NV. mesillensis, sp. n.

The new species has green bands, as in W. fowit.

University of Colorado,

Boulder, Colorado, U.S.A.,

July 15, 1908.

XXX VII.— Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand

Coleoptera. By Major T. Broun, F.E.S. |

GERODEPHAGA. Diglymma tarsalis.

Snofru emulator,

x . 7 . .

Group CNEMACANTHIDm, Oopterus nigritulus,

Mecodema acuductum. frontalis,

—— cognatum. —— sculpturatus,

lewisi.

seriatum. Group ANISODACTYLID A.

attenuatum. Allocinopus ocularius,

Species of New-Zealand. Coleoptera. 335

Group ANCHOMENIDA. Pterostichus turgidiceps.

Dicrochile thoracica. odontellus,

Anchomenus macroccelis. —— antennalis.

xanthomelus. —— oneroaensis.

—— intermedius. ante ae

—— integratus. tA the

sophronitis. aT oayme ate

Ctenognathus littorellus, —— sinulventris,

Tarastethus southlandicus. —— vexatus.

carbonarius, perbonus.

—— philpotti.

Group FrRonip#. array: lepidulus.

—— chalmeri.

Trichosternus coelocephalus.

hanmerensis. : 2 .

ordinarius. roup DEMBIDIIDZ,

Zeopecilus optandus. Tachys coriaceus.

Group Cnemacanthide.

Mecodema acuductum, sp. n.

Elongate, slightly convex, subopaque; black, the elytra

a little infuscate or rufescent, legs and antennee rufo-piceous.

Head with numerous fine but distinct punctures in line

with back part of eyes, but only obsolete linear impressions,

the vertex almost smooth, there being only three or four

feeble transverse impressions, the usual lateral ruge and

longitudinal impressions in front are well marked; labrum

broadly rounded and punctured at apex, and with a fine

central groove. yes rather small and not very prominent.

Thorax one-seventh broader than long, feebly incurved in

front, base subtruncate, but little wider near the middle than

it is elsewhere, a good deal narrowed towards the almost

rectangular but obtuse posterior angles; lateral margins

crenulate, the channels not expanded in front; the median

sulcus hardly attains either base or apex, being merged with

the abbreviated but not deep strie there; there are a few

feeble transverse striae, and near the base and anterior angles

some indistinct punctures ; the basal impressions are deep

and foveiform, and placed closer to the sides than to the base.

Elytra elongate, oblong-oval, nearly flat; there are four

very finely punctured strie at each side of the suture, the

fifth and sixth are deeper at the base and more distinctly

punctured; the seventh interstices are somewhat elevated

behind the shoulders, between these and the smooth space

near each side there are two series of moderately coarse,

closely placed punctures, neither of which reaches the base or

apex, marginal sculpture normal; there are no interstitial

punctures, but their whole surface, particularly behind, is

336 Major T. Broun on new

rendered dull by minute sculpture and transverse aciculate

marks.

Underside moderately shining; head with short, dense,

undulating sculpture ; the prosternum rather finely and

distantly punctate, its flanks more closely and distinctly,

intercoxal process broadly grooved; the metasternum and

basal ventral segment at the sides finely and distinctly pune-

tured, remaining segments with irregular linear impressions

and indistinct punctures ; the terminal at the apex bears two

setigerous punctures at each side of the middle.

Not glossy like MM. scttulum, elytral strie more shallow,

without punctures on the seventh interstices, quite differently

sculptured underneath, and with lateral margins of the thorax

crenulate. It differs from all the species with crenulate

thoracic margins by the elytral sculpture.

$. Length 12; breadth 33 lines. ,

Mount Holdsworth, Tararua Range, in the birch-forest at

an elevation of 1500 to 2000 feet. }

Described from one example forwarded by Mr. G. V.

Hudson.

Mecodema cognatum, sp. n.

Body moderately elongate, glossy black, the antenne,

legs, palpi, and labrum pitchy red.

Head (eyes included) nearly as wide as thorax, almost

smooth, having only some longitudinal ruge in front and

near the eyes ; there is one setigerous puncture near each of

these. MMandibles wrinkled. Antenne pubescent from the

fifth joint onwards. Thorax 3-33 lines broad by 2} in length,

slightly incurved in front and at the base, its greatest width

near the front, gradually curvedly narrowed backwards,

without any abrupt contraction near the obtuse basal angles ;

Jateral channels rather narrow, of about equal width through-

out until approaching the basal foveze, which are close to the

sides ; these bear eight or nine setigerous punctures, but are

not crenate; disk but little convex, with a well-marked

central furrow, an indefinite curvate impression from one

anterior angle to the other, and some short feeble longitudinal

impressions near the base and apex, but no very evident

transversal rugee anywhere. lytra elongate, oviform, the

shoulders and extremity of about equal width; they are

distinctly punctate-striate, the four sutural strie rather fine,

with flat interstices ; those beyond, however, are deeper, with

stronger yet only moderate punctures and distinctly convex

interstices ; the common smooth space along each side is more

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 337

or less punctate, apical sculpture somewhat irregular and

coarse.

Underside almost smooth, with six punctures at the extre-

mity of the last ventral segment ; on the middle of the back

part of the head there are two fine longitudinal lines and

numerous fine transverse linear impressions.

Its natural position is between WU. constrictum and the larger

M. leviceps. From the former it may be easily distinguished

by its greater bulk, less attenuate hind body, darker legs, and

by the absence of any incurvature near the intermediate

femora. In WM. leviceps the elytral strie are deeper at the

base, so as to appear ribbed there.

Length 114; breadth 33 lines.

Castle Hill (J. D. Enys); Broken River (J. H. Lewis).

Obs.—Three specimens are before me. The Broken River

specimen is minus an antenna and two legs, and differs in

having the sides of the thorax in front somewhat pinched in,

so that the lateral channels are a little explanate; this,

however, does not alter the general contour, as described

above.

Mecodema lewist, sp. n.

Robust, only moderately convex, shining black ; palpi and

tarsi piceo-rufous; legs, antennee, and labrum rufo-piceous ;

the elytra sometimes of a chocolate hue and subopaque.

Head large, with several distinct longitudinal sulci near

the eyes and in front, finer and more irregular ones on the

vertex, and a few more or less evident punctures behind ; the

central space between the antenne is smooth. Thorax

41 lines broad, 34 long, nearly parallel-sided from the front

for two-thirds of its length, from thence strongly curvate, so

that the base is barely 3 lines in width, base and apex sub-

truncate ; lateral margins entire, perceptibly more expanded

in front than at the middle ; disk more or less feebly trans-

versely striate, basal and apical longitudinal striz only

moderately impressed, median sulcus distinct, basal fosse

large; there are two shallow foveee just behind the middle,

and the same number, but more irregular in form, near the

front ; these appear in one specimen (the larger), but not in

the other. lytra oblong-oval in the larger specimen, elon-

gate in the other, base and apex of nearly equal width; their

sculpture consists of shallow irregularly formed impressions

of very unequal size, which cannot be termed punctures

except near the suture, where, however, though much

smaller, they are not serial, and are often confluent even

within this limited area; over nearly half of each elytron

338 Major T’. Broun on new

rather larger smooth spaces occur than amongst the coarser

impressions beyond; the intervening spaces are more or less

transverse and very irregular; when examined in certain

ways three lines may be noticed on each elytron—these are

not coste, being simply linear spaces which are more or less

interrupted or obliterated. |

The degs are, in proportion to the size of the insect, rather

slender ; the external apical angles of the front and middle

tibize are but little prolonged; the antenne are only scantily

pubescent,

Underside nearly smooth, ventral segments foveate at the

sides, prosternal process broadly grooved between the coxe.

M. costellum, trom Stephen’s Island, is the only species

resembling MM. lewist. The former may be identified by

looking at the base of the elytra, where the coste are obvious ;

its eyes are less convex, there is a transverse and rather

closely punctured impression just behind them, and a longi-

tudinal groove on the middle of the back part of the head ;

the sides of the thorax, instead of being nearly straight near

the middle, are gradually narrowed from the front, the widest

part, and the hind body is more parallel-sided.

Length 16-17 ; breadth 43-54 lines.

Broken River, Canterbury.

It is with pleasure that I name this superb species after

Mr. J. H. Lewis, who discovered it, and who informed me

that his first specimen measured 19 lines in length.

Mecodema seriatum, sp. n.

Elongate, slightly convex, nitid, nigrescent; legs and an-

tenn piceous.

Head (the very prominent eyes included) as broad as front

of thorax, with coarse longitudinal ruge: in front of the an-

tennal insertion and irregular ones near the sides, the space

behind the eyes finely but distinctly punctured and feebly

rugose, the middle not smooth. Thorax with setigerous

punctures, but not crenulate, at the sides, almost as long as

broad, scarcely wider near the middle than elsewhere, slightly

rounded towards the front, strongly curved and narrowed

behind (the sides at the base, however, are quite straight) ;

apex widely incurved, base slightly medially emarginate ;

median groove deep but not reaching the base or apex, basal

fosse moderate, situated close to the angles, the disk with

moderately fine but quite distinct undulating transverse

strize, which on a shallow depression near each anterior angle

become coarser and rugose; they are also similarly rugose,

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 339

with a few punctures, near the basal fossze, the base and apex

with short, distinct, longitudinal furrows. Hlytra elongate,

oviform, as broad near the apex as at the base; each elytron

with eight almost perfectly regular series of punctures, those

near the suture of moderate size, the sixth and seventh

coarser, the marginal punctures rather shallow, interstices

nearly quite smooth.

Front and middle ébie only slightly angulate externally at

the extremity. Antenne with the basal four joints glabrous.

Underside black, moderately nitid; middle of prosternum

smooth, its flanks distinctly but not coarsely punctate, sides

of meso- and metasterna rather more closely; ventral seg-

ments more or less finely wrinkled and punctured, the terminal

at the extremity bipunctate at each side of the middle.

There is no similar species with regular serial elytral

punctuation.

3d. Length 10; breadth 3 lines.

Kinloch, Lake Wakatipu.

One specimen from Mr. G. V. Hudson, who discovered it.

Mecodema attenuatum, sp. n.

Differs from VM. rugicolle as follows :—

Larger and altogether more brilliant. Thora# larger,

34 lines in length and breadth, its sides distinctly and rather

deeply crenulate, the rugee more deeply impressed. Llytra

much more narrowed posteriorly, their whole surface very

irregularly marked with radiating aciculate impressions, the

lateral sculpture coarser and more foveiform. The head not

smooth on the middle, being finely rugose there; labrum

also rugose; the eyes more prominent.

Flanks of prosternum transversely rugose-punctate ; meso-

sternum medially finely rugose, laterally closely rugose-

punctate ; basal ventral segment punctured near each side,

the others finely wrinkled, the terminal much narrowed

towards the extremity.

Length 134; breadth 34 lines.

Tapawera, Nelson.

One example from Mr. G. V. Hudson, who also sent me a

male of M. rugicolle, found at Wakapuaka, Nelson, the type

of that species being a female from ‘l'aranaki and measuring

11 x 33 lines.

Diglymma tarsalis, sp. n.

Elongate, subparallel, moderately convex, nitid; fusco-

testaceous, the tibie, tarsi, and antennz rufescent.

340 Major T. Brounon new

Head (including the prominent eyes) as wide as front of

thorax ; lateral grooves deep, each separated from the eye by

a distinct carina, frontal impressions elongate and rather

shallow, feebly sculptured ; there is a slight constriction and

a series of small punctures behind the eyes. Thoraw almost

as long as broad, widest near the front, lateral margins fine

but distinct, its sides a very little rounded till near the minute

sinuosity or oblique contraction at the obsolete posterior

angles; disk smooth, its longitudinal groove abbreviated,

basal fossee rather elongate and situated close to the angles,

between these there are a few minute punctures. iytra

elongate, very little curvate at the sides, shoulders quite

obtuse and a good deal narrowed; their strie rather shallow

and finely punctured.

Antenne reaching backwards to middle of thorax, basal

three joints and part of fourth glabrous, remaining joints with

conspicuous yellow pubescence.

Legs moderately stout, tibia not prolonged or incrassate at

the extremity, the anterior with six coarse spiniform sete on

the outer face near the apex.

Male.—Anterior tarsi with fine set at the sides, basal four

joints somewhat expanded; the basal two largest, second

quite transverse but not exactly cordate, these two articula-

tions broadly dilated inwardly and furnished underneath at

the inner side with patches of grey sponge-like vestiture.

&. Length 51; breadth 1? lines.

Preservation Inlet (dr. Hansen). One individual.

Obs.—The structure of the male anterior tarsi in this and

my D. punctipenne (no. 1768) proves that Dr. Sharp’s genus

is not only perfectly distinct, but that it is differentiated

by structural characters that cannot well be mistaken. He,

no doubt, had seen female specimens only when instituting

Diglymma.

SNOFRU, gen. nov.

Body cylindric. Allied to Diglymma.

Mentum tooth large, grooved, but not distinctly duplicate,

strongly bisetose at base. Maxillary palpi? with subcylindriec

terminal joints, truncate at apex. Jabial of about similar

length, penultimate joint strongly bisetose, the terminal about

as long as that of the maxillary, moderately slender at its

base, considerably dilated beyond, narrowed but not acumi-

nate at the extremity ; if the apical portion were removed

the joint would be securiform. Scrobe of mandibles seti-

gerous. ‘There is but one ocular seta; each side of the thorax

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 341

bears three or four seta. Labrum prominent, obliquely

rounded at each side in front, so that it is notched medially.

Libie with simple external angles. urs? with lateral setx

only, basal four joints moderately dilated, cordiform. An-

tenne pubescent from the fourth joint onwards.

In the generic diagnosis of Diglymma Dr. Sharp states

that “the terminal joint of the palpi is more slender than in

any other yet described New Zealand Broscini.” The struc-

ture of the labial palpi of Snofru is therefore distinctive.

Snofru emulator, sp. n.

Elongate, transversely convex, subparallel, shining black ;

the legs, labrum, and mandibles piceous; antenne and tarsi

pitchy red.

Head narrower than thorax, nearly smooth, with a distinct

ridge from the inner side of each eye.to the base of the man-

dible; frontal impressions long and ill-defined; there is a

transverse series of fine punctures in line with the constric-

tion behind the eyes. Thoraa about as long as it is broad, its

sides finely marginated and only slightly curvate, rather more

narrowed towards the base than in front, posterior angles

obsolete ; its median furrow well marked, but not attaining

the base or apex, basal fosse small, almost punctiform,

situated close to the angles, the frontal and basal regions with

some small scattered punctures. lytra elongate, rather

wider than thorax at the base, shoulders curvedly narrowed,

their sides very finely margined and but little rounded ; their

strie not at all deep, subinterrupted in places and finely

punctured, interstices nearly plane, apex almost smooth, the

lateral space on each with five or six coarse punctures. Legs

moderately stout, the intermediate tibize finely spinose.

Underside black, flanks of prosternum punctate, with a

groove along the middle extending nearly to the extremity

of the intercoxal process.

?. Length 53; breadth 13 lines.

Otara, Southland.

One example, sent by Mr. A. Philpott in November 1894,

has been held in reserve in the hope of obtaining some of

the male sex.

Oopterus nigritulus, sp. n.

Oblong-oval, slightly convex, shining black; suture and

margins of elytra rufescent, femora testaceous, tibiee, tarsi,

and antennee fusco-rufous,

Head (eyes included) as wide as front of thorax, frontal

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 24

342 Major T. Broun on new

impressions not well defined, the ridge between each and the

sharply marked lateral sulcus rather broad; between the two

frontal punctures there is an elongate fovea, and between the

eyes a distinct puncture; the labrum is sanguineous.

Thorax only an eighth broader than long, the middle widest

but not markedly so, its sides rather finely margined and

almost regularly, yet.only moderately rounded, gradually

and not sinuously narrowed behind, posterior angles straight

but not acute; disk convex, feebly transversely striate,

mesial groove shortened in front, basal fosse large and broad,

with a carina between each and the lateral margin, base sub-

truncate, apex slightly incurved. Scutellamsmooth. Llytra

oval, with broad margins; the sutural two striz on each

elytron distinct and seemingly impunctate, third and fourth

fine, fifth and sixth nearly obsolete, being indicated only by

fine punctures, these four striz are hardly perceptible near

the base and apex ; the third interstices are bipunctate, the

apical carina is well developed, and the four marginal

punctures near each shoulder are distinct.

Underside glossy eneo-fuscous, the sides of the ventral

segments broadly fulvescent.

Differs from O. sobrinus in having the thorax transversely

striate, by the presence of a central puncture between the

eyes. The elytral margins disappear on reaching the front

of the carina, in O. sobrinus the margins are broader behind

and distinct almost to the extremity. In O. nigritulus the

posterior tibiz are slightly flexuous, and the elytral apices

are narrower.

2. Length 3; breadth 1} lines.

Palmerston North and Karori (lr. G. V. Hudson). One

specimen.

Oopterus frontalis, sp. ns

Nitid, piceous ; the head, basal margins of thorax, the

suture and lateral margins of elytra piceo-rufous ; legs palpi

and antenne testaceous. a

Head rather elongate, convex, smooth and shining, con-

tracted laterally behind the eyes, which, though large and

longitudinally oval, are but little prominent, the ‘frontal

impressions are deep and elongate. The antenne reach

beyond the base of thorax, basal joint rather slender, it and

the second glabrous and yellow, remaining ones slightly

rufescent and obviously pubescent. Thorax subquadrate

one-fourth broader than long, base truncate, apex incurved ;

its sides nearly straight and only slightly narrowed behind

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 343.

the middle, moderately curvedly narrowed anteriorly, with

fine distinct margins; the disk a little convex, its median

groove distinct but not attaining the apex, basal fossse well-

marked and nearly duplicated, and extending inwardly

towards the middle, there is an obtuse carina between each

and the outer margin, the whole basal region is distinctly

punctured ; posterior angles exactly rectangular. Scutellum

smooth. /ytra broadly oval, with explanate margins, which,

however, become indistinct near the extremity ; their sutural

two striz,on each, are well marked and finely punctured,

the others are finer and become obsolete near the sides and

base, third interstices tripunctate, the posterior carina rather

fine. There is a transverse series of four punctures near the

extremity of the last ventral segment.

Readily distinguishable from O. nigritulus by the quadrate

and obviously punctured thorax, much less convex eyes, deep

elongate frontal impressions, and from all the other species

by the flavescent antenne with the rather slender basal

articulation.

?. Length 22; breadth 1} lines.

Wadestown and Palmerston North (Mr. G. V. Hudson).

One.

Oopterus sculpturatus, sp. n.

Suboblong, moderately convex, shining, piceous; the head

and the suture and margins of elytra rufo-piceous ; legs in-

fuscate red ; the palpi, tarsi, and basal two joints of antenne

rufo-testaceous, remaining joints fusco-rufous.

Flead (the large but not very prominent eyes included)

as broad as front of thorax, ovate; the frontal impressions

though elongate are not well defined, owing to the gradual

outward slope of the head. Thorax rather short, about a

third broader than it is long, widest near the middle,

moderately strongly rounded, rather gradually narrowed

behind ; posterior angles straight, not acute, but, nevertheless,

appearing slightly prominent, reddish, with a rather coarse

setigerous puncture, the seta itself yellow and unusually

conspicuous ; base truncate, apex slightly incurved; the dis-

coidal sulcus not abbreviated but more slender at the

extremities, basal fossa large and transverse, disk moderately

convex, with feebly impressed indistinct strig across it.

Elytra broadly oval, about a third broader than the thorax in

the middle, with well-developed lateral margins and channels ;

each elytron has a well-marked scutellar stria, the sulci

nearest the suture are rather deep and relatively rather dis-

tinctly punctured, those near the side become finer, none,

oh 24*

344 Major T. Broun on new

however, are quite obsolete; interstices slightly convex near

the suture, the third tripunctate, posterior plica only moderately

developed. ‘There are two setigerous punctures on each side

of the middle, at the apex, of the terminal segment.

With the exception of O. latipennis this is the most dis-

tinctly sculptured of all the larger members of the genus;

that species, however, may be recognized at onee by the

acutely projecting angles and punctate base of the thorax.

3. Length 22; breadth 1} lines.

A single male, one of Commander J. J. Walker’s numerous

discoveries whilst serving on board H.M.S. ‘ Ringarooma.’

A second specimen has been labelled O. ovinotatus, having

a large well-defined oval impression on the middle of the

thorax, some fine transverse rugee near the base, and more

shallow and less laterally expanded basal fovex, &c.

Group Anisodactylide.

Allocinopus ocularius, sp. n.

Elongate, slightly convex, nitid, black ; mandibles piceo-

rufous ; the legs, antenne, and palpi testaceous ; the elytral

margins, near apices, fusco-testaceous,

Head {including the large rotundate and prominent eyes)

about as broad as the widest part of thorax, nearly as long as

that is, much contracted behind ; it is smooth, with setigerous

punctures as in A. scwlpticollis, but with six instead of four

on the labrum, the inter-antennal impressions not extending

backwards as far as the middle of the eyes. Thoraw one-

fourth broader than long, widest just before the middle,

moderately rounded towards the front, considerably sinuously

narrowed backwards, posterior angles rectangular, but not

acute; base widely, but only slightly medially emarginate,

apex incurved, lateral margins well developed; dorsal groove

well marked, but not attaining the base or apex ; basal fosse

of moderate size, from the inner side of each of these to the

middle of each side the surface appears flattened or depressed

and, as well as the middle, more or less finely punctate and-

rugose. S/ytra oblong, rather wider than thorax at base, a

good deal narrowed and slightly sinuate behind, apices

individually rounded and slightly dehiscent at the suture;

with regular, well-marked, impunctate strize, between the

sutural and second strie there is a short oblique basal one

hus forming an additional interstice there, the marginal

punctures become irregular behind.

‘This interesting species, though similar to the typical one

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 345

in form and coloration, presents some important differences.

The eyes are obviously larger and much more convex, so that

the head seems different in form. The antenne are inserted

very close to the front of the eyes, and their basal articulation

is much stouter. In A. sculpticollis the fourth joint of the

anterior tarsi is excavate at the front face, in this species. the

excavation is less circular and extends a little further back.

3. Length 44; breadth 12 lines.

Manawatu Flats, nine miles below the Gorge.

One, amongst other beetles collected by Mr. W. W.

Smith and Mr. Frank Park. |

Group Anchomenide..

Dicvrochile thoracica, sp. n.

Subdepressed, head and thorax glossy black, elytra less

shining, legs piceous, palpi, antenne, and tarsi rufescent.

flead broadly oval, rather narrower than thorax, uneven ;

the groove between the eye and antenna rather broad and

deep, there is a slight longitudinal groove on the vertex, and

some distinct oblique rage and two foveiform impressions

between the eyes. Thorax 24 mm. long and broad, widest

before the middle, gently rounded towards the prominent

but obtuse anterior angles, its sides nearly straight yet

gradually narrowed backwards, posterior angles obliquely

rounded ; base slightly, the apex deeply, incurved ; lateral

margins reddish, reflexed, more strongly behind; median

furrow well marked, at each side a broad depression extends

towards the middle, the base is minutely wrinkled, there are

several abbreviated striz before the oblique frontal im-

pressions, and the disk itself is faintly transversely striate.

Elytra_ oblong-oval, obliquely sinuate posteriorly, apices

obtusely rounded; their strie are distinct and regular but

quite impunctate, scutellar striee very distinctly impressed,

interstices almost flat, the third with two small punctures.

The nearest ally is D. subopaca, in D. thoracica, however,

the thorax is relatively longer and narrower, more deeply

emarginate in front, the anterior angles though obtuse are

more prominent, the elytra are longer and appear narrower,

whilst the scutellar striz are broader and deeper.

@?. Length 54; breadth 2 lines.

Broken River.

One individual from Mr, J. H. Lewis.

346 Major T. Broun on new

Anchomenus macrocelis, sp. n.

Subdepressed, subopaque, black; legs piceous; palpi,

mandibles, antenne, and tarsi dark infuscate red. |

Thorax subquadrate, a fifth broader than long, a little

wider before the middle than elsewhere, base truncate, apex

widely but not deeply emarginate, so that the anterior angles

are slightly prominent; its sides gradually narrowed but

hardly perceptibly sinuated behind, moderately rounded

anteriorly, posterior angles rectangular; the central furrow

extends from base to apex, the former is longitudinally ©

strigose, the front impression not well marked, the disk feebly

transversely striate; basal fosse very large, occupying

almost the whole area from the lateral margins to near the

central groove and prolonged forwards to the middle, and

continued still further as a narrow shallow impression near

each side. lytra oblong-oval, slightly wider behind the

middle than elsewhere, distinctly narrowed towards the

rounded shoulders, a good deal obliquely contracted poste-

riorly, apices rounded; their stria fine, but distinct and

apparently quite impunctate, interstices broad, nearly flat,

the third rather feebly tripunctate. i

This is closely allied to A. otagoensis ; the coloration differs

and the basal thoracic impressions are materially different, as

in that species they are simple though large fovee with

shallow anterior prolongations.

3g. Length 53-6; breadth 2 lines.

The Hermitage, Mount Cook.

Two males from Mr. H. Suter.

Anchomenus wanthomelus, sp. n.

Glossy, nigro-piceous ; the labrum, mandibles, and margins

of thorax and elytra rufescent; antenne, palpi, and legs

flavescent, sometimes pallid.

Head ovate, smooth, with well-marked frontal impressions.

Thorax cordiform, slightly longer than broad, widest at the

middle, moderately rounded towards the obtuse anterior

angles, much sinuated behind; at the base, however, the

sides are straight, with acutely rectangular angles; basal

fosse Jarge and deep and extending forwards as curvate

impressions which become obsolete towards the front; basal

region depressed, the. longitudinal groove well-marked

medially, but less so near the base and apex; the curvate

frontal impression feeble; there are several short longitu-

dinal strize near the basal margin. lytra oval, obliquely

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 347

sinuate posteriorly, apices slightly prolonged, shoulders

rounded; they are evidently striate, the stria, however, are

scarcely perceptibly punctured, interstices slightly convex,

the third tripunctate. Tars¢ with two grooves above and

another along each side.

In A. helmsi the elytra are more narrowed posteriorly, with

more prolonged apices. A. sandagert may be recognized by

the projecting base of the thorax: the front tarsi also differ ;

in A. sandageri the second joint is quite oblong, whereas in

this species the corresponding joint, as well as the third, ts

much narrowed towards the base.

3. Length 43; breadth 1? lines.

Manawatu Gorge.

One, discovered by Mr. W. W. Smith.

Anchomenus intermedius, sp. n.

Body rather elongate, nitid, piceo-niger; margins of

thorax and elytra fusco-rufous ; legs pale testaceous ; the

palpi, tarsi, and basal three joints of antenne fulvescent,

remaining joints fusco-rufous and opaque.

Head oviform, smooth, inter-antennal impressions moderate;

labrum widely incurved. yes large and prominent. An-

tenne elongate, attaining the middle thighs, third joint

slightly longer than fourth. Thoras apparently elongate, in

reality one-sixth broader than long, rather wider betore the

middle than elsewhere, moderately rounded towards the

obtuse front angles, slightly and gradually narrowed back-

wards, posterior angles rectangular but not acute, base

subtruncate, apex a little incurved ; discoidal groove well

marked threughout, the angulate frontal impression more or

less distinct; basal fosse large, prolonged, but becoming

shallow halfway along each side, so that the lateral margins

seem elevated behind; the disk convex, with feeble strize

across it, sometimes there are longitudinal rugze at the base.

Elytra elongate, oblong-oval, moderately convex, the sutural

region somewhat elevated posteriorly ; with well-developed,

very finely punctured striz, interstices broad and slightly

convex, the third tripunctate.

Legs long and slender ; the anterior tarsi of the male but

little expanded, basal two joints oblong, third shorter than

second and more narrowed towards its base, fourth deeply

emarginate, the two hind pairs distinctly grooved.

Just intermediate between A. tntegratus and A. wantho-

melus. ‘The thorax is more like that of the former, but

differs in being less sinuate behind; whilst the elytra, instead

348 Major T. Broun on new

of being broad and subdepressed, as in A. deplanatus and

A, otagoensis, are convex and very elongate. In A, wantho-

melus the sides of the thorax are deeply sinuate-angustate

behind, the elytra are less elongate, less narrowed basally,

and have more sharply impressed strive. The apical sinu-

osities, too, are different; in A. intermedius the narrowed

portion is longer and more oblique, and the sutural region is

elevated posteriorly.

This, as well as the preceding and following species, are

much alike in coloration, so that all three form a yellow-

legged homogeneous series that may thus be separated from

the older species without much trouble.

&. Length 54; breadth 2 lines.

Manawatu Flats, 9 miles below the Gorge.

Mr. Frank Park discovered the two specimens.

Anchomenus integratus, sp. n.

Subdepressed, shining, nigrescent; lateral margins, scu-

tellum, and labrum rufescent; legs flavous; tarsi and

antennse fulvescent, mandibles red.

Head oviform, labrum incurved. Thorax subcordate, of

equal length and breadth, widest before the middle, evidently

rounded there, distinctly sinuously narrowed behind, poste-

rior angles rectangular; the surface almost smooth, its

median furrow rather fine and not extending beyond the frontal

impression; basal fossee deep and elongate, but not distended

more than halfway towards the middle of the base; a

shallow curvate impression proceeds from each towards the

front. Llytra oblong-oval, nearly twice the width of the

thorax, widest behind the middle, moderately sinuated pos-

teriorly, apices broadly rounded so as to appear subtruncate ;

obviously striate, the strie finely and indistinctly punctured ;

interstices plane, the third with two, or three, punctures.

Intermediate between A. otagoensis and A. helmsi, dis-

tinguished from the former by the more sinuated sides of the

thorax, the more prominent hind angles, and larger basal

fovea; from the latter by the broader and more depressed

elytra and obtuse apices. From both of these species it is

also differentiated by the colour of the limbs and feeble

grooving of the tarsi.

?. Length 43 lines ; breadth 14 lines.

Broken River, Canterbury.

One, mutilated, from Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Spectres of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 349

Anchomenus sophronitis, sp. n.

Body piceo-niger, slightly nitid ; antenne, palpi, and legs

rufescent.

Head broadly oviform, the vertex seems convex, owing

to two curved frontal depressions uniting with the lateral

furrows ; labrum red, widely incurved. Thorax subquadrate,

about one-sixth broader than long, widest at, or before,

the middle, rounded there, moderately narrowed towards the

front, with a long but not deep sinuation behind, the sides

near the base almost straight, posterior angles rectangular

but not acute; its surface obsoletely transversely striate,

basal foveze large, prolonged forwards and gradually be-

coming fainter; the longitudinal sulcus passes the frontal

impression, but in the male does not reach the smooth base ;

in the female the base is not perfectly smooth. Elytra

oblong-oval, a little transversely convex; posterior sinu-

osities long but not deep, apices obtusely rounded ; their

strie distinctly impressed and very finely punctured, the

sides behind the posterior femora somewhat explanate and

rufescent ; interstices very slightly convex, the third tri-

punctate.

Male.—Anterior tarsi grooved above, second joint oblong,

narrowed towerd~ ase, third subcordate ; the two hind

pairs distil.cory grooved. Apex of terminal ventral segment

with two setigerous punctures at each side of the middle.

Female.— Tarsi distinctly grooved, three punctures each

side of last segment, elytral apices subtruncate.

The rather definite limitation of the vertex in front, the

more convex hind body with deeper sulci, and the structural

difference in the third tarsal joint of the male are good

distinguishing characters for its separation from A. otagoensis,

in which the third joint of the anterior tarsus of the male is

quite oblong.

Length 5; breadth 2 lines.

West Plains, Invercargill.

One pair from Mr. A. Philpott in October 1894.

Ctenognathus litiorellus, sp. n.

Body black; head and thorax somewhat glossy, elytra less

so, labrum and mandibles red; antenna, palpi, and legs

rufo-testaceous.

Head oviform, small, vertex moderately convex, frontal

impressions well marked. Thorax cordate, length and

breadth equal, widest at the middle, rounded there, moderately

350 Major T. Broun on new

narrowed anteriorly, deeply sinuate behind the middle, but

near the base the sides are straight, posterior angles rect-

angular but not acute; the disk broadly depressed longi-

tudinally, the central groove extends from the base to the

oblique frontal impressions ; the marginal channels seem

deep, owing to the reflexed rims; basal fossa large and deep,

extending forwards as curvate impressions nearly to the apex ;

at the inner side ofeach of these, at the middle, there is

another but shorter impression, the base is closely longi-

tudinally strigose, the disk has indistinct transverse striae.

Elytra. oval, the lateral margins forming a gentle uninter-

rupted curve to the posterior angles of the thorax, at which

point the margins are also well developed ; they are a good

deal obliquely narrowed posteriorly, the apices are rather

sharply rounded, but not prolonged individually, thus causing

a slight sutural gap ; they are regularly and deeply striate,

with fine, rather indistinct punctures ; interstices slightly

convex, quite impunctate ; the short scutellar stria are well

marked.

Tarsi setose, basal three joints of the anterior oblong,

narrowed towards the base, decreasing in length and slightly

grooved above, the hind pairs distinctly grooved.

At first sight I thought this might be only a southern

form of C. pictonensis, Sharp, but there is no prolongation of

the elytral apices ; the punctuation of the stria, though fine,

is quite perceptible, and there are no interstitial punctures.

In C. adamsi the basal thoracic angles are more prominent,

but the elytral margins do not extend as far inwards at the

base, and their strie are impunctate.

3. Length 54; breadth 2 lines.

Invercargill.

Two found by Mr. A. Philpott under driftwood at the

seaside.

Tarastethus southlandicus, sp. n.

Glossy, nigro-piceous; legs and elytral margins rufescent;

the antenne, palpi, and tarsi rufo-testaceous.

Head obviously narrower than thorax, frontal impressions

distinct. yes large but not very prominent, finely but

distinctly facetted. Thorax nearly as long as broad, base

and apex truncate, lateral margins well developed; widest

near the middle, strongly rounded anteriorly, a good deal

sinuously narrowed backwards ; posterior angles rectangular

and slightly prominent; disk convex, its central furrow does

not reach the apex ; basal impressions somewhat elongated,

situated midway between the middle and sides and causing

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 351

a slight flattening of the base inwardly ; the fine punctuation

at the base extends to the lateral margins, but the middle,

though slightly uneven, is less evidently punctured. Elytra

convex, much broader than thorax, widest before the middle,

considerably narrowed behind; the shoulders, though rounded

and narrowed, are distinctly wider than the base of the

thorax ; their striz are rather shallow and finely punctured,

but become deeper, yet less evidently punctured, posteriorly ;

the apical carina is well developed. The antenne reach

backwards to beyond the thorax, their third joint is rather

longer than the fourth, and the terminal is distinctly longer

than the tenth. There is a minute seta at each hind angle

of the thorax. ‘

When compared with 7. leviventris, no. 1800, the pos-

terior sinuosity at each side of the thorax is seen to be

deeper and the angles more projecting; the hind body

broader, with more explanate lateral margins and wider

channels to within a very short distance from the very

slight incurvature near the apex, and that the posterior plica

extends forwards to the hind thighs. The thoracic basal

impressions and punctuation also are quite different.

Length nearly 2 lines ; breadth 1 lines.

Invercargill.

One example from Mr. Alfred Philpott.

Tarastethus carbonartus, sp. n.

Compact, nitid, black ; legs rufous, tinged with piceous ;

tarsi, palpi, and antenne fulvescent.

Head (including the eyes) as broad as front of thorax ;

frontal impressions elongate and minutely punctured, with a

single seta near the back of each eye. Thoraw nearly as

long as it is broad ; base truncate, apex slightly incurved ;

its sides finely margined and moderately rounded, rather

wider near the middle than elsewhere, moderately sinuate

behind, posterior angles a little prominent but not acute ;

its base resting on the elytra, the discoidal groove seemingly

finely punctate but not attaining the base or apex ; basal

foveze apparently absent, but represented by elongate feeble

impressions only, its surface without distinct sculpture.

Elytra oblong, with slightly reflexed rims and somewhat

concave lateral channels, their sides only slightly curved ;

apex broadly rounded, the base finely margined and distinctly

wider than thorax; the sutural two striz on each well

marked, quite deep behind and finely punctate; third to

sixth distinct behind, mere series of fine punctures on the

goat Mr. E. E. Austen on new

disk and becoming obsolete towards the base; the interstices

broad, plane, and smooth, the seventh distinctly carinate

behind.

There is but one species like this— 7. marginalis, no. 1829.

It has a more transverse thorax ; the humeral angles are

more rounded, so that the base of the thorax seems as wide,

or almost as wide, as they are. The elytral channels and

margins are wider ; the thoracic dorsal groove is deeper, and

the other sculpture differs, the sutural strie only of the elytra

attain the apex, the others becoming obsolete there; it has

two ocular sete.

In 7. carbonarius there is but one seta, placed close to the

inner and back part of each eye, and this seems to arise from

a minute swelling instead of a distinct puncture. The pos-

terior tibia are slightly arched. In 7. marginalis the hind

margins of the thorax are thickened and flattened near the

posterior angles.

?. Length 34 lines ; breadth 12 lines.

Manawatu Flats, nine miles below the Gorge.

One female, amongst other Carabide, collected by Mr. W.

W. Smith and Mr. Frank Park.

(To be continued. ]

XXXVIIT.—New African Phlebotomic Diptera in the British

Museum (Natural History).— Part V. Tabanide (con-

tinued). By Ernest E. Austen *,

TABANINA.

Hirpocentrvo J, gen. nov.

Allied to Hematopotat, Mg., but distinguished by the

head (at least in the @) being wholly or for the most part

* For Parts I-IV. see Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. i. pp. 209-

228 and 401-428, and vol. ii. pp. 94-116 and 274-301.

+ tmmos, a horse; xévrpov, a horse-goad.

t I do not propose to follow Dr, Kertész (‘ Catalogus Dipterorum

hucusque Descriptorum,’ vol. ii., Budapestini, 1908, p. 201) in adopting

as the designation of this well-known genus the name Chrysozona, Me.

(‘Nouvelle Classification,’ 23. 34, 1800), which, although actually

possessing three years’ priority over Hematopota, was, so to speak, stz/-

born, t. e. never entered into common use, and for more than a century

has remained buried in oblivion, This is surely a typical instance of a

ease in which the rules of strict priority should be disregarded in fayour

of expediency and common-sense !

African Phlebotomie Diptera. 353

shining, by the antenne (at any rate in the 3) being ex-

tremely slender and the first joint elongate, by the terminal

joint of the palpi in the ¢ being very large and shining on the

outer side, which is strongly convex, while the inner side

is flattened, and by the wings, though more or less suffused

with dark colour interrupted by pale streaks or blotches,

being without the peculiar light markings characteristic of

Hematopota.

Head wide, convex in front, posterior surface flattened and

excavated; anterior region of front somewhat tumid, but

frontal callus, as seen in Hematopota, Mg., only partially

developed or wanting; antenne not situate on a well-marked

tubercle or prominence; median region of face somewhat

prominent; eyes bare, and in 2 consisting of small facets of

equal size ; first joint of palpi slender, terminal joint in ?

somewhat like an isosceles triangle in outline when viewed

from outer side, with upper margin convex; first joint of

antenne cylindrical, not at all incrassate, usually more or

less curved inwards, six to seven times as long as second

joint, which is of usual shape (in typical species very small),

and without a prominent angle above or below, third joint

slender and elongate, without a prominent angle on upper

side near base, terminal portion of third joint consisting of

three annuli, last annulus approximately equal in length to

the two preceding annuli taken together, first and second

joints of antenne taken together about two-thirds of length

of third joint; proboscis as in Hematopota. Body narrow

and elongate, hairy covering short and inconspicuous ; dorsum

of thorax without or with no conspicuous markings ; scutel-

lum small, bluntly triangular, not inflated. Wings: venation

as in Hematopota; upper branch of third longitudinal vein

with or without an appendix, which, if present, may be

exceedingly small.

Typical species, Hippocentrum versicolor, sp. n.: Hemato-

pota strigipennis, Karsch (Ent. Nachr. xv. 1889, p. 240),

described from the Gaboon, and H. trimaculata, Newstead

(‘Annals of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology,’ i. 1907,

p. 42, pl. iv. fig. 2), described from the Congo Free State,

also belong to this genus.

In the shape and size of the terminal joint of the palpi the

present genus resembles Thriamdeutes, Grinberg (‘ Zoolo-

gischer Anzeiger,’ xxx. Bd. 1906, pp. 352-353, fig. 4),

which was founded for Thriambeutes singularis, Griinb. (loc.

cit. p. 353), from Togoland, W. Africa. Thriambeutes,

however, belongs to the Pangoninz, and consequently has

spurs at the tips of the hind tibia; apart from this, Hippo-

354 Mr. E. E. Austen on new

centrum can at once be distinguished from Griinherg’s genus

by, inter alia, the elongate and slender first antennal joint,

which is six or seven instead of only three times as long as

the second joint, and by the antennze not being situate on a

prominent tubercle. In the shining face, expanded and

shining terminal joint of the palpi, and coloration of the

wings the new genus exhibits resemblances to the Neotropical

Lepidoselaga, Macq., from which, however, it is readily

distinguishable owing to the elongate shape of the body, the

length of the first jomt of the antennw, and the non- or

scarcely incrassate front tibie, which in Lepidoselaga are

enormously swollen.

Hippocentrum versicolor, sp. n.

? .—Length (9 specimens) 7 to 9 mm.; width of head

2°4 to 2°38 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm. to just over

1 mm.; length of wing 7°25 to 8°75 mm.

Body dusky, wings variegated, tibie for most part buff or

cream-buff *.—Dorsum of thorax blackish, covered with

greyish dust; scutellum and abdomen clove-brown, second,

third, and fourth abdominal segments each with a more or less

deep though not very distinct greyish hind border ; wings for

most part dark brown, but with large hyaline or milky streaks

or blotches, extreme base and costal cells ochre-yellow.

Head: front, face, and jowls shining clove-brown, a more

or less distinct tawny-olive band sometimes visible imme-

diately below antenne, extending from eye to eye; upper

half of front pearl-grey pollinose; in rubbed specimens

pollinose area may appear to be confined to a somewhat

curved transverse band, occupying a depression above the

more or less tumid anterior half of the front, which forms an

ill-defined callus of considerable depth, lower portion of

which extends from eye to eye and has a nearly straight

lower margin, while upper portion is subtriangular; in

middle line immediately below callus, with which it is in

contact, is a small dull clove-brown spot (as exhibited by so

many species of Hematopota), sometimes difficult to distin-

cuish, situate between callus and base of antenne ; terminal

joint of palpi clove-brown, clothed on outer side for most

part with minute and inconspicuous dark brown hairs ; first

and second joints of antenne pale mummy-brown or raw

umber-coloured, second joint and distal half of first some-

* For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgway, ‘A Nomen-

clature of Colors for Naturalists’ (Boston: Little, Brown, & Company,

1886).

African Phlebotomic Diptera. 3955

times darker, third joint dark brown, lighter at extreme base.

Thorax: dorsum sparsely clothed with minute and deciduous

yellowish hairs, in front with traces of a pair of widely

separated greyish longitudinal stripes, not extending beyond

transverse suture. Aéddomen: dorsum sparsely clothed with

minute, appressed, dark brown hairs, and with similar pale

yellow hairs on hind borders and posterior angles of second,

third, and fourth segments; grey hind borders of second

to fourth segments inclusive more or less expanded on

sides ; venter shining clove-brown, extreme hind margins of

second and following segments cream-coloured, ventral

surface of second segment sparsely clothed with minute

appressed pale yellow hairs, that of following segments clothed

with dark brown or blackish hairs. Wings: dark brown,

except extreme base and costal cells, which are ochre-yellow,

a large hyaline area, which includes both basal and bases

of first submarginal, first posterior, and discal cells, a second

hyaline area, including alula and anal angle, though rudiment

of seventh longitudinal or axillary vein is usually marked by

a brownish streak, a broad milky streak extending diagonally

backwards from costa just beyond stigma and either termi-

nating in distal extremity of discal cell or else just reaching

fourth posterior cell, and a large triangular, quadrate, or

ovoid milky spot, situate on hind margin in fifth posterior

cell, and looking like a continuation of the diagonal streak ;

dark brown area thus includes distal third, with its proximal

margin oblique, a blotch occupying distal half of axillary

cell, whole of anal cell except extreme base, and rather more

than basal half of fifth posterior cell, and fusing with apical

blotch in fourth posterior cell ; there is also a broad dark

brown streak, which runs obliquely downwards from lower

margin of stigma, crosses discal cell, and becomes merged

with the larger brown area in the fourth posterior cell ;

stigma elongate, ochre-yellow at its proximal, dark brown at

its distal extremity. Halteres: stalk cream-buff, knob

eream-coloured. Legs: front cox clove-brown, greyish

pollinose; front and middle femora dark brown, front femora

sometimes paler (mummy-brown), hind femora clove-brown ;

front tibize slightly expanded towards tips, but not really

incrassate, hind tibize not incrassate ; tips of front tibie dark

brown or front tibise except base sometimes wholly brown,

middle tibiz wholly buff, hind tibiz brown or brownish on

inner side, or more or less brown except at base; front tarsi

dark brown, middle and hind tarsi brown, with first joint,

except tip, and bases of two following joints buff or cream-

buf.

356 Mr. ©, T. Regan Oh new

Northern and Southern Nigeria ; Uganda: type and three

other specimens from Lagos, S. Nigeria, taken on railway at

573 miles camp, 12. vi. 1906, “ very troublesome to horses ””

(Dr. R. C. Hiscock, per Dr. W. H. W. Strachan, C.M.G.) ;

additional specimens from the Lower Niger, S. Nigeria,

vil. 1906 (G. C. Dudgeon); Akwatcha, Bassa Province,

N. Nigeria, July 1906 (Dr. G. J. Pirie) ; Zungeru, Zaria

Province, N. Nigeria, 14. vii. 1905 (Dr. Dalziel, per Dr. J. H.

Ashworth), and July 1907 (J. Brand) ; Little Koriga River,

N. Nigeria, 18. vii. 1907 (J. Brand) ; and the Nile Province,

Uganda, 1906, “ caught on a native in camp; only specimen

seen” (the late Dr. W. A. Densham).

Hippocentrum versicolor can easily be distinguished by the

wing-markings from Hippocentrum trimaculatum (Hemato-

pota trimaculaia), Newstead (?=Hematopota strigipennis,

Karsch).

XXXIX.— Descriptions of Three new Cyprinoid Fishes from

Yunnan, collected by Mr. John Graham. By C. Tate

Reaan, M.A. ; ,

Acanthorhodeus elongatus.

Depth of body 3 to 32 in the length, length of head 4 to

4}. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 23 in

the length of head and greater than the interorbital width.

Mouth terminal, very oblique; no barbels. 36 to 38 scales

in a longitudinal series, 5 to 63 in a transverse series from

origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 4 or 5 between lateral

line and base of pelvic fin. Dorsal II 11-13; second spine

2 to } the length of head, shorter than the anterior branched

rays ; free edge of the fin concave. Anal II 10-11 (12).

Pectoral sometimes reaching the pelvics, which extend nearly

or quite to the anal. Silvery; back olivaceous; a bluish

lateral stripe ; males with the anal fin blackish.

Hab. Yunnan Fu.

Several specimens, 55 to 70 mm. in total length.

Using L. 8. Berg’s valuable synopsis of the Rhodeinz

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. 1907, p. 106), this species

is found to be nearest to A. atranalis, Giinth., from which it

differs notably in the elongate body and the very oblique

terminal mouth.

Berg distinguishes Acanthorhodeus from Achilognathus by

the pharyngeal dentition, the former being defined as haying

Cyrinoid Fishes from Yunnan. 307

the teeth deeply serrated, whilst in the latter they are said to

be entire. It seems doubtful whether the divisions based on

this character are more natural than those founded on the

presence or absence of spinous rays in the dorsal and anal

fins. The recently described Acanthorhodeus gracilis, Regan

(P. Z. S. 1908, p. 60), from Corea, has the pharyngeal teeth

distinctly but not deeply serrated.

Barilius grahami.

Dorsal fin with 7 branched rays, anal with 11. About 60

scales in a longitudinal series. In other characters extremely

similar to B. polylepis, Regan, and B. andersoni, Regan.

Hab. Chenkiang Lake, 90 miles §.E. of Yunnan Fu.

Six specimens, which had been dried, 100 to 120 mm. in

total length.

Nemachilus oxygnathus.

Depth of body 8 to 9} in the length, length of head 5 to 52.

Snout as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye

6 in the length of head, a little greater than the interorbital

width. Breadth of head 2 in its length and more than its

depth. Mouth formed as in JV. berezowskii, Giinth., the

premaxillaries forming a pointed symphysial projection;

maxillary barbel 14 the diameter of eye. Valve between the

nostrils produced into a short barbel. Body covered with

small scales behind the level of the dorsal fin; further forward

‘ rudimentary scales on the ‘sides; lateral line complete.

Dorsal 11, with 9 branched rays; origin nearer to end of

snout than to base of caudal; longest ray shorter than base

of fin; free edge slightly convex. Anal 7, with 5 branched

rays. Pectoral extending about 4 the distance from its base

to the pelvics, which are 8-rayed, are inserted below the first

branched ray of the dorsal, and extend about § of the distance

from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal rounded.

Caudal peduncle nearly as long as or a little longer than the

head and about twice as long as deep. Body with 15 dark

brown cross-bands, about as wide as the interspaces between

them; 5 bands on the caudal region; dorsal rays with 2 or 3

series of dark spots.

fTab. Yunnan Fu.

T'wo specimens, 102 and 131 mm. in total length.

The closely allied N. derezowshkii, Giinth., 1896, from

Southern Kansu, has a shorter head (6 in the length) and

more numerous cross-bands (9 on the caudal region).

Our

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, ii. 2

358 On a new Locariid Fish.

XL.— Description of a new Loricariid Fish of the Genus

Plecostomus from Argentina. By C. TATE Reagan, M.A.

Plecostomus teeniatus, sp. n.

Depth of body 5 to 54 in the Jength, length of head 32 to

33. Head as broad as long and 1% as long as deep. Diameter

of eye 8 to 9 in the length of head, interorbital width 22,

length of snout 14. Length of mandibular ramus 2 in the

interorbital width; 30 to 36 teeth on each side in both jaws.

Barbel about 2 the diameter of eye. Snout broad, obtuse ;

supraorbital edges not raised; temporal plates not keeled ;

supraoccipital without median ridge, bordered posteriorly by

4 or 5 scutes ; occipital process short. Scutes spinulose, not

carinate, 31 in a longitudinal series, 8 between dorsal and

adipose fin, 15 or 16 between analand caudal. Lower surface

of head and abdomen covered with small granular scales.

Dorsal I 7, the first ray a little longer than the head and

when laid back extending to the fifth seute behind the last

ray, which is a little more than 4 as long as the first. Length

of base of dorsal equal to its distance from posterior end of

spine of adipose fin. Anal14. Pectoral spine extending to

anterior + of pelvic fin. Caudal emarginate, the middle rays

nearly ? as long as the longest. Caudal peduncle 34 as long

as deep. Head with numerous small dark spots; sides of

body with three or four dark longitudinal stripes, each occu-

pying the upper and lower parts of adjacent series of scutes ;

dorsal and paired fins with some dark spots ; caudal dusky.

Hab. Rio La Plata,

T'wo specimens, 260 mm. in total length, received for

dctermination from the Berlin Museum. One of these has

been retained for the British Museum Collection.

XLI.—Descriptions of new Fishes from Lake Candidius,

Formosa, collected by Dr. A. Moltrecht. By C. Tate

Reaan, M.A.

Gymnostomus labiatus.

Depth of body equal to the length of head, 4 in the length

of the fish, Snout not projecting beyond the upper lip,

nearly as long as the postorbital part of head. Diameter of

On new Fishes from Lake Candidius, Formosa, 359

eye 5 in the length of head, interorbital width 3. Width of

mouth a little less than 3} the width of head; sheath of lower

jaw with rounded anterior edge; lower lip thick, divided

into two lobes by a deep anterior notch; posterior edge of

lower lip narrowly interrupted medianly; 4 barbels, the

posterior twice as long as the anterior and 13 as long as the

eye. 41 scales in a longitudinal series, 54 in a transverse

series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 3 between

lateral line and base of pelvic fin. Dorsal 11, with 8 branched

rayS; origin equidistant from end of snout and base of

caudal; first branched ray the longest, a little longer than

the base of the fin. Anal 8, with 5 branched rays. Pectoral

& the length of head, not reaching the pelvics, which are

inserted below the anterior part of dorsal. Silvery; back

darker; six dark vertical bars on each side; membrane of

dorsal fin blackish.

A single specimen, 137 mm. in total length.

Opsarvchthys barbatus.

Pharyngeal teeth 1.4.5—5.4.1. Depth of body 34 to

4 in the length, length of head 34 to 32. Snout longer than

eye, the diameter of which is 44 to 54 in the length of head ;

interorbital width 24 to 3 in the length of head. Oleft of

mouth oblique, extending to below anterior 4 of eye; on each

side a short barbel at the corner of the mouth; lower jaw

shorter than the upper; a notch in front of the preorbital, in

advance of which the upper lip is partly covered by the skin

of the snout. 52 to 58 scales in a longitudinal series, 12 or

13 in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral

line, 3 or 4 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin.

Dorsal 10, with 7 branched rays; origin above base of

pelvics; longest ray } to 3 the length of head; tree edge a

little convex. Anal 12, with 9 or 10 branched rays; middle

rays prolonged in the adult. Pectoral shorter than the head,

not reaching the pelvics. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle

12 to 12 as long as deep. A dark lateral stripe expanding

on the caudal peduncle; a vertically elongate blackish spot

on each interradial membrane of the dorsal.

Four specimens, 98 to 160 mm. in total length; all are

males with tubercles on the snout and suborbitals.

Although differing from other members of the genus in the

presence of barbels, this species can scarcely be regarded as

generically distinct from VU. pachycephalus.

25%

360 On new Fishes from Lake Candidius, Formosa.

PARARASBORA, gen. Nov.

Differs from Rasbora only in the structure of the mouth,

the prominences on the lower jaw and the corresponding

emarginations of the upper jaw being absent.

Pararasbora moltrechtt.

Depth of body 34 to 4 in the length, length of head 33 to

34, Snout as long or nearly as long as eye, the diameter of

which is 84 to 32 in the length of head ; interorbital width

21 to 22. Mouth oblique ; jaws equal anteriorly ; no barbels.

35 scales in a longitudinal series, 54 in a transverse series

from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 2 between lateral

line and base of pelvic fin. Dorsal 10, with 7 branched rays,

above the space between pelvics and anal; free edge slightly

concave. Anal 9, with 6 branched rays. Silvery; most of

the scales on the sides with a dark vertical bar at the base.

Two specimens, 54 and 68 mm. in total length.

Liobagrus formosanus.

Depth of body 6 in the length, length of head 43.

Head a little longer than, broad; interocular width nearly

3 in the length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly; pre-

maxillary band of teeth apparently about 23 as long as

broad ; posterior mandibulary barbel extending to basal part

of pectoral, Dorsal 1 5; spine 4 the length of head.

Pectoral spine 4 the length of the fin, which is # the length

of head. Anal 15. Caudalrounded. Greyish ; fins dusky ;

anal and caudal with a narrow pale edge.

A single specimen, 37 mm. in total length.

This species is very near the Corean L. andersoni, Regan,

1908.

Salanx acuticeps.

Depth of body 11 in the length, length of head 53 to 53.

Head 8 times as long as broad ; snout acutely pointed, shorter

than postorbital part of head; diameter of eye 8 in the length

of head. Lower jaw not projecting, with a toothed pre-

dentary bone and with anterior canines which perforate the

roof of the mouth ; tongue toothless. Dorsal 13-14. Anal

26-27, originating below the second ray of dorsal. Pectoral

with 9 or 10 rays ; origin of pelvics nearer to anal than to

base of pectoral.

‘T'wo specimens, 115 mm. in total length.

On new Forms of Pteropus. 361

XLI.— Twenty new Forms of Pteropus.

By KNupD ANDERSEN.

Fut descriptions of the species and subspecies briefly

diagnosed in this paper will appear in the new edition of the

British Museum ‘Catalogue of Chiroptera’ now under

preparation.

Pteropus hypomelanus canus, subsp. n.

Teeth averaging larger than in any other race of the

species, except Pt. h. lepidus. Back, in the normal pale-

coloured phase, pale mouse-grey, lightening to silvery whitish

grey on rump, and with or without a distinct buffy suffusion ;

mantle some shade of hazel or chestnut ; head similar to or

brighter than mantle. Size as in lepidus.

Lype. $ ad. skin and skull, Pulo Pandak, North Natuna

Islands, Sept. 1894; collected by Ch. Hose; presented by

the Tring Museum; B.M. 95. 11. 8. 3.

Specimens examined. Four, from the collections of the

U.S. National (one *) and British Museums.

fiange. North Natuna Islands: Pulo Panjang, P. Pandak,

re Eait:

Remarks.—This form is readily distinguished from Pe. h.

- lepidus by the conspicuously brighter tinge of the mantle

and head.

Pteropus hypomelanus annectens, subsp. n.

‘Teeth not averaging larger than usual. Normal pale-

coloured phase rather similar in colour to corresponding phase

of Pt. h. lepidus, but generally more strongly suffused with

golden ochraceous or paler or darker Prout’s brown on back,

and with brighter mantle and head. Forearm 130-134 mm.

Type. Imm. alc. and skull, Sirhassen, South Natunas,

collected by A. Everett; B.M. 94. 9. 28. 25.

Specimens examined. Five, from the collections of the U.S.

National (three T) and British Museums.

Range. Sirhassen, South Natuna Islands.

Remarks.—In characters as in habitat this race seems to

occupy an intermediate position between Pé. h. lepidus

(Tambelan Islands) and Pt. h. tomest (Borneo) ; in the size

of the teeth it accords with the latter form, in the colour of

* U.S. N. M. 104737; Pulo Laut, N. Natunas.

7 U.S. N, M. 104732-34; Sirhassen.

362 Mr. K. Andersen on

the fur it approaches the former ; in the size of the skull it

appears to average smaller than either,

Pteropus hypomelanus luteus, subsp. n.

The palest race of the species. Back, rump, and flanks

same shade of brown (from nearly seal-brown to Mars-brown) ;

head, mantle, throat, foreneck, breast, and belly ochraceous

buff, buff, or cream-buff, with or without a brownish wash on

throat and anal region. Forearm 128-136 mm.

Type. 3 ad. skin and skull, Kiriwini Island, Trobriand

group, 15th Feb. 1895; collected by A. S. Meek; B.M.

961 Li0.0;

Specimens examined. Seven, in the collection of the British

Museum.

Range. New Guinea; Conflict Is. (Itamarina) ; Trobriand

group (Kiriwini) ; Woodlark I.

Remarks.—The difference in colour between P%. h. luteus

and any of the western races of the species (gemtnus, enganus,

condorensis, canus, lepidus, annectens, tomes?) is very great,

but the gap is completely overbridged by those races which,

step for step, through the Philippines (cagayanus), Celebes

(macassaricus), and the Gilolo group (hypomelanus), lead, in

colour as in geographical habitat, up to dutews. ‘The inti-

mate relationship between all these forms is further shown

by the fact that, save in the colour of the fur, they are in all

respects (in skull, teeth, ears, quality, distribution, and length

of fur, and external dimensions) indistinguishable from each

other, except enganus, which averages smaller, canus and

lepidus, in which the teeth average larger, and annectens, in

which the skull averages smaller.

Pteropus satyrus, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. hypomelanus, but with smaller eyes and longer

fur. Diameter of orbit 12°2 mm., against 12°7-13-2 in all

forms of Pt. hypomelanus; length of fur of back 18-19 mm.,

against 10-14 mm. in Pt. hypomelanus.—Back and rump

blackish seal-brown, thinly and evenly sprinkled with pale

greyish hairs, producing the general effect of a blackish

colour slightly lightened with greyish. Centre of breast and

belly golden buffy (type) or nearly cream-buff (paratype) ;

sides of breast and belly, anal region, and flanks blackish

very slightly sprinkled with pale greyish. Mantle chocolate

(type) or between cinnamon and russet (paratype), these

colours gradually darkening on sides of neck and fore-

neck to dark chocolate (type) or russet (paratype). Crown

new Forms of Pteropus. 363

and sides of head mixed blackish, buffy, and pale greyish ;

throat blackish. Forearm about 139 mm.

Type. & ad. skin and skull, Narcondam, Andaman

Islands, Oct. 1904; presented by C. G. Rogers, Esq.; B.M.

ore, L. 1.

Specimens examined. Two, in the collection of the British

Museum.

Range. As yet only known from Narcondam, North

Andamans.

Remarks.—This species probably replaces Pt. hypomelanus

in the Andaman Islands. From the geographically nearest

race of that species, Pt. hypomelanus geminorum (Mergui

Archipelago), it differs chiefly in the conspicuously longer

fur, the lesser amount of greyish admixture in the colour of

the fur, the bright-coloured centre of breast and belly, and

the slightly smaller eyes.—In general colour Pt. satyrus

approaches the Andaman representative of the Pt. melanotus

group, viz. Pt. tytlert, from which it is easily distinguished

by the smaller size, much smaller skull and teeth, and less

developed posterior basal ledges of premolars and molars.—

In the Nicobars it is replaced by a distinct species, P¢.

Jaunulus.

Pteropus colonus, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. hypomelanus, but much smaller. Forearm

109-114 mm.

Back and rump Prout’s brown, rather thinly and incon-

spicuously sprinkled with greyish-white hairs. Breast,

belly, and flanks dark Prout’s brown (type) or Mars-brown

(paratype), thinly (type) or thickly (paratype) sprinkled

with greyish-white hairs. Mantle and sides of neck strongly

contrasting with back, cream-buff slightly washed with

ochraceous buff; foreneck similar, but considerably darkened

by admixture of brownish. Crown and occiput similar to

mantle, the colour passing gradually into a darker shade

on sides of head, and this in turn into dark brownish on

throat.

Type. 3 ad. skin and skull, Alu, Shortland Island, Solo-

mon Islands, April 1886; collected by C. M. Woodford,

Bsq.; B.M. 87. 1. 18. 3.

Specimens examined. ‘lwo, in the collection of the British

Museum.

Range. Shortland Island, West Solomons.

Remarks.—No doubt an eastern offshoot of Pt. hypomelanus,

In the colour of the fur of the upperside it accords very

364 Mr. K. Andersen on

closely with the extreme eastern, New Guinea race of that

species, Pt. hypomelanus luteus, differing chiefly in the

smaller size, relatively shorter ears, and darker underparts.

Pteropus speciosus, sp. n.

Similar to Pt, hypomelanus, but skull considerably smaller ;

total length of skull about 57 mm., against 61-69 in all

forms of Pt. hypomelanus. Back, in the ordinary phase,

blackish conspicuously sprinkled all over with shining silvery

whitish-grey hairs. Breast and front of belly orange-tawny ;

flanks and hinder belly similar to back. Mantle rich hazel,

passing through a darker shade on sides of neck into chestnut

on foreneck. Crown buffy, slightly mixed with blackish

hairs; sides of head and throat mixed blackish and buffy

grey. A blackish phase occurs. Externally smaller than

any form of Lt. hypomelanus except Pt. h. enganus; forearm

120-123 mm.

Type. $ ad.alc. and skull, Malanipa Island, off Zamboanga

( Challenger’ Expedition) ; presented by the Lords of the

Treasury ; B.M. 90. 2. 20. 4.

Specimens examined. Two, in the British Museum.

Range. Sulu Archipelago: Malanipa I., Sibutu I.

Pteropus mimus, sp. n.

Skull and teeth as in Ft. speciosus, colour of fur different.

Back Vandyck-brown; rump similar, but washed with Mars-

brown. Breast and belly pale golden ochraceous tinged with

orange, heavily clouded with Mars-brown on breast and

crissum, purer in tinge on belly ; flanks dark Prout’s brown,

many hairs with tawny tips. Mantle rich ochraceous buff

strongly tinged with orange (type), or between cinnamon and

russet (paratype) ; sides of neck and foreneck nearly tawny.

Crown similar to mantle ; forehead and sides of head brownish

mixed with buffy ; throat seal-brown.

Type. ¢ ad. skin and skull, Macassar, S. Celebes ; col-

lected by Dr. A. R. Wallace; B.M. 7. 1. 1. 239 (Tomes

Collection),

Specimens examined. Two, in the British Museum.

Range. Macassar, South Celebes.

Pteropus pelewensis, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. admiralitatum. General size of skull as in

that species, but rostrum narrower, orbits smaller: maxillary

width externally across m'-m’' 14:8 mm., against 16-17 in

new Forms of Pteropus. 365

Pt. admiralitatum; orbital diameter 11, against 12-12°5.

Structure of teeth as in the allied species, but dentition on

the whole slightly weaker, p, and m, markedly smaller. Fur

shorter ; approximate length on back 9-11 mm. (16-18 in

Pt. admiralitatum). Colour of fur approaching that of

Pt. admiralitatum. Forearm about 113 mm.

Type. & ad. skin and skull, Pelew Islands; collected by

Capt. Heinsohn (Godeffroy Museum) ; B.M. 74. 10. 5. 8.

Specimens examined. Two, in the British Museum.

Range. Pelew Islands.

Pteropus yapensis, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. admiralitatum. Size of skull as in that

species, if not slightly larger, but temporal fossa much

broader, zygomatic arches therefore much more flaring poste-

riorly (zygomatic width about 36 mm., against 32-33 in

Pt. admiralitatum) ; frontal region between orbits broader ;

coronoid process markedly higher, coronoid height of

mandible larger than c—m?, but smaller than c—ms, in Pt. admi-

ralitatum subequal to c-m?. Hissential characters of dentition

as in Pt. admiralitatum, but p* and p* distinctly larger, poste-

rior basal ledges of p*, p*, 3, y4, and m, somewhat heavier

and more sharply marked off trom teeth, cingulum of canines

broader. Length of fur as in P¢. pelewensis, shorter than in

Pt. admiralitatum. Blackish above and beneath, sprinkled

with whitish; mantle and sides of neck strongly contrasting

yellowish buff; foreneck washed with russet. Forearm

about 130 mm.

Type. $ ad. skin and skull, Yap Island, W. Carolines ;

collected by Capt. Peters (Godeffroy Museum); B.M.

74. 10. 5. 11.

Specimens examined. Two, in the British Museum.

ftange. Western Caroline Islands: Yap and Mackenzie

Islands. |

Pteropus cognatus, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. brunneus (EX. Queensland). General size of

skull as in that species, but rostrum much shorter, from front

of orbit to tip of nasals 17 mm., against 21 in Pt. brunneus ;

mandible markedly heavier posteriorly, coronoid height 26mm.

(rather greater than lower tooth-row, c—m3), against 23°7 (less

than lower tooth-row) in f%. brunneus. m3 considerably

reduced, little more than half the size of p,; also m? some-

what smaller than in Pt. brunneus. Colour essentially as in

the allied species. Forearm approximately 121 mm.

366 Mr. K. Andersen on

Type. & imm. skin and skull, San Christoval, S.E. Solo-

mon Islands; collected by J. Macgillivray; presented by

the Museum of Economic Geology ; B.M. 55. 11. 7. 9.

Specimens examined. One adult skull, two immature skins

and skulls, in the collection of the British Museum.

ange. San Christoval, 8.E. Solomon Islands.

Pteropus rubianus, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. raynert, but much larger. Back Vandyck-

brown, rump sharply contrasting yellowish buff, mantle and

foreneck dark russet, shading to deep tawny on sides of

breast and belly, and to yellowish buff on crissum ; centre of

breast seal-brown; forehéad and sides of face mottled

yellowish buff and chestnut. Forearm 163 mm.

Type. & ad. alc. and skull, Rubiana, Central Solomon

Islands; collected by C. M. Woodford, Esq.; B.M. 88.1.5. 1.

—The type is the only specimen examined.

Pteropus lavellanus, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. rubianus, but cingulum of upper and lower

canines broader, general size of animal smaller, tibia rela-

tively much shorter (65°5-67°5 mm., against 76°5 in Pt. rubi-

anus), colour of fur darker. Back glossy seal-brown ; rump

varying from cinnamon-rufous, through cinnamon, to nearly

orange ochraceous buffy, in any case strongly contrasting

with dark back; occiput, mantle, and foreneck chestnut-

chocolate ; centre of breast and upper belly glossy blackish,

forming a large oval patch; sides of breast and belly, in-

cluding flanks, dark Mars-brown ; circumocular space and

sides of face mixed dark brown, buffy, and pale greyish.

Forearm 151-156 mm.

Type. & ad. skin and skull, Vella Lavella, Central Solo-

mon Islands, 12th March, 1908; collected by A. S. Meek.

Specimens examined, ‘Three, in the collection of the British

Museum.

Range. Known from the type locality only.

ftemarks.—The differential characters given above are

based on a comparison with Pt. rubianus. From Pt. grandis

(Shortland Island and Bougainville), which it closely

resembles in the colour of the neck, back, rump, and under-

parts, P¢. lavellanus is readily distinguished by its smaller

size (forearm of Pt. grandis 167-172 mm.), relatively shorter

tibia (in Pt. grandis 76°5 mm.) and smaller ears, and by

having the crown and face grizzled buffy, greyish, and dark

brown, not uniform blackish or seal-brown as in Pt. grandis.

new Eorms of Pteropus. 367

Pteropus solitarius, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. lombocensis, but smaller and paler in colour.

Back Prout’s brown, much lightened with buffy or buffy clay

tips to the hairs; rump more unmixed buffy clay; breast,

belly, and flanks much lighter than back, buffy tinged with

golden clay; mantle between ochraceous buff and buff; fore-

neck golden ochraceous buff, distinctly brighter than breast ;

occiput, crown, forehead, sides of face, chin, and throat nearly

similar to mantle, though slightly darker, more tinged with

tawny. Forearm 108°5 mm.

Type. & ad. skin and skull, Alor Island (Ombay), Lesser

Sunda Islands, 15th April, 1897; collected by A. Everett ;

B.M. 98. 11.3. 16.—The type is the only specimen examined.

Pteropus rufus princeps, subsp. n.

Similar to Pt. rufus rufus (Pt. edwardsi auct.), but skull

and external dimensions conspicuously larger. ‘Total length

of skull 77 mm. (69—73°8 in the typical form of the species) ;

mandible 62 (54°5-58°2) ; forearm 170°5 (158°5-165°5).

Type. & ad. alc. and skull, Fort Dauphin, S.E. Mada-

gascar ; collected by M. Cloisel; B.M. 91. 11. 30. 10.

Remarks.—The typical smaller form of the species is

apparently confined to the northern and central part of

Madagascar.

Pieropus lylei, sp. n.

Similar to Pt. giganteus, but in every respect much

smaller; breast and belly usually blackish or seal-brown (as

in Pt. vampyrus), but occasionally light-coloured (as in

Pt. giganteus). ‘otal length of skull 61-66°5 mm., against

71-76 in Pt. giganteus. Forearm 148-154 mm., against

163°5-176°5 in giganteus.

Type. 2 ad. skin and skull, Bangkok, Siam, 20th Aug.

1903; presented by Th. H. Lyle, Esq.; B.M. 4. 4. 7. 2.

Specimens examined. Nine, in the collection of the Berlin

(Bangkok specimens) and British Museums (Pechabun,

Bangkok, Saigon).

Range. Siam (Pechabun, Bangkok) ; Saigon.

Remarks.—This species probably replaces Pt. giyanteus in

Siam, Cambodja, and Cochin-China. The Bangkok speci-

inens in the Berlin Museum were catalogued by Matschie

(‘ Megachiroptera,’ p. 26; skull tigured, pl. iv. fig. 8; 1899)

under the name Pteropus (Spectrum) assamensis ; McClelland’s

Ft. assamensis is, however, the Himalayan race of Pt. gigan-

teus, Pt. g. leucocephalus, Hodgson.

368 Mr. K. Andersen on

Pteropus intermedius, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. giganteus, but breast and belly seal-brown or

blackish like back. Forearm about 180 mm.

Type. § ad. skin and skull, Amherst, near Moulmein ;

collected by W. Davison; presented by A. O. Hume, Esq. ;

B.M. 85. 8.515101

Remarks.—In skull and dentition this species is scarcely

distinguishable from Pé. giganteus ; in all external characters,

except the colour of the breast and belly, it is similar to that

species, though apparently rather larger; but it resembles

Pt. vampyrus in the blackish colour of the breast and belly.

From the geographically nearest race of Pt. vampyrus, viz.

Pt. v. malaccensis (see below), it is readily distinguished by

its much smaller size (forearm about 180 mm., against 200-

209) and by having the foreneck nearly as bright-coloured

as the mantle, in strong contrast to blackish breast and belly.

From the Siamese P¢. lylet (forearm 148-154 mm.) it differs

by its much larger size.

Pteropus vampyrus malaccensis, subsp. n.

Mantle bright-coloured, sharply contrasting with dark

back. Skull, total length 76°5-86°5 mm.; forearm 200-

209 mm.

Type. § ad. skin and skull, Kuala Tembeling, Pahang,

Malay Peninsula, 26th Aug. 1903; collected by H. C.

Robinson, Esq.; B.M. 6. 10. 4. 7.

Specimens examined. Nineteen, from the collections of the

Leyden (three, Sumatra ; one, Banka), U.S. National (three,

Linga Arch.*), and British Museums.

Lange. Malay Peninsula; Sumatra ; Linga Archipelago ;

Banka.

Remarks.—The range of Pt, vampyrus, in its full specific

sense, covers almost exactly the Indo-Malayan subregion as

defined by Wallace; only in the extreme south-east the

species crosses ‘‘ Wallace’s line” and extends to Timor.

Within this vast area Pé. vampyrus is differentiated into six

races. ‘l'hree of these, viz. Pt. v. pluton (Bali and Lombok),

Pt. v. edulis (Savu and Timor), and P2. v. lanensis (Philip-

pines), are “‘ melanistic” races, 7. e. the mantle is generally

blackish or Vandyck-brown, similar in colour to, or not

strongly contrasting with, the back. In the three other

races the mantle is generally some shade of buffy, much

paler than, and strongly contrasting with, the back ; of these,

* U.S. N. M. 101590-91, 101593,

‘new Forms of Pteropus. 369

Pt. v. natune (Natuna Islands and Borneo; see below) is

characterized by its small size: forearm 182°5-196 mm. ;

Pt. v. malaccensis is considerably larger: forearm 200-

209 mm.; Pt. v. vampyrus (Java) the largest: forearm 208-

220 mm., and, together with Pt. v. pluton (Bali and Lombok),

the largest bat known.

Pteropus vampyrus natune, subsp. n.

Similar to Pt. vampyrus malaccensis, but smaller. Skull,

total length about 73-78 mm.; forearm 182°5-196 mm.

Lype. g ad. skin and skull, Pulo Panjang, North Natuna

Islands, Sept. 1894; collected by E. Hose; presented by

the ‘Tring Museum; B.M. 95. 11. 8. 1.

Specimens examined. Twelve, in the collections of the

Leyden, U.S. National *, and British Museums.

Range. North Natuna Islands (Bunguran ;-Pulo Paniang) ;

N. Borneo (Sarawak).

fiemarks.—See Pt. vampyrus malaccensis (above).

Pteropus morio, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. alecto, but much smaller and with much

longer fur. Hair of back 16-17 mm., against 7-11 in

Pt. alecto. Back seal-brown, slightly lightened by dark

Vandyck-brown tips to most of the hairs and sprinkled with

a few whitish hairs ; rump conspicuously washed with pale

Vandyck-brown, owing to brownish tips to hairs being longer

and paler than on back; underparts essentially as in Pé.

alecto; mantle deep chocolate with blackish bases to the

hairs; sides of neck, foreneck, and head as in Pt. alecto.

Forearm about 141 mm. (160-175 in Pt. alecto). —-

Type. @ ad.skin and skull, Waingapo, Sumba, Oct. 1896 ;

collected by A. Everett; B.M. 98. 11. 3. 15.

Specimens examined, Four, in the collection of the British

Museum.

Range. Sumba and Savu, Lesser Sunda Islands.

Pteropus pilosus, sp. n.

Allied to Pt. pselaphon (Bonin and Volcano Islands), but

tg and p; larger, fur much shorter, forearm and tibia less

thickly clothed, feet naked, colour much paler, external

dimensions larger. 7, more than three times (in Pt, pselaphon

about twice and a half) the bulk of 7); », about twice the

size of (in Pt. pselaphon subequal to) m3. Approximate length

-* US. N, M. 104723-26 ; Bunguran.

370 Mr. O. Thomas on

of hair of back 20 mm. (30 mm. in Pt. pselaphon). Back

and rump chocolate, conspicuously sprinkled with long shining

whitish-grey or buffy-grey hairs ; breast, belly, and flanks

paler than upperside, between Vandyck-brown and Mars-

brown, thickly mixed with long, coarse, buffy hairs; mantle

and occiput deep tawny, shading to chocolate tawny on sides

of neck and to Vandyck-brown on foreneck ; mantle slightly,

sides of neck and foreneck more thickly sprinkled with

coarse buffy hairs ; centre of crown golden buffy; forehead,

sides of crown, sides of head, chin, and throat dark Vandyck-

brown, thickly mixed with buffy or greyish-white hairs.

Forearm about 151°5 mm. (in Pt. pselaphon 132°5-141, in

the allied Pé. tuberculatus 119°5 mm.).

Type. g ad. ale. and skull, Pelew Islands; Godeffroy

Museum; B.M. 74. 10. 5. 3.—The type is the only specimen

examined.

Pteropus dobsoni, nom. n.

Pteropus fuscus, Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. p. 59, pl. iv. fig. 5

(teeth) (June 1878).

The technical name given by Dobson to this species is

preoccupied by Pteropus fuscus, H. Geoff., 1803 (Cat. Mamm.

Mus. Nation. d’Hist. Nat. p. 46), which is Pé. niger, Kerr,

1792 (Pt. vulgaris, auct.); by Pteropus fuscus, Desmarest,

1803 (N. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. xix. p. 544), which is Pé. sub-

niger, Kerr, 1792 (Pt. rubricollts, auct.); and by Pteropus

fuscus, Blainville, 1840 (Ost. Mamm. i. Chéiropt. p. 100,

pl. vi. fig. 1), which is Pt. vampyrus, L., 1758.

XLIII.—New Bats and Rodents in the British Museum

Collection. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Murina balstont, sp. n.

Allied to M. sucl/la, Temm., of which the Museum possesses

a pair from the Willis Mts., E. Java, but distinguished by

the following characters :—(1) The general colour is browner,

not rufous or fulvous, the hairs of the back slaty grey at base.

(2) The hind limbs and interfemoral membrane are but very

sparsely covered with hair, instead of being rather thickly

clothed, the edge of the membrane with but few scattered

hairs along it. (3) The under surface is uniformly white or

creamy, the sides not or quite inconspicuously more greyish

new Bats and Rodents. 371

than the centre; in swilla the sides are distinctly grey.

(4) Cutaneous system dark throughout. (5) Skull smaller

and more delicately built.

Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken

in the flesh by the collector) :—

Forearm 31°5 mm.

*Head and body 44; *tail 30; *ear 14; third finger,

metacarpal 28, first phalanx 12; lower leg and foot (c. u.)

21.

Skull: greatest length 14 ; basi-sinual length + 10°2; zygo-

matic breadth 8°3; interorbital breadth 4°3; brain-case

breadth 7 ; front of canines to back of m* 4°8.

Hab. TYasikmalaja, Preanger, Java.

Type. Adult female. Original number 1160. Collected

13 January, 1908, by G. C. Shortridge and presented by

W. E. Balston, Esq.

Of the two closely allied Javan species of Murina in the

Museum it is evident that it is that from the Willis Mts.

which should be referred to sutlla, as it has the hairy inter-

femoral, the reddish colour, and the grey-sided under surface

described by 'Temminck as characteristic of his species.

Murina florium, sp. n.

Hssential characters as in MM. suilla, Temm., but greyer

and with less hairy interfemoral.

Size slightly greater than in the allied species. General

colour above hoary grey, without tinge of rufous or fulvous,

the hairs pale grey tipped with brownish. Under surface

dull whitish along the middle line, greyish brown laterally,

the white median portion less extended than in sulla. Hind

limbs and interfemoral membranes almost naked, not well

clothed as in suzdla.

Skull essentially like that of M. suclla, but rather larger.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Forearm 35 mm.

Tail (c.) 32; third finger, metacarpal 31, first phalanx

13°5; hind leg and foot (c. u.) 23.

Skull: front of canine to back of m? 5°3.

Hab. Flores.

Type. B.M. no. 68.12.26.14. Collected by Dr. A. R.

Wallace.

+ In describing bats a name is frequently wanted for the measurement

from the basion to the base of the anterior palatal notch. As the Latin

for notch (¢nczszo) makes a compound too like one based on the incisor

teeth, 1 would suggest the above word, based on sinus, a bay or gulf, to

which this deep rounded hollow has much resemblance. .

372 Mr. O. Thomas on

This bat was referred to MM. suélla by Dobson, but is

readily distinguished from that species by its greyer colour

and nearly naked interfemoral and hind limbs.

Chalinolobus gouldi venatoris, subsp. n.

Similar to the true C. gouldi of Tasmania in essential

characters, but size smaller, fur shorter (hairs of back under

5 mm. in length, as compared with over 6), ears rather larger,

and the colour darker, the posterior back less broadly washed

with rufous. Skull smaller throughout, the brain-case

noticeably lower.

Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken

in the flesh by collector) :—

Forearm 40 mm.

*Head and body 54; *tail 42; lower leg and foot (c. u.)

95°5 i *hind foot’8; *ear 11.

Skull: greatest length 14; basi-sinual length 10:9;

brain-case, breadth 7°6, height from basion 5:8.

Hab. Alexandria, Northern Territory of 8. Australia.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 6.3.9.4. Original number

125. Collected 25 May, 1905, by W. Stalker. Presented

by Sir W. Ingram and the Hon. John Forrest. Six speci-

mens examined.

This is the furthest north that C. gouldi has been found,

and the general reduction in size seems to demand a special

subspecific name. Examples from the southern part of the

Australian mainland are intermediate between this and the

typical Tasmanian gould.

Kerivoula agnella, sp. n.

Near K. hardwickei, but larger and with the brain-case

broader posteriorly.

Structure of ears and tragus essentially as in hardwicket,

the tip of the former and the small projecting point at the

outer base of the latter rather less sharply defined. Fore-

arms not absolutely naked. Hind legs and feet, tail and the

whole of the interfemoral membrane well haired, a small

fringe at the hinder edge of the interfemoral.

(Feneral colour above and below (in spirit) greyish brown,

rather more fulvous on the hind legs, tail, and interfemoral.

Skull larger than that of K. hardwicker. Brain-case

broader at its broadest part, and also less narrowing posteriorly,

the mastoid width decidedly exceeding the greatest breadth

of the brain-case, which equals it in hardwicket.

new Bats and Rodents. 373

Teeth as in K. hardwicket, except that the outer incisor is

about three-fourths the height of the inner one, and the

canines appear to be thrown out more abruptly from the

muzzle when viewed from above. Lower incisors trifid;

overlapping.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :—

Forearm 38 mm.

Head and body 44; tail 48; ear 13°53; tragus on inner

edge 8; third finger, metacarpal 38°5, first phalanx 19;

lower leg and foot (c. u.) ; calear 26°5.

Skull: greatest length 14:7; basi-sinual length 10°8;

breadth of brain-case 7°2 ; mastoid breadth 8; front of canine

to back of m* 6.

Hab. St. Aignan Island, S.E. of New Guinea.

Type. Adult female in spirit, B.M. no. 98.4.1.2. Col-

lected by A. Meek.

The examination of a number of the true K. hardwicket

from Java recently presented to the National Museum by

Mr. W. E. Balston has convinced me that this specimen

should be separated specifically from that animal.

The specimen from Duke of York Island referred somewhat

doubtfully to K. hardwickei by Dobson fF also appears to belong

to K. agnella, but has rather shorter outer incisors.

Nyctinomus leonis, sp. n.

Nyctinomus brachypterus, Peters, Dobson, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 722; Cat.

Chir. B.M. p. 426 (1878) (nee Peters, Reis. Mossamb., Saug. p. 59,

pl. xv. fig. 1, 1852).

External characters as described by Dobson.

Skull of the high, not flattened Nyctinomus type, with

well-marked median crest ; emargination between premaxillze

very narrow, about 0°75 mm. in greatest breadth. Four

lower incisors.

Measurements of type :—

Forearm 37°5 mm. (for other external measures, see

Dobson.)

Skull : greatest length 19:4; basal length 15°5 ; zygomatic

breadth 12°1; intertemporal breadth 4; mastoid breadth

11°3 ; palatal length 8; front of canine to back of m? 7.

Hab. West Africa. ‘Type from Sierra Leone. Other

specimens from Fernando Po (Capt. Downes), Cameroons

(C. Bovallius\, and French Congo (G@. L. Bates).

Type. Adult male skin. B.M. no. 62.12. 23.3. Speci-

men c of Dobson’s catalogue. Presented by J. Brown, Esq.

+ Cat. Chir. B.M. p. 336 (1878).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 26

374 On new Bats and Rodents.

This species, referred to N. brachypterus by Dobson, is

evidently not that described by Peters, for the skull of the

latter is no less than 21°5 mm. in length, while the typical

skull of N. leonts, 19°4 mm. long, is the largest of the five

skulls of the western form examined by me.

On the other hand, Dr. Jentink’s VV. bemmeleni from

Liberia has, as he has been so good as to inform me, a skull

only 16°5 mm. in total length, with a tooth-row length of

just 6°O mm.

Dipodillus campestris roszike, subsp. n.

Similar in essential characters to the true D. campestris of

Algeria, north of the Atlas, but the colour much paler.

Size, proportions, and degree of tail-tuft as in campestris.

General colour pale fawn, darkest on the back, clearer on

the sides, where there is scarcely a trace of the buffy tone

found in campestris. Under surface, hands, and feet pure

white. Tail whitish or pale fawn above, white below, the

tuft, which is of medium development, pale slaty greyish.

Skull with rather smaller bulla than in true campestris.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 102 mm. ; tail 120 ; hind foot 2°5; ear 15.

Skull: greatest length 380; greatest breadth 15:5; nasal

length 11°3; breadth of brain-case 13°6 ; upper molar series

3°9.

Hab. Biskra, Algeria.

Type. Adult male. BM. no. 8. 7.12.16. Original

number 35. Collected 1 April, 1908, by J. Steinbach, and

presented by the Hon. N. C. Rothschild. Two specimens.

D. campestris was not hitherto known to occur south of the

Atlas, and I had supposed it to be represented by the larger

and more tufted-tailed D. dodsoni. But these specimens are

clearly much more closely allied to it than is the latter, and

do not seem to be more than subspecifically separable.

In company with this gerbil, Mr. Rothschild has presented

to the Museum a number of other species from Biskra, of

which the most interesting are Hlephantulus desertt, Dipo-

dillus garamantis, Meriones schousboet, and Psammomys

algtricus.

Mus woodwardi, sp. n.

Closely allied to the Jf. tunneyz, Thos., of Mary River,

Northern Territory, but smaller throughout. Colour quite

as in that species, the upperside of the same yellowish bufty,

and the underside similarly white. Indeed the two animals

On a new Frutt-Bat from Srerra Leone. 375

cannot be distinguished externally except by the much shorter

hind feet of IZ. woodwardt.

Skull much smaller than that of 1. tunney? in all dimen-

sions, though of the same general shape. Supraorbital ridges

less developed. Anteorbital plate less projected forwards.

Palatal foramina less open. Bull smaller. Molars similar

in structure, but both narrower and shorter.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body not measured by collector, and evidently

stretched ; tail 114 mm.; hind foot 25°5; ear 17.

Skull: back of interparietal to tip of nasals 31°5; zygo-

matic breadth 18; nasals 11:5 3°33; interorbital breadth 5 ;

greatest divergence of parietal ridges 12; palatilar length

15:7; diastema 9; palatal foramina 6°8; greatest diameter

of bulle 8°3; length of upper molar series 6; breadth of m'

2°2.

Hab. Lagrange Bay, N.W. Australia.

Type. Oldfemale. B.M.no. 5.1.9.1. Collected January

1899 by J. T. Tunney, and presented by the Perth Museum

through Mr. B. H. Woodward, after whom the species is

named. ‘Two specimens examined.

Closely related as it is to MZ. tunneyi in all essential

characters, J. woodward is readily distinguishable by its

much shorter feet and smaller skull and teeth.

XLIV.—A new Fruit-Bat from Sierra Leone.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Tue British Museum owes to Canon F. C. Smith the skin of

a Rouset from Sierra Leone clearly differing from any species

hitherto described. It may be called

Rousettus smithit, sp. n.

Most nearly allied to R. angolensis, with which it forms a

distinct section of the genus, but differing in the following

characters :—Size much smaller, the skull also narrower and

with less widely expanded zygomata. Fur shorter and more

resembling that of ordinary Rousets (that of L. angolensis

being unusually long and silky), and not extending so far

down the hind limbs, the proximal half only of the tibie

being clothed. Ears narrower. Colour dull brown without

rufous suffusion; neck more greyish.

26*

376 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Dentition of the

Skull more lightly built than in Z. angolensis, but agreeing

with it in all essential respects, such as the very slight

deflection of the brain-case, the co-ossification of the pre-

maxille, and the swollen supraorbital margins. Teeth of the

same squarish form, but smaller throughout, and similar in

relative proportions, with the exception that the last molar,

both above and below, is very much smaller, about one-third

instead of one-half the size of the tooth immediately pre-

ceding it.

Dimensions of the type (not fully adult) :—

Forearm 70 mm.

Head and body (c.) 112; tail 11; pollex (c. u.) 28°5;

third finger, metacarpal 49°5, first phalanx 32°5, second

phalanx 41; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 46.

Skull: greatest length 38'5 ; zygomatic breadth 20°5;

supraorbital forainina to tip of nasals 18; breadth of brain-

case 15; front of canine to back of m* 148; pe 23x18;

m? 1:4 x 12s) 42°01 3 lg oa

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Type. Nearly adult female. B.M. 8. 9.11.1. Collected

and presented by Canon F. C. Smith.

The many important characters by which Jousettus ango-

lensis differs from all other members of the genus have recently

been brought out in Dr. K. Andersen’s admirable notes on

the group*, so that no comparison of &. smithit with other

species is required. From &. angolensis it is at once distin-

guishable by its smaller size (allowing, of course, for the

slight immaturity of the type), smaller teeth, and, especially,

by its much smaller posterior molars.

I have much pleasure in naming this Rouset after its

discoverer, to whom the National Museum is indebted for

various acceptable specimens.

XLV.—On the Dentition of the Diastema in some Fossil

Reptiles referred to the Gomphodontia, from the Upper

Karroo Rocks of Cape Colony. By H. G. SEEtry, F. RS

F.G.S., King’s College, London.

OnE of the notable features in the dentition of the fossil

Reptilia which most closely resemble mammals is the tooth-

less interval in the jaws between the canine and molar teeth.

A similar toothless interspace is present in existing mammals,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. pp. 501 e¢ segg. (1907).

Dirastema in some Fossil Reptiles. 377

SO various as certain marsupials, chevrotains, horse, rhino-

ceros, pigs, rodents, so that no special importance can be

claimed for the diastema in morphology or classification.

Among some Mammalia there is evidence that the diastema

is a consequence of shedding of deciduous teeth, as well as of

the atrophy and suppression of teeth. There is reason for

supposing that these fossil reptiles had a normal dental

succession, in which a first or milk-series of teeth was

followed by a permanent series; but there is no reason to

believe that the reptilian teeth were pushed out and shed in

quite the mammalian manner. The process of absorption ot

old teeth was carried much further in reptiles, and though no

evidence has been seen of successional molar teeth among

Theriodonts, the canines constantly have upon the roots

unabsorbed portions of the teeth which preceded them, situate

anteriorly in the mandible and posteriorly in the skull.

This mode of succession may account for the occasional

duplication of canine teeth, such as is found in Cynognathus

leptorhinus, the one tooth being a milk-tooth, and the other

permanent. There being no evidence of pushing out of the

first set of teeth, which correspond to milk-teeth which are

not replaced in mammals by permanent teeth, it follows that

they can only disappear by a condition of weakness, feeble-

ness as distinct from disease, which ensures inability to

persist so well as the permanent molar teeth. The reptilian

diastema therefore appears to be the portion of the alveolar

border from which the crowns of teeth of the “ milk-series ”

have crumbled away in the mature animal. Even with this

suggested explanation there remains a short mterval in the

jaw without teeth behind the canine tooth which has to be

accounted for. The teeth of the molar series in these fossil

reptiles as they extend forward gradually diminish in size,

exhibiting a species of atrophy; and it may be that nutrition

fails as work diminishes, and teeth are never developed.

Hence the reptilian diastema includes two elements—an

anterior part, which originates in the mammalian way ; and a

posterior part, which illustrates the reptilian type of a false

diastema, which may be regarded as a condition antecedent

to the type which becomes developed as a true diastema in

mammals.

In 1895, after discussing reptilian characteristics of the

skull of Dritylodon longevus (Owen), I gave a figure (Phil.

Trans. Royal Society, 1895 B, p. 1028, fig. 4) of the anterior

extremity of the right ramus of the mandible of a ‘heriodont

reptile as illustrating the kind of mandible which that genus

might possess, and as indicating the possibility that the

378 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Dentition of the

reputed incisors of T'ritylodon are canine teeth, the incisors

being lost earlier than the middle incisors of Gomphognathus

polyphagus, Professor H. I. Osborn states, in the ‘ Ameri-

can Naturalist’ for May 1898, that I figured a portion of the

lower jaw of Tritylodon; but no generic determination was

made of that fossil.

The specimen belongs to a larger animal than Tritylodon

longevus. ‘The intractable matrix which obscured the alveolar

border in the mandible has now been removed, and the jaw is

referable to a species or subgenus of Gomphognathus near to

G. polyphagus.

This mandibular fragment is 24 inches long from the

incisor teeth to the first molar tooth. It is separated from

the missing left ramus by fracture, but the rami were united

by close bony union, and the socket of the first incisor of the

left ramus remains with this specimen. The crown of that

tooth may have perished during the life of the animal, though

‘the larger part-of the root remains, shown in a vertical

fracture. The symphysial surface, about 14 inch long, 1 inch

deep in front, and 2 inch deep posteriorly, was of long ovate

form.

The inferior external surface of the jaw is convex from front

to back, and from side to side slightly convex in front but

somewhat flattened. ‘This convex chin surface makes an angle

with the relatively vertical external lateral surface, which is

gently convex from above downward. The lateral surface is

# inch deep at the canine tooth and increases in depth as it

extends backward. The internal surface of the jaw above the

symphysis is a channel, nearly straight from front to back,

sunk well below the level of the canine and the anterior half

of the diastema.

The three incisor teeth are close-set. They occupy a width

of half an inch. ‘The crowns are broken, but they are nearly

uniform in size, nearly circilar, with a slight transverse

natural compression, The third incisor is in front of the

canine, ‘lhe second and first incisor teeth are further forward

successively, so as to make a curved external contour, much

in the manner of Gomphognathus kannemeyeri, which is the

only species with the mandible separated from the skull.

The canine tooth is directed upward and forward, and not

outward as in G. kannemeyert, so that there is no appreciable

lateral bulbous expansion of the extremity of the mandible as

in that species. ‘he tooth is strong, laterally compressed,

ovate in transverse section on the broken surface, 3% inch

from front to back at the fracture, and } inch wide, but

. e e 4 ,

slightly wider anteriorly. What remains of the external

Diastema in some Fossil Reptiles. 379

enamel, badly preserved, appears to be wrinkled. Below the

middle of the canine tooth a shallow groove descends the

external lateral surface of the dentary bone.

Behind the socket for the canine tooth a concave diastema

measuring 14/5 inch intervenes between that tooth and the

first tooth of the molar series. The crown of that molar

stands fully + inch above the alveolar margin. It is sub-

quadrate, somewhat broken, less than 4 inch in diameter,

with external and internal ridge-margins in front. It is worn

down transversely by apposition with a maxillary tooth to

make a flat grinding surface. The posterior fracture ter-

minating the fragment of the ramus, passes vertically through

the vacant socket for the second molar tooth, which is about

38; inch deep in the jaw and tapers as it descends.

The diastema is the most interesting region of the jaw, on

account of its length, for in Gomphognathus kannemeyert the

concave interspace in the jaw between the mandibular canine

and molars measures less than ;, inch, which is less than

one-fourth as long as in this specimen. In Gomphognathus

polyphagus, in which the jaws are closed, the mandibular

diastema measures 1,3, inch.

The region of the diastema is compressed from the outer to

the inner side, so as to make a blunt alveolar ridge situate

towards the flattened inner side of the ramus, wider behind

than in front. ‘This ridge helps to define the convexity of

the external surface of the dentary bone.

On carefully cleaning the summit-line it became evident

that the ridge of the diastema carries teeth. ‘Their crowns

are level with the alveolar ridge or imperceptibly raised, and

‘ve no indication of having been more elevated. They have

the aspect of flattened ovate denticles each with a central

depression, occupied with black matrix, situated in advance

of the molar teeth. ‘I'hey therefore appear to correspond in

position with the milk-teeth of mammals, in which the teeth

are shed and not replaced, but differ in being persistent in

the jaw and in their simple condition and small size.

The teeth which are most evident are three in number,

raised above the bone by the thickness of a stout paper, and

defined at the base by a black line of matrix. It was neces-

sary to determine whether they were superficial ossifications.

I reluctantly sacrificed a part of the hindermost denticle, but

under the steel point the whole crown became dissipated,

displaying black matrix in the centre and an osseous rim.

On scraping away the matrix no doubt is left that the root of

the tooth is still in its socket, margined externally by dense

white tissue, continuous with a minute fragment of the

380 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Dentition of the

original crown. The area of the pulp-cavity is occupied

with soft substance of the bluish-grey colour of the matrix,

which may possibly show a radial structure. The teeth thus

demonstrated increase in size posteriorly, where the diameter

is about 5, inch. ‘There may possibly have been as many as

four, but it is difficult to distinguish more than three, because

they are level with the surface of the jawbone. The inference

seems legitimate that these teeth originally possessed sharp

elevated conical crowns, however unexpected it may be that

all the crowns should disappear during life so as to extend

the length of the diastema, leaving only polished dental

surfaces of the same height as the alveolar ridge, which holds

their roots.

In Gomphognathus kannemeyert the condition is 80

dissimilar as to suggest a generic difference, for behind the

short mandibular diastema of 74) inch the teeth are all of the

same stout type and contribute to form the grinding molar

surface, though only the middle part of the mandibular

armatureis worn. They are similar to each other and not of a

kind to be easily broken, and are packed in the closest possible

succession, I have distinguished the first four as premolarsand

the remaining nine as molars, but there is no marked difference.

There are only nine functional maxillary molars in Gompho-

gnathus and allied genera, so that the thirteen teeth in the

mandible of G. kannemeyeri must either indicate that the series

is extended forward by teeth which are homologous with the

small decollated teeth now described, or that G. kannemeyert,

the type of the genus, must be separated from the other

species. ‘The former alternative is preferable, in the absence

of further evidence, but it requires that the premolars of the

young G. kannemeyert should be classed in the same category

with the teeth in the diastema which are lost in this specimen.

They are probably a part of the first series of teeth without

masticatory function.

The maxillary dentition is only known in Gomphognathus

polyphagus. In the original description (Phil. ‘Trans. Roy.

Soc. B, 1895, p. 18) the maxillary diastema is described as

raised a little above the palate and prolonged backward by

the curve of [six] small premolar teeth contained in a length

of half an inch. It is remarked that the first on the left

side appears to be worn down with use, but all the other

teeth on a level with the maxillary bones are broken or lost.

It is not possible now to determine whether the breakage

took place during life or during the removal of the matrix, as

seems probable, ‘Their surfaces are certainly fractured by

the chisel, and in that respect are unlike the larger teeth in the

Diastema in some Fossil Reptiles. 381

mandible, described in this notice. In any case, it may be

inferred that the crowns of the teeth, indicated by the circular

outlines of their roots, were slender, sharp, and conical, in

striking contrast with the masticating molars behind, and

equally in contrast with the corresponding teeth of G. kanne-

meyert.

A more instructive dental condition is seen in the skull,

probably of the same species of G'omphognathus, which I found

at Lady Frere, indicated as R. 2578 in the British Museum.

~uanme- Canine,

Diastema.

om ee a Be ae

_ Right ramus of mandible of Gomphognathus (Diastemodon) dimorphodon,

seen from above, showing extent of symphysis and roots of teeth in

the diastema.

In the middle of the maxillary diastema on the left side,

behind the canine tooth is one crown quite perfect, small,

strong, sharply pointed, recurved, which may be an early

premolar. It is the type of cutting prehensile crown which

may have existed in the specimen of @. polyphagus from the

same locality, numbered in the Brit. Mus. 2576-7, and may

have been present in the allied species indicated by this

fragment of the right mandible. ‘The bases of these teeth are

382 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

badly exposed in all the specimens. This species, defined by

larger size, longer diastema, larger ovate roots of the decol-

lated teeth, and relatively less depth of the jaw, ts provisionally

indicated as Gomphognathus (Diastemodon) dimorphodon.

The differences from Gomphognathus kannemeyeri in the types

of premolar teeth conveniently separate G. polyphagus and

this species as the subgenus Dastemodon.

The figure is of the natural size and shows the aspect

from above. The specimen is in the South-African Museum,

Cape Town. Iam indebted to the ‘l'rustees for the oppor-

tunity of making this further examination of the fossil.

XLVI.—Notes on the Forficulariaa—XIV. A Revision of the

Pygidicranine. By Matcorm Burr, b.A,, F.E.S.,

|g OR rr ey Ae Be ae

Mosr of the species referred to in the following notes have

been hitherto included in the capacious genus Pygzdicrana,

Serville. An examination of the material in my own

collection, with a view to revising the somewhat arbitrary

arrangement of de Bormans, has induced me to establish

some new genera, based chiefly on characters which have not

hitherto been employed in this genus.

The group-name was invented by Verhoeff, who divided it

into Pygidicranine for the type genus and Pyragrine for

Pyragra, Echinosoma, and perhaps Echinopsa/is. ‘These last

genera are not discussed in these pages. ‘They represent the

transition towards Labidura. The femora are neither com-

pressed nor keeled, the elytra are stronger at the axillary

angle, and consequently the scutellum is only present as an

exception in Pyragra and never in the other genera, in which

the pronotum extends well over the insertion of the elytra.

Pyragra is in many respects undoubtedly allied to Pygidi-

crana, but Lchinosoma shows the transition through Hehino-

psalis to Psalis, Labidura, and Anisolabis.

In the Pyragrine the pronotum is always transverse, in

the Pygidicranine never.

An important generic character, which will be of un-

doubted use in the future, is the form of the sternal plates *,

especially of the lobe of the metasternum.

* The value of these shields as a generic character was appreciated by

Scudder in 1876, though he failed to make very much use of them.

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 383

The posterior margin of the metasternal lobe is always

sinuate or excavate in the Pygidicranine. It is invariably

truncate in the Pyragrine, a very Labidurine feature.

The two curious genera Anatelia from the Canary Islands

and Challia from Korea resemble the Pygidicranine in their

general form and appearance, even to the compressed and

carinate femora, but the lobe of the metasternal plate is

straight, and the first seven or eight antennal segments do

not agree. Jor the present they may be regarded as aberrant

forms which may be most conveniently placed as a sort of

appendix to the Pygidicranine. )

The chief characteristics of the group are as follows:—

Antenne with over 30 segments ; 3 not much longer than

2; 4-7 short, not longer than 2, as broad as long, the re-

mainder lengthening out to long and cylindrical.

Elytra quite flat on the dorsal surface, strongly folded, but

usually with no keel; lateral surface hollowed; axillary angle

of elytra weak, exposing a triangular scutellum of varying

size. The pronotum is oval or rectangular, but longer than

broad, it scarcely extends over the elytra.

The prosternum is narrowed behind the middle, then dilated

on each side at the extreme base. Mesosternum subquadrate,

the angles rounded and posterior margin truncate or rounded.

Metasternum with lobe transverse, posterior margin sinuate

or excavate.

Femora stout, compressed, and furnished with several

carinule ; tibize compressed ; tarsi of various forms.

Table of Genera.

1. Corpus omnino apterum (tarsi graciles) :

PONUS GIMICHNUM DH iytes.c sx 4's fas « aa 1. Dacnodes, Burr.

1.1. Elytra et alee perfecte explicatee vel abbre-

viatee.

2. Tarsorum segmenta | et 2 depressa, brevia,

WHE Abate ca Hota eee. «<> e c's ys 2. Tagalina, Dohrn.

2.2. Tarsorum segmenta 1 et 2 cylindrica,

brevia vel longa (sepius primo cylin-

drico, elongato).

3. Hlytra ampla; scutello parvo, angusto.

4, Pronotum orbiculare (segmentum

penultimum ventrale ¢ amplum) . 38. Pygidicrana, Serv.

eee ee eee

They were neglected by later authors till Verhoeff employed the nar-

rowing of the prosternum to characterize the Gonolabide, but the value

of his work in this respect may be estimated when it is understood that

he omitted to examine all available Gonolabide, with the result that his

characterization of the family excludes the type of the genus Gonvlabis!

384 Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia.

4.4, Pronotum rectangulare.

5. Seementum penultimum ventrale

¢ jlatum;, dimplimneer ie <6) sce 4, Dicrana, g. vu.

5.5. Seementum penultimum ventrale

3 angustum.

6. Caput pronoto haud angustius.. 5. Cranopygia, g. u.

6.6. Caput pronoto angustius vel

soque datum... sen sss ... 6. Picrania, g. n.

3.8. Elytra brevia; scutellum amplum,

transversum, pronotum latitudine

HQUSNS hs RO wees ae ee 7. Pyge, g. n.

Genus J. Dacnoprs, Burr.

There is nothing to add to the remarks on this genus in an

earlier paper in Ent. Month. Mag. (2) xviu. p. 60 (L907).

Genus II. Tagatina, Dohrn.

This genus seems to be rare; it is well characterized by

the remarkable form of the tarsi. The two species are probably

mere colour-varieties ; one was redescribed and figured by me

in 1902 (Termes. Fiiz. xxv. p. 477, pl. xx. fig. 1, ¢.

Genus III. PyGipicrawa, Serv.

This genus is now restricted to the forms which approach

the P. marmoricrura, Serv. It is confined to the species in

which the scutellum is small, the organs of flight well

developed, the pronotum oval and nearly round, and the

penultimate ventral segment of the male broad and rounded.

Even in this restricted sense it retains the majority of the

species and is represented in all tropical regions of the world.

The type is P. v-nigrum, Serv.

Table of Species.

1, Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ mar-

gine postice medio rotundato-emarginato

(caput nigrum; elytra fusco-testacea) :

species africans” ws csgtnes wire ore se 1. hiafra, Borm.

1.1. Segmentum penultimum ventrale gd mar-

gine postico leviter sinuato, vel rotun-

dato, vel apice ipso depresso-canaliculato.

2. Segmentum penultimum ventrale

margine postico medio apice ipso cana-

liculo depresso instructum (colore fusco

maculis variis lineisque fulvis ornato) :

species @siatica ....' 2... 7h eee eee 2. pocta, Guér,

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 385

2.2. Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢

margine postico integro.

3, Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢

margine postico leviter sinuato ;

tarsi breves, segmento primo quam

tertium breviorl: species americana.

3.3, Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢

late rotundatum ; tarsi longi, gra-

ciles, seomento primo ‘tertium

eequanti vel superanti.

4, Forcipis bracchia ¢ contigua, haud

arcuata.

5. Forcipis bracchia gf equaliter

curvata: species australica. .

5.5. Forcipis bracchia ¢ ineequaliter

curvata.

6. Forceps- § supra dente basali

armatus, bracchio — sinistro

haud angulato tts o saree «3 ;

6.6. Forceps. g supra _inermis,

bracchio sinistro medio angu-

EAU ee to tn aerte Pate aics «>

4.4, Forcipis bracchia 5 arcuata, seepius

aream ovalem includentia.

5. Forcipis bracchia $ haud elongata,

fortiter curvata, ante apicem

margine interno ‘dilatata.

6. Pronotum V-nigro-signatum ;

elytra nigro-vittata: species

AIVLORICATIA Se oats ole o'e.5 + ;

6.6, Pronotum et elytra fulva :

species asiatica ......

5. Forcipis bracchia elongata,

haud dilatata, ante apicem

dentata.

6, Elytra unicoloria.

7. Pronotum bivittatum : species

americana. . a eroghrae a

7.7, Pronotum castaneum : species

celebensis........ Oe ee

6.6, Elytra vittata vel maculata:

species asiatice.

7. Statura maxima; pronoti

vittze postice confluentes .

7.7, Statura mediocri; pronoti

vittee irregulares vel pa-

rallele.

8. Statura majore (32-35

mm.) ; caput nigrum

macula peng ee occipi-

tali ornatum.

8.8, Statura minore "(20- “21

mm.); caput fulvum,

nigro-circumdatum....

3. fiebrigi, sp. Nn.

4, demeli, Dohrn,

5. imperatriz, Burr.

6. valida, Dohrn.

7. v-nigrum, Serv.

8. pallidipennis, Haan.

9. forcipata, Kirby.

10. celebensis, Borm,

1l. eximia, Dohrn

12, marmoricrura, Serv.

13. stamensis, Dohrn.

386 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

Pygidicrana fiebrigt, sp. n.

Statura majore; caput nigrum; pronotum fulvum, vittis 2 fuscis

.haud parallelis ornatum ; elytra brevia, nigra, anguste pallido-

marginata; ale breves, fulve; pedes fulvi, femoribus marmo-

ratis, forcipis bracchia ¢ basi depresso-triquetra, valida, in parte

basali divergentia et attenuata; dehinc fortius arcuata, ante

apicem margine interno incrassata et macronata.

Long. corporisife...).eeee 24 min.

yy *POreipia® NES eee 55 ,,

Large and powerful.

Antenne black, with 380 segments, typical.

Head black. |

Pronotum convex anteriorly, broadest at the shoulders,

narrowed posteriorly.

Posterior margin truncate ; about as broad as the head

anteriorly ; fulvous, with two broad black bands, which are

divergent in the prozona and convergent posteriorly.

Scutellum triangular, fulvous.

Elytra rather short, black, with a very narrow yellow line

along the lateral margins.

Wings short, yellow.

Feet yellowish, the femora marbled with fuscous ; tarsi

short and broad, the first segment shorter than the third.

Abdomen dilated posteriorly ; last dorsal segment ample,

smooth, with tawny pubescence and median suture; posterior

margin truncate ; penultimate ventral segment ample, broadly

rounded, slightly emarginate in middle of posterior margin,

exposing last segment at the corners.

Forceps @ with the branches subcontiguous at the base

itself, depressed, triquetre, and stout, strongly diverging in

basal half, then attenuate, and strondly bowed inwards ; just

before the apex incrassate, to form a depressed triangular

projection, then straight and hooked at the apex.

Paraguay: San Bernardino (C. Mebrig, 5. V.) (cm. et

Mus. Berol.; Jr. no. 1249/06).

Type in my collection.

Differs from P. v-nigrum, P. forcipata, P. notigera, and

P. egregia in the black elytra; from P. divetiata in the angled

bands on the pronotum ; the forceps are of the same type as

those of P. v-nigrum and P., bivittata, but differ in details.

Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 387

Genus IV. Dicrana, nov.

A genere Pygidicrana differt pronoto subrectangulari, sapius sub-

quadrato; a genere Cranopygia differt segmento penultimo

ventrali amplo, lato, rotundato.

Type, Pygidicrana frontalis, Kirby.

The rectangular pronotum readily separates the genus from

Pygidicrana, but it only differs from Cranopygia in the

broad, rounded, penultimate ventral segment.

The African species form a natural group with a very

distinctive coloration. J have not examined an undoubted

P. caffra, but it appears to resemble P. betioni and its allies

so closely that I do not hesitate to range it here.

P. kalhpyga has marked affinities with Cranopygia in the

form of the last dorsal segment and the forceps, but the

penultimate ventral segment of the male is so broad and

decidedly rounded that it is not possible to place it there;

this is unfortunate, as its position near D. jinschi appears

hardly natural.

Table of Species.

1. Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ lateribus

rectis, angulis rotundatis, margine postico

leviter sinuato: species africane.

2. Forcipis bracchia ¢ brevia, lata, fortiter

arcuata.

3. Forcipis bracchia ¢ ante apicem dilatata,

laminam rectangularem eflicientia .... 1. bettoni, Kirb.

3.3. Forcipis bracchia ¢ ante apicem dente

BORER ALM ALAR) as Oe Hs Powe wus Dyke a. 2. caffra, Dohrn.

2.2, Forcipis bracchia ¢ leviter arcuata.

3. Elytra vittis angustis 2 rufescentibus

BST MMt te Mere Need eos Pag ins ieee. 5. frontalis, Kirb,

3.3. Elytra macula pallida ornata .......... 4, separata, sp. n.

1.1. Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ totum

rotundatum,

2, Statura majore; capite rufo; segmentum

ultimum dorsale ¢ angulis valde plicatis. 5. kallipyga, Dohrn.

2.2, Statura minore ; capite nigro, flavo-notato:

segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ inerme.

3, Pronotum nigrum, albo-limbatum ; elytra

Pre eUINICOlOTIA 2, 5. aceselubce Ledsion 6. horsfieldi, Kirby.

3.3. Pronotum nigrum, flavo-marmoratum ;

elytra nigra, flavo-maculata ........ 7. finschi, Karsch.

Dicrana separata, sp. n.

Statura mediocri ; testacea, nigro-variegata; pronotum parallelum ;

388 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia.

scutellum parvum ; elytra ampla; ale longe; segmentum ulti-

mum dorsale ¢ amplum quadratum; segmentum penultimum

ventrale ¢ amplum, latum, margine postico medio leviter exciso,

angulis late rotundatis ; forcipis bracchia ¢ basi remota, depressa,

elongata, sensim arcuata, ante apicem dente interno forti

armata. <6.

Longe cormporise- 2.2.5... 20 mm.

os A LOCC DIS ee ee et 45 ,,

Antenne testaceous.

Head testaceous, with a black spot on the frons and a

narrow black border rodnd the occiput.

Pronotum parallel, longer than broad, subrectangular.

Angles rounded, testaceous, with two broad black bands.

Scutellum small, testaceous.

Hlytra black, with a reddish-yellow discoidal spot in tie

anterior portion.

Wings yellow, faintly shaded with fuscous.

Feet testaceous, the femora indistinctly marked with

fuscous ; tarsi slender, first segment longer than third,

Abdomen blackish, with a fine dense pubescence.

Last dorsal segment $ ample, square, smooth, simple.

Penultimate ventral segment g ample, broad, angles

broadly rounded, posterior margin with a small median

emargination.

Forceps ¢ with the branches depressed; at the base itself

they are dilated, so as to be almost contiguous, but this

portion is exceedingly short, and the branches appear to be

remote at the base; they are rather slender, gently arcuate,

and armed with a strong tooth near the apex on the inner

margin.

German Hast Africa: Hinterland, ?Nguru (Rohrberk).

1g.

This form is barely distinguishable from P. frontalis,

Kirby, from the Cameroons ; in that species the short apical

portion of the forceps beyond the tooth is straight, in P. sepa-

rata it is arcuate ; in the latter the last dorsal segment is

smooth (granulose in P. frontalis) ; the elytra of P. frontalis

have two narrow reddish bands instead of a large oval spot.

In the form taken by Sjostedt at Kilimandjaro (Burr, in

Sjostedt’s ‘Exped. Kilimandjaro,’ 17, Orthopteren, 1. Derma-

toptera, p. 3, pl. 1. fig. 1, g, 1907) (Sjostedt’s specimen),

the elytra have the whole anterior portion pale, and the

last dorsal segment is not so smooth. At first 1 regarded

Mr. M. Burr—WNovtes on the Forficularia. 389

it as identical with P. dettoni, Kirby ; since then I have

been able to examine Kirby’s types and Karsch’s types:

of P. caffra in the Berlin Museum. There is an as-

tonishing resemblance in colour and markings between

these African species, P. caffra, P. bettoni, P. frontalis,

P. separata; apart from the forceps they are practically

indistinguishable, and the forceps differ in degree rather than.

in kind. Perhaps when a large amount of material can be

examined together, it will be possible to arrange a series

passing through all these forms from one extreme to another.

For the present, however, it is convenient to give distinct

names to the various types of forceps.

There are two chief forms—the depressed, rather short, and

bowed forceps of P. caffra and P. bettont, and the more

elongate and slender forceps of P. frontalis and P, separata.

I am now inclined to think that Sjéstedt’s specimens

should be assigned, at least provisionally, to P. separata. It

is certainly nearer to it than it is to P. bettonz, Kirby, in

which the forceps approach rather to the type represented by

P. caffra, Karsch.

Genus V. CRANOPYGIA, nov.

Pronotum subrectangulare, angulis ipsis rotundatis ; segmentum

penultimum ventrale ¢ angustum, lanceolatum, acuto-rotun- _

datum; segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ angulis externis utrinque

+n cristam acutam plicatum; ceteris cum genere Pygidiwrana

congruet.

Type, P. cumingi, Dohrn.

This genus will include those species with a narrow penul-

timate ventral segment and a subrectangular pronotum.

Table of Species.

“1, Forceps ¢ superne dente cristato armatus ;

elytra rufescentia, nigro-limbata; pronotum

_ -yittig nigris 2 ornatum =... seeereee erste 1. cumingi, Dohrn.

1.1. Forceps d superne inermis; elytra fusca; pro-

notum fusco-testaceum, lineis 3 pallidis .... 2. nietnert, Dohrn.

C. nietnert varies in depth of colour from light yellowish

red to almost black ; the curvature of the forceps also varies

considerably ; in one male in my collection the right branch

+s toothed and excavate on the inner margin near the apex;

in the same specimen the apex of the penultimate ventral

segment has a faint emargination which I cannot detect in

other specimens.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. u. 27

390 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia.

Genus VI. PICRANIA, nov.

Caput angustum, pronoto haud vel vix latius; pronotum longum

angustum, parallelum; elytra brevia; tarsi longi, graciles ;

-abdomen angustum, fere parallelum.

Type, Pygidicrana liturata, Stal.

I erect this genus for the two species with narrow heads.

P. liturata, Stal, from 8. Africa and Diego Suarez, has-a

very characteristic appearance and coloration. The other

species, P. angustata, Dohrn, from Ceylon, is only known

from the female type in the Berlin Museum.

Table of Species.

1. Abdomen in parte basali rufescens, lineis 4

nigris signatum: species africana........ 1. liturata, Stal.

1.1. Abdomen rufescens, fulvo -marmoratum:

epecies coylonich.. 44 ysu1s paauee eee 2. angustata, Dohrn.

Genus VII. Pyas, nov.

Pronotum subquadratum; scutellum amplum, transversum, pro-

notum latitudine fere aut omnino equans, medio sulculatum ;

elytra brevia, angulo axillari excavato, hoc modo scutellum

magnum liberantia ; costa interdum carinata; ale rudimentarie ;

pedes breves; femora compressa; tarsi breves, haud tenues,

segmento primo tertium quanti vel subbreviori; segmentum

ultimum dorsale amplum; segmentum penultimum ventrale

angustum, rotundato-acutum; forcipis bracchia ¢g 2 brevia,

contigua, depressa.

Type, Pygidicrana modesta, Borm.

This genus is formed for the reception of those species in

which the elytra are excavated at the axillary angle, thus

exposing the characteristic ample scutellum. The elytra are

also short and narrow. ‘There is sometimes a distinct keel

on the costal margin; the wings are abortive, sometimes

represented by a pair of leathery flaps showing under the

shortened elytra.

The species are confined to the Oriental and Australian

Regions, and do not appear to be common.

‘Ihey are of relatively small size and the colour is usually

dull brown or black, sometimes relieved by some yellow. ~

Table of Species,

1. Scutellum tam latum quam pronotum.

2. ronotum: bivittatuinycaekieue: 1 e.)s<' 1. vitticollis, Stal.

2.2. Pronotum haud bivittatum.

3. Pronotum scutellum elytrarufescentia. 2. piepersi, Burr *,

* ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ xxx. p. 95 (1908),

Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 391

3.3, Pronotum nigrum, flavo-signatum.

4, Prozona nigra, metazona flava,

nigro-maculata..........0... .. 93 atriceps, Kirby.

4.4, Pronotum nigrum, utrinque ‘flavo-

limbatum ...... Sp ke Se seeeee 4, modesta, Borm.

1.1. Scutellum pronoto brevius..........0+05 5. ophthalmica, Dohrn.

Pyge atriceps, Kirby.

P. atriceps, Kirby, is a‘curious species, in which the pro-

notum has a very characteristic coloration; the prozona is

entirely black and the metazona clear yellow, with an ill-

defined black spot in the centre. At first glance it appears

that the wing-scales are yellow ; as a matter of fact, it is the

first dorsal segment which is clear yellow and shows up

beyond the very short elytra, which are quite black, so that

this yellow segment is in striking contrast, especially as the

rest of the abdomen is black, The wings themselves are

present as small black leathery flaps, just exposed under the

costa of the elytra. ‘This appearance is so deceptive that it

misled Kirby, who Feeecibeal the wing-scales as yellow, an

easy sliptomake. ‘he elytra themselves are rather narrowed

at the apex, and the surface is scabrous. The fold separating

the dorsal from the lateral surfaces is marked by a row of

granulations that form a keel.

The species is described from Rockhampton in Queensland,

I have two from the Mallee District in Victoria.

It is possible that this species is identical with P. ophthal-

mica, Dohrn, recorded from Moreton Bay (Queensland) and

also from Tenasserim, but the examples from the latter

locality may prove to be distinct.

The following species which have been included in Pygidi-

crana remain to be ranged in this system :—

P, guttata, Borm. (Celebes): probably in Dicrania. P.

quadriguttata, Kirby, is a synonym.

P. papua, Borm. (New Guinea) : probably in Pygidicrana.

P. peruviana, Reln (Peru), is a Pyragra, judging from the

illustration.

P. livida, Borelli (East Africa): the male is unknown ;

probably in Dicrania.

P. egregia, Kirby (Brazil): male unknown; apparently

allied to P, v-nigrum.

P. bivittata, Evichs. (Brazil) : apparently related to P. v-ni-

grum.

392 Miscellaneous.

P. notigera, Stal (Brazil), is only known to me by the

description ; it is probably a true Pygidicrana. —

P. caffra, Dohrn, and P. demeli, Dohrn, are only known to

me by their description and by drawings ; the position

which I have allotted them by analogy may well be

correct,

P. abnormis, Borm., is the type of Tomopygia, Burr (1904).

P. biittneri, Karsch, is the type of Karschiella, Verhoef.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Contributions towards a Revision of the Genus Lomanotus :

a Postscript.

I recret to find that the survey of the literature of the genus

Lomanotus given in the paper which appeared under the above title

in the August issue of these ‘ Annals’ is incomplete, in so far as it

includes no reference to Sir C. Eliot’s valuable “ Notes on some

British Nudibranchs,” contributed to vol. iii. of the *‘ Journal of the

Marine Biological Association’ in 1906. Unfortunately the exist-

ence of these ‘‘ Notes” did not come to my knowledge until some

three weeks after the appearance of the August issue of the

‘Annals.’ Having read the section of the “ Notes” dealing with

Lomanotus (pp. 8348-353) I find it necessary to alter my views as to

the position of ZL. portlandicus. Hancock’s unpublished drawings

show that this species possesses what appears to be the most

important specific character of Trinchese’s LZ, eisigii, a fin-like caudal

process, so that the two species may be considered as identical.

While still retaining two species in the genus, I desire, then, to alter

the arrangement proposed in the August number of the ‘ Annals’

(pp. 217-218) to the following, ZL. portlandicus (1860) taking

precedence of L, eisigie (1883) :—

(1) LZ. marmoratus, Ald. & Hane. (1845).

L. genet, Vérany (1846).

DL. hancocki, Norman (1877).

2) L. portlandicus, Thompson (1860).

Plas Pp

L, eisigti, Trinchese (1883).

Whether this provisional arrangement is to stand will depend on

the value that may be conceded as a specific distinction to the

fin-like caudal process of the second species as described by

Trinchese and figured by Hancock. N. Cotean.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 11. NOVEMBER 1908.

XLVII.—On the Forms of Squirrel hitherto classed under

Sc. finlaysoni, Horsf. By R. C. WroucurTon.

THIS question was discussed by Dr. Anderson in 1879

(Zool. Western Yunnan). He came to the conclusion that

the following forms, viz. jinlaysont, ferrugineus, keraudrent,

splendidus, cinnamomeus, siamensis, splendens, germant,

bocourti, and leucogaster, were “‘ only varieties of one and the

same species.”

It was again investigated by Bonhote in 1901 in dealing

with a collection of mammals from Siam (P. Z. 5S. p. 53).

The result was rather unsatisfactory, for while keeping all

the forms under the specific name jinlaysont, he recognized

four ‘“ types,” but did not distinguish the forms which

ranked in each “ type.”

Since then there have been considerable additions of

specimens of this group to the collection of the Natural

History Museum, and on laying out the whole and sorting

them both geographically and by pattern it seemed to me

possible to introduce some commencement of order in the

arrangement of the group.

As a preliminary it may be noted that a study of the

literature shows that the following names disappear from the

‘list quoted above as synonyms, viz. keraudrent, Less.,=

ferrugineus, Cuv.; siamensis, Gray, and splendens, Gray,=

cinnamomeus, Temm.; Jeucogaster, M.-Kdw., and leuco-

cephalus, Bonh.,=bocourti, M.-lidw.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 28

394 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the Forms of Squirrel

By the courtesy of Dr. H. O. Forbes, of the Liverpool

Museum, who sent Gray’s type for inspection, I am in a

position to state that Sc. splendidus has nothing to do with

this group and must be deleted from the list. On the other

hand, harmandi, M.-Edw. (from the island Phu Kok), must

be added to it.

Of the new list thus formed, finlaysoni, Horsf., germani,

M.-Edw., and harmandi, M.-Edw., represent island forms

which are apparently quite fixed and show no signs of inter-

gradation with any other forms. I propose to rank them all

as distinct species.

A large black form from the sea-coast south of Bangkok,

though a mainland form, also shows absolutely no signs of

intergradation with other forms, nor, indeed, so far as our

material goes, of variation of any sort, and should therefore

be accepted as a good species,

The black feet in ferrugineus, the all-red squirrel of Pegu,

are so absolutely constant and characteristic that it too

must be given specific rank.

The all-red squirrel of Siam, cinnamomeus, Temm., is a

somewhat doubtful case. Temminck based his cinnamomeus

on three specimens, and he felt obliged to describe each one

as a separate variety. Gray based his splendens on four

specimens from Cambodia, and he, too, described each of

them as a separate variety. Gray’s stamensts is a very

young specimen, labelled merely “Siam”; it is unlike any

other form I know, in pattern; until more material shows

that it belongs elsewhere, I have left it as a synonym of

cinnamomeus. Hence it is evident that the red squirrel of

Cambodia varies enormously, but I have failed to detect any

intergrading with neighbouring forms. Mr. Lyle has sent a

long series of a quite similar red squirrel from the upper

valley of the Me Nam, and there, curiously enough, the form

seems to be “ fixed,” and to correspond fairly closely with

one of Gray’s varieties of splendens and also with two

specimens in this Collection from Chantaboon and the

adjoining island Phu Kok. Finally, both among the southern

series and the northern Me Nam series, side by side with the

red specimens appear pure white ones, and of the white speci-

men from the Me Nam, at any rate, Mr. Lyle records that it

has black eyes. Notwithstanding this extraordinary tendency

to variation, however, in the absence of any proof of inter-

gradation with other forms I feel myself justified in treating

cunnamomeus as a good species. 7

Finally, we have a number of forms inhabiting. the

Bangkok River with its feeders the Me Nam and the Me Ping.

hitherto classed under Sc. finlaysoni, Horsf. 395

The first of these, extending the whole way along the main

stream and a short way along the eastern tributary, has

already received from Milne-Edwards the name bocourt?. It

may be described broadly as grizzled above, pure white

below, with a greyish-brown tail obscurely barred with ferru-

ginous ; but in a series of twenty specimens the only constant

character is a white belly (and even this is replaced by a red-

brown one in two other specimens); the dorsal ground-

colour varies from almost black, through brown, to a pale

grey, and the white of the lower surface extends in a varying

degree to the head, the feet, the tail, and even partially to

the back. Higher up the Me Nam and on the lower and

upper Me Ping are found three forms which, though inter-

grading with each otler and to some extent with bocourt?,

seem in those three localities to have attained a certain

modified fixity, and are, in my opinion, worthy of being

described as subspecies.

The following is a key to the group as I now propose to

arrange it :—

Key.

A. Unicoloured.

a. All red.

femeect black. (Peru,)) ....5..0<05. (1) ferrugineus, Cuv.

b'. Feet golden red. (Siam.) ........ (2) cinnamomeus, Temi.

6. All black.

a‘, Size large: hind foot 51 mm.; skull

SPemROUAN OOK, ) ai eset race oom « (3) now, sp. n.

6‘. Size small: hind foot 42 mm.; skull

SReapiCuulo: CONG): ie dein «sles «os (4) germani, M.-Edw.

ec. All white. (Sichwan Island.)........ (5) finlaysont, Horsf.

B. Parti-coloured.

a. Hind foot 53 mm.; tail with no red

poronrimes) (Phu Kok: oids. 0 iass. (6) harmandi, M.-Edw.

b. Hind foot at most 49 mm.; distal 2 of

tail maroon or bay.

a’, Belly white; bulle parallel-sided.

MbrenekOKORIVEr.) cee ee ee ee (7) bocourti, M.-Kdw.

b', Belly coloured ; subbasal white patch

on tail; inner face of bullee swollen.

a*, Grizzled brown and buff, with a

few all-white hairs; hind foot

43 mm. (Upper Me Nam Val-

DU Pack is Paces s hee dies (8) 0b. sinestralis, subsp. n,

6*. Grizzled brown and buff, with

about half the hairs all white;

hind foot 46 mm. (Lower Me

LS SS ee (9) 6. dextralis, subsp. n,

ce’. Smoke-grey; hind foot 49 mm,

(UPD ISM OAT APs) cada gs Ba dole (10) 6, dylet, subsp. n.

28*

396 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the Forms of Squirrel

(1) Scturus ferrugineus, F. Cuv.

1829. Sciurus ferrugineus, F, Cuvier, Mamm. pl. ccxxxviil.

1830. Sciurus keraudrent, Lesson, Cent. Zool. pl. 1.

Cuvier gives for this animal the vague habitat “ India,” but

Lesson, who recognizes in a footnote (/.¢.) that his animal is

the same as ferrugineus, locates it “from the vast forests of

Pegu.”

Sc. ferrugineus is a uniform red-brown (between hazel and

chestnut) except (as pointed out by both the-authors quoted

above) that the extreme tip of the tail is white and the hands

and feet black.

The Museum has a series of six specimens presented by

Major Harington, who collected them at Rangoon. They

agree without variation with the above description.

Dimensions of an old male :—

Head and body 230 mm.; tail 225; hind foot 52; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 56; basilar length 44; zygomatic

breadth 33; brain-case breadth 25; interorbital breadth 19;

nasals, length 16°5, proximal breadth 4°2, distal breadth 8 ;

diastema 12°53; upper molar series 11.

(2) Scturus cinnamomeus, Temm.

1858. Sciwrus cinnamomeus, Temminck, Esq. p. 250.

1860, Sciurus stamensis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. v. p. 500 (juv.),

1861. Sciurus splendens, Gray, P. Z.S. p. 187,

This is a most variable form. The type of stamensis is a

quite young animal, but is interesting in being entirely

grizzled orange-red on black, above. The four specimens

described as varieties 1, 2, 3, and 4 of splendens by Gray I

have examined. Vars. 3 and 4are very pale specimens (paler

than orange-rufous), and one of them shows traces of grizzling

on the limbs and cheeks ; var. 1, on the other hand, is a very

dark specimen (near bay), unicoloured except for an abnormal

white patch on the tail, which recalls the similar patch charac-

teristic of Sc. bocourtt sinistralts, lylec, &e. Var. 2 is inter-

mediate between these extreme forms, and, I believe, represents

the normal one. A specimen collected by Capt. 8. 8. Flower

at Chantaboon agrees closely with it, though still showing

faint traces of grizzling on the limbs and cheeks, Finally,

there is a series of six specimens collected by Mr. Lyle on

the upper Me Nam which differ little from this type except

that the under surface is darker, and thus the whole animal

is unicolorous (near cinnamon-rufous). ‘The tendency to

develop a white tail-tip is evident in all these specimens, and

hitherto classed under Sc. finlaysoni, Horsf. 397

from both Cambodia (Capt. S. S. Flower) and the upper

Me Nam (Mr. J. H. Lyle) absolutely white specimens have

been received which were found side by side with the red

variety. Mr. Lyle specially notes that these white specimens

have black eyes. Face to face with such bewildering varia-

tion I have concluded to accept Gray’s “‘ splendens var. 2,”

Capt. Flower’s Chantaboon specimen, and Mr. Lyle’s series

from the upper Me Nam as the normal of the species.

Dimensions of an adult female of Mr. Lyle’s series :—

Head and body 220 mm.; tail 236; hind foot 53; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 56; basilar length 45; zygomatic

breadth 32; brain-case breadth 25 ; interorbital breadth 19:5;

nasals, length 16, proximal breadth 4, distal breadth 8;

diastema 13°5; upper molar series 11.

This species differs from the preceding in the complete

absence of the black-coloured feet, the constant presence of

which is so characteristic of ferrugineus.

(3) Sciwrus nox, sp. n.

Size rather smaller than cinnamomeus.

Colour uniform jet-black above and below.

Dimensions of type (taken in the flesh) :—

Head and body 207 mm. ; tail 164 (broken, probably 210) ;.

hind foot 51; ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 53°5; basilar length 42°5; zygo-

matic breadth 32; brain-case breadth 26; interorbital

breadth 18°6; nasals, length 16°3, breadth proximally 4°5,

breadth distally 7°3; diastema 12; upper molar series 10.

Hab. Sea-coast south of Bangkok.

Type. Old male. B.M. no, 6. 10.7.4, Original number

214. Collected by Mr. T. H. Lyle on 7th August, 1906, and

presented by him to the Natural History Museum.

A series of eight specimens, of which one is quite young.

There is not the smallest sign of variation through the whole

series.

(4) Sciurus germani, A. M.-Edw.

1867. Sciurus germani, A. Milne-Edwards, Rev. Zool. p. 193.

The type-locality is the island Pulo-Condor, off the coast

of Cambodia. Milne-Edwards gives the head and body as

230 mm. and the tail of equal length, but he was dealing

with skins. Judging from two specimens from the same

island in the Museum Collection, the following are approxi-.

mate dimensions of this species :-—

398 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the Forms of Squirrel

Head and body 190 mm.; tail 190; hind foot 42; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 47; basilar length 375; zygomatic

breadth 28; brain-case breadth 22; interorbital breadth 17°3 ;

nasals, length 15, proximal breadth 3:5, distal breadth 6:3 ;

diastema 10°6; upper molar series 9°6.

These skull-measurements are taken from a rather old

individual,

(5) Sciurus jinlaysont, Horsf.

1824, Sciurus finlaysont, Horsfield, Res. Java.

The type-locality is the island of Sichang.

The animal is completely white and is expressly stated to

have black eyes and black soles to the feet.

Dimensions of the type (an old animal) :—

Head and body 175 mm.; tail 175; hind foot 43; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 46; basilar length 36°5; zygomatic

breadth 28 ; brain-case breadth 22; interorbital breadth 17°3;

nasals, length 13, proximal breadth 4:5, distal breadth 7°3 ;

diastema 11; upper molar series 8.

(6) Sccurus harmandi, A. M.-Edw.

1876. Sciurus harmandi, A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Soc. Philom. (6) xii.

p. 8.

The type-locality is Phu Kok, an island off Chantaboon.

General colour above near ‘ walnut-brown,” but almost

completely hidden by white, the individual hairs each half

grey, half walnut-brown, in that order from the base upwards ;

with a very large proportion of longer, white, black-tipped

hairs; below white, largely tinged with walnut-brown.

Cheeks and throat darker. Limbs brown, faintly grizzled

with buff; hands vinaceous cinnamon, feet cinnamon-rufous.

‘Tail like back at immediate base, thereafter mixed black and

white, 2. e. hairs black with white tips (according to M.-Hd-

wards these white tips are tinged with reddish in the type).

Milne-Edwards gives the dimensions as: head and body

260 mm.; tail 250—but these were probably taken on a

skin or stuffed specimen. ‘The true size is apparently exactly

the same as that of cinnamomeus.

The following are measurements of an adult skull :—

Greatest length 56 mm.; zygomatic breadth 32; brain-

case breadth 24°5 ; interorbital breadth 20; nasals, length 16,

breadth proximally 4°5, breadth distally 7-2; diastema 12°5;

upper molar series 11.

The dorsal pattern is like that of bocourti deatralis, but the

black and white tail serves to distinguish it at once.

hitherto classed under Sc. finlaysoui, Horsf. 399

(7) Seturus bocourt?, A. M.-Edw.

1867. Sciurus bocourt?, A. M.-Edwards, Rev. Zool. p. 193.

1867. Sciurus leucogaster, A. M.-Edwards, Rey. Zool. p- 196.

- 1901. Sciurus leucocephalus, Bonhote, P. Z. 8. p. 54.

The type-locality of S. bocourt’ was Ayuthia, on the river

north of Bangkok. 8. leucogaster came from “ Pexabury,”’

close to Bangkok, and is evidently a young individual of this

species. The Museum has a long series from Ayuthia, collected

by Capt. 5S. S. Flower, and others from various points on the

river still further north, and some from the Me Nam feeder

as far north as Pichit, collected by Mr. T. H. Lyle,

beyond which point it is replaced by the next form. It is a

form which varies extraordinarily in colouring. Milne-

Edwards gives the ground-colour as ‘un fauve roux et

noiratre”’ ; in a series of over twenty specimens I find all

grades of colour, from almost black, through “ seal-brown ”

and “ chocolate,” to a quite pale ‘ smoke-grey,” in all cases

grizzled with pale buff. The under surface is white, but in

certain individuals this extends to the feet, in others to the

face and head also, and in yet others the tail has become

white. Finally, in the series from Ayuthia are two abnormal

individuals in which white is entirely absent, even the belly

is chestnut. These specimens approach the form next

described, except for the absence of the subbasal pale spot on

the tail which so constantly characterizes the latter.

Dimensions of an adult male :—

Head and body 192 mm.; tail 198; hind foot 45; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 50; basilar length 39 ; zygomatic

breadth 31; brain-case breadth 23; interorbital breadth 18°5 ;

nasals, length 15, breadth proximally 3:5, breadth distally 7°7 ;

diastema 11°2 ; upper molar series 10°5.

(8) Sciurus bocourté sinistralis, subsp. n.

Slightly smaller than typical bocourt?.

General colour above black or “ clove-brown,” grizzled

(finely) with buff, with a certain number of all-white hairs

sprinkled over the back. Face, including the ears, suffused

with bright “ hazel.”’ Under surface near “ hazel”; hands

and feet dark, almost black. Tail for a short distance

(30 mm.) coloured like back, then for some distance (45 mm.)

almost white (the hairs white, with black tips), the rest of

the tail bright “ bay,” an obsolescent black and buff barring

still traceable at the bases of the hairs.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

400 On the Squirrels classed under Se. finlaysoni.

Head and body 191 mm.; tail (c.) 190; hind foot 43 ;

ear 20).

Skull: greatest length 49; basilar length 38; zygomatic

breadth 30; brain-case breadth 22°6 ; interorbital breadth 18 ;

nasals, length 14, breadth proximally 4°3, breadth distally 7 ;

diastema 11 ; upper molar series 9°6.

Hab. Me Nam River (type from “ below Pichit,” alt. 117’).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 3.8.5. 8. Original num-

ber 186. Collected June 8th, 1903, by Mr. T. H. Lyle, and

presented by him to the Museum.

A series of eight specimens from various points on the

Me Nam from its junction with the Me Ping northwards to

Pitsanulok. ‘Two or three of these specimens show, by an

increase of the all-white hairs scattered through the coat, an

approach to the next form, from the Me Ping. A series of

four individuals from a western feeder of the Me Nam all

show a similar modification.

(9) Scturus bocourti dextralis, subsp. n.

Size rather larger than either 0. sinistralis or typical

bocourtt.

General colour above as in b. deztralis, but the proportion

of all-white hairs greatly increased (to almost one-half of the

whole) and the face more brightly coloured. Under surface

a dark shade of cinnamon-rufous approaching chestnut.

Dimensions of the type (taken in the flesh) :—

Head and body 206 mm. ; tail 184; hind foot 46; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 52; basilar length 41:5; zygo-

matic breadth 80; brain-case breadth 24; interorbital

breadth 18:3; nasals, length 16, breadth proximally 3:5,

breadth distally 7°3 ; diastema 12 ; upper molar series 10°3.

Hab. Lower Me Ping Valley (type from Kampeng,

alt. 375), :

Tye. Adult fémale. B.M. no, 0. 10.7.9. Original

number 109. Taken 3rd Feb., 1900, by Mr. T. H. Lyle,

and presentcd by him to the Museum.

A series of six specimens, from various points on the

Me Ping, from its junction with the Me Nam northwards to

Raheng, are, on the whole, fairly uniform, but one specimen

from Raheng approaches, by the almost complete substitution

of white hairs (some of them blacketipped) for the usual black

with buff tips, to the following more northerly form.

On a new Type of Stridulating-organ. 401

(10) Sciurus bocourti lylec, subsp. n.

Size largest among the forms of bocourtz.

General colour above smoke-grey, individual hairs mouse-

grey basally, then white, a large proportion with black tips.

Face and head faintly washed with orange-rufous. Tail

basally (50 mm.) coloured like the back, then (50 mm.) white,

and finally bright cinnamon-rufous. Hands and feet finely

grizzled black and white. Under surface a pale bright orange-

rufous.

Dimensions of type (taken in the flesh) :—

Head and body 213 mm.; tail 200; hind foot 49; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 51 (54) *; basilar length 40 (45) ;

zygomatic breadth 30 (32); brain-case breadth 23°5 (24);

interorbital breadth 18 (20); nasals, length 14 (16:5),

breadth proximally 4, breadth distally 7; diastema 11-1 (12°6);

upper molar series 10°3.

Hab, Chiengmai on the Me Ping.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7.11. 13. 11. Original

number 242. Taken by Mr. T. H. Lyle on 12th August,

1907, and presented by him to the Museum.

Three specimens examined, all very like one another. The

complete absence of either red or brown in the coat (above),

the bright orange-rufous belly, the obsolescence of the red

colouring on the head, and the paler hands and feet make this

a very striking form among the subspecies of bocourtt.

XLVIIT.— On a new Type of Stridulating-organ in Mygalo-

morph Spiders, with the Description of a new Genus and

Species belonging to the Suborder. By A.S. Hirst.

SEVERAL types of stridulating-organs are known to occur in

the spiders of the suborder Mygalomorphe. ‘These organs

consist of arrangements of spines and bacille, the structure

and disposition of which differ much in the groups and

genera in which they are present. In some of the groups of

the subfamily Aviculariinee (Thrigmopceez &c.) the apparatus

lies between the posterior surface of the mandible and the

anterior surface of the maxillipalp, and this is also the case

in some of the genera of the Dipluride. In other groups of

* The figures in brackets are those of a rather older individual.

4()2 Mr. A, S. Hirst on a new Type of

the Aviculariine (Phoneyusexw &c.) the stridulatory organ

(when present) is placed between the posterior surface of the

maxillipalp and the anterior surface of the coxa or trochanter

of the first leg. In a few genera in which this latter type of

apparatus occurs the part which is borne by the first leg is

present on both coxa and trochanter,

In some of the genera of the Ischnocolex there is present a

type of stridulating-organ which has hitherto escaped notice

and which differs in several important respects from those

referred to above. In this form of apparatus the structures are

situated between the inner (anterior) surfaces of the mandibles

themselves. It differs, moreover, from all the forms of

stridulating-organs hitherto described as occurring in Mygalo-

morph spiders in that the opposed surfaces of the appendages

do not bear dissimilar series of bacillee and spines, the struc-

tures of the two halves of the organ being precisely similar

in form and arrangement. In the spiders of the genus

Selenogyrus a well-marked apparatus of this type is present.

It consists of a number of rows of bacilles arranged in a some-

what crescentic manner, the bacille: of the outer rows being

the largest. Three or four of the posterior bacille are of

large size and form a separate group (fig. 1). In a new

genus of Ischnocoles from the Cameroons, here described,

a different modification of this form of stridulating-organ

is present. The inner surface of the mandible is furnished

with numerous spines which are grouped in a somewhat

irregular fashion. A few of these spines are enlarged and

are of peculiar form (fig. 2). In an Indian Ischnocolid

from Travancore, which belongs to an undescribed genus

and species, the stridulating-apparatus presents itself in a

much reduced form. An oblique row of five strong spines is

present towards the base of the inner surface of the mandible,

A few weak spines are placed behind this row of strong

spines, and some of the sete of the inner surface of the

mandible have their ends slightly enlarged (fig. 3). In

Metriopelma auronitens, Keyserling *, there occurs a peculiar

structure which differs much from the stridulating-organs

described above. he inner surface of each mandible is

provided with a raised area which partly encircles and

encloses a dense brush of long and slender’ bristles. These

bristles are curved, their free ends being directed towards the

ventral edge of the mandible. It remains to be seen if this

structure is a stridulating-organ. I have only been able to

%* KE. Keyserling, ‘Die Spinnen Amerikas : Brasilianische Spinnen,’

1891, p. 16,

Stridulating-organ in Mygalomorph Spiders. 40

examine a single specimen (the typical male) of J. awro-

nitens, Keyserling. ‘There is no trace of this structure in

the typical specimen (a female) of JM. pantherina, Keyserling*,

which is supposed by Pocock to be the female of MZ. auro-

nitens. It is possible, however, that this organ is confined

to the one sex.

KUPHRICTUS, gen. nov.

Anterior row of eyes slightly procurved, the posterior row

almost straight. Cephalothoracic fovea minute and pro-

curved. Labium armed with many spinules (the spinules are

more numerous than is represented in fig. 4), the maxille

JE ——

EC 2A

77 See,

i, ORG VOR yp

CRG

Mandible of Selenogyrus aureus, Pocock, from the inner side.

Fig. 2.

lak

My. \ ae

Ail Kt

Mandible of Euphrictus spinosus, sp. n., from the inner side.

also spinulose. Posterior sigillee of sternum of small size,

widely separated from one another and separated by about

twice their length from the margin of the sternum. Inner

surfaces of the mandibles furnished with a stridulating-organ

* 7. % palS,

40-4 On a new Type of Stridulating-organ.

of the type detailed above. Spine of the palpal organ long

and with the terminal part slender and pointed (fig. 5).

Tibia of first leg with no trace of spurs, but furnished with

apical, ventral, and lateral spines. ‘Tarsi of the anterior legs

with the scopule divided by a line of sete; tarsi of the

fourth pair of legs with the scopulze divided by a fairly broad

band of sete.

Mandible of an undescribed genus and species of Ischnocoleze

from the inner side.

Fig. 4.—Labium of Euphrictus spinosus, sp. n., from above.

Fig. 5.—Outer view of palp-organ of Euphrictus spinosus, sp. n.

Euphrictus spinosus, sp. n.

Colour (worn specimen).—Carapace yellowish, abdomen

with the inner scale-like hairs of the dorsal surface brown,

the long hairs light yellowish; ventral surface of the

abdomen much lighter in colour.

Carapace equal in length to the patella, tibia, and tarsus

of the maxillipalp, and very nearly equal to the length of the

metatarsus of the fourth leg.

Anterior median eyes a little further from one another

than from the anterior laterals; posterior median eyes almost

touching the posterior laterals. Eyes of anterior row con-

siderably larger than the eyes of the posterior row. P

On new Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 405

Abdomen.—Terminal segment of spinnerets by far the

longest. :

Legs.—Patelle and tibie of first and fourth legs almost

equal in length. Patella and tibia of second leg equal to the

metatarsus of the fourth leg. Metatarsi of anterior legs

scopulate for more than half their length ; metatarsus of first

leg armed below with a large spine and also with a small

apical spine. ‘Tibia of first leg armed ventrally and laterally

with 7-9 spines, three of which are apical. Metatarsi of

third and fourth apically scopulate. Tibiezs and metatarsi of

third and fourth legs armed ventrally and laterally with a

number of spines. ‘l'arsi of palp and legs furnished dorsally

with a number of clavate hairs.

Palp.—Spine of palpal organ long and twisted (fig. 5).

Mandible with stridulatory organ as described above

fig. 2).

RI ion in mm.—Total length of body 15°5; length

of carapace 7°75, of first leg (from base of femur) 26, of fourth

leg 29, of patella and tibia of first leg 9°5, of patella and

tibia of fourth leg 9; of patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp 7°75.

Locality.—A single adult male from the River Ja, in the

Cameroons, collected by Mr. G. L. Bates.

Remarks.—A mutilated and immature specimen from the

same locality, which seems to belong to an allied species,

possesses a well-marked rastellum. ‘The teeth are twelve in

number and form a border to the inner edge of the mandible.

In the type of Huphrictus spinosus they are represented by a

number of spiniform setz.

XLIX.—Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand

Coleoptera. By Major T. Brown, F.E.S.

(Continued from p. 352. ]

Group Feronide.

Trichosternus calocephalus, sp. n.

Robust, suboblong, moderately convex, nitid, blackish green,

margins metallic green ; legs rufo-piceous; the labrum, an-

tenne, and palpi pitchy red, these last more rufescent, with

their tips still paler.

Head moderately large, not as broad as thorax, its sides

and occiput appearing quite convex, owing to the whole

406 Major T’. Broun on new

central portion, from the middle of the eyes to the base of the

labrum, being considerably depressed; eyes prominent, their

orbits swollen below and behind ; labrum arcuate emarginate.

Thorax 24 lines long by 34 broad ; apex obviously incurved,

the base less so ; widest near the front, moderately, rounded

near the middle, gradually narrowed towards the acutely

rectangular posterior angles ; marginal channels wide and a

little expanded behind; the dorsal sulcus attains the basal

margin, near which it is most conspicuous, there is a curvate

frontal impression, the basal fosse are large. Hlytra oblong-

oval, strongly sinuate apically, humeral angles dentiform

and projecting so as to distinctly exceed the base of the thorax

in width ; they are evidently striate, with fine punctures ;

the sutural two interstices are plane, the others distinctly

convex, all of about equal breadth; the third has four, the

seventh five or six large punctures, marginal sculpture

coarse.

Underside glossy black, without well-marked sculpture ;

terminal ventral segment with two setigerous punctures at

each side of the middle at the apex. Legs normal, external

angle of intermediate tibize prolonged, so as to cover the

basal half of the first tarsal joint.

When compared with J’. antarcticus, the apical portion of

the elytra is seen to be more sinuously narrowed and the

humeral angles more prominent; the labrum is more deeply

incurved. The most remarkable character, however, which

distinguishes this from every other species of Trichosternus is

the cavity which occupies so large a portion of the head.

g. Length 12; breadth 4} lines.

Ashburton. Discovered by Mr. W. W. Smith.

Trichosternus hanmerensis, sp. 0.

Suboblong, shining, nigrescent, lateral margins slightly

viridi-cupreous; legs, antenne, and palpi piceo-rufous.

Head smooth, inter-antennal impressions well developed.

Eyes large and prominent; gene simple. Thorax 3} lines

in breadth by 24 in length, widest near the middle, its sides

gently rounded, moderately sinuously narrowed behind, poste-

rior angles rectangular, base and apex widely emarginated ;

disk but little convex and almost smooth, dorsal groove

distinct but feeble at apex, basal fosse large and expanded

towards the angles. lytra at the base rather wider than

thorax, rather more so at or behind the middle, humeral

angles dentiform, sinuously yet only moderately narrowed

apically; they are punctate-striate, the punctuation is fine

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 407

but distinct ; the sutural two interstices plane, the others

only moderately convex, all are more or less marked with

transverse feeble aciculate impressions, the third has two or

three, the seventh five or six setigerous punctures.

Underside glossy black, nearly smooth, only feebly

wrinkled, the terminal ventral segment with two setigerous

punctures at the extremity at each side of the middle in both

sexes ; prosternal process unimpressed.

3S ?. Length 94-101; breadth 53 lines.

Hanmer. Found by Mr. J. H. Lewis. ‘

Obs.—The six individuals under examination exhibit

certain variations. In one female the hind body is 44 lines in

width. It would be unwise to separate the series into distinct

species at present, so I will simply note varietal forms.

A.—Apical sinuosities deeper, hind body more oviform, no

punctures on the third interstices. One male.

B.—Lateral margins and the elytra with rufescent reflec-

tions ; base of thorax very slightly incurved and scored with

fine longitudinal impressions ; the thorax itself less curvate

laterally, less narrowed, and not at all sinuate behind, the

thoracic and humeral angles of almost exactly the same width.

One male.

C.—Elytral interstices flatter, punctuation of striz less

distinct ; humeral angles evidently broader than basal angles

of thorax, which measures 23 lines in length by 34 in breadth,

its margins slightly rufescent, more strongly rounded laterally,

disk uneven, dorsal groove at the middle interrupted by an

oviform elevation, basal fosse irregular, apex with fine

longitudinal striez, some transverse ones near basal fosse.

One damaged female.

Trichosternus ordinarius, sp. n.

Shining, head and thorax coppery green; base and lateral

margins of elytra viridescent, disk blackish green; legs

piceous, tarsi and basal joints of antennz piceo-rufous, re-

maining joints infuscate red; labrum fuscous, with somewhat

testaceous margins.

Head (mandibles included) one-third longer than and (eyes

included) as broad as thorax; smooth, with moderate frontal

impressions. Thorax subquadrate, apex evidently incurved,

with rounded angles ; its sides are only slightly curvate near

the front and very gradually but not at all sinuously narrowed

towards the rectangular but not projecting posterior angles ;

the basal fosse are large and deep, and the marginal channels

are widened near the base ; the central sulcus is rather broad

A)8 Major T. Broun on new

and deep at the base and slightly foveiform at its apparent

termination near the front, it is, however, prolonged to the

front margin as a slender stria, the broad curvate impression

near the front is most evident near the angles; the disk is

_ slightly convex and shows traces only of transverse strie ;

the base is slightly medially emarginate : it is a fourth broader

than long. Sceutellum striate at base. Llytra distinetly

broader than thorax at the base, humeral angles evidently

dentiform ; they are rather wider near the hind thighs than

elsewhere and considerably, obliquely, and sinuously narrowed

towards the extremity ; their strie are moderately broad and

deep and finely punctured; the sutural two interstices are

rather narrow, the others broad and convex, the third has

three, the seventh five punctures. The eyes are prominent.

There are two setigerous punctures on each side of the middle

of the last ventral segment at the apex in both sexes.

Underside shining piceous, head viridescent.

Female.—Thorax slightly more rounded laterally; hind

body broader, particularly near the apex ; thorax less cupreous

on the middle.

&. Length 104; breadth 33 lines.

Horowhenua Lake. One pair from Mr. G. V. Hudson.

Little difficulty will be experienced in separating this

species from Z'. cephalotes or I’. hudsont, its nearest allies.

‘he nearly straight-sided thorax, posteriorly attenuated

elytra, and more slender legs are distinctive.

Zeopecilus optandus, sp. Ne

Suboblong, slightly convex, nitid, blackish green; thorax

brilliant brassy and red, elytral margins rufescent; the legs

and basal joints of antenne piceous; tarsi and palpi piceo-

rufous.

Head convex, as broad as front of thorax, feebly irregu-

larly wrinkled; frontal impressions rather short; it is green.

Thorax one-fourth broader than long, its sides moderately

strongly rounded, but with a slight incurvature towards the

rectangular posterior angles; discoidal groove and basal

fossee well marked; there is a slight curvate impression near

the front, the base and apex bear distinct abbreviated longi-

tudinal striee, and there are numerous feeble undulating striz

across the disk. Scutellum feebly striate. Hlytra oblong-

oval, rather gradually narrowed and only slightly sinuated

posteriorly, humeral angles dentiform ; their strie regular,

moderately deep, and finely punctured, the interstices mode-

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 409

rately convex, slightly undulate behind, all (including the

suture) marked with shallow fine punctures.

Underside shining violaceous black, nearly smooth. Ter-

‘minal ventral segment with one setigerous puncture only

at each side of the middle at the apex, as in Z. putus and

Z. princeps.

Posterior é¢b¢e with a stout flexuous calear; basal joint of

the tarsi compressed, broadly grooved underneath, and ridged

along the inner side. |

Z. princeps (no. 1457) can be distinguished by its red

tibie, Z putus by the dark colour and longer elytra. In

Z. calcaratus the first joint of the posterior tarsi is not

laterally compressed, whilst in Z. achilles, which I have not

seen, the corresponding joint appears to be dilated inwardly.

3. Length 104; breadth 33 lines.

Nelson. I am indebted to Mr. G. VY. Hudson for my

specimen.

Pterostichus turgidiceps, sp. n.

Elongate, subdepressed, only slightly nitid, nigrescent ; the

antenne and tarsi piceo-rufous ; palpi infuscate red.

Flead (mandibles included) one-fifth longer than thorax,

nearly as broad as that is; the gene and ocular orbits swollen,

the former nearly straight from the base of the mandibles

to behind the eyes; ocular carine simple, the two frontal

impressions moderate, the surface smooth; there are two

setigerous punctures near each eye and two on the forehead ;

on the labrum there are six; both forehead and labrum are

widely incurved in front. andibles very thick, rather long,

and slightly curved at the extremity. yes rather small, not

flat, yet not at all prominent. Antenne with yellow pubes-

cence from the fourth joint onwards ; the first three and the

base of fourth are glabrous. Thorax almost as long as

broad, apex very slightly emarginate, with obtuse and not in

the least prominent angles ; the base somewhat obliquely

emarginate towards the middle; lateral margins simple but

well developed, of equal thickness throughout, with four

setigerous punctures at each side; it is widest near the front

and gradually narrowed, but not perceptibly sinuate, towards

the rectangular but not acute posterior angles in the female :

in the male the posterior sinuosity is evident, so that the

angles appear slightly projecting though not acute, its sides

are gently rounded but not as broad in front as in the female ;

disk rather flat, the central groove not abbreviated, basal

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 8, Vol. ii. 29

410 Major T. Broun on new

fossee rather longer than broad and situate nearer the sides

than to the middle; there is a feeble curvate frontal impres-

sion. Scutellum slightly striate at base. Llytra a little

longer than the head and thorax combined, suboblong, rather

wider behind than at the base, where they barely exceed the

thorax in breadth; humeral angles obtusely dentiform, poste-

rior sinuosities oblique but not deep, apices quite obtusely

rounded, lateral margins well developed; the dorsum flat;

each elytron with eight very finely punctured striae ; inter-

stices moderately broad, the third and fifth with five or six,

the seventh with eight or nine conspicuous punctures, the

sides with coarse serial punctures.

Legs moderately long, thick, femora dilated.

Male.—Tarsi: anterior with the basal three joints strongly

dilated and cordiform, with grey spongy squame, and fringed

with ferruginous sete underneath; their fourth joint also

cordate ; the posterior rather short, basal articulation rather

longer than second, the basal four intermediate between cordate

and triangular, the terminal somewhat thickened towards the

extremity.

Female.—Labrum so much abbreviated that its punctured

apex only is visible, so that. the trophi are quite exposed

between the open mandibles. Front tarsi with subcordate

intermediate joints, the basal and terminal of nearly equal

length. Size 8x 23 lines.

Mentum tooth bifid. Basal ventral segment almost wholly

concealed. Both sexes with two setigerous punctures on

each side of the middle, at the extremity, of the last ventral

segment.

&. Length 94; breadth 2 lines.

Manawatu Gorge. One of each sex, discovered on different

occasions, by Mr. W. W. Smith.

Obs.—Certainly a very curious species. The structure

quite Pterostichoid. The legs are thick, like those of an

African Anthia. The thorax of the female resembles that of

a North-American Holctophorus in shape. ‘The elytra are

somewhat like an Australian Homalosoma, The swelled head

is considered a colonial characteristic and is like that of our

Trichosternus planiusculus.

Pterostichus odontellus, sp. n.

Elongate-oblong, moderately convex, brilliant and intensely

black; legs piceous; tarsi, antenne, and labrum piceo-

rufous, palpi paler.

Head nearly as wide as thorax, the forehead a little uneven

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 411

and depressed, with several fine longitudinal rugee near the

eyes; the common frontal impressions are ill-defined and

appear to form part of the depression between the antenne.

Eyes large and prominent, their orbits somewhat swollen.

Labrum large, truncate, with six setigerous punctures.

Thorax 2} lines in breadth by 12 in length; base and apex

slightly emarginate ; widest at the middle, its sides only

moderately rounded, more narrowed towards the base than

it is in front, with an almost imperceptible sinuosity near

the subacute posterior angles; anterior angles rounded, the

marginal channels of equal width throughout; discoidal

furrow deep, distinctly abbreviated in front, basal fosse large

and elongate; its surface uneven but without well-defined

impressions. Scutellum scored at base. LElyéra suboblong,

slightly wider behind than at the base, but sinuously narrowed

apically ; they are evidently striate, the eighth stria are

punctate, the sculpture of the discoidal striz, however, is

ill-defined, seeming to consist of shallow elongate impressions

with slight intervals, some of these appear to encroach on

the interstices.

Underside shining black, bipunetate at each side of the

middle, at the apex, of the last ventral segment. Prosternal

process broadly and deeply furrowed along its whole length.

Legs stout ; the intermediate femora strongly inflated, the

anterior and posterior remarkably so, being quite bulbous

underneath, the hind trochanters very thick and cylindric;

tibize stout, the hind pair with a small tooth on the inner

edge near the middle. Anterior tarsi with coarse brush-like

soles; the basal four joints cordiform, the first three more

expanded than the fourth, the basal two appear as if their

outer angles were slightly prominent.

_ Antenne pubescent from the fourth joint onwards, they

attain the base of the thorax; second joint more than half

the length of the third; the basal joint is stout and cylindric

and bears a distinct flattened tubercle close to its upper extre-

mity and an upstanding seta at the inner side of the tubercle,

¢&. Length 8; breadth 24 lines.

Taranaki.

Mr. W. W. Smith, who seems to possess the knack of

finding curious Carabide, gave me his unique specimen

without mentioning the locality ; but I believe he found it

near Mount Egmont.

Obs.—This conspicuous beetle is of special interest, The

remarkable femora, the denticles on the posterior tibiae and

on the basal joints of the antennz are without precedent,

The dilated joints of the front tarsi, though unsymmetrical,

¥ 29%

412 _ Major T. Broun on new

are not sufficiently so for generic separation from Pterostichus.

It must be located in the section having four or more setigerous

punctures on each side of the thorax.

Pterostichus antennalis, sp. n.

Elongate, slightly convex, black; the legs and basal

three joints of the antennee piceous, remaining joints pale

castaneous.

Head about as broad as front of thorax, very finely and

irregularly wrinkled, frontal impressions elongate; eyes only

moderately prominent, their orbits a good deal dilated below

and behind. Thora#z 5 mm. long by 54 broad, moderately

incurved medially at base and apex, anterior angles rounded,

stg sides but little curved, and gradually slightly narrowed

behind; the posterior angles, owing to the thickening of the

margins, appear minutely prominent ; its surface very finely

transversely striate, the base and apex longitudinally, discoidal

groove well marked and almost touching the apex, basal fossee

rather elongate, and with a second smaller almost sulciform

one nearer each side, the space between each of these latter

and the lateral margin seems convex but not cariniform.

Soutellum striate at base. Hlytra elongate, oblong, but little

rounded laterally, distinctly sinuated behind, humeral angles

moderately dentiform and but little wider than the base of

thorax; each elytron with seven more or less interrupted

strie, all well marked at the base, the inner four rather more

regular and finer than either of the next two, each consists

of about twenty punctures or elongate impressions, the

seventh is made up of about twenty or more rather fine punc-

tures between the shoulder and posterior sinuosity.

‘emora medially dilated, the posterior strongly angulate,

so that the trochanter fits into the slender basal portion.

There are four setigerous punctures on each side of the thorax

and at the apex of the last ventral segment.

The terminal four joints of the antenne are rufo-castaneous,

with a piceous central streak, which is broadly grooved, some-

times with a slender carina, and this dark longitudinal space

is marked off by the entire absence of the pubescence which

is so conspicuous on all but the basal three. This peculiarity

occurs amongst the allied species, but I have not seen any

record of it.

In P. lewisé the elytral strie are almost entirely made up

of elongated impressions, the seventh has only about seven or

ten; two of these grooves sometimes occupy the whole space

between the. hind thigh and subapical sinuosity. In the

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 413

present species the seventh strize consist of a combination of

over twenty rather fine punctures and impressions. ‘This will

enable the student to distinguish the species.

&. Length 84-9; breadth 23-3 lines.

Takuratahi and Mount Holdsworth. Two males from

Mr. G. V. Hudson’s collection.

Pierostichus oneroaensis, sp. n.

Black, glossy ; tibiee and antenne nigro-piceous; tarsi

rufo-piceous ; labrum and mandibles also black.

The description of P. sandagert (no. 1776) applies exactly

to this, with the following exceptions :—

The elytral interstices are transversely marked with acicu-

late impressions and the two large punctures on the third are

absent. The prosternal process is broadly grooved and the

metasternum is similarly impressed longitudinally. The legs

are more robust, the intermediate femora are much swollen

underneath, so as to appear more emarginate towards the

apex ; the tibie of the same pair have their hind or outer

angles produced as a stout spiniform process. This last

character, however, is also present in P. sandagert.

There are two setigerous punctures on each side of the

thorax—one before the middle, the other at the hind angle—

and the same number at each side of the middle, at the apex,

of the last ventral segment. It belongs to the Trichosternus-

like section (see Man. N. Z. Coleopt. p. 986).

g. Length 124; breadth 4 lines.

Te Oneroa (Mr. P. Seymour) ; Invercargill (Mr. G. V.

Hudson). One specimen from each.

Pterostichus flectipes, sp. n.

Suboblong, moderately convex, shining cupreous black; legs

and antennz piceous.

Head convex, frontal impressions distinct, and with a

series of fine longitudinal interocular strie. Thorax 3 lines

in width by 22 in length, base and apex much incurved,

widest near the middle, moderately curved forwards, narrowed

and slightly sinuate towards the rectangular posterior angles,

marginal channels of almost equal width throughout; median

groove distinct from base to apex, basal fossee large ; across

the disk there are several feeble aciculate impressions.

Secutellum striate. Elytra oblong-oval, shoulders dentiform

but not prominent; with finely punctured striz ; interstices

slightly convex, the third with two, the seventh with five

punctures.

44 Major T’. Broun on new

Legs stout, femora but little inflated; intermediate tibize

truncate at extremity, the posterior much bent throughout

their whole length, the terminal calear rather stout and

nearly as long as the first tarsal joint.

Underside glossy black, metasternum and ventral segments

finely irregularly wrinkled, last segment bipunctate at each

side of the extremity, the prosternum apparently smooth,

flanks of mesosternum minutely coriaceous.

Belongs to the Z'richosternus-like section, with one seti-

gerous puncture at each hind angle of the thorax and

another before the middle. In some respects like P. melius-

culus (1637), but smaller, the hind body more decidedly

oviform, humeral angles less dentiform, basal region of thorax

not medially depressed, punctuation of elytral strize more

distinct. It may be separated from all the members of this

section by the remarkably formed posterior tibiee.

g. Length 93; breadth 34 lines,

South Island.

One of Commander J. J. Walker’s captures ; exact locality

unknown, probably Westport.

Pterostichus adoxus, sp. n.

Suloblong, subdepressed, nitid, pitchy black ; elytra very

slightly geneous and their margins rutescent behind; legs

piceo-rufous, the palpi, antenna, and tarsi paler red.

Head smooth, with simple, small, and shallow frontal

fovese and a shallow impression on the middle of the vertex;

including the large prominent eyes, it is quite as wide as

front of thorax ; there are two setigerous punctures close to

each eye, and the same number on the forehead. Antenne

with the basal three joints nude, third joint as long as fourth

and a fourth longer than second, they attain the middle

femora. Thorax slightly wider before the middle than else-

where, moderately rounded and margined, widely but not

deeply sinuate, angustate behind, posterior angles rectangular,

base and apex subtruncate; it is a little convex and just a

fifth broader than long; the well-marked central groove

extends from base to apex ; basal fosse large, elongate, and

extending as a flattened space to each hind angle, they are

finely punctate. Scutellum obsoletely sculptured. Hlytra

oblong-oval, with rounded and not dentiform humeral angles,

lateral margins well developed, moderately narrowed, but

hardly at all sinuate posteriorly ; each has a scutellar and

seven well-marked discoidal striz, all impunctate; the sutural

atria on each is bent at. the apex and prolonged forwards

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 415

along the lateral margins ; interstices nearly plane, the third

tripunctate.

The tips of the palpi are very slightly obtuse. The basal

three articulations of the front tarsi in the male are appre-

eiably less dilated than in Haptoderus maorinus (88) and

sharpianus. The latter is the nearest ally known to me, but

its thorax is broader, more rounded, its hind angles are less

acutely rectangular, and the fossze less evidently (sometimes

not at all) punctured, and there are no interstitial punctures

on the elytra. The two hind pairs of tarsi are similarly

grooved, and all three species have one seta on each side of

the thorax before the middle and another at the hind angle.

6. Length 4; breadth 13 line.

Manawatu Gorge. One male, secured by Mr. W. W.

Smith.

Pterostichus oxymelus, sp. n.

Oblong, medially narrowed, slightly convex,. brilliant

black; tarsi and basal four joints of antenne rutfo-piceous,

remaining joints rufo-fuscous; palpi shining, rufo-piccous,

with fulvescent tips.

Head large, as long as thorax, and (eyes included) nearly

as broad as that is; frontal impressions elongate and deep,

more or less finely wrinkled; eyes prominent; labrum

obliquely emarginate. Thorax widest before the middle,

moderately rounded, a good deal curvedly narrowed and

slightly sinuate behind ; posterior angles rectangular, slightly

incrassate and prominent, the anterior rounded; apex and

base widely incurved, ihe latter subtruncate near each side ;

discoidal furrow deeply impressed and a little expanded

towards the extremities, but not reaching the apex 5 basal

fosse longer than broad, well developed, situate nearer the

sides than the middle; there are a few fine longitudinal striz

near the middle of the base and apex, but no perceptible ones

across the disk; it is only an eighth broader than long.

Scutellum deeply striate at base. Llytra oblong-oval, shoul-

ders rather narrow and not dentiform; they are only mode-

rately narrowed and rounded and only slightly sinuate

behind ; they are slightly convex, their strie are moderately

deep and finely punctured, but some become a little irregular

and interrupted towards the extremity. ;

Legs robust; femora strongly dilated, posterior angulate

below ; front and middle tibie incrassate near extremity,

the posterior flexuous, strongly and acutely prolonged at the

inner extremity, the two apical spines unequal and elongate,

both bent backwards.

416 Major T. Broun on new

When compared with P. mucronatus (1468), P. oxymelus

appears to have stouter legs, the mandibles are evidently

obliquely striate ; the eyes are more convex and prominent,

but their orbits are less swollen; the elytral striae are more

regular and less interrupted, the shoulders are not at all |

prominent, the posterior contraction is less abrupt and deep;

the apical spines of the four hind tibiee are directed back-

wards instead of forwards, as they are in P. mucronatus ; the

basal three joints of the front tarsi are less expanded and the

second and third are foveate above near the base.

There are four setigerous punctures on each side of the

thorax, but only one at each side of the middle at the extre-

mity of the terminal ventral segment.

$. Length 74; breadth 22 lines.

Manawatu Gorge. One, found by Mr. W. W. Smith.

Pterostichus sinuiventris, sp. n.

Intense black, glossy ; the palpi, tarsi, and basal four joints

of antenna rufo-piceous, tips of palpi fulvescent.

Head almost smooth, with elongate frontal fovee; man-

dibles obliquely striate ; labrum obliquely emarginate. Eyes

convex and prominent, their orbits not swollen. Thorax

one-seventh broader than long, widest before the middle,

gently rounded, moderately sinuate-angustate behind, poste-

rior angles rectangular and slightly projecting ; apex widely,

the base medially, incurved ; basal fosse large and elongate,

central furrow broad and deep but not reaching the apex.

Scutellum deeply striate at base. Elytra oblong-oval,

humeral angles slightly projecting, posterior sinuosities

rather deep and abrupt, the apex, however, rather broad and

obtusely rounded; they are rather deep and finely punctate,

regular, but becoming confused near the extremity; inter-

stices smooth and moderately convex.

Legs stout, femora dilated ; posterior tibie slightly flexuous,

not prolonged at the inner extremity.

Female.—Terminal ventral segment near each side of the

apex obliquely truncate towards the middle, which is angu-

late and somewhat prominent, the whole apex distinctly

margined and with a fine groove parallel with the margin,

and bearing two setigerous punctures near each side, as in the

male. TFlanks of the sternum finely punctate or rugose,

The head and thorax more or less finely transversely striate.

Similar to P. owymelus, but lacking the essential character

of that species, 7. e. the acute prolongation of the posterior

tibia, ‘The elytral strie deeper and regular. The thorax

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 417

more sinuate behind and with more prominent angles. The

shoulders more dentiform and the claws of the front tarsi

thicker, ‘There are four sete on each side of the thorax.

&. Length 64; breadth 22 lines.

Manawatu Flats, 9 miles below the Gorge, One male and

three females, collected by Mr. W. W. Smith and Mr. Frank

Park. 3

Pterostichus vexatus, sp. n.

Elongate, glossy black ; legs and basal four joints of an-

tenn piceous ; palpi and tarsi piceo-rufous.

lead moderately large and (including the prominent eyes)

as wide as front of thorax; frontal impressions elongate,

mandibles finely wrinkled, labrum emarginate. Thorax sub-

quadrate, its sides being only slightly rounded, and a little

narrowed but not sinuate behind; posterior angles rectan-

gular, apex widely, base medially incurved; disk very slightly

convex, median furrow well marked, rather deep and broad

at extremities, but not attaining the base or apex; basal

fosse not very large, well defined, distinctly separated from

the sides, the curved frontal impression very feebly marked ;

it is only an eighth broader than long. Scutellum striate at

base. Llytra oblong, slightly rounded, rather abruptly

sinuate-angustate near the apices, humeral angles not denti-

form and but little wider than the thoracic angles; disk

subdepressed, their striz irregularly interrupted, some of

the punctures large and distant, those of the intermediate

especially, sixth and seventh rather more regularly striate-

punctate.

Legs stout, posterior femora dilated, angulate and sub-

dentate below, so that the trochanters exactly fit into the

narrow basal portion.

Male with one setigerous puncture each side of the middle,

but rather far apart, at the apex of the last ventral segment ;

the female with two. Anterior tarsi with the basal two joints

of the male slightly but appreciably prolonged at the outer

angle.

Belongs to the section having four sete on both sides of

the thorax, and most nearly allied to P. obsoletus, which,

however, has a more posteriorly narrowed and slightly sinuated

thorax and evidently shorter elytra. In both species the hind

tibie are slightly curvate, but P. vevatus is larger and has

stouter legs. WL. cthaginis is also somewhat similar, but its

thorax is more narrowed behind and the elytral striz are

much less interrupted. P. precox, also from Wellington,

418 Major T. Broun on new

has its thorax more narrowed basally, with larger fosse and

differently sculptured elytra. These are the only species

with which it may be confounded.

dg. Length 74; breadth 24 lines.

Wellington. One pair from Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Pierostichus perbonus, sp. n.

Oblong, moderately elongate and convex, nitid, black; legs

and antenne piceo-rufous. |

Head (including the prominent eyes) rather narrower than

thorax, the elongate frontal impressions well marked. Thorax

21 lines broad by 12 long, base and apex incurved, slightly

wider before the middle than it is elsewhere, a little narrower

behind than in front, its sides very gently and regularly

rounded, and without any sinuosity whatever ; lateral margins

well developed, posterior angles quite obsolete ; dorsal groove

abbreviated, the curvate frontal impression feeble; basal

fosse simple, not long, situated nearer the sides than the

middle; usually with feeble linear impressions across the

disk. Scutellum striate at base. Hlytra a little wider than

thorax, oblong-oval, their shoulders rather narrow, rounded,

and not at all dentiform, only slightly sinuate apically ;

their stric are deep, regular, and not perceptibly punctured ;

interstices generally with many feeble aciculate impressions

across them, the third sometimes tripunctate; the scutellar

strize short but deep.

Legs normal, posterior femora dilated and subangulate.

Underside glossy black, flanks of prosternum feebly

wrinkled, mesosternum punctate. ‘Terminal ventral segment

bipunctate at each side of the middle at the apex in both

sexes.

P. ovatellus, Chaudoir, is no doubt the nearest species, but

in it the elytral strie are punctured. ‘There are only two

setee on each side of the thorax.

&. Length 74; breadth 25 lines.

Westport.

Commander J. J. Walker, R.N., gave me a pair bearing

the number 5240.

Pierostichus philpott, sp. n.

Subparallel, elongate, moderately convex, glossy black;

legs and antenne rufo-piceous, terminal joints of the palpi

rufo-castaneous.

Head smooth, with rather feeble frontal impressions ;

mandibles distinctly wrinkled; eyes large and prominent.

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 419

Thorax 12 lines in length and breadth, slightly wider near

the front than it is behind, its sides very slightly curved,

margins well developed; the base medially incurved and

slightly obliquely rounded towards each side, so that the

angles are obsolete, the apex subtruncate or just perceptibly

emarginate; disk smooth, central groove distinct but not

attaining the apex ; basal fossz large and well defined, placed

nearer the sides than the middle. Scutellum striate at base.

Elytra elongate, very little wider than thorax, subparallel,

shoulders somewhat curvedly narrowed, so as to scarcely

exceed the base of thorax in width, rather broad at the extre-

mity, and with only a short sinuation near it; the stric are

not deep, they are somewhat confused near the apex and are

finely punctured, the punctuation of the third and fourth

sometimes effaced, seventh indistinct, the punctures near the

lateral margins rather large and distinctly separated ; inter-

stices but little convex, with two punctures on the third

behind the middle.

Legs stout; posterior femora not angulate below; inter-

mediate tibie slightly dilated along the inner face.

There are four sete along each side of the thorax; there

are no scutellar striole.

Of peculiarly elongate subparallel outline. Like P. incon-

stans, but differing from it in the darker legs, absence of

catenulate elytral sculpture, and by the deeply striate

scutellum, &c.

$. Length 7; breadth 2 lines.

West Plains, Invercargill.

One pair from Mr. A. Philpott, whose name it bears.

Prerostichus lepidulus, sp. n.

Subdepressed, elongate, moderately shining, black; legs

piceous, the front tarsi and last seven joints of antenna ruto-

fuscous; the basal four joints of the latter, the palpi, and

mandibles pitchy red.

Head nearly as long and (including the very prominent

eyes) as broad as thorax, with fine oblique ruge near each

eye, frontal impressions not elongate; labrum widely emar-

ginate. Antenne reach backwards to base of thorax, fourth

joint very slightly longer than third. Thorax widest near

the middle, moderately rounded, gradually narrowed behind,

posterior angles rectangular, base medially incurved, apex

slightly emarginate, it is one-fourth broader than long; disk

nearly flat, basal fosse elongate, sulciform, situated halfway

~ between the middle and sides, dorsal furrow well marked but

420 Major T. Broun on new

not reaching the front margin. Scutellum finely striate.

Elytra oblong, humeral angles rounded and not dentiform,

moderately curvedly narrowed, but hardly at all sinuate

posteriorly; they are nearly plane, and have finely and

closely punctured but not deep strie; interstices rather flat,

the third tripunctate; the marginal sculpture well marked,

the seventh striz very fine.

The mandibles are rather short, but strongly curved and

acute at the extremity. Femora simple. Thorax bisetose at

the sides, last ventral segment also.

P. oscillator, Sharp, is certainly the nearest ally. This

species differs in having more shallow, but distinctly though

finely punctured elytral striz, scored scutellum, &c. In my

specimen of P. oscellator the lower sides of the head, between

the eyes and middle of mandibles, are expanded and rufescent,.

and in this respect resemble the Antarctic genus Loxomerus.

In P. lepidulus the dilatation is normal and does not extend

beyond the base of the mandibles.

do. Length 6; breadth 2 lines.

West Plains, Invercargill. A single specimen from Mr. A.

Philpott.

Pterostichus chalmeri, sp. n.

Elongate-oblong, glossy black; the legs and basal four

joints of antenne rufo-piceous, remaining joints infuscate red ;

tarsi and palpi piceo-rufous.

Head (eyes inclusive) rather narrower than front of thorax,

frontal fovese short, not extending backwards to the eyes;

labrum large, widely incurved ; eyes moderately prominent.

Thorax a fourth broader than long, widest before the middle,

moderately rounded, a good deal narrowed backwards, poste-

rior angles rectangular, the anterior rounded, apex widely

but slightly incurved ; base subtruncate, being only a little

emarginate at the middle; disk slightly convex, with feeble

yet quite perceptible transverse striz, the curvate frontal

impression shallow ; basal fossee broad, with a second smaller

outer fovea united to each; discoidal furrow distinct but not

attaining the apical margin. Scutellwm deeply striate at

base. lytra oblong; humeral angles obtusely dentiform ;

they are but little narrowed and only slightly sinuate poste-

riorly ; they are distinctly and regularly punctate-striate, the

striee are deep but not distinctly punctured at the base, the

marginal punctures are well marked; interstices slightly

convex, simple.

Legs stout, hind thighs angulate and minutely dentiform

Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 421

underneath ; basal three joints of anterior tarsi rather broadly

expanded. There are two sete on both sides of the thorax,

but only one at each side of the terminal ventral segment.

P. thoracicus (1148) may be at once separated by its more

finely punctured and sharply impressed elytral striz, less

transverse thorax, with the duplicate basal and smaller

foves distinctly marked off from the larger ones, and by the

more sinuate and narrower elytral apices. P. placidus (1150)

is distinguished by its more prominent thoracic angles; its

basal fosse are similar, but the punctuation of the elytral

strize is finer and the apical portion of the hind body is

narrower; the scutellum is longitudinally scored to its apex.

The third interstice is only indistinctly bent forwards and

elevated near the apex, so that the oblique cariniform eleva-

tion seen in the two species cited is less conspicuous in

P. chalmeri, in which, moreover, the head is not constricted

behind the eyes.

&. Length 6; breadth 24 lines.

Dunedin. One, sent by Mr. T. Chalmers, formerly an

assiduous collector of Coleoptera in Otago.

Group Bembidiide.

Tachys coriaceus, 8p. no

Shining, slightly convex, rufo-testaceous ; the greater

portion of elytra (except the suture and apex) infuscate; legs

testaceous; tarsi, palpi, and antenne pale yellow.

Head narrowed anteriorly ; frontal impressions elongate,

extending from back of eyes to apex, they are deep and broad

and finely transversely sculptured; a fine lateral carina

proceeds from the back part to each antenna. Hyes very

small. The antenn@ reach backwards to the base of thorax

and bear slender grey sete ; basal two articulations stout,

cylindric, and of nearly equal length ; joints 3-8 longer than

broad, subovate, but a little narrowed towards the base, tenth

evidently shorter, eleventh as long as but rather stouter than

third, with three apical sete, the central one distinct. Thorax

transverse, with well-defined lateral margins, base and apex

subtruncate, its sides rounded, more strongly in front than

behind, the margins minutely thickened behind, but without

forming distinct angles there ; basal fovez small, dorsal

groove abbreviated ; it has a few minute setigerous punctures,

one seta at each side, before the middle, is most conspicuous.

Elyitra oval, of about equal width at base and apex, distinctly

margined, estriate, with a few minute indistinct punctures,

499 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on

each of which has a fine grey seta; their whole surface

densely and very minutely sculptured.

Legs elongate, yet not very slender; anterior tarsi not

ditated. Palpi stout, penultimate articulation straight ex-

ternally, slightly rounded inwardly.

From T. latipennis, Sharp, the thoracic angles at once

differentiate it. Itis most nearly allied to TJ. oreobius, but

the broader form, evidently more transverse thorax, with

more rounded anterior angles and more distinct lateral

margins, distinguish it therefrom. ‘he head also differs ; in

T. oreobius the frontal impressions are most obviously

separated by the apparently raised central space, but in

T. coriaceus the space between the side and each fovea

appears most distinct.

?. Length $; breadth 2 line.

Otira Gorge. One female, discovered by Mr. J. H. Lewis.

Drury, Auckland, N.Z.,

26th May, 1908.

L.—On the Animals of Genera and Species of Mascarene

Land- Mollusca belonging to the Family Zonitide, collected

by Monsieur E. Dupont. By Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-

Austen, F.R.S. &c.

[Plates IX.—XI. ]

On commencing this paper I must convey my best thanks to

Monsieur E. Dupont for collecting so carefully and sending

me so much valuable material to examine and describe. I

have also to thank Mr. John Ponsonby for supplying me

with some species obtained in the first instance by the same

conchologist. As the first consignment was received as far

back as 1906, | have to regret the long delay in its publi-

cation. With regard to the animals of Mascarene land-

shells I find not many have been described.

Messrs. Thomas Bland and W. G. Binney, in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,’

vol, xxvi. 1874, p. 47, describe the anatomy of some

Mauritian land-shells belonging to the genus Gonospira,

and of others with which I am more interested belonging to

the Zonitidee and placed in Gray’s genus Nanina. “Such

are N. caldwelli, Bs.; N. rawsonis, Barclay, = semicerina,

Morelet; N. argentea, Rve.; N. implicata, Nevill; N. stylo-

don, Pfr., put in Helix (Erepta) by Von Martens,”

Mascarene Land- Mollusca. 493

Then follows a very important notice which I will quote in

full :—“ Entirely different in the dentition is another species,

N. philyrina, Morelet, though the species agrees in other

respects with the above-named. The membrane is very

broad, the teeth exceedingly numerous, arranged in oblique

rows. The centrals, which I am confident of having seen,

are small, narrow, high. The other teeth are the same in

form to the edge of the membrane. They appear to have

the usual aculeate form of the marginal teeth in NVanina,

but instead of narrowing towards the cutting-point, they

are broadly and obliquely truncated, reflected, and minutely

denticulated. This lingual ribbon is also figured by Semper

(Phil. Archip. pl. vi. £, 85), but his figures give: more the

impression of the usual Nanina marginals with denticulated

sides and bifid points. The teeth are, however, so exceedingly

numerous and small, it is very difficult to understand them.”

This species is made the type of Caldwellia by H. Adams

(vide P. Z. S. 1873, p. 209), and cernica, H. Adams, with

imperfecta, Desh., probably belong to it, both Mauritian.

In this description we have distinct evidence of the sub-

family Durgelline of India and Malayana extending to the

Mauritius; the finely decussated and keeled shell philyrina

is very unlike any species of the Indian genera of the sub-

family, and will probably have to be put in a new genus,

«“ Blsewhere (Ann. N.Y. Lye. N. H. x. 170) we have

described the lingual of the following Mauritius species :—

Nanina inversicolor, leucostyla, rufizonata, militaris. We have

examined two genitalia of N. inversicolor. The oviduct is

long, narrow, sac-like ; the genital bladder is hardly smaller

than its long wide duct; the penis is long, ewtended into a

flagellum, receiving the vas deferens near its apex, beyond it

having a bulb-like termination; the vas deferens is greatly

swollen in its middle portion, and near the base of the ovi-

duct has a long flagellate appendix.”

Still quoting Messrs. Bland and Binney concerning the

species inversicolor, leucostyla, and rufozonata which they

had received from Mr. Pike, the United States Consul at the

Mauritius, it is stated that inversicolor and militaris were

placed by Von Martens in Helicacea, genus Helix, the

former in the section Caracolus, type of which is H. caracolla

from Porto Rica, and the latter in Stylodon, type unidentata

of the Seychelles ; “but both, as well as rufozonata and

leucostyla, belong to the Vitrinea, genus Nanina, of Von

Martens’ classification. Indeed our figure of lingual denti-

tion of N. calias, Benson (‘ American Journal of Conchology,’

vol. vii. p. 188, pl. xvii. fig. 6), well applies.”

AQ4 Lt.-Col? Hee Godwin-Austen on

The animal from which this radula was extracted was said

to come from the foot of the Himalayas. I must point out

here that an error in determination was made. It cannot be

that of N. calias, which is a Sophina and type of that genus

of Benson only found in Tenasserim. It has a radula of a

very peculiar and aberrant type (vide ‘ Land and Freshwater

Mollusea of India,’ ii. p. 221, pl. exv. figs. 5, 5 a, and pl. exvi.

fig. 8). The radula figured is that of a Macrochlamys, but

unfortunately the species cannot now be determined. The

description of the foot applies well to this Indian genus,

Genus Erepta, Albers.

Erepta, Albers, Die Heliceen, 1850, p, 109,

Original description :—“ Testa imperforata, depressiuscula,

solidula; anfractus 6, ultimus subangulatus; apertura lunaris,

columella brevis, obliqua, dente valido truncata, peristoma

simplex, margine basali subincrassato.”

Type Helix stylodon, Pfr., Isle de France.

The animal of this species I have not as yet been able to

obtain.

Genus Pacuystyia, Morch.

Pachystyla, Mérch, Cat. Yoldi, 1852.

Type inversicolor, Fér. No description.

I have not yet seen the animal of this species, but from

the description of the genitalia given above by Messrs. Bland

and Binney it appears to be of the type of those described

in this paper.

In 1858 H. & A. Adams, in their ‘Genera of Recent

Mollusca,’ p. 224, adopted Pachystyla, but neglecting in-

versicolor, take two other Mauritian shells as typical examples,

viz. mauritiana and ochroleuca, Férus., which in shell-

character are very unlike the Albers type. Hepta is made

a subgenus of Stylodonta, p. 187.

In the 1860 edition of ‘ Die Heliceen,’ Eduard von Martens

included in Hrepta the species stylodon, Pfr. (original type),

mauritiana, Pfr., barclayi, Bs. (belonging to a different genus),

odontina, Morelet, mauritianella, Morelet, lightfooti, Pfr.,

and suffulta, Bs.; the last two are the same as odontina, and

mauritianella is the same as mauritiana,

Paul Fischer, Man. de Conchyliologie, 1887, p. 461, adopts

Pachystyla as a section of Ariophanta, with subgenera Carlatura

and Rotula; these differ very widely from any species of the

Ariophantine and cannot be retained in it.

In this paper I select Hrepta to represent these Mauritian

Mascarene Land-Mollusea. 425

forms—Pachystyla, Rotula, &c. being subgenera based mostly

upon shell-character alone.

Erepta leucostyla, Pfr. (Pl. IX. figs. A, A 1.)

= mauritiana, Pfr., = mauritianella, Morelet.

Locality. Mauritius (EZ. Dupont).

Animal. Grey throughout. Foot divided, the mucous pore

large, extremity of foot truncate. The peripodial grooves

present, but their parallelism is not very distinct, nor is the

margin of the foot fringed, it is plain and concolorous.

Membrane of the branchial cavity finely mottled upon

the margins of the veins, defining them well.

There are no shell-lobes ; the right dorsal lobe is small, the

left dorsal lobe in two parts.

Genitalia (tig. A). The shell being closely wound, the

_ different organs are much elongated. In the penis the epi-

phallus (ep.) (¢. e. the portion between the retractor muscle

and vas deferens junction) is very long, and at this last

point a peculiarly long cecum calciferum or flagellum ( f.)

is given off. There is no amatorial organ, The sperma-

theca (sp.) is extremely long, buried in the folds of the

ovo-testis (ov.), and extending close up to the albumen-gland.

The jaw (fig. Al) is moderately arched with a central

projection.

The radula (fig. A1) has the formula

Ga SUPT hEe6S

86.1. 86

The outermost lateral teeth, up to the number of about 30,

are very minute, bicuspid, so are all the rest, the inner point

slightly the longest. The admedian teeth and central tooth

are of the usual form seen in Macrochlamys &c.; they are

rather short, not elongate, on rather broad basal plates.

The radula extracted was complete and had 118 rows.

Erepta rufozonata, H. Adams. (PI. IX. fig. B.)

= ochroleuca, Férussac.

Locality. Mauritius (EH. Dupont). :

The shell of this species is much smaller than the pre-

ceding, but very similar in its general form, and quite

distinct conchologically. The animal is dark grey, with two

. narrow parallel white streaks on dorsal side of the neck and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 30

4.26 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on

head. Branchial membrane much mottled with black. The

animal in its characters is similar to that of H. leucostyla.

The generative organs (fig. B) are precisely the same, the

very long flagellum ( fl.) included. 3

The jaw and radula are similar, the only difference lying

in the formula, this being

15 + 1. 12 gales 2 eae

$28.1 .28+

The outermost laterals were lost when removing the radula.

The species from the islands of the Mascarene group

examined by Semper and described in his ‘ Reisen im Archi-

pel der Philippinen,’ p. 39, are celatura, Fér., and rufa,

Lesson, both from Bourbon. The generative organs of these

are figured on plate iu. figs. 22 & 23. In every respect

they are like those of the Mauritian species now under

review, with this exception, that the flagellum and sperma-

theca of the Bourbon species are both shorter; but this slight

departure is not, I consider, sufficient to separate them

generically. Semper placed them in Albers’s genus Rotula,

of which Albers made detecta the type—a Bourbon species:

this I have not been able to obtain and see what the animal

is like, but, in all probability, it will turn out to be like

celatura, &c.* Semper also places in Rotula two other

species from widely separated localities, viz.: the first,

R. massoni, Behn, from the Andaman Islands, which, froma

single specimen J have examined, appears to be more closely

allied to Macrochlamys: the second is R. campbelli, Gray,

from Philipp Island, near Melbourne; the generative

organs of this species do not accord with those of Rotula

rufa. I therefore come to the conclusion that the genus

Rotua can only be considered a subgenus of Hrepta, based

on its shell-character, which is very distinctive and is well

described by Albers: “Teste imperforata, lenticularis, late

carinata, costulate striata; anfractibus 53, convexi, suturz

appressi, ultimus basi convexus; apertura securiformis ;

peristoma simplex, margine basali vix incrassato.” Hrepta,

created many years previously, must be adopted for these

shells from Bourbon and Mauritius. repta may possibly

be found in the Comoro Islands as well, while it will be very

interesting to discover if it extends to Madagascar or South

Africa.

* This species detecta I have received, since these pages were in type,

from Mr. Ponsonby. The generative organs in all respects are similar

to those of Lrepta rufozonata, and there is every indication of the

spermatophore being like that figured in Pl. XI. figs. 2&3. There is

no accessory organ, and the flagellum is not extremely long.

Mascarene Land-Mollusca. 427

Among South Indian and Ceylon shells which I have

examined there is nothing at all approaching the form of

the generative organs of Z. leucostyla and E. rufozonata ;

thus they form a well-marked genus of the Zonitidz in

this part of the world, and, when’ we know more of the

species of this family in Africa, may possess subfamily rank. |

I may further point out that Semper gives a figure of the

spermatophore of E. (Rotula) rufa (pl. ili. figs. 24, a, 6): this

shows a very well-marked form, which I hope to find in

some of the preserved specimens sent home by Monsieur E.

Dupont, to whom I must again tender my thanks for the

assistance he has given me.

Subgenus CaLatura, Pfeiffer.

Erepta (Celatura) celatura, Fér. (Pl. IX. figs. D, D.)

Rotula cclatwra, Semper, Reis. im Archipel d. Philippinen, p. 39,

pl. iii. figs. 22 a, b, pl. vii. fig. 1.

Nanina (Rhysota) cwlatura, Fér, Nev. Hand-list, 1. p. 46 (1878).

Locality. Brulé, St. Denis, Bourbon (E. Dupont).

Animal. The left dorsal lobe is in three separate lappets.

The buccal mass is very globose in form.

The generative organs agree exactly with Semper’s figure

on plate iii.; the flagellum is not so thin and lengthened as in

E. leucostyla and E. rufozonata.

The radula has the formula

po 90 4 bree ene)..o2,.0r 106.1 . 106

The jaw: cutting-edge slightly concave with slight central

projection.

Erepta (Celatura) rufa, Less. (Pl. IX. fig. C.)

Rotula rufa, Semper, Reis. im Archip. d. Philippinen, p. 39, pl. ii.

figs. 23, a, b, 24,a, 0; pl. vii. fig. 3.

Nanina (Macrochlamys ou Rotula ?) semifusca, Deshayes.

Helix semifusca, Desh. Voy. Ind. pl. i. figs. 8-10.

Helix rufa auctorum (non Lesson).

Mr. Geoffrey Nevill, in ‘ Journ. Conchyliologie,’ xxvi.

1878, p. 59, shows that semifusca is from the Mauritius, not

from Pondichéry.

Locality. Mauritius (EZ. Dupont).

The example in the British Museum of H. rufa, Lesson,

Mauritius (Voyage ‘ Rattlesnake,’ 1847), is the same as a

shell sent to me by Mr. Ponsonby. ‘There is a single speci-

men of H. scalpta from Sir David Barclay, Isle of France ; it

+s named on the original label H. rufa, and has the same

oU*

428 Lfé.GolsH Se Godeane Anson

pitted sculpture of the shell, in Mr. Ponsonby’s collection,

but has strong rough lines of growth in addition.

The animal has no shell-lobes and therefore it cannot be

mistaken for a Macrochlamys. The left dorsal lobe is in two

parts, the smaller posterior well separated from the larger

anterior. The visceral sac is closely mottled with black,

with a tendency to form bands of that colour crossing it

transversely. Towards the apical whorls black predomi-

nates, speckled with white. The branchial chamber is

very ample and long. ‘This description is taken from a

specimen collected in the forests by Dupont.

The genitalia (fig. C) are of the same type as in the pre-

ceding species, with the same lengthened twisted flagellum.

The spermatheca differs in being more ample and bulbous at

the free end. There is also a peculiar dark pigmented

globose expansion in the free oviduct, just below the point

where the vas deferens is given off, which may be an ovitheca,

The generative organs agree well with Semper’s figure of a

Bourbon specimen.

The radula, like that of the preceding species, has a

great number both of admedian and minute marginal teeth ;

these and the larger marginals being bicuspid, inner cusp

the longest. The formula is: 58.2.19.1.19.2.58)

or79.1.79. The jaw is solid, cutting-edge concave with

central projection.

Subgenus Duponvia, nov.

Type E. perlucida.

Shell umbilicated, very depressedly conoid, thin, glassy to

the eye. Animal with a mucous gland overhung by a well-

developed lobe. oot divided.

The penis has a very long flagellum and an accessory

organ in the shape of a small sae attached to the penis-

sheath towards its distal end. Spermatheca long. Radula

with about 100 teeth in the row: the central and admedian

teeth short and blunt with no side cusps ; the laterals evenly

bicuspid.

The generative organs, radula, and shell differ from those

of Erepta rufozonata &c.—the first, although of the same type,

by the presence of the peculiar accessory gland ; the second in

the form of the central and admedian teeth without cusps.

A comparison with the African genus Martensia is

interesting, because the genitalia are of the same type, as

regards an accessory gland being also present (vide Proce,

Malacological Soc. vol. i. pt. 6, July 1895, p. 282, pl. xix,

fig. 1d); the radula and shell, however, are quite different.

Mascarene Land-Mollusca. 429

Erepta (Dupontia) perlucida, H. Adams.

(Pl, X. fig. 5, shell; Pl. XI. figs. 1-1 d, anival.)

Macrochlamys in nomenclature.

Locality. Mauritius (E. Dupont).

Shell very depressedly globose, of thin texture, umbili-

cated, base flat ; sculpture quite smooth, glassy to the eye,

except on the apical whorls, where longitudinal striation 1s

very well seen; colour pale greenish ochre ; spire very low,

sides flat, apex rounded ; suture very shallow ; whorls 5,

regularly increasing, very flattened, the last rounded on the

periphery; aperture lunate, oblique ; peristome very thin,

columellar margin, oblique, not reflected and only slightly

thickened.

Size: major diam. 9°25, alt. axis 3° mm.

Animal black ; the wall of the branchial cavity is mottled

black and white, the former predominating. The foot 18

divided and has a broad peripodial margin marked with

black, and the sides of the foot are mottled with grey. The

left shell-lobe is narrow and long, widest in the middle part,

tapering away on both sides. The left dorsal lobe is in two

distinct parts, contiguous to each other. The visceral sac 1s

brown on the apical whorls.

The teeth of the radula are like those of levis. Formula:

39.1.8.1.8.1. 39, or 48.1. 48

The central and admedians have broad squarish plates, the

teeth broad and blunt with no side cusps, narrowing, but stall

bluntly rounded, up to the llth and 12th transition teeth.

On the 13th tooth a small notch occurs very low down on

the outside; this notch rises gradually upwards to the 19th

tooth and thence to the margin all are evenly bicuspid.

Jaw with a concave cutting-edge, centre part nearly

straight.

Generative organs. No amatorial organ. The penis, com-

mencing at the generative aperture, is cylindrical and elongate

to where a small accessory sac is given off, the portion next

above this tapers gradually to the retractor muscle ; the

epiphallus is short and is the seat of the spermatophore up

to where the vas deferens unites with the penis, there is at

this point a long thin flagellum. The spermatheca is a long

narrow tube, terminating probably in a bulb; just above

its junction with the free oviduct there is a large globose

swelling in this duct, which narrows suddenly again towards

the oviduct and where the vas deferens commences.

430 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on

Erepta (Dupontia) levis, sp.n. (Pl. IX. figs. E-E 4.)

Locality. Mauritius (E. Dupont). 7

Shell (fig. E) very depressedly globose, narrowly umbili-

cated, shiny, base flat; colour pale sap-green ; sculpture,

microscopic longitudinal striation on the three first whorls,

becoming smooth and indistinct on the remaining ; spire

very low ; apex flatly rounded ; suture slightly impressed ;

whorls 4 (? adult), regularly increasing, flatly convex ; aper-

ture lunate, oblique ; peristome thin, columellar margin

weak, not reflected, oblique.

Size: major diam. 7°25, alt. axis 2°75 mm.

This species differs from the preceding, to which it 1s very

closely allied, in the less shallow suture and less flattened

whorls.

The following probably belong to this subgenus: virginea,

Morelet, has rough longitudinal sculpture, indistinctly de-

cussate ; nitella, Morelet, is quite smooth and glassy, more

closely umbilicated and more closely wound than Jews ;

poweri, H. Adams—levis is nearest to this, but in powert the

whorls are broader, flatter, and more openly wound.

The animal as seen through the shell is dark-coloured,

finely mottled with white. The extremity of the foot

(fig. E 1) has an overhanging lobe ; the peripodial grooves

are well marked, with the fringe-like edge below wide, and

streaked with black. There are no shell-lobes, and the

dorsal lobes are simple (tig. 1 2). ,

In the generative organs (fig. E3) a short thick retractor

muscle is attached to the head of the penis-sheath ; the epi-

phallus is short; the flagellum is long, slightly expanding

towards the free end. The spermatheca is long and narrow,

not bulbous. The radula formula is 26.4.8.1.8.4. 26,

or 38.1.8. The centre tooth and admedians are plain

solid teeth with no side cusps and blunted points. On the

9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th a tooth on the outer side appears

and rises towards the main tooth, the laterals becoming evenly

bicuspid (fig. E 4). .

The jaw is nearly straight in front, with a slight central

projection.

Erepta (Ctenophila) caldwelli, Benson (Barclay MSS.).

7 (Pl. XI. fig. 2.)

Helix caldwelli, Bs. A. M. N. H,, Feb. 1859, p. 98; Mon. Hel. ;

Ancey (Ctenophila), Le Naturaliste, vol. 1. p. 69, Jan. 1882;

Nevill, Nanina (Erepta?), Hand-list, i, p. 44 (=H. paulus, Morelet).

Erepta and Patula sp., in nomencl,

Helix vinsont, Desh.

Helix setiliris, Bs,

Mascarene Land- Mollusca. 431

Locality. Pouce Mountain, Mauritius (EZ. Dupont).

Animal black and white in the spirit-specimen, the white

confined to the sole and margin of the foot below the peri-

podial grooves, and to the head and neck ; the black on the

head extends from the eye-tentacles along the upper side of

the neck, with a narrow white line separating the two. The

visceral sac is pale ochraceous, finely dotted with black, the

dots closest next the mantle-edge.

Dorsal lobes small, the right black, the left in two

parts, distant from each other ; the anterior speckled, the

posterior very small, Foot very distinctly divided. Lobe

over mucous pore very small.

Genitalia. The male organ has at the junction of the

vas deferens a long ‘flagellum. ‘The epiphallus is short.

From the retractor muscle attachment the shaft 1s a long

narrow tube, swelling near the generative orifice. Situated

here, and seen by transmitted light, 1s what appears to be a

small caecum, the free end pointing towards the aperture.

The spermatheca is a very long strong tube ending in a thin-

walled bulbous sac. This contained a spermatophore in a

perfect state of the simplest construction, consisting of an

extremely long whip-like flume terminating in an elongate

capsule ; the flume has no spines, but at one part the edge is

serrated. This is very interesting, and can be compared.

with the figure of this organ by Prof. C. Semper, pl. 111.

fig. 24, of his Rotuwla rufa, from Bourbon.

Erepta odontina, Morelet. (PI. Xo fig.:3-)

Rey. et Mag. (1851).

= Helix suffulta, Bs. A.M. N. H. ser. 2, xi. p. 34 (1858) ;, Nevill,

Nanina (Erepta), Hand-list, i. p. 44 (1878).

Helix lightfooti, Pir. P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 150. Australia ?

Locaity. Pouce Mountain, Mauritius (#. Dupont).

Animal colourless in spirit, only the eye-muscle showing

black, and some black speckling on the mantle where reflected.

over the edge of the peristome. Foot divided. Mucous

pore with a lobe above it. Peripodial grooves distinct.

‘The generative organs (fig. 3) are quite of the type of Dupontia

perlucida. The penis-sheath is elongate, cylindrical, with a

blunt protuberance on the side, continuing as a diminished

tube to the retractor muscle. The epiphallus is short

and at the junction of the vas deferens there is a very

long thin flagellum. The spermatheca is a very strong,

thickened, long tube, with a thin bulbous termination ;

it contained a perfect spermatophore. An elongate capsule

432 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on |

was attached to a very long, finely pointed, and narrow

flume quite simple and spineless.

Radula: form of teeth as in L. leucostyla ; formula:

OOo: de One: bie dO oid 25,:0r 80g ee

Jaw slightly curved, with a central projection.

The internal anatomy of these eight species shows a most

interesting similarity of type, while their shells differ in a

remarkable way. We have them with large solid shells of

turbinate or depressedly turbinate shape, some small, thin,

smooth, and depressedly globose, others orbiculately de-

pressed, with strong ribbing; this assemblage has con-

sequently been placed in different genera from the concho-

logist’s point of view, which need not be altered. Long

isolation on oceanic islands of small area, under conditions

only varying with altitude, has evidently led to the greatest

variation taking place in one direction only, viz. the shell.

Association with all other genera -being cut off, changes in

the animal could only be specific and slight.

I consider this Mascarene group of land-mollusca is well

worthy of subfamily distinction, for which I propose the

name “ Kreptine.” Similar anatomical detail has not been

met with by me in any of the Indian genera, nor as yet

in any South African I have examined. The distinction

bears out the extremely isolated position of these islands

and their great antiquity—islands where such a family as the

Didide was developed ; where so many rare and now extinct

genera lived, such as the flightless rails Aphanapteryx of

Mauritius and Erythromachus of Rodriguez, with Lopho-

psittacus (a large parrot) and a Nycticorax (a night heron)

respectively ; where the reptilia and plants all point to

extremely long isolation followimg on a once far more

extended range and connection with lands of distant

geological age.

Subfamily HLeeprrv,

Shells of very varied form; animal with no shell-lobes.

Foot divided, with mucous pore, peripodial grooves, and

border. Genitalia: no amatorial organ ; penis with

lengthened flagellum and long spermatheca ; the spermato-

phore without spines ; a capsule attached to a long tapering

flume. Radula and jaw as in the family Zonitide.

In a consignment of Mauritian shells collected by

Monsieur E. Dupont and sent to me by Mr. John Ponsonby

Mascarene Land-Mollusca. ~ 433

are two minute species under the names of Microcystis

barclayi and M. perlucida: the former I first compared with

three examples in the Natural History Museum ; these were

originally in Henry Adams’s collection and we may therefore

consider them typical. I was afterwards able to see the

typical specimens in the Benson collection at Cambridge,

through the kindness of Prof. S. F. Harmer. There are

many examples of barclayi, Bs., all from the Mauritius—

about nine are labelled Trochomorpha, two Erepta, one no

genus. Most of them are not fully grown and many are

imperfect, particularly at the peristome—no doubt due to the

method adopted by McAndrew of sticking the shells on

cards, which lie among other cards. None of the specimens

come up to the sizé recorded by Benson, viz. 4 mm., the

largest being 3:25 mm. ‘The sculpture of barclayi consists

of irregular fine close ribbing, showing stronger in some

specimens than in others and extending to the protoconch.

I give figures of one of the Cambridge Museum shells

(Pl. X. figs. 1-15), as I do not think the species has ever

been figured before; its principal character is the subangu-

late periphery : this specimen was 3 mm. in major diameter.

It is difficult to understand why Von Martens, in the 1860

edition of ‘ Die Heliceen,’ included a small shell like barclays

in Erepta—a genus Albers created in 1850 — with type

stylodon, Pfr., a large solid shell. The sculpture of the

other shell found by M. Dupont is quite different from

barclayi and from all the other minute helices in the B.M.

collection examined by Mr. Edgar Smith and myself.

As barclayi cannot be retained in the genus Erepta, I

place it with other similar small shells from these islands in

anew genus (Louisia) of the Zonitide (see Pl. X. figs. 1-1 4).

Genus Lovista.

Shell small, subpyramidal or globose, last whorl keeled

or rounded on the periphery, with regular transverse distant

fine ribbing. Animal with a mucous gland and peripodial

groove. Ovoviviparous in habit. The radula with about 70

teeth in a row; central teeth on broad plates, few in number,

all tricuspid ; marginals also tricuspid. Jaw oxygnathous.

Louisia insularis, sp.n. (PI. X. figs. 2-2 e, Type.)

Locality. Mauritius (. Dupont).

Shell depressedly globose; sculpture fine somewhat

regular ribbing, which on the last whorl extends to the

periphery and basal side; first whorl smooth ; colour ochra-

ceous; spire low, apex blunt; suture well impressed ;

434 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on

whorls 44, rounded on the periphery, convex above ; aperture

narrowly lunate; peristome thin, columellar margin sub-

oblique.

Size: major diam. 3, alt. axis 1*4 mm.

This shell is not nearly so keeled as that of L. barclayi,

although having fewer whorls and being much smaller.

The animal is very small, yet the specimens are so well

preserved, a good deal of its form could be made out. It

is pale throughout, the eye-tentacles being the only dark

parts ; these rise rather far back on the neck and are club-

shaped (fig. 2@). The foot is divided and there is a mucous

yore with a small process above it more or less pointed

(fig. 2c). The mantle-edge overlaps the edge of the peri-

stome (fig. 2a). The right dorsal lobe is triangular, the left

longer and narrower. The animal is ovoviviparous (fig. 2 b),

with often four immature shells in the oviduct, the two most

mature showing the ribbing of the shell. I could not make

out the rest of the genitalia.

The jaw (fig. 2d) has a very small central projection.

The teeth of the radula (fig. 2¢) have the formula

30.4.1.4.80, or 834.1.34. The central tooth and the

four admedian teeth are on very broad quadrate plates,

square above, all tricuspid, the side cusps rather low down ;

there is a single intermediate tooth with a single cusp on the

outside, succeeded by an evenly bicuspid series ; at the 18th

tooth the laterals become tricuspid.

In several important characters of its anatomy this species

is similar to Philonesia of Sykes, described by me in ‘ Fauna

Hawaiiensis,’ vol. ii. 1900 (Mollusca). The teeth of the

radula are of the same type, with the exception that the

admedian teeth are tricuspid in the Mauritian species, but

have a single cusp on the outside in Philonesia baldwini,

Ancey.

Louisia duponti, G.-A. (PI. X. figs. 3-3 ¢.)

Locality. Island of Fourneaux, S.W.of Mauritius (Dupont),

1S. vPOs"

Shell globosely turbinate, last whorl rounded below ;

sculpture regular, distant, engraved spiral striation on lower

side and all the whorls crossed by fine lines of growth ;

colour pale chestnut ; spire conic, sides flat, apex rounded ;

suture impressed ; whorls 4, regularly increasing, convex ;

aperture semilunate, oblique; peristome very thin, colu-

mellar margin scarcely thickened, not reflected, oblique.

Size: major diam. 2°5, alt. axis 1*4 mm.

Mascarene Land- Mollusca. 435

Animal (Pl. X. fig. 3) ovoviviparous ; one shell con-

tained three immature ones. Sole of foot narrow elongate,

with a peripodial margin, probably a mucous gland. It is

somewhat similar in its form to L. insularis, but I failed to

see the mucous gland ; it no doubt possesses that organ, the

radula and eye-tentacles being of similar type.

The radula (fig. 3c) has the formula 25.8.1.8. 25, or

SIAC1LHBS.

The central tooth and admedians are similar on broad

plates, with a long central point rising well above basal

cusps on either side; the transition-teeth have one outside

cusp, and the laterals are curved and tricuspid. The jaw

(fig. 3c) is high, rounded above, and with a central projection

on the cutting-edge, which is slightly concave.

Kaliella fourneauxensis, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 4, 4a.)

Locality. Island of Fourneaux, S.W. of Mauritius (Dupont),

ty v7.

Shell (fig. 4) pyramidal, very narrowly perforate ; sculp-

ture irregular transverse striation, finer and more regular on

the apical whorls ; colour pale ashy ; spire nearly as high as

diameter of base; suture shallow, marked by a fine hirate

line ; whorls 6, slightly convex, the last carinate and lirate ;

aperture semicircular ; peristome thin, columellar margin

slightly reflected.

Size: major diam. 3°25, alt. axis 3°O mm. Largest

example.

The formula of radula (fig. 4a) is 25.7.1.7. 25, or

39 1.32. The central and admedian teeth are alike, on

broad plates, tricuspid, basal cusps on both sides of the main

point; the marginal teeth also tricuspid, but more evenly so.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE IX.

Fig. A. Erepta leucostyla, genitalia, part of, x 2:25,

Fig. Al. Ditto, jaw, x 9°25, and teeth of the radula, x 277.

Fig. B. Erepta rufozonata, part of genitalia, X 2°25.

Fig. C. Erepta (Celatura) rufa, part of genitalia, X 2°26.

Figs. D, D. Erepta (Colatura) celatura, part of genitalia, x 2°20.

The male organ in upper figure is shown detached.)

Fig. E. Erepta (Dupontia) levis, sp. n., shell, x 3:4.

Fig. E.1. Ditto, extremity of foot, with mantle-edge and part of the

visceral sac, X 6.

Fig. E2. Ditto, right and left dorsal lobes, x 6.

Fig. £3. — Ditto, genitalia, part of, X16;

Fig.E4, Ditto, Jaw, x 22'5; teeth of radula, x 277.

436

Fig.

Fug.

ant.l.d

rh:

]

Mr. W. L. Distant on some

PLATE X.

Louisia barclay?, Bs., typical specimen from the Benson collection,

Cambridge, x 5

. Ditto, apical whorls, x 658.

. Ditto, sculpture on the last whorl, x 68.

Louisia insularis, sp. n., shell, x 8.

. Ditto, animal from right side, x 9.

. Ditto, showing sole of foot with shell, and young shells

within it, x 9.

. Ditto, extremity of foot, with mucous pore, x 9.

. Ditto, jaw, x 43.

. Ditto, teeth of radula, x 300.

Louisia dupontt, sp. n., shell, x 12.

. Ditto, sculpture on last whorl, x 58.

. Ditto, shell with animal, one showing the immature shells in

the oviduct, x 6.

. Ditto, jaw, x 43; teeth of radula, x 300.

Kalvelia fourneauxensis, sp. n., X 8.

. Ditto, teeth of the radula, x 300.

Erepta (Dupontia) perlucida, shell, X 3°4.

PuaTE XI,

Erepta (Dupontia) perlucida, mantle-zone, left side, showing

shell- and dorsal lobes, x 6:2,

Ditto, extremity of foot, x 4.

Ditto, jaw, x 16.

Ditto, teeth of the radula, x 184.

Ditto, genitalia, x 4.

Erepta (Ctenophila) caldwelli, genitalia, x 6.

Erepta odontina, genitalia, x 4.

anterior left dorsal lobe; post.l.d.., posterior left dorsal lobe ;

rad. right dorsal lobe; ep., epiphallus; 77., flagellum ; gen.ap.,

generative aperture; ov., oviduct; p., penis; pr., prostate; sp.,

spermatheca; sper., spermatophore; v.d., vas deferens; v.s., vis-

ceral sac; 7°.m.p., retractor muscle of penis,

LJ.—Descriptions of some Rhynchota from Ruwenzori.

By W. L. Distant.

THESE descriptions refer to the collections made by the recent

British Museum Expedition to Ruwenzori in Central Africa,

The full enumeration of the species will subsequently appear

in the ‘ Transactions of the Zoological Society of London.’

I have previously described in these pages some new species

collected by Mr. Scott Elliot during his journey to the same

locality. ‘lhe types are in the British Museum.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 8. Vol.2. PUIX.

st ee

FPP RSD

H. H. Godwin-Austen, del. The Watford Engraving Co,

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 8. Vol.2. PU. X

The Watford Engraving Co.

H. H. Godwin-Austen, del,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 8. Vol.2. Pl. Xf.

“yp o By

oe =,

| "i ;

post lai

H. H. Godwin-Aust2n, del. The Watford Engraving Co.

Rhynchota from Ruwenzore. 437

HETEROPTERA.

Fam. Pentatomidez.

Genus CAURA.

Caura, Stal, Hem. Afr. i. p. 168 (1864).

Caura leggei, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum metallic bluish green ;

corium opaque olivaceous green; membrane dark bronzy

green; connexivum indigo-blue; head beneath pale san-

guineous, the lateral margins before antenne bluish black ;

sternum metallic bluish greén, a longitudinal fascia running

between the cox pale sanguineous ; abdomen beneath san-

guineous, with a central longitudinal series of five large spots,

four on each lateral area, four on each lateral margin, the

extreme lateral margin, a small transverse spot on each side

of apical segment, and the legs bluish black ; antennze black,

the basal joint (excluding extreme apex) sanguineous, first

joint not reaching apex of head, second and third subequal in

length, shorter than fourth and fifth, which are also subequal,

fourth distinctly dilated; rostrum with the first joint san-

guineous and reaching base of head, remaining joints black,

second joint about reaching the intermediate coxe, third joint

short, just passing the intermediate coxe, apical joint slightly

passing the posterior coxe; head, pronotum, and scutellum

thickly punctate and slightly rugulose ; corium very finely

and indistinctly punctate, more prominently so on claval and

costal areas ; connexivum thickly finely granulose.

Long. 12 mm. ; exp. pronot. ang]. 8 mm.

Semliki Forest.

Var.—Above somewhat paler green; basal joint of an-

tenne black, concolorous; head beneath blackish, its base

ochraceous, all the sanguineous coloration beneath replaced

by ochraceous.

Hab. East Africa; Masaba (Coll. Dist.).

Carbula bicolor, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium fuscous brown ;

anterior lateral margins of pronotum, basal lateral margins of

corium, and a somewhat large spot near each basal angle of

scutellum pale, levigate, shining ochraceous ; membrane

bronzy brown, with the veins darker ; connexivum brownish

‘2

438 Mr. W. L. Distant on some

ochraceous, its inner margin and the posterior segmental

margins black; body beneath and legs ochraceous, abdomen

with a waved castaneous line on each lateral area; antennz

with the first joint fuscous brown, remaining joints pale

ochraceous, basal joint not quite reaching apex of head,

second, third, and fourth joints almost subequal in length,

fifth a little the longest; rostrum just passing the posterior

coxe, first joint reaching base of head, second reaching the

intermediate coxe and about as long as third and fourth

together ; head longer than broad, thickly coarsely punctate,

the apex of the central lobe a little prominent; pronotum

broader than long, thickly coarsely punctate, the posterior

angles strongly, robustly, horizontally produced, their apices

subacute and very slightly recurved, a little notched behind ;

scutellum coarsely punctate and wrinkled, shorter than the

corium, the basal angular pale spots subglobose ; corium more

finely punctate ; membrane reaching the apex of abdomen.

Long. 9 mm.; exp. pronot. angl. 7 mm.

Old Camp, 6000-7000 feet.

AWEMBA, gen. nov.

Somewhat flatly broad and subovate; head narrowing

anteriorly, the lateral lobes distinctly longer than the central

lobe, their apices somewhat widely separated; antennz five-

jointed, basal joint not quite reaching apex ‘of head, second

and fourth subequal in length, fifth longest; rostrum reaching

the posterior coxe, first joint reaching base of head, second

longest and not quite reaching intermediate coxze, third and

fourth joints short and subequal in length; pronotum much

broader than long, the lateral angles strongly, robustly,

spinously produced, the anterior lateral margins coarsely

serrate, posterior margin truncate before scutellum, lateral

margins concavely sinuate, anterior margin excavated for the

reception of the head; scutellum about as long as broad at

base, its lateral margins oblique to near middle and then more

suddenly narrowed, its apex rounded; corium longer than

scutellum, not covering connexivum, which is widely ex-

posed ; membrane somewhat short, about reaching abdominal

apex ; abdomen beneath convex, apical angles of sixth abdo-

minal segment acuminate; legs simple, not spined.

This genus in general appearance and character is allied to

Carbula, Stal, but widely diverges by the lateral lobes of the

head being longer than the central and by the serrate lateral

margins of the pronotum.

Rhynchota from Ruwenzori. 439

Awemba typica, sp. n.

Pale luteous and more or less thickly punctate, the punc-

tures black towards base of head, sparsely scattered near

anterior margin of pronotum, forming a distinct broad basal

fascia between the lateral pronotal angles, sparsely distributed

over the corium and thick and close at apex of scutellum;

antenne: with the fourth and fifth joints darker or more

castaneous; pronotum very coarsely punctate, the lateral

angles robustly spinously produced ; scutellum coarsely

wrinkled and punctate ; corium somewhat opaque and finely

sparsely punctate ; abdomen beneath with the spiracles black,

sometimes with the lateral margins (broadly) and a central

longitudinal fascia (narrowly) darker; other structural

characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long. 83-9 mm. ; exp. pronot. angl. 7 mm.

Ruwenzori, 5600 ft. (Scott Elliot); E. Ruwenzori.

Awemba fusca, sp. n.

Dark fuscous brown, apical area of head and the produced

pronotal angles more piceous; antenne, lateral crenulate

margins of pronotum, and a large globose spot near each

basal angle of scutellum ochraceous ; membrane fuscous grey,

the veins darker; connexivum dull ochraceous, inwardly

black ; body beneath paler than above and darkly punctate ;

legs dull ochraceous ; head thickly coarsely punctate, apices

of the lateral lobes outwardly rounded and widely separated

in front of central lobe ; antenne with the second and fourth

joints subequal in length, first joint not reaching apex of

head, fifth joint mutilated in type; pronotum coarsely punc-

tate and granulose, the lateral angles robustly, spinously,

horizontally produced; scutellum wrinkled and punctate ;

corium somewhat opaque and more sparingly punctate ;

rostrum with the first joint reaching base of head, second

longest and not quite reaching intermediate coxe, third and

fourth shortest and subequal, the fourth slightly passing the

posterior coxe.

Long. 7 mm. ; exp. pronot. angl. 6 mm.

Old Camp, 6000-7000 feet.

Genus ASPONGOPUS.

A spongopus, Lap. (part.) Ess, Hém. p. 58 (1832),

Aspongopus alternatus, sp. n.

Body above, antenne, rostrum, head beneath, sternum, and

440 Mr. W. L. Distant on some

legs black ; connexivum, abdomen beneath, and the femora

luteous; anal abdominal segment black; head with the

lateral lobes foliaceous and produced in front of the central

lobe, their apices divided; antenne with the basal joint

shortest, second a little shorter than third, fourth and fifth

longest and about subequal in iength; rostrum passing the

anterior but not quite reaching the intermediate coxe, first

joint slightly extending beyond base of head, second a little

longer than third and fourth together ; pronotum, scutellum,

and corium rugose, the first more finely so and coarsely punc-

tate, the second transversely rugose and coarsely sparingly

punctate, the coriuin more irregularly rugose and sparingly

coarsely punctate; membrane more piceous than black; tibiz

sulcate ; tarsi ochraceously pilose.

Long. 183-145 mm.

I. Ruwenzori, 6000-13,000 feet, and Old Camp, 6000-

7000 feet.

Allied to A. négroviolaceus, Pal. Beauv., but differing in

having the second joint of the antenne shorter than the third

and in the colour of the under surface of the abdomen &c.

Fam. Coreide.

Genus HOLOPTERNA.

Holopterna, Stal, En, Hem. iii. p. 41 (1878).

Hlolopterna wollastont, sp. n.

Head and scutellum black ; pronotum and corium piceous

black, the latter with a large ochraceous basal spot ; antenne

piceous black, the apical joint pale ochraceous, with its

extreme base blackish ; membrane dark bronzy ; connexivum

black and more or less ochraceously spotted at the segmental

incisures ; body beneath and legs black; antennee with the

basal joint about as long as pronotum, longer than second

joint, second, third, and fourth joints almost subequal in

length ; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe, first joint

slightly passing base of head, second extending between the

anterior coxee, third shortest, just passing the anterior coxe ;

head excavated» between the apices of the lateral lobes; pro-

notum much shorter than breadth between the lateral angles,

which are strongly produced moderately upwardly and

apically slightly recurved, the lateral margins of the produced

angles crenulate; corium somewhat finely punctate ; poste-

rior tibia in g spined beneath near apex, posterior femora

Rhynchota from Ruwenzore. 441

in ¢ alittle curved; second ventral segment distinctly tuber-

culous on each lateral area in g, in ? less prominently so.

Long., ¢ 22 mm., 9 24-27 mm.

Old Camp, 6000-7000 feet, and 6000-13,000 feet.

Holopterna affints, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; corium piceous ;

membrane dark bronzy ; body beneath and legs black ; tarsi

piceous brown ; antennae ochraceous, the whole of the first

joint (excluding extreme apex), a broad subcentral annula-

tion to second joint, and a similar annulation to third joint,

which, however, extends nearer apex, black, first joint a

little longer than pronotum and only slightly longer than

second joint, third shortest, fourth about subequal to first ;

rostrum about reaching the intermediate coxe, first joint

almost reaching base of head, second reaching anterior coxe,

third shortest and just passing anterior coxe, fourth almost

reaching the intermediate coxz; pronotum rugulose, the

lateral angles produced upwardly and forwardly, strongly

dentate on each edge, their apices acute; second and third

ventral segments in ¢ longly tuberculate on each lateral

area ; posterior tibiz in ¢ flattened and dilated and spined

beneath near apex, posterior femora incrassate, moderately

curved, finely crenulate beneath.

Long., ¢ 22 mm.; exp. pronot. angl. 10 mm.

Mububi River, S.E. Ruwenzori.

Allied to H. valga, Linn., and HH. alata, Westw., but

separated from both by the longly, acutely, and anteriorly

produced pronotal angles.

Genus Mya@ponta.

Mygdonia, Stal, Hem. Afr. ii. pp. 2 & 16 (1865),

Mygdonia montana, sp. n.

d 2. Piceous brown; corium shortly, palely, sparingly

pilose; extreme apex of scutellum ochraceous; membrane

dark bronzy ; antenne pale castaneous, first and fourth joints

subequal in length, second slightly shorter than first, longer

than third; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe, first

joint extending to base of head, second a little longer than

third, which just passes the anterior cox; pronotum coarsely

granulose, the lateral angles moderately, roundly, a little

upwardly produced, their margins coarsely crenulate, anterior

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. 11. 31

4492 Mn. W. L. Distant on some

lateral margins also crenulate or dentate; scutellum trans-

versely wrinkled; corium finely and indistinctly punctate ;

posterior femora strongly incrassate in g’, shortly, centrally,

tuberculously produced beneath and shortly spined beneath

at apex, in ? only moderately thickened and spined beneath

at apex; posterior tibia in g moderately dilated but not

toothed.

Long., ¢ 16, 2 20 mm.; exp. pronot. angl., ¢ 6, 9

73 mm.

K. Ruwenzori. :

Allied to M. antinorii, Leth., but with the pronotal angles

much less developed, and more laterally and less anteriorly

produced, their apices also more rounded and obtuse.

Genus ACANTHOMIA.

Acanthomia, Stil, En. Hem. iii. p. 82 (1873).

Acanthomia insignis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum piceous; head with two

central greyish lines commencing somewhat near together at

base and extending to the bases of the antenne, a similar

line on each lateral margin passing inner margins of eyes;

basal joint of antennz castaneous, about as long as pronotum,

much longer than second joint, which is ochraceous, re-

maining joints mutilated in type; pronotum somewhat

greyishly piceous, with three discal longitudinal greyish lines,

finely greyishly pilose, and with a few scattered very profound

dark punctures, lateral angles horizontally spinously pro-

duced, their apices slender and smooth, shining black, at

about middle of anterior lateral margins a shorter suberect

black spine; scutellum moderately raised, with a central

greyish line ; corium ochraceous, two longitudinal series of

black punctures in clavus, a black line before clavus which

is apically deflected to apical margin, and a submarginal

black line which does not reach base; membrane greyish,

with the veins piceous; connexivum piceous, the marginal

spines black and posteriorly directed; body beneath and

legs chocolate-brown, the tibiae and tarsi ochraceous, bases of

tibie black; rostrum with the basal joint just passing eyes,

second joint reaching the anterior cox and about equal in

length to fourth joint, third a little shorter than first; pro-

sternum palely pilose and coarsely punctate; abdomen with

oblique greyish lines on each lateral area.

Long. 9 mm.

Rhynchota from Ruwenzori, 443

Ruwenzori, 5000-6000 feet (Scott Hiliot).

A strikingly marked species, described from a single and

somewhat imperfect specimen.

HOMOPTERA.

Fam. Cercopide.

Genus PTYELUS.

Ptyelus, St. Farg. & Serv. Enc. Méth. x. p. 608 (1825).

Piyelus niveus, sp. n.

Body and legs creamy ochraceous; pronotum, scutellum,

and abdomen above more or less suffused with stramineous ;

basal antenniferous tubercle, a longitudinal spot near bases of

anterior tibize, anterior and intermediate tarsi, the apical

fringe of the posterior tibize, and the claws of the posterior

tarsi black, base of the apical joint of intermediate tarsi

creamy ochraceous ; tegmina silvery white, opaque, base of

costal margin and a short central discal longitudinal line

black, the reticulate veins at the apical area piceous; vertex

centrally half as long as breadth between eyes, a distinct

impression enclosing a small lunate space a little before apex ;

face a little centrally longitudinally flattened, laterally trans-

versely striate ; pronotum anteriorly convexly rounded, poste-

riorly strongly concavely excavate before scutellum, which is

longer than broad; posterior tibise with two spines, the one

nearer base shortest and somewhat indistinct.

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 30 mm.

E. Ruwenzori, 6000-13,000 feet.

Genus LEPYRONIA.

Lepyronia, Amy, & Serv. Hém. p. 567 (1848).

Lepyronia cethiops, sp. n.

Pale stramineous; two central longitudinal fascie ex-

tending through head, pronotum, and scutellum, in the latter

occupying the lateral angles, lateral margins of head (not

reaching apex), lateral margins of pronotum, basal and inner

margins of clavus, basal costal margin of tegmina, a costal

spot behind middle, two oblique inner fascia on apical area,

a spot on each basal side of head beneath between the face

spot on each side of base of clypeus, a longi-

and eyes, a

tudinal fascia on each side of sternum, and the abdomen

444 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

beneath black ; legs ochraceous; head shorter than pro-

notum, ocelli a little less removed from each other than from

eyes; tegmina distinctly thickly punctate; posterior tibiz

with two strong spines.

Long. 6 mm.

E. Ruwenzori, 6000-13,000 feet.

LII.—A Synopsis of the Fishes of the Subfamily Salangine.

By CO. Tate Reaan, M.A.

SALANGINA.—Argentinide with the dorsal fin placed far

behind the pelvics, the head depressed, flat above, and the body

elongate, subcylindrical anteriorly and compressed posteriorly.

Teeth conical; scales deciduous; 4 branchiostegals; pelvic

fins 7-rayed *.

Synopsis of the Genera.

I. Preemaxillaries subnormal ; lower jaw projecting.

A. Dorsal fin entirely in advance of the anal; tongue with 2 series

of teeth; 2 series of teeth on each side of the palate; teeth in

the jaws small, subequal ........ 1. Protosalanx, gen. nov.

B. Dorsal fin partly above the anal; tongue toothless; 1 series of

teeth on each side of the palate.

Teeth in the jaws small, subequal ........ 2. Salangichthys, Bleek.

A pair of canines near the symphysis of the

lower jaw; premaxillary teeth some-

what enlarged, strongly recurved ...... 3. Hemisalanz, gen. nov.

II, Preemaxillaries forming an anterior triangular expansion; lower

jaw not projecting ; a single series of teeth on each side of the

palate; 1 or more anterior canines in the lower jaw, perforating

the roof of the mouth behind the premaxillary expansion; pree-

maxillary teeth strong, recurved, set rather far apart.

A. Dorsal fin entirely in advance of the anal; tongue with a single

series of teeth ; lower jaw ending in a short fleshy appendage.

4, Leucosoma, Gray.

B. Dorsal fin wholly or partly above the anal; tongue tootbless.

Lower jaw ending in a short fleshy ap-

PONAALE nly 's pas vale Me Seo eR Mh sy Coe 5. Salanx, Cuy.

Lower jaw ending in a distinct, more or less

movable presymphysial bone, with a

double series of teeth ......... 050000» 6. Parasalanx, gen. nov.

* In Protosalanz, Salangichthys, Hemisalany, and Parasalanx, and

probably throughout the group, the males have the outer pectoral ray

produced and the anal fin modified, the middle rays being set close

together and curved backwards, whilst on each side of the body a single

longitudinal series of adherent scales, decreasing in size posteriorly, is

placed above the base of the fin.

Fishes of the Subfamily Salangine. 445

Synopsis of the Species.

1. Protosalanx hyalocranius, Abbott, 1901 *.

D.17. <A. 30-32. P. 23-25. Depth of body 10-13 in

the length (?), length of head 54-53.

Three specimens, 115-130 mm. in total length, from

Shanghai (Swinhoe).

2. Salangichthys microdon, Bleek., 1860.

D. 12-14. A. 25-27. P.15-16. Origin of anal below

posterior rays of dorsal.

Numerous specimens,-up to 85 mm. in total length, in-

cluding the types of the species from Yeddo (Bleeker), and

examples from Vladivostock (Zook), Yokohama (‘Challenger ’),

and the Inland Sea of Japan (Gordon Smith).

3. Hemisalanex prognathus, sp. n.t

D.13. A. 26. P.10. Depth of body 14 in the length,

length of head 63.

A single specimen, 120 mm. in total length, from Shanghai

( Swinhoe).

4, Leucosoma chinense, Osbeck, 1765 (Synodus maerocephalus,

Lacep., Leucosoma reevesii, Gray).

D. 10-11. A. 29-31. P. 10-12.

Four specimens, 160-180 mm. in total length, from China,

including the type of L. reevesi.

5. Salanex cuvieri, Val., 1849.

D. 13. A. 26-27. P. 9-10. Depth of body 13 to 14 in

the length, length of head 53. Head 3 times as long as

broad; snout as long as postorbital part of head. Origin of

pelvics nearer to that of anal than to base of pectoral; anal

origin below fourth or fifth ray of dorsal.

* Abbott gives D. 16-18. A. 28-31. P. 27 for specimens from Tien-

tsin. His figure of a male shows depth of body 9 in the length.

+ Salanx ariakensis (Kishinouye), Jord. & Snyd. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

1902, p. 592, from the Ariaka Sea (Kiushiu), is an insufficiently described

species which may belong to Hemisalanx.

D.13. A.26. P.10. Dorsal oppositeanal. Teeth subequal; tongue

toothless.

446 On the Fishes of the Subfamily Salangine.

Two specimens, 150 mm. in total length, from Ichang

(Pratt). .

I am indebted to Dr. Pellegrin for notes on the type of the

species, which leave little doubt that these examples should

be referred to Salanx cuviert. 3

6. Parasalane gracilliimus, sp. n.

D.12. A.27. P.10. Depth of body 18 in the length,

length of head 54. Head a little more than 3 times as long

as broad; snout as long as postorbital part of head. Origin

of pelvics equidistant from head and origin of anal, which is

below the eighth or ninth dorsal ray.

A single specimen, 120 mm. in total length, from Shanghai

(Shanghai Museum).

@. Parasalanex longianalis, sp. n.

D. 12-13. A.30-32. P.10. Depth of body 13 to 15

in the length, length of head 54. Head 3 times as long as

broad ; snout shorter than postorbital part of head. Origin

of pelvics equidistant from head and origin of anal, which is

below the fifth to the seventh dorsal ray.

Four specimens, 110-125 mm. in total length, from

Liao-ho, Northern China (Morrison).

8. Parasalane acuticeps, Regan, 1908.

D. 13-14. A. 26-27. P. 9-10. Depth of body 12 in

the length, length of head 53 to 53. Head 3 times as long

as broad; snout shorter than postorbital part of head.

Origin of pelvics nearer to anal than to base of pectoral ;

origin of anal below second dorsal ray.

Iwo specimens, 115 mm. in total length, from Lake

Candidius, Formosa (Moléreché).

9. Parasalanx angusticeps, sp. n.

D. 14. A. 28. P.10. Depth of body 16 in the length,

length of head 54. Head nearly 4 times as long as broad ;

snout a litle longer than postorbital part of head. Origin of

pelvics equidistant from base of pectoral and origin of anal,

which is below that of the dorsal.

A single specimen, 153 mm. in total length, from China

(Haslar).

The Systematic Position of Stylophorus caudatus. 447

LIU.—The Systematic Position of Stylophorus caudatus.

. By C. Tate Reaan, M.A.

In a recent paper (P. Z. S. 1907, p. 634) I proposed the

name Allotriognathi for a new suborder of Teleostean Fishes

to include the Selenichthyes (Lampridide), Histichthyes

(Veliferid), and Tzeniosomi (Trachypteridx and Lophotide).

Of the Stylophoridz I could only say (p. 643) : “The remark-

able Stylophorus has usually been placed with or near the

Lrachypteride ; the single known specimen is not in good

enough condition for me to offer any suggestion as to its

relationships.”

By a remarkable coincidence Dr. E. C. Starks, of

Stanford University, was at that time engaged in describing

the anatomy of a second example of Stylophorus caudatus,

captured to the south of the Galapagos Islands at a depth

of 300 fathoms*. The results of his researches have

just come to hand in the form of an illustrated memoir

entitled ‘The Characters of Atelaxia, a new Suborder of

Fishes”? (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. lii. 1908, p.17). This

leaves no doubt that Stylophorus is a highly specialized

Teeniosome, and the definition of the Allotriognathi may be

modified in order to include this aberrant form, the Atelaxia

ranking with the Selenichthyes, Histichthyes, and Teniosomi,

as a fourth division of the suborder.

The diagnosis of the Allotriognathi, emended in order to

include Stylophorus, is as follows :—

“ Supra-occipital well-developed, separating the parietals ;

no opisthotic. Maxillaries typically free, protractile, each

with an outer blade and an inner posterior process; no

supramaxillaries ; lower jaw composed of dentary, articulare

and angulare. Palatine, if present, without maxillary

process. Vertebral column of solid centra which are co-ossified

with the arches. Gulls pectinate. Pectoral arch attached to

the cranium ; no mesocoracoid; post-clavicle elongate, of a

single piece. Air-bladder without duct. Fins without true

spines (except sometimes the first one or two rays of the

dorsal) ; pectoral fin with horizontal or subhorizontal base ;

pelvic fins, if present, below or a little behind the pectorals,

tormed of from one to seventeen articulated rays ;- pelvis, if

present, comprising a pair of erect subtriangular bony plates,

* The type in the British Museum was taken between Cuba and

Martinique more than 100 years ago.

448 The Systematic Position of Stylophorus caudatus.

inserted in the ligament between the coracoids and sometimes

directly articulated with them.”

Stylophorus agrees with the Teniosomi and differs from

the other Allotriognathi in the following characters :—

“‘ Body elongate. Skeleton feebly ossified; ribs feeble or

absent ; lower pharyngeals reduced, toothless. No occipital

crest. Post-temporal simple ; pectoral pterygials plate-like,

two or three of them in contact with the coracoid. Fins

composed of simple flexible non-articulated rays ; dorsal fin

very long; anal short or absent *”,

Stylophorus differs from the T’eniosomi in several respects,

of which the most important are the moderately compressed

body, which is eel-shaped rather than ribbon-shaped; the

very long lower jaw and backwardly directed suspensorium,

correlated with which is the reduction of the pterygo-palatine

arcade to a single small pterygoid element and. the shifting

of the attachment of the branchiostegals from the lower to

the upper edge of the cerato-hyal; the cranium more de-

pressed posteriorly, with the epiotics separated by the supra-

occipital ft, the frontals united by suture throughout their

length, the orbito-sphenoid absent and the vomer very small,

in position corresponding to the posterior extremity of the

vomer in the T’eniosomi; the absence of neural and hemal

spines and the fewer vertebrae, 53 in number.

A special resemblance to Trachypterus is shown in the

structure of the caudal fin, which is divided into a lower

portion with horizontal rays and an upper portion with the

rays directed upwards.

I take this opportunity of calling attention to an excellent

account of the anatomy of Trachypterus arcticus by Mr. A.

Meek (‘Studies Mus. Zool. Dundee,’ i. 1890, pp. 95-77,

pls. i. & i1.) which I had previously overlooked and which

Dr. Starks also does not seem to have known.

Dr. Starks is to be congratulated on having given us so

complete and careful an account of the anatomy of this

peculiar type, but his method of presenting his results is open

to criticism. His diagnosis of the suborder Atelaxia does not

give any clue as to its position in the system, and consists

almost exclusively of those features which distinguish it from

the Tseniosomi, whilst those characters which the two groups

have in common are regarded as of minor importance and are

* The anal fin is said to be absent in Stylophorus, but Stark’s figure

shows an anal fin with 12 rays in the middle of the length of the fish -

this seems to be an instance of “ artistic license.” -

f~ The meeting of the epiotics behind the supraoccipital is often due to

the elevation of the posterior part of the cranium.

On a new Species of Charaxes from the Cameroons. 449

included in the definition of the family Stylophoride.

Systematic ichthyologists in America emphasize differences

rather than resemblances, but this may be carried too far,

and I think the important features in the anatomy of Stylo-

phorus are those which establish its relationship to the

Teeniosomi, whilst its unique characters are of interest only

as showing the remarkable specialization which the Tzniosome

type is capable of attaining.

LIV.—Description of a new Species of Charaxes from the

Cameroons, West Africa. By HeErsert Druces, F.L.S.

&e.

Charaxes acreotdes, sp. n.

Male.—Head black, with four yellow spots, two on each

side above the eye; antenne black; collar, tegule, thorax,

and abdomen black ; a white spot on the thorax just behind

the collar and two yellow spots on each side of the thorax ;

palpi above black, the underside orange-yellow; the under-

side of the thorax and abdomen orange-yellow ; the legs

black. Primaries black, crossed near the apex by a band of

four elongated cream-coloured spots, the inner margin streaked

with red, above which are five large red spots, the one nearest

the anal angle the largest: secondaries red, black at the

base and partly along the inner margin, the anal angle and

part of the inner margin cream-colour ; a black streak at the

end of the cell, with the black spots on the underside showing

through ; the outer margin from the apex to the anal angle

black, with a series of minute white dots in the middle of the

black margin. Underside: primaries, the apical part of the

wing pale yellowish brown, the veins and streaks between

the veins black ; the cream-coloured band as above, edged

on the inner side by a band of black spots which extend

along the outer margin to the anal angle; the cell and the

central part of wing greenish grey ; the usual black marks in

the cell; the wing below the cell to the inner margin orange-

red: secondaries orange-red, palest above the cell and above

the anal angle ; the outer margins and veins all black; four

large black spots on the costal margin, four in the cell, and a

row of five partly round the outside of the cell; the black

outer margin is spotted with blue and greenish-grey dots.

ixpanse 4% inches.

fab. Cameroons, Bitje, Ja River, 2000 feet ; wet season

(Mus. Druce).

This very fine species reminds one at first sight of Pseud-

acrea clarki, Butler, which also came in the eollection.

450 On Two new Species of Myonycteris.

LV.—Preliminary Descriptions of Two new Species of

Myonycteris. By Knup ANDERSEN,

Myonycteris wroughtont, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—m? about twice the bulk of p'. Skull and

teeth heavy. Forearm about 65-67 mm. Hab. Welle

District, N.E. Congo.

Differential characters.—Skull larger and more heavily

built than in MW. torguata*: total length 34 mm., against

31-31°8 ; rostrum longer and broader: from front of orbit to

tip of nasals 10°5-10°7, against 9-9°2, lachrymal width (across

lower edges of lachrymal foramina) 9°8-10 mm., against 8°8 ;

length of combined orbital cavity and temporal fossa, mea-

sured on underside of skull from front of glenoid fossa to back

of maxillary process of zygomatic arch, 10°7-11-mm., against

9-9'8 ; frontal region broader: interorbital breadth 6 mm.,

against 5-5'2. Cheek-teeth on the whole slightly broader ;

m? less reduced in size, being about twice the bulk of p* (in

M. torquata subequal to p'), actual length of tooth in two

specimens 0°9 mm., against 0°5-0°'7 in two WM. torquata,

breadth 0°6-0°7, against 0-4—0°5.— Wings, tibia, and foot

conspicuously longer; forearm 65-67 mm. (57-60°5 in

M. torquata), third metacarpal 44°5-45 (36-39), lower leg

25-25°5 (22), foot with claws 17-19 (14). Distribution and

colour of fur as in the allied species.

Type. & ad. (skin and skull), River Likandi, Welle

District, 18th April, 1906 ; Alexander-Gosling Expedition ;

B.M. 7. 7. 8. 25. ‘Two specimens examined.

Named in honour of Mr. R. C. Wroughton, who assisted

in working out the mammals collected during the Alexander-

Gosling Expedition f.

Myonycteris leptodon, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—m? about twice the bulk of p’. Molariform

teeth short and narrow. Forearm about 61-62 mm.

Hab. Sierra Leone ; Liberia.

Differential characters.—Skull similar to that of M. wrough-

toni, but rostrum narrower in front. (distance between inner

bases of canines 3°3 mm., against 3°7-4 in MW. wroughtont

* Cynonycteris torquata, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 76, pl. v. fig. 1

(animal) (L878). C. brachycephala, Bocage, J. Sci. Math, Lisboa, (2) i.

no. 3, p. 197 (1899).

+ Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix., May and June, 1907,

A new Rodent-Mole from North-western Rhodesia. 451

and torquata), coronoid process higher and much slenderer.

All molariform teeth conspicuously shorter and narrower than

in the two other species of the genus: m’, length 1:9 mm.,

against 2°2, breadth 1°3 mm., against 1°6-1'7; 4, length

2-4 mm., against 2°7-3, breadth 1:7 mm., against 1:8; m’

relatively of the same size as in M. wroughtoni, less reduced

than in M. torguata.—Ears smaller than in the allied species,

length from notch 14 mm., against 15-15°5 in WM, torquata

and 16°5-17°5 in M. wroughtoni; length of tibia and hind

foot as in M. wroughtont, but forearm, metacarpals, and

phalanges somewhat shorter. Distribution and colour of fur

as in the allied species.

Type. & ad. (skin and skull), Sierra Leone; presented by

J. Hickman, Esq.; B.M. 91. 2. 13. 1.—The species is

represented in the Leyden Museum from Liberia *.

LVI.—A new Rodent-Mole from North-western Rhodesia.

By HE. C. Cuuss.

Georychus molyneuxt, sp. n.

Resembling G. darlingi, Thos., externally, except for its

larger size. Fur very short, not more than 2 or 3 mm. in

length. General colour silvery drab, bases of the hairs

bluish slate. Crown with a white diamond-shaped patch

about 18 mm. long. ‘he area surrounding the mouth in

both examples is reddish brown, as is often the case in

G. darlings. Skull with nasals converging anteriorly and

posteriorly, and extending backward behind the lacrymal

projection. Ascending processes of the premaxillaries ex-

tending backward about a millimetre behind the nasals,

Sagittal and occipital crests well developed. Anteorbital

foramen an almost vertical slit, about 2 mm. long.

Dimensions of the cotypes (¢ & 2) :—

Head and body 162, 167 mm.; tail 16, 18; hind foot

24, 26.

Skull of ?: basal length 35°5; basilar length to hen-

selion 31 ; greatest breadth 27; nasals 13 x 3°5 ; interorbital

breadth 17; height of anteorbital foramen 2; palate length

from henselion 22; diastema 12°5; upper molar series 5°6.

Hab. Loano Valley, North-western Rhodesia.

* C. torquata (nec Dobs.), Jentink, Notes Leyden Mus. x, p. 52 (1887) ;

id. Cat. Syst. Mamm. p. 151 (1888).

452 A new Tree-Kangaroo from British New Guinea. -

Cotupes. Two skins with skulls (3 & ¢), collected 11th

and 14th April, 1908, respectively, by Mr. A. J. C. Molyneux,

and presented to the Rhodesia Museum.

Although this species is remarkably like G. darling? in

outward appearance, its larger size is sufficient to distinguish

it, while the less extended white patch on. the crown and

absence of white patches below the ears and on the throat

prevent its being confused with G. damarensis and G. leche,

‘hos.

LVIL—A new Tree-Kangaroo from British New Guinea.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

THE British Museum owes to Mr. Walter Goodfellow the

skin and skull of a remarkable new tree-kangaroo of the

genus Dendrolagus, which was shot by its donor during his

recent journey in search of paradise-birds in the mountains of

British New Guinea. It is related to the striking species

Dendrolagus matschiei, Foerst. & Rothsch.*, from German

New Guinea, the type specimen of which has been kindly

lent me by Mr. Rothschild for comparison.

‘The new species may be called

Dendrolagus goodfellowi, sp. n.

A rufous-brown species with yellow feet, dark red ears»

mottled tail, and two yellowish lines on the loins,

Fur straight, not woolly, about 24-3 cm. in length on the

back ; the hairs directed forwards and backwards from a

pair of prominent whorls about halfway along the back ;

in D. matschiei, the hair-division takes place at about the

same point, but the whorls are less distinct. General colour

above dark bistre-brown, suffused with rufous, the latter

colour becoming more dominant posteriorly ; the bases of the

hairs rufous, their median portion blackish and their ends

tipped with shining buffy or drab, which gives a finely

grizzled appearance to the body. Under surface and inner

side of limbs ochraceous, becoming more rufous on the belly,

where the light colour is narrowed to a breadth of only about

3 inches, owing to the extension downwards of the dark

colour of the flanks. Head dull russet-brown, its hairs

directed backwards to a hair-crest running across between

the anterior corners of the ears; the muzzle but little lighter

* Noy. Zool, xiv. pl. iv. (1907).

A new Species of Kliurus. 453

than the crown. Backs of ears very hairy, deep rich rufous,

slightly darkening terminally ; in matschiet the ears are

yellowish at their tips. Nape with two indistinct lighter

lines on each side of a darker median one, these lines corre-

sponding to those next to be described, but far less sharply

defined. Rump with two prominent ochraceous parallel

lines along each side of the spine, about 6 inches in length

and an inch apart, dying away at the base of the tail. Fore-

arms blackish in front, reddish brown externally, ochraceous

on their inner aspect ; hands golden yellow, the tips of the

fingers browner. Hind legs tawny proximally, gradually

paling to golden yellow on the feet, the ends of the toes

reddish brown. ‘Tail deep rufous at base, then irregularly

mottled with rufous-brown and yellow, the yellow predomi-

nating along the middle, the tip dark brown.

Skull with the interorbital region much inflated, strongly

convex upwards, and with a lateral projection on the inner

wall of the orbit. Nasals broader in front than at the

maxillo-premaxillary suture ; postero-external corners rounded.

First incisor, as in 2. dortanus, much longer than the others.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :-—

Head and body 770 mm. ; tail 845; hind foot 124.

Skull: basal length 109; greatest breadth 66; nasals,

length 42°5, breadth anteriorly 14, mesially 11:2, poste-

riorly 19 ; interorbital breadth 26 ; palatal length 63; length

of large upper premolar 10, of three anterior molariform

teeth 20.

Hab. Owen Stanley Range, near Mt. Obree, British New

Guinea. Alt. 8000’.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8. 10. 10. 1. Collected

18th March, 1908, and presented by Walter Goodfellow, Ksq.

This remarkably handsome tree-kangaroo, which I have

named in honour of its donor, is widely different from any

known species. Its tricolor fur, brown muzzle, dark red ears,

and the light lines on its loins separate it readily from

D. matschie?, while it is so distinct from all the other species

as to render any comparison with them unnecessary.

LVIII.—A new Species of the Mascarene Genus Eliurus.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

A RE-EXAMINATION of the specimens of Eliwrus obtained

by Dr. Forsyth Major during his famous expedition to

Madagascar shows that among those hitherto referred to my

454 A new Generic Name for an Orectolobid Shark.

FE. majort there are representatives of two species, the original

EZ, majort from Ambohimitombo, Tanala Country, Central

Betsileo, and a second from Ampitambé, N.E. Betsileo.

Adopting the specific name used provisionally in Madagascar

by Dr. Major, I propose to name the new form

Eliurus penicillatus, sp. n.

Size about as in HE. majort; colour-characters as in

E. tanala, Major, i.e. with the digits, both fore and hind, the

sides of the hands and feet, and the end of the tail white,

these parts being mostly brown in £. majort; there is some

variation, however, in these respects, the main distinction

between the species being in the skulls.

Brain-case of E. penicillatus long, oval, tapering forward,

of EL. majori comparatively short and broad. Palatal foramina

of penicillatus widely open, their combined width equal to or

more than half their length ; of majori narrow and contracted,

their width much less than half their length. Molars of

penicillatus much smaller, both shorter and narrower, than

those of majort.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 147 mm.; tail 164; hind foot 31; ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 36; basilar length 27:4; greatest

breadth 17°43; nasals, length 14°5; interorbital breadth 5;

palatilar length 15 ; diastema 10; palatal foramina 6°2 x 3:1 ;

length of upper molar series 5'9.

Hab, Ampitambé, N.E. Betsileo, Madagascar.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 97. 9.1.149. Original

number 602. Collected 20th July, 1895, by Dr. C. I.

Forsyth Major.

LIX.—A new Generic Name for an Orectolobid Shark.

By C. Tate Reean, M.A.

In 1906 (Proc. R. Soc. Queensland, xx. p. 27) Mr. Douglas

Ogilby proposed the generic name Brachelurus for Giinther’s

Chiloscyllium modestum. In a more recent paper (Proc. R.

Soc. Queensland, xxi. 1907, p. 3) he diagnosed the genus,

but transferred the name to B. colcloughi, described as a new

species, and on the next page made C. modestum the type of

another genus, Cirriscyllium. As B. colcloughi does not

appear to be congeneric with B. modestus, it becomes neces-

sary to propose a new generic name for the former species;

the two genera, with their synonyms, are :—

On Freshwater Fishes from Costa Rica. 455

HETEROSCYLLIUM, nom. nov.

Brachelurus (non Ogilb. 1906), Ogilb. Proc. R, Soc. Queensland, xxi.

1907, p. 3.

BRACHALURUS.

Brachelurus, Ogilb. Proc. R. Soc. Queensland, xx. 1906, p.27; Regan,

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1908, p. 354.

Cirriscyllium, Ogilb. Proc. R. Soc. Queensland, xxi. 1907, p. 4.

Heteroscyllium colcloughi, described by Mr. Ogilby from

Queensland, seems to differ generically from Brachelurus

modestus in the less depressed head and more inferior mouth,

but especially in having the anal fin separated from the

caudal by a distinct interspace (rather more than 4 the length

of its base).

LX.—A Collection of Freshwater Fishes made by Mr. C.F.

Underwood in Costa Rica. By C. Tate Reaan, M.A.

Characinide,

1. Tetragonopterus eneus, Giinth.

Rio Iroquois (Atlantic Slope) and Rio Grande de Terraba.

2. Tetragonopterus scleroparius, sp. n.

Tetragonopterus fasciatus (part.), Gunth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 322 (1864).

Tetragonopterus petenensis (part.), Giinth. ¢. ¢. p. 326.

Tetragonopterus stmus (part.), Bouleng. Boll. Mus. Torino, xiii, 1898,

no. 329, p. 2.

Depth of body 24 to 3 in the length, length of head 32 to

41. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3 to 33

in the length of head; interorbital width about 2} in the

length of head. Maxillary extending to the vertical from

anterior edge of eye; 2 to 5 maxillary teeth. Suborbitals

broad, the lower edge of the second in contact with the lower

limb of the preoperculum. 10 to 12 gill-rakers on the lower

part of the anteilor arch. 386 to 41 scales in a longitudinal

series, 6 or 7 in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin

to lateral line, 5 to 7 between lateral line and base of pelvic

fin. Dorsal 10-11; origin behind the pelvics; longest ray

shorter than the head; free edge a little convex. Anal

27-32, with 24 to 28 branched rays; origin below end of

456 Mr. C. T. Regan on

base of dorsal; free edge emarginate; length of base 4 or

less than 3 the length of the fish. Pectorals extending to

the pelvics, which reach the vent. Silvery, back darker; no

humeral spot ; a plumbeous lateral band ending in a blackish

spot which extends to the end of the middle caudal rays.

Rio Iroquois.

Kleven specimens, 70 to 125 mm. in total length.

Five specimens from Western Ecuador (fraser) should

be referred to this species, and it is probable that the two

small specimens from Panama (Bransford), recorded by

Kigenmann and Ogle as J. emperador, also belong to

T. scleroparius. .

The name Tetragonopterus simus may be restricted to a

species which differs from the one described above in the

smaller eye (2 the length of head in a specimen of 72 mm.),

the longer anal fin (extending forward to below the dorsal

and measuring a little more than 4 the length of the fish), and

the absence of a well-defined black caudal spot.

Closely allied to 7. stmus is 1’. microphthalmus, Giinth.,

from Peru, which resembles 7. stmus in the small eye, but

agrees with J’. scleropartus in the extent of the anal fin and

the presence of a black caudal spot.

3. Tetragonopterus emperador.

Astyanax emperador, Eigenm. & Ogle, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxxiii,

1907, p. 26.

Depth of body 22 to 2% in the length, length of head 4.

Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3 to 34 in

the length of head ; interorbital width 25 to 2% in the length

of head. Maxillary extending to below anterior 4 of eye; 2

to 4 maxillary teeth. Suborbitals broad, the lower edge of

the second in contact with the lower limb of the preoperculum.

11 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 46 to

49 scales in a longitudinal series, 8 to 10 in a transverse

series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 7 or 8 between

lateral line and base of pelvic fins. Dorsal 10-11; origin

behind the pelvics ; longest ray shorter than the head ; free

edge straight or convex. Anal 28-80, with 25-27 branched

rays; origin below or behind end of base of dorsal; free

edge emarginate ; length of base less than } the length of

the fish. Pectorals extending to the pelvics, which nearly or

quite reach the anal. Silvery, back darker; humeral spot

faint ; caudal spot extending on to the fin, but not to the end

of the middle rays.

_ Rio Grande de Terraba.

Freshwater Fishes from Costa Riea. ADT

Three specimens, 90 to 105 mm. in total length.

This species was hitherto known only from a single small

Specimen (52 mm.) from Panama.

Siluridz,

4, Artus evermanni, Gilb. & Starks.

Depth of body 5 in the length, length of head 33 to 32.

Breadth of head 12 in its length, diameter of eye 6-64.

Fontanel produced into a groove which does not reach the

parieto-occipital ; parieto-occipital with a feeble keel ante-

riorly, which does not extend on to the occipital process,

which is broader than long, with straight or concave sides

and truncate or emarginate apex; dorsal shield small, sub.

erescentic. Width of mouth nearly } the width of head ;

premaxillary band of teeth 4 times as long as broad; teeth

on the palate obtusely conical, in two rather large subovate

patches which are not very widely separated anteriorly ;

maxillary barbel not quite reaching the base of pectoral. 11

gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Dorsal [

6-7; spine a little less than 3 the length of head; adipose

fin shorter than the dorsal. Anal 21-22. Pectoral spine 2

or nearly 3 the length of head, with the inner edge rather

strongly serrated. Silvery ; back bluish grey ; fins more or

less dusky. :

Rio Ballena (Pacific Slope).

Two specimens, 230 to 270 mm. in total length.

This species differs from A. fuerthit in the longer head,

shorter barbels, shorter fin-spines, and more strongly serrated

pectoral spines, |

3. Rhamdia wagneri, Giinth.

Rio Ballena.

Cyprinodontidz.

6. Gambusia rhabdophora, sp. n.

Depth of body 33 to 3? in the length, length of head 32 to

A, Snout as long as or shorter than eye, the diameter of

which is 34 to 4 in the length of head ; interorbital width

equal to the distance from middle of eye to free edge of

operculum, 27 or 28 scales in a longitudinal series, Dorsal

8-10 ; origin equidistant from end of snout and posterior

part or posterior edge of caudal fin. Anal 9; origin below

anterior } of dorsal ; first branched ray the longest. Pectoral

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii, 32

458 Mr. €. T. Regan on

2 the length of head. Caudal subtruncate. Least depth of

caudal peduncle 3 the length of head. Scales with dark

edges ; a series of short dark vertical bars along the middle

of the side; dorsal fin with 2 or 3 series of dark spots.

Voleano of Tenorio and Rio Grande de Terraba.

Nine specimens, 40 to 50 mm. in total length.

Allied to G@. episcopi, Steind., G. annectens, Regan, and

G. terrabensis, Regan, differing from the two first-named

especially in the more posterior position of the anal fin, and

from the last in the fewer dorsal fin-rays.

PETALOSOMA, gen. nov.

Differs from Gambusia in having the lower surface of the

tail, behind the anal fin, compressed to a sharp edge.

7. Petalosoma cultratum, sp. n.

Body strongly compressed, its depth 34 in the length,

length of head 4. Snout nearly as long as eye, the diameter

of which is 3 in the length of head and a little less than the

interorbital width. 35 scales in a longitudinal series.

Dorsal 8 ; origin equidistant from eye and posterior edge of

caudal fin. Anal 9, far in advance of the dorsal; first

branched ray the longest. Pectoral shorter than the head ;

pelvics inserted below the middle of pectoral and extending

to the anal. Olivaceous ; a dark linear lateral stripe on the

posterior part of the body.

Rio Iroquois.

A single specimen (¢), 50 mm. in total length.

8. Pacilia sphenops, Cuv. & Val.

Volcano of Tenorio,

9, Pacilia retropinna, sp. n.

Depth of body 34 in the length, length of head 44. Snout

as long as eye, the diameter of which is 34 in the length of

head. Interorbital width equal to the distance from middle

of eye to free edge of operculum. 30 scales in a longitudinal

series. Dorsal 9; origin equidistant from anterior part of

eye and posterior edge of caudal fin ; free edge straight, the

first branched ray the longest. Anal 10; origin a little in

advance of that of the dorsal. Pectoral nearly as long as

the head, extending to the base of the pelvics. Caudal

rounded. Least depth of caudal peduncle ? the length of

head. Olivaceous; scales with darker edges; fins pale,

Freshwater Fishes from Costa Rica. 459

Boruca.

A single specimen (2) 77 mm. in total length.

Closely allied to P. elongata, in which the origin of the

dorsal fin is equidistant from the end of the snout and the

posterior edge of the caudal, or nearer the former, the pectoral

extends to above the middle of the pelvics, and the interorbital

width is not more than the distance from the posterior margin

of the pupil to the free edge of the operculum.

10. Pecilia tropica, Meek.

Depth of body 2# to 3} in the length, length of head 33

to 44. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is

22 to 3in the length of head. Interorbital width equal to the

distance from middle of eye to free edge of operculum. 26 to

29 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 9-10; origin equi-

distant from end of snout and middle ( ? ) or basal part (¢)

of caudal fin; first branched ray (2) or posterior rays (¢ )

the longest, the fin elevated in the male. Anal 9-10 ; origin

a little behind that of the dorsal; first branched ray the

longest. Pectoral as long as the head, extending nearly to

the middle of the pelvics (?). Caudal subtruncate. Least

depth of caudal peduncle # (¢ ) to § (3%) the length of head.

Olivaceous; dorsal with black spots, the basal half of the fin

sometimes uniformly blackish ; caudal with or without small

blackish spots; sometimes a blackish blotch at the base of

the caudal fin.

Rio Lroquois.

Six specimens, 60 to 100 mm. in total length.

This species differs from P. sphenops and agrees with

P. salvatoris in the shape of the dorsal fin ; it differs from

the latter in the larger eye.

The synopsis of the Central American species of Pacilia

given in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana’ may be modified

as follows, in order to include the species since described * :—

I, Origin of anal in advance of that of the dorsal.

A. Anal 7. 26 scales in a longitudinal series. [1866,

1, spilurus, Gunth.,

B. Anal 8-11.

1. Dorsal rounded, the middle rays the longest ; 27 to 30 scales

in a longitudinal series ........-- 2. occidentalis, Baird &

[Girard, 1853.

0 en acacan oe RTE RNa Pa

* This synopsis is based on female specimens only ; in some species

the males have not yet been described. They differ from the females in

having the anal fin advanced and modified into an intromittent organ,

whilst. the dorsal is a little further forward, more or less elevated, and

often differently shaped. e

460 Mr. C. T. Regan on

2. Dorsal with free edge nearly straight, the first branched ray

the longest.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from end of snout

and posterior edge of caudal fin, or nearer

the former; pectoral extending to above

middle of pelvics; 30 to 83 scales in a [1866.

longitudinal series. xasWtaewd sete A oh ee 3. elongata, Ginth.,

Origin of dorsal nearer to posterior edge of

caudal fin than to end of snout; pectoral

extending to base of pelvics; 30 scales in a

longitudinal series .....disuelee tok apes ee 4, retropinna, sp. 1.

II. Origin of anal below or a little behind that of the dorsal; origin of

dorsal nearer to base of caudal fin than to end of snout,

A. Depth of body 22 to 32 in the length ; 26 to 30 scales in a longi-

tudinal series. . ‘

Dorsal 8-11, rounded, the middle rays the [1846,

lonprestis Ws oils dara to 5 Seeheoe ee ae 5. spheneps, Cuy. & Val.,

of head (in specimens of 32 to 52 mm.) .. 6, sptlonota, sp. n.*

small, its diameter 3} in the length of head [1907.

(in specimens of 55 mm.) .............. 7, salvatoris, Regan,

(in specimens of 60 to 100 mm.) ........ 8. tropica, Meek, 1907.

B. Depth of body 4 to 43 in the length ; 31 scales in a longitudinal

BOBLOS sce 4 hr cae: 0 oe Ree 9. tenuis, Meek, 1907.

EE ee

* Pacilia spilonota, sp. n.

Peecilia sphenops (part.), Regan, Biol. Centr.-Am., Pise. p. 102, t. xiii.

fic. 2 (1907).

Depth of body 3 to 33 in the length, length of head 33 to4. Snout

shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 34 to 33 in the length of

head. Interorbital width equal to or a little longer than the postorbital

part of head. 27 to 29 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 8-9 ;

origin equidistant from end of snout and posterior part (° ) or middle

(3) of caudal fin; free edge a little convex, the second branched ray the

longest. Anal 8-9; origin below or a little behind that of the dorsal,

Pectoral shorter than the head, extending to above anterior part of

pelvics (2). Caudal rounded. Least depth of caudal z to ¢ the length

of head. Olivaceous ; a black spot at the base of the dorsal fin,

San José.

Six specimens, 32 to 52 mm. in total length,

This species may not be distinct from P. tenuis, Meek, which is

described as having a longer body (depth 4 to 42 in the length) and

smaller scales (31 in a longitudinal series), P. caucana, Steind., seems to

differ in the larger eye, 24 to 3 in the length of head in specimens of 32

to 43 mm. *

Freshwater Fishes from Costa Rica. 461

III. Origin of anal below fourth or fifth dorsal ray ; origin of dorsal

equidistant from end of snout and base of caudal; 28 to 30 scales

in a longitudinal series .............. 10. petenensis, Giinth.,

(1866.

IY. Origin of anal below the middle of dorsal; origin of dorsal equi-

distant from end of snout and anterior part of caudal ; 23 to 27

scales in a longitudinal series.

Depth of body about 23 in the length, length of [1859.

head about 4 (in specimens of 50 mm.) .. 11. couchiana, Girard,

Depth of body 2 to 23 in the length, length of [ 1866.

head 33 to 33 (in specimens of 60 mm.) .. 12. maculata, Giinth.,

Mugilide.

11. Agonostomus percoides, Giinth.

Rio Iroquois. -

Two specimens: one of 135 mm. in every way similar to

the type of the species ; the other, 270 mm. in total length,

with thick upper lip.

XENORHYNCHICHTHYS, gen. nov.

Differs from Joturus, Poey, in the absence of teeth on the

palatines and pterygoids.

12. Xenorhynchichthys stipes, Jord. & Gilb.

This species has been placed by Jordan and Evermann in

the synonymy of Joturus pichardi, Poey, but it is quite

distinct. In the type of Agonostomus globiceps. Giinth.,

which seems to be identical with J. pichardi, the vomerine

teeth form a triangular patch, bands of teeth are present on

palatines and pterygoids, the snout is vertically truncated,

and the maxillary extends a little beyond the vertical from

the anterior edge of the eye.

In four young specimens of X. stipes, 150 to 190 mm. in

total length, from the Rio Iroquois, the vomerine teeth form

a transverse ovate patch, there are no palatine and pterygoid

teeth, the snout is obliquely truncated, and the maxillary

extends to below the middle of the eye. In these examples

the soft dorsal, anal, and caudal fins have large blackish

spots or oblique bars. As in J. pichardié the anal fin is

formed of II 11 rays, the first spine very small, the two first

articulated rays unbranched.

Cichlide.

13. Cichlosoma septemfasciatum, sp. n.

Depth of body 1# to 2? in the length, length of head 3 to

33. Snout as long as or shorter than postorbital part of

462 Mr. C. T. Regan on

head. Diameter of eye 34 to 4 in the length of head, inter-

orbital width 22 to 3. Depth of preorbital equal to or less

than the diameter of eye. Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary

not extending to below the eye ; fold of the lower lip not

continuous ; anterior teeth in both jaws somewhat enlarged ;

cheek with 3 to 5 series of scales; 5 or 6 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anterior arch. 28 or 29 scales in a longi-

tudinal series, 4 or 44 in an oblique series downwards and

backwards from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 13 to 25

between lateral line and scaly sheath at base of soft dorsal.

Dorsal XVII-X VIII 8-10, commencing above the opercular

cleft, the spines subequal from the fifth or sixth to the

fifteenth or sixteenth, the last 2 to 4 the length of head ;. soft

fin, when laid back, extending nearly to the middle of candal

or beyond. Anal VILI-X 7-8. Pectoral nearly as long as

the head, extending to above the anal ; outer ray of pelvic

fin produced. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle $ to % as

long as deep. Body with seven dark cross-bars, of which

the third, on the middle of the side, and the last, on the

caudal peduncle, are much more strongly marked than the

rest; fins without spots.

Rio Iroquois.

Fourteen specimens, 60 to 100 mm. in total length.

This species is very close to C. spilurum, which has 53 or

6 scales between the origin of the dorsal fin and the lateral

line, the dorsal spines usually higher, the last 5 to 3 the length

of head, and the body crossed by 7 vertical bars of equal

strength, the last joining the ends of the soft dorsal and anal

and followed by a vertically expanded spot at the base of the

caudal fin.

14. Cichlosoma lethrinus, sp. n.

Depth of body about 24 in the length, length of head 22

to 3. Snout as long as or a little longer than postorbital

part of head, with straight oblique profile. Diameter of eye

3} to 44 in the length of head, interorbital width 3 to 35.

Depth of preorbital 4 to 14 the diameter of eye. Jaws equal

anteriorly ; maxillary not extending to below the eye; toid

of the lower lip not continuous; teeth of the outer series in

both jaws moderate, gradually decreasing in size laterally ;

cheek with 5 series of scales ; 8 gill-rakers on the lower part

of the anterior arch. 29 to 31 scales in a longitudinal series,

4 or 44 in an oblique series downwards and backwards from

origin of dorsal to the lateral line, 23 between lateral line and

scaly sheath at base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal

XVII-XVIII 10-12, commencing above the opercular cleft,

Freshwater Fishes from Costa Rica. 463

the spines subequal from about the fifth to the fifteenth,

the last a little more than 4 the length of head. Anal

VI-VII 8-10. Pectoral shorter than the head, extending to

above the first or second anal spine. Caudal rounded.

(audal peduncle deeper than long. Body with 6 dark cross-

bars, the two first broad and more or less confluent ; a more

or less continuous blackish longitudinal band from eye to a

spot on the upper part of the base of caudal ; vertical fins

dusky, the soft dorsal and caudal with series of pale spots.

Rio Iroquois.

Six specimens, 80 to 145 mm. in total length.

Of C. altifrons, the nearest ally of this species, I have seen

two specimens from the Rio Grande de Terraba. These have

16 dorsal and 5 anal spines and 11 or 12 gill-rakers on the

lower part of the anferior arch. The last dorsal spine

measures nearly 4 the length of the head and the subcon-

tinuous fold of the lower lip is divided into two deep pendent

lobes.

TOMOCICHLA, gen. nov.

Differs from Herichthys in having the pelvic fins inserted

well behind the pectorals.

15. Tomocichla wnderwoodi, sp. n.

Depth of body 24 to 34 in the length, length of head af

to 33. Snout about as long as postorbital part of heaa.

Diameter of eye 4} to 6 in the length of head, interorbital

width 24 (adult) to 3 (young). Depth of preorbital 1 to 13

the diameter of eye. Maxillary not extending to below the

eye ; jaws equal anteriorly or the lower a little shorter than

the upper ; fold of the lower lip continuous ; cheek with 4

or 5 series of scales; 9 to 12 gill-rakers on the lower part of

the anterior arch. 32 to 35 scalesin a longitudinal series, 45

to 54 in an oblique series backwards and downwards from

origin of dorsal to lateral line, 3 between lateral line and

sheath at base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI

13-15; middle spines subequal ; last spine 4 to 3 the length

of head ; soft fin rounded, when laid back not or scarcely

extending to the caudal. Anal IV 9-11. Pectoral % to #

the length of head, not extending to above the anal. Caudal

emarginate. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. 6 to 8

blackish cross-bars on the side, chiefly below the lateral

line ; soft vertical fins with or without series of dark spots,

which may form reticulations.

Rio lroquois.

Thirteen specimens, 120 to 260 mm. in total length.

464 Bibliographical Notices.

This species has the dentition of Herichthys cyanoguttatus ;

the latter may be derived from a type similar to Cichlosoma

fenestratum, with which it agrees in the deep body, strong

dorsal spines, interrupted lower lip, insertion of pelvie fins

nearly in the vertical from base of pectoral, &e. Tomocichla

underwoodt, however, has the elongate body, short dorsal

spines, and continuous lower lip of C. godmand, with which

it also agrees in having the insertion of the pelvic fins far

behind the base of the pectoral. Steindachner’s Heros lenti-

ginosus may prove to be a Tomocichla.

16. Paraneetroplus stebolddi, Kner & Steind,

Rio Grande de Terraba.

Gobiide.

17, Philypnus maculatus, Giinth.

Rio Ballena.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Heredity. By J. AntHur THomson. London: John Murray,

1908. (Progressive Science Series.) Pp. i-xvi, 1-605.

Herepiry has always possessed a strange fascination for mankind,

though not until recent years has any real grip of the subject been

obtained. We have as yet, indeed, done little more than clear a few

pathways through the thick undergrowth of tradition and specula-

tion which has grown up during centuries of crude experiment and

rule-of-thumb practice.

The work so far accomplished, however, is sufficient to show that

the riddle of heredity is one of the most difficult which the biologist

has yet attempted to solve. Analyze and experiment as we will,

that intangible property of pullulation peculiar to living matter still

remains one of Nature's secrets, Whether it will ever be wrested

from her time alone will prove, but the attempt is being made, and

in earnest. Already an appalling amount of literature on the

subject has come into being, not all of which is worthy of the

theme. Prof. Thomson, however, set himself the task of sifting

and systematizing this output, and that he has been singularly

successful in winnowing the chaff from the grain is beyond

dispute. The results of his labours are now presented to the world

in a volume which will be regarded as the standard work of refer-

ence to this subject for some years to come. To the biologist it

Bibliographical Notices. 465

will prove indispensable, while to the student of sociology and to the

medical man it will probably come as a revelation, for it must be

admitted that neither of these last has shown that grasp of the

significance or the possibilities of heredity, certain exceptions

apart, which the circumstances of their professions demand.

As a judicial summary of a peculiarly difficult subject Prof.

Thomson’s book is masterly, while from the point of view of clear-

ness of exposition it has no rivals.

In the space at our disposal an exhaustive account of the contents

of this book would beimpossible. It must suffice, then, to point out

one or two of its more important features, and to make mention of

one or two small criticisms.

Anything like criticism of a book of this kind seems ungrateful,

but the few comments we have to make are made in no captious

spirit. ;

In the first place, then, we cannot help feeling that Prof. Thomson

endeavours to draw too nice a distinction between heredity and

inheritance. The former, he remarks, ‘‘is no entity, no force, no

principle, but a convenient term for the genetic relation between

successive generations,” while inheritance, he says, ‘ includes all that

the organism is or has to start with in virtue of its hereditary rela-

tion.” One cannot help feeling that this is putting “ heredity” in a

straight-jacket. In other words, the term “ inheritance ” supplants

the more familiar “heredity,” at any rate to all intents and

purposes.

Our next grumble is at the omission of “opsonins” and their

relation to disease, which we naturally expected to find in the

otherwise most philosophical chapter on heredity and disease. The

only reference thereto is contained in a passage where, referring to

phagocytes and their relation to pathogenic microbes, he introduces

the subject in the phrase ‘or as his [man’s] ‘opsonic index ;

improved.”

The chapters on Mendelism are most admirable; nowhere else

will there be found so complete and so illuminating a summary of

all that pertains to Mendelism. But while the author is generous

in his appreciation of this work, he is careful to utter a very

necessary word of caution as to the need of restraining enthusiasm

over the many triumphs which workers in this new field have

attained; for he remarks, “In many ways... Weissman’s some-

what subtler and more complex conception of determinants which

work out a character by cooperative development appears to us to

fit the facts better.”

The chapter on the transmission of acquired characters leaves

nothing to be desired, and may be studied with the greatest profit

both by the medical man and the breeder ; and this because among,

both there exists an appalling amount of misconception and, appa-

rently, wilful blindness to observed facts. The sociologists stand

in no less need of learning, and in the pages of this splendid treatise

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. it. 33

466 Bibliographical Notices.

they should find all they need to upset some of the fallacies that

form the basis of many of their proposed remedies for the regenera-

tion of mankind.

A work like the present has long been needed, but there are few

who would have had the courage to undertake its preparation, and

certainly no one could have achieved a more conspicuous success in

the fulfilment of so onerous a task. W «Rye

A Book of Birds. By W.P. Pyrorarr, A.LS., F.Z.8. With 30

full-page coloured Plates and many Illustrations in the Text.

London: Sidney Appleton, 1908. Sm. 4to. Pp. viii, 155.

(6s, net.)

Tats is the third volume of Sidney Appleton’s ‘ Popular Natural

History Books,’ of which two volumes on British Flowering Plants

and on Mammals of the World, both by W. F. Kirby, have appeared ;

and a volume on Minerals, by Leonard J. Spencer, is promised

shortly.

Mr. Pyeraft is well known as an authority on the anatomy and

structure of birds, and has given us in his introductory chapter of

27 pages a very useful outline of this branch of the subject, with

numerous illustrations. The remaining 16 chapters contain a

popular account of the more interesting groups of birds, with special

reference to the species figured. The coloured plates represent from

four to eleven species each, and most of the figures are well

executed and easily recognizable; and in some cases the eggs are

also figured. It is to be regretted that Mr. Pycraft had not more

space at his disposal, that he might have given at least a passing

reference to some of the more interesting families not represented

on the plates. Still he has done his best with his materials, and

has given a good deal of general information, some of which may be

new to many, if not most, of his readers. He feels very strongly

on the subject of bird-destruction, and he never loses an oppor-

tunity of protesting against it—as, for instance, on p. 46, where we

read of “the ghastly trophies which thoughtless women wear in

their hats” (egret-feathers), and lower down on the same page,

“There was a time when the Bittern was to be met with commonly

in Great Britain, but drainage and that pest the ‘collector’ have

done their work, so that at most but a few stragglers are now to be

met with in our islands, and these are always promptly shot down,”

It is much to be regretted that it is still necessary to protest against

the destruction of birds, ancient monuments, &c., even in England.

The book concludes with a good general Index.

Mr. Pycraft’s book may be recommended to those who wish for

an accurate and fairly comprehensive introduction to the stndy of

birds.

Bibliographical Notices. 467

Casry, THos. L. A Revisionof the Tenebrionid Subfamily Coniontine.

(‘ Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences,’ vol. x.

_ pp. 51-166; April 25, 1908.)

Tae Author divides the Tenebrionids which have no coriaceous

hind margins of the abdominal segments into the following sub-

families :—Tentyriine, Coniontine, Asidine, and Zopherine. The

Coniontine are again subdivided into Praeocini, Branchini, Conion-

tini, and Ccelini, the first of which are omitted in the present paper,

being South American. The bulk of the paper consists of an

elaborate and purely technical monograph, which cannot be further

noticed here. In the Addenda an additional South-American

group, Nycteliini, including the genera Nyctelia and Nycteliana, is

referred to the Coniontini.. Some general remarks on entomological

bibliography and the relative validity of figures and descriptions

follow, and the article concludes with some remarks and corrections

relating to a former paper by the Author on the Tentyriine.

C. Hovarp, Docteur de Sciences, Lauréat de l’Institut. Les

Loocéculies dl’ Hurope et du Bassin de la Méditerranée. Description

des Galles. Illustration. Bibliographie détaillée. Répartition

Géographique. Index Bibliographique. 1365 figures dans le

texte, 2 planches hors texte, 4 portraits. Tome premier. Crypto-

games, Gymnospermes, Monocotylédones, Dicotylédones. (1*e

Partie.) 8vo. Paris, 1908. Pp. 570.

Many books have recently appeared on galls, but this is of consider-

able importance, being written mainly from a botanical standpoint,

and may consequently be regarded as an amplification of Kalten-

bach’s well-known and most useful ‘ Pflanzenfeinde,’ as far as galls

are concerned. Under each plant we have the galls infesting it

classed under groups and separately described, so as to allow of easy

identification; and the numerous figures in the text are well

executed and characteristic. No descriptions of insects, however,

are given, but only of the galls. Under Quercus we were much

surprised to read, on p. 249 :—

‘* Minime bosselette, Q. ped. Lestes viridis, van der Lind 1296.

Pierre, 1902, p. 185.

Fab

This refers to a paper thus noticed in the ‘ Zoological Record’

for 1902 :—Ins. p. 57. ‘1065. Pierre, Abbé. Sur la ponte d’un

Neuroptére cecidozoon, Lestes viridis, Van d. Lind. Rev. Sci. Bour-

bonnais, xv. pp. 181-194.” and p. 300 Ins. “ Lestes viridis, ovi-

position ” (with the above reference),

We have called special reference to this most interesting and

468 Miscellaneous.

important article, as we believe it has probably been overlooked by

many neuropterists, owing to its having appeared in a comparatively

little-known journal and to the very brief manner in which it is

mentioned in the ‘ Zoological Record.’

We are sure that all agricultural entomologists and others inter-

ested in galls will find Dr. Houard’s work of the greatest value, and

we hope it may soon be completed. W. F. K.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Generic Names of Polychet Worms that have been preoccupied and

remain unreplaced. By Roserr T. Lerpzr, M.B., F.Z.8., Helmin-

thologist to the London School of Tropical Medicine.

Amea, Malmgren, 1865,

Ancistria, Quatrefages, 1867,

Archidice, Kinberg, 1865.

Arenia, Quatrefages, 1867.

Bylgia, Théel, 1879.

Cabira, Webster, 1879.

Carobia, HAlers, 1904.

Castalia, Savigny, 1817 (nec Casta-

lius, 1816).

Ceratocephala, Kinberg, 1867.

Chrysothemis, Kindberg, 1866.

Cirronereis, Kinberg, 1866.

Clymene, Savigny, 1817.

Clymenia, Girsted, 1844.

Clytia, Grube, 1855.

Dasymallus, Grube, 1844.

Demonax, Kindberg, 1866.

Dindymene, Kinberg, 1865,

Disoma, Grsted, 1844.

Dujardinia, Claparéde, 1865,

Ephesia, Rathke, 1843.

Eulepis, Grube, 1875.

Eumenia, Gtrsted, 1844.

Eunice, Cuvier, 1817.

Kupista, M‘Intosh, 1885.

Evarne, Malmgren, 1868,

Gymnosoma, Quatrefages, 1865.

Halimede, Rathke, 1843,

Idalia, Quatrefages, 1867.

Leiocephalus, Quatrefages, 1867.

Lophonota, Costa, 1841 (nec Lopho-

notus).

J.ycastis, Savigny, 1817 (nec Ly-

castes).

Macrocheta, Grube, 1850.

Macrophyllum, Schmarda, 1861.

Mylitta, Kinberg, 1866.

Nicon, Kinberg, 1865.

Nerine, Johnston, 18388 (nec Ne-

rina).

Oria, Quatrefuges, 1867.

Pallasia, Quatrefages, 1848.

Parmenis, Malmgren, 1867 (nec

Parmena).

Peribeea, Kinberg, 1865.

Pherusa, Oken, 1815.

Phronia, Webster, 1879. ‘

Polybostrichus, Girsted, 1842.

Polyodontes, Renter, 1817.

Potamis, Zhlers, 1888.

Praxilla, Malmgren, 1865.

Praxithea, Malmgren, 1867.

Prionognathus, Keferstein, 1862.

Psamathe, Johnston, 1837.

Schlegelia, Wegenberg, 1879.

Scione, Malmgren, 1865.

Sige, Malmgren, 1865 (nec Siga).

Siphostoma, Otto, 1820.

Spherodorum, Mrsted, 1842 (nec

Spherodoris, 1877).

Spiroglypha, Quatrefages, 1865.

Thoe, Kenberg, 1865.

Triceratia, Haswell, 1882 (nec Tri-

ceratium),

Trachelophyllum, Levinsen, 1888.

Venusia, Johnston, 1865,

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 12, DECEMBER 1908.

LXI1.—Descriptions of new Rhopalocera from the Upper

Congo. By G. T. Beruune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Mycalesis hyperanthus, sp. n.

&. Both wings dark blackish brown. Primaries with a

small white-pupilled black spot between veins 5 and 6 near

the termen; an obscure, small, but quite visible black spot

(not pupilled) between veins 2 and 3, neither of these spots

have any iris : secondaries with a dark grey sex dash close

to the anal angle. Underside: both wings sienna-brown,

with ocellated spots and with lines: primaries with a large

dark spot in the middle of the cell, broadly edged all round

except on the costa with pale ochreous brown, beyond which

is a very broad, irregular, median dark band produced out-

wards between veins 3 and 5, and palely edged externally ;

spots of upperside showing through, but broadly ringed with

pale yellowish which has a dark edging followed by a lighter

one; the lower spot is very large and conspicuous and is

pupilled with white ; a dark fine subterminal line in a paler

area: secondaries with the dark median irregular band

similar to the primaries, palely edged laterally, but very

definitely so externally ; a postmedial series of seven spots as

in the primaries in a pale area, that between veins 2 and 3

being large and that at the apex also somewhat larger than

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 34

470 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

the other five, which are small; terminal area as in the

primaries.

Expanse 34 mm. .

Hab. Makala, July ; Beni-Mawambe, February 1906.

in my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

This species is near to Uf, analis, Auriv.

Mycalesis uniforms, sp. n.

¢. Both wings uniform darkish brown. Primaries with

a very small obscure white-pupilled black spot near the apex :

secondaries with a blackish-brown tuft of hairs just below the |

angle of vein 2 between la and 2, in addition to the tuft

above the cell. Underside: both wings pale ochreous brown:

primaries with a large cell-spot faintly outlined; a median

obscure line and a distinct postmedian one, the latter palely

edged; the subapical spot of the upperside showing through

and having a pale yellowish iris ; a similar spot, rather larger,

between veins 2 and 3, between these are traces of two other

similar spots: secondaries with a dark irregular median and

postmedian line enclosing a slightly darker area, the post-

median line is palely edged externally; a series of seven

subterminal white-pupilled black spots, with pale yellowish

irides, which are edged with darker brown and again with

pale obscure ochreous.

Expanse 55 mm.

Hab. Makala-Beni, July 1906.

In the Powell-Cotton collection.

Flenotesia nigrescens, sp. n.

3S. Both wings deep velvety blackish brown, with small

ocellated spots. Primaries with two small subapical intense

black spots minutely but distinctly pupilled with white and

having red irides which touch each other; a larger similar

spot near the termen between veins 2 and 3: secondaries with

a similar spot as in the primaries between veins 2 and 3,

near the termen, with occasionally a trace of another smaller

one above it. Underside: both wings tawny ochreous,

closely suffused with fine, short, deep, rusty, vein-like,

wavy lines, terminating to a large extent in the postmedian

area by a prominent deep rusty line through both wings.

Primaries with a broad greyish subterminal area in which

the white-pupilled black spots show through, the upper two

having a single ochreous iris, the lower one with a very

broad ochreous iris with a dark outer edging: secondaries

Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 471

with a rusty median transverse line and a curved series of

seven or eight ocellated spots as in the fore wings.

Hxpanse 46 mm.

Hab. Makala, May and June 1906.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Acrea lumiri, sp. n.

&. Both wings deep orange-red, with black margins.

Primaries with costa broadly black to the oblique stripe ;

apex and termen more broadly black ; a broad black stripe

beyond the cell connecting the costa with the termen, leaving

an enclosed subovate patch of the red ground-colour; a fine

short inner marginal dash from the- base: secondaries with

the apex and termen- broadly black; base very restricted

dusky ; a very fine black dot at the end of the cell. Under-

side: primaries, basal area pale tawny red, enclosed patch

ochreous; termen with a series of wedge-shaped pale tawny

internervular short dashes and a suffusion of thin tawny

irrorations: secondaries ochreous, with three small black

basal dots; a median series of four larger ones, a black dot

in the cell between these two series, and one beyond the

median series; on the broad black termen a series of semi-

ovate whitish internervular spots.

Expanse 36-41 mm.

Hab. Kissegneis to Lumiri, Albert Edward Lake, October.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Near A. alicia, Sharpe.

Planema plagioscia, sp. n.

¢. Primaries with base black to the end of the cell,

followed by a broad oblique band of orange-rufous occupying

the whole of the postmedian area from the costa into the

tornus, invading irregularly the basal area, and also in deep

serrations the apical and terminal areas, which are blackish

brown, the latter rapidly tapering into the tornus: secondaries

with base up to the end of the cell very dark rusty brown,

with a basal series of about four black spots ; a median series

of four, a curved series of eight spots, produced outward by

the cell, which is closed by a double spot, and has one spot

between it and that in the middle; postmedian area very

broadly whitish, widening towards the tornus, with the veins

dark brown ; subterminal and terminal areas brownish.

Eixpanse 84 mm.

Hab. Beni-Mawambe, Congo Free State, February 1906.-

In the Powell-Cotton collection.

Allied to Planema aurivillii, Stgr.

34*

473 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

Planema macrosticha, sp. n.

&. Both wings blackish brown, yellowish fawn-colour.

Primaries with basal area black to end of cell, with a con-

fluent,black spot projecting forwards in the angle of veins 3

and 4; a broad postmedian band of yellowish fawn-colour

from costa to termen below vein 3, but not reaching quite

into the tornus, 7¢. e. not below vein 1a; apical area blackish

brown to below vein 3: secondaries sooty brown for a

restricted basal area, not to the end of the cell; postmedian

area very broadly yellowish pale fawn-colour right up to the

tornus, invaded by the black veins and also by fine black

internervular lines; termen broadly blackish brown at the

apex, tapering down very finely to the tornus. Underside:

secondaries with base Indian-red, with two or three basal

small spots; a median series of four, an irregular curved

series of eight spots, those between veins 5 and 6 and 6 and

7 shifted outwards; postmedian band whitish, not half the

width of the yellowish band above, rest of area exceedingly

broadly brownish grey.

Expanse 80 mm.

Hab. Makala, June 1906.

In the Powell-Cotton collection.

Near Acrea dewittzi, Stgr.

Euphedra symphona, sp. n.

&. Palpi ochreous below, with a dark lateral stripe, fringed

palely with longish hair above ; head blackish, with two

whitish dots below the antennee and two larger ones above;

eye-sockets edged with white. Both the wings deep bronzy

green, much deeper in tone near the termen: primaries with

the area between the cell and apex darker, with a white

irregular oblique white stripe from vein 8 to just beyond

vein 4, a small white patch at the apex; fringes with fine,

short, white internervular intersections. Underside: both

wings dull sienna-brown: primaries with two black spots

lengthwise in the cell and a small one closing its upper

extremity ; all the white marks of the upperside show

through: secondaries with two black spots in the cell and

one at the extreme base, all in line; area above vein 8

crimson, below which to the lower margin of the spots is an

indefinite patch of pale greyish, with a trace of the usual

pale-angled dash between veins 7 and 8 about midway along

the former.

There is the least trace of a row of subterminal spots in a

very slightly paler subterminal area in both wings.

Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 473

Expanse 84 mm.

_ Hab. Beni-Mawambe, Congo Free State, February 1906.

In the Powell-Cotton collection.

Euryphene leptotypa, sp. 0.

$. Both wings black, with pale steel-blue suffusion :

primaries with the suffusion confined to the inner marginal

area below the cell and vein 3, not extending to the base nor

to the tornus; the oblique white band from vein 10 to 5

terminates below the latter vein in a bluish-white patch

reaching nearly to the termen ; apex with a small defined

white patch: secondaries with the blue suffusion extending

all over the wing below vein 8 almost to 1a, and well into

the postmedian area, leaving the terminal area broadly and

evenly black. Underside uniformly pale bronzy green in

both wings: primaries with the white marks only showing

through, the oblique white band only reaching just over

vein 5: secondaries with an irregular whitish angled dash

in the middle of the costa between veins 7 and 8, with the

trace of a dusky subterminal line, in front of which is a trace

of a dusky postmedian curved band roughly parallel with the

subterminal line.

Expanse 86 mm.

Hab. Beni-Mawambe, Congo Free State, March 1906.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. |

Euryphene makala, sp. n.

3. Upperside similar to the preceding species (2, lepto-

typa, B-B.), except that the narrow oblique band of the

primaries has developed into a broad bluish-white oblique

patch, extending below and beyond vein 5 into a yet larger

patch which reaches well below vein 3. Underside of both

wings brownish olive-green : primaries with the pale markings

showing through, the oblique patch, however, very slightly

so ; in the cell there are four spots darkly outlined—a narrow

small oval one at the base, two in the middle below each

other, the upper smaller one being a twin spot, the lower

larger and irregular, the fourth much larger, closing tie cell ;

a trace of an upright, postmedian, brownish, curved stripe

tapering upwards to about vein 5; an obscure trace of a

second similarly coloured band nearer the termen, followed

by an obscure trace of a like-coloured subterminal line:

secondaries with a dark point at the base of the cell, followed

by two small round spots sharply outlined with black; a

474 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

most obscure trace of a dusky, median, curved band, followed

by a trace of a subterminal row of internervular scallops.

Expanse 89 mm.

Hab. Makala, Congo Free State, March 1906.

In my collection.

Euryphene luteola, sp. n.

3. Both wings deep velvety blackish bronzy green: pri-

maries with a paler (slightly yellowish) bronzy green inner

marginal suffusion below the cell and vein 3, and not ex-

tending to the base nor to the tornus ; in the cell are three dark

spots—a small one at the base, a large irregular one right

across the cell at its centre, and a larger one closing the cell ;

a yellowish oblique band beyond the cell terminating below

and beyond vein 5 in an indefinite obscure yellowish patch ;

apex with a small yellowish spot (occasionally absent) ; an

obscure row of subterminal dark spots: secondaries with the

bronzy suffusion all over the wing to beyond vein 2, and

extending almost into the subterminal area in some lights

even up to the termen; a trace of a dark subterminal line.

Underside: both wings olive-green, with all the marks of the

upper surface more or less showing through, the costa of the

primaries being pale bluish white to halfway up the cell,

with a subterminal row of internervular dark points, occa-

sionally absent: secondaries with three blackish spots in

the cell (one at the base, and two below each other) ; cell

closed by a finely outlined dash; an angled white dash in

the middle of the costa between veins 7 and 8; an obscure

row of dusky spots in the postmedian area, followed by an

obscure dusky line in the subterminal area; the inner mar-

ginal area below the cell and vein 3 tinged with ochreous.

Expanse 77 mm.

Hlab. Makala-Beni, July; Ituri Forest, Mawamba-

Makala, March.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Euryphene chloéropis, sp. n.

3. Both wings bronzy bluish green: primaries with a

black mark filling the base of the cell, a narrow waved dash

beyond it, followed by two spots; cell closed by a largish

spot, with the internervular vein-spaces beyond shortly filled

with black, descending in a cloudy oblique band into the

tornus ; the lower margin of the cell has a black dash below

it up to vein 2; apical area blackish, with a trace of a small

Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. AT5

white patch at the apex: secondaries with a broad blackish

termen, with a slight bronzy-green hue in certain lights.

Underside: both wings dirty greenish: primaries with a

short, very pale bluish costal dash at the base, with two spots

across the middle of the cell outlined with blackish, and a

larger similar spot at the end of the cell; a trace of a curved

postmedian stripe between vein 4 and the inner margin; apex

with a small white patch: secondaries with two darkly

encircled spots across the middle of the cell, the lower one at

times obscure; inner marginal area with yellowish tawny

~hairs.

Expanse 72 mm.

Hab. Makala, Congo Free State, June 1906.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Euryphene cottont, sp. n.

3. Both wings blackish brown and tawny in alternate

stripes and spotted rows: primaries with three cell-spots (a

small one at the base, a large twin spot in the middle, a large

black one at the end), between each of them is a waved

black line; beyond the cell is a large, indefinite, irregular

spot confluent with an obliquely receding black-spotted row,

which is succeeded by a slightly oblique broad dark band

interrupted at the veins and angled to the costa about vein 6;

from here to the termen the wing is blackish brown, with a

subterminal row of large blackish spots surrounded with

tawny: secondaries with the base more or less dark; a

figure-8 spot in the cell, which is closed by a narrow oblong

dash with tawny centre; a broad median tawny band,

followed by a broad curved dark band tapering somewhat

towards the inner margin; a postmedian curved row of large

black spots broadly surrounded with tawny; a broadish,

definite, black, scalloped, subterminal line; termen broadly

dusky tawny. Underside : both wings pale ochreous

brownish, with all the markings of the upperside more or less

repeated in a modified form: in the secondaries the post-

median row of large spots is replaced by a series of fine dark

dashes.

9. Both wings paler brown, with the tawny marks

replaced by dusky ochreous, whilst in the primaries the

oblique postmedian tawny band is replaced by a similar con-

spicuous oblique band of clear pale ochreous, and in the

secondaries the outer median area 1s very broadly and indefi-

nitely of the same colour.

Expanse, ¢ 60, 9 74 mm.

476 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

Hab. Makala, March; Beni-Mawambe, February 1906 ;

and other localities.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Allied to #. severini, Auriv.

Deistogyna unopunctata, sp. n.

3. Both wings tawny ochreous, with dark spots and

markings. Primaries with a large spot in the middle and at

the end of the cell, preceded in each case by a dark dash; a

dark spot beyond the end of the cell ; a median row of three

internervular spots below the angle of veins 4, 3, and 2; a

postmedian row of dark spots followed by a second somewhat

obscure similar row ; termen with a trace of dark inter-

nervular dashes: secondaries with base dark; a darkly out-

lined spot closing the cell; a postmedian dark band, followed

by a row of dark spots; termen broadly dark, preceded by a

row of dark scallops. Underside: both wings more or less

ochreous brownish, pinkish in parts: primaries with a dark

spot across the middle of the cell and a paler one at the end,

followed by a darker one, beyond which is a little pinkish

scaling ; a waved postmedian row of dark points, the three

uppermost ones with fine whitish internal edging, the upper-

side marks more or less showing through : secondaries with

a large velvety chocolate spot in the cell surrounded by-

pinkish scales; a postmedian row of white points ; upperside

markings showing through slightly.

Expanse 52 mm.

Hab. Mawamba-Makala, Congo Free State, March 1906.

In the collection of Major Powell- Cotton.

Diestogyna mawamba, sp. n.

¢. Both wings very dark brown, with an indigo-bluish

suffusion in certain lights: primaries with two large dark

spots in the cell at the middle and end, preceded by a dark

dash ; a largish dark spot beyond the end of the cell vam

internervular irregular dash below the angle of vein 3, with a

second below vein 2; a postmedian waved row of dark spots,

followed by a subterminal one: secondaries with the area

below and beyond the cell very dark, above the cell and

beyond paler brownish, all markings most obscure ; a trace

of a postmedian row of dark spots followed by a trace of

a subterminal row of dark dashes. Underside with base

of primaries darkish brown to beyond the cell, area beyond

ochreous ; the spots of the upperside show through in’ the

cell; postmedian area irrorated more or less with grey; a

Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 477

postmedian row of dark points, the lower ones in obscure

indefinite spots ; a subterminal scalloped dark line; termen

rusty red, expanding inwards at the radial area: secondaries

with base dark rusty red, with a small yellowish patch above

the cell; a small dark spot in the cell; postmedian area

ochreous, very strongly suffused nearly all over and to the

termen with crimson and rusty red, the markings being most

obscure ; a trace of a postmedian scalloped row of markings,

followed by a definite row of strongly scalloped dashes filled

in internally with grey.

@. Primaries with base and area below the cell tawny

almost to the tornus, upper and terminal areas blackish

brown ; the usual spots in the cell as in the ¢; an irregular,

pure white, oblique, broadish dash from the costa beyond the

cell to vein 2; a subapical curved row of four white dots:

secondaries tawny, with base slightly darker, edged with a

fine dark strongly serrated line; a trace of a row of post-

median spots ; a subterminal dark row of strongly scalloped

markings, with a dark spot preceding each of the scallops ;

termen brownish. Underside: primaries entirely dark brown,

with the cell-marks just visible and the white markings very

prominent : secondaries with base entirely dark to the end of

the cell, very irregularly terminated; beyond this the wing

is dirty straw-coloured; termen brownish to vein 3, pale

area irrorated with grey, with a postmedian row of white

points, and the upperside scallops showing very slightly

through.

Expanse, ¢ 56, 9 62 mm.

Hab. Mawamba-Makala, Congo Free State, March 1906.

d in the Powell-Cotton collection, ? in my collection.

1 believe I am right in allocating my female to Major

Powell-Cotton’s male.

Deistogyna luteostriata, sp. n.

&. Both wings brown, with pale ochreous stripes and with

the various brown spots and markings edged more or less

finely with pale ochreous: primaries with three large cell-

spots, with a fourth just beyond the cell; a broad oblique

brown band from the end of the cell to the inner margin

before its middle, this band is deeply invaded with pale

ochreous about its centre; beyond this are two large brown

spots below vein 2; a subterminal row of large inter-

nervular spots slightly curved ending at vein 2: secondaries

with a basal and a median pale ochreous oblique stripe; a sub-

terminal row of large spots edged broadly with pale ochreous ;

478 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

a second subterminal smaller row edged externally with

a very obscure subochreous line. Underside pale ochreous

brownish in both wings for the basal half, edged with a pale

indefinite line ; beyond this the wings are paler ochreous, with

the dark patches of the upperside more or less showing

through, and in both wings a postmedian and a subterminal

row of pale spots, waved in the primaries and curved in

the secondaries.

Expanse 59 mm.

Hab. Beni-Mawambe, Congo Free State, February 1906.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Charaxes W-brunnea, sp. n.

g. Both wings pearly greenish white: primaries with the

costa narrowly pale greyish brown ; apex broadly black, with

a single pearly greenish-white spot; termen blackish, of

moderate width, the underside markings showing through in

the median area and in the subterminal area: secondaries

spotless, with the tail and anal angle up to vein 4 brownish.

Underside greenish white, more green than white: primaries

with a transverse broad dark band from the costa to about

vein 2 across the end of cell; a subterminal, angled, waved

brownish line, somewhat spotted: secondaries with a very

broad dark V-shaped basal mark nearly into the anal angle

and up across the end of the cell to the costa, the combination

on the two wings forming a perfect W; anal angle and tail

dark brown ; subterminal line brownish, somewhat spotted.

Eixpanse 59 mm.

Hab. Mawamba-Makala, March 1906.

In the Powell-Cotton collection.

Celenorrhinus nigropunctata, sp. n.

¢. Primaries dark brown, covered more or less with sub-

ochreous scales; a large, broad, irregular, yellow hyaline

patch across the outer half of the cell, with a small yellow

spot above it on the costa and a double spot about its middle

from the lower margin to vein 1a; three small spots below

the costa a quarter from the apex; a yellow dash between

veins 2 and 4; a small subbasal dot just above vein 1a; all

the markings are hyaline and orange-yellowish: secondaries

dark brown, with subochreous suffusion ; a black irregular

basal band; a similar very irregular and interrupted median

band, and a similar more interrupted postmedian band; veins

from here to termen black, termen bioadly blackish. Under-

side: primaries as above, but with costa yellow up to end of ~

Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 449

hyaline patch, and inner margin yellow: secondaries black,

with costa bright orange, with two spots confluent with costa

(one at its middle, a second near the end) ; a subochreous

and obscure spot in the cell ; a waved, obscure, subochreous

median row of four spots; a similar. postmedian row of five

or six spots, these are more obscure except a twin pair below

vein 2.

Expanse 40 mm.

Hab. Makala, Congo Free State, May 1906.

In the Powell-Cotton collection.

Celenorrhinus bent, sp. n.

&. Both wings black, more or less suffused with orange-

tawny scales: primaries with a deep yellowish hyaline patch,

very irregular from the costa over the outer half of the cell

nearly into the tornus, invaded considerably below vein 2 by

the ground-colour ; a confluent subapical small patch formed

by three spots coalescing; a subterminal small twin spot

across vein 5; a wedge-shaped dash shifted inwards between

veins 2 and 3: secondaries with the costa to vein 7 black,

the rest of the wing bright orange-tawny ; a subapical orange

band invading the black costal area, and extending some-

what down the termen as a spotted row; an orange line

closing the cell. Underside sooty brown: primaries with all

the hyaline spots showing through: secondaries slightly

suffused with tawny ; a yellowish spot in the cell, which is

closed by a yellowish dash ; fringes orange, interrupted at

the veins. In some specimens there is on the underside of

the secondaries a postmedian row of yellowish spots roughly

parallel with the termen.

9. Similar to the male, but duller, and on the secondaries

instead of being as in the male there is a row of four sub-

terminal spots from vein 7 to 4.

Expanse, ¢ 44, 9 54 mm.

Hab. Makala-Beni, Congo Free State, July 1906.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Osmodes cottont, sp. n.

&. Both wings bright orange-tawny : primaries with

basal area dark; a black dash in the cell and a broad deep

black dash beyond the cell two-thirds to the termen ; margin

below vein la black, on the half of internervular space

between la and 2 black, with a patch of obscure orange

scales near the termen ; subterminal area darker in colour ;

480 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new

termen rather narrowly black: secondaries with the costa

blackish to the cell; cell covered with deep blood-red scales ;

termen finely black, inner marginal fold black. Underside

blackish, with a slightly superficial tawny hue, the orange

areas of the upperside showing definitely through: second-

aries dark tawny, termen and inner marginal fold blackish,

tornus broadly blackish; a broad orange-tawny band in the

postmedian area; four prominent small white spots (one

below vein 8 two-thirds along it, another below vein 2 with

a yellow spot below it, one at the end of the cell, another in

a line with it below vein 6); all these white spots are

encircled with black.

Expanse 34 mm.

Hab. Makala, June and July 1906.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Parnara anelia, sp. n.

$. Both wings dirty brown, with hyaline spots: primaries

with a spot below the angle of vein 3 and a smaller one in

the angle; a minute dot further out above vein 4; a dot

shifted a little inwards above 7, with a minute dot above it:

secondaries with a short, transverse, postmedian series of

four dots from vein 2 to 6; fringes greyish. Underside:

both wings tinged with greyish, with the hyaline spots as

above.

Exxpanse 32 mm.

Hab. Mawamba-Makala, March 1906.

In the Powell-Cotton collection.

Pandaleodes makala, sp. n.

@. Primaries blackish, with hyaline spots, two near the

end of the cell, a larger one below them further outwards

below vein 3, a small one above its upper angle, a small one

yet further out between veins 4 and 5, and three subeostal

ones rather nearer the cell; a trace of a yellowish spot

below the large one between veins 2 and 3, this is occasionally

absent: secondaries, base black to half the cell ; costa black

to vein 6, extending down the termen to about or below

vein 5; a black dash from the base to nearly halfway to the

termen, inner marginal fold black. Underside: primaries

black, tawny in the cell and beyond nearer the costa; hyaline

spots as above; yellow spot below vein 2 prominent, with

a yellowish indefinite dash to the tornus: secondaries pale

straw-colour ; costa dark brown, interrupted before the apex ;

Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 481

an irregular jagged broad: band across the end of the cell to

vein 1a; adark patch just below the apex; the least trace

of a postmedian line; a trace of a terminal scalloped row.

Expanse 38 mm.

Hab. Makala, May to July.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Ceratrichia hollandi, sp. n.

3. Primaries blackish, with a small spot at the end of the

cell; two smaller ones below each other near the apex below

veins 8 and 7; a minute one below 6 nearer the termen,

another shifted inwards below 5 and another more inwards

below 4: secondaries with base and costa to vein 6 blackish

up to termen, rest of wing lemon-yellow, becoming slightly

orange at the termen. Underside: primaries blackish, tawny

yellowish along costa and in the apical area, all the spots

of the upper surface showing through and encircled with

black ; secondaries lemon-yellow, with costa narrowly brown

and @ brown patch at the apex; a brown dot at the end

of the cell, with a brown spot above it and another below

it; two spots on the inner edge of the apical patch ; a spot in

the middle of the fold and a small dot near the termen below

vein 3; most of the spots have yellow pupils.

Expanse 388 mm.

Hab. Fort Portal, January 8, 1906.

In the Powell-Cotton collection.

Ceratrichia paucipunctata, sp. 1.

3. Both wings uniform very dark brown : primaries with

a small white dot at the end of the cell, another between

veins 2 and 3 at athird along, yet another shifted slightly

outwards between 3 and 4, and a fourth between veins 6

and 7: secondaries spotless. Underside as upperside.

Expanse 36 mm.

Hab, Toro, Kisindi Road, January 1906; Makala, June.

In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton.

Andronymus fenestrella, sp. n.

g. Primaries sooty blackish, with a hyaline spot in the

angle of vein 2, a small one near the angle of vein 3, and

three hyaline dots in triangular position below the costa

about a third from the apex : secondaries sooty blackish,

with a large subbasal median area of hyaline surrounded and

intersected with pale straw-yellow; a pale yellowish dash

482 Mr..C. T. Regan on the British and

along the fold; the sexual pencil of long hairs pale buff

tipped with grey.

Expanse 32 mm.

Hab. Makala-Beni, Congo Free State, July 1906.

In the Powell-Cotton collection.

LXII.—A Revision of the British and Irish Fishes of the

Genus Coregonus. By C. Tate Reagan, M.A.

Four species of Coregonus have usually been recognized as

pertaining to the British fauna, viz.: C. ovyrhynchus, Linn.,

the migratory Houting, which is common on the coasts and in

the rivers of continental Europe from Scandinavia to Holland,

and is occasionally captured in our southern and eastern

counties; C. clupeoides, Lacep., the Powan of Loch Lomond,

Schelly of Ullswater and Haweswater, and Gwyniad of Bala

Lake; C.- pollan, Thomps., the Pollan of Ireland; and

CO. vandesius, Richards., the Vendace of Lochmaben.

Two years ago I described the Vendace of Derwentwater

and Bassenthwaite as a new species, C. gracilior, differing

from the Lochmaben Vendace in the more elongate body and

more slender caudal peduncle, smaller head, shorter paired

and lower unpaired fins, and in usually having a ray more 1n

the dorsal fin. My description was based on five specimens ;

eight more are now in the British Museum collection, and

agree well enough with the types, but the differences from

C. vandesius are so slight that it may be best to recognize

C. gracilior as a subspecies only.

A fine series of the Pollan of Lough Erne show that, as

observed by Yarrell, this fish has usually a deeper body than

the Lough Neagh Pollan; also, as a rule, there is a scale

more between the lateral line and the base of the pelvic fin.

These and other slight differences are here recognized by

describing the Lough Erne fish as a new subspecies of

C. pollan under the name C. altior. The Pollan of the lakes

of the Shannon system has already received the name

QO. elegans from Thompson; it is here regarded as a second

subspecies, differing from the typical C. pollan in the shorter

maxillary and also in having the scales usually more nume-

rous, especially when counted in a transverse series or round

the caudal peduncle.

I have examined two spirit-specimens of the Loch Lomond

Trish Fishes of the Genus Corego.us. 483

Powan (C. clupeoides, Lacep.), and have compared with them

a good series of the Schelly of Ullswater and Haweswater,

which is very similar, but differs at least in having more

scales round the caudal peduncle (22 to 24 instead of 20 or 21),

whilst the head and interorbital region are somewhat

broader ; the presence of small blackish spots on the sides,

which are very variable, sometimes extending all over the

head and body and on to the vertical fins, suggest the new

subspecific name stigmaticus for this form. The Gwyniad of

Bala Lake (C. pennantii, Val.) is a better defined race ; when

compared with Powan or Scbelly of the same size the eye is

seen to be rather larger, and consequently the maxillary

extends a little beyond instead of to the vertical from the

anterior edge of the eye, except in one very large specimen

(400 mm.) ; the scales in a transverse series are usually more

numerous, the anal fin usually longer, and the interorbital

region somewhat narrower than in the Powan or the Schelly.

Synopsis of the Species and Subspecies.

I. Lower jaw projecting.

Depth of body 23 to 44 in the length; caudal peduncle

1 to 14 as long as deep. Dorsal fin with 7 to 9

branched rays, the longest from } to as long as

the head; pectoral extending # to ¢ of the dis-

tance from its base to that of the pelvics ...... 1. vandesius,

Depth of body 4 to 5 in the length ; caudal peduncle

13 to 2 as long as deep. Dorsal fin with 8 to 10

branched rays, the longest 3 to } the length of

head ; pectoral extending 3 to nearly $ of the dis-

tance from its base to that of the pelvics........ la. gracthor.

II. Jaws equal anteriorly.

Depth of body 33 to 43 in the length ; maxillary ex-

tending to below anterior 3 of eye or beyond, its

length 2 to 3 of the length of head; 74 to 9 scales

between lateral line and base of pelvic fin, 19 to

22 round the caudal peduncle .......+sseeeees 2. pollan.

Depth of body 33 to 4 in the length ; maxillary ex-

tending to below anterior 3 or anterior 3 of eye,

its length from a little more than 7 to a little less

than i of the length of head; 83 to 10 scales

between lateral line and base of pelvic fin, 21 to

94 round the caudal peduncle ......++sseeeee 2a, altior.

Depth of body 33 to 45 in the length ; maxillary ex-

tending to below anterior 7 of eye, its length % to

2 the length of head; 8 to 10 scales between

lateral line and base of pelvic fin, 22 to 26 round

the caudal peduncle... ....:.ssereeereeeeeans . 2b, elegans,

484 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British and

III. Lower jaw included within the upper.

A. Snout vertically truncated.

Anal fin with 9 to 11 branched rays; 73 to 84 scales

between lateral line and base of pelvic fin, 20 or 21

round the caudal peduncle; interorbital width 33

to 32 in the length of head. .:......scsceseeu 3. clupeordes.

Anal fin with 10 to 12 branched rays; 7 to 82 scales

between lateral line and base of pelvic fin, 22 to

24 round the caudal peduncle ; interorbital width

3 to 33. in the length of head 2.2... .2..0:12s6 3a. stigmaticus.

Anal fin with 11 to 13 branched rays; 8 to 10 (usually 9)

scales between lateral line and base of pelvic fin,

22 to 24 round the caudal peduncle; interorbital

width 3% to 32 in the length of head .......... 3b. pennantii.

B., Snout produced, conicals,<... 5.6 ae wee 4. oxyrhynchus.

1. Coregonus vandesius, Richards.

THE VENDACE.

Coregonus vandesius, Giinth. Cat. Fish. vi. p. 194 (1866) ; Day, Fish.

Britain, ii. p. 128, pl. cxxiii. fig. 1 (1884); Regan, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 1906, p. 180.

Depth of body 32 to 44 in the length, length of head 44

to 42. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3}

to 8$in the length of head ; interorbital width 34 to 4 in the

length of head. Lower jaw projecting; maxillary extending

to below anterior + of eye, its length about 4 the length of

head. 26 to 30 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior

arch. 63 to 72 scales in a longitudinal series, 74 to 9ina

transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 6 or

7 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin, 20 to 22 round

the caudal peduncle. Dorsal with 7 to 9 branched rays ;

origin nearly equidistant from end of snout and base of

caudal fin; longest ray from ? to as long as the head. Anal

with 9 to 12 branched rays. Pectoral extending 2 to 2 of

the distance from its base to the pelvics, which are inserted

below or a little behind the origin of the dorsal. Caudal

peduncle 1 to 14 as long as deep, its least depth ? or a little

more than ? the length of head. Silvery or golden, back

greenish blue; fins pale or dusky.

Castle Loch and Mill Loch, Lochmaben, Dumfriesshire.

Seventeen examples, measuring up to 195 mm. in total

length; only two of these have 9 branched rays in the dorsal

fin.

Inish Fishes of the Genus Coregonus. 485

Subsp. a. Coregonus gractlior.

Tue DERWENTWATER VENDACE.

Coregonus gracilior, Regan, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 1906,

p- 181, pl. vii.

Depth of body 4 to 5 in the length, length of head 4} to 5.

Snout nearly as long as or shorter than eye, the diameter of

which is 33 to 4 in the length of head and nearly equal to

the interorbital width. Lower jaw projecting; maxillary

extending to below the anterior } of eye, its length about $

the length of head. 25 to 29 gill-rakers on the lower part of

the anterior arch. 6 to 72 scales in a longitudinal series, 7

or 8 in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral

line, 6 or 7 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin, 17 to

21 round the caudal peduncle. Dorsal with 8 to 10 branched

rays; origin equidistant from end of snout and base of caudal

or a little nearer the former; longest ray 3 to # the length of

head. Anal with 9 toll branched rays. Pectoral extending

from 3 to nearly 2 of the distance frow its base to the pelvics,

which are inserted below or a little behind the origin of the

dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 to 2 as long as deep, its least

depth 4 to 2 the length of head. Silvery, back bluish; fins

pale.

Derwentwater and Bassenthwaite Lakes, Cumberland.

_ Thirteen specimens, measuring up to 190 mm. in total

length ; two of these have been presented by Mr. 8. Venour,

four are in the Keswick Museum, and the remainder have

been received from Mr. H. A. Beadle. ‘I'wo have 10 branched

rays in the dorsal fin, eight 9, and three 8.

2. Coregonus pollan.

THE POLLAN.

Coregonus pollan, Thompson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, p. 77; Giinth. Cat.

Fish. vi. p. 194 (1866); Day, Fish. Britain, i. p, 129, pl. cxxiii.

fig. 2 (1884).

Depth of body 33 to 44 in the length, length of head 43 to

5. Snout as long as ora little shorter than eye, the diameter

of which is 4 to 42 in the length of head ; interorbital width

34 to 34 in the length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly ;

maxillary extending to below anterior 4 of eye or beyond, its

length # to 4 the length of head. 22 to 26 gill-rakers on

the lower part of anterior arch. 74 to 86 scales in a longi-

tudinal series, 8 to 10 in a transverse series from origin of

dorsal fin to lateral line, 74 to 9 between lateral line and base

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, i. 35

486 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British and

of pelvic fin, 19 to 22 round the caudal peduncle. Dorsal fin

with 9 to 11 branched rays, its origin nearer to end of snout

than to base of caudal fin; longest ray about % the length of

head. Anal with 8 to 11 branched rays. Pectoral extending

about + the distance from its base to that of the pelvics, »

which are inserted below or a little in advance of the middle

of the dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 to 24 as long as deep, its

least depth from less than $ to nearly 3 the length of head.

Silvery, back darker ; dorsal and caudal blackish ; pelvics

and anal usually blackish, except at the base ; pectoral

usually blackish at the tip.

Lough Neagh, Ulster, Ireland.

Thirty-five examples, 180 to 260 mm. in total length.

Dr. Scharff has kindly sent me on loan a specimen taken

in the Estuary of the Foyle, which had no doubt gone down

the Bann from Lough Neagh, perhaps during a flood.

Subsp. a. Coregonus altior, subsp. n.

Tne LouGH ERNE POLLAN.

Depth of body 84 to 4 in the length, length of head 43

to 5. Snout as long as or longer than eye, the diameter of

which is 44 to 52 in the length of head ; interorbital width 3

to 84 in the length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxil-

lary extending to below anterior { or anterior 4 of eye, its

leneth from a little more than 7 to a little less than 4 the

length of head. 24 to 26 gill-rakers on the lower part of the

anterior arch. 74 to 88 scales in a longitudinal series, 9 or 10

in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line,

84 to 10 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin, 21 to 24

round the caudal peduncle. Dorsal with 9 or 10 branched

rays, its origin usually nearer to end of snout than to base of

caudal; longest ray about 3 the length of head. Anal with

8 to 10 branched rays. Pectoral extending about 3 of the

distance from its base to that of the pelvics, which are inserted

below the middle of the dorsal. Caudal peduncle 13 to 12

as long as deep, its least depth from a little more than 4 to a

little less than 4 the length of head. Coloration as in

C. pollan.

Lough Erne, Fermanagh, Ireland.

Fourteen spirit-specimens, 230 to 330 mm. in total length,

presented during the last three years by Major H. Trevelyan,

and two skins from Thompson’s collection, received on loan

from the Belfast Museum.

Trish Fishes of the Genus Coregonus. 487

Of these sixteen examples thirteen have 9 scales between

the lateral line and the base of the pelvic fin.

Although not so abundant as the Pollan in Lough Neagh,

this form is fairly plentiful, and I am informed by Major

Trevelyan that it has been netted for the market for some

oe fetching 10d. per lb. in England and 8d. per Ib. in

elfast.

Subsp. b. Coregonus elegans.

THe SHANNON POLLAN.

Coregonus clupeotdes (non Lacep.), Thompson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,

ii. 1839, pp. 266 & 421, pl. xvi. fig. 4.

Coregonus elegans, Thompson, ¢. ¢. p. 422.

Depth of body 32 to 44 in the length, length of head 43

to 5. Snont as long as or longer than eye, the diameter of

_ which is 44 to 6 in the length of head; interorbital width 3

to 34 in the length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxil-

lary extending to below anterior } of eye, its length } to 4

the length of head. 24 to 28 gill-rakers on the lower part of

the anterior arch. 78 to 92 scales in a longitudinal series,

9 to 11 in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to

lateral line, 8 to 10 between lateral line and base of pelvic

fin, 22 to 26 round the caudal peduncle. Dorsal with 10 or

11 branched rays, its origin nearer to end of snout than to

base of caudal fin; longest ray about 2 the length of head.

Anal with 8 to 10 branched rays. Pectoral extending 3 or

a little less than 3 of the distance from its base to that of the

pelvies, which are imserted below the middle of the dorsal.

Caudal peduncle 14 to 13 as long as deep, its least depth

from a little more than } to a little less than $ the length of

head. Coloration as in C. pollan.

Lakes of the Shannon System, Ireland.

Eleven specimens from Loughs Ree and Derg, 210 to

960 mm. in total length—one a dried skin, the only one of

Thompson’s examples of this form which has been preserved,

lent by the Belfast Museum ; one received on loan from the

Dublin Museum; the others recently acquired from Mr. Frank

Browne (five), Mr. E. W. L. Holt (presented two), and

Harrod’s Ltd. (presented two).

Of the eleven examples, seven have 10 scales between the

lateral line and the base of the pelvic fin, three have 9, and

one 8.

This fish is now scarce, but Mr. H. W. L. Holt writes me

that it was plentiful in Lough Ree previous to the drainage

of the Shannon in 1845-6.

30”

488 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British and —

A specimen said, on rather doubtful authority, to have come

from Lough Corrib is in every way similar to those from the

Shannon.

According to some of my correspondents, Pollan are found

in the Lakes of Killarney, but they have not been able to

send me any, and it is possible that Shad have been mistaken

for them. Mr. E. W. L. Holt writes me that he tried the

lake with suitable nets, but got no Pollan, and he does not

think there are any there. Day (Fish. Britain, nu. p. 129)

says that in 1852 a Mr. Ffennell exhibited specimens of

Pollan from Lough Neagh and from Killarney to the Dublin

Natural History Society. I am indebted to Mr. A. R.

Nichols for the original report of this exhibition, which

appeared in ‘ Saunders’s News-Letters,’ Tuesday, June 15,

1852, and which reads as follows:—‘‘ The usual monthly

meeting was held on Thursday [June 10th} ;—Mr. Ffennell

jroduced specimens of the Pollan taken in November, 18951,

in Lough Neagh and some taken in Killarney the 8th May

last and observed on the difficulty of touching them without

yemoving the scales. He directed the attention of the

meeting to the difference in shape of the head and gill cover

of the specimens from the two localities.”

3. Coregonus clupeoides,

THE PoWAN.

Coregonus clupeoides, Lacep. Hist. Nat. Poiss. v. p. 698 (1803).

Coregonus cepedei, Parnell, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. i. 1838, p. 162, fig.

Coregonus microcephalus, Parnell, t. c. p. 163, fig.

Coregonus clupeoides (part.), Giinth, Cat. Fish. vi. p. 188 (1866); Day,

Fish, Britain, ii. p. 127 (1884).

Depth of body 44 to 44 in the length, length of head 43

to 42. Snout as long as or a little longer than eye, the

diameter of which is 44 to 44 in the length of head ; inter-

orbital width 34 to 32 in the length of head. Snout vertically

truncated, with the lower jaw included within the upper ;

maxillary extending to the vertical from the anterior edge of

eye, its length } or a little more than 7 the length of head.

90 or 21 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

76 to 84 scales in a longitudinal series, 8 or 9 in a transverse

series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 75 to 83 be-

tween lateral line and base of pelvic fin, 20 or 21 round the

caudal peduncle. Dorsal fin with 9 to 11 branched rays;

origin nearer to end of snout than to base of caudal fin ;

longest ray # to % the length of head. Anal with 9 to 11

branched rays. Pectoral # to ~ the length of head, ex-

Irish Fishes of the Genus Coregonus. 489

tending from a little more than 3 to 3 of the distance from

its base to the pelvics, which are inserted below or in advance

of the middle of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 13 to 1? as long

as deep, its least depth 2 or a little more than 4 the length of

head. Silvery, back darker; fins blackish.

Loch Lomond, Scotland.

Two spirit-specimens, 280 and 300 mm. in total length,

recently presented by Mr. W. L. Calderwood, ‘and sixteen

skins from Dr, Parnell’s collection. |

Of these eighteen examples, four have 9 branched rays in

the anal fin, seven 10, and seven 11.

Subsp. a. Coregonus stigmaticus, subsp. n.

“THE SCHELLY.

Coregonus clupeoides (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. vi. p. 188, fig. (1866) ;

Day, Fish. Britain, ii. p. 127 (1884).

Depth of body 34 to 44 in the length, length of head 44

to 43. Snout as long as or a little longer than eye, the

diameter of which is 44 to 42 in the length of head ; inter-

orbital width 3 to 3} in the length of head. Snout vertically

truncated, with the lower jaw included within the upper 5

maxillary extending to the vertical from anterior edge of eye,

its length about } the length of head. 22 to 28 gill-rakers

on the lower part of the anterior arch. 72 to 86 scales in a

longitudinal series, 9 or 10 in a transverse series from origin

of dorsal fin to lateral line, 7 to 84 between lateral line and

base of pelvic fin, 22 to 24 round the caudal peduncle,

Dorsal fin with 9 to 11 branched rays; origin nearer to end

of snout than to base of caudal fin; longest ray ? to % the

length of head. Anal with 10 to 12 branched rays, Pectoral

3 to % the length of head, extending from a little more than

4 to more than 3 of the distance from its base to the base ot

pelvics, which are inserted below the middle of the dorsal.

Caudal peduncle longer than deep, its least depth 4 to 2 the

length of head. Silvery, back darker ; back and sides with

more or less distinct small blackish spots ; similar spots some-

times present on the head and in transverse series on the

dorsal and caudal fins ; fins blackish.

Hab. Haweswater, Cumberland, and Ullswater, West-

moreland.

Twelve spirit-specimens, 220 to 340 mm. in total length,

several of which have been recently presented by the Karl of

Lonsdale, and a skin from Yarrell’s collection.

in the anal fin, two 11, and one 12; seven have 8 scales

490 British and Irish Fishes of Coregonus.

between the lateral line and the base of the pelvic fin, four 73,

one 7, and one 83.

Subsp. b. Coregonus pennantii.

THE GWYNIAD.

Coregonus pennantii, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xxi. p. 507 (1848).

Coregonus clupeoides (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. vi. p. 188 (1866) ;

Day, Fish. Britain, ii. p. 127, pl. exxii. (1884).

Depth of body 32 to 4} in the length, length of head 44

to 5. Snout nearly as long as or a little longer than eye,

the diameter of which is 3% to 54 in the length of head ; inter-

orbital width 34 to 32 in the length of head. Snout vertically

truncated, with the lower iaw included within the upper;

maxillary extending to or a little beyond the vertical from

the anterior edge of eye; 21 to 23 gill-rakers on the lower

part of the anterior arch. 76 to 90 scales in a longitudinal

series, 9 or 10 in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin

to lateral line, 8 to 10 between lateral line and base of pelvic

fin, 22 to 24 round the caudal peduncle. Dorsal fin with 10

branched rays ; origin nearer to end of snout than to base of

caudal fin; longest ray # to + the length of head. Anal with

11 to 13 branched rays. Pectoral 4 to } the length of head,

extending from a little more than 4 to a little less than 3 of

the distance from its base to that of the pelvics, which are

inserted below the middle of the dorsal. Caudal peduncle

longer than deep, its least depth 4 or a little more than 4 the

leneth of head. Silvery, back darker ; fins blackish.

Lake Bala, Merionethshire.

Six spirit-specimens, 210 to 400 mm. in total length, four

of which have been recently presented by Sir Watkin Wynn

and Mr. William Owen, and a skin from Jardine’s collection.

Of these seven examples, four have 11 branched rays in the

anal fin, two 12, and one 13; five have 9 scales between the

lateral line and the base of the pelvic fin, one 8, and one 10.

4, Coregonus oxyrhynchus, Linn. |

THE Houtina.

Coregonus oxyrhynchus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. vi. p. 188 (1866); Day,

Fish. Britain, p. 126, pl. exxi. fig. 2 (1884),

Hab. Coasts and rivers of Europe from Scandinavia to

Holland.

This species attains a length of 400 mm. and is often seen

on the London market ; Day records it from Lincolnshire,

the Medway, and Chichester.

A new Squirrel from Burmah. 491

LXIIT.—A new Squirrel from Burmah.

By R. C. WRouGHTON.

Tue Natural-History Museum has recently received from

Capt. A. W. Kemmis, Burma Military Police, a specimen of

a squirrel so distinct in coloration from any other known

form that I think it deserves to be described and named.

Sciurus kemmisi, sp. n.

A squirrel about the size of S. haringtont, Thos., or

S. blanfordi, Blyth, remarkable on account of the bright

colouring of its face.

Size as in S. blanford’. Fur close, of medium length ; on

the back, underfur 14-18 mm., longer hairs 25 mm, General

colour above “ olive,” finely grizzled with buffy ; individual

hairs of underfur “ blackish slate” at their bases for one-third

their length, then black with a narrow subterminal whitish

ring; longer hairs black, with three pale buff rings 3-£ mm.

wide dividing whole length into four black sections, each

4-5 mm.; below bright “ orange-rufous.” Face, as far as

back of eyes, throat, feet, and hands “ orange-rufous,” like

the belly. Tail finely banded black and buffy for most of its

length, individual hairs 40-45 mm. long, pale buff, with six

evenly placed black rings, each 4-5 mm. wide; colouring of

back above and belly below extending for only a very short

distance (35 mm.) along the tail. ‘Tip of tail coloured

entirely bright ‘ bay.”

Dimensions (from a dried skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 250 mm. ; tail (c.) 235; hind foot 46;

ear 18.

Hab. Katha, Upper Irrawadi.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 8. 8. 17. 3.

This very distinct and handsome species, which I have

much pleasure in naming after its collector, is probably most

nearly related to S. blanfordi and 8. haringtont. In both

these species the belly-colour is found extending on to the

feet and hands, but neither of them shows any trace of its

extension to the face, which is such a marked feature in the

present species. This character and the bay tail-tip serve to

distinguish S. kemmisi at a glance from any other species.

492 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

LXIV.—Diagnoses of new Fishes from the Upper Zambest.

By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

In the September number of these ‘Annals’ I had the

privilege of giving diagnoses of 12 new fishes from Lake

Nyassa. A further advance has since been made in our

knowledge of the fishes of the Zambesi System through the

exertion of Mr. T. Codrington, who on a recent visit to his

son, Mr. R. Codrington, Administrator of N.W. Rhodesia,

availed himself of the exceptional facilities afforded him

to make a very valuable collection of the fishes, which he

has presented to the British Museum. Seven species are

considered to be new and are here briefly characterized.

Further descriptions and figures of these will appear in the

British Museum ‘ Catalogue of African Freshwater Fishes,’

now in course of preparation.

Barbus victorie.

D.IV 8. A.IIL5. L. lat. 30. L. tr. 3.

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head

4} times. Snout rounded, 3 times in length of head, eye 5

times, interorbital width 24 times; mouth inferior, its width

3 times in length of head ; lower jaw with a nearly straight

sharp edge, covered with a thin horny sheath; lips rather

thick, papillose, lower restricted to the sides ; barbels 2 on

each side, anterior 4, posterior 4 diameter of eye. Last

simple ray of dorsal not enlarged, flexible, smooth, 14 length

of head; border of dorsal concave. Anal nearly reaching

caudal. Base of ventral below middle of dorsal. Caudal

peduncle as long asdeep. 23 scales between lateral line and

ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Pinkish brown above,

each scale blackish at the base, pinkish white beneath ; fin

dark grey.

Total length 320 mm.

A single specimen, from the gorge below the Victoria Falls,

Barbus codringtonii.

DOTIL:9. sASTIT 5.41 1s. date sale 2.

Depth of body 34 times in total length, length of head 4

times. Snout rounded, 3 times in length of head, eye

6 times, interorbital width 22 times; mouth inferior, its

width 3 times in length of head ; lips moderate, lower broadly

interrupted on the chin ; barbels 2 on each side, anterior 4,

Fishes from the Upper Zambest. 493

posterior 2 diameter of eye. Last simple ray of dorsal not

enlarged, flexible, smooth, 14 length of head; border of

dorsal concave. Anal reaching caudal. Base of ventral

below middle of dorsal. Caudal peduncle slightly longer

than deep. 2 scales between lateral line and ventral, 12

round caudal peduncle. Brown above, the scales blackish at

the base, pink on the sides, white beneath; dorsal and

ventrals yellow.

Total length 890 mm.

A single specimen from the Zambesi above the Victoria

Falls.

Barbus fairbairni,

D.U18. A:TIL5. L. lat. 34. L. tr. 3

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 4

times. Snout obtusely pointed, covered with horny tubercles

on tip and sides, 3 times in length of head, eye 5} times,

interorbital width 24 times; mouth inferior, its width 34

times in length of head ; lips moderately thick, lower restricted

to the sides ; barbels 2 on each side, equal, 4 diameter of

eye. Last simple ray of dorsal not enlarged, flexible, smooth,

as long as head; border of dorsal straight. Anal reaching

caudal. Base of ventral below middle of dorsal. Caudal

peduncle 14 times aslong as deep. 23 scales between lateral

line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Purplish brown

above, pinkish white beneath, the scales blackish at the base ;

fins purplish brown.

Total length 420 mm.

A single specimen, captured by Mr. Fairbairn in the gorge

below Victoria Falls along with the B. victorie described

above.

Barbus altidorsalis.

D1IE9. A, 115. UL. lat. 28. L. tr. 7

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 44

times. Snout rounded, 34 times in length of head, eye 5

times, interorbital width 24 times ; mouth inferior, its width

3 times in length of head ; lips thick, continuous across the

chin; barbels 2 on each side, equal, 4 diameter of eye.

Last simple ray of dorsal not enlarged, flexible, smooth,

anterior branched rays also much elongate, 13 length of

head, the fin deeply notched behind the third branched ray.

Anal reaching beyond base of caudal. Base of ventral below

middle of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1} times as long as deep.

494 On new Fishes from the Upper Zambest.

2 scales between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Brownish above, the scales darker at the base,

pink on the sides, white beneath; fins yellow, blackish towards

the edge.

Total length 360 mm.

A single specimen from the Kafue River, 250 miles from

Victoria Falls.

Barbus chilotes.

D. IIE 9-10. A. II 5. L, lat. 30-32. L. tr. 2.

Depth of body 34 times in total length, length of head 4

or 44 times. Snout rounded, about 3 times in length of

head, eye 34 to 5 times, interorbital width 24 to 22 times;

mouth inferior, its width 34 to4 times in length of head ;

both lips much developed, each more or less produced into an —

obtusely pointed median lobe ; barbels 2 on each side, posterior

nearly twice as long as anterior and a little shorter than eye.

Last simple ray of dorsal not enlarged, flexible, smooth, 14

length of head; border of dorsal concave. Anal reaching or

nearly reaching caudal. Base of ventral below middle of

dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 times as long as deep. 2 or 24

scales between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Pinkish brown above, the scales edged with

blackish, white beneath; fins dark grey.

Two specimens, 145 and 235 mm. long, from the

Maramba River, a tributary of the Zambesi two miles above

the Falls.

Paratilapia kafuensis.

D. XVI 15. A. IIL 12. Sq. 38 5. L. lat. =

Depth of body 23 times in total length, length of head 24

times. Head strongly compressed, with concave upper pro-

file; eye 5 times in length of head, 12 times in length of

snout ; maxillary extending to below anterior fourth of eye;

chin projecting; teeth very small, in 4 series; 8 series of

scales on the cheek; 12 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which

measures # length of head. Pectoral 3 length of head.

Caudal fin rounded. Caudal peduncle a little longer than

deep. Scales not denticulate. Pale brownish above, white

below, dotted and marbled with dark brown ; a dark oblique

band trom the eye to the maxillary ; a black opercular spot ;

dorsal and anal with round blackish spots.

Total length 240 mm.

A single specimen trom the Kafue River

On a new Pogonomys. 495

Paratilapia codringtoni.

D. XV 14-15. A. III 10. Sq. 35-364. L. lat. 2%

14-16"

Depth of body twice, or a little less than twice, in total

length, length of head 3 to 3} times. Hye 5 times in length

of head, 12 times in length of snout; maxillary not extending

to below anterior border of eye; jaws equal in front ; teeth

in 3 series, outer rather large; 4 or 5 series of scales on the

cheek ; 11 or 12 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which measures

a little more than } length of head; soft dorsal and anal

acutely pointed. Pectoral a little shorter than head. Caudal

peduncle much deeper than long. Scales not denticulate.

Brownish, darker on the back, the scales lighter in the centre,

a black opercular spot ; dorsal purplish, edged with orange ;

ventrals purplish ; anal and caudal orange.

Total length 300 mm. |

Three specimens from the Zambesi above Victoria Falls.

LXV.—A new Pogonomys presented to the British Museum

by Sir William Ingram. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

In a collection of mammals obtained by Mr. W. Stalker

while on the recent successful expedition sent out by

Sir William Ingram in search of living paradise-birds there

occur a number of specimens of the following new species of

Pogonomys :—

Pogonomys vates, sp. n.

Near P. lamia, Thos., but colour redder and teeth smaller.

Size medium. Fur soft and woolly, about 8 mm. in length

on the back. General colour above greyish ochraceous buff

or rufous, darkened on the back, clearer and more rufous on

the sides. Under surface pure white, the hairs white to their

bases. Muzzle rather lighter buffy. Whiskers very long

and numerous, 6-7 cm. in length. Eyes with a narrow

blackish rim. Ears naked, grey, fairly long, laid forward in

a spirit-specimen they reach to the centre of the eye, narrowly

oval, more or less pointed ; in P. lepidus they are shorter,

with more or less truncated ends. Outer sides of arms and

legs like body, inner sides white; hands and feet almost

naked, the sparse fine hairs white. Tail long, coarsely and

roughly scaled, with a fair number of minute hairs on it,

496 . Mr. O. Thomas. on a

although, of course, far more naked than in an average Mus ;

on the other hand, in P. depidus the tail is smooth and hair-

less, as in Uromys.

Skull very much as in P. lamia, except that the zygomata

are not so remarkably expanded outwards anteriorly, but are

of normal expansion; nasals rather narrower; palatal fora-

mina even more narrow and contracted, contrasting with the

more open ones of P. lepidus. Teeth of similar structure,

but markedly smaller, quite unusually small in proportion to

the size of the skull.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 120 mm.; tail 183; hind foot 25; ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 31:6; basilar length 25°5; zygo-

matic breadth 18; interorbital breadth 4°7; palatilar length

13°7 ; diastema 9; palatal foramina 4:2 x 1°5; upper molar ~

series 4°6.

Hab. Madeu, Upper St. Joseph’s R., about 50 miles N.E.

of Hall Sound, British New Guinea. Alt. 2000-8000’.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 8. 10. 8.7. Original num-

ber 585. Collected June 1908 by W. Stalker. Presented

by Sir William Ingram, Bart.

This species is most closely allied to P. lama, Thos:, but

is readily distinguishable by the more normal expansion of its

zygomata and its smaller teeth.

Mr. Stalker obtained together a large number of specimens

of this and P. lepidus, which he did not distinguish from

each other, and which are, indeed, so remarkably alike ex-

ternally that it needs a close examination of their tails and

ears to separate them. ‘Their size, proportions, and colour

are quite the same, but P. vates has a coarse-scaled tail with

a certain amount of hairs on it, so that it feels rough to a

hand passed along it from tip towards body, while the tail of

P. lepidus has smooth close-set scales without hairs, and

feels equally smooth whichever way it is stroked. »

LXVI.—A new Akodon from Tterra del Fuego.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

From our generous correspondent Mr. J. A. Wolffsohn, of

Valparaiso, we have recently received a tuco-tuco and a

mouse obtained by Dr. France in Tierra del Fuego. The

former may be referred to Ctenomys fueginus, Phil., but the

latter appears to be new, and may be called

new Akodon from Tierra del Fuego. ; 497

Akodon francet; sp. n.

A dark-coloured species of the long-skulled A. longipilis

group. Size rather less than in A. longipilis. Fur close

and fine, not excessively long considering that the specimen

+s a winter one from the far south; hairs of back about

10-11 mm. in length. General colour above slaty grey

(grey no. 4 of Ridgway), the middle dorsal area slightly

tinged with buffy, owing to the hairs having very narrow

subterminal buffy bands on them. In the allied species

A. longipilis, hirtus, and suffusus the bands are much

broader and the general colour of the whole upper surface is

therefore more strongly buffy. Head, neck, and sides nearly

pure slaty grey. Unger surface white, the hairs slaty

basally, with white tips, the line of demarcation on sides high

up and rather sharply defined, so as to give a strongly bicolor

aspect to the whole animal. Ears brown. Hands and feet

pure white; claws of normal proportions, not elongated as in

Chelemys. ‘Tail thickly hairy, conspicuously bicolor, sharply

defined blackish above, white below.

Skull in general proportions very similar to that of

A. suffusus, but rather larger and with a longer brain-case.

Outer plate of anteorbital foramen rather broader. Supra-

orbital edges similarly rounded ; interparietal minute.

Dimensions of the type (measured by Mr. Wolffsohn before

skinning, on the specimen preserved in brine) :—

Head and body 116 mm. (probably more in the flesh) ;

tail 80; hind foot 24 ; ear 13.

Skull: greatest length 30°3; basilar length 23; zygo-

matic breadth 13°6 ; nasals 11:5 ; interorbital breadth 5:2 ;

brain-case breadth 12°5 ; diastema 8; palatal foramina 674 ;

length of upper molar series 4°1.

Hab. Santa Maria, Tierra del Fuego.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8.11.19.1. Original

number 283. Collected 26th August, 1908, by Dr. France.

Presented by J. A. Wolffsohn, Esq.

This very striking species, which | have had much pleasure

in naming after its discoverer, Dr. France, is at once recog-

nizable by its dark olivaceous-grey colour, which contrasts

with its white belly and snowy-white feet, all the other three

species of the group being of a much paler grey, broadly

suffused with buffy. It is most nearly allied to A. suffusus,

which is similarly bicolor, but far less strongly contrasted,

and is no doubt the latter’s representative on the south side

of the Straits of Magellan.

498 Mr. G. P. Farran on

LXVII.—The Squirrels described as Sciurus steerii from

Balabac and Palawan. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

In 1876* Dr, Giinther described and figured two squirrels

collected by Dr. Steere on the islands of Balabac and Palawan

as Scturus steerti, he being under the impression that they

represented but a single species inhabiting the two islands.

Since then, however, a number of these squirrels have come

to Europe, and all those from Balabac prove to be precisely

identical with Dr, Giinther’s No. 1, from that island, while

all those from Palawan, although considerably more variable,

inter se, than the Balabac ones, agree in differing from the

latter by their browner, less rufous colour, their greyish sides,

and black-tipped tail, as described by Dr. Giinther under 2.

In belly-colour, however, they may be white or either

partially or wholly rufous.

‘This being the case, it is evident that the squirrels from

the two islands should be considered as distinct species, and

I would propose to restrict the name S. steerid to Dr. Gtinther’s

No. 1, the foremost figure on his plate, with its type

B.M. no. 76. 10. 4. 4, and to assign the name S. juvencus to

the Palawan species, described by Dr. Giinther under No. 2

and drawn in the background of his plate, its type being

B.M. no. 76. 10. 4. 3.

With regard to the variation in the belly-colour of S. ju-

vencus it is to be noticed that the greatest extremes, all white

and all red, are shown by specimens from the same place,

Puerto Princesa,

LXVIIT.—Note on the Copepod Genus Oithona. By G. P.

FarRAN, Department of Agriculture and 'l'echnical Instrue-

tion, Fisheries Branch, Dublin.

In going through some collections of Copepoda taken by the

Department of Agriculture’s cruiser ‘ Helga’ off the W. and

S.W. coasts of Ireland I have noticed the presence of two

species of the genus Ozthona which at first sight appear to be

VO. plumifera and O. setigera, but on a closer examination are

seen to possess some minute points of difference from those

species. As the local distribution of the members of this

* P. Z. 8S. 1876, p, 735, pl, lxix.

the Copepod Genus Oithona. 499

genus seems to be in great measure influenced by the salinity

of the water which they inhabit, and, consequently, their

correct determination a matter of importance when they occur

in collections of plankton made to show the correlation of

biological and hydrographical facts, it seems advisable to call

attention to the matter in a preliminary note.

The history of that section of the genus Ovthona to which

O. plumifera and O. setigera belong, characterized by a long

anteriorly directed rostrum visible in dorsal view, is briefly as

follows:—In 1843 Baiid* briefly described and named as

Oithona plumifera a copepod taken at the surface in lat. 3° 24!

N., long. 22°7' W. ‘The description was accompanied by a

rude figure of the animal in dorsal view. The only points

which can guide us to a discovery of what the animal really

was were the general form of the body, the length, shown as

a line 2 mm. long, the length of the first antenne, almost

equal to the body, and the presence of four plumose sete on

either side “attached to the sides of the insect”? (in reality

they are attached to the second basal joints of the swimming-

feet). |

In 1847 Dana described as Seribella scriba a specimen taken

by the United States Exploring Expedition ; but in 1852, in

a further account of the same collection, he withdrew the

name and referred the specimen to O. plumifera, Baird. He

gave at the same time a short description and a few figures of

O. plumifera, and also briefly described and figured a second

species, U. setegera, characterized by the sete on the second

basal joints of the swimming-feet being clavate at their

extremities instead of being plumose. Claus, in 1863 and

1866, described and figured, from Messina and Nizza,

O. spinirostris, which has been generally regarded as synony-

mous with O. plumifera, and which I shall reter to below.

In 1864 Boeck + described from the Christiania Fiord, under

the name of O. spinifrons, a species which several authors

(V. Breemen, G. O. Sars) believe to be identical with

O. plumifera, but which Giesbrecht refers, with a query, to

O. similis, Claus.

In the ‘ Challenger ’ Reports, 1883, Brady referred all the

specimens of Oithona which he met with to a new species,

OU. challengert. From the figures which he gives it appears

to resemble O. setigera very closely, as the third joint of the

exopodite of the first foot bears three outer-edge spines, the

* ‘Zoologist, vol. i. (1843).

+ Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. Christiania, I only know this paper through

Giesbrecht’s summary in Wiss. Unt, Deutschen Meere (Kiel, 1882).

500 Mr. G. P. Farran on

first maxilla has a moderate seta on the endopodite and the

mandible four seta on the endopodite. The figure of the

mandible (pl. xl. fig. 12) is wrongly referred to Zaus goodsiri

both in the explanation of the plate and the heading to the

species in the text, and there is no reference to it in the

description of O. challengert. ‘There can be no doubt, how-

ever, that it really belongs to O. challengert, as the mandible

of Z. goodsird is of a quite different form.

Finally, Giesbrecht, in 1892 *, redescribed and figured, for

the first time in sufficient detail, both O. plumifera and

O. setigera, the former of which he had met with in collections

from the Mediterranean and from the Atlantic, Pacific, and

Indian Oceans, and the latter from the Pacific.

He relied for his identification on the presence of plumose

or clavate outer-edge sete on the second basal of the swim- |

ming-feet of the respective species.

The following is a brief description of the two species

which, in addition to O. stmilis and O. nana, occur off the

west coast of Ireland. The allusions to O. plumifera and

O. setigera must be taken as referring to Griesbrecht’s

description of those species.

Oithona atlantica, sp. n.

Female.—Length 1°0-1'16 mm.

(ephalothorax of the same form as in O. plumifera, the

rostrum being as in that species in dorsal and lateral view.

Abdomen five-jointed, the proportional length of the joints

and the furca being 8: 20:10:9:11:7. Furcal setee as in

O. plumifera.

First antenna reaching almost to the end of the body.

Second antenna as in O. plumifera.

Mandible as in O. plumifera, except that the endopodite _

bears four subequal setz instead of three.

First maxilla as in O. plumifera, except that the endopodite

bears a seta about three times as long as itself. The second

inner lobe is only just indicated and bears no seta.

Second maxilla and maxillipede as in O. plumifera.

First foot as in O. plumifera, with two outer-edge spines

on the third joint of the exopodite; the outer-edge seta of

the second basal is, however, more slender and apparently not

feathered.

Second and third feet without an inner-edge seta on the

first basal joint; the second basal joint has a very slender

* ‘Fauna u. Flora Golf. Neapel’ (1892).

the Copepod Genus Oithona. 501

short outer-edge seta; exopodite and endopodite as in

O. plumifera.

Fourth foot without an inner-edge seta on the first basal

joint; an outer-edge seta on the second basal joint was

apparently absent in all the specimens examined ; exopodite

and endopodite as in O. plumifera.

Fifth foot as in O. plumifera,

Male unknown.

Distribution. Common off the west and south-west coasts

of Ireland, 0-1000 fath. It is usually found in waters of a

salinity of 34°8 per mille and over, but has a few times been

taken in much less saline water.

Oithona pelagica, sp. n.

Female.——Length 1:36-1:52 mm,

_ Cephalothorax as in O, plumifera, the restrum being visible

in dorsal view as in that species, Abdomen five-jointed, the

proportional lengths of the joints and the furea being

Penal: 15; 18:14, 7

First antenna reaching almost to the end of the body.

Second antenna as in O. plumifera.

Mandible as in O. plumifera, except that the endopodite

bears four subequal sete.

First maxilla of the same general form as in O. plumifera ;

the endopodite, however, bears a medium-sized seta and the

second inner lobe bears a seta which reaches to the end of the

third inner lobe. ‘The seta, which is situated at the base of

the exopodite in O. plumifera and represents the first outer

lobe, could not be made out, but may have been overlooked,

Second maxilla and maxillipede as in O, plumifera.

First foot as in O. setégera, with three outer-edge spines on

the third joint of the exopodite ; the outer-edge seta of the

second basal is, however, very slender and tapered, about

equal in length to the terminal spine of the exopodite,

Second to fourth feet each with a very minute inner-edge

seta on the second basal. The first basal bears on its outer

margin a very slender tapering seta, about equal in length, in

the second foot, to the exopodite, but much shorter in the

third and fourth feet. Zxopodites and endopodites as in

O. plumifera.

Fifth foot as in O. plumifera,

Male unknown. |

Distribution, Occurs off the S.W. coast of Ireland in

waters of a salinity of 35:4 per mille and over. It has been

. . taken in nets fishing from depths of ca, 500 fathoms to the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. u. 36

502 On the Copepod Genus Oithona.

surface, but the exact depth at which it occurred could not

be ascertained.

It will be seen from the above descriptions that O. setigera

and O. pelagica are at once separable from O. plumifera and

O. atlantica by the possession of three outer-edge spines on

the third joint of the exopodite of the first foot, the two latter

species possessing only two such spines. The differences

between the members of each group are shown in the following

table :—

O. plumifera.

Length 1:0-1°5 mm.

Endopedite of mandible with

three sete.

Endopodite of first maxilla with

minute seta.

Outer-edge seta on second basal

of first to fourth feet very long,

strong, feathered on first to third,

smooth on fourth.

Short smooth seta on inner edge

of second basal of second to fourth

feet.

O. setigera.

Length 1'5-1°6 mm.

Outer-edge seta on second basal

of first to fourth feet stout, clavate

at end.

O. atlantica.

Length 1:0-1:16 mm.

Endopodite of mandible with

four sete.

Endopodite of first maxilla with

moderate seta.

Outer-edge seta on second basal

of first to third feet very slender,

smooth, absent on fourth foot.

No seta on inner edge of second

basal of second to fourth feet.

O. pelagica.

Length 1:36-1:52 mm.

Outer-edge seta on second basal

of first to fourth feet very slender,

tapered.

Thus, while O. plumifera and O. atlantica are separated by

several small points of difference, the distinction between

O. setigera and O. pelagiea lies only in the presence of clavate

or tapered sete on the basals of the swimming-feet. Possibly

this distinction may be regarded by some as insignificant; but

until it is shown that the two varieties of setee can occur in

specimens from all localities, it ought not to be disregarded.

It is very probable that both O. atlantica and O. pelagica

have been already described, but it is difficult to discover

under what name. Boeck, in his description of O. spint-

frons, does not mention any point which is not common to

both species, and his name must accordingly lapse for

uncertainty. Claus, in describing O. spinirostris, does not

mention the number of outer-edge spines on the exopodite of

the first foot, but in his figure of the first maxilla he shows a

moderately long seta on the endopodite and a seta on the

second inner lobe. This last character makes it probable that

he refers either to O. setigera or O. pelagica (if either of

On new Recent Pharetronid Sponges. 503

these species occur in the Mediterranean), but the probability

is too slight to permit the use of his name. As far as Brady’s

description of O. challengert goes it is applicable to both

O setigera and O. pelagica; but the absence of any reference

to or figure of the outer-edge sete of the basipodites of the

swimming-feet prevents a definite conclusion being reached.

With regard to recent records of O. plumifera and O. seti-

gera, we find in the ‘Quarterly Bulletins of the International

Council for the Investigation of the Sea’ that O. plumifera

occurs in the plankton lists of Denmark, Norway, Sweden,

Holland, Germany, Russia, England, and Ireland. The

Irish records, for which I am responsible, refer to the species

described above as Q. atlantica, as do likewise the records in

the various papers in the ‘ Reports on the Sea and Inland

Fisheries of Ireland.’ The quarterly plankton lists of

Scotland contain both Q. setigera and, more rarely, O. plumi-

fera, and Dr. T. Scott * has recorded O, setigera from the Firth

of Forth and from off Shetland, It seems probable that

some, at any rate, of these records refer to one or other of the

species described above ; and even if the points which I have

relied on in separating the species should be regarded as of

varietal rather than of specific rank, it is still incumbent on

those who record the species for statistical purposes to indicate

which variety is referred to.

ace ne ee en 1 ial

LXIX.—On Two new Genera of Recent Pharetronid Sponges.

By R. KirKPATRICK.

(Plates XIII.-XV.]

WueEn looking through some material in a large bottle mostly

containing pieces of Stylaster sanguineus, obtained by the

‘Challenger’ from a depth of 70 fathoms off Api, New

Hebrides, I came across two specimens which at first sight

looked like pieces of A2llepora. A closer inspection, how-

ever, showed them to be Lithonine sponges, and of great

interest, because the soft tissues have been fairly well pre-

served. ‘The sponges belong to a new genus and species,

which I propose to name Minchinella t lamellosa. A second

new genus must be established to include certain sponges

* ‘Ninth Ann. Rep. F. B. Scotland’ (1891) ; ‘Twentieth Ann. Rep.

F. B. Scotland ’ (1902).

+ Named in honour of Prof. E. A. Minchin, M.A., Professor of Proto-

zoology in the University of London, 5 a

504. Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

recently sent to me by Canon Norman. The specimens are

in the form of small thin crusts on fragments of débris which

formed part of an agglomerated mass of shells, calcareous

alge, worm-tubes, &c. brought up from 60 fathoms off Porto

Santo Island, near Madeira. I propose to name the new genus

and species Merlia normani*, and to place them in a new

subfamily, Merling, next to the subfamily Lithonine.

I have to thank Dr. G. J. Hinde, F.R.S., for his kindness

in lending me a section of Petrostroma schulzet Doderlein.

MINCHINELLA, gen. nov.

Lamellar Lithonine with pore-chimneys on one side and

osecular chimneys on the other, each with a skeleton of

monaxons, triradiates, and quadriradiates ; main skeletal

framework formed of large quadriradiates cemented together.

Canal system leuconoid.

Minchinella lamellosa, sp. n.

The larger of the two specimens of this species (specimen A)

is in the form of a thick, firm, flabelliform lamella, undulating

slightly from side to side and expanding upwards from a

narrow base of attachment J°8 cm. long, which has evidently

been broken off from the rocks; the margin of the lamella is

thick and rounded. The specimen is 64 em. wide, 5°1 cm.

high, and 6°5 mm. thick. The colour in alcohol varies from

pale buff to brown, but is almost white at the rim.

The surface of the sponge is incrusted with numerous

small colonies and patches of Tunicates, Polyzoa, worm-

tubes, barnacles, and other sponges.

The poral surface is beset with poral chimneys, those near

the base and centre being longer and larger than the younger

ones near the periphery, which gradually become flush with

the surface; at the margin itself the dermal membrane forms

a roof over branching furrows, and the pores are not segre-

gated into areas, though at a later stage the pore-chimneys

will grow up from the furrows.

The tallest chimneys are about 3mm. in height and 1 mm,

in diameter; they are curved, with the convexity towards

the periphery ; further, they are narrow at the waist, and

expand towards the summit; at the upper end is the pore-

area in form of a drum-like membrane with a fringe of fine

monaxon bristles round the edge. The upper four-fifths of

the chimney is easily broken off, leaving a circular hole

slightly raised above the general surface.

* Named in honour of Canon Alfred Merle Norman, M.A., D,C.L,,

LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S,

new Recent Pharetronid Sponges. 505

The oscular surface is covered with numerous oscular bee-

hive-shaped or cylindrical chimneys, with a very contracted

orifice at the summit; the height is about 2mm. Only a

few remain intact, most having been knocked off or squashed

inside the hard cylindrical bases, which rise up about ‘5 mm.

above the surface; the youngest oscules at the periphery lie

along the course of grooves and are flush with the surface.

The smaller specimen (B) isin the form of an ear-shaped

lamella with the poral surface on the concave side; the

breadth is 3°5 cm., the height 3 cm., and thickness 5 mm.

The poral surface is covered with a soft, fleshy, ectosomal,

umber-coloured layer, whence the low densely crowded pore-

chimneys arise; the oscular surface is lighter in colour, and

the ectosome is barely discernible excepting along certain

peripheral grooves.

The outward appearance of Minchinella closely resembles

that of species of the fossil Pharetronid genus Rhaphidonema

Hinde (2. p. 97).

The fractured surface of the sponge is of a pale cream~

colour, and, excepting for the larger incurrent and excurrent

canals, homogeneous in aspect. Under a lens a fine reticulum

can be made out; in a transparent vertical section the net-

work is seen to be denser externally than at the centre.

The Canal System.—The canal system is well shown in

stained vertical sections of decalcified sponge, and also by

tracing out with a needle the course of the larger incurrent

canals seen on the broken surface of a dried macerated

fragment.

The oscules open below into wide excurrent canals, which

give off a series of smaller canals ; the latter, by branching

and anastomosis, form a tubular network, often with quite

regular rectangular meshes and with terminal blind branches.

The tubular strands, but more especially the nodes, are beset

with spheroidal flagellated chambers 32°5 w in diameter.

The breadth of the strands averages about 40 w, and of the

nodes 52 p, but the soft tissues have been much contracted in

preparation.

The collar cells are large, with a flattened body containing

a very large nucleus nearly filling the cell.

Viewed in optical vertical section, the body of the cell is

low, mound-shaped, resembling in this aspect Hexactinellid

collar cells figured by Ijima (3a. pl. v. figs. 40, 41); the base

has a circular outline and the nucleus is always seen at the

side of the cell. The collar forms a long slender funnel

arising from a point situated a little excentrically. The

flagellum is clearly visible outside the collar, but I could not

trace it down inside. Prof. Minchin, to whom I showed the

506 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

sections, considered that the collar cells had a Leucosolenid ”

rather than a ‘‘ Clathrinid ” aspect ; as he has pointed out, the

flagellum arises from the terminally situated nucleus in Leuco~

solenia, but in Clathrina from a granule separated a long way

from the basally situated nucleus. It may be mentioned here,

too, that the sagittal spicules of MWinchinella suggest Leuco-

solenid affinities. ‘The dimensions of the collar cells are as

follows :—total height 19 w ; collar 14°5 uw high ; body of cell

4°5 w; diametér of base 5°28 yw. The cells vary in size, the

figured ones (PI. XIII. fig. 8) being the largest.

In the spaces between the collar cells are the pore cells

with funnel-shaped apertures, the narrow opening of the

funnel being, as usual, external.

Skeleton.—On both surfaces of the sponge there is an ecto~

somal layer of more or less fusiform spined microxeas, longer

and more slender on the oscular than on the poral surface.

These spicules form a thick outer coat on the poral and

oscular ehimneys, and are described along with the other

spicules of those structures. ‘The skeleton of the poral and

oscular chimneys is constructed of triradiates, quadriradiates,

and monaxons. As a rule, there are several layers of tri-

radiates, with the odd ray passing downwards and with the

paired rays encircling the tube ; the quadriradiates have the

gastral ray projecting into the lumen of the chimneys, and

the monaxons are arranged as an external pile with the axes

vertical or oblique to the long axis of the tube; there is a

fringe of bristle-like monaxons round the poral orifice. At

the bases of the poral and oscular chimneys three-rayed and

four-rayed spicules with thick spined rays become cemented

together, but are not yet completely enveloped by that

material. Lastly, there is the firm framework of quadri-

radiates completely enveloped in cement.

Poral Spicules.—(1) Triradiates (Pl. XIV. fig. 4), with

thick, slightly curved, gradually tapering, rather blunt-pointed

rays ; unpaired ray longer than the paired and curving back-

wards a little from the facial plane; angle between the paired

rays 150°. Unpaired ray 156 u& long, 9°5 w thick at base ;

paired ray 87 pw long.

(2) Quadriradiates (Pl. XIV. figs. 1, 2, 3), of the same

general character as (1), but with longer basal rays; gastral

ray 17 pw long, sharp-pointed, curved upwards, A different

kind (PI. XIV. fig. 3) has nearly equal basal rays, the odd

one being spined, and a much longer gastral ray ; these were

found at the base of the soft part of the pore-chimney and near

the outer wall of the tube, so that the gastral ray traversed

nearly the whole thickness of the wall.

new Recent Pharetronid Sponges. 507

(3) Monaxons. Three kinds: (a) (Pl. XIV. fig. 7) forming

a thick pile on the surface of the chimney, and arranged

vertically to the long axis or pointing obliquely upwards ;

the spicules are straight, anisoactinate, thick and spined in

proximal half, but tapering gradually to a fine, smooth,

bayonet end, 87 w long, 7:5 pthick. (0) (Pl. XIV. fig. 8)

a longer kind, straight, smooth or strongly spined, with distal

bayonet end, 234 w long, 3°8 w thick, situated at upper end

of pore-chimney. (c) Very slender fringe spicules (Pl. XIV.

fig. 9), long, curved, and with very fine distal end.

(4) Tuning-forks (PI. XIV. figs. 5, 6) in the hard basal part

of the pore-chimney. The shaft is smooth and with a club-

shaped proximal end, the length being 133 yw; the prongs are

about 25 uw long ; fig. 6 shows a rare kind with prongs widely

apart ; occasionally a fourth “‘ ray” is present (fig. 5). These

spicules are without definite orientation ; sometimes the shaft

points to the lumen of the poral or oscular tubes, sometimes

the prongs; or, again, the spicules may lie parallel to the

axis of the chimneys.

Oscular Sprcules.—(1) triradiates (Pl. XIV. fig. 12) with

unpaired ray longer than paired, tapering, and then slightly

swelling to distal end, 104 » long, 5 w thick; paired ray

curved, 49 w long. Unpaired angle 150°. Another kind

(fig. 13) with nearly equal rays, and a third kind (fig. 14)

with the third ray much reduced and approaching in character

what Dr. Hinde (2. p. 160) calls the Corynella-type in fossil

Pharetrones.

(2) Quadriradiates (Pl. XIV. fig. 10), of the same general

character as the oscular triradiates, but with relatively longer

paired rays.

(3) Monaxons (Pl. XIV. fig. 16) forming a thick pile on

the surface of the chimney, considerably thicker than in the

case of the poral chimneys. These spicules are 200 yw long

and only 5 pw thick, straight, finely spined in middle region,

usually terminating distally in a bayonet point, but some-

times with a straight end.

(4) Tuning-forks (Pl. XIV. fig. 15).

The thick hard basal part of the poral and oscular tubes is

composed of thick-rayed tri- and quadriradiates with pointed

or sometimes rounded rays, cemented together, and with the

gastral ray or odd ray pointing in to the lumen (Pl. XV.

fig. 4). Figs. 5, 6, 7 show young separate tri- and quadri-

radiates, and fig. 8 a stout monaxon with thick spines ; this

latter kind also becomes cemented with the framework in this

region.

The body of the skeleton is formed of thick quadriradiates

58 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

with rays united by cement into a firm reticulum with ovoid

or sometimes rectangular meshes about ‘19 x°14 mm. in fotal

diameter, the spaces being ‘095 x ‘057 mm., and the strands

on an average ‘(047 mm. thick. The cement covers the

whole spicule, which can be dimly discerned in the axes of

the strands of the network ; occasionally it is possible to

observe definite orientation, all the odd (gastral) rays of

spicules pointing in one direction.

The cement commonly shows a fibrillar structure, the

fibrilles radiating from axis to periphery of a strand and pro-

jecting more or less beyond the surface of a common matrix

in which they are imbedded, thereby dulling the vitreous

transparency.

In the axis of the strand of a mesh of the network can be

seen the ghostly homogeneous ray of the quadriradiate,

which is often provided with a few conical spines. I at first

thought the fibres might be separate scleres, but the key to

the structure of the cement was found by discovering places

where the material was beginning to be laid down. In suclr

places (Pl. XV. fig. 9) a thin film is seen spreading over the

surface of a ray of a quadriradiate ; at and near the edge of

the film the surface is smooth, then granular; later the

granules have become tubercles, which gradually increase in

Jength till they resemble long slender cones like pointed

stalagmite pillars on the floor of a cavern; still later the spaces

between the pillars become filled in by the deposition’of more

matrix, and the nipple-like points of the conules project above

the surface. Sometimes the cement is laid down in flakes,

and these, too, are nipple-pointed at the periphery. —

A structure showing radiating fibrille is present in many

fossil Pharetron sponges. Zittel (7. p. 61, fig. 18, and 6.

pl. xit. fig. 5) attributes appearances of this kind, in some in-

stances, to the effect of mineral changes, and perhaps they may

be ; his fig. 88 (J. c. supra) is explained, “ Fasern eines

fossilen Kalkschwammes durch Kristallisation verdindert ” ;

but the investigation of the cement of the firm skeleton of

Minchinella, and still more of Merlia, to be described below,

leads me to think that the fibrillar appearances in the fossil

Pharetrones above referred to may be due to the vital activity

of the sponge.

One of the decalcified stained sections had some small

fragments of the skeleton still remaining undissolved or only

partially dissolved, Here it was possible to see the cells

whose function it is to secrete the cement.

By way of analogy with the term “ spongoblasts,” the

hame given by F. E. Schulze to the Spongin-secreting cells

new Recent Pharetronid Sponges. 509

of horny sponges, I name the cement- or mortar-forming

cells of calcareous sponges “‘telmatoblasts”*, They are unfor-

tunately not well preserved in the present specimens. They

form in places a compact layer of columnar cells, about 9 bb

high, with prolongations at the distal ends (PI. XIII. fig. 9);

the base of the cells is closely applied to the outer walls of

the tubular canals of the canal system. The contents of the

cells are granular, but I was unable to make out the nucleus.

The telmatoblasts are evidently modified branched collencytes ;

in parts where they had not become columnar and agoregated

into a compact layer the cells were flattened and discrete,

though at the same time joined by branched processes ; in

this condition a nucleus was visible. There could be little

doubt that the latter-cells were the same as the columnar

cells, but in a different condition, because transitions could be

traced, and both kinds formed deeply-stained patches in

similar positions relatively to the skeletal strands.

In wholly undissolved skeletal strands the stain of the

borax-carmine entered about halfway into the thickness of

the same; in half-decalcified strands needles and pillars of

the cement were seen separated by a clear space from the

columnar telmatoblasts. In a rapidly decalcified stained

section the meshes of the tubular network of canals had

very strongly contracted, and had imprisoned the telmato-

blasts, which likewise had become contracted almost to fine

hyaline threads, from which the stain had disappeared ex-

cepting from a small point (? nucleus) about the middle of

the length.

The central part of the summit of a mortar cell can here

and there be seen embracing the point of a stalagmite (or

stalactite).

I hope in the course of a few weeks to have some fresh

properly preserved specimens of the sponge described below,

and to be in a position to give a more detailed account of the

nature of telmatoblasts.

Reproduction.—Minchinella is hermaphrodite. The em-

bryos belong to the parenchymula type. Pl. XIII. fig. 10

shows one 128 win diameter, surrounded by a nutritive follicle

formed of a single layer of large cuboidal blastomeres. The

outer layer consists of a columnar epithelium, which surrounds

a central mass of large cells. The wrinkling and shrinkage

of the embryo is due to the mode of preparation.

The spermatogonia are present in various stages of growth.

An early stage in which there has been a division into two

* ré\ua, mortar,

510 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

nuclei, one of which is situated centrally and the other peri-

pherally, is common. A later stage in which the peripheral

spermatocyte has formed by division a mass, 18 w in diameter,

of spermatids is also common (PI. XIII. fig. 11). One ripe

cell has burst, liberating a cloud of spermatozoa. The head of

a spermatozoon is oval, 2°7 « long, at one focus homogeneous

and refringent, but at another focus showing a very dark

ortion, whence the tail originates, and a clear terminal area

(Pl. XIII. fig. 11a).

Chemical Composition.—Dr. G. T. Prior of the Mineral

Department applied Meigen’s test by boiling some powdered

skeleton in solution of nitrate of cobalt, and obtained the

reaction for calcite. Accordingly the composition is similar

to that of Petrostroma schulzec Doderlein.

Subfamily I/zezrw.z, nov.

Pharetronide in which the solid skeletal framework is con-

structed of vertical main beams of fibrillar cement, from each

of which there radiate three vertical flanges to meet similar

flanges from other columns so as to form cylindrical tubes ;

the latter are partitioned off by horizontal floors, a honeycomb-~

like structure resulting. Solid framework without axial core

of spicules.

In the subfamily Lithonine the framework is constructed

on the béton armé principle; in Merline the béton is not

armé, the axial stiffening of spicules being dispensed with.

MERLIA, gen. nov.

Merline encrusting ; with the dermal membrane supported

by tufts of slender tyles, and with rhaphides ; tuning-fork

spicules present.

Merlia normant, sp. n.

The specimens consist of four small dried pieces of rock

material, each encrusted by a thin layer of the sponge. ‘The

rock-fragments formed part of an agglomerated mass of

broken shells, worm-tubes, corallines, &c., about the size of

a man’s fist, obtained from 60 fms. off Porto Santo Island

by him to Canon Norman, who entrusted the specimen to

me to describe.

‘wo of the smaller pieces have been used up for vertical

and horizontal sections.

The largest specimen forms a very thin crust 14x 7 mm.

in area, and with thin edges. ‘The surface is covered with a

cream-coloured membrane and has an extremely fine uni-

new Recent Pharetronid Sponges. Sid

formly granular appearance. An oscule, just visible to the

naked eye, is seen as a dark point near one end ; two smaller

oscules occur, but are not discernible without a lens.

Under a lens, the surface shows small polygonal areas,

each bounded by 5-7 small tubercles ; the latter push up the

dermal membrane, which is sunk a little in the areas them-

selves. ‘The largest oscule is oval, slightly raised, -28 x

"15 mm. in its long and short diameters, and surrounded by

nine tubercles ; in fact, it resembles two smaller pore-areas

run together. ‘The pore-areas are about 4 of a millimetre in

diameter, and in several a single large pore was visible in the

centre of the covering dermal membrane.

A vertical section shows a vertical series of honeycomb-

like cells separated from each other by horizontal perforate

floors (and ceilings) and by vertical imperforate walls. A

vertical section, complete from base to surface, with four

superposed “ cells ” was ‘665 mm. thick.

The honeycomb cells are cylindrical, and the vertical

section shows rectangular areas (150 mw long x 120 w broad),

just as the same section of a solid cylinder would; similarly

the horizontal section shows circular areas.

The sponge is attached to the substratum on which it is

growing by a thin floor of fibrillar cement. The vertical

pillars, which are the main scaffolding, arise from this floor

and pass up to the surface, where they end in the tuberculated

knobs.

From each pillar there radiate out three wings, which meet

similar wings from other pillars, a median raphe showing

the line of junction. Accordingly each pillar has six sides,

three concave ones forming segments of the cylinders they

help to form, and three straight band-like edges forming the

vertical edges of the wings. The direction of the fibrille

marks off wings from opposing pillars, the fibrille radiating

out more or less obliquely outwards and upwards from the

central axis of a pillar to the raphe.

The floors (and ceilings) which exhibit fibrillar structure,

show also five or more radial raphe lines where sections of

flooring from each pillar are joined; in the centre of the

floor is a circular hole, which may be reduced to a fine slit.

Very fine concentric lines are seen on the floors.

A surface view (Pl. XV. fig. 13) shows well the tubercles

each with three thick wings or bars radiating out below them,

to meet similar bars.

The fused bar shows the median raphe and the opposing

fibrillee.

A very careful examination under all powers and lights

512 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on

failed to reveal any axial core of spicules, though often there

were appearances strongly suggesting the presence of such

objects ; but on focussing, these ghosts were seen to be optical

illusions.

Though there are no axial spicules present, there is justifi-

cation for putting forward the theory that the sponge

originally had a skeleton of quadriradiates joined and ~

enveloped with cement; the spicules would be orientated

with their odd ray ina vertical plane and basal rays in a

horizontal plane. Hach vertical pillar in the framework, as

it now stands, is simply the point whence three wings radiate

out, at angles of 120°.

The Lithoninze may be compared to Chalinid Sponges, and

the Merline to Horny Sponges which have lost an axial core of

spicules, which presumably they had, in many instances, for~

merly possessed. ‘The latter analogy, however, is not quite

perfect, because Mera has proper spicules. These consist of

tufts of long slender tyles which pass up obliquely from the

floor of the uppermost “ cells’ to the membranous roof and

spread out so as to support it. These spicules are 97 pw long,

1°7 » thick ; the heads being oval, and 5 yw long by 2 pw broad ;

they are slightly curved and taper to a sharp point. The

rhaphides lie in the dermal membrane; they are 55 wu long,

very slender and curving to a fine hair-like extremity.

Microrhaphides slender, crescentic, 15 wu long, also lie in the

dermal membrane, and are probably distinct spicules, and

not broken off ends of the longer rhaphides.

Tuning-forks are only 52 uw long, the shaft being 32°5 w -

and prongs 19°5 yw long.

The skeleton of Merlia is composed of calcite.

‘The occurrence of the radial fibrillar cement in the

Lithonine and Merling led me to hope that some light would

be thrown on that extremely aberrant form Astrosclera

willeyana, Lister (5. p. 459). A dried fragment of the

macerated skeleton of Astrosclera, at first sight, looks not

unlike a similar fragment of Jdinchinella. In each there is

a firm porous skeletal reticulum, and in each the surface of

the strands of the network present a finely punctate or granular

appearance due to the projecting of the ends of fine fibrils. -

above the general surface.

In Astrosclera the scleres are in the form of polyhedral

blocks, which are formed in the interior of scleroblasts ; and

further the skeleton is made of aragonite.

The possibility has suggested itself to me that these scleres

are of the nature of cement blocks, which have originally

been deposited round an axial skeleton that has disappeared,

new Recent Pharetronid Sponges. 513

and that the scleroblasts may be extremely modified en-

veloping telmatoblasts. I have no direct evidence to bring

forward in support of this hypothesis, and there is much to

say against it, but the investigation of the remarkable cement

formation in Lithonines and Merline affords, I think, some

justification for the statement that a theory of this kind may

be worth considering.

List of Lithonine and Merline.

Subfam, Lirnontn#, Doderlein.

1. Petrostroma schulzet Doderlein. Japan, 109-218 fms. (1. p. 16.)

2. Plectroninia hindet Kirkp. Funafuti, 50 fms. (4. p. 345.)

A minute specimen provisionally placed in genus Plectroninia, Hinde

(3. p. 51.), but doubtfully belonging there.

3. Minchinella lamellosa Kirkp. New Hebrides, 70 fms.

Subfam. Mzriinz.

4, Merlia normani Kirkp. Porto Santo, 60 fms.

Index of Literature.

(1) DopEriAin, L. “ Ueber die Lithonina,” Zool. Jahrb. Bd. x. Syste-

matik, 1879.

(2) Hinpz, G. J. Catalogue of the Fossil Sponges in the British

Museum. 1883.

(3) . “Some remarkable Calcisponges from the Eocene Strata

of Victoria (Australia), Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. lvi., Feb. 1900,

(3 4) Ismra, I. “Studies on the Hexactinellida. Contrib, I. (Euplec-

tellid),” Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, vol. xvii. Art. 9. 1902.

(4) Kirkpatrick, R. “ Description of Sponges from Funafuti,” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. 1900.

(5) Lister, J.J. Astrosclera willeyana, the Type of a new Family

of Sponges. A. Willey’s Zoological Results, part iv. Cambridge

University Press, 1900.

(6) Zirrer, K. A. von. ‘Studien iiber fossile Spongien,’ Dritte

Abth. Abhand. k. b. Akad. Miinchen, Math.-Phys, Cl. Bd. xiii.

1879.

(7) ——. Grundziige der Paldontologie, Abth. i. Invertebrata, Ed. 2,

1903.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuatE XIII,

Minchinella lameilosa, gen. et sp. n.

Fig. 1. Minchinella lamellosa. SpecimenA. The type. Poral surface,

Nat. size.

2. The same; oscular surface. Nat. size.

3. Smaller specimen, B; poral surface. Nat. size.

4, Pore-chimneys of spec. A, xX 3.

5. Oscular chimneys of spec. A, X 3.

Fig. 6. Poral chimneys of spec. B, x 3.

7. Excurrent canals with flagellated chambers (spec. B), x 90,

8. Collar cells, x 880.

9. Telmatoblasts (mortar cells), x 880.

0. Embryo, section, x 125.

yg On new Recent Pharetronid Sponges.

Fig. 11. Sperm ball, x 1100; 11 a, spermatozoa, x 1100.

Fig. 12. Firm skeletal network: a, axial spicule ray, x 90.

Fig. 18. Strand of network showing ray of quadriradiate surrounded by

fibrillar cement: a, axial spicule ray; 6, cement. X 525.

PLATE XIV.

Minchinella lamellosa,

Spicules, all magnified 525. Figs. 1-9 poral spicules ;

figs. 10-16 oscular spicules.

Fig. 1. Quadriradiate of poral chimney.

Fig. 2. A larger example of the same.

Fig. 3. Quadriradiate with long gastral and nearly equal basal rays; une

paired ray spined. .

Fig. 4. Triradiate (poral).

Figs. 5, 6. Tuning-fork spicules ; fig. 5 with extra prong.

Fig. 7. Monaxon from layer forming a pile on poral chimney.

Fig. 8. Longer slenderer monaxon from upper end of poral chimney,

Fig. 9. Spicule from fringe round upper end of poral chimney.

Fig. 10. Oscular quadriradiate.

Fig. 11. Ditto, with very short unpaired basal ray.

Fig. 12. Triradiate (oscular) with long unpaired ray swollen towards

distal end.

Figs. 18, 14. Triradiates with medium and very short unpaired rays.

Fg. 15. Tuning-fork spicule.

Fig. 16. Monaxon, from layer forming a pile on surface of oscular

chimney.

PuaTE XY.

Minchinella lamellosa, figs. 1-9. Merlia norman, figs. 10-18.

Fig. 1. M. lamellosa. Upper end of poral chimney of specimen A,

longitudinal section, x 90.

Fig. 2. Longitudinal section of upper end of oscule of specimen A, x 90,

Fg. 38. Transverse section of oscular chimney, X 90.

Fig. 4. Large quadriradiates and some triradiates slightly cemented,

from base of poral chimney, and showing transition-stage to

firm network forming body of sponge, x 150.

Figs. 5-7. Stages of young quadriradiates not yet cemented, x 525,

Fig. 8. Large monaxon, occurring in hard base of poral and oscular

chimney, X 526,

Fig. 9. Strand of skeletal network showing development of incasing

cement, firstly a thin carpet, then stalagmites, the latter finally

immersed in cement matrix: a, axial spicule ray. x 525.

Fig.10. Merlia normani, gen. et sp. n., incrusting ee 0., oscules,

Nat. size.

Fig. 11. Surface enlarged, showing a pore in membrane covering each

polygonal area, x 45.

Fig. 12. Vertical section of a surface “‘ honeycomb ” cell, showing mem-

branous roof supported by tufts of fine tyles, x 90.

Fig. 13. Surface of macerated skeleton, with a tuning-fork spicule on

one of the floors: a, tubercle at end of vertical column;

b, raphe; c, horizontal floor. x 90.

F%g. 14. Vertical section: a, vertical column; J, raphe; c, floor. x 90,

Fig. 15. Tyles, x 526.

‘ig. 16. Rhaphides in dermal membrane, x 525.

#vg. 17, Slender curved micro-rhaphides in dermal membrane,

fig. 18. Tuning-fork spicules, x 525. ;

Ann. & Mag.Nat.HMest.S.8. Vol ML. PLXM.

fot

Fink

Highley del et lith

Pitcher imp.

oe oe ae a ee

LIBRARY

UF THE

UNIVERSITY ‘of ILLINOE

Ann. & Mag. Nat Mist. S. 8. Vol.II PLXIV.

RETAIN ENN Se AEH Sater Af S OT ae pee REAL RGR IS SHDN LO RT

\ Tan) \ So,

eT = a

ECS Ocal

HEN pests Nea AS EL ER RN ial SE ee

—

Highley del.et lith .

Pitcher imp.

(aj - Fay 8 aay ‘ole he a tS

-—~,

LIBRARY

UF TRE

INIVERSITY of HLUINOIE

‘

ri y +

a 7a

ee :

« y 7

Ann. & Mag. Wat Hist: 3.6 Voll, PLX

Higt ley delet lith.

Pitcher imp.

Batrachians and Reptiles from Colombia. 515

LXX.— Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles

discovered by Mr. M. G. Palmer in South-western Colombia.

By G. A. Boutenaer, F.R.S.

In a previous number of these ‘ Annals’? * I have described

three new reptiles from Mr. M. G. Palmer’s collection in

South-western Colombia under the names of Lepidoblepharis

peracce, Anolis palmer’, and Atractus melas. Iam now able

to add three batrachians and six reptiles to the list of the

discoveries of this successful collector,

Flyla palmeri,

Tongue circular, nearly entirely adherent. Vomerine teeth

in two curved transverse series close together just behind the

level of the rather large choane. Head rather small, a little

broader than long; snout short, rounded, not projecting

beyond the mouth ; canthus rostralis obtuse; loreal region

very oblique, concave ; interorbital region much broader than

the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of

the eye. Outer fingers nearly half-webbed; no rudiment of

pollex ; toes entirely webbed ; disks as large as the tympanum ;

subarticular tubercles small. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the eye. Skin granulate, more coarsely on the belly

and under the thighs; a curved fold from the eye to the

shoulder, covering the upper third of the tympanum ; a

sinuous transverse fold above the vent; a told along the

outer side of the arm and of the tarsus; an obtusely pointed

dermal flap at the heel. Yellowish, with small black spots or

dots on the head and anterior part of the body.

From snout to vent 43 mm.

Two specimens, female and young, from Jimenez,

Leptodactylus mantipus.

Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth in two slightly

arched series behind the choanz. Snout rounded, as long as

the orbit, not projecting beyond the mouth, with well-marked

canthus and oblique, concave loreal region ; nostril nearer

the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space broader

than the upper eyelid ; tympanum three-fifths the diameter

of the eye. Fingers rather short, with feebly swollen tips,

first and second equal; toes moderate, not fringed, the tips

dilated into small but very distinct disks; subarticular

* Ser. 8, vol. i. 1908, p. 111,

516 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

tubercles moderate ; two small metatarsal tubercles. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Back with small

warts, some of them confluent into short ridges ; a glandular

dorso-lateral fold. Greyish above, tinged with pink between

the ‘canthi rostrales and dorso-lateral folds; dark markings

on the back and a dark cross-band between the eyes; a dark

canthal streak ; sides of body dark grey, dotted with whitish ;

limbs with dark cross-hands; lower parts brown, dotted with

whitish.

From snout to vent 33 mm.

A single specimen from San Antonio.

Hylodes calcaratus.

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind, Vomerine teeth in

two small groups behind the level of the choane. Head

slightly broader than long ; snout rounded, not projecting

beyond the mouth, with obtuse canthus and concave loreal

region ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ;

tympanum distinct, one-third the diameter of theeye. Fingers

and toes with moderately large terminal disks; first finger

shorter than second; toes free, Tibio-tarsal articulation

reaching between the eye and the tip of the snout. Skin

smooth above and beneath ; a small conical tubercle on the

upper eyelid and another on the heel. . Pink and greenish

above, with olive, black-edged, symmetrical markings ; lower

parts greyish brown, marbled with blackish.

From snout to vent 17 mm.

A single specimen from San Antonio.

Anolis eulemus. (Fig. 1.)

Head moderate, once and two-thirds as long as broad, as —

long as the tibia; forehead and interorbital and occipital

regions deeply concave; frontal ridges short and weak ;

upper head-scales small, keeled, the larger pluricarinate ;

scales of the supraorbital semicircles enlarged, separated by

two series of scales ; largest supraoculars not larger than the

scales on the middle of the snout; occipital enlarged, but |

smaller than the ear-opening, separated from the supraorbital —

semicircles by five or six rows of scales; canthus rostralis

distinct, canthal scales seven or eight; loreal rows eight or

nine ; seven upper labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear-

opening large, oval. Gular appendage very large, extending

posteriorly beyond the thorax; gular scales smooth. Body

compressed; a slight nuchal fold. Scales very small,

granular, larger and keeled on the middle of the back, largest

and smooth on the belly. The adpressed hind limb reaches

the nostril ; digital expansions moderately broad ; 21 lamell

under phalanges ii. and iii. of the fourth toe. Tail feebly

compressed, without dorsal series of enlarged scales, a little

over twice as long as head and body. Male with enlarged

postanal scales. Purplish brown above, with rather indistinct

darker transverse bars on the back and large round lighter

spots on the sides ; lower parts whitish, the gular appendage

brown in front.

PSRMONOTH Fess es wo! SRERCA LAY) 290

BRE slr a 0s ay Meio ied Bia ots, waa 24

Reed of heads v6 csenussieici eves 14

EE crear iu hd a sre PA # 2 6 ss 66

ORLY slg oi aly fesse piety otha «hare « 45

Lilech GUT arena Oa SOU eae it

ce ORR AS ir a cP ge eer 24

Pers (ie esuigt hs sista al ¥n 0 bes sielards ite oh OW)

A single male specimen from near Pavas.

Allied to A. fasciatus, Blgr.

Fig. 2

was,

5s)

sea

cine

Fig. 1.—Anolis eulemus.

Pig. 2.— Anolis antonii.

Anolis antonii. (Fig. 2.)

Head moderate, once and two-thirds as long as broad, a

little longer than the tibia ; forehead concave, frontal ridges

short but strong; upper head-scales rather Jarge, rough

and strongly keeled; scales of the supraorbital semicircles

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. a7

518 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

enlarged, separated by one series of scales; two strongly

enlarged supraoculars, broader than long and in contact with

the supraorbitals; occipital larger than the ear-opening,

separated from the supraorbitals by two series of scales ;

canthus rostralis sharp, canthal scales four ; loreal rows five ;

six or seven labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear-opening

moderately large, oval. No gular appendage (female) ; gular

scales feebly keeled. Body cylindrical. Dorsal scales small,

flat, keeled, becoming gradually smaller towards the sides,

where they are minute and granular; ventral scales larger

than dorsals, flat, juxtaposed, faintly keeled. The adpressed

hind limb reaches the eye; digital expansions moderately

broad ; 16 lamella under phalanges ii. and ili. of the fourth

toe. ‘Tail not compressed, once and two-thirds as long as

head and body, covered with large strongly keeled scales.

Reddish brown above, with a series of six small dark brown

spots on the spine; a rusty, dark-edged cross-band between

the eyes; lower parts much obscured by brown dots.

mm.

Total length ...i.s.s.s 4697 senna 143

Heal scc'srs shins. Bis woke etre ee 15

Width of: head. «95 v4.5 ees ore 9

Body 0. So we com cee ee ee 38

Fore limbatas. sees otk thee tae 21

Hind: dim. i 33 vie ease ee 39

Tibia 23% ss\fe'a swale soho Baie ee ae 12

Tail |. goss cds 6 0 ON one ee re 90

A single female specimen from San Antonio.

Allied to A. fusco-auratus, a’Orb.

Prionodactylus palmert. (Fig. 3.)

Snout short; body rather short. Upper head-shields

distinctly striated ; fronto-nasal single, forming a short suture

with the frontal; fronto-parietals, parietals, and interparietal

subequal in size; three occipitals, median smallest; two

large transverse postoccipitals; three supraoculars, first

largest ; nostril between two nasals ; posterior nasal, loreal,

and freno-ocular forming a triangle ; upper temporals large, |

lower small, not keeled ; seven upper and five lower labials ;

chin-shields, one anterior and four pairs, the two first pairs —

forming a suture; a double longitudinal row of transversely

enlarged gulars; collar-shields eight, the median pair very

large. Dorsal scales strongly keeled, about twice as long as

broad ; upper lateral scales small, hexagonal, keeled, lower

very small, granular, smooth ; 90 scales, including ventral

Batrachians and Reptiles from Colombia. 519

plates, round the middle of the body, 31 from occiput to base

of tail, Ventral plates large, in six longitudinal rows, median

and outer smaller than the others, and 20 transverse rows.

Two pairs of large preanals, an anterior and a posterior, and

a small shield on each side. Subdigital scales smooth. 4 or

5 femoral pores on each side. Caudal scales forming regular

Re BD

WALI

_ Prionodactylus palmert. a, upper view of head; b, side view of head;

c, lower view of head; d, anal region.

annuli, upper like the dorsals, lower larger and smooth.

Brown above, with a light dorso-lateral streak between two

dark ones; a fine yellowish line on the upper lip, extending

to the shoulder, continued on the body as a series of white,

black-edged ‘ocelli ; chin and throat pale olive-brown, belly

orange, spotted with black.

mm.

Total length (tail reproduced) ........ 127

Ie ee te 17

POUMIMOT DOG i oe he eh ec lens iat

From end of snout to fore limb........ 25

a 9 Vet mrdet. Mave a wo 67

TPMT Sas eet ea dh a ss e-Fie wee fora oe 21

ITE th ce RAGE ar oA Ge ohal nae 32

A single female specimen from San Antonio.

Euspondylus stenolepis. (Fig. 4.)

Head small, snout short and very obtuse ; body elongate.

Fronto-nasal broader than long, forming a suture with the

a ba

520 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

frontal, separating the small preefrontals ; frontal little longer

than broad; interparietal pentagonal, as long as and a little

narrower than the parietals; five small occipitals; four

supraorbitals, first smallest ; nostril between two nasals ;

posterior nasal in contact with the freno-orbital; a loreal ;

a series of large infraorbitals ; temporal shields large; seven

upper and five lower labials; chin-shields, four pairs, first

small and separated by a large post-symphysial, second and

third forming a-median suture; gular plates large, forming

Se:

}

—Aai

(st

A CS

se Zag ca

FAL

Sz2==

Euspondylus stenolepis. a, upper view of head; 6, side view of head ;

c, lower view of head; d, anal region.

seven transverse series between the chin-shields and the

collar-plates, of which there are nine. Dorsal scales very

narrow, obtusely keeled, shorter than the ventrals ; 44 scales

round the middle of the body, ventrals included, 30 from

occiput to base of tail. Ventral plates large, in 12 longitu-

dinal and 18 transverse series. Four anterior and four

posterior preeanals, anterior as long as broad, posterior much

longer than broad. 9 femoral pores on each side. Caudal

scales like those on the body. Dark brown above, yellowish

beneath ; a rather indistinct light dorso-lateral streak.

mm.

Total length (tail reproduced) ..... wus 9b

Flead .. iis sacs ois 5 86 0 We le 12

Width of head... 445 5322 7

From end of snout to fore limb........ 20

. A vent... 4.3 coe 58

Fore limb 2.6. (jawh o ee 14

end linib Sin leswage eee ere PE

Batrachians and Reptiles from Colombia. - 521

A single male specimen, taken from the stomach of a bird

at San Antonio.

Oreosaurus levis. (F ig. 5.)

Head rather elongate, snout pointed ; body moderately

elongate. Fronto-nasal quadrangular, much longer than

broad, as long as the frontal ; frontal pentagonal, as broad

as the fronto-nasal in front, narrower behind ; fronto-parietals

shorter than the interparietal, which is hexagonal and much

narrower than the parietals; a pair of occipitals ; four supra-

oculars; a loreal; a row of large infraorbitals; temple

shielded ; six upper and four lower labials ; chin-shields, one

Fig. 5.

Y)}

preter

hee

r_\

‘6

Oreosaurus levis. a, upper view of head; 3, side view of head ;

¢, lower view of head ; d, anal region.

anterior and three pairs, the two first pairs forming a suture

and followed by large gulars which, further back, form six

transverse series ; collar-shields six. Dorsal scales smooth,

quadrangular, twice to twice and a half as long as broad ;

lateral scales small, flat granules ; 34 scales, including ventral

plates, round the middle of the body, 37 from occiput to base

of tail. Ventral plates large, in 8 longitudinal and 19

transverse rows. Preanal plates five, two in front, three

behind. Scales on the limbs smooth, except on the upper

522 Batrachians and Reptiles from Colombia.

surface of tibia, where they are faintly keeled. 9 or 10

femoral pores on each side. Caudal scales smooth, quad-

rangular, forming regular annuli. Blackish brown, with

scattered white dots above, these dots being in the centre of

large round black spots; ventral plates edged with whitish

behind.

mm.

Total length : 0.2. ..0 ss ae ee eee 160

Head.) 6s 83k 6160 Ce ee 19

Width ‘of head 2. .s.¢) i. beekeeper ait

From end of snout to fore limb........ 30

+ “5 vent... 2. Pian 72

Fore Tim .....is s/s else xk gee a es py,

Hind dime clove agua date ly tel 6 Cane 25

Tails «iscsi» sino elise) Gate ee 88

A single male specimen from San Antonio.

Geophis nigro-albus.

Maxillary not extending beyond palatine in front, the first

tooth corresponding to the suture between the second and

third labial shields. Eye small, nearly as long as its distance

from the mouth. Rostral rather large, a little broader than

deep, the portion visible from above measuring about one-

third its distance from the frontal; internasals broader than

long, one-third the length of the prefrontals, which are as

long as broad; frontal broader than long, as long as its

distance from the rostral, much shorter than the parietals ;

supraocular small, but more than twice as large as the

postocular; loreal twice as long as deep; one postocular; six

upper labials, third and fourth entering. the eye; three or

which are slightly longer than the posterior and separated

from the symphysial. Scales in 15 rows, smooth on the

anterior part of the body, feebly but distinctly keeled on the

posterior part. Ventrals 142 ; anal entire; subcaudals 42.

Blackish above; head behind the supraoculars and frontal

and lower parts white.

Total length 135 mm. ; tail 25.

A single young specimen from Pavas.

Very closely allied to @. hoffmannt, Peters.

pe eg TL FD ca ee aad ae

On Agamide and Iguanide. 523

LX XI.—Agamide and Iguanide.

WHILST arranging some portion of early correspondence I

came across a letter from my late friend, Professor Kaup,

d. Darmstadt, Novbr. 23, 1869, in which he incidentally

refers to the fact that he had been the first to recognize by

the different insertion of the teeth the two zoogeographical

divisions of Lacertilia, which ever since have been distin-

guished as Agamide and Iguanide, appealing to me to

vindicate his claim of priority. After this lapse of time it

would be useless for me to enquire why I omitted to comply

with his request at the time; I can only say that the

omission was quite unintentional, but I consider it a duty to

rectify it now.

This, indeed, should be unnecessary inasmuch as already

Wiegmann, in the Herpetol. Mex. 1834, p. 13, has fully

acknowledged and established Kaup’s claim. He says :—

‘“‘ Hane diversitatem geographicam oculatissimus Kaupius

primus detexit, et in Iside 1827. p. 610 docte exposuit. III.

Waglerus Kaupii nullam faciens mentionem, rem jam a me

stabilitam (Isis 1829. p. 422) denuo protulit quasi novam, et

a semet ipso inventam (8. A. p. 228). Haec, salva in cineres

amicissimi viri pietate, ne Kaupii nostri merita laudesque

imminuerentur, reticere nolui, quum Cel. Oken, quod ili

debebat tribuere, mili falso adscripsit (Isis 1831. p. 1015).

Nihil enim equidem in hac re detexi, nihilque addidi, nisi

quod legem indicavi, qua Sauri per orbem terrarum dispersi

videantur.”

The cause why Kaup’s merits in the matter were not

equally fecognized or entirely overlooked in subsequent or

~ modern herpetological works may be found in the unfortunate

circumstance that he omitted to give technical names to the

two groups, designating them as

1. Héhere Sanrier der Neuen Welt (with six genera), and

2. Hohere Saurier der Alten Welt (with nine genera).

This was done by Gray, whe, singularly enough, in the

same month of the same year (July 1827) published in the

‘Philosophical Magazine’ an arrangement of the families of

Lacertilia, with partial indication of their geographical range.

He divided them into seven families, of which the fifth is

named Iguanide (without locality) and the seventh Agamide

(comprising genera from the ‘Old and New World, New

Holland and India”), the Chameeleonide occupying the

524 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

place between them. Gray, like Kaup, distinguished the

Agamide from the Iguanide chiefly on account of the mode

of insertion of their teeth in the jaws; but his then imperfect

knowledge of their geogrophical ranges prevented him from

perceiving the fact that the difference in their dental characters

coincided with their distribution over the globe. Evidently

this fact was first pointed out by Kaup. A. GUNTHER.

LX XII.—WNotes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An-

drews.—No. XXX, By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D.,

F.R.S., &e.

[Plates XII. & XII. a.]

. On the Stranding of an Adult Female Mesoplodon bidens, Sowerby,

at St. Andrews.

On an Abnormal Plaice with a Precaudal Fin-frill on the Left Side.

On Orthagoriscus mola, Bl.

. On the British Spherodoride, Chloremide, and Chetopteride.

. On the same Families dredged in the ‘Porcupine’ Expeditions of

1869 and 1870.

. On the foregoing Families dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,

Canada, by Dr. Whiteaves.

. On the same Families dredged in Norwegian Waters and in Finmark

by Canon Norman.

GO oPeer”

ba |

1. On the Stranding of an Adult Female Mesoplodon bidens,

Sowerby, at St. Andrews.

For some days in May the fishermen had observed a whale

moving between the Castle and the mouth of the Eden about

a mile from shore. Then on the afternoon of the 28th May

a fisherman-caddie, George Brown, saw what he thought was

a horse floundering in the sea about a mile from the Olub-

house and in shallow water about 150 yards from the edge.

_ It floundered on parallel with the shore about 100 yards,

apparently after having touched the bottom and without

being able to turn its head seawards. He and others went

out, waded into the water, and found the whale, which was

of a brownish-black colour, paler ventrally, still living, and

beating the water with its tail. They prevented the receding

tide carrying it out, though, perhaps, such was not likely to

happen, and it died in, ten minutes. When preparing the

carcass, which was over 16 feet in length, for a skeleton,

A. W. Brown, of the Laboratory, found that the left shoulder

and arm were extensively ecchymosed, the muscles and

Sere

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 525

tissues being infiltrated with blood, and with a tendency to

rapid putrefaction. The bruise extended from the scapula to

the humerus and the armpit as well as to the hand. The

macerated left humerus showed an ovoid depressed surface,

1 inch by half an inch, about an inch from the anterior edge

of the head, and somewhat obliquely situated on the front of

the bone and near its middle. he only explanation of the

injury is that the Fleet had been at gun-practice for some

time off St. Andrews Bay, and a spent shot or a fragment of

a shell may have struck the animal, rendering it more or less

helpless on the left side, and causing it to seek the shallow

water.

Nothing occurred in the stomach except mucus and para-

sites, and the same with the intestines.

Mesoplodon bidens from the ventral surface.

In the accompanying sketch (see figure), which has been

made from a photograph by A. W. Brown, the left side is

presumed to be partly immersed in the wet sand during a

shower of rain, but the flipper and right groove (a) on the

throat are shown. ‘The latter seems to follow the trend of the

mandible, and ceases before reaching the mid-ventral line.

Notices of the occurrence of this whale are given in Bell’s

‘British Quadrupeds’* &c., and the skeletons have been

dealt with by Sir William Flower and Sir William Turner,

the latter of whom has kindly promised to look over the

bones of this example.

2. On an Abnormal Plaice with a Precaudal Fin-frill

on the Left Side.

The publication of my friend Mr. Boulenger’s { very inter-

esting example of a malformed pfaice from the London

* Second edition. ;

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1908, pp. 161-_‘, text-figs. 28 & 29.

526 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

market recalls a similar case included in the Tenth Annual

Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland (1892) *. In this

the right (coloured) side presents a fairly normal appearance,

except that near the caudal an irregularity of the fin-rays—

both dorsal and anal—occurs. A few irregular fin-rays are

at a different level from the rest when the fish is placed on a

flat surface right side up. On the left side the lateral line

posteriorly is curved gently to the dorsal edge, and terminates

about half an inch in front of a somewhat elevated border

stretching between the dorsal and anal interspinous regions.

This elevated border is fringed with a continuous series of

rays. The first of the irregular series ventrally pass from

the anal interspinous bones at a forward angle, and the trans-

verse rays follow in order. The rays joining the dorsal are

crowded and almost form a double series at the prominent

fold of the region. The interspinous elements show a

tendency both at the dorsal and the ventral edge to follow

the abnormal transverse or vertical fin, but they appear to be

deficient in the central region, though slight folds are visible.

The lateral line commences anew from beneath the centre of

the transverse or vertical fold, and goes straight back, as

usual, to the caudal. The left side is of the normal colour,

with the exception of a circular patch of black about 3 of an

inch in diameter, which is situated below the lateral line and

almost covered by the membrane and rays of the abnormal

fin. Above the lateral line is another minute speck. ‘The

scales of the caudal region on the right do not appear to

differ from an ordinary example, and those on the lett do not

call for remark.

Mr. Boulenger’s specimen agrees with the foregoing in the

absence of the fin-frill from the coloured side and in the

presence of a deep notch dorsally and ventrally behind the

abnormal fin. ‘There are slight differences in regard to the

continuity of the marginal fins and the abnormal one, but

the condition in each evidently springs from the same cause.

He thinks that at an early stage of its existence the fish lost

the posterior part of its caudal region at the point now

indicated by the truncature on the blind side; “it at once

proceeded to repair the injury by producing a secondary

terminal fin, viz., the transverse structure connecting the

dorsal with the anal... But at the same time, or soon after,

the true tail asserted its rights, and grew again, alongside the

secondary fin, and this*regeneration would fall under what

Prof. Giard has designated as ‘ Régénérations hypotypiques.’ ”

* Part ili. pp. 298 & 299, pl. xvii. fig. 5.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 527

Such an interpretation is very interesting, but it was not that

which suggested itself in former years. A re-examination of

the St. Andrews example shows that no trace of regeneration

occurs superficially in the fairly normal right or coloured

side; that the vertebral column runs normally to the base of

the tail ; and that no irregularity is visible from the hypural

elements forward for more than twenty vertebra, the skeleton

being the same as in other examples, except that a slight

dorsal curve is visible a little in front of the fin-frill, an

indication, perhaps, of the peculiarity in constitution (dys-

crasia) which may be associated with the abnormal fin.

Moreover, the condition on the left side is explicable without

calling in the loss of the tail in the early condition. The

precaudal fin-frill may be a simple abnormality arising from

hypertrophy or a hereditary tendency to excess of fin-growth

—akin, for instance, to polydactylism or the extra fins of

the golden carp.

3. On Orthagoriscus mola, Bi.

This fish is occasionally found in the neighbourhood of

St. Andrews Bay, especially in the mouth of the Forth, where

a small example appeared off Crail on the 9th October, 1908.

Such a small form shows the greenish-blue silvery lustre

quite as much as the larger. This example had a length of

23 inches and a depth of 144, whilst across the dorsal and

anal fins it measured 323 inches. The dorsal fin was 92 inches

long and the anal 94 inches. Like other examples it was

swimming leisurely at the surface of the water with the

dorsal fin projecting. ‘lhe stomach was empty and the

intestine contained glairy mucus amongst which were several

parasites. |

Though the examples captured off the shores of Fife do not

reach the gigantic size of that shown in the London Fisheries

Exhibition of 1883 *, and which measured 12 féet from the

tip of the dorsal to that of the anal and 8 feet in length of

body, yet some caught in the Forth and in St. Andrews Bay

are of considerable size. Thus DayT records one from

Pittenween 8 feet across the fins, a body 4 feet long, and it is

interesting that they have generally been caught in October

or November. ' ‘l’hus one caught on the 4th of October, 1862,

in St. Andrews Bay measured 4 ft. 8 in. across the fins, and,

in addition to the points indicated in the ‘ Fauna of St. An-

drews’ t, and quoted by Day, it may be mentioned that its

* ‘Scandinavian Fishes, Fries, Kkstrém, Sundevall, and Wright, ii.

pp: 626 et seq. )

+ Brit. Fishes, ii. p. 275. t P, 183,

28 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Ld |

respiration was so active that before capture it spouted water

from each gill-slit. The circumference was 8 ft.6 in. In

the stomach was a large quantity of greyish mucus with

fragments of cestodes. The parasites mentioned subse-

quently were found not only amongst the muscles, but in the

liver, and many pyriform scolex-like forms occurred in the

same tissues.

Dr. Wm. Nicoll reports that in the small example he

found, in the lower part of the intestine and the rectum,

about fifty specimens of Dihemistephanus lydiw, Stossich, one

of the spinous trematodes with a peculiar configuration of the

cephalic spines. He also found about a dozen examples of

the cestode Anchistrocephalus microcephalus, Rud., in the

intestine. Moreover, besides Acanthocephalus reptans (Gym-

norhynchus horridus, Goodsir) in the muscles, Acantho-

cephalus elongatus burrowed in all directions in the liver.

Dr. Galman kindly identified Cecrops latreillit, Leach, which

was found, as in 1862, infesting the gills, and Lepeophthetrus

nordmannt, M.-Edw., which occurred in considerable numbers

on the skin, the latter not having been present in the larger

example in 1862, which, however, had numerous specimens

of Tristoma coccineum on the surface.

4, On the British Spherodoride, Chloremidex, and

Cheetopteride.

The first family is extremely limited both in respect to

genus and species, the common form, Ephesta gracilis,

H. Rathke, being that formerly entered by Dr. Johnston in

the Catalogue of the British Museum and by Dr. Allen in

the ‘Fauna of Plymouth’ (1904). The species seems to be

everywhere distributed in British waters, from the tidal

region to 6 or 15 fathoms or more, the finest examples coming

from the deeper water off St. Andrews Bay. It is a form

which exhibits only moderate activity, crawling slowly about

or throwing itself into coils. It extends to Norway, Spitz-

bergen, and Greenland.

The foot has dorsally the opaque white globular process

which appears to be a modification of a cirrus. It is smooth

throughout and has at its outer and upper surface a clavate

papilla similar to those on the surface of the body. The

conical setigerous lobe occurs beneath, and its surface and

tip are hispid with large papillz of the kind already men-

tioned. It*is supported by a single, strong, translucent,

tapering spine, which has a tip simply pointed. The number

of the bristles is usually four, and they have a characteristic

aa er

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 529

shape at the tip, like a billhook. A form from the Channel

Islands, however, differs from the foregoing and agrees with

LEphesia antarctica of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition in having

articulated bristles, the shaft showing the same distinct curve

backward at its distal third, a dilated and bevelled end, but

with a short tapered terminal piece. Yet some show fusion

of the terminal process, and thus transform the bristle into

the ordinary type. Whether as knowledge extends the

foreign forms as well as the foregoing may be amalgamated

with the common type is still an open question. At any rate,

so far as general structure goes, Hphesia appears to be a near

ally of the Syllide.

Two British species of Chloremide were included in

Dr. Johnston’s Catalogue in 1865, viz. Stylariotdes plumosa,

O. F. M., as Trophonia plumosa, and #'labelligera affinis,

Sars, as Siphonostoma uncinata, Aud. & Edwards. In the

‘Fauna of Plymouth’ (1904) no addition has been made to

the foregoing meagre list. Besides these, several additional

forms have to be noted, some of which are known in Nor-

wegian waters,! whilst others do not appear to have been

described.

Stylarioides plumosa, O. F. M., is generally distributed in

the North Huropean seas, and extends to Greenland and the

American shores; and though common between layers of

shale and laminated sandstone, or in dark odoriferous mud,

yet the cod and the haddock seem to find it out, probably

after dislodgment by storms. The stomach of the latter

occasionally contains dozens. It is a striking form—with its

pinkish palpi, grass-green branchie, long resplendent ante-

rior bristles, and its rugose surface. ‘The mouth is a vertical

slit below the palpi, with fleshy lips which slowly open and

close in the continuous swallowing of water and probably

also of muddy sand as food under ordinary conditions. The

inner surface of the lips is pale reddish brown. Rarely a

hoof-shaped process, with the flat surface pointing ventrally,

is thrust out, the anterior or dorsal arch having the eight

green branchiz along its edge, whilst posteriorly are two

external lateral, two small median below the mouth, and a

larger posterior or ventral process besides the palpi. On an

eminence in the centre above the mouth are two brown

pigment-spots which may represent eyes. In a partially

contracted example—living or dead—the anterior region

shows a vertical slit, more or less widened in the centre

according to circumstances, and having a frilled margin

surrounded by a fringe of longer papille. On each side is a

530 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Votes from the

vertical ridge slightly divided into a dorsal and ventral

division, and from each of these springs a remarkably long

tuft of the characteristic golden bristles which stretch far in

front of the animal and refract the light beautifully. From

the forward and upward direction of these bristles they would

not appear to be of much service on a flat surface, but they

would be of use on the wall of a tube or tunnel, as well as

protect the branchiz and palpi. Similar but shorter bristles

follow in the dorsal division throughout the body. Moreover,

in the fourth segment the ventral series consists of stout spines

with a double curve, some of which, however, have slender

translucent tips—indicating that the succeeding and more

perfect hooks are only modifications of an articulated bristle.

Small examples about an inch in length differ from the adults

(of 4 or 5 inches) in the smaller number of segments, 47 or

48 instead of 60-80, and in the less dilated anterior region.

It is interesting that the type of bristle seen in this form —

persists in species from the Indian and other oceans, as

shown, amongst others, by Prof. Ehlers* in his recent

beautiful work on the Annelids of the German Deep-sea

Expedition.

The second form, Stylarioides glauca, Mgrn., has long been

known in Zetlandic waters, where it was first obtained by

Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, and it extends to Norway and Sweden.

It is distinguished by its smaller size, clavate outline, the

posterior region sometimes forming in the preparations a

narrow moniliform appendage of many segments. The

general surface is comparatively smooth under a lens, though

studded with long clavate papillz and encrusted with particles

of sand which give a dull greyish appearance in life and in

a state of preservation, with a dull bluish region from the

intestine. ‘The body-wall is thinner than in S. plumosa and

the fasciculi of the dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles

are visible as separate strands. There are six branchie, the

two lower with filiform tips and devoid of a pale streak in

the centre. Two minute brown pigment-specks occur on the

process bearing the branchiz, the flattened and crenate palpi,

andthe mouth. ‘The first series of frontal bristles are trans-

lucent, pale, iridescent, and, as compared with those of S. plu-

mosa, few in number and boldly articulated. The second series

inaugurates the arrangement throughout the rest of the body,

viz., a longer dorsal tuft of articulated bristles, and ventrally

* “Die bordensiissigen Anneliden aus den Sammlungen der deutschen

Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer ‘ Valdivia,’ ” 1908.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 531

a shorter yet conspicuous tuft—proportionally thicker with

well-marked articulations and a tapered and slightly hooked

tip.

The third species is Stylariovdes arenosa of Webster, which

was procured at low-water mark at St. Peter Port, Guernsey,

in 1868—that is, long before it was seen by H. E. Webster

between tide-marks, Northampton County, eastern shore of

Virginia. Mr.Webster, however, first published a description

of the species. The body is about two inches in length,

firm and more or less rounded from a dense coating of ad-

herent sand-grains, and in the preparations grooved anteriorly,

either dorsally and ventrally, from contraction. It is slightly

tapered anteriorly and gently diminished to a blunt tail with

the anus in the middle. Segments 60-70, distinct. The

first three sets of articulated bristles are longer than the rest,

and with the next two directed forward, shorter than in

S. plumosa, pale yellow and resplendent. ‘The ventral of the

third series shows a hooked tip with an adnate secondary

process, and in its progress backward the edge of the latter is

differentiated into a separate process, either by use or other-

wise, and the whole flattened hook becomes shorter and more

closely articulated.

The entire surface is closely beset with sand-grains, so that

to the touch it resembles a hard sandy tube. The papille

appear to be more or less cylindrical with a clavate tip, but

they exhibit no evident arrangement in rows as in Mr.

Webster’s American examples. The branchie also appear

to differ, for Webster states that they “are very numerous,

filiform, red at the base, green externally, the inferior shorter

than the superior.”

As mentioned by the American author, the bristles of the

first five segments point forward, but the first three are most

conspicuous. The first is the longest, and its bristles are

densely coated with parasitic growths, such as_ thecate

Infusoria, alge, mud, and fragments of bristles. The ventral

ate a little shorter than the dorsal. Though pale by reflected

light they are brownish by transmitted light, taper to a very

delicate hair-like tip, and have a series of articulations, which

are Closer at the base of the bristle, longer in the diminishing

tip. The ventral of the second set are considerably shorter,

have a double curve, and taper to a less delicate though

simple tip which is slightly hooked. The ventral of the

third series (Webster says fourth) consist of three bristles,

curved at the tip and bifid, the tip indeed resembling that of

Sigalion and Sthenelais, ‘The terminal segment is about

532 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

three or four times as long as the adjoining, and ends in a

hook with a secondary process in the form of a fixed process

beneath—that is, in the concavity. Whilst only three of these

organs project externally, seven occur in an even row in the

tissues, but four are imperfectly developed. Of the three

projecting externally, two are larger and more opaque

(brownish), have short segments throughout their lower half,

longer segments in their distal half, which is curved. ‘The

third bristle is considerably shorter, more translucent, and has

long segments throughout its free portion, with short segments

at its base in the tissues. The latter apparently represents

a developing bristle. The dorsal bristles project upward and

inward in a series of short fans to the posterior end of the

body, the tips showing a tendency to curve forward. The

ventral bristles from the third backward present a gradnal

modification into stout hooks with bifid tips. Thus at the.

10th foot these processes retain a bristle-like appearance

with long articulations, which, however, become shorter

toward the tip, which tapers to a long terminal joint with a

hook and a secondary process differentiated at its free edge,

viz., with a thickened rim, but the whole is bound to the

concavity of the hook: At the 20th foot a similar condition

exists both as regards the bristle-like stem of the appendage,

the shortening of the joints toward the tip, and the longer

terminal joint with the hook and the fixed secondary process

beneath with the marginal differentiation—the whole having

the aspect of a Polyzoan avicularian. ‘The hook gradually

becomes shorter, broader, and stouter, the articulations more

closely arranged, and between the 40th and 50th feet the

secondary process has in some lost its web, so that the

thickened edge, as it were, forms the mandible below the

hooked beak. ‘'loward the tip of the tail the secondary pro-

cess of the now short hook often disappears and the terminal

hook is considerably abraded. The hook is still flattened and

lias oblique strize below the translucent tip. The reticulations

are also very closely arranged.

Flabelligera affinis, Sars, is a common form all round the

shores of Britain from Shetland to the Channel Islands, and

is equally well known in Spitzbergen, Greenland, Iceland,

and Scandinavia. It generally occurs between tide-marks or

in the Laminarian region, though it also extends to the

coralline zone. So far as observed, all the British examples

are referable to the same species.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 533

The last of the series is Flabelligera buskii*, with a body

about half an inch in length and the outline of a young

example of Flabelligera affinis, both as regards gelatinous

investment and the urn-shaped and clavate papille, but the

former have a coarser central axis and the latter are smaller

and have thicker stalks. The palpi are pale, whilst the body

and branchie are bright red. The frontal bristles are trans-

lucent and delicate, and the articulations wide. The hooks,

which are often in pairs, have slender shafts with longer

articulations than in /, afinds, and the terminal claw is wider

ee the base, is longer, and has a smaller angle with the

shalt.

The Cheetopteride were introduced to the British Fauna

by Dr: Baird in 1854, and thus only occupied a place in the

** Addenda” to Dr. Johnston’s posthumous ‘ Catalogue of the

non-parasitic Worms in the British Museum.’ No addition to

the family has been made in the ‘ Fauna of Plymouth? (1904),

but Mr. Cyril Crossland’s + excellent résumé of the various

species of Chatopterus has done much to clear up the con-

fusion in regard to them. Dr. Baird’s specimens of Cheto-

pterus variopedatus, Renier, came from the south coast of

England (Cornwall), but it ranges from Shetland to the

Channel Islands, and occurs on both the eastern and western

coasts as well as the shores of Ireland. Abroad it would

seem to be the common form on the western and southern

shores of Europe. The remarkable contour, brilliant bluish

phosphorescence, and large tube often covered with zoophytes

make it one of the most striking annelids.

The anterior region in the northern specimens of Cheto-

pterus vartopedatus usually consists of the “ head” and nine

bristled segments. The so-called “head” forms a broad

frill or collar, the great dorsal flaps of which cease at the

base of the tentacles, a less conspicuous rim passing on each

side to the middle line of the dorsum where fusion occurs,

In the preparations of the northern forms, as in life, no

anterior frill is present in the mid-dorsal line, and they thus

differ from the Neapolitan examples, the dorsal band forming

an enlargement and ending bluntly behind the oral rim.

In the Neapolitan form the mid-dorsal line has a tendency to

differentiation in the shape of a fold or thickening of the

rim, and the termination of the mid-dorsal longitudinal band

* Trans. R. S. Edin. vol. xxv. p. 420, pl. xv. fig. 13a, and pl. xvi,

fig. 4.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1904, vol. i. p. 270.

Ann. & Mag. N. List. Ser. 8. Vol. u, 38

534 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

is less expanded. The cavity of the collar, which, by the

approximation of the dorsal flaps, assumes the shape of a

funnel, leads to the mouth and is tinted brown, with a

tendency to madder-brown near the oral aperture. It doubt-

less subserves important functions in alimentation. At its

outer edge dorsally, and close to the first foot, springs on

each side the large subulate tentacle, which in the preparations

is grooved on its inner surface and shows crenations along

the groove. Thus the organ resembles a palp, though

apparently occupying a different position. In life it is capable

of considerable elongation, and occasionally presents a coil

or two towards the tip. At its base externally is a trans-

versely elongated black pigment-speck—the eye,—which

occupies a pit at the base of the collar and between it and the

base of the tentacle. In some the black pigment-specks are

separately arranged in a transverse row.

Closely following the buccal segment are the feet and

other parts of the region, which has 9 segments in almost

all the northern examples. In two specimens from Naples

one had 10 on both sides, and the other 10 on the right

and 11 on the left. Considerable variability, however, is

known to exist in the common species, which may have only

8 bristled segments in this region. The feet are uni-

ramous with the exception of the ninth. Whilst the dorsal

surface is distinguished by its narrow median grooved

band which is continued on the tenth segment, the ventral

surface forms a large, convex, glandular, shield-like area—

somewhat resembling thatin Sabella,—and in the Neapolitan

examples the area is more definitely outlined, probably from

the method of preparation.

The next or middle region consists of 5 segments,

though the first appears to pertain as much to the anterior

region. ‘This (first) segment has dorsally the median grooved

band, which is of the same diameter as in front, but at the

posterior edge of the wings it diminishes and is continued

thereafter as an undivided smooth band. Itis in this region,

viz. in the eleventh segment, that the cylindrical fecal

masses first appear, so that they may be formed in front of

it. The inner surface of the gut is here thrown into a com-

plex series of folds or large villi.

The posterior region has 22 or 23 strongly marked

segments, each of which has a prominent dorsal division

of the foot formed on the plan of the great wings of the

tenth segment, viz., a large fleshy lobe somewhat tapered

distally and enclosing a series of bristles of the type seen

in the tenth bristled segment, tapered at both ends but

’

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 535

most attenuate at the distal end. This process ends in a

ventral enlargement carrying on its anterior edge a band of

hooks, each of which has about ten fangs. Besides, two flaps

on the ventral surface carry hooks with ten or eleven teeth

or fangs. Altogether there are thus four rows of hooks in

each segment, and the individual hooks vary little in the

several rows. The dorsal processes gradually diminish

posteriorly and end in two small and somewhat lanceolate

processes on each side and below the level of the anus.

_ The three great lamella on the dorsum of the middle

region of the body are waved to and fro, as if performing

a respiratory function either for blood or coelomic fluid,

Their muscularity is considerable, so that a vigorous fanning

motion from front to rear is caused.

What apparently is a Spiochetopterus was dredged in Loch

Linnhe on the 7th September, 1882, in 385-37 fathoms, and

similar tubes come from various parts of the British shores.

The tube is rigid, hard, and brittle, breaking under the forceps

like the ossific tissue of young teleosteans and in short

fragments. Somewhat faint rings encircle the tubes, but the

intervals are not quite regular, The anterior end of the

annelid is absent. Each segment has dorsally a pair of

setigerous processes bearing a group of about four bristles,

with long shafts and flattened tapering tips. ‘Two flaps or

flap-like processes occur on the side below the foregoing and

bear hooks which are exceedingly transparent and the out-

line of which is difficult to follow. They appear to approach

those of Spiochwtopterus, a form whose range extends to both

sides of the Atlantic.

5. On the same Families dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’

Expeditions of 1869 and 1870.

A species about the size of Stylarioides glauca is Styla-

rioides flabellata of Sars (Pl. XII. fig. 1), which was dredged in

the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 on the Channel Slope

at Station 6, 48° 26’ N., 9° 44’ W. in 358 fathoms. — It is

readily distinguished from S. glauca by the dense coating of

sand-grains, by the ferruginous hue of the posterior region,

the stronger frontal bristles, and the conical anterior process

with its long papilla. The body is rounded, about an inch

in length in the preparations, slightly enlarged at the anterior

third, and gently tapering to the posterior end, which forms

a short cone with the anus in the centre, a

536 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Anteriorly the dorsal median process bears long papille

with globular or clavate tips, which give it a characteristic

fringe under a lens, and on each side is the long pale bristle-

tuft which proceeds forward and very slightly outward and

upward, the tips having a ventral curvature. They are

finely iridescent, gleaming with a greenish-blue sheen like

the long bristles of Mitraria. When mounted in Farrant’s

solution they are brownish by transmitted light, have short

articulations at the base, but the greater part of the free

portion in each has long joints. They taper to a fine point,

show a distinct curvature, and are somewhat stiff. They

form an even row or palisade in the tissues, with reserve

bristles developing at the base, and make a regular vertical

fan-like series internally. The ventral bristles are only a

little shorter, the regularly arranged fan being directed

slightly outward and forward, the lower bristles having a

ventral direction, and the tips curve inward. The angle

these bristles make with the body is variable, according to

the condition of the basal muscles on immersion in spirit.

The bristles of the second foot—which is fused with the first

in forming the lateral projection on each side anteriorly—are

much shorter and more slender than the first, indeed the

dorsal do not appear to be half the length, and the ventral

are still shorter. ‘heir direction is also forward and slightly

outward and their structure is the same, viz., long, tapering,

jointed bristles. The bristles of the third foot leave the body

at a different angle—projecting more directly outward and

slightly forward. ‘The dorsal series has the same structure,

but the ventral differ, for they are long, jointed, flattened,

nearly of equal diameter throughout, though really slightly

increasing from the base to the end of the shaft, which is a

little dilated and curved forward. ‘The tip consists of a

gradually diminishing flattened process, ending in a well-

marked hook (Pl. XII. a. fig. 1), the whole structure being

more conspicuous tm situ than the slender tapering dorsal

bristles.

The posterior hooks are short and knife-shaped with a

marked curve at the tip (Pl. XII. a. fig. 2), and have oblique

striz throughout. -

Another species, which may provisionally be termed Styla-

riotdes sarsit, was dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of

1870 off Cape Sagres in 45 fathoms, on July 28th, amidst

what was termed a southern fauna. It somewhat resembles

Stylarioides plumosa, but has a shorter auterior region, fewer

segments, more velvety surface, and stiffer dorsal bristles, the

—

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 537

ventral of the third pair forming long stiff straight bristles,

whilst the hooks of the fourth pair are short, broad, flattened

knives with a curve at the tip. This form of crotchet con-

tinues a short distance and passes into a series of longer, rigid,

lever-like spines posteriorly.

So far as the two fragments, apparently of the same

animal, show, the shape is generally that of the common

species, the entire surface being closely villous from clavate

papille, which are longest on the first three segments, and

especially the first, but no sand-grains are visible. The

general colour is a kaki-brown, and the segments are more

than 20 in number. ‘he papille are smaller on the

ventral surface, and, as on the dorsum, they are more con-

spicuous on the anterioy segments. The anterior pit for the

emission of the oral organs is triangular and resembles in

position that of S. plumosa. The first foot has long, pale

golden, iridescent bristles, which in the preparation pass for-

ward and inward, so that they cross each other toward the

tips, which show only a trace of a curve. They and the next

two groups are studded with Loxosome, which extend likewise

on the foot at the base and present buds at various stages.

In structure the dorsal bristles (Pl. XII. a. fig. 3) have narrow

segments at the base and for a long distance outward; then

toward the tip the segments increase in length but irregularly,

two, three, or four short segments being followed by a

longer one, and so on to the delicately tapered tip. In some

instances the smaller segments are incomplete, the lines

running inward only partially. The ventral of the first set

are a little shorter, but show the same structure. ‘T’he dorsal

and ventral bristles of the second and third groups are shorter,

and the ventral of the third have increased in strength,

forming a stiff fan of rather long bristles which spread up-

ward and inward, so that much of the fan is seen from the

ventral surface. They taper from base to apex, and the

segments increase gradually in length toward the tip, which

‘is generally abraded, apparently from use in the tunnel in

the mud. The fourth foot has slender dorsal bristles, and

ventrally a row of stiff flattened hooks (PI. XII. a. fig. 4) with

closely articulated shafts, and broad flattened tips shaped like

a hedge-bill with a well-marked hook. Oblique strie occur

as the transverse lines wane. Besides these is a form

simply curved like a tapering spatula and having articula-

tions nearly to the tip. The dorsal bristles form somewhat

stiff fans directed obliquely forward and upward to the

posterior end of the fragment. The ventral hooks, again,

remain only for a short distance of the broad knife-shape,

538 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

becoming mote elongated posteriorly (Pl. XII. a. fig. 5), a

typical foot there showing about five ringed hooks with a slight

curvature of the shaft and ending in a point, generally

abraded, and with only a trace of a curvature near the tip.

They would thus act as lever-like spines, whilst the anterior

crotchets are more fitted for clinging.

The distinctions between Brada and Stylartoides do not

rest on the absence of the frontal bristles as De Quatrefages

states, for the first and second pairs of dorsal bristles, though

short, are in Brada fairly conspicuous. Moreover, one

section of the genus, viz. that represented by Brada villosa,

H. Rathke, leans closely to Stylariotdes, especially that group

with more or less straight ventral bristles, yet they are

distinguished by the papilla between the fourth and fifth .

bristled segments in Brada—even in the elongated type

with 45 segments, The setigerous process for the ventral

bristles is more distinct in Brada, and may show a circlet of —

papilla at its base. The palpi and numerous branchie

characterise Brada, as well as Stylariotdes. In Brada the

ovaries form dense clusters in the sixth, seventh, and eighth

bristled segments and behind the papilla.

A variety of Brada villosa, H. Rathke, was dredged in the

‘ Porcupine ’ Expedition of 1870 at Station 8 on the Channel

Slope in 257 fathoms, amidst a northern fauna, and it was

also dredged in the ‘ Knight Errant’ on the 17th August, 1880,

ata depth of 580 fathoms at Station 8. It measures about

2 inches in length, and is distinguished by its hirsute

sandy aspect and the shortness and delicacy of its bristles.

The anterior end is bluntly rounded ‘and the feeble

development of the frontal bristles is, for instance, in con<

trast with those of Stylariotdes plumosa and indicates a

difference in surroundings, the present form probably in-

habiting soft mud in deep water. The anterior pit has a

broad arch superiorly, the margin being papillose, whilst the

posterior lip is deeply sinuous ventrally, the whole forming

a large opening with a broad projecting rim ventrally. In

this aperture lie the two crenate and grooved palpi and above

them the slender branchiw. The body is fusiform, tapered

anteriorly and more distinctly posteriorly, where it ends in a

bluntly conical tail with the anus in the centre. Three |

diminishing smooth rings occur behind the last segment

bearing bristles. The dorsum is rough with long papille and

sand-grains, which on the ventral surface are smaller, thus

rendering the enlarged anterior region smoother, and the same

may be said of the posterior half. Both offer a contrast to

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 539

the rough dorsal surface. The bristled segments are in the

large example 46 in number. The frontal bristles of the

first pair are very slender and inconspicuous, and do not

extend forward the breadth of the body.. They are pale,

tapering bristles, with long joints and very fine hair-like tips.

The dorsal bristles of the second series are still shorter and

equally slender. Those of the third series agree, but the

ventral have assumed the characteristic stout shafts and finely

tapered translucent tips seen in rest of the body (Pl. XII. a.

fig. 6). ‘They arise from a smooth conical setigerous process

with long clavate papille at the base. The prominence of

the ventral division of the foot throughout the body is note-

worthy. Between the fourth and fifth segments ventrally is,

on each side, a cylindrical or slightly flattened papilla with

a smoothly rounded free end, the lower half apparently having

a coating of sand-grains. It varies in length in the females,

some having long and others short papille.

This form has certain resemblances to the Siphonostomum

villosum, of H. Rathke*, though his examples were small

and short, probably incomplete. The special characters of

the ventral division of the foot and the somewhat stellate

arrangement of the papille around each, when viewed on

end, generally correspond. Unfortunately he did not enter

into the minute structure of the bristles or figure them.

Moreover, it agrees closely with Trophonia arctica, Hansen T,

from a depth of 20 fathoms in Magdalena Bay. He, how-

ever, describes the dorsal surface as uniformly granulated,

and the papille on the ventral surface as fewer and smaller.

On the whole, Hansen’s form is smoother.

There are apparently two varieties of Brada villosa, viz.,

the shorter northern form and the more elongated type from

the ‘ Knight Errant.’ Both have the dense coating of sand-

grains which, with the papille, make the dorsum remarkably

rugose, yet there are considerable differences in the shorter

northern forms from Finmark, some of which are much less

covered with sand. Both have the ventral papille exactly

in the same position and of like shape, yet amongst those

from Greenland and from Finmark the length of these papillee

varies, some having short, others long papille, so that

sexual distinctions in this respect may exist. The number

of segments in the shorter northern form is about 23,

whereas the specimen from the ‘ Knight Errant’ has 45,

* Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens, p. 215, pl. xi. figs. 11 & 12.

+ Norske Nordhavs-Exped. Annel. p. 39, pl. vii. figs. 17-20.

540 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The bristles of the two series agree in structure, though it

must be stated that the long example from the ‘ Knight

Errant’ has dorsal and ventral .bristles of a more slender

character than the northern, and they are paler, and further

that the papillae are longer and more slender both dorsally

and ventrally. In this specimen also from the § Knight

Krrant’ a parasitic Infusorial form allied to Carchesium

projects from the anterior pit.

6. On the foregoing Kamilies dredged in the Gulf of

St. Lawrence, Canada, by Dr. Whiteaves.

An example of the Spherodoride, viz. an Ephesia, offers

certain differences from the ordinary British and northern

form (not the southern), in so far as it presents a distinctly

articulated tip to its bristles, which, besides, have an enlarged

end of the shaft with an oblique continuation, as in the

Syllide, the terminal piece, which tapers to a sharp point,

being frequently lost. It thus presents a close resemblance

to Ephesia antarctica*, Mcl., from the Antarctic Circle,. as

first procured by the ‘Challenger,’ and more recently, described

by Prof. Ehlers +, by the German exploring-ship ‘ Valdivia,’

though the bristle shows no spikes on the bevelled margin of

the end of the shaft—a condition, however, which is very

easily altered by friction.

The Chloremide are well represented by good examples

of Stylarioides plumosa, O. F. M., one of which had a para-

sitic crustacean attached to a branchia, the elongated body

like an ovisac projecting nearly as far as the tips of the

branchiz. A variety dredged in considerable numbers in

125 fathoms off Cape Rosier Lighthouse has a comparatively

smooth surface, for the papille are very minute and few or

no foreign particles are adherent. This form has normal

bristles and hooks, whereas another variety with the roughly

papillose dorsal and ventral surfaces has longer and more

slender ventral crotchets, whilst the dorsal bristles are also

somewhat longer, and in this respect it agrees with a similar

variety procured by H.M.S. ‘ Valorous.’? Whether the soft

reddish mud of the region favours this tendency to a smoother

surface of the first-mentioned is unknown, but the condition

is noteworthy. In one instance the body is quite pale

throughout and has no trace of the fine reddish mud. Brada

é sar ie ‘Challenger,’ p. 361, pl. xliv. fig. 5, and pl. xxii, a. figs. 22

+ ‘Die bodendssigen Anneliden, &e.’ p. 107, tab, xiv. figs. 7-18 (1908).

Gaity Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, d41

villosa, H. Rathke, likewise occurs, and an example about

¢ of an inch in length is so free from sand that the papille

are clearly visible on the pale yellowish-brown surface.

This species shows considerable variety in external appear-

ance, but the bristles and crotchets remain distinctive. ‘The

Trophonia arctica of Hansen does not appear to differ

materially from this form.

The only example of the Chetopteride is the widely

distributed Speochetopterus typicus of Sars, tubes of which

occur in 96 fathoms in Trinity Bay, Saguenay County, as

well as a fragmentary form at Station 4, 1872.

7. On the same Families dredged in Norwegian Waters

and in Finmark by Canon Norman.

The rich collections of Canon Norman from northern

waters include examples of Stylariocdes plumosa, O. F. M.,

off Bergen, Christiania, and other localities, as well as from

Finmark, but they are comparatively small in contrast with

the British specimens, the finest of which occur between

tide-marks. An abundant northern form is Stylarioides

glauca, Malmgren, and one still more characteristic of

Norwegian waters is Stylarioides flabellata, Sars, which is

found in great beauty. From Finmark come Brada villosa,

H. Rathke, Brada granulata, Malmgren, and another which

differs from both. Average examples of Flabelligera affinis,

Sars, are not uncommon in the Norwegian Fjords.

A species, Stylartoides hirsuta, Hansen, dredged at

Stations 74 and 84 in Finmark in 1890, appears to correspond

closely, so far as can be made out from the brief description

and figures, with Zrophonia hirsuta of Hansen*®. ‘The

incomplete body is about half an inch in length, somewhat

clavate in outline, and with 17 bristled segments. ‘The

colour is dull yellowish or ochre, with the clavate papillz

of the first two segments of a reddish brown and forming

two rings, whilst a little of the same pigment occurs on

the next six or seven feet. The dorsal surface (Pl. XII.

fig. 2) is clothed with remarkably long papille, so as to be

woolly, especially posteriorly. On the ventral surface the

papillze are comparatively short, especially on the dilated

anterior region. About 17 bristled segments are present.

The first segment is marked by an ellipse of the reddish-

brown papille and certain much longer pale papille, as

well as by the somewhat slender and short tufts of golden

* Op. cit, p. 38, pl. vil. figs, 5-8,

542 - Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

bristles, which pass forward and slightly upward across each

other in the preparation. They taper from the base to the

hair-like tip, the former, however, showing a slight constric-

tion near the skin, and they have very distinct and rather

long articulations, the aspect being such as would be caused

by a bevelled edge at each articulation. The ventral bristles

(Pl. XII. a. fig. 7) are not half the length of the dorsal series,

but they are considerably stiffer, with narrow segments at

the slightly contracted base, and very distinct longer articu-

lations beyond these. They taper to an acute point with a

faint hook, probably from the mode of preservation. The

next six or seven feet have similar bristles both dorsally and

ventrally, the former being directed for the most part upward

and forward, the latter often outward and slightly backward.

The narrower part of the body is especially hirsute from the

long papille and the long bristles.

The description and figures of Dr. Hansen agree in the

main with the foregoing, though there may be some room for

doubt. The brownish colour of the ventral bristles is not

conspicuous.

Marenzeller is doubtful whether S. hirsuta is not a variety

of S. glauca, and both have four larger and four smaller

branchiee.

Stylarioides normant.

A form (Pl. XII. fig. 8) distinguished by its compara-

tively small size, nearly cylindrical body, short papilla

somewhat closely covering the dorsum, well-marked feet with

papille: and the ventral bristles of which are only a little

shorter and stronger than the dorsal, comes from Station 49,

1890. ‘The body is pale yellow, and under a lens its surface

appears to be devoid of sand-grains, but very minute particles

of sand and débris are seen under the microscope on the

surface of both body and papille.

The anterior end is slightly tapered, abruptly truncated

anteriorly, and the edge papillose. The bristles of the first _

series are of moderate length, slender, and pass nearly straight

forward. The dorsal bristles of the third series also remain

of considerable length and pass upward and forward. The

ventral are shorter and stronger, and form a fan nearly trans-

verse in direction. Behind the foregoing the dorsal bristles

do not become shorter, whilst the ventral (Pl. XII. a. fig. 8)

distinctly increase in length and are directed outward and

slightly backward. The transverse articulations of the dorsal

bristles are characteristically faint. The clavate papille of

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 543

the dorsal lobe are longer than those of the ventral. The

ventral bristles are distinguished by their greater diameter,

stiffness, and slightly deeper yellow as transparent objects.

Their transverse articulations are much closer proximally

than distally, and the tip is very slender. This may be a

well-marked variety of the former.

Another member of the family is Brada granulata, Malm-

gren, from Finmark in 1890. This differs from B. villosa in

its shorter form in proportion to its breadth, in the less

developed bristles, the absence of the ventral papille, and in

the apparent absence of sand-grains, though under a micro-

scope minute grains are numerous. The body is somewhat

fusiform, rather blunt at each end, especially anteriorly, the

segments clearly outlined and dotted all over with pustule-

like papille, the ventral not evidently differing from

the dorsal surface in this respect. Segments 24, the first

having the trifid pit anteriorly and the last a vertical

fissure for the vent. ‘The dorsal bristles are only visible after

minute inspection, and they are pale, slender, and capillary,

few in number, and with long joints. The first series is

inconspicuous. On the other hand, the ventral division has

a distinct setigerous process surrounded by a rosette of from

seven to eight or more of the pustule-like papille. The

ventral bristles are long and strong, minutely striated trans-

versely, of a deep brownish colour, and ending in a pale

yellow tip with a long curve and a hook-like curvature at the

tip (Pl. XII. a. fig. 9).

Brada normani.

A form (Pl. XII. fig. 4) having the outline of Brada

granulata with the anterior pit terminal and of a triradiate

form, and with nearly the same number of segments,

viz. 24, differs from it in having a surface quite as rough

as in B. villosa—tbat is, covered with coarse sandy papille.

Posteriorly a dimple which extends to both dorsal and ventral

edges has the anus in its middle. The papille along the

line of the dorsal bristles are large, long, flattened, and

conical, with an acute tip (Pl. XII. fig. 5), and therefore

of a type quite different from the papille usually seen in

Stylarioides, Brada villosa, or B. granulata. ‘They have an

opaque granular and fibrous core, and it tapers in consonance

with the outline of the process and ends in a median terminal

strand which passes to the narrow and hollow as well as

differentiated tip of the organ. Other and smaller twigs

appear to branch into the hypoderm at the base of the narrow

644 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.

terminal region. The translucent vacuolated hypoderm (or

other tissue) surrounds this fibrous axis, and its strands

occasionally give a quasi-pinnate aspect to the structure.

Some of the papille have black pigment-grains scattered near

the tip and thinly for some distance downward, but they do

not seem to have any definite arrangement. Occasionally a

short cylindrical mass is extruded at the tip, the distal end

having a globular body within a sheath, and the basal having

a central tubular connexion with the tip of the papilla. A

thin cuticle envelops all, and it is thicker on the narrow

terminal part of the papilla. The cylindrical tip is often

truncated, the terminal fibres occasionally projecting beyond

it. No other termination to the process has yet beer

observed. Sand-grains adhere to the bases and sides of these

organs, the exact nature of which is still sub judice. Other |

papille of the ordinary clavate character and coated with

sand-particles are also present on the general surface.

The dorsal brisiles are few in number, some bundles con-

sisting of two, inconspicuous and slender. They are pale

delicate bristles, with closely arranged articulations at the

base, somewhat irregular longer ones in the shaft, whilst the

joints increase in length toward the finely tapered tip. These

bristles are situated close to the ventral series and in the line

of the acuminate papille. The dark yellow ventral hooks

(Pl. XII. a. fig. 10) are of great length and nearly of equal

breadth to the commencement of the pale tip, and crossed by

closely arranged striz which are slightly oblique. These

disappear toward the translucent tip, which, as it narrows,

bends backward, and then, with a bold forward curve, ends

ina hook. The great length and linear arrangement of these

organs must give them considerable power, especially when

their own muscles and those of the remarkably muscular

and tough body-wall are considered. ‘The setigerous lobes

supporting the ventral bristles are much less distinct than in

B. granulata, very few presenting the rosette-like arrange-

ment of the papille of that form, the ventral division generally

being enveloped by the irregular lobate sandy masses pro-

jecting from the surface. This does not seem to be the

Brada inhabilis of H. Rathke.

The question may be raised as to whether this form is not

a variety of Brada granulata, Malmgren, but the approxi-

mation of dorsal and ventral divisions of the foot and the

structure of the tip of the ventral hooks, which in some

are peculiarly attenuate, almost probe-like, distinguish it.

Again, if the flattened papille should, on further investigation,

be found to be adventitious, then separation would be less

necessary.

”

U..PUAL,

Forth |

g. Nat. H

Ann.& Va

J.Green lith.

3 peice e,

Z AE ie

UF THE

JNIVENSITY of ILLINOIS

cI ETHE Sc wbbil

—_—

ae SDISUDNEDAUDDNDDAADDAL

rr) Le

> ae sr S ok eee <<

= : Ss a ee

: rr) aS ee,

So 5 aE ae ey a ae

Ann.& Mag Nat Hist.S.8 Vol I. PU.Xla.

;

SSE Wa ee Uf ka

1 On OS TTA CAD OE

fs)

Lard

On Bats from Yolz, Northern Nigeria. 545

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XII.*

Fig. 1. Stylarioides flabellata, Sars, from the dorsal surface. Enlarged

under a lens.

Fig. 2. Stylarioides hirsuta, Hansen, viewed from the dorsal surface.

Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Stylarioides normani (an var. S. hirsuta ?), sp. n., viewed dorso-

laterally, so as to show the length of the bristles, Enlarged

under a lens,

Fig. 4. Brada normant. Enlarged.

Fig. 5. Peculiar papille (?) along the line of the dorsal bristles of the

foregoing, showing a central fibrillated core and a peculiarly

modified tip. The base of a second papilla lies to the left of

the figure. .x 130 diam.

Prats XII a.

Fig. 1. Ventral bristle of Stylariotdes flabellata, Sars. x 850 diam.

Fig. 2. Posterior hook of the same species. Similarly magnified.

Fxg. 3. Basal portion of dorsal bristle of Stylarioides sarsit. x 850

diam.

Fig. 4, Ventral hooks of the fourth foot of the same form. Similarly

magnified,

Fig, 5. Posterior hooks (ventral) of the foregoing form, Similarly

magnified.

Fig. 6. Ventral bristles of the third series of Brada villosa, H. Rathke,

var, X 350 diam,

Fig. 7. Ventral bristle of Stylarioides hirsuta, Hansen. X 350 diam.

Fig. 8. Ventral bristle of Stylarioides normant. x 90 diam.

Fig. 9. Ventral hook of Brada granulata, Malmgren. x 350 diam.

Fig. 10. Ventral hook of Brada normani, an var. B. granulata (?).

x 350 diam.

LXXIII.—On a Collection of Bats from Yola, Northern

Nigeria, collected by Mr. G. W. Webster. By Guy

DOoLuLMAN, B.A.

THE British Museum owes to the generosity of Mr. G. W.

Webster a collection of bats from Northern Nigeria, and,

being the first collection received from this region, it proves

of very great interest. In addition to some extremely rare

bats, it contains one new species, and there can. be little

doubt that when the Nigerian fauna is thoroughly worked

out many other new forms will be discovered.

1, Eidolon helvum, Kerr.

@.. 8. Yola.

ef 2. Hipposiderus caffer guineensis, K. And.

oi 10,12, 13. Yola.

These three specimens are all lighter in colour than any

* I dm indebted to the Carnegie Trust for figs, 1-4 in this Plate,

546 On Bats from Yola, Northern Nigeria.

others in the collection ; but this is probably due to the fact

that they are immature.

3. Lavia frons, E. Geoff.

?. 14,2. Yola.

4. Scoteinus schlieffent albtventer, Thos. & Wrought.

SEW paso OSES.

It is interesting to find this bat so far west as Nigeria, the

type specimen being described from Naikhala, Upper Egypt.

5. Scotecus albofuscus, Thos.

flo Cy ola®

This is the first dry skin of S. albofuscus that the Museum

has received; the other three specimens in the collection,

including the type, are all preserved in spirit.

6. Cherephon webstert, sp. n.

RCT, Lilet aoa

Allied to C. gambianus, de Wint., but smaller and with

more fully developed upper anterior premolars, measuring

‘7 mm. in height.

In addition to these two Yola specimens, there are ten

other Nigerian individuals in the collection which may be

referred to this new species. The difference in size between

this Nigerian species and the Gambian one is shown in the

tabulated list of measurements given below :—

Greatest

length of

skull,

Length of

forearm.

Zygomatic

readth.

Locality.

SS eS eee ee

C.. webstert. Bia

Type, ad. 9 ..| Yola, N. Nigeria. 9°4

Imm. 2 ‘5 No skjull.

Lagos, 8S. Nigeria} 34: 9°5

” 9

” 7.

Boussa, Nigeria. 10

.| Bathurst, Gambia : 11:2

9) gx) eeee eeee

Geological Society. 547

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 55°5 mm.; tail 24; hind foot 5°5 ; ear 12.

Skull: greatest length 15°4; zygomatic breadth 9:4;

length of upper cheek-teeth from front of second premolar to

last molar 4°7,

Hab. Yola, N. Nigeria.

Type. Adult female. B.M.no. 8.10.6. 8. Collected 27th

July, 1908.

There is no doubt that this Nigerian form must be recog-

nized as distinct from the Gambian species both on account

of its smaller size and larger upper anterior premolars.

I propose to call it Cherephon websteri, after the donor of

the collection.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 20th, 1908.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sc.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On some Fossil Fishes discovered by Prof. Ennes de Souza

in the Cretaceous Formation at Ilhéos, State of Bahia (Brazil).’

By Arthur Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.G.S.

This- paper proves that the Lower Cretaceous formation of

Bahia extends along the coast, to a point at least 130 miles south

of the area previously described. The fish-remains are referable to

new species of the genera Mawsonia, Lepidotus, and Scombroclupea.

Mawsonia seems to have been scaleless, and differs from all known

Jurassic and Cretaceous Celacanth fishes in lacking denticles on

the fins. The Lepidotus closely resembles the European Wealden

L. Mantelli in proportions, but is more strongly ornamented. The

Scombroclupea is peculiar, in exhibiting only scales where the anal

finlets usually occur.

dil

052

Squalide, synopsis of the family,

Stachyrhidopsis, new species of, 245,

Stelis, new species of, 329.

Stictoscarta, new species of, 68.

Stridulating-organ, on a new type

of, 401.

Stylarioides, new species of, 542.

Stylophorus caudatus, on the sys-

tematic position of, 447.

Symphalangus syndactylus, new sub-

species of, 301.

Synodontis, new species of, 30.

Tabanide, new African, 94, 274,

552.

Tachys, new species of, 421.

Taragama, new species of, 258.

‘Tarastethus, new species of, 350.

Teletusa, characters of the new

genus, 78.

Teretrius, new species of, 139.

Tetragonopterus, new species of, 455.

Tetralonia, new species of, 332.

Thomas, O., on new Amazonian

monkeys, 88; on the Psammomys

of the Nile delta, 91; on the

squirrel-genus Zetis, 186; on mam-

mals from the Malay peninsula,

301; on anew jerboa from China,

307; on new bats and rodents,

370; on a new fruit-bat from

Sierra Leone, 375; on a new

tree-kangaroo from British New

Guinea, 452; on a new species of

Eliurus, 453; on a new Pogo-

nomys, 495; on a new Akodon

from ‘Tierra del Fuego, 496; on

INDEX.

the squirrels described as Sciurus

steer, 498.

Thosea, new species of, 257.

Thrasops, new species of, 93.

Tilapia, new species of, 241.

Tiphia, new species of, 120.

Tomocichla, characters of the new

genus, 463.

Tribalus, new species of, 150.

Trichoniscoides albidus and T’. sarsi,

note on, 84.

Trichosternus, new species of, 405.

Triecphora, new species of, 315.

Trochus, new species of, 8.

Tropidonotus, new species of, 244.

Turner, R. E., on the hymenopterous

genus Tiphia, 116.

Urocichla, new species of, 246.

Verhoeffia, characters of the new

genus, 248.

Walker, A. O., on amphipoda from

the Auckland Islands, 33.

Woodward, Dr. A. 8., on fossil fishes

from Ilhéos, 547.

Wroughton, R. C., on the forms of

squirrel hitherto classed under Sc.

finlaysoni, 393; on a new squirrel

from Burmah, 491.

Xenorhynchichthys, characters of the

new genus, 461.

Zeopeecilus, new species of, 408.

Zetis, note on the squirrel-genus,

136. .

Zonitide, on the animals of Mas-

carene land-mollusca belonging to

the family, 422.

Zyzzogeton, new species of, 84.

END OF THE SECOND VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.